Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS2

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 30, 2018


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



Amendment
No. 2 to

FORM 20-F



(Mark One)    

ý

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

or

o

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended                    

or

o

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                                    to                                     

or

o

 

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report……………

Commission file number:

Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

(Not Applicable)

(Translation of the registrant's name into English)

Republic of Singapore

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

#03-01 Southpoint
200 Cantonment Road
Singapore 089763

(Address of principal executive offices)

With copies to:
Martyn Wade
Tel: 65 6632 1315
Fax: 65 6323 0046
#03-01 Southpoint
200 Cantonment Road
Singapore 089763


(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

and

Joshua Wechsler
Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP
Tel: (212) 859-8000
Fax: (212) 859-4000
One New York Plaza
New York, New York 10004
United States


Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act

 

Title of Each Class   Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Ordinary shares, no par value   NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer's classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report: N/A

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act:  o  Yes     o  No

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  o  Yes     o  No

Note—Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  o  Yes     o  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  o  Yes     o  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See definitions of "large accelerated filer", "accelerated filer", "smaller reporting company", and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  ý   smaller reporting company  o   Emerging growth company  ý

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  o


The term "new or revised financial accounting standard" refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

U.S. GAAP  o   International Financial Reporting Standards as issued
by the International Accounting Standards Board  ý
  Other  o

If "Other" has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.  o  Item 17     o  Item 18

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  o  Yes     o  No


Table of Contents

EXPLANATORY NOTE

The Spin-Off

The board of directors of Grindrod Limited, a public company incorporated in accordance with the laws of the Republic of South Africa, or Parent, approved the investigation of the demerger of its shipping business, which we refer to as the Spin-Off, on August 23, 2017. The board of directors of Parent passed the resolution necessary to implement the Spin-Off on March 23, 2018. It is expected that on or around June 18, 2018, or the Closing Date, Parent will sell all of the shares it holds in its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., or GSPL, and Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd, or GSSA, to Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd., or Grindrod Shipping, a newly formed entity incorporated in accordance with the laws of the Republic of Singapore, created to hold Parent's shipping business, in exchange for a market related consideration that will be settled by way of the issuance by Grindrod Shipping of compulsorily convertible notes, or the Convertible Notes, to Parent, which will be distributed to Parent's shareholders in the Spin-Off as described below. In the first quarter of 2018, we sold two of GSSA's businesses, Ocean Africa Container Lines division, or OACL, and Unicorn Bunker Services (Pty) Ltd, or Unicorn Bunker, to another Parent subsidiary and such businesses will not be part of our results of operations for periods following the disposal on January 1, 2018, however, the proceeds from these sales will remain with us following the Spin-Off. On the Closing Date, pursuant to Parent board and shareholder authorization, Parent will make a distribution in specie consisting of the Convertible Notes to be distributed on the Closing Date pro rata to all of Parent's ordinary shareholders. Parent's ordinary shareholders will receive one Convertible Note for every 40 shares of Parent's ordinary shares. The Convertible Notes will immediately and automatically convert into ordinary shares in Grindrod Shipping following the distribution of the Convertible Notes to Parent's ordinary shareholders. Each Convertible Note will convert into one ordinary share of Grindrod Shipping with shareholders of Grindrod Shipping holding Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares in the same proportion as they hold their Parent ordinary shares immediately following the consummation of the Spin-Off. Fractional interests will be reduced down to the nearest whole number and Parent ordinary shareholders will receive a cash payment, in South African rand, for the fractional interest. See "Item 9. The Offer and Listing—Offer and Listing Details—Mechanics of the Spin-Off".

Our Company

As of the Closing Date, Parent and Grindrod Shipping will become independent, publicly traded companies and will have separate public ownership. Grindrod Shipping has appointed its own board of directors, a majority of whom will not overlap with Parent's board of directors. Grindrod Shipping will have the same management team that currently operates Parent's shipping business and will not be managed by Parent or any of Parent's shareholders, except to the extent that a member of senior management is a beneficial owner of Parent's ordinary shares and receives ordinary Grindrod Shipping shares in the Spin-Off.

On November 2, 2017, Grindrod Shipping was incorporated as a private company, Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd., in accordance with the laws of the Republic of Singapore. With effect from April 25, 2018, Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd. was converted from a private company to a public company incorporated in accordance with the laws of the Republic of Singapore and it changed its name to Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd.

This registration statement on Form 20-F relates to the registration of Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares under Section 12(b) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Grindrod Shipping has applied to list its ordinary shares on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, or NASDAQ. Grindrod Shipping has also applied in South Africa for its shares to be admitted to the official list of the JSE Limited, or the JSE, and its ordinary shares are expected to be listed and quoted on the Main Board of the JSE.


PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

Our combined financial statements and, unless otherwise indicated, other financial information concerning us included in this registration statement, are presented in U.S. dollars. We have prepared our combined financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standard Board, or IASB.

i


Table of Contents

Our audited combined financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 are presented as combined financial statements and have been derived from combining the financial statements of Parent's wholly-owned shipping business subsidiaries, GSPL and GSSA, that we will acquire immediately prior to the Spin-Off. In addition, the combined financial statements include components of Parent's shipping business which will not be transferred to us in the Spin-Off. In the first quarter of 2018, we sold two of GSSA's businesses, OACL and Unicorn Bunker, to another Parent subsidiary and such businesses will not be part of our results of operations for periods following the disposal on January 1, 2018, however, the proceeds from these sales will remain with us following the Spin-Off. The historical combined financial information has been prepared with the objective of presenting the results and net assets of Grindrod Shipping over the periods presented. Consequently, this historical combined financial information may not necessarily be indicative of the financial performance that would have been achieved had Grindrod Shipping operated as a stand-alone entity for the periods presented. Furthermore, it may not be indicative of the financial results in future periods.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Financial Information

The historical column in the unaudited pro forma condensed statement of financial position and statement of profit or loss included in this registration statement has been derived from the audited combined financial statements of GSPL and GSSA included elsewhere in this registration statement as of and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 and gives effect to the Spin-Off and the sale of OACL and Unicorn Bunker to another Parent subsidiary. Grindrod Shipping's unaudited pro forma condensed financial information, or the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Financial Information, does not represent the actual financial position or results of operations of Grindrod Shipping as at and for the dates indicated, and is being furnished solely for illustrative purposes. Furthermore, the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Financial Information does not purport to project Grindrod Shipping's results of operations or financial position for any future period or as of any future date. See "Item 18. Financial Statements—Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Financial Information".


MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

This registration statement includes estimates regarding market and industry data that we prepared based on our management's knowledge and experience in the markets in which we operate, together with information obtained from various sources, including publicly available information, industry reports and publications, surveys, our customers, distributors, suppliers, trade and business organizations and other contacts in the markets in which we operate.

In presenting this information, we have made certain assumptions that we believe to be reasonable based on such data and other similar sources and on our knowledge of, and our experience to date in, the markets for our products and services. Market share data is subject to change and may be limited by the availability of raw data, the voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other limitations inherent in any statistical survey of market share data. In addition, customer preferences are subject to change. Accordingly, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such market share data or any other such estimates. While we believe such information is reliable, we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of this information, we have not independently verified any third-party information and data from our internal research has not been verified by any independent source. While we believe the estimated market and industry data included in this registration statement are generally reliable, such information, which is derived in part from management's estimates and beliefs, is inherently uncertain and imprecise.

Projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the markets in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in "Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors" and "Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements." These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by any third parties and by us.


DEFINED TERMS AND CONVENTIONS

In this registration statement, unless otherwise indicated, all references to "we", "us," "our" and Grindrod Shipping refer to Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. and its subsidiaries. Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. is a public company incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Singapore.

ii


Table of Contents

In this registration statement, all references to "Singapore" mean the Republic of Singapore, all references to "South Africa" mean the Republic of South Africa and all references to the "United States" and "U.S." mean the United States of America, its territories and possessions and any state of the United States and the District of Columbia.

In this registration statement, "R" and "Rand" refer to the South African Rand and "Rand cents" refers to subunits of the South African Rand, "$", "U.S.$" and "U.S. dollars" refer to United States dollars and "U.S. cents" refers to subunits of the U.S. dollar.

This registration statement contains descriptions of shipping and the shipping industry. In order to facilitate a better understanding of these descriptions, below is a glossary defining a number of technical and shipping terms as used in this registration statement.

Glossary of Shipping Terms

The following explanations are not intended as technical definitions, but rather are intended to assist the reader in understanding some of the shipping terms used in this registration statement.

Available days.     The total number of calendar days a vessel is in our possession for the relevant period after subtracting off-hire days for scheduled drydocking and special surveys. The shipping industry uses available days to measure the number of days in a relevant period during which vessels should be available for generating revenues.

Baltic Clean Tanker Index.     The Baltic Clean Tanker Index, or BCTI, is a daily index of charter rates for key clean tanker routes published by the Baltic Exchange Limited.

Baltic Dry Index.     The Baltic Dry Index, or BDI, is a leading daily drybulk charter market indicator published by the Baltic Exchange Limited, which combines information for handysize, supramax, panamax and capesize drybulk vessels. For periods after March 1, 2018, handysize vessels are no longer included in the BDI.

Bareboat charter.     Charter for an agreed period of time during which the vessel owner provides only the vessel, while the charterer provides the crew, together with all stores and bunkers and pays all vessel operating costs, including maintenance and repairs.

Drybulk carrier.     Vessel designed to carry dry, loose cargoes in bulk.

Bunker(s).     Fuel, consisting principally of fuel oil and diesel, burned in the vessel's engines and certain ancillary equipment.

Capesize vessel.     Drybulk carrier with a capacity of about 130,000 to 200,000 dwt which, due to its size, must transit when loaded the Atlantic to the Pacific via Cape Horn or the Cape of Good Hope and is typically used for long voyages in the coal and iron ore trades.

Charter hire.     The basic payment from the charterer for the use of the vessel under time charter. The amount is usually for a fixed period of time at rates that are generally fixed, but may contain a variable component based on inflation, interest rates, or current market rates.

Charterer.     A person, firm or company hiring or employing a vessel for the carriage of goods or other purposes.

Charter party.     A document containing all the terms and conditions of the contract between the owner of a vessel and a charterer for the use of a vessel, signed by both parties or their agents, for the hire of a vessel or the space in a vessel.

Commercial management.     Management of those aspects of vessel owning and operation that relate to obtaining economic value from the vessel which may include vessel financing, sale and purchase, chartering or vessel employment, voyage execution, insurance and claims handling, accounting and corporate administration.

Commercial pools.     A pooling of vessels for the purpose of economies of scale and where the earnings of each vessel in the pool are not determined by the specific voyages undertaken by the individual vessel but by an agreed allocation of the pooled earnings of all the vessels in the pool. A pool manager is responsible for the commercial operation of the commercial pool service.

iii


Table of Contents

Contract of affreightment.     A contract of affreightment, or COA, is similar to a voyage charter, but covers two or more shipments over an agreed period of time (this could be over a number of months or years) and a particular vessel is not necessarily specified.

Deadweight tonne, or dwt.     The unit of measurement of weight capacity of vessels, which is the total weight (usually in metric tons) the vessel can carry, including cargo, bunkers, water, stores, spares and crew at a specified draft.

Demurrage.     An agreed amount payable to the vessel owner or disponent owner by the charterer when the agreed time allowed for loading or unloading cargo has been exceeded through no fault of the owner.

Disponent Owner.     A person or a company that is not registered as owner of a vessel, but who has control over the commercial operations of the vessel through a bareboat or time charter, and has, as a disponent owner, the right to "dispose of" the ship by sub-chartering it to a third party.

Drydocking.     The removal of a vessel from the water for inspection, maintenance and/or repair of parts that are normally submerged.

Flag state or Flagged.     The country where the vessel is registered.

Fleet utilization.     The percentage of time that vessels are available for generating revenue, determined by dividing the number of operating days during a relevant period by the number of available days during that period. The shipping industry uses fleet utilization to measure a company's efficiency in technically managing its vessels.

Forward freight agreement.     A forward freight agreement, or FFA, is a derivative instrument that can be used as a means of hedging exposure to charter rate market risk through the purchase or sale of specified time charter rates or freight rates for forward positions. Settlement is in cash, against a daily market index published by the Baltic Exchange.

Freight rates.     The revenue earned by a vessel owner or disponent owner pursuant to a voyage charter or a contract of affreightment.

Handysize drybulk vessel.     Drybulk carrier of less than 40,000 dwt which is commonly equipped with cargo gear such as cranes. This type of vessel carries principally minor bulk cargoes and limited quantities of major bulk cargoes. It is well suited for transporting cargoes to ports that may have draft restrictions or are not equipped with gear for loading or discharging drybulk cargoes.

IMO.     International Maritime Organization, the international United Nations advisory body on transport by sea.

In ballast.     The period of time during which a vessel performs a voyage without cargo on board.

Major bulk.     Drybulk cargoes such as iron ore, coal and grain.

Medium range tanker.     A tanker of about 25,000 dwt to 60,000 dwt.

Minor bulk.     Drybulk cargoes such as forest products, iron and steel products, fertilizers, agricultural products, minerals and petcoke, bauxite and alumina, cement, other construction materials and salt.

Newbuilding.     A vessel under construction or on order for construction.

Off-hire.     The period during which a vessel is not available for service due primarily to scheduled and unscheduled repairs or drydockings.

Operating days.     Operating days are the number of available days in the relevant period a vessel is controlled by us after subtracting the aggregate number of days that the vessel is off-hire due to a reason other than scheduled drydocking and special surveys, including unforeseen circumstances. The shipping industry uses operating days to measure the aggregate number of days in a relevant period during which vessels are actually available to generate revenues.

P&I.     Protection and indemnity insurance coverage taken by a vessel owner or charterer against third-party liabilities such as those arising from oil pollution, cargo damage, crew injury or loss of life.

Product tanker.     A tanker designed to carry refined petroleum products in bulk.

iv


Table of Contents

Spot market.     The market for immediate chartering of a vessel, usually for a single voyage or short-term trading.

Spot market-oriented pool.     A commercial pool that primarily employs vessels in the spot market.

Spot rate.     Charter rate agreed on the basis of the prevailing spot market.

Supramax vessel.     Drybulk carrier of about 40,000 dwt to 65,000 dwt, which is usually grab fitted and carries a wide variety of cargoes including major bulk and minor bulk cargoes.

Small tanker.     A tanker of about 10,000 dwt to 25,000 dwt.

Technical management.     Management of those aspects of vessel owning and operation that relate to the physical operation of a vessel, including the provision of crew, routine maintenance, repairs, drydocking, supplies of stores and spares, compliance with all applicable international regulations, safety and quality management, environment protection, newbuilding plan approval, newbuilding supervision, oversight of third-party contracted supervisors, and related technical and financial reporting.

Time charter.     Charter for an agreed period of time where the vessel owner or disponent owner as the case may be is paid on a per-day basis and is responsible for operating the vessel and paying the vessel operating costs while the charterer is responsible for paying the charter hire and the voyage costs and bears the risk of filling the vessel with cargo and any delays at port or during the voyage, except where caused by a defect of the vessel.

TCE Revenue or TCE.     TCE, or time charter equivalent, revenue is defined as vessel revenues less voyage expenses. Such TCE revenue, divided by the number of our operating days during the period, is TCE per day. Vessel revenues and voyage expenses as reported for our operating segments include a proportionate share of vessel revenues and voyage expenses attributable to our joint ventures based on our proportionate ownership of the joint ventures. The number of operating days used to calculate TCE revenue per day also includes the proportionate share of our joint ventures' operating days and also includes charter-in days. TCE per day is a common shipping industry performance measure used primarily to compare daily earnings generated by vessels on time charters with daily earnings generated by vessels on voyage charters, because charter hire rates for vessels on voyage charters have to cover voyage costs and are generally not expressed in per-day amounts while charter hire rates for vessels on time charters do not cover voyage costs and generally are expressed in per-day amounts.

Tonnage.     A generic term referring to any kind of ocean-going cargo vessel or vessels.

Vessel operating costs.     Costs associated with technical management of the owned vessels in our Fleet, including crew expenses; repairs and maintenance; insurance; and other such costs.

Voyage charters.     Charters under which a vessel owner or disponent owner is paid on the basis of transporting cargo from a load port to a discharge port and is responsible for paying vessel operating costs, voyage expenses, and charter hire costs, as applicable.

Voyage expenses.     All direct costs associated with operating a vessel between loading and discharge at the relevant ports. These expenses include pool distributions (which consist of net earnings payable to third-party and joint venture owners of vessels in the pools we manage); fuel expenses; port expenses; and FFAs.

Conversion Rates

Certain information in this registration statement presented in Rand has been translated into U.S. dollars. Unless otherwise stated, the conversion rate for these translations is R12.39 per $1.00 which was the closing rate on December 31, 2017. By including the U.S. dollar equivalents, Grindrod Shipping is not representing that the Rand amounts actually represent the U.S. dollar amounts shown or that these amounts could be converted into U.S. dollars at the rates indicated.


CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This registration statement and the exhibits to this registration statement contain forward-looking statements with respect to our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, business strategies, operating efficiencies, competitive position, growth opportunities, plans and objectives of management, markets for stock and other matters.

v


Table of Contents

These forward-looking statements, including, among others, those relating to our future business prospects, revenues and income, wherever they may occur in this registration statement and the exhibits to this registration statement, are necessarily estimates and involve a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those suggested by the forward-looking statements. As a consequence, these forward-looking statements should be considered in light of various important factors, including those set forth in this registration statement. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from estimates or projections contained in the forward-looking statements include, without limitation:

vi


Table of Contents

We undertake no obligation to update publicly or release any revisions to these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this registration statement or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS IN SINGAPORE

Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares may not be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) pursuant to a prospectus registration exemption under Subdivision (4) of Division 1 of Part XIII of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or (ii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, in each case subject to compliance with conditions set forth therein.

vii


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page  

PART I

       

ITEM 1: IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

    1  

ITEM 2: OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

    2  

ITEM 3: KEY INFORMATION

    2  

                RISK FACTORS

    6  

ITEM 4: INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

    44  

ITEM 4A: UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

    67  

ITEM 5: OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

    68  

ITEM 6: DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

    93  

ITEM 7: MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

    99  

ITEM 8: FINANCIAL INFORMATION

    101  

ITEM 9: THE OFFER AND LISTING

    102  

ITEM 10: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

    105  

ITEM 11: QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

    144  

ITEM 12: DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

    146  

PART II

       

ITEM 13: DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

    147  

ITEM 14: MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

    147  

ITEM 15: CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

    147  

ITEM 16A: AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

    147  

ITEM 16B: CODE OF ETHICS

    147  

ITEM 16C: PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

    147  

ITEM 16D: EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

    147  

ITEM 16E: PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

    147  

ITEM 16F: CHANGE IN REGISTRANT'S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

    147  

ITEM 16G: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

    147  

ITEM 16H: MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

    147  

PART III

       

ITEM 17: FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    148  

ITEM 18: FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    148  

ITEM 19: EXHIBITS

    153  

Table of Contents

PART I

ITEM 1.    IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

Directors and Senior Management

Directors

The table below details the names of, and information about, the individuals that are currently serving as, or that we expect to serve as, directors or alternate directors of Grindrod Shipping.

Name
  Age   Position   Term Expires

Cato Brahde

  63   Director / Chairman   First Annual General Meeting

Stephen Griffiths

  57   Director   *

Michael Hankinson (1)

  68   Director   First Annual General Meeting

John Herholdt

  69   Director   First Annual General Meeting

Quah Ban Huat

  51   Director   First Annual General Meeting

Pieter Uys (1)

  55   Director   First Annual General Meeting

Martyn Wade

  59   Director   *

Alternate Director:

           

Andrew Waller (1)(2)

  55   Alternate Director   First Annual General Meeting

*
Messrs. Wade and Griffiths will serve as Directors so long as they continue to hold the positions of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, respectively.

(1)
Currently also serves as a director of Parent. Following the Spin-Off, we expect that Messrs. Hankinson, Uys and Waller will continue to serve on Parent's board of directors.

(2)
Mr. Waller is expected to be an Alternate Director of Grindrod Shipping appointed by Mr. Hankinson. Mr. Waller will be entitled to notice of directors' meetings and, if Mr. Hankinson is not present at a meeting, will be entitled to vote and will be counted in the quorum as a director. Mr. Waller will be entitled to attend, but not vote at and not count in the quorum for, each meeting at which Mr. Hankinson is present.

The business address of each of Messrs. Wade and Griffiths is Grindrod Shipping's executive offices at #03-01 Southpoint, 200 Cantonment Road, Singapore 089763. The business address of each of Messrs. Brahde, Hankinson, Herholdt, Quah and Uys is c/o MS Nominees Pte. Ltd., 10 Anson Road, #32-15 International Plaza, Singapore 079903. Please see "Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees" for more information about our Directors.

Senior Management

The table below details the names of, and information about, the individuals we expect to serve as members of the senior management of Grindrod Shipping, or the Executive Officers:

Name
  Age   Position

Martyn Wade (1)

  59   Chief Executive Officer

Stephen Griffiths (2)

  57   Chief Financial Officer

(1)
Mr. Wade currently serves as both Chief Executive Officer of Parent's shipping business and Chief Executive Officer of Grindrod Shipping.

(2)
Mr. Griffiths currently serves as both Chief Financial Officer of Parent's shipping business and Chief Financial Officer of Grindrod Shipping.

The business address of the persons noted above is Grindrod Shipping's executive offices at #03-01 Southpoint, 200 Cantonment Road, Singapore 089763. Please see "Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees" for more information.

Advisers

Grindrod Shipping's legal counsel as to matters of U.S. law is Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP, One New York Plaza, New York, New York, 10004, United States. Grindrod Shipping's legal counsel as to matters of South African law is ENSafrica, 150 West Street, Sandton, Johannesburg 2196, South Africa. Grindrod Shipping's legal counsel as to matters of Singapore law is Wong Tan & Molly Lim LLC, 80 Robinson Road, #17-02, Singapore 068898 with Watson Farley and Williams LLP, 6 Battery Road #28-00, Singapore 049909 as Singapore-based coordinating counsel.

1


Table of Contents

Auditors

Grindrod Shipping's auditors are Deloitte & Touche LLP, 6 Shenton Way, #33-00, Singapore 068809. Deloitte & Touche LLP is an independent registered public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

ITEM 2.    OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Offer Statistics

Not applicable.

Method and Expected Timetable

Not applicable.

ITEM 3.    KEY INFORMATION

Selected Financial Data

The selected historical combined financial data set out below as of and for the years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 have been derived from the combined financial statements of GSSA and GSPL for those periods and as of those dates and the related notes included elsewhere in this filing. See "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects" for additional information. The other operating data presented has been calculated as described in the footnotes to the table below. This table contains certain information regarding TCE revenue per day, which is a non-GAAP measure. For a discussion and reconciliation of this measure, see "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Non-GAAP Financial Measures".

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(In thousands of U.S. dollars)
  2017   2016   2015  

Summary Combined Statements of Profit or Loss Data

                   

Revenue

  $ 409,522   $ 371,532   $ 434,439  

Cost of sales

    (387,408 )   (365,735 )   (407,577 )

Gross profit

    22,114     5,797     26,862  

Other operating income

    4,696     5,687     6,142  

Administrative expenses

    (32,868 )   (30,140 )   (27,670 )

Other operating expenses

    (39,198 )   (18,093 )   (71,829 )

Share of losses of joint ventures

    (12,946 )   (3,472 )   (18,748 )

Interest income

    7,164     5,260     3,101  

Interest expense

    (6,548 )   (4,899 )   (4,448 )

Loss before taxation

    (57,586 )   (39,860 )   (86,590 )

Income tax expense

    (3,226 )   (3,849 )   (3,764 )

Loss for the year

    (60,812 ) $ (43,709 ) $ (90,354 )

Summary Combined Statement of Financial Position Data

                   

Cash and bank balances

  $ 46,522   $ 67,711   $ 75,485  

Total assets

    507,122     590,154     578,731  

Current liabilities

    163,249     141,659     166,367  

Non-current liabilities

    24,137     85,400     13,281  

Total liabilities

    187,386     227,059     179,648  

Total equity

    319,736     363,095     399,083  

2


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth certain other operating data for our drybulk carriers and tankers businesses. This data should be read together with "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects."

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2017   2016   2015  

Other Operating Data

                   

Drybulk Carriers Business

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Handysize Segment Data

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Calendar days (1)

    7,942     7,616     7,877  

Available days (2)

    7,840     7,559     7,762  

Operating days (3)

    7,720     7,460     7,692  

Fleet utilization (4)

    98.5 %   98.7 %   99.1 %

Vessels operating at period end (5)

    21.2     20.4     21.1  

Handysize Segment Average Daily Results

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

TCE per day (6)

  $ 7,675   $ 5,881   $ 7,487  

Vessel operating costs per day (7)

  $ 5,034   $ 5,091   $ 5,160  

Supramax Segment Data

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Calendar days (1)

    7,702     7,700     7,952  

Available days (2)

    7,702     7,700     7,952  

Operating days (3)

    7,584     7,654     7,774  

Fleet utilization (4)

    98.5 %   99.4 %   97.8 %

Vessels operating at period end (5)

    20.8     20.9     21.3  

Supramax Segment Average Daily Results

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

TCE per day (6)

    10,551   $ 7,861   $ 10,232  

Vessel operating costs per day (7)

  $ 4,519   $ 4,433   $ 4,297  

Tankers Business

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Medium Range Tankers Segment Data

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Calendar days (1)

    3,055     3,140     3,288  

Available days (2)

    2,999     3,140     3,288  

Operating days (3)

    2,994     3,140     3,271  

Fleet utilization (4)

    100 %   100 %   99.5 %

Vessels operating at period end (5)

    7.5     9     8  

Medium Range Tankers Segment Average Daily Results

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

TCE per day (6)

  $ 11,691   $ 13,902   $ 20,569  

Vessel operating costs per day (7)

  $ 6,869   $ 7,053   $ 7,458  

Small Tankers Segment Data

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Calendar days (1)

    1,469     1,657     2,163  

Available days (2)

    1,461     1,603     2,136  

Operating days (3)

    1,461     1,572     2,096  

Fleet utilization (4)

    99 %   98.1 %   98.2 %

Vessels operating at period end (5)

    3.5     5     5  

Small Tankers Segment Average Daily Results

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

TCE per day (6)

  $ 13,014   $ 12,154   $ 11,291  

Vessel operating costs per day (7)

  $ 7,427   $ 7,479   $ 7,676  

(1)
Calendar days :    total calendar days the vessels were in our possession for the relevant period.

(2)
Available days :    total number of calendar days a vessel is in our possession for the relevant period after subtracting off-hire days for scheduled drydocking and special surveys. We use available days to measure the number of days in a relevant period during which vessels should be available for generating revenues.

(3)
Operating days :    the number of available days in the relevant period a vessel is controlled by us after subtracting the aggregate number of days that the vessel is off-hire due to a reason other than scheduled drydocking and special surveys, including unforeseen circumstances. We use operating days to measure the aggregate number of days in a relevant period during which vessels are actually available to generate revenues.

3


Table of Contents

(4)
Fleet utilization :    the percentage of time that vessels are available for generating revenue, determined by dividing the number of operating days during a relevant period by the number of available days during that period. We use fleet utilization to measure a company's efficiency in technically managing its vessels.

(5)
Vessels operating at period end :    reflects the total amount of wholly-owned vessels we own at period end and vessels we charter-in routinely for our own account, as well as our proportionate ownership of vessels that we own through our joint ventures and vessels we charter-in through our joint ventures.

(6)
TCE per day :    vessel revenues less voyage expenses during a relevant period divided by the number of operating days during the period. The number of operating days used to calculate TCE revenue per day includes the proportionate share of our joint ventures' operating days and includes charter-in days. Please see "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Non-GAAP Financial Measures" for a discussion of TCE revenue and a reconciliation of TCE revenue to revenues.

(7)
Vessel operating costs per day :    Vessel operating costs per day represents vessel operating costs divided by the number of calendar days for owned vessels. The vessel operating costs and the number of calendar days used to calculate vessel operating costs per day includes the proportionate share of our joint ventures' vessel operating costs and calendar days and excludes charter-in costs and charter-in days.

Summary Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Financial Information

The table below presents summary unaudited pro forma condensed financial information. We derived the summary unaudited pro forma condensed information from the unaudited pro forma condensed statement of profit or loss for the year ended December 31, 2017 and the unaudited pro forma condensed statement of financial position as of December 31, 2017. The summary unaudited pro forma condensed financial information set forth below should be read in conjunction with the information under "Item 3. Key Information—Selected Financial Data", "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects" and our historical annual combined financial statements and related notes thereto included in "Item 18. Financial Statements—Historical Combined Financial Statements". In the first quarter of 2018, we sold two of GSSA's businesses, OACL and Unicorn Bunker, to another Parent subsidiary and such businesses will not be part of our results of operations for periods following the disposal on January 1, 2018, however, the proceeds from these sales will remain with us following the Spin-Off. The unaudited pro forma condensed statements of profit or loss has been adjusted to give effect to these transactions as if they had occurred or became effective as of January 1, 2017. The unaudited pro forma condensed statement of financial position has been adjusted to give effect to these transactions as though the transactions had occurred as of December 31, 2017. In addition, the assumptions and estimates underlying the unaudited adjustments to the pro forma condensed financial statements are described in the accompanying notes, which should be read together with the pro forma condensed financial statements. See "Item 18. Financial Statements—Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Financial Information".

 
  Pro Forma
For the
Year Ended
December 31,
 
(In thousands of U.S. dollars)
  2017  

Revenue

  $ 354,583  

Cost of sales

    (348,741 )

Gross profit (loss)

    5,842  

Loss for the period

    (68,312 )

Total assets as of December 31, 2017

    475,312  

Total equity and liabilities as of December 31, 2017

    475,312  

Capitalization and Indebtedness

The following table presents Grindrod Shipping's capitalization as of December 31, 2017.

The information below is not necessarily indicative of what Grindrod Shipping's capitalization or indebtedness would have been had the Spin-Off been completed as of December 31, 2017. In addition, it is not indicative of Grindrod Shipping's future capitalization or indebtedness. The combined historical information of GSPL and GSSA below includes the capitalization and indebtedness of OACL and Unicorn Bunker, which will not be part of Grindrod Shipping's capitalization or indebtedness for periods following the disposal on January 1, 2018. The pro forma information below has been adjusted to reflect the disposal of OACL and Unicorn Bunker. This table should be read in conjunction with the Historical Combined Financial Statements, and related notes thereto, and Grindrod Shipping's unaudited pro forma combined financial information and related notes thereto, each included elsewhere in this registration statement. See

4


Table of Contents

"Item 18. Financial Statements" and "Item 18. Financial Statements—Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information".

 
   
  Adjustments for
disposal of
OACL and
Unicorn Bunker
   
 
 
  Combined Historical
of GSPL and GSSA
   
 
As of December 31, 2017
  Pro Forma  
(In thousands of U.S. dollars)
 

Debt

                   

Short-term borrowings (secured)

  $ 87,964   $     $ 87,964  

Long-term borrowings (secured)

    20,790           20,790  

Total debt recorded on Liabilities associated with assets held for sale

    7,950     (7,950 )    

Total Debt

    116,704     (7,950 )   108,754  

Total Equity

    319,736           319,736  

Total Capitalization

    436,440         $ 436,440  

Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

5


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

In addition to the other information included in this registration statement, the considerations listed below could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations, or cash flows, or ability to pay dividends, or future prospects, or financial performance, resulting in a decline in the trading price of Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares. The risks set forth below comprise all material risks currently known to us. These factors should be considered carefully, together with the information and financial data set forth in this registration statement.

Risks Related to Our Industry

Weak economic conditions throughout the world, in particular in China and the rest of the Asia-Pacific region, could negatively affect the markets in which we operate which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows, results of operations and ability to obtain financing.

Negative trends in the global economy that emerged in 2008 continue to adversely affect global economic conditions. In addition, the world economy is currently facing a number of new challenges, including recent turmoil and hostilities in various regions, including Russia, North Korea, the Middle East, including Iran, Iraq, Syria, Egypt and North Africa. The weakness in the global economy has caused, and may cause, a decrease in worldwide demand for certain goods, and, thus, shipping. Additionally, there has historically been a strong link between the development of the world economy and demand for energy, including oil and gas, and other commodities. An extended period of deterioration in the outlook for the world economy could reduce the overall demand for oil and gas and other commodities and for our services. Continuing economic instability could have a material adverse effect on our ability to implement our business strategy.

The United States, Europe and other parts of the world have exhibited weak economic trends. The credit markets in the United States and Europe have experienced significant contraction, deleveraging and reduced liquidity, and the U.S. federal and state governments and European authorities have implemented and are considering a broad variety of governmental action and/or new regulation of the financial markets and may implement additional regulations in the future. Securities and futures markets and the credit markets are subject to comprehensive statutes, regulations and other requirements. The Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, other regulators, self-regulatory organizations and exchanges are authorized to take extraordinary actions in the event of market emergencies, and may effect changes in law or interpretations of existing laws.

Continued economic slowdown in the Asia Pacific region, particularly in China, may exacerbate the effect on us, as we anticipate a significant number of the port calls made by our vessels and those of our competitors will continue to involve the loading or discharging of drybulk and liquid bulk commodities in ports in the Asia Pacific region. Before the global financial crisis that began in 2008, China had one of the world's fastest growing economies in terms of GDP, which had a significant impact on shipping demand. The growth rate of China's GDP is estimated to have increased to approximately 6.9% for the year ended December 31, 2017 though it continues to remain below pre-2008 levels despite the overall level of demand for seaborne cargoes from China having increased since 2008. It is possible that China and other countries in the Asia Pacific region will continue to experience slowed or even negative economic growth in the future. Moreover, the current economic slowdown in the economies of the United States, Europe and other Asian countries may further adversely affect economic growth in China and elsewhere. Our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations, as well as our future prospects, will likely be materially and adversely affected by a further economic downturn in any of these countries or geographic regions.

Global financial markets and economic conditions have been and continue to be volatile. Credit markets and the debt and equity capital markets have been distressed and the uncertainty surrounding the future of the global credit markets has resulted in reduced access to credit worldwide. These issues, along with significant write-offs in the financial services sector, the re-pricing of credit risk and the current weak economic conditions, have made, and will likely continue to make, it challenging to obtain additional financing. In addition, the current state of global financial markets and current economic conditions might adversely impact our ability to issue additional equity at prices which will not be dilutive to our existing shareholders or preclude us from issuing equity at all.

Also, as a result of concerns about the stability of financial markets generally and the solvency of counterparties specifically, the cost of obtaining money from the credit markets has increased as many lenders have increased interest rates, enacted tighter lending standards, refused to refinance existing debt

6


Table of Contents

at all or on terms similar to current debt and reduced, and in some cases ceased to provide, funding to borrowers. Due to these factors, we cannot be certain that financing will be available to the extent required to implement our business strategy, or that we will be able to refinance our credit facilities in due course, on acceptable terms or at all. If financing or refinancing is not available when needed, or is available only on unfavorable terms, we may be unable to meet our obligations as they become due or we may be unable to enhance our existing business, acquire newbuildings and additional vessels or otherwise take advantage of business opportunities as they arise.

We face risks attendant to changes in economic environments, changes in interest rates, and instability in the banking and securities markets around the world, among other factors. Major market disruptions and adverse changes in market conditions and regulatory climate in the United States and worldwide may adversely affect our business or affect our ability to borrow amounts under credit facilities or any future financial arrangements. The recent and developing economic and governmental factors, together with possible further declines in charter rates and vessel values, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

In the global economy, operating businesses have recently faced tightening credit, weakening demand for goods and services, weak international liquidity conditions, and declining markets. In particular, lower demand growth for drybulk and tanker cargoes as well as diminished trade credit available for the delivery of such cargoes have led to decreased demand for drybulk carriers and tankers, creating downward pressure on charter rates, the spot market and vessel values. These global economic conditions have and may continue to have a number of adverse consequences for drybulk, tanker and other shipping sectors, including, among other things:

    low charter rates, particularly for vessels employed on short-term time charters or in the spot market;

    decreases in the market value of drybulk carriers and tankers and limited second-hand market for the sale of vessels;

    limited financing for vessels;

    widespread loan covenant defaults; and

    declaration of bankruptcy by certain vessel operators, vessel owners, shipyards and charterers.

The occurrence of one or more of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Charter rates for drybulk carriers are volatile and have declined significantly since their historic highs and may remain at relatively low levels or decrease in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

The drybulk shipping industry is cyclical with high volatility in charter rates and profitability. The degree of charter rate volatility among different types of drybulk carriers has varied widely; however, the downturn in the drybulk charter market has severely affected the entire drybulk shipping industry and charter rates for drybulk carriers have declined significantly from historically high levels. In the past, time charter and voyage charter rates for drybulk carriers have declined below operating costs of vessels. The Baltic Dry Index, or the BDI, an index of daily average of charter rates for key drybulk routes published by the Baltic Exchange Limited, which has long been viewed as the main benchmark to monitor the movements of the drybulk vessel charter market and the performance of the entire drybulk shipping market, declined approximately 97.6% from its high of almost 12,000 in June 2008 to 290 on February 10, 2016 and has remained volatile since then. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the BDI fluctuated in a range between 685 and 1,743. As of December 31, 2017, the BDI was 1,366.

Fluctuations in charter rates result from changes in the supply of and demand for vessel capacity and changes in the supply of and demand for the major drybulk commodities carried by water internationally. Because the factors affecting the supply of and demand for vessels are outside of our control and are unpredictable, the nature, timing, direction and degree of changes in industry conditions are also unpredictable. Since we currently employ our vessels primarily in the spot market or spot market-oriented pools and do not have a significant amount of fixed revenue cover, we are exposed to the cyclicality and volatility of the spot market. Spot market charter rates may fluctuate significantly based upon the supply of and demand for seaborne shipping capacity, and we may employ our vessels in these short-term markets at lower rates. Alternatively, charter rates available in the spot market may be insufficient to enable our

7


Table of Contents

vessels to operate profitably. A significant decrease in charter rates would adversely affect asset values and our profitability, cash flows and ability to pay dividends, if any, in the future, on our ordinary shares, and capital and interest on our indebtedness. Furthermore, a significant decrease in charter rates would cause asset values to decline and we may have to record an impairment charge in our combined financial statements which could adversely affect our financial results.

Factors that influence demand for drybulk carrier capacity include:

    supply of and demand for energy resources, commodities, consumer and industrial products;

    changes in the exploration or production of energy resources, commodities, consumer and industrial products;

    the location of regional and global production and manufacturing facilities;

    the location of consuming regions for energy resources, commodities, consumer and industrial products;

    the globalization of production and manufacturing;

    global and regional economic and political conditions, including armed conflicts and terrorist activities, embargoes and strikes;

    disruptions and developments in international trade;

    the cost of steel and labor;

    the cost and availability of financing;

    changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns, including the distance cargo is transported by sea;

    environmental and other regulatory developments;

    competition from alternative sources of energy;

    international sanctions, embargoes, import and export restrictions, nationalizations and wars;

    currency exchange rates; and

    weather and natural disasters.

Factors that influence the supply of drybulk carrier capacity include:

    the number of newbuilding orders and deliveries, including slippage in deliveries;

    the number of shipyards and ability of shipyards to deliver vessels;

    port or canal congestion;

    the scrapping rate of older vessels;

    speed of vessel operation;

    vessel casualties;

    weather; and

    the number of vessels that are out of service, namely those that are laid-up, drydocked, awaiting repairs or otherwise not available for hire.

In addition to the prevailing and anticipated charter rates, factors that affect the rate of newbuilding, scrapping and laying-up include newbuilding prices, secondhand vessel values in relation to newbuilding and scrap prices, costs of bunkers and other operating costs, costs associated with classification society surveys, normal maintenance and insurance coverage costs, the efficiency and age profile of the existing drybulk fleet in the market and government and industry regulation of maritime transportation practices, particularly environmental protection laws and regulations. These and other factors influencing the supply of and demand for shipping capacity are outside of our control, and we may not be able to correctly assess the nature, timing and degree of changes in industry conditions.

We anticipate that the future demand for our drybulk carriers will be dependent upon economic growth in the world's economies, mainly China and India, seasonal and regional changes in demand, changes in the capacity of the global drybulk fleet and the sources and supply of drybulk cargo to be transported by sea.

8


Table of Contents

Adverse economic, political, social or other developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Charter rates for tankers are volatile, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

The tanker industry is cyclical and volatile in terms of charter rates and profitability. A worsening of current global economic conditions may cause tanker charter rates to decline and thereby adversely affect our ability to employ our vessels or to sell them on the expiration or termination of their employment, or any renewal or replacement employment that we enter into may not be sufficient to allow us to operate our vessels profitably. Fluctuations in charter rates and vessel values result from changes in the supply of and demand for tanker capacity and changes in the supply of and demand for oil and oil products and other liquid bulk cargoes. The factors affecting the supply of and demand for tankers are outside of our control, and the nature, timing and degree of changes in industry conditions are unpredictable. The BCTI, an index of daily average of charter rates for key clean tanker routes published by the Baltic Exchange Limited, which has long been viewed as a main benchmark to monitor the movements of the clean tanker vessel charter market and the performance of the entire clean tanker shipping market, declined approximately 82.3% from its high of 1,955 in December 2000 to 345 in April 2009 and has remained volatile since then. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the BCTI fluctuated in a range between 508 and 867. As of December 31, 2017, the BCTI was 720.

Fluctuations in charter rates result from changes in the supply of and demand for vessel capacity and changes in the supply of and demand for the major large bulk liquid commodities carried by water internationally. Because the factors affecting the supply of and demand for vessels are outside of our control and are unpredictable, the nature, timing, direction and degree of changes in industry conditions are also unpredictable. Since we currently employ our vessels primarily in the spot market or spot market-oriented pools and do not have a significant amount of fixed revenue cover, we are exposed to the cyclicality and volatility of the spot market. Spot market charter rates may fluctuate significantly based upon the supply of and demand for seaborne shipping capacity, and we may be unable to keep our vessels fully employed in these short-term markets. Alternatively, charter rates available in the spot market may be insufficient to enable our vessels to operate profitably. A significant decrease in charter rates would adversely affect asset values and our profitability, cash flows and ability to pay dividends, if any, in the future, on our ordinary shares, and capital and interest on our indebtedness. Furthermore, a significant decrease in charter rates would cause asset values to decline and we may have to record an impairment charge in our combined financial statements which could adversely affect our financial results.

The factors that influence demand for clean tanker capacity include:

    supply of and demand for energy resources, oil and petroleum products and other liquid bulk cargoes;

    regional availability of refining capacity and inventories;

    regional production of liquid bulks such as vegetable oils and chemicals;

    global and regional economic and political conditions, including armed conflicts, terrorist activities, and strikes;

    the location of consuming regions for energy resources, commodities, consumer and industrial products;

    the distance over which oil and oil products and other liquid bulk cargoes are to be moved by sea;

    the cost of steel and labor;

    the cost and availability of financing;

    changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns;

    environmental and other legal and regulatory developments;

    weather and natural disasters;

    competition from alternative sources of energy;

    currency exchange rates; and

    international sanctions, embargoes, import and export restrictions, nationalizations and wars.

9


Table of Contents

The factors that influence the supply of tanker capacity include:

    supply of and demand for energy resources and oil and petroleum products and other liquid bulk cargoes;

    the number of newbuilding orders and deliveries, including slippage in deliveries;

    the number of shipyards and ability of shipyards to deliver vessels;

    the scrapping rate of older vessels;

    conversion of tankers to other uses;

    the number of tankers trading crude or "dirty" oil products (such as fuel oil);

    the number of vessels that are out of service, namely those that are laid up, drydocked, awaiting repairs, used for storage purposes or otherwise not available for hire;

    environmental concerns and regulations;

    geographical oil product and other liquid bulk cargo imbalances (affecting the level of trading activity);

    developments in international trade, including refinery additions and closures;

    port or canal congestion;

    vessel casualties;

    weather; and

    speed of vessel operation.

In addition to the prevailing and anticipated charter rates, factors that affect the rate of newbuilding, scrapping and laying-up, include newbuilding prices, secondhand vessel values in relation to scrap prices, costs of bunkers and other operating costs, costs associated with classification society surveys, normal maintenance costs, insurance coverage costs, the efficiency and age profile of the existing tanker fleet in the market, and government and industry regulation of maritime transportation practices, particularly environmental protection laws and regulations. These factors influencing the supply of and demand for shipping capacity are outside of our control, and we may not be able to correctly assess the nature, timing and degree of changes in industry conditions.

We anticipate that the future demand for our tankers will be dependent upon economic growth in the world's economies, seasonal and regional changes in demand, changes in the capacity of the global tanker fleet and the sources and supply of oil and petroleum products and other liquid bulk cargoes to be transported by sea. Given the number of new tankers currently on order with the shipyards, the capacity of the global tanker fleet seems likely to increase and there can be no assurance as to the timing or extent of future economic growth. Adverse economic, political, social or other developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

The fair market values of our drybulk carriers and tankers are volatile and may decline in the future, which could limit the amount of funds that we can borrow, cause us to breach certain financial covenants in our credit facilities, or result in an impairment charge, and we may incur a loss if we sell a vessel following a decline in its market value.

The fair market values of our drybulk carriers and tankers have generally experienced high volatility and have declined significantly from time to time. The fair market value of our vessels may continue to fluctuate depending on a number of factors, including:

    prevailing levels of charter rates;

    general economic and market conditions affecting the shipping industry;

    competition from varying types and sizes of vessels;

    the ages of vessels;

    the supply of and demand for vessels;

    other modes of transportation;

    the cost of newbuildings;

    governmental and other regulations;

10


Table of Contents

    the need to upgrade vessels as a result of charterer requirements, technological advances in vessel design or equipment or otherwise;

    bunker prices; and

    competition from other shipping companies.

If the fair market values of our vessels decline, the amount of funds we may draw down under our credit facilities may be limited and we may not be in compliance with certain covenants contained in our credit facilities, which may result in an event of default. In such circumstances, we may not be able to refinance our debt or obtain additional financing. If we are not able to comply with the covenants in our credit facilities, and are unable to remedy the relevant breach, our lenders could accelerate our debt and foreclose on the mortgaged vessels in our Fleet. In addition, if we sell one or more of our vessels at a time when vessel prices have fallen, the sale may be less than the vessel's carrying value on our combined financial statements, resulting in a loss on sale and a reduction in earnings, which could be material. See "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources".

Conversely, if vessel values are elevated at a time when we wish to acquire additional vessels, the cost of such acquisitions may increase and this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

An inability to effectively time investments in and divestments of vessels could prevent the implementation of our business strategy and negatively impact our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

In order to maintain a young fleet we are required to replace older vessels with newer ones over time. In order to do so, we will grow our fleet by entering into long-term chartering and newbuildings contracts and making acquisitions and disposals in the resale and second-hand markets. Our business is greatly influenced by long-term chartering contracts, the timing of investments and/or divestments, the exercise of our purchase options to acquire vessels and contracting of newbuildings. As of December 31, 2017, we had purchase options to acquire five vessels that we time charter. For a discussion of the terms of these purchase options, see "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Overview". If we are unable to identify the optimal timing of such investments, of the exercise of our purchase options, of divestments or of contracting of newbuildings in relation to the shipping value cycle or unable to execute at the optimal timing due to capital constraints or other reasons, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Drybulk carrier and tanker values have generally experienced high volatility. Investors can expect the fair market value of our vessels to fluctuate, depending on general economic and market conditions affecting the drybulk and tanker industries and competition from other shipping companies, types and sizes of vessels and other modes of transportation. In addition, as vessels age, they generally decline in value. These factors will affect the value of our vessels for purposes of covenant compliance under the credit facilities and at the time of any vessel sale. If for any reason we sell a vessel at a time when vessel prices have fallen, the sale may be at less than such vessel's carrying amount on our financial statements, with the result that we could also incur a material loss on the sale and a reduction in earnings and reserves. The carrying values of our vessels may not represent their fair market value at any point in time. At the end of each reporting period and on a continuous basis, if indicators of impairment are present, the carrying amount of tangible and intangible assets is assessed to determine whether there is any indication that those assets may have suffered an impairment loss. We also assess the carrying value of an asset when we make a decision to divest of the asset for any reason, including the age of our vessels, if a joint venture that owns vessels comes to an end in accordance with its terms or if the asset no longer fits into our strategic planning. See "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Critical Accounting Policies".

An over-supply of drybulk carrier and tanker capacity may prolong or lead to a reduction or depression in drybulk carrier or tanker charter rates, as has happened in the past, and lead to a reduction in the value of our vessels, which may limit our ability to operate our drybulk carriers and tankers profitably.

The market supply of drybulk carriers has increased significantly since the beginning of 2005. As of December 31, 2017, newbuilding orders, which extend to 2021 and beyond, had been placed for approximately 9.3% of the existing global drybulk fleet capacity and the orderbook may increase further. Drybulk carrier supply growth has been outpacing drybulk carrier demand growth over the past few years, causing downward pressure on drybulk charter rates. If the capacity of new drybulk carriers delivered exceeds the capacity of drybulk carriers being scrapped, drybulk capacity will increase. Until the new supply is fully absorbed by the market, drybulk charter rates may continue to be under pressure in the near

11


Table of Contents

to medium term and this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

The market supply of tankers is affected by a number of factors, such as supply of and demand for energy resources, including oil and petroleum products, supply of and demand for seaborne transportation of such energy resources and other liquid bulk cargoes, and the current and expected purchase orders for newbuildings. If the capacity of new tankers delivered exceeds the capacity of tankers being scrapped and converted to non-trading tankers, global tanker capacity will increase. As of December 31, 2017, the newbuilding order book, which extends to 2022 and beyond, equaled approximately 11.4% of the existing global tanker fleet and the order book may increase further in proportion to the existing global tanker fleet. If the supply of tanker capacity increases and if the demand for tanker capacity does not increase correspondingly or declines, charter rates could materially decline. A reduction in charter rates and the value of our vessels could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. In addition, tankers may be "cleaned up" from "dirty/crude" trades and swapped back into the clean tanker market which would increase the available clean tanker tonnage which may affect the supply and demand balance for clean tankers and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

We operate in the highly competitive international shipping industry and we may not be able to compete for charters and COAs with new entrants or established companies with greater resources, and, as a result, we may be unable to employ our vessels profitably.

Our vessels are employed in a highly competitive market that is capital intensive and highly fragmented. The competition in the market is based primarily on supply and demand and we compete for charters and COAs on the basis of price, vessel location, size, age, the condition of the vessel, our and our third-party commercial managers' reputations, and, particularly in the tanker sector, the acceptability of the vessel and its technical managers and operators to the charterers.

We compete primarily with other independent and state-owned drybulk and tanker vessel-owners. Our competitors may have more resources than us and may operate vessels that are newer, and therefore more attractive to charterers, than our vessels. Ownership and control of drybulk carriers and tankers is highly fragmented and is divided among a large number of players including publicly listed and privately owned shipping companies, major oil companies, mining companies, commodity trading houses, private equity and other investment funds and state-controlled owners. In the tanker market a part of the trade is captive especially to major and national oil company fleets. Ownership and control in the drybulk sector is rather more fragmented than in the case of the tanker sector. Due in part to the highly fragmented markets in which we operate, competitors with greater resources could enter the drybulk or tanker shipping industries and operate larger fleets through consolidations or acquisitions and may be able to offer lower charter rates and higher quality vessels than we are able to offer. If we are unable to successfully compete with other drybulk or tanker shipping companies, our competitors may be able to offer better prices than us, which could result in our achieving lower revenues from our vessels and our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Our drybulk and tanker shipping charter rates will be subject to seasonal fluctuations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

We operate our drybulk carriers and tankers in markets that have historically exhibited seasonal variations in demand and, as a result, in charter rates. This seasonality may result in volatility in our operating results to the extent that we enter into new charter agreements or renew existing agreements during a time when charter rates are weaker or we operate our vessels in the spot market or on index-based time charters or have index-based COAs, which may result in quarter-to-quarter volatility in our operating results.

The drybulk sector is typically stronger in the northern hemisphere fall and winter months in anticipation of increased consumption of coal and other raw materials in the northern hemisphere. The celebration of Chinese New Year in the first quarter of each year, also results in lower volumes of seaborne trade into China during this period.

The tanker sector is typically stronger in the northern hemisphere winter months as a result of increased oil consumption in the northern hemisphere but can be weaker in the summer months as a result of lower oil consumption in the northern hemisphere and refinery maintenance that is typically conducted in the summer months. The oil price volatility resulting from these factors has historically led to increased oil trading activities in the winter months.

12


Table of Contents

In addition, unpredictable weather patterns tend to disrupt vessel routing and scheduling as well as the supplies of certain commodities.

We are subject to complex laws and regulations, including environmental and safety regulations that can adversely affect the cost, manner or feasibility of doing business.

Our operations are subject to numerous international, national, state and local laws, regulations, treaties and conventions in force in international waters and the jurisdictions in which our vessels operate or are registered, which can significantly affect the ownership and operation of our vessels. These laws and regulations include, but are not limited to, the U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or OPA, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, or CERCLA, the U.S. Clean Air Act of 1970, as amended by the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977 and 1990, or the CAA, the U.S. Clean Water Act, or the CWA, and the U.S. Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002, or the MTSA, and regulations of the UN International Maritime Organization, or IMO, including the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships of 1973 (as from time to time amended and generally referred to as MARPOL) including the designation of Emission Control Areas, or ECAs, thereunder, the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea of 1974 (as from time to time amended and generally referred to as SOLAS), the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage of 2001 (as from time to time amended and generally referred to as BUNKER), the International Convention of Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage of 1969 (as from time to time amended and generally referred to as CLC), the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code, or the ISPS code, and the International Convention on Load Lines of 1966 (as from time to time amended), or the LL Convention.

Compliance with such laws, regulations and standards, where applicable, may require installation of costly equipment or implementation of operational changes and the need for such actions may affect the resale value or useful lives of our vessels. These costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. A failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations may result in administrative and civil penalties, criminal sanctions or the suspension or termination of our operations. Because such conventions, laws, and regulations are often revised, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with them or the impact thereof on the fair market values or useful lives of our vessels. Additional conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted which could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of our doing business and which may materially adversely affect our operations. For example, the International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships' Ballast Water and Sediments, or the BWM Convention, adopted by the IMO in February 2004, calls for the phased introduction of mandatory reducing living organism limits in ballast water over time (as discussed further below). In order to comply with these living organism limits, vessel owners may have to install expensive ballast water treatment systems or make port facility disposal arrangements and modify existing vessels to accommodate those systems. The BWM Convention entered into force on September 8, 2017 and while we believe that our vessels have been or will be fitted with systems that will comply with the standards, we cannot be assured that these systems will be approved by the regulatory bodies of every jurisdiction in which we may wish to conduct our business. If they are not approved it could have a materially adverse impact on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations depending on the available ballast water treatment systems and the extent to which existing vessels must be modified to accommodate such systems, the direct costs thereof and the time our vessels may be off hire to effect such modifications.

Environmental laws often impose strict liability for remediation of spills and releases of oil and hazardous substances, which could subject us to liability without regard to whether we were negligent or at fault. Under OPA, for example, owners, operators and bareboat charterers are jointly and severally strictly liable for the discharge of oil within the 200-mile exclusive economic zone around the United States (unless the spill results solely from, under certain limited circumstances, the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war). An oil spill could result in significant liability, including fines, penalties, criminal liability and remediation costs for natural resource damages under other international and U.S. federal, state and local laws, as well as third-party damages, including punitive damages, and could harm our reputation with current or potential charterers of our drybulk carriers and tankers.

13


Table of Contents

We are required by various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to obtain certain permits, licenses, and certificates with respect to our operations, and satisfy insurance and financial responsibility requirements for potential oil (including marine fuel) spills and other pollution incidents. Although we have insurance to cover certain environmental risks, there can be no assurance that such insurance will be sufficient to cover all such risks or that any claims will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows, or results of operations. See "Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Environmental and Other Regulations".

Our growth depends on continued growth in demand for oil and coal and the continued demand for seaborne transportation of such cargoes. A shift in consumer demand from oil and coal towards other energy sources or changes to trade patterns for refined oil products or coal could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

A significant portion of our earnings are related, directly or indirectly, to the global demand for oil and coal. A shift in the consumer demand from oil and coal towards other energy resources such as liquefied natural gas, wind energy, solar energy, or water energy will potentially affect the demand for our drybulk carriers and tankers. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

In addition, our growth depends on continued growth in world and regional demand for refined petroleum products and bulk liquid chemicals and the transportation of such cargoes by sea, which could be negatively affected by a number of factors, including:

    technology developments and their effect on factors such as cost, alternative or substitute products, alternative methods of production and the location of production;

    the economic and financial developments globally, including actual and projected global economic growth;

    fluctuations in the actual or projected price of crude oil, refined petroleum products or other bulk liquids;

    refining capacity and its geographical location;

    increases in the production of oil or natural gas in areas linked by pipelines to consuming areas, the extension of existing, or the development of new, pipeline systems in markets we may serve, or the conversion of existing non-oil pipelines to oil pipelines in those markets;

    decreases in the consumption of oil or natural gas due to increases in its price relative to other energy sources, and other factors making consumption of oil or natural gas less attractive or energy conservation measures;

    availability of new, alternative energy sources; and

    negative or deteriorating global or regional economic or political conditions, particularly in oil-consuming regions, which could reduce energy consumption or its growth.

Seaborne trading and distribution patterns are primarily influenced by the relative advantage of the various sources and locations of production, locations of consumption, pricing differentials and seasonality. Changes to the trade patterns of refined oil products or coal may have a significant negative or positive impact on our revenue. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

The refining and chemical industries may respond to any economic downturn and demand weakness by reducing operating rates, partially or completely closing refineries and plants and by reducing or cancelling certain investment expansion plans, including plans for additional refining capacity, in the case of the refining industry. Continued reduced demand for refined petroleum products and other bulk liquids and the shipping of such cargoes or the increased availability of pipelines used to transport refined petroleum products and bulk liquid chemicals would have a material adverse effect on our future growth and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

14


Table of Contents

If we cannot meet our customers' quality and compliance requirements we may not be able to operate our vessels profitably which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Customers, and in particular those in the oil industry, have a high and increasing focus on quality and compliance standards with their suppliers across the entire value chain, including the shipping and transportation segment. Our continuous compliance with these standards and quality requirements is vital for our operations. Related risks could materialize in multiple ways, including a sudden and unexpected breach in quality and/or compliance concerning one or more vessels, and a continuous decrease in the quality concerning one or more vessels occurring over time. Moreover, continuously increasing requirements from oil industry constituents can further complicate our ability to meet the standards. Any noncompliance by us, either suddenly or over a period of time, on one or more vessels, or an increase in requirements by oil operators above and beyond what we deliver, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Increasing self-sufficiency in energy by the United States could lead to a decrease in imports of oil to that country, which to date has been one of the largest importers of oil worldwide.

The United States is expected to overtake Saudi Arabia as the world's top oil producer in 2018, according to the International Energy Agency, or IEA. The steep rise in shale oil and gas production is expected to push the country toward self-sufficiency in energy. In recent years the share of total U.S. consumption met by total liquid fuel net imports, including both crude oil and products, has been decreasing since peaking at over 60% in 2005. The IEA said that U.S. crude oil imports will, overall, decline over the period from 2015 through 2021. A slowdown in oil imports to or exports from the United States, one of the most important oil trading nations worldwide, may result in decreased demand for our vessels and lower charter rates, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

World events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Past terrorist attacks, as well as the threat of future terrorist attacks around the world, continue to cause uncertainty in the world's financial markets and may affect our business, operating results and financial condition. Continuing conflicts and recent developments in Russia, North Korea, the Middle East, including Iran, Iraq, Syria, Egypt and North Africa, and the presence of the United States or other armed forces in the Middle East, may lead to additional acts of terrorism and armed conflict around the world, which may contribute to further economic instability in the global financial markets. Recently, government leaders have declared that their countries may turn to trade barriers to protect or revive their domestic industries in the face of foreign imports. These uncertainties could also adversely affect our ability to obtain additional financing on terms acceptable to us or at all. War in a country in which a material supplier, including crew supply services, or customer of ours is located could impact that supply to us or our ability to earn revenue from that customer. In the past, political conflicts have also resulted in attacks on vessels, mining of waterways and other efforts to disrupt international shipping, particularly in the Arabian Gulf region. Acts of terrorism and piracy have also affected vessels trading in regions such as the South China Sea, the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia and West Africa. Restrictions on imports, including in the form of tariffs, could have a major impact on global trade and demand for shipping. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Acts of piracy on ocean-going vessels may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Acts of piracy have historically affected ocean-going vessels trading in regions of the world such as the South China Sea, the Indian Ocean and in the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia. Sea piracy incidents continue to occur, particularly in the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia, in the Gulf of Guinea and the west coast of Africa, with drybulk carriers and tankers particularly vulnerable to such attacks. Acts of piracy may result in death or injury to persons or damage to property. If these piracy attacks result in regions in which our vessels are deployed being characterized as "war risk" zones by insurers or by the Joint War Committee of Lloyds Insurance and IUA Company, or Joint War Committee, as "war and strikes" listed areas, premiums payable for such coverage could increase significantly and such insurance coverage may be more difficult to obtain. In addition, crew costs, including costs of employing on-board

15


Table of Contents

security guards, could increase in such circumstances. In some circumstances where one of our vessels is chartered-out or on time charter, the time charterer may have limited liability for charter payments in the event of an act of piracy and may also claim that a vessel seized by pirates is not "on-hire" for a certain number of days and that they are therefore entitled to cancel the charter party, a claim that we would dispute. Voyage charterers do not bear any of the liability relating to acts of piracy except for possible contributions in general. We may not be adequately insured to cover losses from these incidents, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. In addition, any hijacking as a result of an act of piracy against our vessels, or an increase in cost, or unavailability, of insurance for our vessels, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

We are subject to international safety regulations and requirements imposed by our classification societies and the failure to comply with these regulations and requirements may subject us to increased liability, may adversely affect our insurance coverage and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports.

The operation of our vessels is affected by the requirements set forth in the International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention, or the ISM Code. The ISM Code requires vessel owners, vessel managers and bareboat charterers to develop and maintain an extensive "Safety Management System" that includes the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for safe operation of vessels and describing procedures for dealing with emergencies. In addition, vessel classification societies impose significant safety and other requirements on our vessels.

The failure of a vessel owner or bareboat charterer to comply with the ISM Code may subject it to increased liability, may invalidate existing insurance or decrease available insurance coverage for the affected vessels and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports. Each of our vessels is ISM Code-certified or will be ISM Code-certified when delivered to us. However, if we are subject to increased liability for non-compliance, if our insurance coverage is adversely impacted as a result of non-compliance or if any of our vessels are denied access to, or are detained in, certain ports as a result of non-compliance with the ISM Code, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

In addition, the hull and machinery of every commercial vessel must be classed by a classification society authorized by its country of registry. The classification society certifies that a vessel is safe and seaworthy in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations of the country of registry of the vessel and SOLAS. The cost of maintaining our vessels' classifications, or class, may be substantial. If any vessel does not maintain its class or fails any annual, intermediate or special survey, the vessel will be unable to trade between ports and will be unemployable and uninsurable, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Increased inspection procedures and tighter import and export controls could increase costs and disrupt our business.

International shipping is subject to various security and customs inspection and related procedures in countries of origin and destination and trans-shipment points. Inspection procedures may result in the seizure of contents of our vessels, delays in the loading, offloading, trans-shipment or delivery and the levying of customs duties, fines or other penalties against us.

It is possible that changes to inspection procedures could impose additional financial and legal obligations on us. Changes to inspection procedures could also impose additional costs and obligations on our customers and may, in certain cases, render the shipment of certain types of cargo uneconomical or impractical. Any such changes or developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Changes in fuel, or bunker, prices may adversely affect our profits.

Fuel, or bunkers, is a significant portion of our expenses when we are responsible for voyage expenses in operating our vessels and changes in the price of fuel may adversely affect our profitability. The price and supply of fuel is unpredictable and fluctuates based on events outside our control, including geopolitical developments, supply of and demand for oil and gas, actions by the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries, or OPEC, and other oil and gas producers, war and unrest in oil producing countries and regions, regional production patterns and environmental concerns. Further, fuel may become much

16


Table of Contents

more expensive in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

A number of vessel owners have ordered so-called "eco-type" vessel designs, which may offer substantial bunker savings as compared to older designs. Increased demand for and supply of "eco-type" vessels could reduce demand for those of our vessels that are not considered as such and expose us to lower vessel utilization and/or decreased charter rates.

New vessel designs purport to offer material bunker savings compared to older designs, which include certain of our vessels. Such savings could result in a substantial reduction of bunker cost for charterers compared to vessels of ours. As the supply of "eco-type" vessels increases and if charterers prefer such vessels over our vessels that are not classified as such, this may reduce demand for our non-"eco-type" vessels, impair our ability to re-charter such vessels at competitive rates and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

We operate drybulk carriers and tankers worldwide and as a result, our business has inherent operational risks, which may reduce our revenues or increase our expenses, and we may not be adequately covered by insurance.

The international shipping industry is an inherently risky business involving global operations of ocean-going vessels. Our vessels and their cargoes are at risk of being damaged or lost because of events such as marine disasters, bad weather, mechanical failures, human error, environmental accidents, war, terrorism, piracy and other circumstances or events. In addition, transporting cargoes across a wide variety of international jurisdictions creates a risk of business interruptions due to political circumstances in foreign countries, hostilities, labor strikes and boycotts, the potential for changes in tax rates or policies, and the potential for government expropriation of our vessels. Any of these events may result in loss of revenues, increased costs and decreased cash flows to our customers, which could impair their ability to make payments to us under our charters.

Changing economic, regulatory and political conditions in some countries, including political and military conflicts, have from time to time resulted in attacks on vessels, mining of waterways, piracy, terrorism, labor strikes and boycotts. These hazards may result in death or injury to persons, loss of revenues or property, payment of ransoms, environmental damage, higher insurance rates, damage to our customer relationships, market disruptions, and interference with shipping routes (such as delay or rerouting), which may reduce our revenues or increase our expenses and also subject us to litigation.

If our vessels suffer damage, they may need to be repaired at a drydocking facility. The costs of drydock repairs are unpredictable and can be substantial. We may have to pay drydocking costs that our insurance does not cover in full. In addition, space at drydocking facilities is sometimes limited and not all drydocking facilities are conveniently located. We may be unable to find space at a suitable drydocking facility or we may be forced to travel to a drydocking facility that is distant from the relevant vessel's position. The loss of earnings while our vessels are being repaired and repositioned or from being forced to wait for space, as well as the actual cost of repairs, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Additionally, in certain cases we bareboat charter our vessels. Such vessels could require significant repairs when the vessel is returned to us.

The operation of any vessel is subject to the inherent possibility of marine disaster, including oil spills and other environmental mishaps, and the liabilities arising from owning and operating vessels in international trade.

In addition, the operation of tankers has unique operational risks associated with the transportation of oil. An oil spill may cause significant environmental damage, and the associated costs could exceed the insurance coverage available to us. Compared to other types of vessels, tankers are exposed to a higher risk of damage and loss by fire, whether ignited by a terrorist attack, collision, or other cause, due to the high flammability and high volume of the oil transported in tankers.

Furthermore, the operation of certain vessel types, such as drybulk carriers, also has certain unique risks. With a drybulk carrier, the cargo itself and its interaction with the vessel can be an operational risk. By their nature, drybulk cargoes are often heavy, dense, easily shifted, and react badly to water exposure. In addition, drybulk carriers are often subjected to battering treatment during unloading operations with grabs, jackhammers (to pry encrusted cargoes out of the hold) and small bulldozers. This treatment may cause damage to the vessel. Vessels damaged due to treatment during unloading procedures may be more susceptible to breach at sea. Hull breaches in drybulk carriers may lead to the flooding of the vessel's

17


Table of Contents

holds. If a drybulk carrier suffers flooding in its forward holds, the bulk cargo may become so dense and waterlogged that its pressure may buckle the vessel's bulkheads, leading to the loss of a vessel. If we are unable to adequately maintain our vessels, we may be unable to prevent these events. Other bulk cargoes will include a certain amount of moisture and may "liquefy" under certain conditions. Any of these circumstances or events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. In addition, the loss of any of our vessels could harm our reputation as a safe and reliable vessel owner and operator.

In the event of a casualty to a vessel or other catastrophic event, we will rely on our insurance to pay the insured value of the vessel or the damages incurred. We procure insurance for the vessels in our Fleet against those risks that we believe the shipping industry commonly insures against. These insurances include marine hull and machinery insurance, protection and indemnity insurance, war risk insurance and freight, demurrage and defense insurance, or FD&D insurance. We insure our vessels for third-party liability claims subject to and in accordance with the rules of the P&I Associations in which the vessels are entered. In this regard we are insured against some contractual claims and tort claims, including environmental damage, pollution and crew personal injury and illness claims (currently the amount of insurance coverage for pollution claims available to us on commercially reasonable terms through P&I Associations is limited to $1 billion per vessel per incident). The objective of a P&I Association is to provide mutual insurance based on the aggregate tonnage of a member's vessels entered into the association. Claims are paid through the aggregate premiums of all members of the association, although members remain subject to calls for additional funds if the aggregate premiums are insufficient to cover claims payable by the association. Claims payable by the association may include those incurred by members of the association, as well as claims payable by the association from other P&I Associations with which our P&I Association has entered into inter-association agreements. We cannot assure you that the P&I Associations to which we belong will remain viable or that we will not become subject to additional funding calls which could adversely affect us.

We do not currently maintain insurance against loss of hire on our vessels resulting from business interruptions that result from the loss of use of a vessel other than limited loss coverage relating to defined war risk events. The insurers may not pay particular claims as the payment of some claims may be treated as discretionary by the board of directors of the P&I Association. Our insurance policies may contain deductibles for which we will be responsible and limitations and exclusions which may increase our costs or lower our revenue or prevent recovery. Moreover, insurers may default on claims they are required to pay.

We cannot assure you that we will be adequately insured against all risks or that we will be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates for our vessels in the future, or that we will be able to obtain certain insurance coverage. For example, in the past more stringent environmental regulations have led to increased costs for, and in the future may result in the lack of availability of, insurance against risks of environmental damage or pollution. Additionally, our insurers may refuse to pay particular claims. Any significant loss or liability for which we are not insured could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Maritime claimants could arrest or attach one or more of our vessels, which could interrupt our cash flows.

Crew members, suppliers of goods and services to a vessel, shippers of cargo, lenders, and other parties may be entitled to a maritime lien against a vessel for unsatisfied debts, claims or damages. In many jurisdictions, a maritime lien holder may enforce its lien by arresting or attaching a vessel through foreclosure proceedings. The arrest or attachment of one or more of our vessels could require us to pay large sums of money to have the arrest or attachment lifted. In addition, in some jurisdictions, such as South Africa, under the "sister ship" theory of liability, a claimant may arrest both the vessel that is subject to the claimant's maritime lien and any "associated" vessel, which is any vessel owned or controlled by the same owner. Claimants could attempt to assert "sister ship" liability against one of our vessels for claims relating to another one of our vessels. The occurrence of any of the above events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Labor interruptions could disrupt our business.

We could be subject to industrial action or other labor unrest that could prevent or hinder our operations from being carried out normally. If not resolved in a timely and cost-effective manner, such business interruptions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. These effects would be exacerbated if such a disruption were to occur on one of our

18


Table of Contents

vessels that are manned by masters, officers and crews that are employed by third parties that we do not control.

Our vessels may call on ports located in countries that are subject to restrictions imposed by the United States, United Kingdom, United Nations or other governments, which could adversely affect our reputation and the market for our ordinary shares.

Although we do not expect that our vessels will call on ports located in countries subject to sanctions and embargoes imposed by the U.S. government and other authorities or countries identified by the U.S. government or other authorities as state sponsors of terrorism, from time to time on charterers' instructions, our vessels may call on ports located in such countries in the future. Our vessels have called on ports in Cuba and Sudan on very limited occasions in compliance with applicable sanctions, including with respect to humanitarian shipments arranged by the United States Agency for International Development, or USAID. Prior to each voyage on behalf of USAID, we confirmed that the charterer possessed a license authorizing the transactions under U.S. sanctions laws. The U.S. sanctions and embargo laws and regulations vary in their application, as they do not all apply to the same covered persons or proscribe the same activities, and such sanctions and embargo laws and regulations may be amended or strengthened over time. In 2010, the United States enacted the Comprehensive Iran Sanctions Accountability and Divestment Act, or CISADA, which amended the Iran Sanctions Act. Among other things, CISADA introduced limits on the ability of companies and persons to do business or trade with Iran when such activities relate to the investment, supply or export of refined petroleum or petroleum products. In 2012, President Obama signed Executive Order 13608 which prohibits foreign persons from violating or attempting to violate, or causing a violation of any sanctions in effect against Iran or facilitating any deceptive transactions for or on behalf of any person subject to U.S. sanctions. Any persons found to be in violation of Executive Order 13608 will be deemed a foreign sanctions evader and will be banned from all contacts with the United States, including conducting business in U.S. dollars. Also in 2012, President Obama signed into law the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012, or the Iran Threat Reduction Act, which created new sanctions and strengthened existing sanctions. Among other things, the Iran Threat Reduction Act intensifies existing sanctions regarding the provision of goods, services, infrastructure or technology to Iran's petroleum or petrochemical sector. The Iran Threat Reduction Act also includes a provision requiring the President of the United States to impose five or more sanctions from Section 6(a) of the Iran Sanctions Act, as amended, on a person the President determines is a controlling beneficial owner of, or otherwise owns, operates, or controls or insures a vessel that was used to transport crude oil from Iran to another country and (1) if the person is a controlling beneficial owner of the vessel, the person had actual knowledge the vessel was so used or (2) if the person otherwise owns, operates, or controls, or insures the vessel, the person knew or should have known the vessel was so used. Such a person could be subject to a variety of sanctions, including exclusion from U.S. capital markets, exclusion from financial transactions subject to U.S. jurisdiction, and exclusion of that person's vessels from U.S. ports for up to two years.

On November 24, 2013, the P5+1 (the United States, United Kingdom, Germany, France, Russia and China) entered into an interim agreement with Iran entitled the "Joint Plan of Action", or the JPOA. Under the JPOA it was agreed that, in exchange for Iran taking certain voluntary measures to ensure that its nuclear program is used only for peaceful purposes, the United States and E.U. would voluntarily suspend certain sanctions for a period of six months. On January 20, 2014, the United States and E.U. indicated that they would begin implementing the temporary relief measures provided for under the JPOA. These measures included, among other things, the suspension of certain sanctions on the Iranian petrochemicals, precious metals, and automotive industries from January 20, 2014 until July 20, 2014. The JPOA was subsequently extended twice.

On July 14, 2015, the P5+1 and the E.U. announced that they reached a landmark agreement with Iran titled the Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action Regarding the Islamic Republic of Iran's Nuclear Program, or the JCPOA, which is intended to significantly restrict Iran's ability to develop and produce nuclear weapons for 10 years while simultaneously easing sanctions directed toward non-U.S. persons for conduct involving Iran, but taking place outside of U.S. jurisdiction and does not involve U.S. persons. On January 16, 2016, which we refer to as Implementation Day, the United States joined the E.U. and the UN in lifting a significant number of their nuclear-related sanctions on Iran following an announcement by the International Atomic Energy Agency, or the IAEA, that Iran had satisfied its respective obligations under the JCPOA.

19


Table of Contents

On August 2, 2017, the United States enacted the Countering America's Adversaries Through Sanctions Act, or CAATSA. CAATSA authorizes secondary sanctions on persons worldwide who conduct certain business with Iran, Russia, and North Korea. These include secondary sanctions on persons (1) dealing with most sectors of the North Korean economy, including the transportation sector, (2) engaging in any activity related to Iran's ballistic missile program, including transportation, and (3) dealing with certain activities in the Russian energy sector, including support of Russian energy export pipelines and certain energy projects. On September 21, 2017, President Trump issued an executive order imposing additional sanctions against North Korea, including a prohibition on vessels calling at ports in the United States that have called at North Korean ports within the past 180 days or that have engaged in vessel-to-vessel transfers with vessels that have called at North Korean ports within the past 180 days. On October 13, 2017, President Trump declined to certify Iran's compliance with the JCPOA. On January 12, 2018, President Trump announced that the United States did not intend to renew its sanctions waivers under the JCPOA when the waivers next expire on May 12, 2018 unless significant changes were made to the JCPOA. If the United States does not periodically renew its sanctions waivers under the JCPOA, it could result in the re-imposition of secondary sanctions against Iran.

Although we believe that we are in compliance with all applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations, and intend to maintain such compliance, there can be no assurance that we will be in compliance in the future, particularly as the scope of certain laws may be unclear and may be subject to changing interpretations. Any such violation could result in an occurrence of an event of default under our credit facilities, fines or other penalties and could severely impact our ability to access U.S. capital markets and conduct our business, and could result in some investors deciding, or being required, to divest their interest, or not to invest, in us. In addition, certain institutional investors may have investment policies or restrictions that prevent them from holding securities of companies that have contracts with countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism. The determination by these investors not to invest in, or to divest from, our securities may adversely affect the price at which our securities trade. Moreover, our charterers may violate applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations as a result of actions that do not involve us or our vessels, and those violations could in turn negatively affect our reputation. In addition, our reputation and the market for our securities may be adversely affected if we engage in certain other activities, such as entering into charters with individuals or entities in countries subject to U.S. sanctions and embargo laws that are not controlled by the governments of those countries, or engaging in operations associated with those countries pursuant to contracts with third parties that are unrelated to those countries or entities controlled by their governments. Investor perception of the value of our securities may be adversely affected by the consequences of war, the effects of terrorism, civil unrest and governmental actions in these and surrounding countries.

We could be adversely affected by violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, U.K. Bribery Act, and other applicable worldwide anti-corruption laws.

The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, which we will be subject to following the Spin-Off, and other applicable worldwide anti-corruption laws generally prohibit corrupt payments by us, our employees, vendors, or agents. These laws include the U.K. Bribery Act, which became effective on July 1, 2011 and which is broader in scope than the FCPA, as it prohibits bribes to any person and contains no facilitating payments exception. Under the FCPA and other applicable anti-corruption laws, we may be held liable for some actions taken by strategic or local partners and agents. We operate our vessels in some jurisdictions that international corruption monitoring groups have identified as having high levels of corruption and may utilize vendors and agents to act on our behalf in those jurisdictions. Our activities create the risk of unauthorized payments or offers of payments by one of our employees, vendors, or agents that could be in violation of the FCPA or other applicable anti-corruption laws. While we devote substantial resources to our global compliance program and have implemented policies, training, and internal controls designed to reduce the risk of corrupt payments and to comply with the FCPA and other applicable anti-corruption laws, our employees, vendors, and agents may violate our policies. We also may not be able to adequately prevent or detect all possible violations of the FCPA and other applicable anti-corruption laws. If we are found to be responsible for violations of the FCPA or other applicable anti-corruption laws (either due to our own acts or our inadvertence, or due to the acts or inadvertence of others), our company and our employees could suffer from substantial civil and criminal penalties, including fines, incarceration, prohibitions or limitations on the conduct of our business, the loss of our financing facilities and significant reputational damage, including our relationships with our customers, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Government or regulatory investigations into potential violations of the FCPA or other applicable anti-corruption laws by

20


Table of Contents

our company could also have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Furthermore, detecting, investigating, and resolving actual or alleged violations of the FCPA and other applicable anti-corruption laws is expensive and can consume significant time and attention of our senior management.

The smuggling of drugs or other contraband onto our vessels may lead to governmental claims against us.

We expect that our vessels will call in ports where smugglers attempt to hide drugs and other contraband on vessels, with or without the knowledge of crew members. To the extent our vessels are found with contraband, whether inside or attached to the hull of our vessel and whether with or without the knowledge of any of our crew, we may face reputational damage and governmental or other regulatory claims which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Governments could requisition our vessels during a period of war or emergency, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

A government could requisition one or more of our vessels for title or for hire. Requisition for title occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and becomes its owner, while requisition for hire occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and effectively becomes its charterer at dictated charter rates. Generally, requisitions occur during periods of war or emergency, although governments may elect to requisition vessels in other circumstances. Although we may be entitled to compensation in the event of a requisition of one or more of our vessels, the amount and timing of payment would be uncertain. Government requisition of one or more of our vessels could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Business

A substantial number of our vessels are employed in either the spot market or in drybulk and tanker pools and any decrease in spot charter rates in the future could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

A substantial number of our drybulk carriers and tankers are currently employed in either the spot market or in spot market-oriented drybulk and tanker pools, some of which are managed by third parties. This exposes us to fluctuations in spot market charter rates. During the year ended December 31, 2017, we earned a substantial portion of our revenue from such spot market-oriented pools and spot market charters. The spot market may fluctuate significantly based upon drybulk carrier, tanker, cargo, energy resources, commodities, industrial products and oil supply and demand. The successful operation of our vessels in the competitive spot charter market, depends on, among other things, obtaining profitable spot contracts and minimizing, to the extent possible, time spent waiting for employment and time spent traveling unemployed to a demand area. The spot market is very volatile, and, in the past, there have been periods when spot market rates have declined below the operating cost of vessels. If future spot market rates decline, then we may be unable to operate our vessels trading in the spot market profitably, meet our obligations, including payments on indebtedness, or pay dividends in the future. Furthermore, as spot charters may last up to several weeks, during periods in which spot rates are rising we will generally experience delays in realizing the benefits from such increases.

Our ability to renew expiring contracts or obtain new contracts on favorable terms or at all will depend on the prevailing market conditions at the time. If we are not able to extend contracts in direct continuation of current contracts or we are not able to obtain new contracts for existing or new owned vessels or new chartered-in vessels upon their delivery to us, or if new charters are entered into with our customers at charter rates substantially below the existing charter rates or on terms otherwise less favorable compared to current charter terms, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

In addition, we cannot assure you that the drybulk and tanker pools our vessels operate in or pools that we manage will be successful in finding employment for all such vessels in the volatile spot market or whether any such employment will be at profitable rates. We cannot assure you that our vessels will be profitably operated by such pool or by ourselves where we commercially manage our vessels outside of pools.

Furthermore, vessels operated by unaffiliated third-parties may participate in such pools and may not be of a comparable design or quality to our vessels, negatively impacting the profitability of such pools. If such

21


Table of Contents

unaffiliated third-parties withdraw from the pools which we manage, such pools may no longer be able to operate profitability, or at all, due to the decreased number of vessels in the pool, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

A reduction in charter rates, spot market rates and other market deterioration or the aging of our fleet may require us to record impairment charges related to our long-lived assets (our vessels) and such charges may be large and have a material impact on our combined financial statements.

At December 31, 2017, we had vessels of $235.4 million in total on our combined balance sheet, representing 74% of our shareholders' equity.

At the end of each reporting period, and on a continuous basis, if indicators of impairment are present, the carrying amount of tangible and intangible assets is assessed to determine whether there is any indication that those assets may have suffered an impairment loss. We also assess the carrying value of an asset when we make a decision to divest of the asset for any reason, including the age of our vessels, if a joint venture that owns vessels comes to an end in accordance with its terms or if the asset no longer fits into our strategic planning. During 2015 and 2016, we recorded an impairment loss of approximately $67.8 million and $12.6 million respectively relating to the reduction of the carrying value of our vessels based on value in use calculations. The impairments were largely due to the depressed charter rates and vessel values as a result of an oversupply of vessel capacity.

In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2017, we impaired the vessels to the extent of $16.5 million because we determined certain vessels no longer fit into our strategic planning.

If there is a reduction in our estimated charter rates, or if we intend to divest additional vessels, we may be required to record further impairment charges on our vessels, which would require us to write down the carrying value of these assets to their fair value. Since vessels and from time to time vessels under construction comprise a substantial portion of our balance sheet, such charges could have a material impact on our combined financial statements. See "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Critical Accounting Policies".

We depend on certain customers for our revenue. Customers may terminate or default on their obligations to us and the terms of charters may be difficult to enforce.

For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, no customers accounted for 10% or more of our revenues, one customer accounted for 10% or more of our revenues in the amount of approximately $40.9 million and two customers accounted for 10% or more of our revenues in the amounts of approximately $55.9 million and $44.1 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2017, no customers accounted for 10% or more of our drybulk business revenues. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, one customer accounted for 10% or more of our drybulk business revenues in the amounts of approximately $40.9 million and $44.1 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2017, four customers accounted for 10% or more of tankers business revenues in the amounts of approximately $17.8 million, $15.7 million, $10.9 million and $8.9 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2016, four customers accounted for 10% or more of tankers business revenues in the amounts of $33.2 million, $12.3 million, $9.9 million and $9.1 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2015, two customers accounted for 10% or more of tankers business revenues in the amounts of approximately $55.9 million and $13.2 million, respectively. Each of the forgoing with respect to the drybulk carrier business and tankers business has been calculated excluding revenues attributable to the OACL and Union Bunker businesses, respectively, which were sold in the first quarter of 2018. The loss of any of our significant customers, a customer's failure to make payments or perform under any of the applicable contracts, a customer's termination of any of the applicable contracts, or a decline in payments under the contracts could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Our contracts are governed by the law of a number of jurisdictions and provide for a variety of dispute resolution mechanisms and arbitration proceedings. There can be no assurance that we would be able to enforce any judgments against these charterers in jurisdictions where they are based or have their primary assets and operations. Even after a charter contract is entered, charterers may terminate charters early under certain circumstances.

A charterer may also terminate a charter for events that may or may not be within our control. The events or occurrences that will cause a charter to terminate or give the charterer the option to terminate the charter generally include a total or constructive total loss of the related vessel, the requisition for hire of the related vessel, the event of war in specified countries, the vessel becoming subject to seizure for more

22


Table of Contents

than a specified number of days, our failure to deliver the related vessel within a fixed period of time or the failure of the related vessel to meet specified performance criteria.

The ability of a customer to perform its obligations under a contract will depend on a number of factors that are beyond our control. These factors may include general economic conditions, conditions specific to the customer, the condition of the drybulk and tankers sectors of the shipping industry to which the customer is exposed, and the charter rates received for specific types of vessels. The costs associated with the default by a customer may be considerable and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Our customers may go bankrupt or fail to perform their obligations under the contracts, they may delay payments or suspend payments altogether, they may terminate the contracts prior to the agreed-upon expiration date or they may attempt to renegotiate the terms of the contracts. The failure of a customer to perform its obligations under a contract may mean we increase our exposure to the spot market, which is subject to greater rate fluctuation than the time charter market. If we receive lower rates under replacement contracts or are unable to re-employ all of our vessels, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

A drop in spot market charter rates may provide an incentive for some charterers and other customers to default on their charters and contracts.

If spot market rates decline, charterers may no longer need a vessel that is then under charter or may be able to obtain a comparable vessel at lower rates. Currently, and in the future, we may employ certain of our vessels in fixed rate time charters. When we enter into a time charter, as well as bareboat charter or COA, charter rates under that charter or contract may be fixed for the term of the charter or contract. If the spot market or term charter rates available in the drybulk shipping market or tanker shipping market become significantly lower than the rates that a customer is obliged to pay us under our existing charters or contracts, the customer may have incentive to default under that charter or contract or attempt to renegotiate the charter or contract. If our charterers fail to meet their obligations to us or attempt to renegotiate our charter agreements, it may be difficult to secure substitute employment for such vessel, and any new employment we secure in the spot market or on time charters, or as bareboat charters or under COAs, may be at lower rates. As a result, we could sustain significant losses which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

We are subject to certain risks with respect to our counterparties to contracts, and failure of such counterparties to meet their obligations could cause us to suffer losses or could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

We have entered into, and may enter into, various contracts, including pooling arrangements, time charters, spot voyage charters, shipbuilding contracts, credit facilities and other agreements. Such agreements subject us to counterparty risks. The ability and willingness of each of our counterparties to perform its obligations under a contract with us will depend on a number of factors that are beyond our control and may include, among other things, general economic conditions, the condition of the maritime industries and the overall financial condition of the counterparty. Should a counterparty fail to honor its obligations under agreements with us, or seek to renegotiate the terms of the contract, we could sustain significant losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Circumstances beyond our control could affect our customers' financial strength, and because many of our customers are privately held companies, information about the financial strength of our customers may not always be available. As a result, we might have little advance warning of financial or other problems affecting our customers and their non-performance, financial or other problems could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

We may be unable to attract and retain key management personnel and other employees in the shipping industry, which may negatively affect the effectiveness of our management and our results of operations.

Our success depends to a significant extent upon the abilities and efforts of our management team and our ability to hire and retain key members of our management team. We do not intend to maintain "key man" life insurance on any of our officers. The loss of any of these individuals and difficulty in hiring and retaining personnel, including key personnel, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

23


Table of Contents

The aging of our vessels may result in increased operating costs in the future, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

In general, the cost of maintaining a vessel in good operating condition increases with the age of the vessel. As our vessels age typically they will become less fuel-efficient and more costly to maintain than more recently constructed vessels due to improvements in engine and other technology. Cargo insurance rates increase with the age of a vessel, making older vessels less desirable to charterers. Governmental regulations and safety or other equipment standards related to the age of vessels may also require expenditures for alterations or the addition of new equipment to our vessels and may restrict the type of activities in which our vessels may engage. We cannot assure you that, as our vessels age, market conditions will justify those expenditures or enable us to operate our vessels profitably during the remainder of their useful lives. See "—A reduction in charter rates, spot market rates and other market deterioration or the aging of our fleet may require us to record impairment charges related to our long-lived assets (our vessels) and such charges may be large and have a material impact on our combined financial statements." above.

The employment of our tankers could be adversely affected by an inability to clear the oil majors' risk assessment process, and we could be in breach of our charter agreements.

The shipping industry, and especially the shipment of crude oil, refined petroleum products (clean and dirty) and bulk liquid chemicals, has been, and will remain, heavily regulated. The oil majors, together with a number of commodities traders, represent a significant percentage of the production, trading and shipping logistics (terminals) of crude oil and refined products worldwide. Concerns for the environment have led the oil majors to develop and implement a strict ongoing due diligence process when selecting their commercial partners. This vetting process has evolved into a sophisticated and comprehensive risk assessment of both the vessel operator and the vessel, including physical vessel inspections, completion of vessel inspection questionnaires performed by accredited inspectors and the production of comprehensive risk assessment reports. In the case of term charter relationships, additional factors are considered when awarding such contracts, including:

    office assessments and audits of the vessel operator;

    the operator's environmental, health and safety record;

    compliance with the standards of the IMO;

    compliance with oil majors' codes of conduct, policies and guidelines, including transparency, anti-bribery and ethical conduct requirements and relationships with third parties;

    compliance with heightened industry standards that have been set by several oil companies;

    shipping industry relationships, reputation for customer service, technical and operating expertise;

    shipping experience and quality of vessel operations, including cost-effectiveness;

    quality, experience, length of service and technical capability of crews;

    the ability to finance vessels at competitive rates and overall financial stability;

    relationships with shipyards and the ability to obtain suitable berths;

    in the case of a charter of a newbuilding, construction management experience, including the ability to procure on-time delivery of new vessels according to customer specifications;

    willingness to accept operational risks pursuant to the charter, such as allowing termination of the charter for force majeure events; and

    competitiveness of the bid in terms of overall price.

Under the terms of our charter agreements, our charterers require that these vessels and their technical managers are vetted and approved to transport oil products by multiple oil majors. Our failure to maintain any of our tankers to the standards required by the oil majors could put us in breach of the applicable charter agreement and lead to termination of such agreement, and could give rise to impairment in the value of our tankers.

24


Table of Contents

Should we not be able to successfully clear the oil majors' risk assessment processes on an ongoing basis, the future employment of our tankers, as well as our ability to obtain charters or freight contracts, whether spot, medium- or long-term, could be adversely affected. Such a situation may lead to the oil majors terminating existing charters and contracts and refusing to use our tankers in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

We may not have adequate insurance to compensate us if we lose our vessels or to compensate third parties.

There are a number of risks associated with the operation of ocean-going vessels, including mechanical failure, collision, human error, war, terrorism, piracy, loss of life, property loss, cargo loss or damage and business interruption due to political circumstances in foreign countries, hostilities and labor strikes. Any of these events may result in loss of revenues, increased costs and decreased cash flows. In addition, the operation of any vessel is subject to the inherent possibility of marine disaster, including oil spills and other environmental mishaps, and the liabilities arising from owning and operating vessels in international trade.

We are insured against some contractual claims and tort claims (including claims related to environmental damage and pollution) through memberships in protection and indemnity associations or clubs, or P&I Associations. As a result of such membership, the P&I Associations provide us coverage for such tort and contractual claims. We also carry hull and machinery insurance and war risk insurance for our vessels. We insure our vessels for third-party liability claims subject to and in accordance with the rules of the P&I Associations in which the vessels are entered. We do not maintain cover for loss of hire or earnings arising out of insured peril events other than limited loss coverage relating to defined war risk events. We can give no assurance that we will be adequately insured against all risks. We may not be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage for our vessels in the future. The insurers may not pay particular claims. Our insurance policies contain deductibles for which we will be responsible and limitations and exclusions which may increase our costs or lower our revenue or prevent recovery.

The objective of a P&I Association is to provide mutual insurance based on the aggregate tonnage of a member's vessels entered into the association. Claims are paid through the aggregate premiums of all members of the association and the P&I Association's retained earnings, although members remain subject to calls for additional funds if the aggregate premiums are insufficient to cover claims payable by the association. Claims payable by the association may include those incurred by members of the association, as well as claims payable by the association from other P&I Associations with which our P&I Association has entered into interassociation agreements. We cannot assure you that the P&I Associations to which we belong will remain viable or that we will not become subject to additional funding calls which could adversely affect us.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to renew our insurance policies on the same or commercially reasonable terms, or at all, in the future. For example, more stringent environmental regulations have led in the past to increased costs for, and in the future may result in the lack of availability of, protection and indemnity insurance against risks of environmental damage or pollution. Any uninsured or underinsured loss could harm our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. In addition, our insurance may be voidable by the insurers as a result of certain of our actions, such as our vessels failing to maintain certification with applicable maritime self-regulatory organizations. Further, we cannot assure you that our insurance policies will cover all losses that we incur, or that disputes over insurance claims will not arise with our insurance carriers. Any claims covered by insurance would be subject to deductibles, and since it is possible that a large number of claims may be brought, the aggregate amount of these deductibles could be material. In addition, our insurance policies are subject to limitations and exclusions, which may increase our costs or lower our revenues, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

We may have difficulty managing our planned growth properly.

We operate a fleet of 48 vessels, which we refer to as our Fleet, which consists of 25 owned drybulk carriers (including 15 drybulk carriers that we own through joint ventures), eight long-term chartered-in drybulk carriers, 12 owned tankers (including six tankers that we own through joint ventures) and three long-term chartered-in tankers. One of our principal strategies is to continue to grow by expanding our operations, and we may, in the future, increase the size of our Fleet through timely and selective acquisitions. Our

25


Table of Contents

future growth will primarily depend upon a number of factors, some of which may not be within our control. These factors include our ability to:

    identify suitable drybulk carriers and tankers, including newbuilding slots at shipyards and/or shipping companies for acquisition at attractive prices;

    sell older vessels at an appropriate time in the market;

    obtain required financing for our existing and new vessels and operations;

    identify businesses engaged in managing, operating or owning drybulk carriers and tankers for acquisition or joint ventures;

    integrate any acquired drybulk carriers or tankers or businesses successfully with our existing operations, including obtaining any approvals and qualifications necessary to operate vessels that we acquire;

    hire, train and retain qualified personnel and crew to manage and operate our growing business and fleet;

    identify additional new markets;

    enhance our customer base; and

    enhance our operating, financial and accounting systems and controls.

Our failure to effectively identify, acquire, develop and integrate any drybulk or tanker vessels or businesses, or our inability to effectively manage our Fleet, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Furthermore, the number of employees that perform services for us and our current operating and financial systems may not be adequate as we expand the size of our Fleet, and we may not be able to effectively hire more employees or adequately improve those systems. In addition, if we further expand our Fleet, we will need to recruit suitable additional seafarers and shoreside administrative and management personnel. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to hire suitable employees as we expand our fleet. If we or our crewing agent encounters business or financial difficulties, we may not be able to adequately staff our vessels. If we are unable to enhance our financial and operating systems or to recruit suitable employees as we expand our Fleet, it could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Growing any business by acquisition presents numerous risks such as undisclosed liabilities and obligations, difficulty in obtaining additional qualified personnel and managing relationships with customers and suppliers and integrating newly acquired operations into existing infrastructures. Acquisitions may require additional equity issuances, which may dilute our ordinary shareholders, or debt issuances (with amortization payments). The effect of an acquisition may be to lower our available cash. If any such events occur, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

We cannot give any assurance that we will be successful in executing our growth plans or that we will not incur significant expenses and losses in connection with our future growth.

We are a holding company and we depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute funds to us in order to satisfy our financial obligations and to make dividend payments.

We are a holding company and our subsidiaries conduct all of our operations and own all of our operating assets. We have no significant assets other than the equity interests in our subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to satisfy our financial obligations and to pay dividends to our shareholders depend on our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute funds to us. If we are unable to obtain funds from our subsidiaries, our board of directors may exercise its discretion not to declare or pay dividends.

Our future capital needs are uncertain and we may need to raise additional funds in the future. If we are unable to fund our future capital expenditure needs, we may not be able to continue to operate some of our vessels or continue with some or all of our fleet expansion plans, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

We may face liquidity issues if poor market conditions in the drybulk and/or tanker markets persist for a prolonged period. In addition, we may need to raise additional capital to maintain, replace and expand the operating capacity of our Fleet and fund our operations. Our future funding requirements will depend on

26


Table of Contents

many factors, including the cost and timing of vessel acquisitions, and the cost of retrofitting or modifying existing vessels as a result of technological advances in vessel design or equipment, changes in applicable environmental or other regulations or standards, customer requirements or otherwise.

In order to fund our capital expenditures, we may be required to incur borrowings or raise capital through the sale of debt or equity securities. As a result of the Spin-Off, it may become more expensive for Grindrod Shipping to raise funds through the issue of debt than it was prior to the consummation of the Spin-Off. Our ability to borrow money and access the capital markets through future offerings may be limited by a number of factors, including:

    our financial performance;

    our credit ratings or absence of a credit rating as a stand-alone company;

    the liquidity of the overall capital markets;

    the state of the Singapore, United States and global economies;

    general economic conditions and other contingencies and uncertainties that are beyond our control; and

    the state of the drybulk and tanker industries.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain additional funds on acceptable terms, or at all. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity or equity-linked securities, our shareholders may experience dilution or reduced distributions. Any additional debt or equity financing that we raise may contain terms that are not favorable to us or our shareholders, including, in the case of debt financing, making us subject to more restrictive covenants than those applicable to our existing credit facilities.

Our failure to obtain the funds for necessary future capital expenditures could limit our ability to continue to operate some or all of our vessels or could cause us to impair the value of our vessels as well as limit our ability to continue with some or all of our fleet expansion plans. Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Even if we are successful in obtaining such funds through financings, the terms of such financings could further limit our ability to pay dividends.

Servicing our current or future indebtedness and meeting certain financing obligations limits funds available for other purposes and if we cannot service our debt and meet our other financing obligations, we may lose our vessels.

Borrowing under our credit facilities requires us to dedicate a part of our cash flow to paying interest and repaying capital on our indebtedness under such facilities. In addition, under the Leopard Tankers joint venture agreement with Vitol Shipping Singapore Pte. Ltd, or, together with its affiliates, Vitol, we and Vitol are obligated to fund on an equal basis certain funding shortfalls and have each guaranteed to the financiers of the Leopard Tankers credit facility up to 50% of the scheduled interest and principal payments of the joint ventures' $138.5 million Leopard Tankers credit facility, excluding any balloon payment at maturity. See "Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Our Joint Ventures—Leopard Tankers Pte. Ltd.".

These payments and certain financing obligations limit funds available for working capital, capital expenditures and other purposes, including further equity investments in our joint venture or debt financing in the future. Amounts borrowed under our credit facilities bear interest at variable rates. Increases in prevailing rates could increase the amounts that we would have to pay to our lenders, even though the outstanding principal amount remains the same, and our net income and cash flows would decrease. We expect our earnings and cash flow to vary from year to year due to the cyclical nature of the drybulk and tanker industries. If we do not generate or reserve enough cash flow from operations to satisfy our debt obligations, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans, such as:

    seeking to raise additional capital;

    refinancing or restructuring our debt;

    selling our vessels; or

    reducing or delaying capital investments.

However, these alternative financing plans, if necessary, may not be sufficient to allow us to meet our debt obligations. In addition, our 37 owned vessels are pledged as collateral to secure our various debt

27


Table of Contents

obligations. If we are unable to meet our debt and other financing obligations or if some other default occurs under our or the Leopard Tankers credit facilities, lenders could elect to declare that debt, together with accrued interest and fees, to be immediately due and payable and proceed against the collateral vessels securing that debt or other assets.

We are exposed to volatility in the London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, and may selectively enter into derivative contracts, which can result in higher than market interest rates and charges against our income.

The loans under our credit facilities are generally advanced at a floating rate based on LIBOR, which was volatile in prior years and has been steadily increasing in recent years. LIBOR can affect the amount of interest payable on our debt, which, in turn, could have an adverse effect on our earnings and cash flow. In addition, although in recent years LIBOR has been at relatively low levels, LIBOR increased during 2016 and may continue to rise in the future as the current low interest rate environment comes to an end. Our financial condition could be materially adversely affected as we have not entered into interest rate hedging arrangements to hedge our exposure to the interest rates applicable to our credit facilities and may not enter into interest rate hedging arrangements for these or any other financing arrangements we may enter into in the future, including those we may enter into to finance a portion of the amounts payable with respect to newbuildings or acquisitions.

We may enter into derivative contracts to hedge our overall exposure to interest rate risk. Entering into swaps and other derivatives transactions is inherently risky and presents possibilities for incurring significant expenses. The derivatives strategies that we may employ may not be successful or effective, and we could, as a result, incur substantial additional interest and breakage costs.

We are leveraged, which could significantly limit our ability to execute our business strategy and we may be unable to comply with our covenants in our credit facilities that impose operating and financial restrictions on us, which could result in a default under the terms of these agreements.

As of December 31, 2017, we had $108.8 million of outstanding indebtedness under our credit facilities.

Our credit facilities impose operating and financial restrictions on us that limit our ability, or the ability of our subsidiaries party thereto, to:

    incur additional indebtedness on the relevant vessels securing that facility;

    sell any collateral vessel (unless a corresponding amount under the relevant facility were prepaid in accordance with its terms);

    upon the happening of an event of default or potential event of default, make additional investments or acquisitions;

    upon the happening of an event of default or potential event of default, pay dividends; or

    effect a change of ownership or control of the relevant borrower group under each facility.

Therefore, we may need to seek permission from our lenders in order to engage in some corporate actions. Our lenders' interests may be different from ours and we may not be able to obtain our lenders' permission when needed. This may limit our ability to pay dividends on our ordinary shares if we determine to do so in the future, pay interest on our indebtedness, finance our future operations or capital requirements, make acquisitions or pursue business opportunities.

In addition, our credit facilities require us to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy financial covenants, including ratios and covenants based on the market value of the vessels in our Fleet. Should our charter rates or vessel values materially decline in the future, we may seek to obtain waivers or amendments from our lenders with respect to such financial ratios and covenants, or we may be required to take action to reduce our debt or to act in a manner contrary to our business objectives to meet any such financial ratios and satisfy any such financial covenants.

Events beyond our control, including changes in the economic and business conditions in the shipping markets in which we operate, may affect our ability to comply with these covenants. We cannot assure you that we will meet these ratios or satisfy these covenants or that our lenders will waive any failure to do so or amend these requirements. A breach of any of the covenants in, or our inability to maintain the required financial ratios under, our credit facilities would prevent us from borrowing additional money under our credit facilities and could result in a default under our credit facilities. If a default occurs under our credit facilities, the lenders could elect to declare the outstanding debt, together with accrued interest and other

28


Table of Contents

fees, to be immediately due and payable and foreclose on the collateral securing that debt, which could constitute all or substantially all of our assets. Alternatively, if not repaid the interest rate on the outstanding debt can be increased. Moreover, in connection with any waivers or amendments to our credit facilities that we may obtain, our lenders may impose additional operating and financial restrictions on us or modify the terms of our existing credit facilities including an increase in the interest rate. These restrictions may further restrict our ability to, among other things, pay dividends, repurchase our ordinary shares, make capital expenditures, or incur additional indebtedness.

Furthermore, certain of our debt agreements contain cross-default provisions that may be triggered if we default under the terms of other of our financing agreements. In the event of default by us under one of our debt agreements, the lenders under our other debt agreements could determine that we are in default under such other financing agreements. Such cross defaults could result in the acceleration of the maturity of such debt under these agreements and the lenders thereunder may foreclose upon any collateral securing that debt, including our vessels, even if we were to subsequently cure such default. In the event of such acceleration or foreclosure, we might not have sufficient funds or other assets to satisfy all of our obligations, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Please see "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources".

We may be adversely affected by the introduction of new accounting rules for leasing.

The international accounting standard-setting board (the International Accounting Standards Board, or the IASB) has issued new accounting guidance that will require lessees to record most leases on their balance sheets as "right of use" assets and lease liabilities. Once adopted, the guidance will generally be expected to have the effect of bringing most off-balance sheet leases onto a lessee's balance sheet with the lease obligations as liabilities and the rights under the lease as assets, which would also change the income and expense recognition patterns of those items. We anticipate that the application of this new accounting guidance in the future may have a material impact on amounts reported in respect of our financial assets and financial liabilities as there are a significant number of our leases in operation that are currently accounted for through the income statement. Assets will increase on the recognition of "right of use" of an underlying asset and liabilities will increase for the obligation to make lease payments. Our profit and loss statement will be affected by an increase in depreciation of the asset and additional interest expenses although lease expenses will reduce. In addition, this new accounting rule may negatively impact covenant calculations under our existing loan agreements.

We may be subject to litigation that, if not resolved in our favor and not sufficiently insured against, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

We may be, from time to time, involved in various litigation matters. These matters may include, among other things, contract disputes, personal injury claims, environmental claims or proceedings, toxic tort claims, employment matters, governmental claims for taxes or duties, and other litigation that arises in the ordinary course of our business. Although we intend to defend these matters vigorously, we cannot predict with certainty the outcome or effect of any claim or other litigation matter, and the ultimate outcome of any litigation or the costs and time to resolve them could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Insurance may not be applicable or sufficient in all cases and/or insurers may not remain solvent which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. See "Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Legal Proceedings".

Some of the vessels in our Fleet are operated by third-party technical managers. Any failure of these technical managers to perform their obligations to us could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

We have contracted the technical management for a portion of our Fleet, including crewing, maintenance and repair services, to third-party technical management companies. The failure of these technical managers to perform their obligations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Although we may have rights against our third-party managers if they default on their obligations to us, we will receive the benefit of that recourse only to the extent that we recover funds.

29


Table of Contents

Some of the third-party managers for our vessels are privately held companies and there is little or no publicly available information about them.

Some of our vessels are managed by third parties. The ability of these third-party managers to render management services will depend in part on their own financial strength. Circumstances beyond our control could affect our third-party managers' financial strength. Because some of our third-party managers are privately held companies, we might have little advance warning of financial or other problems affecting our commercial manager or technical manager and if they are unable to provide the technical or commercial management services we have contracted for, we may have delays in operating our vessels which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Security breaches and disruptions to our information technology infrastructure could interfere with our operations and expose us to liability which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

In the ordinary course of business, we rely heavily on information technology networks and systems to process, transmit, and store electronic information, and to manage or support a variety of business processes and activities. Additionally, we collect and store certain data, including proprietary business information and customer and employee data, and may have access to other confidential information in the ordinary course of our business. Despite our cybersecurity measures (including monitoring of networks and systems, and maintenance of backup and protective systems) which are continuously reviewed and upgraded, our information technology networks and infrastructure may still be vulnerable to damage, disruptions, or shutdowns due to attack by hackers or breaches, employee error or malfeasance, data leakage, power outages, computer viruses and malware, telecommunication or utility failures, systems failures, natural disasters, or other catastrophic events. Any such events could result in legal claims or proceedings, liability or penalties under privacy or other laws, disruption in operations, and damage to our reputation, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

In addition, some of our technology networks and systems are managed by third-party service providers (including cloud-service providers) for a variety of reasons, and such providers also may have access to proprietary business information and customer and employee data, and may have access to confidential information on the conduct of our business. Like us, these third-party providers are subject to risks imposed by data breaches and disruptions to their technology infrastructure. A cyber-attack could defeat one or more of our third-party service providers' security measures, allowing an attacker access to proprietary information from our company including our employees', customers' and suppliers' data. Any such security breach or disruption to our third-party service providers could result in a disruption in operations and damage to our reputation and liability claims, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Because international shipping companies often generate most or all of their revenues in U.S. dollars, but incur a portion of their expenses in other currencies, exchange rate fluctuations could cause us to suffer exchange rate losses, thereby increasing expenses and reducing income.

We engage in worldwide commerce with a variety of entities. Although our operations may expose us to certain levels of foreign currency risk, our transactions are predominantly U.S. dollar-denominated and the U.S. dollar is our functional currency and the functional currency of all our subsidiaries and joint ventures except for one. Transactions in currencies other than the functional currency are translated at the exchange rate on the transaction date and the relevant payment is translated on the payment date, with the difference being reported in the income statement as an exchange gain or loss. Expenses incurred in foreign currencies against which the U.S. dollar falls in value can increase, decreasing our earnings. A greater percentage of our transactions and expenses in the future may be denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. In addition a part of our debt obligations are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, being the Japanese Yen. Assets and liabilities denominated in currencies different from the functional currency are translated into the functional currency for the preparation of the balance sheet at the exchange rate prevailing on the balance sheet date. Differences in exchange rates between balance sheet dates may lead to gains or losses being reported in the income statement. Extraordinary transactions and the translation of the financial statements of the subsidiary whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar for purposes of preparing our consolidated accounts, may follow different translation procedures. As part of our overall risk management policy, we may attempt to hedge these risks in exchange rate

30


Table of Contents

fluctuations from time to time. We may not always be successful in such hedging activities and, as a result, our operating results could suffer as a result of losses incurred as a result of un-hedged exchange rate fluctuations. We may enter into derivative contracts to hedge our overall exposure to exchange rate risk. Entering into swaps and other derivatives transactions is inherently risky and presents various possibilities for incurring significant expenses. The derivatives strategies that we may employ may not be successful or effective, and we could, as a result, incur substantial additional exchange rate costs.

If we are unable to operate our financial and operations systems effectively or to recruit suitable employees as we expand our Fleet, our performance may be adversely affected.

Our current financial and operating systems may not be adequate as we implement our plan to expand the size of our Fleet, and our attempts to improve those systems may be ineffective. If our current financial and operating systems infrastructure is unable to manage the additional volume of our operations as our business grows, our operating efficiency could decline. If we fail to hire and retain qualified personnel to implement, protect and maintain our financial and operating systems or if we fail to upgrade our systems to meet our customers' demands we may experience a disruption in operations and damage to our reputation, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

In addition, as we expand our Fleet, we or our third-party technical managers may have to recruit suitable additional seafarers or shore-based administrative and management personnel. We cannot assure you that we or our third-party technical managers will be able to continue to hire suitable employees as we expand our Fleet.

We need to maintain our relationships with local shipping agents.

Our drybulk carrier and tankers businesses are dependent upon our relationships with local shipping agents operating in the ports where our customers ship and load their products. We believe our local shipping agent relationships will remain critical to our success in the future and the loss of one or more of which could materially and negatively impact our ability to retain and service our customers. We cannot be certain that we will be able to maintain and expand our existing local shipping agent relationships or enter into new local shipping agent relationships, or that new or renewed local shipping agent relationships will be available on commercially reasonable terms. If we are unable to maintain and expand our existing local shipping agent relationships, renew existing local shipping agent relationships, or enter into new local shipping agent relationships, we may lose customers or cause delays in the ports in which we operate, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Prolonged disruption or slowdown in the loading and unloading of our vessels could affect our ability to operate our vessels in a timely manner and may result in a loss of revenue.

We rely on third parties for the loading and unloading process of our vessels at ports. A disruption in loading and unloading logistics could disrupt our ability to operate our vessels in a timely manner. Significant disruptions or slowdowns could result in a loss of revenue which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

If we acquire and operate secondhand vessels, we could be exposed to increased operating costs which could adversely affect our earnings and, as our Fleet ages, the risks associated with older vessels could adversely affect our ability to obtain profitable charters.

Although none of the vessels in our Fleet are secondhand vessels, we may acquire and operate secondhand vessels in the future. While we expect that we would typically inspect secondhand vessels prior to acquisition, this does not provide us with the same knowledge about their condition that we would have had if these vessels had been built for and operated exclusively by us and therefore we cannot assure you that the quality of any secondhand vessels that we buy will be acceptable. Generally, purchasers of secondhand vessels do not receive the benefit of warranties from the builders for the secondhand vessels that they acquire. We cannot assure you that, as our secondhand vessels age, market conditions will justify expenditures or enable us to operate our secondhand vessels profitably during the remainder of their useful lives.

31


Table of Contents

Technological innovation could reduce our charter hire income and the value of our vessels.

The charter hire rates and the value and operational life of a vessel are determined by a number of factors including the vessel's efficiency, operational flexibility and physical life. Efficiency includes speed, fuel economy and the ability to load and discharge cargo quickly. Flexibility includes the ability to carry a variety of cargoes, enter harbors, utilize related docking facilities and pass through canals and straits. The length of a vessel's physical life is related to its original design and construction, its maintenance and the impact of the stress of operations. If new drybulk carriers or tankers are built that are more efficient or more flexible or have longer physical lives than our vessels, competition from these more technologically advanced vessels could adversely affect the amount of charter hire payments we receive for our vessels once their initial charters expire and the resale value of our vessels could significantly decrease. As a result, our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Newbuilding projects are subject to risks that could cause delays, cost overruns or cancellation of our newbuilding contracts.

We may enter into or acquire newbuilding contracts for drybulk carriers or tankers in the future. Construction projects are subject to risks of delay or cost overruns inherent in any large construction project from numerous factors, including shortages of equipment, materials or skilled labor, unscheduled delays in the delivery of ordered materials and equipment or shipyard construction, failure of equipment to meet quality and/or performance standards, financial or operating difficulties experienced by equipment vendors or the shipyard, unanticipated actual or purported change orders, inability to obtain required permits or approvals, unanticipated cost increases between order and delivery, design or engineering changes and work stoppages and other labor disputes, adverse weather conditions or any other events of force majeure. Significant cost overruns or delays could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Additionally, failure to complete a project on time may result in the delay of revenue from that vessel.

We may contract with a trading house or a shipyard for the construction of a newbuilding. In the event the seller or the shipyard does not perform under its contract and we are unable to enforce the refund guarantee with a third-party bank for any reason, or we have not obtained such a guarantee, we may lose all or part of our investment, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

We currently bank with a limited number of financial institutions, which subjects us to credit risk.

We currently bank with a limited number of financial institutions. An event of default by any of these financial institutions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. In addition, our financial institutions are subject to internal and regulatory compliance protocols, which may delay access to our accounts. Such a delay could impact our ability to consummate transactions and operate our business, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Risks Relating to Our Ordinary Shares

There may not be a liquid market for the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares.

There is currently no public market for the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares. It is expected that the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares will be listed on the NASDAQ in the United States and the JSE in South Africa after the Spin-Off is effected. There can be no assurance as to the liquidity of any markets that may develop for the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares or the price at which the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares may trade. The liquidity and the market for the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares may be affected by a number of factors including variations in exchange and interest rates, the deterioration and volatility of the markets for similar securities, and/or any changes in Grindrod Shipping's liquidity, financial condition, creditworthiness, results and profitability and future prospects. In addition, because our initial shareholder base upon listing will consist primarily of South African residents who are expected to initially trade their ordinary shares on the JSE and because all Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares will initially be registered on the South African branch share register, the liquidity of the ordinary shares on the NASDAQ may be adversely impacted. As a result, the initial trading prices of the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares may not be indicative of future trading prices. Furthermore, ordinary shares owned by our "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, will be subject to certain restrictions on transfer

32


Table of Contents

under the U.S. securities laws. Affiliates will only be permitted to sell their shares pursuant to a valid exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act or pursuant to an effective registration statement, which may impact the liquidity of the ordinary shares. In addition, trading volumes of Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares may be significantly less liquid than trading volumes of Parent's ordinary shares before the Spin-Off.

The Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares will be traded on more than one stock exchange and this may result in price variations between the markets.

The Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares are expected to be listed on each of NASDAQ and the JSE. Trading in the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares therefore will take place in different currencies (U.S. dollars on the NASDAQ and South African Rand on the JSE), and at different times (resulting from different time zones, different trading days and different public holidays in the United States and South Africa). The trading prices of the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares on these two markets may differ as a result of these, or other, factors. Any decrease in the price of Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares on either of these markets could cause a decrease in the trading prices of Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares on the other market.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about Grindrod Shipping's business, or publish negative reports about its business, Grindrod Shipping's ordinary share price and trading volume could decline.

There is no current analyst coverage of Grindrod Shipping. The trading market for Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares depends, in part, upon the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about Grindrod Shipping or its businesses. If securities or industry analysts do not cover Grindrod Shipping, it could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause its share price or trading volume to decline.

Grindrod Shipping may not have sufficient distributable profits to pay dividends or otherwise distribute cash or assets to shareholders.

Under Singapore law and Grindrod Shipping's constitution, dividends, whether in cash or in specie, must be paid out of Grindrod Shipping's profits available for distribution. Grindrod Shipping has no immediate plans to pay a cash dividend. See "Item 8. Financial Information—Dividend Policy and Dividend Distributions". As a holding company, Grindrod Shipping will earn distributable profits when it receives dividends and since Grindrod Shipping is a new company that has not received any dividends, it currently does not have distributable profits from which dividends may be declared. The availability of distributable profits is assessed on the basis of Grindrod Shipping's standalone unconsolidated accounts, which are based upon IFRS. There is no assurance that Grindrod Shipping will not incur losses, that it will become profitable, or that it will have sufficient distributable income that might be distributed to its shareholders as a dividend or other distribution in the foreseeable future. Therefore, Grindrod Shipping will be unable to pay dividends to its shareholders unless and until it has generated sufficient distributable reserves. Accordingly, it may not be legally permissible for Grindrod Shipping to pay dividends to its shareholders.

Notwithstanding that sufficient profits may be available for distribution, there are other conditions which may limit Grindrod Shipping's ability to pay dividends. Grindrod Shipping's board of directors may, without the approval of the shareholders under Singapore law, declare interim dividends during a fiscal year and any final dividends declared by Grindrod Shipping's board of directors after the close of a fiscal year must be approved by shareholders at a general meeting. As such, any determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of Grindrod Shipping's board of directors, which may exercise its discretion to retain Grindrod Shipping's future earnings for use in the development of Grindrod Shipping's business, in reducing Grindrod Shipping's indebtedness and for general corporate purposes. As a result, it is possible that only an appreciation of the price of our ordinary shares, if any, will provide a return to investors in our ordinary shares for the foreseeable future. Such potential appreciation is uncertain and unpredictable.

In addition, under Singapore law, it is possible to effect a capital reduction exercise to return cash and/or assets to shareholders by way of shareholder approval if Grindrod Shipping meets the relevant solvency requirements, which will be attested to by Grindrod Shipping's board of directors. The completion of the capital reduction exercise will depend on whether Grindrod Shipping's directors can execute a solvency statement, as well as whether there are any creditor objections raised. A reduction of capital is also possible by way of a shareholder approval if approved by an order of the court.

33


Table of Contents

Any dividend payments on the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares would be declared in U.S. dollars, and any shareholder whose principal currency is not the U.S. dollar would be subject to risks of exchange rate fluctuations.

The Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares are, and any cash dividends or other distributions to be declared in respect of them, if any, will be denominated in U.S. dollars. Shareholders whose principal currency is not the U.S. dollar will be exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risk. Any depreciation of the U.S. dollar in relation to such foreign currency will reduce the value of such shareholders' ordinary shares and any appreciation of the U.S. dollar will increase the value in foreign currency terms. In addition, Grindrod Shipping will not offer its shareholders the option to elect to receive dividends, if any, in any other currency. Consequently, shareholders may be required to arrange their own foreign currency exchange, either through a brokerage house or otherwise, which could incur additional commissions or expenses.

Grindrod Shipping is a Singapore company, and because the rights of shareholders under Singapore law differ from those under U.S. law, you may have difficulty in protecting your shareholder rights or enforcing any judgment obtained in the United States against Grindrod Shipping or its affiliates.

Grindrod Shipping's corporate affairs are governed by its constitution and by the applicable laws governing corporations incorporated in Singapore. The rights of Grindrod Shipping shareholders and the responsibilities of members of its board of directors under Singapore law are different from those applicable to a corporation incorporated in the United States and, therefore, Grindrod Shipping shareholders may have more difficulty protecting their interests in connection with actions by the management or members of the board of directors than they would as shareholders of a corporation incorporated in the United States.

All of Grindrod Shipping's directors and senior management reside outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon Grindrod Shipping or any of these persons or to enforce in the United States any judgment obtained in the U.S. courts against Grindrod Shipping or any of these persons, including judgments based upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws or the laws of any state or territory of the United States.

There is no treaty between the United States and Singapore providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters and a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any federal or state court in the United States based on civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon the federal securities laws, would, therefore, not be automatically enforceable in Singapore. It is not clear whether a Singapore court may impose civil liability on Grindrod Shipping or Grindrod Shipping's directors and officers in a suit brought in the Singapore courts against Grindrod Shipping or such persons with respect to a violation solely of the federal securities laws of the United States.

In addition, only registered shareholders reflected in the register of members are recognized under Singapore law as shareholders of a company. As a result, only registered shareholders have legal standing to institute shareholder actions or otherwise seek to enforce their rights as shareholders. Holders of dematerialised interests in Grindrod Shipping's shares will be required to be registered shareholders as reflected in Grindrod Shipping's register of members in order to institute or enforce any legal proceedings or claims as shareholders against Grindrod Shipping, its directors or its officers in the Singapore courts. Holders of dematerialised interests in the ordinary shares may become registered shareholders by exchanging their dematerialised interests in our ordinary shares for certificated shares and being registered in our register of members. The administrative process of becoming a registered holder could result in delays prejudicial to any legal proceedings or enforcement action. Consequently, it may be difficult for investors to enforce against Grindrod Shipping, its directors or its officers in Singapore judgments obtained in the United States which are predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States.

Grindrod Shipping is subject to the laws of Singapore, which differ in certain material respects from the laws of the United States.

As a company incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Singapore, Grindrod Shipping is required to comply with the laws of Singapore, certain of which are capable of extraterritorial application, as well as Grindrod Shipping's constitution. In particular, Grindrod Shipping is required to comply with certain provisions of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the Singapore Securities and Futures Act, which prohibit certain forms of market conduct and information disclosures, and impose criminal and civil penalties on corporations, directors and officers in respect of any breach of such provisions. Grindrod Shipping is also required to comply with the Singapore Code on Take-Overs and

34


Table of Contents

Mergers, or the Singapore Code, which specifies, among other things, certain circumstances in which a general offer is to be made upon a change in effective control, and further specifies the manner and price at which voluntary and mandatory general offers are to be made.

The laws of Singapore and of the United States differ in certain significant respects. The rights of Grindrod Shipping's shareholders and the obligations of its directors and officers under Singapore law are different from those applicable to a company incorporated in the United States in material respects, and Grindrod Shipping's shareholders may have more difficulty and less clarity in protecting their interests in connection with actions taken by Grindrod Shipping's management, directors or controlling shareholders than would otherwise apply to a company incorporated in the United States. See "Item 10. Additional Information—Comparison of Shareholder Rights" for a discussion of differences between Singapore and U.S. corporation law.

In addition, the application of Singapore law, in particular, the Companies Act, Chapter 50 of Singapore, or the Singapore Companies Act, may in certain circumstances impose more restrictions on Grindrod Shipping and its shareholders, directors and officers than would otherwise be applicable to a company incorporated in the United States. For example, the Singapore Companies Act requires directors to act with a reasonable degree of diligence and, in certain circumstances, imposes criminal liability for specified contraventions of particular statutory requirements or prohibitions. In addition, pursuant to the provisions of the Singapore Companies Act, shareholders holding 10% or more of the total number of paid-up shares carrying the right of voting in general meetings may require the convening of an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders by the directors. If the directors fail to comply with such request within 21 days of the receipt thereof, shareholders holding more than 50% of the voting rights represented by the original requisitioning shareholders may proceed to convene such meeting, and Grindrod Shipping will be liable for the reasonable expenses incurred by such requisitioning shareholders. Grindrod Shipping is also required by the Singapore Companies Act to deduct corresponding amounts from fees or other remuneration payable by Grindrod Shipping to such non-complying directors.

Anti-takeover provisions under the Singapore Securities and Futures Act and the Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers may delay, deter or prevent a future takeover or change of control of Grindrod Shipping, which could adversely affect the price of our ordinary shares.

The Singapore Code, issued pursuant to Section 321 of the Singapore Securities and Futures Act, regulates the acquisition of ordinary shares of, inter alia , listed public companies and contains certain provisions that may delay, deter or prevent a future takeover or change of control of Grindrod Shipping. Any person acquiring an interest, either on his own or together with parties acting in concert with him or her, in 30% or more of the voting shares in Grindrod Shipping must, except with the prior consent of the Singapore Securities Industry Council, or the SIC, extend a takeover offer for the remaining voting shares in Grindrod Shipping in accordance with the provisions of the Singapore Code. Likewise, any person holding between 30% and 50% of the voting shares in Grindrod Shipping, either on his own or together with parties acting in concert with him or her, must, except with the prior consent of the SIC, make a takeover offer in accordance with the provisions of the Singapore Code if that person together with parties acting in concert with him or her acquires additional voting shares in excess of one percent of the total number of voting shares in any six-month period. Therefore, any investor seeking to acquire a significant stake in Grindrod Shipping may be deterred from doing so if, as a result, such investor would be required to conduct a takeover offer for all of Grindrod Shipping's voting shares.

Under the Singapore Code, an offeror must treat all shareholders of the same class in an offeree company equally. A fundamental requirement is that shareholders in the company subject to the takeover offer must be given sufficient information, advice and time to consider and decide on the offer.

These provisions contained in the Singapore Code may discourage or prevent transactions that involve an actual or threatened change of control of Grindrod Shipping, and may impede or delay a takeover of Grindrod Shipping by a third party. This may adversely affect the market price of Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares and impede the ability of Grindrod Shipping's shareholders to realize any benefits from a potential change of effective control of Grindrod Shipping.

Under Singapore law, shareholder approval is required to allow us to issue new shares which could impact our ability to raise capital or consummate acquisitions. Any issuance of new shares would dilute the percentage ownership of existing shareholders and could adversely impact the market price of the ordinary shares.

Under Singapore law, Grindrod Shipping may only issue new shares with the prior approval of its shareholders. Prior to the listing, Grindrod Shipping's shareholders will provide approval until the

35


Table of Contents

conclusion of our first annual general meeting, to issue new shares (including shares to be issued for vessel purchases made while any such approval is in effect) (i) up to 25% of the number of ordinary shares outstanding immediately after the Spin-Off to potentially purchase, directly or indirectly, the vessels currently owned by our IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. joint venture, or similar vessels if those vessels are not available for sale, and (ii) up to 20% of the number of ordinary shares outstanding immediately after the Spin-Off to purchase other vessels, which could dilute the percentage ownership of existing shareholders and negatively impact the price of the ordinary shares. Any issuance of additional shares for any other purpose or in future years (other than shares to be issued for vessel purchases contracted for during an existing prior approval that remains in effect) will require the approval of shareholders. Because new issuances of ordinary shares are subject to shareholder approval, or in some circumstances, other regulatory approvals, if a sufficient number of shares have not been approved for issuance in any given year, we may be delayed in raising capital through equity offerings or delayed or prevented from consummating an acquisition using our ordinary shares. Assuming shareholders have approved the issuance of new shares, we may seek to raise capital in the future, including to fund acquisitions, future investments and other growth opportunities. We may, for these and other purposes, such as in connection with share incentive and share option plans (such as our forfeitable share plan, for which we have obtained shareholder approval to issue shares provided that the aggregate number of ordinary shares that may be granted and not yet vested under the forfeitable share plan at any one time shall not exceed 5% of the number of shares in issue (excluding treasury shares) as determined in reference to the day preceding the award), issue additional ordinary shares or securities convertible into ordinary shares. Any additional issuances of new shares could dilute the percentage ownership of our existing shareholders and could also adversely impact the market price of Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares. In addition, under the provisions of the Singapore Companies Act and Grindrod Shipping's constitution, the board of directors may, with the applicable shareholder approval, issue new shares on terms and conditions and with the rights (including preferential voting rights) and restrictions as they may determine and may contain terms adverse to the ordinary shares.

The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or JOBS Act, will allow Grindrod Shipping to postpone the date by which it must comply with some of the laws and regulations intended to protect investors and to reduce the amount of information provided in Grindrod Shipping's reports filed with the SEC, which could undermine investor confidence in Grindrod Shipping and adversely affect the market price of Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares.

For so long as Grindrod Shipping remains an "emerging growth company" as defined in the JOBS Act, it intends to take advantage of certain exemptions from various requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not emerging growth companies including:

    the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or Sarbanes-Oxley Act, requiring that Grindrod Shipping's independent registered public accounting firm provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of Grindrod Shipping's internal control over financial reporting;

    Section 107 of the JOBS Act, which provides that an "emerging growth company" can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This means that an "emerging growth company" can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. Grindrod Shipping currently prepares its combined financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB, which do not have separate provisions for publicly traded and private companies. However, in the event Grindrod Shipping converts to U.S. GAAP in the future while it is still an emerging growth company, Grindrod Shipping may be able to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period and, as a result, during the time that Grindrod Shipping delays such adoption of new or revised accounting standards Grindrod Shipping's financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with all public company accounting standards; and

    any rules that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor's report on the financial statements.

Grindrod Shipping intends to take advantage of these exemptions until it is no longer an "emerging growth company". Grindrod Shipping will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the date of its first sale of equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (b) in which it has total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which it is deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30, and (2) the date on which it issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

36


Table of Contents

Grindrod Shipping cannot predict if investors will find its ordinary shares less attractive because it may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares, and the market prices may be more volatile and may decline.

As a "foreign private issuer" Grindrod Shipping is permitted, and intends, to follow certain home country corporate governance practices instead of otherwise applicable SEC and NASDAQ requirements, which may result in less protection than is accorded to investors under rules applicable to domestic U.S. issuers.

Grindrod Shipping's status as a foreign private issuer also exempts it from compliance with certain SEC laws and regulations and certain regulations of the NASDAQ, including the proxy rules, the short-swing profits recapture rules of Section 16 of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, certain rules relating to disclosure regarding executive compensation, and certain governance requirements such as independent director oversight of the nomination of directors and executive compensation. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file current reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. domestic companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act and we will generally be exempt from filing quarterly reports with the SEC. As a foreign private issuer, Grindrod Shipping will be required to file (i) its annual financial statements on Form 20-F within four months of the end of each fiscal year so long as it is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act and (ii) furnish on Form 6-K an interim balance sheet and income statement as of the end of its second fiscal quarter within six months of the end of the second quarter so long as it is listed on NASDAQ. We may also consider furnishing quarterly financial information on Form 6-K to the SEC, although there can be no assurance as to the timing or adoption of the reporting of such quarterly financial information. Further, the information Grindrod Shipping files or furnishes will not be the same as the information that is required in annual and quarterly reports on Form 10-K or Form 10-Q for U.S. domestic issuers. Furthermore, as a foreign private issuer, Grindrod Shipping will also not be subject to the requirements of Regulation Fair Disclosure, or Regulation FD, promulgated under the Exchange Act, which restricts the selective disclosure of material information.

These exemptions and leniencies will reduce the frequency and scope of information and protections to which you are entitled as an investor.

Grindrod Shipping may lose its foreign private issuer status, which would then require it to comply with the Exchange Act's domestic reporting regime and cause Grindrod Shipping to incur additional legal, accounting and other expenses.

Grindrod Shipping is required to determine its status as a foreign private issuer on an annual basis at the end of its second fiscal quarter. In order to maintain its current status as a foreign private issuer, either (1) a majority of Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares must be either directly or indirectly owned of record by non-residents of the United States or (2) (a) a majority of Grindrod Shipping's executive officers or directors must not be U.S. citizens or residents, (b) more than 50 percent of Grindrod Shipping's assets cannot be located in the United States and (c) Grindrod Shipping's business must be administered principally outside the United States. If Grindrod Shipping loses this status, it would be required to comply with the Exchange Act reporting and other requirements applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, which are more detailed and extensive than the requirements for foreign private issuers. Grindrod Shipping may also be required to make changes in its corporate governance practices in accordance with various SEC rules and the NASDAQ listing standards. Further, Grindrod Shipping would be required to comply with U.S. GAAP, as opposed to IFRS, in the preparation and issuance of its financial statements for historical and current periods. The regulatory and compliance costs to Grindrod Shipping under U.S. securities laws if it is required to comply with the reporting requirements applicable to a U.S. domestic issuer may be higher than the cost it would incur as a foreign private issuer. As a result, Grindrod Shipping expects that a loss of foreign private issuer status would increase its legal and financial compliance costs.

If Grindrod Shipping fails to establish and maintain proper internal controls, its ability to produce accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired.

Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that, beginning with Grindrod Shipping's annual report for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2019, Grindrod Shipping's management assess and report annually on the effectiveness of its internal controls over financial reporting and identify any material weaknesses in its internal controls over financial reporting. Although Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires

37


Table of Contents

Grindrod Shipping's independent registered public accounting firm to issue an annual report that addresses the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, Grindrod Shipping has opted to rely on the exemptions provided to it by virtue of being an "emerging growth company", and consequently we will not be required to comply with SEC rules that implement Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until we are no longer an "emerging growth company".

As of the date of this filing, Grindrod Shipping is implementing stand-alone controls and procedures to maintain appropriate segregation of duties in its manual and computer based business processes that it believes are appropriate for a company of its size and extent of business transactions. However, Grindrod Shipping has not completed an assessment to determine whether these controls and procedures would be considered effective for purposes of Section 404(a) and there is no guaranty that there will not be a pervasive impact over the preparation of the financial statements going forward.

In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of its disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting, Grindrod Shipping will need to expend significant resources and provide significant management oversight. Grindrod Shipping expects to commence the process of reviewing and improving its internal controls over financial reporting for compliance with Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Grindrod Shipping is improving its internal controls and accounting policies and procedures, including hiring new accounting personnel and engaging external temporary resources. Implementing any appropriate changes to internal controls may require specific compliance training of Grindrod Shipping's directors and employees, entail substantial costs in order to modify its existing accounting systems, take a significant period of time to complete and divert management's attention from other business concerns. These changes may not, however, be effective in maintaining the adequacy of Grindrod Shipping's internal controls.

If either Grindrod Shipping is unable to conclude that it has effective internal controls over financial reporting or, at the appropriate time, Grindrod Shipping's independent auditors are unwilling or unable to provide it with an unqualified report on the effectiveness of its internal controls over financial reporting as required by Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, investors may lose confidence in Grindrod Shipping's operating results, the price of the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares could decline and Grindrod Shipping may be subject to litigation or regulatory enforcement actions.

Grindrod Shipping will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a company whose ordinary shares are publicly traded in the United States, and its management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

As a company whose ordinary shares will be publicly traded in the United States, Grindrod Shipping will incur significant legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses that it has not previously incurred. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and related rules implemented by the SEC, have imposed various requirements on public companies including requiring establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and internal controls. Grindrod Shipping's management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives, and Grindrod Shipping will need to add additional personnel and build its internal compliance infrastructure. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase Grindrod Shipping's legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult and expensive for Grindrod Shipping to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on the board of directors, board committees or as senior management. Furthermore, if Grindrod Shipping is unable to satisfy its obligations as a public company in the United States, it could be subject to delisting of the ordinary shares, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.

Risks Related to the Spin-Off

The Spin-Off may not achieve some or all of the anticipated benefits.

Grindrod Shipping may not realize some or all of the anticipated strategic, financial, operational or other benefits from the Spin-Off. The Spin-Off is expected to provide the following benefits, among others:

    allowing shareholders of each company to identify more clearly the different characteristics of Parent and Grindrod Shipping and to value them separately;

    allowing management of each of Parent and Grindrod Shipping to focus solely on each of their respective businesses and pursue their respective strategies;

38


Table of Contents

    providing employees of each of Parent and Grindrod Shipping stock-based incentives linked solely to his or her employer; and

    enabling each of Parent and Grindrod Shipping to elect an appropriately sized board of directors comprised of individuals with the skills and sector knowledge relevant to each business.

Grindrod Shipping may not achieve these and other anticipated benefits for a variety of reasons, including, among others:

    the Spin-Off will require significant amounts of Grindrod Shipping's management's time and effort, which may divert management's attention from operating and growing the business;

    following the Spin-Off, Grindrod Shipping may be more susceptible to market fluctuations and other adverse events than if it were still a part of Parent;

    following the Spin-Off, Grindrod Shipping's business will be less diversified than Parent's business prior to the Spin-Off; and

    the other actions required to separate Parent's and Grindrod Shipping's respective businesses could disrupt Grindrod Shipping's operations.

As independent publicly traded companies, Parent and Grindrod Shipping will be smaller than the combined companies pre-separation and Grindrod Shipping will be less diversified than Parent's business. As a result, each company may be more vulnerable to changing market conditions, which could materially and adversely affect their respective business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Parent's historical performance may not be representative of Grindrod Shipping's performance as a separate company.

Grindrod Shipping's combined financial statements have been prepared on a stand-alone basis and are derived from combining the financial statements of Parent's shipping business subsidiaries, GSPL and GSSA, that Grindrod Shipping will acquire immediately prior to the Spin-Off, and their respective underlying accounting records. In addition, Grindrod Shipping's combined financial statements include OACL and Unicorn Bunker businesses which will not be transferred to us in the Spin-Off. Accordingly, the Grindrod Shipping combined financial statements do not necessarily reflect what Grindrod Shipping's financial condition, results of operations and cash flows would have been had it been a separate, stand-alone entity during the periods presented. Parent did not account for Grindrod Shipping, and Grindrod Shipping was not operated, as a single, stand-alone entity for the periods presented.

Additionally, in preparing the unaudited pro forma combined financial information, Parent and Grindrod Shipping based the pro forma adjustments on available information and assumptions that they believe are reasonable and factually supportable; however, these assumptions may prove not to be accurate. Also, Grindrod Shipping's unaudited pro forma combined financial information may not give effect to various ongoing additional costs Grindrod Shipping may incur in connection with being an independent public company. Accordingly, the Grindrod Shipping unaudited pro forma combined financial information does not necessarily reflect what Grindrod Shipping's financial condition and results of operations would have been as an independent public company and is not necessarily indicative of its future financial condition or future results of operations. Please refer to "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects" and "Item 18. Financial Statements—Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Financial Information" and "Item 18. Financial Statements—Historical Combined Financial Statements" and the notes to those statements included elsewhere in this registration statement.

While we have some ability to seek a claim against Parent for certain liabilities relating to the Spin-Off or otherwise attributable to Parent's businesses, available remedies may be limited.

Although Grindrod Shipping may be able to seek a claim against Parent in connection with the Spin-Off or Parent's operation of GSPL and GSSA prior to the Spin-Off, Parent is not obligated to indemnify Grindrod Shipping for any claims made against us that are properly attributable to Parent and is entitled to assert certain defenses to such a claim by agreement and applicable law. As such, there can be no assurance that such a claim would succeed. Any liabilities relating to such claims may be significant and could negatively impact Grindrod Shipping's business. Even if Grindrod Shipping ultimately succeeds in recovering from Parent any amounts for which Grindrod Shipping is held liable, it may be temporarily required to bear these losses itself. Each of these risks could negatively affect Grindrod Shipping's

39


Table of Contents

business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. See "Item 10. Additional Information—Material Contracts—Contracts Relating to the Spin-Off".

The combined post-separation value of Parent and Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares may not equal or exceed the pre-separation value of Parent ordinary shares.

As a result of the Spin-Off, Parent expects the trading price of Parent ordinary shares on the JSE immediately following the Spin-Off to be lower than the "regular-way" trading price of such ordinary shares immediately prior to the Spin-Off because the trading price will no longer reflect the value of Parent's existing shipping business being transferred to us. There can be no assurance that the aggregate market value of the Parent ordinary shares on the JSE and the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares following the Spin-Off will be higher than or the same as the market value of Parent ordinary shares would have been if the separation did not occur.

After the Spin-Off, certain of Grindrod Shipping's executive officers and directors may have actual or potential conflicts of interest because of their current or former positions in Parent or their ownership of Parent equity.

Certain of the persons who will be Grindrod Shipping's executive officers and directors will be former directors, officers or employees of Parent and thus have professional relationships with Parent's executive officers and directors. We also expect that two members of our board of directors and our Alternate Director will continue to be members of Parent's board of directors after the Spin-Off. In addition, certain of our executive officers and directors have a financial interest in Parent as a result of their beneficial ownership of Parent's equity. These relationships and financial interests may create, or may create the appearance of, conflicts of interest when these directors and executive officers face decisions that could have different implications for Parent than for Grindrod Shipping.

The one-time and ongoing costs of the Spin-Off may be greater than expected.

There are risks and uncertainties relating to the execution of the Spin-Off, including the timing and certainty of the satisfaction or waivers of the conditions to the Spin-Off. In addition, Grindrod Shipping will incur costs in connection with the transition to being a stand-alone public company that relate primarily to accounting, tax, legal and other professional costs; modifications to its credit agreements relating to the release of certain Parent guarantees; compensation costs, such as vesting of certain Parent incentive awards upon completion of the Spin-Off; cost of our new employee share scheme; recruiting and relocation costs associated with hiring senior management personnel; and costs to separate information systems. These costs, whether incurred before or after the Spin-Off, may be greater than anticipated and could have a material adverse effect on Grindrod Shipping's business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

As Grindrod Shipping builds its stand-alone information technology infrastructure and transitions its data to its own systems, it could incur substantial additional costs and experience business interruptions.

After the Spin-Off, Grindrod Shipping will continue to install and implement its stand-alone information technology infrastructure to support its critical business functions, including accounting and reporting, inventory control and distribution. Grindrod Shipping may incur interruptions in business operations if it cannot transition effectively from Parent's existing transactional and operational systems and data centers. Grindrod Shipping may not be successful in implementing new systems and transitioning data, and it may incur substantially higher costs for implementation than currently anticipated. Operational interruptions that result from the implementation of these new systems and replacement of Parent's information technology services, or our failure to implement the new systems and replace Parent's services successfully or on the anticipated timetable currently contemplated for such transition, could significantly increase the anticipated costs associated with the transition, disrupt Grindrod Shipping's business and could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. In addition, if Grindrod Shipping is unable to replicate or transition certain systems, its ability to comply with regulatory requirements could be impaired.

Tax Risks

We may have to pay tax on U.S. source income, which would reduce our earnings.

Under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, 50% of the gross income derived by a non-U.S. corporation from, or in connection with, the use (or hiring or leasing for use) of a vessel, or the

40


Table of Contents

performance of services directly related to the use of a vessel that is attributable to transportation that either begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States is characterized as U.S. source international transportation income. U.S. source international transportation income generally is subject to a 4% U.S. federal income tax without allowance for deduction or, if such U.S. source international transportation income is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, U.S. federal corporate income tax (imposed at up to a 21% rate from January 1, 2018) as well as a branch profits tax (presently imposed at a 30% rate on effectively connected earnings), unless the non-U.S. corporation qualifies for the statutory exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code, or the Section 883 Exemption. The Section 883 Exemption applies separately to us and each of our subsidiaries that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes and earns U.S. source international transportation income (which we refer to below as our "applicable subsidiaries").

It is uncertain whether we will qualify for the Section 883 Exemption for any taxable year. If we qualify for the Section 883 Exemption for a taxable year, then we expect that each of our applicable subsidiaries that is more than 50%-owned (by value) by us for at least half of the number of days in such taxable year would also qualify for the Section 883 Exemption for such taxable year. We believe that we will qualify for the Section 883 Exemption if (i) our ordinary shares satisfy certain listing and trading volume requirements and (ii) less than 50% of our ordinary shares are owned, actually or constructively under specified share attribution rules, on more than half the number of days in the relevant taxable year, by persons who each own 5% or more of our ordinary shares, or 5% shareholders. However, we expect that one or more 5% shareholders may own 50% or more of our ordinary shares for more than half of the number of days during our current taxable year and/or future taxable years. In this case, we would not be eligible for the Section 883 Exemption unless we can establish that a sufficient proportion of such 5% shareholders are "qualified shareholders" for purposes of the Section 883 Exemption so as to preclude other persons who are 5% shareholders from owning 50% or more of our ordinary shares for more than half the days during the relevant taxable year. We would be required to satisfy certain substantiation requirements regarding the identity of any 5% shareholders that are "qualified shareholders", and these substantiation requirements are onerous and there is no assurance that we would be able to satisfy them. In particular, we would be required to obtain certifications of "qualified shareholder" status from any 5% shareholders that we rely upon for this purpose, which our 5% shareholders may not be willing or able to provide. Given the factual nature of the issues involved and the practical uncertainties, we can give no assurances as to our or our applicable subsidiaries' qualification for the exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code for any taxable year. Furthermore, our board of directors could determine that it is in our best interests to take an action that would result in our and our applicable subsidiaries not being able to qualify for the exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code in the future. Even if we qualify for the Section 883 Exemption for a taxable year, our applicable subsidiaries that are not more than 50%-owned (by value) by us for at least half of the number of days in such taxable year may not qualify for the Section 883 Exemption. There can be no assurance that we or any of our applicable subsidiaries will qualify for the Section 883 Exemption for any taxable year.

If we or our subsidiaries were not entitled to the Section 883 Exemption for any taxable year, we and our subsidiaries generally would be subject to a 4% U.S. federal income tax with respect to our and our subsidiaries' gross U.S. source international transportation income or, if such U.S. source international transportation income were effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, U.S. federal corporate income tax as well as a branch profits tax for any such taxable year or years. Our and our subsidiaries' failure to qualify for the Section 883 Exemption could have a negative effect on our business and would result in decreased earnings available for distribution to our shareholders. Please see the discussion under "Item 10. Additional Information—Taxation—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Operating Income".

U.S. tax authorities could treat us as a "passive foreign investment company," which could have adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. shareholders.

In general, a non-U.S. entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be treated as a "passive foreign investment company," or a PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, for any taxable year, if, taking into account certain look-through rules, at least 75% of its gross income for such taxable year consists of certain types of "passive income," or at least 50% of the average value of the entity's assets during such taxable year produce or are held for the production of those types of "passive income". For purposes of these tests, "passive income" generally includes dividends, interest, capital gains and rents derived other than in the active conduct of rental business. For purposes of these tests, income

41


Table of Contents

earned from the performance of services would not constitute "passive income". By contrast, rental income generally would constitute "passive income" unless it were treated as derived in the active conduct of a trade or business under applicable rules.

U.S. shareholders of a PFIC are subject to a disadvantageous U.S. federal income tax regime with respect to the income derived by the PFIC, the distributions they receive from the PFIC, and the gain, if any, they derive from the sale or other disposition of their shares in the PFIC, as well as additional U.S. federal income tax filing obligations.

Based on our current and projected income, assets and methods of operation, we believe that we should not be treated as a PFIC with respect to our taxable year following the completion of the Spin-Off, (as described in "Item 9. The Offer and Listing—Offer and Listing Details—Mechanics of the Spin-Off") and we expect that we should not become a PFIC for the foreseeable future. In this regard, we expect that substantially all of the vessels in our Fleet will be engaged in time or voyage chartering activities and we intend to treat our income from those activities as non-passive income, and the vessels engaged in those activities as non-passive assets, for PFIC purposes.

There is a significant amount of legal authority consisting of the Code, legislative history, and U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, pronouncements and administrative rulings supporting our position that the income derived from time charters and voyage charters constitutes services income (rather than rental income) for other tax purposes. There is, however, no direct legal authority under the PFIC rules addressing whether income from time chartering activities is services income or rental income. Moreover, it should be noted that there is also authority which characterizes time charter income as rental income rather than services income for other tax purposes. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the IRS or a court of law will accept our position and there is a risk that the IRS or a court of law could determine that we are a PFIC. In addition, no assurance can be given as to our current and future PFIC status, because such status requires an annual factual determination based upon the composition of our income and assets for the entire taxable year. In particular, because the total value of our assets for purposes of the asset test described above will generally be calculated using the market price of our ordinary shares, our PFIC status may depend in large part on the market price of our ordinary shares. Accordingly, fluctuations in the market price of the ordinary shares may cause us to become a PFIC. In addition, the composition of our income and assets will be affected by how, and how quickly, we use the cash generated by our business operations and any net proceeds that we receive from any future financing or capital transactions. The PFIC determination also depends on the application of complex U.S. federal income tax rules concerning the classification of our assets and income for this purpose, and these rules are uncertain in some respects. Further, the PFIC determination is made annually and our circumstances or the nature of our operations may change. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will not be classified as a PFIC for the current taxable year or any future taxable year, and no ruling from the IRS or opinion of counsel has been issued or has been or will be sought with respect to our potential status as a PFIC.

If the IRS were to determine that we are a PFIC for any taxable year in which a U.S. shareholder owned our ordinary shares, the U.S. shareholder generally would be subject to special tax rules resulting in increased tax liability with respect to any "excess distribution" the U.S. shareholder receives on, and any gain the U.S. shareholder realizes from a sale or other disposition (including a pledge) of, our ordinary shares, unless a "mark-to-market" election is available and a U.S. shareholder makes such election with respect to the ordinary shares. In addition, if we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year in which a U.S. shareholder owned our ordinary shares, the U.S. shareholder would be required to file IRS Form 8621 with the U.S. shareholder's U.S. federal income tax return for each year to report the U.S. shareholder's ownership of such ordinary shares. Please see the discussion under "Item 10. Additional Information—Taxation—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders—PFIC Status and Significant Tax Consequences".

We may be subject to taxes, which may reduce our cash available for distribution to our shareholders.

We, our subsidiaries and our joint ventures may be subject to tax in the jurisdictions in which we are organized or operate, reducing the amount of cash available for distribution. In computing our tax obligation in these jurisdictions, we are required to take various tax accounting and reporting positions on matters that are not entirely free from doubt and for which we have not received rulings from the governing authorities. We cannot assure you that upon review of these positions the applicable authorities will agree with our positions. A successful challenge by a tax authority could result in additional tax imposed on us or our subsidiaries, further reducing the cash available for distribution. In addition, changes

42


Table of Contents

in our operations or ownership could result in additional tax being imposed on us or our subsidiaries in jurisdictions in which operations are conducted.

Our wholly owned subsidiary, GSPL, is incorporated under the laws of Singapore and has been accepted under the Singapore Approved International Shipping Enterprise Scheme, or the Singapore AIS Scheme, pursuant to which it has the benefit of various tax exemptions in Singapore. In particular, qualifying income, including income from the operation of foreign-flagged vessels plying in international waters, would be tax exempt in Singapore. Other benefits under the Singapore AIS Scheme include the automatic withholding tax exemption on qualifying payments made in respect of qualifying loans entered into on or before May 31, 2021 to finance the purchase or construction of Singapore-flagged and foreign-flagged vessels, subject to conditions. The Singapore AIS Scheme is awarded for an initial period of 10 years, subject to an interim review of compliance after five years, and may be extended at the end of the term. GSPL's initial Singapore AIS Scheme expired in 2014 and has been renewed through 2024 subject to compliance with specified conditions. There is no assurance that for any subsequent renewal we will be able to meet the qualifying conditions for the Singapore AIS Scheme at the time of renewal, that the Maritime and Port Authority of Singapore will grant us such approval, or that the Singapore AIS Scheme will continue to be available under Singapore laws. In the event that our award of the Singapore AIS Scheme is not renewed, we will no longer enjoy the tax exemptions described above, and unless we are able to utilize other similar tax exemption initiatives in the future, whether in Singapore or otherwise, our income may be subject to Singapore corporate income tax. As such, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be materially and adversely affected if our acceptance under the Singapore AIS Scheme is revoked, suspended, not renewed or otherwise terminated.

Grindrod Shipping shareholders may be subject to Singapore taxes.

Singapore tax law may differ from the tax laws of other jurisdictions, including the United States. Gains from the sale of Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares by a person not tax resident in Singapore may be taxable in Singapore if such gains are considered as being part of the profits of any business carried on in Singapore. For additional information, see "Item 10. Additional Information—Taxation—Singapore Tax Considerations" in this registration statement. You should consult your tax advisors concerning the overall tax consequences of acquiring, owning or selling the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares.

43


Table of Contents

ITEM 4.    INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

A.    History and Development of the Company

Grindrod Shipping is the holding company which will acquire the international drybulk and tanker shipping group of Parent, whose origins date back to the formation of a shipping and related business in 1910 by Captain John Edward Grindrod. Grindrod Shipping was incorporated as a private company, Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd., in Singapore on November 2, 2017 under the Singapore Companies Act. With effect from April 25, 2018, Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd. was converted from a private company to a public company incorporated in accordance with the laws of Singapore and it changed its name to Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd.

Parent has been involved in various sectors of the shipping and transport industry for more than 100 years. The drybulk business in its current form under the IVS brand dates back to 1976 and was acquired by Parent in 1999. The modern day tankers business under the Unicorn brand dates back to 1973 when Parent acquired a tanker of approximately 20,000 dwt.

On the Closing Date pursuant to Parent board and shareholder authorization, Parent will make a distribution in specie consisting of the Convertible Notes to be distributed on the Closing Date pro rata to all of Parent's ordinary shareholders. Parent's ordinary shareholders will receive one Convertible Note for every 40 shares of Parent's ordinary shares. The Convertible Notes will immediately and automatically convert into ordinary shares in Grindrod Shipping following the distribution of the Convertible Notes to Parent's ordinary shareholders. Each Convertible Note will convert into one ordinary share of Grindrod Shipping with shareholders of Grindrod Shipping holding Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares in the same proportion as they hold their Parent ordinary shares immediately following the consummation of the Spin-Off. For more information on the Spin-Off and the treatment of fractional interests, see "Item 9. The Offer and Listing—Offer and Listing Details—Mechanics of the Spin-Off".

Our principal executive offices are located at #03-01 Southpoint, 200 Cantonment Road, Singapore, 089763 and our telephone number at that location is +65 6323 0048.

From time to time, we have sold vessels in the ordinary course. For a discussion of our principal capital expenditures, see "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources".

B.    Business Overview

We are an international shipping company that owns, charters-in and operates a fleet of drybulk carriers and tankers. We own some of our vessels directly and some of our vessels in joint venture arrangements.

We operate two businesses primarily in: the drybulk carriers business, which is further divided into handysize, supramax, and other operating segments; and the tankers business, which is further divided into medium range tankers, small tankers, and other operating segments. Activities that do not relate to these business segments are accumulated in an "unallocated" segment. Our business also included a container business held through OACL and a bunker business held through Unicorn Bunker, both of which were sold in the first quarter of 2018. See "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—The Spin-Off".

In the drybulk business we are primarily focused on the handysize and supramax segments. We have 20 handysize drybulk carriers and 13 supramax drybulk carriers in our Fleet with sizes ranging from 28,240 dwt to 61,420 dwt. Our drybulk carriers transport a broad range of major and minor bulk and breakbulk commodities, including ores, coal, grains, forestry products, steel products and fertilizers, along worldwide shipping routes, and are currently employed in pools of similarly sized vessels or in the spot market.

In the tankers business we are focused on the medium range tanker segment and also operate in the small tanker segment. We have 11 medium range tankers and four small tankers in our Fleet with sizes ranging from 16,480 dwt to 51,570 dwt. Our tankers carry petroleum products, which include both clean products, such as petrol, diesel, jet fuel and naptha, and dirty products, such as heavy fuel oil. Our tankers do not carry crude oil. Our tankers are also classed to carry low hazard chemical products, which include liquid bulk vegetable oils. Our tankers are currently employed in pools of similarly sized vessels, commercially managed by one of our joint venture partners or third parties, and under various other arrangements, including charter-out, bareboat charter, under COA or in the spot market.

44


Table of Contents

As of the date of this registration statement, we operate our Fleet of 48 vessels consisting of 25 owned drybulk carriers (including 15 drybulk carriers that we own through joint ventures), eight long-term chartered-in drybulk carriers, 12 owned tankers (including six tankers that we own through joint ventures) and three long-term chartered-in tankers (see the below Fleet table for details). We regard vessels owned by the joint ventures in which we participate as owned vessels in our Fleet. As of the date of this registration statement, our Fleet has a total drybulk carrying capacity of approximately 1.4 million dwt and a total liquid bulk carrying capacity of approximately 580,300 dwt.

We regard chartered-in vessels as part of our Fleet if the period of the charter that we initially commit to is 12 months or more. Once we have included such chartered-in vessels in our Fleet, we will continue to regard them as part of our Fleet until the end of their chartered-in period, including any period that the charter has been extended under an option, even if at a given time the remaining period of their charter may be less than 12 months. Additionally, certain of our chartered-in vessels have purchase options.

In addition to our Fleet, we will from time to time charter-in additional vessels for initial committed periods of less than 12 months. We may do this entirely for our own profit or loss, or we may do this in respect of pools that we commercially manage in which event the profit or loss associated with the vessel will be for the account of the pool. From time to time we have, on average, chartered between 10 to 25 vessels on a short-term basis to take advantage of opportunities in the market and to help service our cargo contracts alongside our Fleet.

We have partnered with various global partners to operate a portion of our drybulk carriers through three joint ventures and a portion of our tankers through two joint ventures. We also have a majority interest in a joint venture that has drybulk freight contracts. We have entered into an agreement to unwind one of our drybulk carrier joint ventures, pursuant to which we will acquire the two vessels owned by that joint venture. For more information on the vessels held through joint ventures and a description of the key terms of certain of these joint ventures, see the Fleet table and "—Our Joint Ventures" below.

We have previously and will in future from time to time contract for the construction of newbuilding vessels. As of the date of this registration statement, we have no newbuilding vessels under construction. We may also acquire secondhand vessels or newbuilding resales.

From time to time, we may buy and sell vessels when we consider market conditions make it appropriate to do so and if our tonnage requirements permit. We consider that our trading of vessels involves both the acquisition of vessels at times when we perceive prices to be weak and the sale of vessels when values rise. In determining when to acquire vessels we take into account our liquidity position. our expectation of fundamental developments in the drybulk and tanker shipping sectors, the level of liquidity in the secondhand and charter markets, the cash flow earned by the vessel in relation to its value, the vessel's condition and technical specifications with particular regard to fuel consumption, expected remaining useful life, the credit quality of the charterer and duration and terms of charter contracts for vessels acquired with charters attached, as well as the overall diversification of our Fleet and customers.

We operate two drybulk commercial pools for which we earn pool management fees from third-party vessel owners and some of our joint venture partners. We do not operate any tanker commercial pools. We also provide commercial management for our drybulk carrier and one of our tanker joint ventures. We also technically manage the majority of the vessels that we own directly or through joint ventures.

In addition, we operate a service in the drybulk sector where we ship bulk cargo in parcel sizes that may be significantly less than the full carrying capacity of a vessel, or even less than the carrying capacity of an individual hold on a vessel. Where we load more than one parcel of bulk cargo in a hold we will separate the parcels using steel plates and other dunnage materials. Wherever it makes commercial sense to do so, we use vessels from our Fleet to carry this type of cargo. We also will source vessels off the spot market to carry the cargo. We have operated this service for more than 40 years, with a consistent customer base for most or all of this time.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that we possess a number of competitive strengths, including:

    Established shipping track record in key geographic markets.   The Grindrod Shipping business has been involved in various sectors of the shipping industry for more than 100 years. With a core presence and primary offices in Africa and Asia, we maintain a strong focus and local business

45


Table of Contents

      relationships with critical end-users in geographic regions that have been key to drybulk and tanker demand growth.

    Strong balance sheet positioned for additional growth.   Our balance sheet is well capitalized despite an increased net loss in 2017, which was largely attributable to the increased non-cash losses relating to impairments of owned and joint-ventures' vessels, goodwill and intangible assets. We have maintained our liquidity position throughout the downturn in drybulk and tanker markets through a combination of prudent financial risk management and equity investments from our Parent in 2017. Our moderate financial leverage, which has remained below 40% as of December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017 (based on the ratio of total liabilities to total assets), together with a return to positive net cash flows from operating activities in 2017 and our current expectation of continued access to bank financing, has strongly positioned us to take advantage of further growth opportunities. See "Item 3. Key Information—Selected Financial Data".

    Experienced management team.   Our management team is led by Martyn Wade, our chief executive officer, who has 40 years of international shipping experience and has worked for vessel owners, operators and brokers in London, Johannesburg, New York and Singapore. Mr. Wade is a member of the Baltic Exchange Limited. Our management team collectively has over 230 years of combined shipping experience, and has developed industry relationships with charterers, lenders, shipbuilders, insurers and other industry participants.

    Significant in-house commercial and technical management expertise.   We commercially and technically manage the vast majority of our Fleet in-house for quality and cost control reasons which has generally enabled us to consistently enjoy greater than 98% fleet utilization. We have also established two drybulk commercial management pools in the drybulk handysize and supramax sectors that have each demonstrated an ability to outperform, on average, relative to their industry benchmarks since their inception.

    Vessel employment supported by cargo contracts and strong relationships with key counterparties . We operate a significant base of cargo contracts and we believe that our focus on cargo contracts supports the employment and regional positioning of our vessels to better enable us to mitigate spot market volatility while still allowing us to capture upside potential in stronger charter markets. We have also established strong long-term global relationships with shipping companies, charterers, shipyards, trading houses, brokers and commercial shipping lenders, including our joint venture with Vitol, a global energy and commodity trading company.

    Quality fleet built to high specifications.   We operate a quality fleet of drybulk carrier and tanker vessels with an average age of approximately six years. Our drybulk carriers have predominately been built in Japan and our tankers have been predominately built in South Korea. We believe that owning and maintaining a quality fleet of Japanese and South Korean vessels reduces off-hire time and operating costs, improves safety and environmental performance and provides us with a competitive advantage in securing employment for our vessels. Additionally, we believe that quality vessels built in Japan and South Korea are able to retain value over market cycles. Our quality fleet will also better allow us to cost effectively comply with increasing environmental regulations that may be applicable to our vessels.

    Long-standing risk management model and liquidity model.   We operate a risk management model and a liquidity model that have been in place for many years and quantify the extent to which our balance sheet may be at risk to freight market movements and assess our liquidity position under various scenarios. We utilize these models to evaluate and attempt to mitigate market risk during any portion of a shipping cycle with a primary focus on maintaining acceptable levels of equity and liquidity in any potential market downturn.

Business strategies

Our primary objectives are to profitably grow our business and to maintain and enhance our position as a successful owner and operator of drybulk carrier and tanker vessels. The key elements of our strategy are:

    Continue to operate a diversified fleet of drybulk carriers and tankers.   Following the Spin-Off, we intend to initially remain in both the drybulk and tanker sectors. This diversification has historically enabled us to mitigate our exposure to the cyclicality and volatility of the drybulk and tanker industries by being able to operate across both markets. We currently intend to expand and further invest in the drybulk sector where we believe we have a competitive edge due to our operating capability, quality of our vessels and our relationship with key industry players in Japan. While we will continue to operate in the tanker sector, we currently do not intend to expand our tanker fleet and we expect that over time we may divest out of this sector at opportune times in the market.

46


Table of Contents

    Expanding our drybulk carrier fleet through opportunistic acquisitions of quality vessels at historically attractive prices . We expect to concentrate on growth opportunities in the handysize and supramax range in the drybulk sector. Consistent with our operating strategy to date, we expect to balance our growth between owned and chartered-in vessels. When evaluating acquisitions and newbuildings, we will consider and analyze, among other things, our liquidity position, our expectation of fundamental developments in the drybulk shipping sector, the level of liquidity in the secondhand and charter markets, the cash flow earned by the vessel in relation to its value, the vessel's condition and technical specifications with particular regard to fuel consumption, expected remaining useful life, the credit quality of the charterer and duration and terms of charter contracts for vessels acquired with charters attached, as well as the overall diversification of our Fleet and customers.

    Continue to grow our relationships with key industry players.   We intend to continue to grow our handysize and supramax pools on the drybulk side of the business while continuing to utilize our commercial relationships with key counterparties, such as Vitol and Maersk Tankers, or Maersk, to commercially manage the majority of our tanker fleet.

    Mitigate exposure to the volatility and seasonality of the spot market business.   We intend to continue to optimize the employment of our drybulk carriers and tankers through participation in a balance of both in-house and third-party commercial pools, as well as spot market charters to end-users. We believe that continued participation in our in-house managed commercial pools in the drybulk sector will provide us with the opportunity to continue to outperform, on average, the relevant industry benchmarks, and the use of charters, FFAs and COAs will help enable us to manage the extent of our exposure to volatile charter rates.

    Maintain a strong balance sheet.   We intend to take a prudent approach to fleet expansion by ensuring that balance sheet flexibility, consistent with our risk management model and our liquidity model, remains a priority at all times. We currently intend to retain the majority of cash flow to allow us to fund growth and to maintain a strong balance sheet over time in order to adapt to market cycles.

Our Fleet

The following tables set forth certain summary information regarding our Fleet as of the date of this registration statement:

    Drybulk Carriers

Vessel
  Built   Country of
Build
  dwt   Type of
Ownership
  Type of Employment

Handysize

                     

IVS Merlion

  2013   China     32,070   Owned   IVS Handysize Pool

IVS Raffles

  2013   China     32,050   Owned   IVS Handysize Pool

IVS Ibis (1)

  2012   Japan     28,240   Owned   IVS Handysize Pool

IVS Kinglet

  2011   Japan     33,130   Owned   IVS Handysize Pool

IVS Magpie (1)

  2011   Japan     28,240   Owned   IVS Handysize Pool

IVS Orchard

  2011   China     32,530   Owned   IVS Handysize Pool

IVS Knot

  2010   Japan     33,140   Owned   IVS Handysize Pool

IVS Sentosa

  2010   China     32,700   Owned   IVS Handysize Pool

IVS Triview (2)

  2009   Japan     32,280   Owned   IVS Handysize Pool

IVS Shikra

  2008   Japan     29,660   Chartered-in (expires 2021) (3)   IVS Handysize Pool

IVS Kingbird

  2007   Japan     32,560   Owned   IVS Handysize Pool

IVS Kawana

  2005   Japan     32,640   Owned   IVS Handysize Pool

IVS Kanda

  2004   Japan     32,620   Owned   IVS Handysize Pool

IVS Nightjar

  2004   Japan     32,320   Owned   IVS Handysize Pool

47


Table of Contents

Vessel
  Built   Country of
Build
  dwt   Type of
Ownership
  Type of Employment

Handysize—Eco

 

 

 

 

       

 

 

 

IVS Tembe (4)

  2016   Japan     37,740   Owned   Commercially managed by us alongside the IVS Handysize Pool

IVS Sunbird (4)

  2015   Japan     33,400   Owned   IVS Handysize Pool

IVS Thanda (4)

  2015   Japan     37,720   Owned   Commercially managed by us alongside the IVS Handysize Pool

IVS Kestrel (4)

  2014   Japan     32,770   Owned   IVS Handysize Pool

IVS Phinda (4)

  2014   Japan     37,720   Owned   Commercially managed by us alongside the IVS Handysize Pool

IVS Sparrowhawk (4)

  2014   Japan     33,420   Owned   IVS Handysize Pool

Supramax

 

 

 

 

   
 
 

 

 

 

IVS Beachwood

  2011   Japan     61,420   Chartered-in (expires 2020) (3)   IVS Supramax Pool

Supramax—Eco

                     

IVS Swinley Forest (4)

  2017   Japan     60,490   Owned   IVS Supramax Pool

IVS Gleneagles (4)

  2016   Japan     58,070   Owned   IVS Supramax Pool

IVS Hayakita

  2016   Japan     60,400   Chartered-in (expires 2026) (3)   IVS Supramax Pool

IVS North Berwick (4)

  2016   Japan     60,480   Owned   IVS Supramax Pool

IVS Windsor

  2016   Japan     60,280   Chartered-in (expires 2026) (3)   IVS Supramax Pool

IVS Augusta

  2015   Philippines (5)     57,800   Chartered-in (expires 2022) (3)   IVS Supramax Pool

IVS Bosch Hoek (4)

  2015   Japan     60,270   Owned   IVS Supramax Pool

IVS Hirono (4)

  2015   Japan     60,280   Owned   IVS Supramax Pool

IVS Pinehurst

  2015   Philippines (5)     57,810   Chartered-in (expires 2022) (3)   IVS Supramax Pool

IVS Wentworth (4)

  2015   Japan     58,090   Owned   IVS Supramax Pool

IVS Crimson Creek

  2014   Japan     57,950   Chartered-in (expires 2021) (3)   IVS Supramax Pool

IVS Naruo

  2014   Japan     60,030   Chartered-in (expires 2025) (3)   IVS Supramax Pool

    Tankers

Vessel Name
  Built   Country of
Build
  dwt   IMO
Designation
  Type of
Ownership
  Type of Employment

Small Product Tankers

                         

Umgeni

  2011   China     16,480   II, III   Owned   Brostrom Tanker Pool

Kowie

  2010   China     16,890   II, III   Owned   Spot Market and COA

Breede

  2009   China     16,900   II, III   Owned   Spot Market and COA

Berg ( 6 )

  2008   China     16,900   II, III   Owned   Time Charter (expires 2018)

48


Table of Contents

Vessel Name
  Built   Country of
Build
  dwt   IMO
Designation
  Type of
Ownership
  Type of Employment

Medium Range Tankers

                         

Matuku

  2016   South Korea     50,140   II, III   Owned   Bareboat charter (expires 2020 with a two year option)

Lavela ( 6 )

  2010   South Korea     40,100   III   Owned   Handy Tanker Pool

Rhino

  2010   South Korea     39,710   II, III   Owned   Handy Tanker Pool

Inyala

  2008   South Korea     40,040   III   Owned   Handy Tanker Pool

Coral Stars

  2004   South Korea     40,000   III   Chartered-in (expires 2018) (3)   COA

Medium Range Tankers—Eco

                         

Doric Breeze

  2013   South Korea     51,570   II, III   Chartered-in (expires 2020) (3)   Commercially managed by Vitol in the spot market and/or time chartered (7)

Doric Pioneer

  2013   South Korea     51,570   II, III   Chartered-in (expires 2020) (3)   Commercially managed by Vitol in the spot market and/or time chartered (7)

Leopard Moon (8)

  2013   South Korea     50,000   III   Owned   Commercially managed by Vitol in the spot market and/or time chartered (7)

Leopard Sea (8)

  2013   South Korea     50,000   III   Owned   Commercially managed by Vitol in the spot market and/or time chartered (7)

Leopard Star (8)

  2013   South Korea     50,000   III   Owned   Commercially managed by Vitol in the spot market and/or time chartered (7)

Leopard Sun (8)

  2013   South Korea     50,000   III   Owned   Commercially managed by Vitol in the spot market and/or time chartered (7)

(1)
Owned through a joint venture with Mitsubishi Corporation in which we have a 51% interest. We have entered into an agreement with Mitsubishi Corporation to unwind this joint venture. Pursuant to the agreement, during the second quarter of 2018, we expect to (i) purchase 100% of the IVS Magpie through a new subsidiary of GSPL and (ii) purchase Mitsubishi Corporation's 49% interest in the joint venture, through which will hold 100% of the IVS Ibis, for a total of approximately $21.3 million, to be financed through cash on hand, a portion of the proceeds of the new $100.0 million senior secured facility and a new credit facility of approximately $6.6 million, that we expect to enter into prior to completion of the purchase. See "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Description of Indebtedness—Loan Agreements".

(2)
Owned through a joint venture with Mitsui & Co., Ltd. in which we have a 51% interest.

(3)
Includes an option to extend the charter-in expiration date.

(4)
Owned through a joint venture with Regiment Capital Ltd. and Sankaty European Investments III, S.à.r.l. in which we have a 33.5% interest.

(5)
Constructed at Tsuneishi Cebu Shipyard, a subsidiary of Tsuneishi Shipbuilding of Japan.

(6)
Owned through a joint venture with Engen Petroleum Limited, or Engen, in which we have a 50% interest.

(7)
Our eco product tankers are commercially managed by Mansel Limited. Mansel, an affiliate of Vitol, procures shipping for various oil cargoes traded by Vitol.

(8)
Owned through a joint venture with Vitol in which we have a 50% interest.

49


Table of Contents

Employment of Our Fleet

We aim to manage our business in a manner that achieves a balance between maximizing revenue opportunities and protecting against declines in revenue. We operate our vessels in commercial pools, in the spot market, on long- and short-term time charters and on occasion on bareboat charters. In addition to employing our vessels in these ways, we use FFAs and enter into COAs to manage our revenue risk and employment risk. Where we carry cargo under COAs, we may utilize our Fleet to do so or we may utilize vessels that we short term charter-in that are not part of our Fleet. We currently employ our vessels primarily in the spot market or spot market-oriented pools and we do not have a significant amount of fixed revenue cover. The term "fixed revenue cover" as used in this registration statement refers to the percentage of operating days in a period in which our vessels are fixed pursuant to vessel employment agreements into which the group has already entered.

    Commercial Pools

To increase vessel utilization and thereby revenues, we participate in commercial pools with similar modern well-maintained vessels. By operating a large number of vessels as an integrated transportation system, commercial pools offer customers greater flexibility and a higher level of service while achieving scheduling efficiencies. Pools employ experienced commercial managers and operators who have close working relationships with customers and brokers, while technical management is performed by each vessel owner or procured from third parties. The managers of the pools negotiate voyage charters and COAs and time charters of various lengths, usually less than 12 months, with customers. The size and scope of these pools enable them to enhance vessel utilization rates for pool vessels by securing backhaul voyages and COAs, thus generating higher effective TCE revenue than otherwise might be obtainable for vessels operating independently in the spot market, while providing a higher level of service offerings to customers.

A pool aggregates the revenues and agreed expenses, which are usually voyage related expenses, of all of the vessels in the pool and distributes the net earnings calculated on (i) the number of pool points for the vessel, and (ii) the number of days the vessel was available to earn revenue for the pool in a distribution period. Usually a single pool manager is responsible for both the administrative and commercial management of the participating vessels, including marketing the pool, negotiating charters, including voyage charters, short duration time charters and longer term COAs, conducting pool operations, including the distribution of pool cash earnings, and managing bunker purchases, port charges and administrative services for the vessels. For these services the pool manager charges a fee, which may be a flat rate per day per vessel in the pool, or a fixed percentage rate applied typically to the gross revenues earned by the pool, or a combination of both. The pool participants remain responsible for all other costs including the financing, insurance, manning and technical management of their owned vessels or payment of charter hire to the owners of chartered-in vessels they have entered into the pool.

In 2013, we established two drybulk commercial management pools in the handysize and supramax sectors that have each demonstrated an ability to outperform, on average, relative to their industry benchmarks since their inception.

Our IVS Handysize Pool includes all of the handysize vessels in our Fleet, including those held through joint ventures, except for the three approximately 37,000 dwt handysize vessels which are commercially managed as a group by the same in-house team that manages the IVS Handysize Pool. There are five other vessels owned by other vessel owners in the IVS Handysize Pool. This pool includes vessels of between approximately 28,000 dwt and 34,000 dwt, and two vessels of 37,400 dwt owned by other vessel owners, and currently trades primarily in the spot market. As pool managers we have the ability to contract pool vessels out on time charters for up to 12 months. The net earnings allocated to vessels in the IVS Handysize Pool are distributed on the basis of (i) the number of pool points for the vessel, which are based on vessel attributes such as cargo carrying capacity, fuel consumption and construction characteristics, and (ii) the number of days the vessel was available to earn revenue for the pool in a distribution period. While all of the vessels in the IVS Handysize Pool are generally similar in terms of pool point allocations, the number of days a vessel is available to earn revenue varies on the basis of when a vessel enters or exits the pool or upon the occurrence of other events such as drydocking or repairs. In light of the foregoing, this results in all vessels in the IVS Handysize Pool receiving net earnings distributions that generally reflect actual availability for use in the pool.

Our IVS Supramax Pool includes all of the supramax vessels in our Fleet, including those held through a joint venture. There are no vessels owned by independent third parties in this pool. This pool includes

50


Table of Contents

vessels of between approximately 57,800 dwt and 61,400 dwt and currently trades in a combination of COAs and the spot market. As pool managers, we have the ability to contract pool vessels out on time charters for up to 12 months. The net earnings allocated to the vessels in the IVS Supramax Pool are distributed on the basis of (i) the number of pool points for the vessel, which are based on vessel attributes such as cargo carrying capacity, fuel consumption, and construction characteristics, and (ii) the number of days the vessel was available to earn revenue for the pool in a distribution period. While all of the vessels in the IVS Supramax Pool are generally similar in terms of pool point allocations, the number of days a vessel is available to earn revenue for the pool varies on the basis of when a vessel enters or exits the pool or upon the occurrence of other events such as drydocking or repairs. In light of the foregoing, this results in all vessels in the IVS Supramax Pool receiving net earnings distributions that generally reflect actual availability for use in the pool.

We own two medium range tankers of approximately 40,000 dwt that are entered into the Handy Tanker Pool operated by Maersk. Additionally, the approximately 40,100 dwt medium range tanker that we own in a joint venture with Engen is employed in this pool. There are 58 other vessels in this pool owned by other vessel owners. This pool includes vessels of between approximately 30,000 dwt and 40,100 dwt and currently operates primarily in the spot market. The net earnings allocated to vessels in the Handy Tanker Pool are distributed on the basis of (i) the number of pool points for the vessel, which are based on vessel attributes such as cargo carrying capacity, IMO class, age engine load settings and operational flexibility factors, such as the ability to enter various harbors and ports or pass through canals and straits, and (ii) the number of days the vessel was available to earn revenue for the pool in a distribution period. While all of the vessels in the Handy Tanker Pool are generally similar in terms of pool point allocations, the number of days a vessel is available to earn revenue for the pool varies on the basis of when a vessel enters or exits the pool, or upon the occurrence of other events such as drydocking or repairs or the vessel no longer meeting the qualifying criteria to participate in the pool. In light of the foregoing, this results in all vessels in the Handy Tanker Pool receiving net earnings distributions that generally reflect actual availability for use in the pool.

We own one 16,480 dwt small product tanker which is entered into the Brostrom Tanker Pool operated by Maersk. There are 23 other vessels in this pool owned by other vessel owners. This pool includes vessels of between approximately 15,000 dwt and 20,000 dwt and currently operates primarily in the spot market. The net earnings allocated to vessels in the Brostrom Tanker Pool are distributed on the basis of (i) the number of pool points for the vessel, which are based on vessel attributes such as cargo carrying capacity, age and operational flexibility factors, such as the ability to enter various harbors and ports or pass through canals and straits, and (ii) the number of days the vessel is available to earn revenue for the pool in a distribution period. While all of the vessels in the Brostrom Tanker Pool are generally similar in terms of pool point allocations, the number of days a vessel is available to earn revenue for the pool varies on the basis of when such vessels enter or exit the pool or upon the occurrence of other events such as drydocking or repairs or the vessel no longer meeting the qualifying criteria to participate in the pool. In light of the foregoing, this results in all vessels in the Brostrom Tanker Pool receiving net earnings distributions that generally reflect actual availability for use in the pool.

    Spot Market

When we refer to a vessel operating in the spot market, we mean that we do not have long-term contracted employment for that vessel. The vessel's commercial manager or the pool manager, as applicable, seeks employment for these vessels on a day-to-day basis. The spot market includes voyage charters. A voyage charter is generally a contract to carry a specific cargo from a load port to a discharge port for an agreed freight per ton of cargo or a specified total amount. Under voyage charters, we pay specific voyage expenses such as port, canal and bunker costs. The spot market also includes time charters of a short duration. Shipping rates are volatile and also fluctuate on a seasonal and year-to-year basis, and operating in the spot market exposes us to this volatility more than if we had long-term fixed contracted revenue.

In addition, we may enter long-term charters or COAs where the rate we charge varies according to fluctuations in the shipping market. Although these types of contracts run over a longer period, the charter rates may be reset at the start of each voyage or on a monthly or quarterly or other interval. A number of industry participants produce daily assessments of the spot market rates and indices are produced to reflect the changes in the spot market over time based on these assessments. Accordingly, these contracts are generally referred to as "index-linked" contracts. Like spot market contracts, index-linked contracts are also exposed to the volatility in the shipping markets. The Baltic Exchange is the primary producer of these indices.

51


Table of Contents

Market fluctuations derive from imbalances in the availability of cargoes for shipment and the number of vessels available at any given time to transport these cargoes. Vessels operating in the spot market generate revenue that is less predictable than those under longer term time charters or those serving fixed rate COAs, but operating in the spot market may enable us to capture increased profit margins during periods of improvements in charter rates. As the costs of our Fleet are typically of a long-term, fixed nature, downturns in the spot markets and in the drybulk or tanker industries generally would result in a reduction in profit margins.

Our three approximately 37,700 dwt handysize vessels are currently primarily employed in the spot market and the vessels in the IVS Handysize Pool as well as our tankers employed in pools operated by Maersk, are currently also employed in the spot market. The vessels in the IVS Supramax Pool currently trade in a combination of COAs and the spot market.

    Commercial Management

We charter-in two medium range tankers of approximately 52,000 dwt, and own four medium range tankers of 50,000 dwt through a joint venture with Vitol. These medium range tankers are commercially managed by Mansel. Mansel, an affiliate of Vitol, procures shipping for oil cargoes traded by Vitol. These vessels are currently operated in the spot market and on Vitol traded cargoes.

We commercially manage two approximately 16,900 tankers, which primarily trade around the southern African coast, fulfilling obligations we have under COAs, as well as the spot cargo market.

As noted above, our three approximately 37,700 dwt handysize vessels are commercially managed as a group by the same in-house team that manages the IVS Handysize Pool and currently operate primarily in the spot market.

    Time Charters

Time charters provide a fixed and stable cash flow for a known period of time. Time charters also mitigate in part the volatility and seasonality of the spot market business. We employ vessels under longer term time charter contracts as part of our overall management of our revenues and risks. We may also enter into time charter contracts with profit sharing agreements, which enable us to benefit when the spot market rates increase.

One of our 16,900 dwt tankers, owned through our joint venture with Engen, is on time charter to Engen until June 2018.

    Bareboat Charter

One of our medium range tanker vessels is bareboat chartered out until 2020.

Our Joint Ventures

The following descriptions are only a summary of the material provisions of our material joint venture agreements and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the copies of the joint venture agreements and amendments thereto, which are filed as exhibits to this registration statement.

    IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd.

We own an approximately 33.5% interest in IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd., or IVS Bulk, a joint venture with Sankaty European Investments III S.à.r.l and Regiment Capital Ltd. IVS Bulk owns 12 of our drybulk carriers, consisting of six handysize vessels and six supramax vessels. We serve as the commercial and technical manager for these vessels and have employed the handysize vessels in our IVS Handysize Pool and have employed the supramax vessels in our IVS Supramax Pool, for which we are paid fees by IVS Bulk.

In addition to our equity interest in IVS Bulk, we have made a $25.6 million loan to IVS Bulk, which bears interest at 15.0% per year, is repayable upon 30 days' written demand or otherwise will mature on December 31, 2018. As of January 31, 2018, $12.7 remained outstanding under this loan. While it is likely we will be repaid under this loan, we may require IVS Bulk to sell the IVS Gleneagles in order to repay any amounts due to us. Under the IVS Bulk joint venture agreement, profits are paid to the shareholders pro rata, subject to certain priority provisions set forth in the joint venture agreement.

The IVS Bulk joint venture terminates on December 31, 2018. Upon termination, we have a right of first refusal to purchase the vessels owned by IVS Bulk at an independently determined market value. If we do

52


Table of Contents

not purchase the vessels, our joint venture partners will have the right to purchase the vessels at the same price offered to us. If the vessels are not sold to us or our joint venture partners, the vessels will be sold in the open market. The proceeds from any vessel sales will be applied to any outstanding third party liabilities, then to repay any excess contributions by the shareholders, and thereafter as dividends, subject to certain restrictions.

We may enter into discussions after the Spin-Off with our joint venture partners to explore the possibility of purchasing the vessels owned by IVS Bulk in exchange for equity in Grindrod Shipping and/or other cash consideration. Prior to the listing, Grindrod Shipping's shareholders will provide approval until the conclusion of our first annual general meeting, to issue new shares up to 25% of the number of ordinary shares outstanding immediately after the Spin-Off to the extent we were to issue equity for the purchase of these (or similar) vessels. See "Item 3. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Ordinary Shares—Under Singapore law, shareholder approval is required to allow us to issue new shares which could impact our ability to raise capital or consummate acquisitions. Any issuance of new shares would dilute the percentage ownership of existing shareholders and could adversely impact the market price of the ordinary shares." There can be no assurances that such discussions will take place or that we will be able to acquire the vessels on favorable terms, if at all.

    Leopard Tankers Pte. Ltd.

We own a 50% interest in Leopard Tankers Pte. Ltd., or Leopard Tankers, a joint venture with Vitol. Leopard Tankers owns four 50,000 dwt tankers, which are commercially managed by Mansel, an affiliate of Vitol, which receives a management fee. The joint venture agreement specifies that the vessels owned by Leopard Tankers are intended to be employed in the spot market or time chartered to Mansel. There are currently no vessels time chartered to Mansel.

In addition to our equity interest in Leopard Tankers, we have made a $22.1 million loan to Leopard Tankers, which bears interest at 2.0% per year and will mature on January 1, 2020. As of January 31, 2018 $22.4 million remained outstanding under this loan. Vitol has also made a $22.1 million loan to Leopard Tankers on the same terms. In addition, under the Leopard Tankers joint venture agreement, we and Vitol are obligated to fund on an equal basis certain funding shortfalls. In addition, we and Vitol have each guaranteed to the financiers of the Leopard Tankers credit facility up to 50% of the scheduled interest and principal payments of the $138.5 million Leopard Tankers credit facility, excluding any balloon payment at maturity. We have also provided an undertaking to those financiers to ensure a minimum working capital balance of $250,000 for each of the vessels owned by Leopard Tankers, but in no event are we required to provide more than 50% of such working capital shortfalls. See "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Off Balance Sheet Arrangements" for additional information on this loan and our guarantee. Under the Leopard Tankers joint venture agreement, profits are paid to the parties on a pro rata basis.

The Leopard Tankers joint venture may be terminated by either party at any time. Accordingly, upon termination, we may agree with our joint venture partner that each of us and Vitol would acquire two vessels and each of us or Vitol could also purchase one or two of the vessels that would otherwise have been acquired by the other party if such party declines to do so. If neither party acquires the vessels or the parties do not reach an agreement to acquire the vessels from the other party, the unsold vessels will be offered for sale in the open market and the proceeds would be used to settle any third party claims and thereafter distributed to the joint venture partners in accordance with the joint venture agreement.

Management of Our Business

    General management

Overall responsibility for the oversight of the management of our company rests with our board of directors. We do all of the financial and administrative management of our business ourselves, contracting in human resource, financial, legal, tax and other specialist advice from reputable, arm's length service providers when required. Each of our wholly owned subsidiaries, GSPL and GSSA, has entered into a transitional services agreement with Parent in connection with the Spin-Off, under which Parent will continue to provide to us, among other things, internal audit, corporate secretarial services, information technology and such other financial and management services through varying times in 2019, depending on the service, and a related licensing agreement in respect of the use of certain intellectual property of Parent for a term as to be determined and a property lease agreement subject to termination on short-term notice. See "Item 18. Financial Statements—Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Financial Information—Note 9" for additional information on the transitional services agreements.

53


Table of Contents

    Commercial management

Decisions about how to commercially employ our Fleet, and general commercial and strategic decisions relating to the conduct of our business, including participation in joint ventures, are made by our own management and employees, under guidance and authority from our board of directors in accordance with our governance framework.

    Technical Management

We technically manage in-house the majority of our vessels that we own directly or through joint ventures. We employ a team of 30 experienced and qualified managers in Singapore and Durban. This team includes seven master mariners and 10 Class 1 marine engineers who perform superintendent and technical management functions for the in-house managed vessels. Our technical management team is responsible for the technical operation and upkeep of these vessels, including procurement, crewing, maintenance, repairs and dry dockings, maintaining required vetting approvals and relevant inspections, and ensuring that our vessels under in-house management comply with the requirements of classification societies, as well as relevant government, flag state, environmental and other regulations.

A majority of the crews we employ are sourced from third-party crewing providers with whom we contract directly for the supply of crews to the vessels we manage in-house. Our technical team also operates the Grindrod Shipping Training Academy located in Durban from where we source some of our crewing requirements.

In addition, our in-house technical team also oversees the third-party technical managers who we have contracted to carry out technical management functions for the balance of our Fleet. Currently, we use two outside technical management providers, Sandigan Ship Services Inc., or Sandigan, and LSC Ship Management, or LSC. We contract with Sandigan for commercial and relationship reasons, as well as to provide us an ability to benchmark our in-house technical management team on drybulk carriers. LSC technically manages the vessels owned by our joint venture with Vitol.

Under the current technical management agreements with Sandigan and LSC, the third-party technical managers are responsible for the technical operation and upkeep of our vessels, including crewing, if specified, maintenance, repairs and dry dockings, maintaining required vetting approvals and relevant inspections, and to ensure our vessels under their management comply with the requirements of classification societies, as well as relevant government, flag state, environmental and other regulations and each vessel subsidiary pays the actual cost associated with the technical management and an annual management fee for the relevant vessel.

Each management agreement with the third-party technical managers is cancelable by us or the third-party technical manager for any reason at any time upon 60 days' prior written notice to the other. Upon termination we are generally required to cover actual crew support costs and severance costs and pay a management fee for an additional three months. We may be required to obtain the consent of any applicable charterer and from some of our lenders before we appoint a new manager, however, such consent may not be unreasonably withheld.

Separately, we have one tanker chartered out on bareboat charter, under the terms of which the charterers are obliged to conduct the technical management of the vessel which they do through third-party managers ASP Ship Management Singapore Pte. Ltd.

Our Customers

We believe that developing strong relationships with the end users of our services allows us to better satisfy their needs with appropriate vessels and solutions. A prospective customer's financial condition, creditworthiness, and reliability track record are important factors in negotiating our vessels' employment. Our customers with whom we contract as commercial managers of our own, our joint venture partners' and third parties' drybulk carriers and tankers include international commodity trading houses, mining companies, industrial manufacturing companies, major oil companies, traders of grains, steel and forestry products.

For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, no customers accounted for 10% or more of our revenues, one customer accounted for 10% or more of our revenues in the amount of approximately $40.9 million and two customers accounted for 10% or more of our revenues in the amounts of approximately $55.9 million and $44.1 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2017, no customers accounted for 10% or more of our drybulk business revenues. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, one customer accounted for 10% or more of our drybulk business revenues

54


Table of Contents

in the amounts of approximately $40.9 million and $44.1 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2017, four customers accounted for 10% or more of tankers business revenues in the amounts of approximately $17.8 million, $15.7 million, $10.9 million and $8.9 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2016, four customers accounted for 10% or more of tankers business revenues in the amounts of $33.2 million, $12.3 million, $9.9 million and $9.1 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2015, two customers accounted for 10% or more of tankers business revenues in the amounts of approximately $55.9 million and $13.2 million, respectively. Each of the forgoing with respect to the drybulk carrier business and tankers business has been calculated excluding revenues attributable to the OACL and Union Bunker businesses, respectively, which were sold in the first quarter of 2018.

Seasonality

We operate our drybulk carriers and tankers in markets that have historically exhibited seasonal variations in demand and, as a result, in charter hire rates. This seasonality may result in volatility in our operating results to the extent that we enter into new charter agreements or renew existing agreements during a time when charter rates are weaker or we operate our vessels on the spot market or under time charters, which may result in quarter-to-quarter volatility in our operating results.

The drybulk sector is typically stronger in the fall and winter months in anticipation of increased consumption of coal and other raw materials in the northern hemisphere. The celebration of Chinese New Year in the first quarter of each year, also results in lower volumes of seaborne trade into China during this period.

The tanker sector is typically stronger in the winter months as a result of increased oil consumption in the northern hemisphere but can be weaker in the summer months as a result of lower oil consumption in the northern hemisphere and refinery maintenance that is typically conducted in the summer months. The oil price volatility resulting from these factors has historically led to increased oil trading activities in the winter months.

In addition, unpredictable weather patterns tend to disrupt vessel routing and scheduling as well as the supplies of certain commodities.

Competition

Our vessels are employed in a highly competitive market that is capital intensive and highly fragmented. The competition in the market is based primarily on supply and demand and we compete for charters and COAs on the basis of price, vessel location, size, age, condition and country of build for our vessels, our and our third-party commercial managers' reputations, and, particularly in the tanker sector, additional requirements of the charterers.

We compete primarily with other independent and state-owned drybulk and tanker vessel-owners. Our competitors may have more resources than us and may operate vessels that are newer, and therefore more attractive to charterers, than our vessels. Ownership and control of drybulk carriers and tankers is highly fragmented and is divided among a large number of players including publicly listed and privately owned shipping companies, major oil companies, mining companies, commodity trading houses, private equity and other investment funds and state-controlled owners. In the tanker market a part of the trade is captive especially to major and national oil company fleets. Ownership and control in the drybulk sector is rather more fragmented than in the case of the tanker sector. Due in part to the highly fragmented markets in which we operate, competitors with greater resources than us could enter the drybulk or tanker shipping industries and operate larger fleets through consolidations or acquisitions and may be able to offer lower charter rates and higher quality vessels than we are able to offer. See, "Item 3. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Industry—We operate in the highly competitive international shipping industry and we may not be able to compete for charters and COAs with new entrants or established companies with greater resources, and, as a result, we may be unable to employ our vessels profitably".

Environmental and Other Regulations

Government regulation significantly affects the ownership and operation of our vessels. We are subject to international conventions and treaties and national, state and local laws and regulations relating to safety and health and environmental protection in force in the countries in which our vessels may operate or are registered. These regulations include requirements relating to the storage, handling, emission, transportation and discharge of hazardous and non-hazardous materials, and the remediation of contamination and liability for damage to natural resources. Compliance with such laws, regulations and other requirements may entail significant expense, including vessel modifications and implementation of

55


Table of Contents

specific operating procedures. While all of our vessels are subject to environmental and other regulations and all of our vessels carry bunker fuel, we believe there is generally a greater risk of environmental concerns in the tanker sector, which makes up a smaller portion of our Fleet.

A variety of government, quasi-governmental and private organizations subject our vessels to both scheduled and unscheduled inspections. These entities include the local port authorities (applicable national authorities such as the United States Coast Guard, or USCG, harbor master or equivalent), classification societies, flag state administrations, charterers, and terminal operators. Certain of these entities require us to obtain permits, licenses, certificates and other authorizations for the operation of our vessels. Failure to maintain necessary permits or approvals could require us to incur substantial costs or result in the operation of one or more of our vessels being temporarily suspended or lead to the invalidation or reduction of our insurance coverage.

We believe that the heightened level of environmental and quality concerns among insurance underwriters, regulators and charterers is leading to greater inspection and safety requirements on all vessels and may accelerate the scrapping of older vessels throughout the industry. Increasing environmental concerns have created a demand for vessels that conform to the stricter environmental standards. We are required to maintain operating standards for all of our vessels that emphasize operational safety, quality maintenance, continuous training of our officers and crews and compliance with U.S. and international regulations. We believe that the operation of our vessels are in substantial compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations and that our vessels have all material permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations necessary for the conduct of our operations. However, because such laws and regulations are frequently changed and may impose increasingly stricter requirements, we cannot predict the future cost of complying with these requirements, or the impact of these requirements on the resale value or useful lives of our vessels. In addition, a future serious marine incident that results in significant oil pollution, release of hazardous substances, loss of life, or otherwise causes significant adverse environmental impact, such as the 2010 BP plc Deepwater Horizon oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico, could result in additional legislation or regulations that could negatively affect our profitability.

    International Maritime Organization

The International Maritime Organization, the United Nations agency for maritime safety and the prevention of pollution by vessels, or the IMO, has adopted MARPOL. MARPOL entered into force on October 2, 1983. It has been adopted by over 150 nations, including many of the jurisdictions in which our vessels will operate.

MARPOL is broken into six Annexes, each of which regulates a different source of pollution. Annex I relates to oil leakage or spilling; Annex II relates to noxious liquid substances carried in bulk; Annex III relates to harmful substances carried in packaged form; Annexes IV and V relate to sewage and garbage management, respectively; and Annex VI relates to air emissions.

In 2012, the IMO's Marine Environment Protection Committee, or MEPC, adopted by resolution amendments to the international code for the construction and equipment of vessels carrying dangerous chemicals in bulk, or the IBC Code. The provisions of the IBC Code are mandatory under MARPOL and SOLAS. These amendments, which entered into force in June 2014, pertain to revised international certificates of fitness for the carriage of dangerous chemicals in bulk and identifying new products that fall under the IBC Code. As of January 1, 2016, amendments to Annex I, the IBC Code, require that all chemical tankers must be fitted with approved stability instruments capable of verifying compliance with both intact and damage stability.

The MARPOL Annex I Condition Assessment Scheme, or CAS, sets out a framework of inspection and verification of the structural condition of certain oil tankers. In 2013, the MEPC adopted by resolution amendments to the CAS. These amendments, which became effective on October 1, 2014, complement inspections of bulk carriers and tankers set forth in the 2011 International Code on the Enhanced Programme of Inspections during Surveys of Bulk Carriers and Oil Tankers, or ESP Code, and enhance the programs of inspections for certain tankers.

    Air Emissions

In September of 1997, the IMO adopted Annex VI to MARPOL to address air pollution. Effective May 2005, Annex VI set limits on nitrogen oxide emissions from vessels whose diesel engines were constructed (or underwent major conversions) on or after January 1, 2000. It also prohibits "deliberate emissions" of "ozone depleting substances," defined to include certain halons and chlorofluorocarbons. "Deliberate emissions" are not limited to times when the vessel is at sea; they can, for example, include discharges

56


Table of Contents

occurring in the course of the vessel's repair and maintenance. Emissions of "volatile organic compounds" from certain vessels, and the shipboard incineration (from incinerators installed after January 1, 2000) of certain substances (such as polychlorinated biphenyls, PCBs) are also prohibited. Annex VI also includes a global cap on the sulfur content of fuel oil and allows for special areas to be established with more stringent controls of sulfur emissions known as ECAs.

MEPC adopted amendments to Annex VI on October 10, 2008, which entered into force on July 1, 2010. The amended Annex VI seeks to further reduce air pollution by, among other things, implementing a progressive reduction of the amount of sulfur contained in any fuel oil used on board vessels. As of January 1, 2012, the amended Annex VI required that fuel oil contain no more than 3.50% sulfur (from the previous cap of 4.50%). On October 27, 2016, at its 70th session, MEPC 70, MEPC announced its decision concerning the implementation of regulations mandating a reduction in sulfur emissions from the current 3.5% to 0.5% as of the beginning of 2020 rather than pushing the deadline back to 2025. In MEPC 72, MEPC further agreed to prohibit the carriage of non-compliant fuel after 2020, unless a vessel is fitted with an equivalent arrangement such as a scrubber. By 2020 vessels will now have to either reduce sulfur from emissions through the installation and use of emission scrubbers or buy fuel with lower sulfur content. Consequently, complying with MEPC 70 could result in a significant capital expenditure or a significant increase in the cost of bunkers. The Company is currently reviewing alternatives to comply with MEPC 70 when it enters into force, but anticipates that it will comply with MEPC 70 by purchasing fuel with lower sulfur content.

Sulfur content standards are even stricter within certain ECAs. As of January 1, 2015, vessels operating within an ECA may not use fuel with sulfur content in excess of 0.10%. Amended Annex VI established procedures for designating new ECAs. The Baltic and North Seas, certain coastal areas of North America and the United States Caribbean Sea are all within designated ECAs. In addition, certain ports in China are subject to domestic Chinese ECAs. Ocean-going vessels in these areas are subject to stringent emission controls, which may cause us to incur additional costs. If other ECAs are approved by the IMO or other new or more stringent requirements relating to emissions from marine diesel engines or port operations by vessels are adopted by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, or the EPA, or the states or other national jurisdictions where we operate, compliance with these regulations could entail significant capital expenditures, operational changes, or otherwise increase the costs of our operations. For example, the amended Annex VI also establishes new tiers of stringent nitrogen oxide emissions standards for new marine engines, depending on their date of installation. The EPA promulgated equivalent (and in some senses stricter) emissions standards in late 2009. At MEPC 70 and MEPC 71, MEPC approved and adopted the North Sea and Baltic Sea as ECAs for nitrogen oxides, effective January 1, 2021. It is expected that these areas will be formally designated after the draft amendments are presented at MEPC's next session.

As of January 1, 2013, MARPOL made mandatory certain measures relating to energy efficiency for vessels. Under these measures, by 2025, all new vessels built will be 30% more energy efficient than those built in 2014. This included the requirement that all new vessels utilize the Energy Efficiency Design Index, or EEDI, and all vessels develop and implement Ship Energy Efficiency Management Plans, or SEEMPs. We are in the process of implementing energy savings measures for our vessels, this will require financial expenditures, but ultimately result in lower fuel costs.

We believe that all our vessels are compliant in all material respects with these regulations that are currently in force. Additional or new conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted that could require the installation of expensive emission control systems and could adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

    Ballast Water Management

The IMO adopted the BWM Convention, in February 2004. The BWM Convention's implementing regulations call for a phased introduction of mandatory ballast water exchange requirements, to be replaced in time with mandatory concentration limits. All vessels will also have to carry a ballast water record book and an International Ballast Water Management Certificate. The BWM Convention enters into force 12 months after it has been adopted by 30 states, the combined merchant fleets of which represent not less than 35% of the gross tonnage of the world's merchant shipping. On September 8, 2016, this threshold was met (with 52 contracting parties making up 35.14%). Thus, the BWM Convention entered into force on September 8, 2017. However, at MEPC 71, MEPC decided that, while new vessels constructed after September 8, 2017 must comply on delivery with the BWM Convention, implementation of the BWM Convention would be delayed for existing vessels (constructed prior to September 8, 2017) for

57


Table of Contents

a further two years. For such existing vessels, installation of ballast water management systems, or BWMS must take place at the first renewal survey following September 8, 2017 (the date the BWM Convention entered into force). At MEPC 70, MEPC adopted updated "guidelines for approval of ballast water managements systems (G8)". G8 updates previous guidelines concerning procedures to approve BWMS. The G8 guidelines will become mandatory through the BWMS Code, which was adopted in MEPC 72 and will enter into force in October 2019. MEPC 72 also agreed to develop guidelines for mandatory ballast water sampling to confirm that a vessel's BWMS complies with standards set out in the BWM Convention prior to the vessel receiving its International Ballast Water Management Certificate. Once mid-ocean ballast exchange or ballast water treatment requirements become mandatory, the cost of compliance could increase for ocean carriers and the costs of ballast water treatments may be material. However, many countries already regulate the discharge of ballast water carried by vessels from country to country to prevent the introduction of invasive and harmful species via such discharges. The United States for example, requires vessels entering its waters from another country to conduct mid-ocean ballast exchange, or undertake some alternate measure, and to comply with certain reporting requirements. We believe the costs of such compliance may be material over time, however, it is difficult to predict the overall impact of such a requirement on our operations.

    Safety Management System Requirements

The IMO has also adopted SOLAS and the LL Convention, which impose a variety of standards that regulate the design and operational features of vessels. The IMO periodically revises the SOLAS and LL Convention standards. Amendments to SOLAS relating to safe manning of vessels that were adopted in May 2012 entered in force on January 1, 2014. The Convention on Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims, LLMC, was recently amended and the amendments went into effect on June 8, 2015. The amendments alter the limits of liability for loss of life or personal injury claims and property claims against vessel owners. We believe that all our vessels are in substantial compliance with SOLAS and LL Convention standards.

Our operations are also subject to environmental standards and requirements under Chapter IX of SOLAS set forth in the ISM Code. The ISM Code requires the owner of a vessel, or any person who has taken responsibility for operation of a vessel, to develop an extensive safety management system that includes, among other things, the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for operating its vessels safely and describing procedures for responding to emergencies. We rely upon the safety management system that we or our technical managers have developed for compliance with the ISM Code. The failure of a vessel owner or bareboat charterer to comply with the ISM Code may subject such party to increased liability, may decrease available insurance coverage for the affected vessels and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports.

The ISM Code requires that vessel operators obtain a safety management certificate for each vessel they operate. This certificate evidences compliance by a vessel's management with the ISM Code requirements for a safety management system. No vessel can obtain a safety management certificate under the ISM Code unless its manager has been awarded a document of compliance, issued by classification societies under the authority of each flag state. We and/or our third-party technical manager have documents of compliance and safety management certificates for all of our vessels for which the certificates are required by the IMO. The document of compliance and safety management certificate are renewed every five years, but the document of compliance is subject to audit verification annually and the safety management certificate at least every 2.5 years.

The flag state, as defined by the United Nations Convention on Law of the Sea, has overall responsibility for implementing and enforcing a broad range of international maritime regulations with respect to all vessels granted the right to fly its flag. The "Shipping Industry Flag State Performance Table" published annually by the International Chamber of Shipping evaluates and reports on flag states based on factors such as ratification, implementation, and enforcement of principal international maritime treaties and regulations, supervision of statutory vessel surveys, and participation at IMO and International Labour Organization, or ILO, meetings. All of our owned vessels are currently flagged in Singapore except one medium range tanker and one small tanker that are flagged in the Isle of Man and one medium range tanker under a bareboat charter out that is flagged in New Zealand. Singapore flagged vessels have historically received a good assessment in the shipping industry. We recognize the importance of a credible flag state and do not intend to use flags of convenience or flag states with poor performance indicators. Noncompliance with the ISM Code or other IMO regulations may subject the vessel owner or bareboat charterer to increased liability, may lead to decreases in available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to, or detention in, some ports. The USCG and European Union authorities have indicated that vessels not in compliance with the ISM Code by the applicable deadlines will be prohibited from trading in U.S. and European Union ports, respectively. Each of our vessels are ISM Code certified. However, there can be no assurance that such certificate will be maintained.

58


Table of Contents

Noncompliance with the ISM Code and other IMO regulations may subject the vessel owner or bareboat charterer to increased liability, may lead to decreases in, or invalidation of, available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to, or detention in, some ports.

    Pollution Control and Liability Requirements

The IMO has negotiated international conventions that impose liability for oil pollution in international waters and the territorial waters of the signatory to such conventions. Many countries have ratified and follow the liability plan adopted by the IMO and set out in the CLC. Under this convention, and depending on whether the country in which the damage results is a party to the 1992 Protocol to the CLC, a vessel's registered owner is strictly liable for pollution damage caused in the territorial waters of a contracting state by discharge of persistent oil, subject to certain exceptions. The 1992 Protocol changed certain limits on liability, expressed using the International Monetary Fund currency unit of Special Drawing Rights. The limits on liability have since been amended so that the compensation limits on liability were raised. The right to limit liability is forfeited under the CLC where the spill is caused by the vessel owner's actual fault and under the 1992 Protocol where the spill is caused by the vessel owner's intentional or reckless act or omission where the vessel owner knew pollution damage would probably result. The CLC requires vessels covered by it to maintain insurance covering the liability of the owner in a sum equivalent to an owner's liability for a single incident. We believe that our protection and indemnity insurance will cover the liability under the plan adopted by the IMO.

The IMO adopted the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage, or the Bunker Convention, to impose strict liability on vessel owners for pollution damage in jurisdictional waters of ratifying states caused by discharges of bunker fuel. The Bunker Convention requires registered owners of vessels over 1,000 gross tons to maintain insurance for pollution damage in an amount equal to the limits of liability under the applicable national or international limitation regime (but not exceeding the amount calculated in accordance with the Convention on Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims of 1976, as amended). With respect to non-ratifying states, liability for spills or releases of oil carried as fuel in a vessel's bunkers typically is determined by the national or other domestic laws in the jurisdiction where the events or damages occur.

IMO regulations also require owners and operators of vessels to adopt shipboard oil pollution emergency plans and/or shipboard marine pollution emergency plans for noxious liquid substances in accordance with the guidelines developed by the IMO.

The IMO continues to review and introduce new regulations. It is impossible to predict what additional regulations, if any, may be passed by the IMO and what effect, if any, such regulations may have on our operations.

    The U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act

The U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or OPA, established an extensive regulatory and liability regime for the protection and cleanup of the environment from oil spills. OPA affects all "owners and operators" whose vessels trade in the United States, its territories and possessions or whose vessels operate in United States waters, which includes the United States' territorial sea and its 200 nautical mile exclusive economic zone. The United States has also enacted Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, or CERCLA, which applies to the discharge of hazardous substances other than oil except in limited circumstances, whether on land or at sea. OPA and CERCLA both define "owner and operator" in the case of a vessel as any person owning, operating or chartering by demise, the vessel. OPA applies to oil tankers, as well as non-tanker vessels that carry fuel oil, or bunkers, to power such vessels. CERCLA also applies to our operations.

Under OPA, vessel owners and operators are "responsible parties" and are jointly, severally and strictly liable (unless the spill results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war) for all containment and clean-up costs and other damages arising from discharges or threatened discharges of oil from their vessels. OPA defines these other damages broadly to include:

    injury to, destruction or loss of, or loss of use of, natural resources and the costs of assessment thereof;

    injury to, or economic losses resulting from, the destruction of real and personal property;

59


Table of Contents

    net loss of taxes, royalties, rents, fees or net profit revenues resulting from injury, destruction or loss of real or personal property, or natural resources;

    loss of subsistence use of natural resources that are injured, destroyed or lost;

    lost profits or impairment of earning capacity due to injury, destruction or loss of real or personal property or natural resources; and

    net cost of increased or additional public services necessitated by removal activities following a discharge of oil, such as protection from fire, safety or health hazards.

OPA contains statutory caps on liability and damages; such caps do not apply to direct cleanup costs. Effective December 21, 2015, the USCG adjusted the limits of OPA liability for non-tank vessels, edible oil tank vessels, and any oil spill response vessels, to the greater of $1,100 per gross ton or $939,800 (subject to periodic adjustment for inflation). These limits of liability do not apply if an incident was proximately caused by the violation of an applicable U.S. federal safety, construction or operating regulation by a responsible party (or its agent, employee or a person acting pursuant to a contractual relationship), or a responsible party's gross negligence or willful misconduct. The limitation on liability similarly does not apply if the responsible party fails or refuses to (i) report the incident where the responsible party knows or has reason to know of the incident; (ii) reasonably cooperate and assist as requested in connection with oil removal activities; or (iii) without sufficient cause, comply with an order issued under the Federal Water Pollution Act (Section 311 (c), (e)) or the Intervention on the High Seas Act.

CERCLA contains a similar liability regime whereby owners and operators of vessels are liable for cleanup, removal and remedial costs, as well as damage for injury to, or destruction or loss of, natural resources, including the reasonable costs associated with assessing same, and health assessments or health effects studies. There is no liability if the discharge of a hazardous substance results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war. Liability under CERCLA is limited to the greater of $300 per gross ton or $5 million for vessels carrying a hazardous substance as cargo and the greater of $300 per gross ton or $500,000 for any other vessel. These limits do not apply (rendering the responsible person liable for the total cost of response and damages) if the release or threat of release of a hazardous substance resulted from willful misconduct or negligence, or the primary cause of the release was a violation of applicable safety, construction or operating standards or regulations. The limitation on liability also does not apply if the responsible person fails or refuses to provide all reasonable cooperation and assistance as requested in connection with response activities where the vessel is subject to OPA.

OPA and CERCLA both require owners and operators of vessels to establish and maintain with the USCG evidence of financial responsibility sufficient to meet the maximum amount of liability to which the particular responsible person may be subject. Vessel owners and operators may satisfy their financial responsibility obligations by providing a proof of insurance, a surety bond, qualification as a self-insurer or a guarantee. We comply in all material respects with the USCG's financial responsibility regulations by providing a certificate of responsibility evidencing sufficient self-insurance.

We currently maintain pollution liability coverage insurance in the amount of $1.0 billion per incident for each of our vessels. If the damages from a catastrophic spill were to exceed our insurance coverage it could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

OPA specifically permits individual states to impose their own liability regimes with regard to oil pollution incidents occurring within their boundaries, provided they accept, at a minimum, the levels of liability established under OPA. Some states have enacted legislation providing for unlimited liability for oil spills. In some cases, states, which have enacted such legislation have not yet issued implementing regulations defining vessel owners' responsibilities under these laws. We comply in all material respects with all existing applicable state regulations in the ports where our vessels call.

The 2010 Deepwater Horizon oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico may also result in additional legislative or regulatory initiatives, including the raising of liability caps under OPA or more stringent operational requirements. We cannot predict what additional requirements, if any, may be enacted and what effect, if any, such requirements may have on our operations.

    Other Environmental Initiatives

The CWA prohibits the discharge of oil or other substances in U.S. navigable waters unless authorized by a duly-issued permit or exemption, and imposes strict liability in the form of penalties for any unauthorized discharges. The CWA also imposes substantial liability for the costs of removal, remediation and damages and complements the remedies available under OPA and CERCLA. In addition, many U.S. states that

60


Table of Contents

border a navigable waterway have enacted environmental pollution laws that impose strict liability on a person for removal costs and damages resulting from a discharge of oil or a release of a hazardous substance. These laws may be more stringent than U.S. federal law.

The EPA regulates the discharge of ballast water and other substances in U.S. waters under the CWA. EPA regulations require vessels 79 feet in length or longer (other than commercial fishing and recreational vessels) to comply with a Vessel General Permit, or VGP, that authorizes ballast water discharges and other discharges incidental to the operation of vessels. For a new vessel delivered to an owner or operator after September 19, 2009 to be covered by the VGP, the owner must submit a Notice of Intent, or NOI, at least 30 days before the vessel operates in U.S. waters. The VGP imposes technology and water-quality based effluent limits for certain types of discharges and establishes specific inspection, monitoring, record keeping and reporting requirements to ensure the effluent limits are met. The EPA renewed and revised the VGP, effective December 19, 2013. The VGP now contains numeric ballast water discharge limits for most vessels to reduce the risk of invasive species in U.S. waters and more stringent requirements for exhaust gas scrubbers and requires the use of environmentally acceptable lubricants.

The USCG regulations adopted under the U.S. National Invasive Species Act, or NISA, also impose mandatory ballast water management practices for all vessels equipped with ballast water tanks entering or operating in U.S. waters. As of June 21, 2012, the USCG adopted revised ballast water management regulations that established standards for allowable concentrations of living organisms in ballast water discharged from vessels in U.S. waters. The USCG must approve any technology before it is placed on a vessel, but to date has approved only a handful of technologies necessary for vessels to meet the foregoing standards.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, as of January 1, 2014, vessels are technically subject to the phasing-in of these standards. As a result, the USCG in the past provided waivers to vessels which could not install the then unapproved ballast water treatment technology, but has begun to deny requests for waivers in light of its recent approval of a handful of technologies. In March 2018 the USCG published guidance on the limited circumstances in which it would authorize extension of a vessel's compliance date and further indicated that extensions will generally not be granted for more than twelve months. The EPA, on the other hand, has taken a different approach to enforcing ballast discharge standards under the VGP. On December 27, 2013, the EPA issued an enforcement response policy in connection with the new VGP in which the EPA indicated that it would take into account the reasons why vessels do not have the requisite technology installed, but will not grant any waivers.

It should also be noted that in October 2015, the Second Circuit Court of Appeals issued a ruling that directed the EPA to redraft the sections of the 2013 VGP that address ballast water. However, the Second Circuit stated that 2013 VGP, which is scheduled to expire in December 2018, will remain in effect until the EPA issues a new VGP.

Compliance with the EPA and the USCG regulations could require the installation of equipment on our vessels to treat ballast water before it is discharged or the implementation of other port facility disposal arrangements or procedures at potentially substantial cost, or may otherwise restrict our vessels from entering U.S. waters. While we believe that our vessels have been or will be fitted with systems that will comply with the standards, those systems may not be approved. If they are not approved it could have an adverse material impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations depending on the available ballast water treatment systems and the extent to which existing vessels must be modified to accommodate such systems. In addition, certain states have enacted more stringent discharge standards as conditions to their required certification of the VGP. It presently remains unclear how the ballast water requirements set forth by the EPA, the USCG, and IMO BWM Convention, some of which are in effect and some which are pending, will co-exist.

The U.S. Clean Air Act of 1970, as amended by the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977 and 1990, or the CAA, requires the EPA to promulgate standards applicable to emissions of volatile organic compounds and other air contaminants. Our vessels will be subject to vapor control and recovery requirements for certain cargoes when loading, unloading, ballasting, cleaning and conducting other operations in regulated port areas. Our vessels that operate in such port areas with restricted cargoes are equipped with vapor recovery systems that satisfy these requirements. The CAA also requires states to adopt State Implementation Plans, or SIPs, designed to attain national health-based air quality standards in primarily major metropolitan and/or industrial areas. Several SIPs regulate emissions resulting from vessel loading and unloading operations by requiring the installation of vapor control equipment. As indicated above, our

61


Table of Contents

vessels operating in covered port areas are equipped with vapor recovery systems that satisfy these existing requirements.

    European Union Regulations

In October 2009, the European Union amended a directive to impose criminal sanctions for illicit ship-source discharges of polluting substances, including minor discharges, if committed with intent, recklessly or with serious negligence and the discharges individually or in the aggregate result in deterioration of the quality of water. Aiding and abetting the discharge of a polluting substance may also lead to criminal penalties. Member states were required to enact laws or regulations to comply with the directive by the end of 2010. Criminal liability for pollution may result in substantial penalties or fines and increased civil liability claims. The directive applies to all types of vessels, irrespective of their flag, but certain exceptions apply to warships or where human safety or that of the vessel is in danger.

The European Union has adopted several regulations and directives requiring, among other things, more frequent inspections of high-risk vessels, as determined by type, age, flag, and the number of times the vessel has been detained. The European Union also adopted and then extended a ban on substandard vessels and enacted a minimum ban period and a definitive ban for repeated offenses. The regulation also provided the European Union with greater authority and control over classification societies, by imposing more requirements on classification societies and providing for fines or penalty payments for organizations that failed to comply.

    Greenhouse Gas Regulations

Currently, the emissions of greenhouse gases from international shipping are not subject to the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, which entered into force in 2005 and pursuant to which adopting countries have been required to implement national programs to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. The 2015 United Nations Convention on Climate Change Conference in Paris resulted in the Paris Agreement, which entered into force on November 4, 2016 and aims to limit global temperature rise below 2 degrees celsius above pre-industrial levels and to pursue efforts to limit temperature increase even further to 1.5 degrees celsius. The Paris Agreement does not directly limit greenhouse gas emissions from vessels. The IMO has taken a number of measures to address greenhouse gas emissions associated with international shipping. As of January 1, 2013, vessels were required to comply with new MEPC mandatory requirements relating to energy efficiency to address greenhouse gas emissions from vessels. In addition, MEPC 70 approved a "roadmap" for developing an IMO strategy by 2018 on reduction of greenhouse gas emissions from vessels. In April 2018, MEPC 72 adopted an initial strategy to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from shipping by at least 50% by 2050 compared to 2008 levels, while pursuing efforts towards phasing them out entirely as "a pathway of CO 2 emissions reduction consistent with the Paris Agreement temperature goals". The initial strategy is due to be revised and adopted by 2023.

Although international shipping is not covered by the European Union's current greenhouse gas emissions reduction targets the European Union has threatened to include shipping in its emissions trading system by 2023 if the IMO does not have a satisfactory greenhouse gas emissions strategy in place by 2021. In 2013 the European Commission set out a strategy for progressively integrating maritime emissions into the European Union's policy for reducing its greenhouse gas emissions, with the first step being monitoring, reporting and verification of greenhouse gas emissions from large ships calling at European Union ports. Towards this end, in April 2015, a regulation was adopted requiring that large vessels (over 5,000 gross tons) calling at European Union ports from January 2018 collect and publish data on carbon dioxide emissions and other information.

In the United States, the EPA has issued a finding that greenhouse gases endanger the public health and safety, has adopted regulations to limit greenhouse gas emissions from certain mobile sources and has proposed regulations to limit greenhouse gas emissions from large stationary sources. Although the mobile source emissions regulations do not apply to greenhouse gas emissions from vessels, the EPA has received petitions from the California Attorney General and environmental groups to regulate greenhouse gas emissions from ocean-going vessels. Furthermore, in the United States individual states can also enact environmental regulations. For example, California has introduced caps for greenhouse gas emission and, at the end of 2016, signaled it might take additional actions regarding climate change.

Any passage of climate control legislation or other regulatory initiatives by the IMO, European Union, the U.S. or other countries where we operate, or any treaty adopted at the international level to succeed the

62


Table of Contents

Kyoto Protocol or Paris Agreement, that restrict emissions of greenhouse gases could require us to make significant financial expenditures which we cannot predict with certainty at this time. Even in the absence of climate control legislation, our business may be indirectly affected to the extent that climate change may result in sea level changes or more intense weather events.

    International Labour Organization

The International Labour Organization, or ILO, is a specialized agency of the UN with headquarters in Geneva, Switzerland. The ILO has adopted the Maritime Labor Convention 2006, or MLC 2006. A Maritime Labor Certificate and a Declaration of Maritime Labor Compliance will be required to ensure compliance with the MLC 2006 for all vessels above 500 gross tons in international trade. The MLC 2006 came into force on August 20, 2013. Amendments to MLC were adopted in 2014 and 2016. We are in compliance with MLC 2006.

    Vessel Security Regulations

Since the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, there have been a variety of initiatives intended to enhance vessel security. On November 25, 2002, MTSA came into effect. To implement certain portions of the MTSA, in July 2003, the USCG issued regulations requiring the implementation of certain security requirements aboard vessels operating in waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. The regulations also impose requirements on certain ports and facilities, some of which are regulated by the EPA.

Similarly, in December 2002, amendments to SOLAS created a new chapter of the convention dealing specifically with maritime security. The new Chapter XI-2 became effective in July 2004 and imposes various detailed security obligations on vessels and port authorities, and mandates compliance with the ISPS Code. The ISPS Code is designed to enhance the security of ports and vessels against terrorism. After July 1, 2004, to trade internationally, a vessel must attain an International Ship Security Certificate, or ISSC, from a recognized security organization approved by the vessel's flag state. The following are among the various requirements, some of which are found in SOLAS:

    on-board installation of automatic identification systems to provide a means for the automatic transmission of safety-related information from among similarly equipped vessels and shore stations, including information on a vessel's identity, position, course, speed and navigational status;

    on-board installation of vessel security alert systems, which do not sound on the vessel but only alert the authorities on shore;

    the development of a vessel security plan;

    vessel identification number to be permanently marked on a vessel's hull;

    a continuous synopsis record kept onboard showing a vessel's history including the name of the vessel, the state whose flag the vessel is entitled to fly, the date on which the vessel was registered with that state, the vessel's identification number, the port at which the vessel is registered and the name of the registered owner(s) and their registered address; and

    compliance with flag state security certification requirements.

Any vessel operating without a valid certificate may be detained at port until it obtains an International Ship Security Certificate, or ISSC, or it may be expelled from port, or refused entry at port.

The USCG regulations, intended to align with international maritime security standards, exempt non-U.S. vessels from MTSA vessel security measures, provided such vessels have on board a valid ISSC that attests to the vessel's compliance with SOLAS security requirements and the ISPS Code. We or our third-party technical managers, as applicable, implement the various security measures addressed by MTSA, SOLAS and the ISPS Code, and our Fleet complies in all material respects with applicable security requirements.

    Inspection by Classification Societies

Every oceangoing vessel must be "classed" by a classification society. The classification society certifies that the vessel is "in class," signifying that the vessel has been built and maintained in accordance with the rules of the classification society and complies with applicable rules and regulations of the vessel's country of registry and the international conventions of which that country is a member. In addition, where surveys are required by international conventions and corresponding laws and ordinances of a flag state, the

63


Table of Contents

classification society will undertake them on application or by official order, acting on behalf of the authorities concerned.

The classification society also undertakes on request other surveys and checks that are required by regulations and requirements of the flag state. These surveys are subject to agreements made in each individual case and/or to the regulations of the country concerned.

For maintenance of the class certification, regular and extraordinary surveys of hull, machinery, including the electrical plant, and any special equipment classed are required to be performed as follows:

Annual Surveys.     For seagoing vessels, annual surveys are conducted for the hull and the machinery, including the electrical plant and where applicable for special equipment classed, at intervals of 12 months from the date of commencement of the class period indicated in the certificate.

Intermediate Surveys.     Extended annual surveys are referred to as intermediate surveys and typically are conducted two and one-half years after commissioning and each class renewal. Intermediate surveys may be carried out on the occasion of the second or third annual survey.

Class Renewal Surveys.     Class renewal surveys, also known as special surveys, are carried out for the vessel's hull, machinery, including the electrical plant, and for any special equipment classed, at the intervals indicated by the character of classification for the hull. At the special survey the vessel is drydocked and is thoroughly examined, including audio-gauging to determine the thickness of the steel structures. Should the thickness be found to be less than class requirements, the classification society would prescribe steel renewals. The classification society may grant a one-year grace period for completion of the special survey. Substantial amounts of money may have to be spent for steel renewals to pass a special survey if the vessel experiences excessive wear and tear. In lieu of the special survey every four or five years, depending on whether a grace period was granted, a vessel owner has the option of arranging with the classification society for the vessel's hull or machinery to be on a continuous survey cycle, in which every part of the vessel would be surveyed within a five-year cycle. Upon a vessel owner's request, the surveys required for class renewal may be split according to an agreed schedule to extend over the entire period of class. This process is referred to as continuous class renewal.

All areas subject to survey as defined by the classification society are required to be surveyed at least once per class period, unless shorter intervals between surveys are prescribed elsewhere. The period between two subsequent surveys of each area must not exceed five years. Vessels under five years of age can waive drydocking in order to increase available days and decrease capital expenditures, provided the vessel is inspected underwater.

Most of our vessels are drydocked every 30 to 36 months for inspection of the underwater parts and for repairs related to inspections. If any defects are found, the classification surveyor will issue a "recommendation" which must be rectified by the vessel owner within prescribed time limits.

Most insurance underwriters make it a condition for insurance coverage that a vessel be certified as "in class" by a classification society which is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies, or the IACS. In 2012, the IACS issued draft harmonized Common Structural Rules, that align with the IMO goals standards, and were adopted in winter 2013. All our vessels are certified as being "in class" by the American Bureau of Shipping, or ABS, Det Norske Veritas, or DNV, Bureua Veritas, or BV, and Class NK, or NK. All new and secondhand vessels that we acquire must be certified prior to their delivery under our standard purchase contracts and memoranda of agreement. If the vessel is not certified on the date of closing, we generally have no obligation to take delivery of the vessel except in circumstances where the damage is easily remedied, in which case we will take delivery of the vessel and have a claim for damages.

    Oil Company Tanker Vetting Process

Traditionally there have been relatively few charterers in the oil transportation business and that part of the industry has been undergoing consolidation. The oil majors, together with a few smaller companies, represent a significant percentage of the production, trading and, especially, seaborne transportation of crude oil and refined petroleum products worldwide. Concerns about the environment have led oil majors to develop and implement a strict due diligence process, known as vetting, when selecting vessels and considering their managers. Vetting has evolved into a sophisticated and comprehensive assessment of both the vessel and the vessel technical manager. While numerous factors are considered and evaluated prior to a commercial decision, the oil majors, through their association, Oil Companies International Marine Forum, or OCIMF, have developed two basic assessment tools: the Ship Inspection Report

64


Table of Contents

program, or SIRE, and the Tanker Management & Self-Assessment program, or TMSA. The former is a physical vessel inspection based upon a thorough vessel inspection questionnaire and performed by accredited OCIMF inspectors, resulting in a report being logged on SIRE, while the latter is a recent addition to the risk assessment tools used by the oil majors. Based upon commercial risk, there are three levels of assessment used by oil majors:

    terminal use, which clears a vessel to call at one of the oil major's terminals;

    voyage charter, which clears the vessel for a single voyage; and

    period charter, which clears the vessel for use for an extended period of time.

The depth and complexity of each of these levels of assessment varies. Each charter agreement for our vessels requires that the applicable vessel have a valid SIRE report (less than six months old) in the OCIMF website as recommended by OCIMF. In addition, under the terms of the charter agreements, the charterers require that our vessels and their technical managers be vetted and approved to transport crude oil or refined petroleum products (as applicable). The technical manager, whether us or our appointed third-party manager, is responsible for obtaining and maintaining the vetting approvals required to successfully charter our vessels.

Risk of Loss and Liability Insurance

The operation of any drybulk carrier or tanker includes risks such as mechanical and structural failure, hull damage, collision, property loss, cargo loss or damage, business interruption due to political circumstances in foreign countries, piracy, hostilities and labor strikes. In addition, there is always an inherent possibility of marine disaster, including oil spills and other environmental incidents, and the liabilities arising from owning and operating vessels in international trade. OPA, which imposes virtually unlimited liability upon owners, operators and demise charterers of vessels trading in the United States exclusive economic zone for certain oil pollution incidents in the United States, has made liability insurance more expensive for vessel owners and operators trading in the United States market.

We maintain hull and machinery insurance, war risks insurance, protection and indemnity cover, and freight, demurrage and defense cover for our Fleet in amounts that we believe to be prudent to cover day-to-day risks in our operations. We do not maintain cover for loss of hire or earnings arising out of insured peril events other than limited loss coverage relating to defined war risk events. However, we may not be able to achieve or maintain this level of coverage throughout a vessel's useful life. In addition, while we believe that the insurance coverage that we have obtained is adequate, not all risks can be insured, and there can be no guarantee that any specific claim will be paid, or that we will always be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates.

Hull and Machinery and War Risks Insurance

We maintain marine hull and machinery and war risks insurance, which will include the risk of actual or constructive total loss, for all of our owned vessels. Each of our vessels is covered up to at least fair market value with deductibles ranging between $75,000 to $112,500 per vessel per incident. We also maintain increased value coverage for most of our vessels. Under this increased value coverage, in the event of total loss of a vessel, we will be able to recover the sum insured under the increased value policy in addition to the sum insured under the hull and machinery policy. Increased value insurance also covers excess liabilities which are not recoverable under our hull and machinery policy by reason of under insurance.

Protection and Indemnity Insurance

Protection and indemnity insurance is provided by mutual protection and indemnity associations, or P&I Associations, which insure liabilities to third parties in connection with our shipping activities. This includes third-party liability and other related expenses resulting from the injury or death of crew, passengers and other third parties, the loss or damage to cargo, claims arising from collisions with other vessels, damage to other third-party property, pollution arising from oil or other substances and salvage, towing and other related costs, including wreck removal. Our P&I coverage will be subject to and in accordance with the rules of the P&I Association in which the vessel is entered. Protection and indemnity insurance is a form of mutual indemnity insurance, extended by protection and indemnity mutual associations, or clubs. Except for pollution and passenger and crew claims, our coverage is unlimited but restricted to amounts as determined by law including laws pertaining to limitation of liability. Cover for pollution claims are limited to $1.0 billion and cover for passenger and crew claims are restricted to $3.0 billion.

65


Table of Contents

Our protection and indemnity insurance coverage for pollution will be $1.0 billion per vessel per incident. The thirteen P&I Associations that comprise the International Group insure approximately 90% of the world's commercial tonnage and have entered into a pooling agreement to reinsure each association's liabilities. Each P&I Association has capped its exposure to this pooling agreement at a floating rate that is generally valued at approximately $6.5 billion. As a member of a P&I Association which is a member of the International Group, we are subject to calls payable to the associations based on the group's claim records as well as the claim records of all other members of the individual associations and members of the pool of P&I Associations comprising the International Group.

Not all risks are insured and not all risks are insurable. The principal insurable risks which nonetheless remain uninsured across our Fleet are "loss of hire" and "strikes," except in cases of loss of hire due to war risk event. Specifically, we do not insure these risks because the costs are regarded as disproportionate. These insurances provide, subject to a deductible, a limited indemnity for hire that would not be receivable by the vessel owner for reasons set forth in the policy. Should a vessel on time charter, where the vessel earns fixed hire day by day, suffer a serious mechanical breakdown, the daily hire will no longer be payable by the charterer for the period of off-hire. Under some circumstances, an event of force majeure may also permit the charterer to terminate the time charter or suspend payment of charter hire. The purpose of the loss of hire insurance is to secure the loss of hire during such periods. In the case of strikes insurance, if a vessel is being paid a fixed sum to perform a voyage and the vessel becomes strike bound at a loading or discharging port, the insurance covers the loss of earnings during such periods.

Permits and Authorizations

We are required by various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to obtain certain permits, licenses and certificates with respect to our vessels. The kinds of permits, licenses and certificates required depend upon several factors, including the commodity transported, the waters in which the vessel operates, the nationality of the vessel's crew and the age of a vessel. We believe that we have obtained all permits, licenses and certificates currently required to permit our vessels to operate our business as currently conducted. Additional laws and regulations, environmental or otherwise, may be adopted which could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of us doing business.

Emerging Growth Company

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to, and intend to, take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requiring that our independent registered public accounting firm provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting; and any rules that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor's report on the financial statements. We currently prepare our combined financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB, which do not have separate provisions for publicly traded and private companies. However, in the event we convert to U.S. GAAP in the future while we are still an emerging growth company, we may be able to take advantage of the benefits of Section 107 of the JOBS Act, which provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We intend to take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the date of our first sale of equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our ordinary shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. See "Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors—Risks Relating to our Ordinary Shares—The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or JOBS Act, will allow Grindrod Shipping to postpone the date by which it must comply with some of the laws and regulations intended to protect investors and to reduce the amount of information provided in Grindrod Shipping's reports filed with the SEC, which could undermine investor confidence in Grindrod Shipping and adversely affect the market price of Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares."

66


Table of Contents

Foreign Private Issuer

We are a "foreign private issuer" as defined by the rules under pursuant to Rule 405 under the Securities Act. Our status as a foreign private issuer exempts us from compliance with certain laws and regulations of the SEC and certain regulations of the NASDAQ, including the proxy rules, the short-swing profits recapture rules of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and certain governance requirements, such as independent director oversight of the nomination of directors and executive compensation. In addition, we will not be required to file annual, quarterly and current reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. domestic companies registered under the Exchange Act and we will generally be exempt from filing quarterly reports with the SEC. Furthermore, we will also not be subject to the requirements of Regulation FD (Fair Disclosure) promulgated under the Exchange Act, which restricts the selective disclosure of material information.

We may take advantage of these exemptions for foreign private issuers until such time as we are no longer a foreign private issuer. We are required to determine our status as a foreign private issuer on an annual basis at the end of our second fiscal quarter. We would cease to be a foreign private issuer at such time as more than 50% of our outstanding voting securities are held by U.S. residents and any of the following three circumstances applies: (1) the majority of our executive officers or directors are U.S. citizens or residents; (2) more than 50% of our assets are located in the United States; or (3) our business is administered principally in the United States. See "Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Ordinary Shares—Grindrod Shipping may lose its foreign private issuer status, which would then require it to comply with the Exchange Act's domestic reporting regime and cause Grindrod Shipping to incur additional legal, accounting and other expenses".

Legal Proceedings

We may, from time to time, be involved in litigation and claims arising out of our operations in the normal course of business that may be brought against us, that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations, cash flows or liquidity. From time to time we may face claims which fall outside the scope of our insurance coverage. In respect of such claims, we purchase FD&D insurance, which is discretionary coverage for the costs of defending or prosecuting such claims (for example, claims of a purely contractual nature, or collection of freight and demurrage). Those claims, even if covered by insurance and/or lacking merit, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources.

We currently are involved in a dispute with Her Majesty's Revenue & Customs service of the United Kingdom, or HMRC, regarding a tax of 28% on a balancing charge against one of our subsidiaries. This tax relates to the purchase of the Torea vessel in December 2010 (which we subsequently sold in October 2017) following the vessel coming out of the U.K. tonnage tax regime earlier in the period. An adverse resolution of this dispute could result in an additional tax liability to us of approximately $5.1 million plus interest on late paid tax. While defenses are available to us, a liability amount of $2.4 million has been recorded in our combined financial statements. The HMRC has issued a Closure Notice indicating that this tax is payable, which we have appealed. The HMRC has recently provided us correspondence indicating that they intend to respond to our appeal by May 18, 2018, although that date may be extended. Should the outcome of the appeal be negative, we will appeal to the Tax Tribunal in London and it is not currently possible to predict when the dispute will be finalized.

C.    Organizational Structure

Grindrod Shipping is a company incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Singapore. We directly own two subsidiaries through which business operations are conducted and staff are employed, one is a Singapore company and the other is a South African company. Each of our wholly owned vessels is held through separate, wholly owned subsidiaries of our Singapore subsidiary, each of which is incorporated predominantly in Singapore, with one incorporated in the Marshall Islands. Please see Exhibit 8.1 to this registration statement for a list of our current subsidiaries.

D.    Property, Plants and Equipment

We do not own any material real property. We lease office space in several countries where we have staff or operations. Our largest offices are in Singapore, South Africa and the United Kingdom. Our main material assets consist of our vessels which are owned through several partly and wholly owned subsidiaries. See "—Organizational Structure" above.

For a description of our Fleet, see "—History and Development of the Company" and "—Business Overview—Our Fleet" above.

ITEM 4A.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.

67


Table of Contents

ITEM 5.    OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

You should read the following management's discussion and analysis and results of operations and financial condition together with our combined financial statements, including the notes, and the other financial information appearing elsewhere in this registration statement. Certain information contained in this discussion and analysis and elsewhere in this registration statement includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See "Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-looking Statements" and "Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors" for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in this registration statement.

Overview

We are an international shipping company that owns, charters-in and operates a fleet of drybulk carriers and tankers. We own some of our vessels directly and some of our vessels in joint venture arrangements. We operate two businesses primarily in: the drybulk carriers business, which is further divided into handysize, supramax, and other operating segments; and the tankers business, which is further divided into medium range tankers, small tankers, and other operating segments. Activities that do not relate to these business segments are accumulated in an "unallocated" segment. Our historical business also includes a container business which we held through Ocean Africa Container Lines division, or OACL, and a bunker business which we held through Unicorn Bunker Services (Pty) Ltd, or Unicorn Bunker, both of which were separated from Grindrod Shipping in the first quarter of 2018. See "—The Spin-Off" below.

Our handysize and supramax operating fleet consists of 25 owned drybulk carriers (including 15 drybulk carriers that we own through joint ventures) and eight long-term chartered-in drybulk carriers. We have 20 handysize drybulk carriers and 13 supramax drybulk carriers in our operating fleet with sizes ranging from 28,240 dwt to 61,420 dwt. Our drybulk carriers transport a broad range of major and minor bulk and breakbulk commodities, including ores, coal, grains, forestry products, steel products and fertilizers, along worldwide shipping routes, and are currently employed in pools of similarly sized vessels or in the spot market.

Our tanker operating fleet consists of 12 owned tankers (including six tankers that we own through joint ventures) and three long-term chartered-in tankers. We have 11 medium range tankers and four small tankers in our operating fleet with sizes ranging from 16,480 dwt to 51,570 dwt. Our tankers carry petroleum products, which include both clean products, such as petrol, diesel, jet fuel and naptha, and dirty products, such as heavy fuel oil. Our tankers do not carry crude oil. Our tankers are also classed to carry low hazard chemical products, which include liquid bulk vegetable oils. Our tankers are currently employed in pools of similarly sized vessels, commercially managed by one of our joint venture partners or third parties, and under various other arrangements, including charter-out, bareboat charter, under contracts of COAs or in the spot market.

Recent Developments

As discussed above, effective as of January 1, 2018, we disposed of OACL and Unicorn Bunker to another Parent subsidiary for $20.9 million and $15.5 million, respectively. These businesses will not be part of our results of operations for periods following the disposal on January 1, 2018. See "Item 18. Financial Statements—Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information".

Components of Our Operating Results

Revenues.     Revenues include vessel revenue, ship sales, and other revenue. Vessel revenues consist of charter hire revenue and freight revenue. Charter hire revenues primarily relate to time charter contracts and freight revenues primarily relate to voyage charter contracts and pool distributions (which consist of distributions to us of net earnings relating to our vessels in pools operated by third parties). Ship sales include ship sales as well as the sale of bunkers and other consumables relating to ships sold. Other revenue includes management fees and other revenue.

We generate revenues by charging customers for their use of our vessels or for the transportation by us of their drybulk and liquid bulk cargoes. Historically, these services generally have been provided by operating our vessels in commercial pools, in the spot market, and on time charters. We also manage our charter rate risk and employment risk by using forward freight arrangements and entering into COAs.

68


Table of Contents

The table below illustrates in general the primary distinctions among these different employment arrangements.

 
  Commercial Pool   Spot Market   Time Charters

Typical contract length

  Varies   Varies   Varies

Charter hire rate basis (1)

  Varies   Varies   Daily

Voyage expenses

  Pool pays   We or customer pays   Customer pays

Vessel operating costs for owned vessels

  We pay   We pay   We pay

Charter hire expense for vessels chartered-in by us

  We pay   We pay   We pay

Off-hire (2)

  Pool does not pay   Customer does not pay   Customer does not pay

(1)
"Charter hire rate" refers to the basic payment from the charterer for the use of the vessel under time charter.

(2)
"Off-hire" refers to the time a vessel is not available for service due primarily to scheduled and unscheduled repairs or drydockings. For time chartered-in vessels, we do not pay the charter hire expense when the vessel is off-hire. And for time chartered-out vessels, the charterer is not obliged to pay us the charter hire expense when the vessel is off-hire.

We also generate revenues by acting as commercial manager for vessels owned by our joint ventures or by third parties, and as technical manager for vessels owned by our joint ventures. The commercial management services we provide are in respect of our management and operation of our drybulk handysize pool, or the IVS Handysize Pool, and our drybulk supramax pool, or the IVS Supramax Pool, and the commercial management of three large drybulk handysize vessels we own through a joint venture that, due to their size, do not trade in the IVS Handysize Pool. Commercial management fees are charged per vessel as a fixed daily fee plus a fixed percentage of the TCE revenue achieved by the managed vessel. Technical management fees are charged at an agreed fixed amount per year or part thereof to cover our time and expertise.

Cost of sales.     Cost of sales includes charter hire expenses, which primarily relate to time charter contracts; voyage expenses which represent the direct costs associated with operating a vessel between loading and discharge at the applicable ports and include pool distributions (which consist of net earnings payable to third-party and joint venture owners of vessels in the pools we manage), fuel expenses, port expenses, other expenses and freight forward agreements; depreciation and amortization; vessel operating costs, which consist of crew expenses, repairs and maintenance, insurance, and other costs associated with the technical management of the Fleet; cost of ship sales, which consist of cost of sales on sale of ships classified as inventories and cost of sales on sale of bunkers and other consumables; ships classified as lease rentals (relating to charter hire revenue for the OACL business (as defined below)); and other expenses, which consist of container expenses, freight expenses, cargo handling, provision for onerous contracts, and other logistic purchases.

Other operating income.     Other operating income consists of dividend income and foreign exchange gain.

Administrative expenses.     Administrative expenses comprise general corporate overhead expenses, including personnel costs, property costs, audit fees, legal and professional fees, and other general administrative expenses. Personnel costs include, among other things, salaries and short- and long-term incentives, pension costs, fringe benefits, travel costs and health insurance. Administrative expenses may increase in connection with becoming a publicly reporting, listed entity, as a result of, among other things, increased audit, legal and professional fees and listing and exchange related costs. In addition, personnel costs may increase for a number of reasons, including in connection with relocation of certain management personnel to our Singapore office in connection with the Spin-Off.

Other operating expenses.     Other operating expenses consist of impairment loss on assets, foreign exchange loss, loss on disposal of investment in subsidiaries and other operating expenses.

Share of losses of joint ventures.     Share of losses of joint ventures relates to operating profits or losses attributable to our joint ventures. Our joint ventures are accounted for on an equity basis.

Interest income.     Interest income primarily relates to interest on loans to joint ventures; bank interests; and other interests.

Interest expense.     Interest expense primarily relates to interest on ship loans, interest on loans from related companies and interest on bank loans.

69


Table of Contents

Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations and Financial Condition

The principal factors which affect our results of operations and financial condition include:

    strength of world economies, in particularly in China and the rest of the Asia-Pacific region;

    cyclicality in the drybulk and tanker industries and volatility of charter rates which is impacted by supply and demand;

    seasonality;

    our ability to successfully compete in the drybulk and tanker markets and employ or procure the employment of our vessels at economically attractive rates;

    changes in supply of drybulk and tanker vessels;

    the duration of our charter contracts and market conditions when charters expire;

    our decisions relating to vessel acquisitions and disposals and our ability to buy and sell vessels, and to charter-in vessels at prices we deem satisfactory;

    the strength of and growth in the number of our customer relationships;

    an increase in the price of bunker or other market-related increases to components of our costs of sales;

    depreciation on our vessels and potential impairment charges;

    the amount of time and expense that we spend positioning our vessels;

    loss of operating days through accidents or other damage to our vessels, as well as a result of disruptions along our operating routes;

    the failure of counterparties to fully perform their contracts with us;

    the required maintenance capital expenditures relating to our vessels and other administrative expenses;

    the amount of expense incurred, and time that our vessels spend, in drydock undergoing repairs;

    the age, condition and specifications of our vessels;

    the effective and efficient technical management of our vessels and our vessel operating costs;

    our ability to satisfy the technical, health, safety and compliance standards of our customers, especially major oil companies;

    our ability to access capital to finance our fleet, including our ability to pay down our existing credit facilities if the fair market values of our vessels decline;

    our level of debt and related interest expense;

    corruption, piracy, militant activities, political instability and terrorism in locations where we may operate;

    losses or provisions for losses on uncollectible revenues;

    the effectiveness of forward freight agreements, bunker swaps and other contracts we may enter into to manage our revenues and expenses and costs in unwinding them;

    the cost and adequacy or otherwise of our insurance coverage;

    fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; and

    inflation.

The Spin-Off

Our combined financial statements have been prepared on a stand-alone basis and are derived from combining the financial statements of Parent's wholly-owned shipping business subsidiaries, Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., or GSPL, and Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd, or GSSA, which we will acquire immediately prior to the Spin-Off.

In addition, the combined financial statements include components of Parent's shipping business which will not be transferred to us in the Spin-Off. In the first quarter of 2018, we sold two of GSSA's businesses, OACL and Unicorn Bunker, to another Parent subsidiary and such businesses will not be part of our results of operations for periods following the disposal on January 1, 2018, however, the proceeds from these sales will remain with us following the Spin-Off.

70


Table of Contents

The OACL and Unicorn Bunker businesses have been identified as niche South African operations involving assets that are either landlocked within the ports of Durban and Cape Town, or entirely land based, being terminal and warehouse operations all of which are subject to specific South African regulations, local competition and governmental initiatives which management believes will be difficult to manage from an international holding company and will detract from the core drybulk carriers and tankers businesses that are operated on a global scale.

Accordingly, our historical results of operations may not be indicative of our future results of operations or financial condition as a separate, stand-alone public company.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

The financial information included in this registration statement includes certain "non-GAAP financial measures" as such term is defined in SEC regulations governing the use of non-GAAP financial measures. Generally, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a company's operating performance, financial position or cash flows that excludes or includes amounts that are included in, or excluded from, the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with IFRS. For example, non-GAAP financial measures may exclude the impact of certain unique and/or non-operating items such as acquisitions, divestitures, restructuring charges, large write-offs or items outside of management's control. Management believes that the non-GAAP financial measures described below provide investors and analysts useful insight into our financial position and operating performance.

TCE Revenue and TCE per day.     TCE revenue is defined as vessel revenues less voyage expenses. Such TCE revenue, divided by the number of our operating days during the period, is TCE per day. Vessel revenues and voyage expenses as reported for our operating segments include a proportionate share of vessel revenues and voyage expenses attributable to our joint ventures based on our proportionate ownership of the joint ventures. The number of operating days used to calculate TCE revenue per day also includes the proportionate share of our joint ventures' operating days and also includes charter-in days. TCE per day is a common shipping industry performance measure used primarily to compare daily earnings generated by vessels on time charters with daily earnings generated by vessels on voyage charters, because charter hire rates for vessels on voyage charters have to cover voyage costs and are generally not expressed in per-day amounts while charter hire rates for vessels on time charters do not cover voyage costs and generally are expressed in per day amounts.

Below is a reconciliation from TCE revenue to revenue.

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$   US$   US$  
 
  Revenue   Voyage
Expenses
  TCE
Revenue
  Revenue   Voyage
Expenses
  TCE
Revenue
  Revenue   Voyage
Expenses
  TCE
Revenue
 

Vessel revenue

                                                       

Handysize

    118,262     59,004     59,258     97,239     (53,362 )   43,877     100,775     (43,186 )   57,589  

Supramax

    156,517     76,497     80,020     116,171     (56,009 )   60,162     145,927     (66,386 )   79,541  

Medium range tankers

    42,561     7,555     35,006     48,672     (5,019 )   43,653     70,380     (3,100 )   67,280  

Small tankers

    22,740     3,725     19,015     22,561     (3,454 )   19,107     26,498     (2,832 )   23,666  

Other drybulk carriers

    56,644                 76,643                 94,218              

Other tankers

    14,186                 15,721                 13,365              

Ship sale revenue

    17,727                 12,275                 13,210              

Other revenue

    5,826                 5,134                 3,519              

Adjustments*

    (24,941 )               (22,884 )               (33,453 )            

Revenue

    409,522                 371,532                 434,439              

*
Vessel revenue earned and voyage expenses incurred by the joint-ventures are included within the operating segment information on a proportionate consolidation basis. Accordingly, joint-ventures' proportionate financial information are adjusted out to reconcile to the combined financial statements.

Vessel operating cost per day.     Vessel operating costs per day represents vessel operating costs divided by the number of calendar days for owned vessels during the period. The vessel operating costs and the number of calendar days used to calculate vessel operating costs per day includes the proportionate share of our joint ventures' vessel operating costs and operating days and excludes charter-in days.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our combined financial statements and accompanying notes are prepared in accordance with IFRS. In many instances, the application of such principles requires management to make estimates or to apply subjective principles to particular facts and circumstances. A change in the estimates or a variance in the

71


Table of Contents

application, or interpretation of IFRS could yield a materially different accounting result. A summary of our critical accounting estimates where we believe that had we made different estimations, judgments or interpretations from the ones we made, would have yielded the most significant differences in our combined financial statements, can be found in the notes to the combined financial statements. See Note 2 to the combined financial statements for a summary of all of our significant accounting policies.

Vessels and depreciation

Owned vessels are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. Cost comprises acquisition cost and costs directly related to the acquisition up until the time when the asset is ready for use, including interest expense incurred to finance the vessel during that period. The market average useful life of a vessel is estimated to range from 25 to 30 years at which point it would usually be scrapped. Our strategy is to maintain a young fleet compared to the market average. For accounting purposes, we estimate useful life as 15 years from date of delivery for new vessels. Vessels are depreciated on a straight-line basis to an estimated residual value over their useful life of 15 years.

An increase in the useful life of the vessel or in its residual value would have the effect of decreasing the annual depreciation charge and, in the case of an increased useful life, extending it into later periods. A decrease in the useful life of the vessel or in its residual value would have the effect of increasing the annual depreciation charge.

The carrying value of our vessels will not necessarily represent the fair market value of such vessels or the amount we could obtain if we were to sell any of our vessels.

Pursuant to our bank credit facilities, prior to drawdown of loans under the credit facilities we submit to the lenders open-market, individual, charter-free valuations of the vessels collateralizing the relevant facility. Thereafter, we will regularly submit to the lenders valuations of our vessels done on the same basis in order to evidence our compliance with the collateral maintenance covenants under our bank credit facilities. Such a valuation is based on the value of the vessel assuming we continue to operate the vessel until it reaches 15 years in age and then sold after that date (rather than classifying the vessel as inventories) and therefore such valuation is not necessarily the same as the amount any vessel may bring upon sale, which may be more or less, and should not be relied upon as such. We also obtain such valuations each quarter on all 100% owned vessels, joint venture owned vessels and all chartered-in vessels where there is a purchase option in our Fleet. These valuations as well as the valuations for the purposes of the bank credit facilities, are performed by an independent valuator not connected with the group, who has appropriate qualifications and relevant experience in the valuation of the vessels in the relevant sectors. We have received valuations on all 100% owned vessels, joint venture owned vessels and all chartered-in vessels where we have purchase options in our Fleet as of June 30, 2017. If we were to compare those valuations to the carrying value of our vessels as of June 30, 2017, that carrying value would exceed their valuations by an aggregate of $66 million, ranging on individual vessels from $1.5 million to $5.8 million. The valuations of our vessels can vary depending on the shipyards where they were built and the dates of delivery.

Impairment of Assets

At the end of each reporting period, and on a continuous basis, if indicators of impairment are present, the carrying amount of tangible and intangible assets is assessed to determine whether there is any indication that those assets may have suffered an impairment loss. We also assess the carrying value of our assets when we make a decision to divest of the asset for any reason, including the age of our vessels, if a joint venture that owns vessels comes to an end in accordance with its terms or if it no longer fits into our strategic planning. The recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss. For estimating the recoverable amount of an asset we may also use the market comparable approach that reflects recent transaction prices for similar assets, with similar age and specifications. We use the market comparable approach where we have decided to divest of an asset. Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs is estimated. Value in use is a key method for estimating the recoverable amount where we have not determined to divest of the asset, and is estimated taking into account discounted future cash flows, forecast market conditions and the expected lives of the assets. If the recoverable amount of an asset (or cash-generating unit) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, its carrying amount is reduced to the higher of its recoverable amount and zero. Where there is an impairment loss relating to a cash-generating unit, the impairment loss is first allocated to reduce the carrying amount of goodwill, if any, and then to the other assets of the cash-generating unit.

72


Table of Contents

Subsequent to the recognition of an impairment loss, the depreciation or amortization charge for the asset is adjusted to allocate its remaining carrying value, less any residual value, over its remaining useful life.

Impairment losses on tangible assets are recognized in profit or loss. If the estimate of the recoverable value of an asset (following an impairment loss) subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset (or cash-generating unit) is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount but limited to the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognized in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognized in profit or loss.

Impairment losses recognized on goodwill and other intangible assets are not subsequently reversed if the value of the goodwill subsequently increases. The attributable amount of goodwill is included in the calculation of profit or loss on disposal when the related business is sold.

    Vessels

In developing a value in use calculation for a vessel, we make assumptions and estimates about vessels' future performance, with the most significant assumptions relating to (i) charter rates on vessels which are based on management's estimate of the average charter rates over the remaining life of the vessel to 15 years, (ii) off-hire days, which are based on historical off-hire statistics for our fleet, (iii) operating costs, based on current levels escalated over time based on long term trends, (iv) drydocking frequency, duration and cost, (v) estimated useful life which is assessed as a total of 15 years from construction and (vi) estimated sale value of that vessel when the vessel reaches 15 years. We apply the U.S. dollar inflation rate to vessel operating costs (not including depreciation). The future cash flows are discounted to their present value using the current fiscal year's discount rate to reflect the time value of money.

Although we believe that the assumptions used to evaluate potential impairment are reasonable and appropriate, such assumptions are highly subjective. There can be no assurance as to how long term charter rates and vessel values will remain at their current levels, whether they will improve by any significant degree, or whether they will achieve the forecast charter rates estimated in the value in use calculations. Charter rates may remain at depressed levels for some time, which could adversely affect our revenue and profitability, and future assessments of vessel impairment.

The recoverable amounts of vessels that will be classified as inventories are determined based on fair value less cost of disposal, with fair value determined based on the market comparable approach that reflects recent transaction prices for similar vessels, with similar age and specifications. In valuing the vessels, the appraisers take into consideration the prevailing market conditions and make adjustments for differences where necessary before arriving at the most appropriate value for the vessels.

Management monitors developments in the market charter rates in order to assess the appropriateness of the charter rates that are utilized in the impairment analyses.

As at December 31, 2017, a change to the following estimate used in management's assessment would result in the recoverable amount of each vessel being below the carrying amount of the vessel (on the basis that each of the other key assumptions remain unchanged):

Drybulk Carriers:

    16.54% to 37.45% decrease to the charter rate; or

    10.59% to 37.38% increase to the discount rate.

Tankers:

    1.67% to 55.56% decrease to the charter rate; or

    2.32% to 20.53% increase to the discount rate.

Based on the key assumptions and taking into account the sensitivity analysis above, management determined that the estimated recoverable amount of the vessels (excluding ships classified as inventories held for sale) are appropriate. Accordingly, no further allowance impairment loss is required except for the impairment loss of $16.5 million recognized during the year ended December 31, 2017, $12.6 million recognized during the year ended December 31, 2016 and $67.8 million recognized during the year ended December 31, 2015. The impairment was largely due to the depressed charter rates and vessel values as a result of an oversupply of vessel capacity.

On December 31, 2017, we impaired the vessels to the extent of $16.5 million because we determined certain vessels no longer fit into our strategic planning. Management intends to divest or sell these vessels and use the funds to modernize the Fleet.

73


Table of Contents

    Non-Vessel

Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives or which are not available for use, and the cash-generating units to which these assets have been allocated, are tested for impairment at the end of each reporting period and on a continuous basis, even if there is no indication of impairment. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to each of the cash-generating units expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination at inception of the combination.

On December 31, 2017, we impaired the goodwill and intangible assets that arose on the acquisition of the remaining equity of one of our former joint ventures in 2014. Goodwill was impaired on December 31, 2017 by $8.5 million and the intangible assets were impaired by $3.6 million. Management took the decision to impair the value based on the fact that the profits declined from those earned in previous years and the business model has changed thereby effecting the division.

In addition, a number of vessels that were required to be impaired on December 31, 2017 were held in joint ventures which resulted in the impairment loss on ships of $43.2 million for these joint ventures which was correspondingly recorded by us as share of losses in joint ventures for $12.9 million. These vessels held by our joint ventures were impaired because they no longer fit into our strategic planning and/or the joint ventures that own vessels are coming to an end in accordance with their terms. Management intends to seek to sell these vessels and use the funds to modernize the fleet.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable. Revenue is reduced for estimated rebates, commissions and other similar allowances.

Charter hire revenue is recognized on a daily accrual basis. Freight revenue is recognized on completion of the voyage and for uncompleted voyages at year-end on the percentage of completion basis. Results of uncompleted voyages are included based on the estimated voyage result and the voyage time elapsed. Anticipated losses for contracts arising on uncompleted voyages are provided in full.

Sales of ships, bunkers and consumables are recognized when all the following conditions are satisfied:

    we have transferred to the buyer the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods;

    we have retained neither continuing managerial involvement to the degree usually associated with ownership nor effective control over the goods sold;

    the amount of revenue can be measured reliably;

    it is probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the entity; and

    the costs incurred or to be incurred in respect of the transaction can be measured reliably.

Management fee income is recognized on accrual basis over the period of services rendered.

Interest income is accrued on a time basis, by reference to the principal outstanding and at the effective interest rate applicable.

Dividend income from investments is recognized when the shareholders' rights to receive payment have been established.

Provision for Onerous Contracts

An onerous contract is considered to exist where we have a contract under which the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under the contract exceed the economic benefits expected to be received under such contract. Present obligations arising under onerous contracts are recognized and measured as a provision. Full provision is made for the present obligations of the unavoidable future losses of fulfilling the terms of onerous vessel charter contracts or COAs to which we are committed. See Note 20 to the combined financial statements for further details.

Results of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2017 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2016

Certain financial data on a combined basis and for our primary segments was as follows for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. This information was derived from our combined financial statements for the respective periods.

74


Table of Contents

Combined Results of Operations

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(In thousands of U.S. dollars)
  2017   2016  

Revenue

  $ 409,522   $ 371,532  

Cost of sales

    (387,408 )   (365,735 )

Gross profit

    22,114     5,797  

Other operating income

    4,696     5,687  

Administrative expense

    (32,868 )   (30,140 )

Other operating expenses

    (39,198 )   (18,093 )

Share of losses of joint ventures

    (12,946 )   (3,472 )

Interest income

    7,164     5,260  

Interest expense

    (6,548 )   (4,899 )

Loss before taxation

    (57,586 )   (39,860 )

Income tax expense

    (3,226 )   (3,849 )

Loss for the year

  $ (60,812 ) $ (43,709 )

Segment Results of Operations (1)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
  2017   2016  

Drybulk Carriers Business

             

Handysize Segment

             

Revenues

  $ 126,731   $ 98,909  

Cost of Sales

  $ (123,963 ) $ (109,384 )

Supramax Segment

             

Revenues

  $ 157,428   $ 117,076  

Cost of Sales

  $ (155,907 ) $ (118,513 )

Tankers Business

             

Medium Range Tankers Segment

             

Revenues

  $ 53,307   $ 60,090  

Cost of Sales

  $ (56,532 ) $ (58,628 )

Small Tankers Segment

             

Revenues

  $ 22,740   $ 22,561  

Cost of Sales

  $ (18,549)   $ (18,833 )

(1)
Segment results of operations include the impact of the proportionate share of joint ventures which is not reflected in our combined results of operations.

Set forth below are selected historical and statistical data of our operating fleet for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 that we believe may be useful in better understanding our operating fleet's financial position and results of operations.

75


Table of Contents

Drybulk Carriers Business

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2017   2016  

Handysize Segment

             

Calendar days (1)

    7,942     7,616  

Available days (2)

    7,840     7,559  

Operating days (3)

    7,720     7,460  

Fleet utilization (4)

    98.5 %   98.7 %

Vessels operating at period end (5)

    21.2     20.4  

Handysize Segment Average Daily Results

             

TCE per day (6)

  $ 7,675   $ 5,881  

Vessel operating costs per day (7)

  $ 5,034   $ 5,091  

Supramax Segment

             

Calendar days (1)

    7,702     7,700  

Available days (2)

    7,702     7,700  

Operating days (3)

    7,584     7,654  

Fleet utilization (4)

    98.5 %   99.4 %

Vessels operating at period end (5)

    20.8     20.9  

Supramax Segment Average Daily Results

             

TCE per day (6)

    10,551   $ 7,861  

Vessel operating costs per day (7)

  $ 4,519   $ 4,433  

Tankers Business

             

Medium Range Tankers Segment

             

Calendar days (1)

    3,055     3,140  

Available days (2)

    2,999     3,140  

Operating days (3)

    2,994     3,140  

Fleet utilization (4)

    100 %   100 %

Vessels operating at period end (5)

    7.5     9  

Medium Range Tankers Segment Average Daily Results

             

TCE per day (6)

  $ 11,691   $ 13,902  

Vessel operating costs per day (7)

  $ 6,869   $ 7,053  

Small Tankers Segment

             

Calendar days (1)

    1,469     1,657  

Available days (2)

    1,461     1,603  

Operating days (3)

    1,461     1,572  

Fleet utilization (4)

    99 %   98.1 %

Vessels operating at period end (5)

    3.5     5  

Small Tankers Segment Average Daily Results

             

TCE per day (6)

  $ 13,014   $ 12,154  

Vessel operating costs per day (7)

  $ 7,427   $ 7,479  

(1)
Calendar days : total calendar days the vessels were in our possession for the relevant period.

(2)
Available days : total number of calendar days a vessel is in our possession for the relevant period after subtracting off-hire days for scheduled drydocking and special surveys. We use available days to measure the number of days in a relevant period during which vessels should be available for generating revenues.

(3)
Operating days : the number of available days in the relevant period a vessel is controlled by us after subtracting the aggregate number of days that the vessel is off-hire due to a reason other than scheduled drydocking and special surveys, including unforeseen circumstances. We use operating days to measure the aggregate number of days in a relevant period during which vessels are actually available to generate revenues.

(4)
Fleet utilization : the percentage of time that vessels are available for generating revenue, determined by dividing the number of operating days during a relevant period by the number of available days during that period. We use fleet utilization to measure a company's efficiency in technically managing its vessels.

(5)
Vessels operating at period end : reflects the total amount of wholly-owned vessels we own at period end and vessels we charter-in routinely for our own account, as well as our proportionate ownership of vessels that we own through our joint ventures and vessels we charter-in through our joint ventures.

(6)
TCE per day : vessel revenues less voyage expenses during a relevant period divided by the number of operating days during the period. The number of operating days used to calculate TCE revenue per day includes the proportionate share of our joint ventures' operating days and includes charter-in days.

76


Table of Contents

(7)
Vessel operating costs per day : Vessel operating costs per day represents vessel operating costs divided by the number of calendar days for owned vessels. The number of calendar days used to calculate vessel operating costs per day includes the proportionate share of our joint ventures' calendar day and excludes charter-in costs and charter-in days.

Revenues.     Revenues increased by $38.0 million, or approximately 10.2%, from $371.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $409.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The largest component of revenues is vessel revenue. Vessel revenues increased by $31.9 million, or approximately 9.0%, from 354.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $386.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively. This increase was primarily due to the improved drybulk spot market charter rates which was slightly offset by a decrease in the drybulk charter rates. Vessel revenues were $45.9 million and $46.0 million for the OACL business in the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

    Drybulk Business Revenues and Vessel Revenues

In the drybulk business, our handysize total revenues and supramax total revenues increased by $27.8 million and $40.3 million, respectively, or approximately 28.1% and 34.5%, respectively, from $98.9 million and $117.1, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $126.7 million and $157.4 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017. These increases were primarily due to increased spot market charter rates and a sale of a vessel (IVS Kite). There were no sales of vessels in the drybulk business in 2016.

Our handysize vessel revenues and supramax vessel revenues increased by $21.1 million and $40.3 million, respectively, or approximately 21.7% and 34.7%, respectively, from $97.2 million and $116.2 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $118.3 million and $156.5 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017. This increase was primarily due to increased spot market charter rates.

    Tankers Business Revenues and Vessel Revenues

In the tankers business, our medium range tankers total revenues decreased and small tankers total revenues remained relatively flat by $6.8 million and at $0.1 million, respectively, or approximately 11.3% and 0.1%, respectively, from $60.1 million and $22.6 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $53.3 million and $22.7 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017. The decrease in the medium range tankers revenues was primarily due to a decrease in medium range tanker spot market charter rates.

Our medium range tankers vessel revenues decreased and small tankers vessel revenues remained relatively flat by $6.1 million and at $0.1 million, respectively, or approximately 12.5% and 0.01%, respectively, from $48.7 million and $22.6 million, respectively for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $42.6 million and $22.7 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017. The decrease in the medium range tankers was primarily due to a market related decrease in medium range tanker spot market charter rates.

    Drybulk Business TCE Revenue

Handysize TCE per day increased by $1,794 per day, or approximately 30.5%, from $5,881 per day for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $7,675 per day for the year ended December 31, 2017. This increase was due to an increase in handysize spot market charter rates.

Supramax TCE per day increased by $2,690 per day, or approximately 34.2%, from $7,861 per day for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $10,551 per day for the year ended December 31, 2017. This increase was due to an increase in supramax spot market charter rates.

    Tankers Business TCE Revenue

Medium range tankers TCE per day decreased by $2,211 per day, or approximately 15.9%, from $13,902 per day for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $11,691 per day for the year ended December 31, 2017. This decrease was due to a market related decrease in medium range tanker spot market charter rates.

Small tankers TCE per day increased by $860 per day, or approximately 7.1%, from $12,154 per day for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $13,014 per day for the year ended December 31, 2017. This increase was due to COAs and time charters that were set at higher rates while the market was still rising in the previous year.

Cost of sales.     Cost of sales increased by $21.7 million, or approximately 5.9%, from $365.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $387.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The largest component of cost of sales is voyage expenses, which increased by $26.2 million from $140.7 million for the

77


Table of Contents

year ended December 31, 2016 and $166.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The second largest component of cost of sales are charter hire expense, which increased from $121.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $127.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. This increase is due to the increase in drybulk spot market charter rates for short-term chartered-in vessels which was slightly offset by a decrease in tanker spot market charter rates.

    Drybulk Business Cost of Sales

In the drybulk business, our handysize segment and supramax segment cost of sales increased by $14.6 million and $37.4 million, respectively, or approximately 13.3% and 31.6%, from $109.4 million and $118.5 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $124.0 million and $155.9 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017. These increases were primarily due to the increase in drybulk spot market charter rates.

Our handysize voyage expenses and supramax segment voyage expenses increased by $5.6 million and $20.5 million, respectively, or approximately 10.5% and 36.6%, from $53.4 million and $56 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $59.0 million and $76.5 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017. These increases were primarily due to increased pool distribution costs as a result of increased net earnings of the pool relating to the increase in drybulk spot market charter rates.

Our handysize vessel operating costs and supramax vessel operating costs remained relatively flat from $27.0 million and 2.5% million for the year ended December 31, 2016, respectively, to $26.5 million and $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively.

    Drybulk Business Vessel Operating Costs Per Day

Handysize vessel operating costs per day remained relatively flat with a slight decrease of $57 from $5,091 per day for the year ended December 31, 2016 and $5,034 per day for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Supramax vessel operating costs per day remained relatively flat with a slight increase of $86 from $4,433 per day for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $4,519 per day for the year ended December 31, 2017.

    Tankers Business Cost of Sales

In the tankers business, our medium range tankers and small tankers cost of sales decreased by $2.1 million and $0.3 million, respectively, or approximately 3.5% and 1.6%, respectively, from $58.6 million and $18.8 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $56.5 million and $18.5 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease in the number of medium range and small tanker vessels operating in 2017.

Our medium range tankers voyage expenses and small tankers voyage expenses increased by $2.6 million and $0.3 million, respectively, or approximately 52% and 8.8%, respectively, from $5.0 million and $3.4 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $7.6 million and $3.7 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017. These increases were primarily due to increased fuel costs and costs relating to fulfilling COA contracts.

Our medium range tankers operating costs and small tankers operating costs decreased from $13.8 million and $9.6 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $13.3 million and $9.5 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017. These decreases were primarily due to a decrease in the number of tanker vessels operating in 2017.

    Tankers Business Vessel Operating Costs Per Day

Medium range tankers vessel operating costs per day remained relatively flat from $7,053 per day for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $6,869 per day for the year ended December 31, 2017. The decrease is due to one-time expenses in 2016 relating to repairs, as well as refurbishments of lifeboats.

Small tankers vessel operating costs per day remained relatively flat from $7,479 per day for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $7,427 per day for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Gross profit.     Gross profit increased by $16.3 million, or 281%, from $5.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $22.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 primarily for the reasons described above.

Other operating income.     Other operating income consisted primarily of foreign exchange gain. For the year ended December 31, 2017 we incurred an unrealized foreign exchange gain of $3.6 million primarily as a result of unrealized revaluations of foreign currency bank balances, vendor balances and customer

78


Table of Contents

balances at period end as well as realized gains. For the year ended December 31, 2016 we incurred foreign exchange gains of $4.1 million.

Administrative expenses.     Administrative expenses increased by $2.8 million, or approximately 9.3%, from $30.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $32.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 primarily as a result of one-time listing expenses relating to the Spin-Off. We currently expect to incur similar costs for the year ended December 31, 2018 relating to the Spin-Off. Administrative expenses also include charges billed to GSPL and GSSA by Parent's subsidiaries that generally relate to the cost of corporate resources provided by Parent.

Other operating expenses.     Other operating expenses consisted primarily of foreign exchange loss and impairment loss on ships, impairments on intangibles and goodwill and impairment loss on the net assets of OACL. For the year ended December 31, 2017 we incurred a foreign exchange loss of $4.1 million primarily as a result of unrealized revaluations of foreign bank balances, vendor balances and customer balances at period end as well as realized losses. For the year ended December 31, 2016 we incurred a foreign exchange loss of $4.3. For the year ended December 31, 2017, we recorded an impairment of $28.6 million relating to vessel impairments of $16.5 million on a number of vessels in the fleet and goodwill of $12.1 million where it was determined that the carrying value of the goodwill exceeded the current value in use. In addition, an impairment loss on the net assets of OACL was recognized to the extent of $5.1 million For the year ended December 31, 2016, we recorded an impairment of $12.6 million relating to one drybulk carrier and one tanker vessel that were identified as assets held for sale. The tanker vessel was subsequently sold in October 2017. The sale of the drybulk vessel took place in November 2017.

Interest income.     Interest income increased from $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $7.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase is due to the shareholder loan to IVS Bulk being effective for the full year in 2017 compared to a partial year in 2016.

Interest expense.     Interest expense increased from $4.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $6.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. Interest expense is the payment of interest on debt that principally funds our vessels. This increase is primarily due to the increase in the LIBOR rate on which our interest expense is based, as well as the refinancing of one of our loans at a higher rate. Our bank loans outstanding decreased slightly from $112.5 million as at December 31, 2016 to $108.8 million as at December 31, 2017. The weighted average effective interest rate on our outstanding debt increased from 3.11% in 2016 to 3.83% in 2017.

Share of losses in joint ventures.     Share of losses in joint ventures increased from a loss of $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to a loss of $12.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 primarily due to impairments of the fixed assets held by the joint ventures. Impairments on vessels were recorded by our joint ventures and we correspondingly recorded our proportional share of impairment of $5.9 million and $15.7 million, respectively in 2016 and 2017 as share of losses in joint ventures in the combined financial statements.

Taxation.     Taxation for the year ended December 31, 2017 remained stable at $3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 and $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Loss for the year.     Our loss for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased from a loss of $43.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $60.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 for the same reasons set forth above.

Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2015

Certain financial data on a combined basis and for our primary segments was as follows for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. This information was derived from our combined financial statements for the respective periods.

79


Table of Contents

Combined Results of Operations

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(In thousands of U.S. dollars)
  2016   2015  

Revenue

  $ 371,532   $ 434,439  

Cost of sales

    (365,735 )   (407,577 )

Gross profit

    5,797     26,862  

Other operating income

    5,687     6,142  

Administrative expense

    (30,140 )   (27,670 )

Other operating expenses

    (18,093 )   (71,829 )

Share of losses of joint ventures

    (3,472 )   (18,748 )

Interest income

    5,260     3,101  

Interest expense

    (4,899 )   (4,448 )

Loss before taxation

    (39,860 )   (86,590 )

Income tax expense

    (3,849 )   (3,764 )

Loss for the year

  $ (43,709 ) $ (90,354 )

Segment Results of Operations (1)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
  2016   2015  

Drybulk Carriers Business

             

Handysize Segment

             

Revenues

  $ 98,909   $ 101,468  

Cost of Sales

  $ (109,384 )   (113,784 )

Supramax Segment

   
 
   
 
 

Revenues

  $ 117,076   $ 146,195  

Cost of Sales

  $ (118,513 )   (139,062 )

Tankers Business

   
 
   
 
 

Medium Range Tankers Segment

   
 
   
 
 

Revenues

  $ 60,090   $ 67,967  

Cost of Sales

  $ (58,628 )   (48,374 )

Small Tankers Segment

   
 
   
 
 

Revenues

  $ 22,561   $ 39,445  

Cost of Sales

  $ (18,833 ) $ (37,323 )

(1)
Segment results of operations include the impact of the proportionate share of joint ventures which is not reflected in our combined results of operations.

Set forth below are selected historical and statistical data of our operating fleet for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 that we believe may be useful in better understanding our operating fleet's financial position and results of operations.

80


Table of Contents

Drybulk Carriers Business

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2016   2015  

Handysize Segment

             

Calendar days (1)

    7,616     7,877  

Available days (2)

    7,559     7,762  

Operating days (3)

    7,460     7,692  

Fleet utilization (4)

    98.7 %   99.1 %

Vessels operating at period end (5)

    20.4     21.1  

Handysize Segment Average Daily Results

   
 
   
 
 

TCE per day (6)

  $ 5,881   $ 7,487  

Vessel operating costs per day (7)

  $ 5,091   $ 5,160  

Supramax Segment

   
 
   
 
 

Calendar days (1)

    7,700     7,952  

Available days (2)

    7,700     7,952  

Operating days (3)

    7,654     7,774  

Fleet utilization (4)

    99.4 %   97.8 %

Vessels operating at period end (5)

    20.9     21.3  

Supramax Segment Average Daily Results

   
 
   
 
 

TCE per day (6)

  $ 7,861   $ 10,232  

Vessel operating costs per day (7)

  $ 4,433   $ 4,298  

Tankers Business

   
 
   
 
 

Medium Range Tankers Segment

   
 
   
 
 

Calendar days (1)

    3,140     3,288  

Available days (2)

    3,140     3,288  

Operating days (3)

    3,140     3,271  

Fleet utilization (4)

    100 %   99.5 %

Vessels operating at period end (5)

    9     8  

Medium Range Tankers Segment Average Daily Results

   
 
   
 
 

TCE per day (6)

  $ 13,902   $ 20,569  

Vessel operating costs per day (7)

  $ 7,053   $ 7,458  

 

Small Tankers Segment

             

Calendar days (1)

    1,657     2,163  

Available days (2)

    1,603     2,136  

Operating days (3)

    1,572     2,096  

Fleet utilization (4)

    98.1 %   98.2 %

Vessels operating at period end (5)

    5     5  

Small Tankers Segment Average Daily Results

   
 
   
 
 

TCE per day (6)

  $ 12,154   $ 11,291  

Vessel operating costs per day (7)

  $ 7,479   $ 7,676  

(1)
Calendar days :    total calendar days the vessels were in our possession for the relevant period.

(2)
Available days :    total number of calendar days a vessel is in our possession for the relevant period after subtracting off-hire days for scheduled drydocking and special surveys. We use available days to measure the number of days in a relevant period during which vessels should be available for generating revenues.

(3)
Operating days :    the number of available days in the relevant period a vessel is controlled by us after subtracting the aggregate number of days that the vessel is off-hire due to a reason other than scheduled drydocking and special surveys, including unforeseen circumstances. We use operating days to measure the aggregate number of days in a relevant period during which vessels are actually available to generate revenues.

(4)
Fleet utilization :    the percentage of time that vessels are available for generating revenue, determined by dividing the number of operating days during a relevant period by the number of available days during that period. We use fleet utilization to measure a company's efficiency in technically managing its vessels.

81


Table of Contents

(5)
Vessels operating at period end :    reflects the total amount of wholly-owned vessels we own at period end, as well as our proportionate ownership of vessels that we own through our joint ventures.

(6)
TCE per day :    vessel revenues less voyage expenses during a relevant period divided by the number of operating days during the period. The number of operating days used to calculate TCE revenue per day includes the proportionate share of our joint ventures' operating days and includes charter-in days.

(7)
Vessel operating costs per day :    Vessel operating costs per day represents vessel operating costs divided by the number of calendar days for owned vessels. The vessel operating costs and the number of calendar days used to calculate vessel operating costs per day includes the proportionate share of our joint ventures' vessel operating costs and calendar days and excludes charter-in costs and charter-in days.

Revenues.     Revenues decreased by $62.9 million, or approximately 14%, from $434.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $371.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. This decrease was primarily due to the continued weakening of the drybulk spot market rate, to the lowest point in the first quarter of 2016, and to the continued weakening in the tanker sector, which were partially offset by slowly improving spot market charter rates in the drybulk sector in the latter half of 2016. The largest component of revenues is vessel revenue. Vessel revenues decreased by $63.6 million, or approximately 15%, from $417.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 to $354.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, respectively. This decrease was primarily due to the decline in the drybulk charter rates in the beginning of 2016 and in the tanker charter rates toward the end of the same year. Vessel revenues were $46.0 million and $47.7 million for the OACL business in the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 respectively.

    Drybulk Business Revenues and Vessel Revenues

In the drybulk business, our handysize total revenues and supramax total revenues decreased by $2.6 million and $29.2 million, respectively, or approximately 2% and 20%, respectively, from $101.5 million and $146.2 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $98.9 million and $117.0 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016. These decreases were primarily due to the decreases in drybulk spot market charter rates in 2016.

Our handysize vessel revenues and supramax vessel revenues decreased by $3.6 million and $29.7 million, respectively, or approximately 3% and 20%, respectively, from $100.8 million and $145.9 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $97.2 million and $116.2 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016. This decrease was primarily due to the continued weakening of the drybulk spot market rate, to the lowest point in the first quarter of 2016, and to the continued weakening in the tankers business, which were partially offset by slowly improving spot market charter rates in the drybulk business in the latter half of 2016.

    Tankers Business Revenues and Vessel Revenues

In the tankers business, our medium range tankers total revenues and small tankers total revenues decreased by $7.9 million and $16.8 million, respectively, or approximately 11.6% and 43%, respectively, from $68.0 million and $39.4 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $60.1 million and $22.6 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016. These decreases were primarily due to the further weakening in tanker spot market charter rates impacting medium range tankers and to a lesser extent, the impact on the small tankers segment, and in the small tankers segment the sale of a tanker is included in the revenue in 2015. The decrease in medium range tankers was partially caused by a sale of a medium range tanker in 2016 which partially offset the drop in charter rates.

Our medium range tankers vessel revenues and small tankers vessel revenues decreased by $21.7 million and $3.9 million, respectively, or approximately 31% and 15%, respectively, from $70.4 million and $26.5 million, respectively for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $48.7 million and $22.6 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016. These decreases were primarily due to the further weakness in tanker spot market charter rates.

    Drybulk Business TCE Revenue

Handysize TCE per day decreased by $1,606 per day, or approximately 21%, from $7,487 per day for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $5,881 per day for the year ended December 31, 2016. This decrease was due to a decrease in the spot market rates in the first half of 2016.

Supramax TCE per day decreased by $2,371 per day, or approximately 23%, from $10,232 per day for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $7,861 per day for the year ended December 31, 2016. This decrease was due to the further decrease in the spot market rates in the first half of 2016.

82


Table of Contents

    Tankers Business TCE Revenue

Medium range tankers TCE per day decreased by $6,667 per day or approximately 32%, from $20,569 per day for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $13,902 per day for the year ended December 31, 2016. This decrease was due to further weakness in tanker spot market rates during the second half of 2016.

Small tankers TCE per day increased by $863 per day, or approximately 7.6%, from $11,291 per day for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $12,154 per day for the year ended December 31, 2016. This increase was due to an increase in COAs.

Cost of sales.     Cost of sales decreased by $41.9 million, or approximately 10.3%, from $407.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $365.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The key components of cost of sales are charter hire expenses and voyage expenses. Charter hire expenses decreased from $150.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $121.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease in charter hire expenses was due to the decrease in the charter hire days and charter rates as a result of the declining spot market charter rates in 2016. Voyage expenses decreased from $145.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $140.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. This decrease is due to the decrease in fuel costs as a result of a drop in the average bunker rates as well as a reduction in the number of vessels we commercially managed. The decrease in fuel costs was partially offset by the increase in pool distribution cost, which was a result of the increased number of vessels entering the IVS Handysize Pool in 2016 and that the IVS Supramax Pool only commenced in the second half of 2015.

    Drybulk Business Cost of Sales

In the drybulk business, our handysize segment and supramax segment cost of sales decreased by $4.4 million and $20.6 million, or approximately 3.8% and 14.8%, from $113.8 million and $139.1 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $109.4 million and $118.5 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016. These decreases were primarily due to the decrease in drybulk spot market charter rates in 2016.

Our handysize voyage expenses increased and supramax segment voyage expenses decreased by $10.2 million and $10.4 million, respectively, or approximately 23.6% and 15.6%, from $43.2 million and $66.4 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $53.4 million and $56 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016. These movements were primarily due to the decrease in the average number of vessels and the decrease in fuel costs.

Our handysize vessel operating costs and supramax vessel operating costs increased by $0.8 million and $2.2 million, respectively, from $26.2 million and $0.3 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $27.0 million and $2.5 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016.

    Drybulk Business Vessel Operating Costs Per Day

Handysize vessel operating costs per day remained relatively flat at $5,160 per day for the year ended December 31, 2015 and $5,091 per day for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Supramax vessel operating costs per day remained relatively flat at $4,298 per day for the year ended December 31, 2015 and $4,433 per day for the year ended December 31, 2016.

    Tankers Business Cost of Sales

In the tankers business, our medium range tankers and small tankers cost of sales increased by $10.3 million and decreased by $18.5 million, respectively, or approximately 21.3% and 50%, respectively, from $48.3 million and $37.3 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $58.6 million and $18.8 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016. These movements were primarily due to the sale of a vessel in each of 2015 and 2016.

Our medium range tankers voyage expenses and small tankers voyage expenses increased by $1.9 million and $0.6 million, respectively, or approximately 61% and 21%, respectively, from $3.1 million and $2.8 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $5.0 million and $3.4 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016. These decreases were primarily due to lower fuel prices.

Our medium range tankers vessel operating costs and small tankers vessel operating costs decreased by $1.2 million and $1.4 million, respectively, from $15.0 million and $11.0 million, respectively, for the year

83


Table of Contents

ended December 31, 2015 to $13.8 million and $9.6 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016.

    Tankers Business Vessel Operating Costs Per Day

Medium range tankers vessel operating costs per day decreased by $405 per day from $7,458 per day for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $7,053 per day for the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease is due to better positioning of the vessels that has decreased the cost of repairs, crew transport and delivery costs.

Small tankers vessel operating costs per day decreased by $197 per day from $7,676 per day for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $7,479 per day for the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease is due to better positioning of the vessels that has decreased the cost of repairs, crew transport and delivery costs.

Gross (loss)/profit.     Gross profit decreased by $21.0 million, or 78%, from $26.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $5.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 for the reasons set forth above.

Other operating income.     Other operating income consisted primarily of foreign exchange gain. For the year ended December 31, 2016 we incurred an unrealized foreign exchange gain of $4.1 million primarily as a result of unrealized revaluations of foreign currency bank balances, vendor balances and customer balances at period end as well as realized gains. For the year ended December 31, 2015 we incurred a foreign exchange gain of $5.0 million primarily as a result of the types of realized and unrealized gains described above.

Administrative expenses.     Administrative expenses increased by $2.4 million, or approximately 8.6%, from $27.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $30.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 primarily as a result of increased salary costs, increased rental costs relating to our OACL business, and a lower Parent share scheme cost in 2015. Administrative expenses also include charges billed to GSPL and GSSA by Parent's subsidiaries that generally relate to the cost of corporate resources provided by Parent.

Other operating expenses.     Other operating expenses consisted primarily of foreign exchange loss and impairment loss on ships. For the year ended December 31, 2016 we incurred a foreign exchange loss of $4.3 million primarily as a result of unrealized revaluations of foreign bank balances, vendor balances and customer balances at period end as well as realized losses. For the year ended December 31, 2015, we incurred a foreign exchange loss of $2.8 million primarily as a result of realized and unrealized losses described above. For the year ended December 31, 2016, we recorded an impairment of $12.6 million relating to one drybulk carrier and one tanker vessel. The tanker vessel was subsequently sold in October 2017. The sale of the drybulk vessel took place in November 2017. In 2015, we recorded an impairment of $67.8 million relating to the reduction of the carrying value of our vessels. The impairment was largely due to the depressed charter rates and vessel values as a result of an oversupply of vessel capacity.

Interest income.     Interest income increased from $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The reason for the increase is primarily due to additional loans to two of our joint ventures.

Interest expense.     Interest expense increased from $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $4.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Interest expense is the payment of interest on debt that principally funds our vessels. This increase is primarily due to an increase in the LIBOR rate from an average of 0.3% in 2015 to an average of 0.7% in 2016, as well as an increase of the average capital amount of debt outstanding due to the drawdown of the available revolving credit facility to the extent of $30.0 million. Our bank loans outstanding increased from $101.7 million as at December 31, 2015 to $112.5 million as at December 31, 2016. The weighted average effective interest rate on our outstanding debt increased from 2.69% in 2015 to 3.11% in 2016.

Share of joint venture companies' loss after taxation.     Share of joint venture companies' loss after taxation decreased from a loss of $18.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 to a loss of $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 primarily due to the decline in drybulk charter rates in the beginning of 2016 and of the tanker charter rates toward the end of the same year and for the same reasons set forth above. Impairments for joint venture vessels were included in share of joint venture companies' loss after taxation in 2015 were $23.6 million and no impairment for joint venture vessel was recognized in 2016.

Taxation.     Taxation for the year ended December 31, 2016 remained stable at $3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and $3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.

84


Table of Contents

Loss for the year.     Our loss for the year ended December 31, 2016 decreased from a loss of $90.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $43.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 for the same reasons set forth above.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

    Overview

We operate in a capital intensive industry. Our primary short-term liquidity needs relate to working capital needs relating to voyages in progress, corporate overhead, payments of interest, quarterly principal payments under our credit facilities, and any balloon payments on loans coming due in the next 12 months, while our long-term liquidity needs are expected to primarily relate to drydock payments, investment in joint ventures or directly in new and secondhand vessels and final balloon payments relating to our credit facilities.

As of December 31, 2017, we had purchase options to acquire five vessels. Our options to purchase the IVS Shikra and the IVS Beachwood are currently in the exercise period under their respective charter parties, and we have options to purchase the IVS Naruo, one of either the IVS Pinehurst or the IVS Augusta, and the IVS Hayakita that will first enter into the exercise periods under their respective charter parties in December 2019, July 2020, August 2020 and July 2021, respectively. See "Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Our Fleet". The prices of these purchase options range from approximately $16.7 million to $36.1 million, subject to adjustments, where an option is exercisable on more than one date, based on the remaining time balance of the charter. In each case, such purchase option is subject to certain other adjustments and conditions and will expire at the completion of the applicable time charter.

We expect that we will rely upon external financing sources, including bank and other borrowings, to fund acquisitions and expansion and replacement capital expenditures. We cannot assure you that we will be able to secure adequate financing or obtain additional funds on favorable terms to meet our liquidity needs. We anticipate that our primary sources of funds for our short-term liquidity needs will be cash flows from operations and borrowings which we believe will be sufficient to meet our existing short-term liquidity needs for at least the next 12 months. Generally, our long-term sources of funds will be from cash from operations, long-term borrowings and other debt or equity financings.

    Cash Flow Discussion

The following table presents cash flow information for each of the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
  2017   2016   2015  

Cash (used in)/generated from operating activities

  $ 2,870   $ (21,257 ) $ 114,659  

Cash (used in)/generated from investing activities

    (2,062 )   (35,705 )   (55,601 )

Cash (used in)/generated from financing activities

    (19,334 )   47,738     (33,269 )

(Decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

    (18,526 )   (9,224 )   25,789  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

    62,470     70,030     48,270  

Differences in translation

    1,301     1,664     (4,029 )

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

    45,245   $ 62,470   $ 70,030  

Cash (used in)/generated from operating activities.     Cash from operating activities changed positively by $24.1 million to an inflow of $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to an outflow of $21.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Cash generated from operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was primarily due to lower capital expenditures following the completion of our newbuilding program in the beginning of 2017, higher proceeds from vessel sales in 2017, improved revenues and Parent's $15.0 million equity investment.

Cash from operating activities changed negatively by $135.9 million to an outflow of $21.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to an inflow of $114.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Cash generated from operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 was primarily due to the receipt of approximately $26.0 million of refunded prepayments relating to a canceled shipbuilding contract, Parent's capitalization and release from certain intercompany loans of approximately $21.0 million relating to the acquisition of the OACL division, and Parent's intercompany

85


Table of Contents

loan to us of $18.2 million relating to the acquisition of a vessel. Cash from results of operations in 2015 was also higher than in 2016 due to improved revenues resulting from improving drybulk spot market charter rates. Cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2016 was primarily due to the payment of approximately $23.0 million for the final installment relating to the delivery of a tanker and movements in working capital in March 2016.

Cash (used in)/generated from investing activities.     Cash used in investing activities decreased by $33.7 million to an outflow of $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to $35.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was primarily the result of small purchases of plant and equipment.

Cash used in investing activities decreased by $19.9 million to $35.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to $55.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2016 and for the year ended December 31, 2015 was primarily the result of investment installments made to IVS Bulk under terms of the IVS Bulk joint venture agreement relating to the twelve vessels built and delivered to the joint venture and repayments of loans to the holding company and related companies.

Cash (used in)/generated from financing activities.     Cash used in financing activities increased by $67.1 million to an outflow of $19.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, as compared to an inflow of $47.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was primarily the result of loan repayments (including intercompany loans), share capital issued and dividends paid.

Cash generated from financing activities increased by $81 million to $47.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to $33.3 million used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015. Cash generated from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2016 was primarily the result of the drawdown of the remaining availability under our revolving credit facility in the amount of $30.0 million and a $37.0 million short-term loan from Parent, $22.3 million of which was repaid in January 2017 and regular quarterly principal and interest payments. Cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 was the result of regular quarterly principal and interest payments under our credit facility which were offset by the $10 million that was drawn on existing revolving credit facilities.

    Capital Expenditures

We make capital expenditures from time to time in connection with drydocking activities and maintenance in the ordinary course and in order to comply with environmental and other governmental regulations and in connection with our vessel acquisitions.

We currently have no newbuilding vessels under construction, however, we have entered into newbuilding contracts in the past, and expect that we or our joint ventures will enter in to additional newbuilding contracts in the future. In addition to any acquisitions that we may make in the future, the Leopard Tankers joint venture with Vitol may be terminated at any time by either party. If that agreement is terminated, we may acquire two vessels and each of us or our joint venture partner might also purchase one or two of the vessels that would otherwise have been acquired by the other party if such party declines to do so. As discussed above under "Item 4. Information on the Company—Our Joint Ventures", we also may enter into discussions after the Spin-Off with our IVS Bulk joint venture partners to explore the possibility of purchasing the vessels owned by IVS Bulk in exchange for Grindrod Shipping equity and/or other cash consideration. In addition, we may also explore purchases of vessels held in other joint ventures in the future.

In addition to acquisitions that we may undertake in future periods, we will incur additional expenditures due to drydockings for our Fleet. The location of the drydock will be decided when the vessel is scheduled to drydock. We estimate our drydocking costs, including capitalized costs incurred during drydocking related to vessels and vessel equipment, and scheduled off-hire days for our Fleet through 2019 (including the proportionate costs for our joint venture vessels) to be:

Year
  Estimated
Drydocking Cost
  Estimated
Off-hire Days
 
  (U.S. dollars)
   

2018

  $ 6.9 million   132.80 days

2019

  $ 4.5 million   60.76 days

86


Table of Contents

Actual costs will vary based on various factors, including where the drydockings are actually performed. We expect to fund these costs with cash from operations. These costs do not include drydock expense items that are reflected in vessel operating costs or costs associated with the installation of ballast water treatment systems.

Actual length of drydocking will vary based on the condition of the vessel, yard schedules and other factors. Higher repairs and maintenance expenses during drydocking for vessels which are over 15 years old typically result in a higher number of off-hire days depending on the condition of the vessel.

For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, we incurred a total of $6.1 million, $3.8 million and $6.9 million of drydocking costs, respectively, excluding costs incurred during drydocking that were capitalized to vessel assets or vessel equipment.

During 2017, 14 of our vessels (of which seven are held in joint ventures) completed their scheduled drydockings. We estimate that 15 of our vessels (of which eight are held in joint ventures) will be drydocked during 2018.

    Description of Indebtedness

Below is a summary of our significant debt obligations.

    Loan Agreements

    $50.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility

On August 26, 2010, GSPL entered into a $50.0 million senior secured term loan facility, as has been amended from time to time, with Standard Chartered Bank relating to four handysize drybulk carriers. The facility originally bore interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.95% per annum. On August 31, 2017, the interest rate was increased to LIBOR plus a margin of 3.04% per annum. This facility matures on August 30, 2018. The facility is secured by, among other things, (a) a first priority mortgage on each of four handysize drybulk carriers, each owned by a subsidiary of GSPL, (b) a guarantee from each of the drybulk carrier owning subsidiaries and (c) security over the shares in the GSPL subsidiaries owning the four drybulk carriers. As of December 31, 2017, the outstanding balance on this facility was approximately $12.3 million.

    $123.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility

On July 7, 2011, GSPL entered into a $123.0 million senior secured term loan and revolving credit facility, as has been amended from time to time, with Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, Standard Chartered Bank (Singapore Branch), DVB Group Merchant Bank (Asia) Limited and BNP Paribas, Singapore Branch relating to six handysize drybulk carriers and three tankers. The facility is made up of a term loan facility of $73.0 million and a revolving credit facility of $50.0 million. The facility originally bore interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.25% per annum. On January 7, 2017, the interest rate was increased to LIBOR plus a margin of 2.50% per annum. This facility matures on July 7, 2018. The facility is currently secured by, among other things, (a) a first priority mortgage on each of the nine vessels, (b) a guarantee from each of the GSPL subsidiaries owning the nine vessels and (c) security over the shares in the GSPL subsidiaries owning the nine vessels. As of December 31, 2017, the outstanding balance on the term loan facility was approximately $9.5 million, the balance of the revolving credit facility is $45.0 million and $5.0 million of the revolving credit facility remained undrawn.

    $21.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility

On March 30, 2017, three subsidiaries of GSPL entered into a $21.0 million senior secured term loan facility, as has been amended from time to time, with Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank relating to two tankers and one handysize drybulk carrier. The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.65% per annum and matures on June 29, 2018. The facility is currently secured by, among other things, (a) a first priority mortgage on each of the three vessels, (b) security over the shares in the GSPL subsidiaries owning the three vessels and (c) a guarantee from GSPL. As of December 31, 2017, the outstanding balance on this loan was approximately $19.0 million.

    $27.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility

On December 9, 2016, a subsidiary of GSPL entered into a $27.0 million senior secured term loan facility, as has been amended from time to time, with DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch relating to one medium range tanker. The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.45% per annum and matures on

87


Table of Contents

January 11, 2021, with the option to extend for a further two years. The facility is currently secured by, among other things, (a) a first priority mortgage over the tanker and (b) guarantees from each of GSPL and the Parent. As of December 31, 2017, there was an outstanding balance under this facility of approximately $22.9 million. In connection with the Spin-Off, we expect the guarantee related to this facility issued by Parent to be released. In addition, in connection with the refinancing described below, we expect to amend this facility such that the covenants applicable to this facility will be the same as the covenants that will apply to the new facility described below.

In the second quarter of 2018, we expect to refinance the $50.0 million, $123.0 million and $21.0 million credit facilities described above with a new $100.0 million senior secured credit facility with Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch and Standard Chartered Bank, Singapore Branch relating to 11 handysize drybulk carriers and 5 tankers. The new facility is expected to bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.95% per annum. The facility is available in two tranches (A and B) of up to $10 million and up to $90 million respectively. Tranche A will mature 4 years after utilization, expected in May 2022, and Tranche B will mature 5 years after utilization, expected in May 2023. The facility is expected to be secured by, among other things, (a) a first priority mortgages over each of the 16 the vessels, each owned by a subsidiary of GSPL, (b) a guarantee from Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. and each of the GSPL subsidiaries owning the 16 vessels, and (c) security over the shares in the GSPL subsidiaries owning the 16 vessels.

Loan Covenants

All of the credit facilities referred to above, after giving effect to the refinancing and the amendment to the remaining facility described above, contain, among other conditions and obligations, financial covenants the most stringent of which require GSPL and its subsidiaries to maintain on a consolidated basis:

    book value net worth of not less than $275,000,000 in 2016, not less than $250,000,000 in 2017 and 2018, not less than $265,000,000 in 2019 and 2020 and thereafter not less than $275,000,000;

    cash and cash equivalents of not less than $35,000,000; and

    a ratio of debt to market adjusted tangible fixed assets of not more than 75%.

Further, each facility contains a provision requiring a minimum value of the collateral for that facility, such that the aggregate fair market value of the vessels securing that facility plus any additional security securing that facility is between 125% and 154% of the relevant debt amount (depending on the relevant facility agreement and the type and age of the vessels securing the loan). If any of these thresholds is not met, we may be required to prepay a portion of the relevant loan or provide additional collateral security to eliminate the shortfall.

Certain of the credit facilities referred to above also contain, among other conditions, restrictive covenants which could or would restrict our ability to:

    incur additional indebtedness on the relevant vessels securing that facility;

    sell any collateral vessel (unless a corresponding amount under the relevant facility were prepaid in accordance with its terms);

    upon the happening of an event of default or potential event of default, make additional investments or acquisitions;

    upon the happening of an event of default or potential event of default, pay dividends; or

    effect a change of ownership or control of the relevant borrower group under each facility.

A violation of any of the financial or restrictive covenants, or various other provisions, contained in the credit facilities described above and under "—Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements" below may constitute an event of default under the relevant credit facility, which, unless cured (if permitted, and capable of being cured), or waived or modified by the relevant banks, provides those banks with the right to, among other things (and as the case may be), require the relevant borrowers or other obligors to post additional collateral, enhance their equity and liquidity, increase the interest payable, pay down the relevant indebtedness to a level where compliance with relevant loan covenants are met, sell vessels, reclassify indebtedness as current liabilities, accelerate indebtedness, enforce security on fleet vessels and the other assets securing the credit facilities, and make demand under guarantees, which would impair our ability to continue to conduct our business.

Furthermore, many of the credit facilities contain cross-default provisions. A cross-default provision in one facility means that an event of default under one or more of the other facilities could, subject to any

88


Table of Contents

applicable thresholds, result in an event of default occurring under the first facility. Because of the presence of cross-default provisions in the facilities, the refusal of the lenders under any of the credit facilities to grant or extend a waiver could result in certain indebtedness being accelerated, even if the other lenders under the other credit facilities have waived defaults under their respective credit facilities. If any of our secured indebtedness is accelerated in full or in part, it could be difficult in the current financing environment for us to refinance the relevant debt or obtain additional financing in such circumstances and we could lose vessels and other assets securing the credit facilities if the lenders foreclose their security, which would adversely affect our ability to conduct our business.

Moreover, in connection with any waivers of or amendments to the credit facilities that have been obtained, or may be obtained in the future, the banks may impose additional operating and financial restrictions or modify the terms of the existing credit facilities. These restrictions may further restrict our ability to, among other things, pay dividends, make capital expenditures or incur additional indebtedness, including through the issuance of guarantees. In addition, the banks may require the payment of additional fees, require prepayment of a portion of the indebtedness owed to them, accelerate the amortization schedule for facility indebtedness and increase the interest rates charged on outstanding indebtedness.

As of December 31, 2017, GSPL, the borrowers and the other GSPL subsidiaries were in compliance with all of the financial and restrictive covenants contained in the credit facilities or have received a waiver, including the joint venture debt described below under "—Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements", entered into as of that date.

See Note 18 to our combined financial statements for further details regarding the credit facilities.

Trend Information

Our results of operations depend primarily on the charter hire rates that we are able to realize for our vessels, which depend on demand and supply dynamics characterizing the drybulk and tanker markets at any given time. For other trends affecting our business, please see other discussions under "—Factors Affecting our Results of Operations and Financial Condition" above.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

On March 31, 2009, one of our joint ventures with Mitsui & Co. entered into a loan facility agreement with a Mitsui related party, Mitsui & Co. Financial Services (Asia) Ltd for a credit facility of approximately $17.1 million, bearing interest at the Tokyo Interbank Offered Rate, or TIBOR, plus a margin of 0.7% per annum. Our joint venture partner provided a guarantee for 100% of the loan amount, and we have provided a guarantee to our joint venture partner for 51% of the outstanding loan amount that the joint venture partner is required to pay under their guarantee. As of December 31, 2017, $13.1 million remained outstanding under such facility.

One of our tanker joint ventures entered into a standard ship management agreement with a third-party ship management company for the management of the joint venture's ships. As part of the arrangement, we have provided a guarantee to the third-party ship management company for performance by our joint venture of its liabilities and responsibilities under the agreement.

As at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, GSPL provided financial support to certain subsidiaries of our joint ventures for $63.2 million, $5.3 million and $4.5 million respectively, to enable them to meet their obligations as and when they come due for at least 12 months from the respective year ends. The increase in support at December 31, 2017 relates to our Leopard Tankers joint venture and represents our proportionate share of funding obligations under the joint venture agreement relating to maturing debt obligations of the joint venture.

In addition, we and Vitol have each guaranteed to the financiers of the Leopard Tankers credit facility up to 50% of the scheduled interest and principal payments of the $138.5 million Leopard Tankers credit facility (excluding any balloon payment at maturity), bearing interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 3.0% per annum. As of December 31, 2017, $77.6 remained outstanding under such facility. We have also provided an undertaking to those financiers to ensure a minimum working capital balance of $250,000 for each of the vessels owned by Leopard Tankers, but in no event are we required to provide more than 50% of such working capital shortfalls.

89


Table of Contents

    Charter Hire Obligations

We are committed to make certain charter hire payments to third parties for chartered-in vessels. These arrangements are accounted for as operating leases. Please see "—Contractual Obligations and Contingencies" below for these and our other contractual obligations and commitments.

Contractual Obligations and Contingencies

Our contractual obligations and commercial commitments consist primarily of long-term debt and time charter agreements, as described below.

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations on the balance sheet as of December 31, 2017 (these amounts do not include future interest payments):

 
  Payments Due by Period  
 
  Total   Less Than
1 Year
  1–3 Years   3–5 Years   More than
5 Years
 

Secured Bank Loans

  $ 116,705   $ 89,573   $ 7,011   $ 20,121   $  

Time Charter Agreements

    180,698     80,350     69,137     25,040     6,171  

Office, Residential and Other Leases

    31,316     5,991     10,793     8,753     5,779  

Total contractual obligations

  $ 328,719   $ 175,914   $ 86,941   $ 53,914   $ 11,950  

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Financial Instruments

IFRS 9, issued in November 2009, introduced new requirements for the classification and measurement of financial assets. IFRS 9 was subsequently amended in October 2010 to include requirements for the classification and measurement of financial liabilities and for de-recognition, and again in November 2015 to include the new requirements for general hedge accounting. In July 2016, another revised version of IFRS 9 was issued primarily to include (1) impairment requirements for financial assets and (2) limited amendments to the classification and measurement requirements by introducing a 'fair value through other comprehensive income', or FVTOCI, measurement category for certain simple debt instruments. The amendments to IFRS 9 will be effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018.

    Key requirements of IFRS 9

    All recognized financial assets that are within the scope of IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement are required to be subsequently measured at amortized cost or fair value. Specifically, debt investments that are held within a business model whose objective is to collect the contractual cash flows and that have contractual cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal outstanding are generally measured at amortized cost at the end of subsequent accounting periods. Debt instruments that are held within a business model whose objective is achieved both by collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets, and that have contractual terms of the financial asset that give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding, are measured at FVTOCI. All other debt investments and equity investments are measured at their fair value at the end of subsequent accounting periods. In addition, under IFRS 9, entities may make an irrevocable election to present subsequent changes in the fair value of an equity investment (that is not held for trading) in other comprehensive income, with only dividend income generally recognized in profit or loss.

    With regard to the measurement of financial liabilities designated as at fair value through profit or loss, IFRS 9 requires that the amount of change in the fair value of the financial liability that is attributable to changes in the credit risk of that liability is presented in other comprehensive income, unless the recognition of the effects of changes in the liability's credit risk in other comprehensive income would create or enlarge an accounting mismatch in profit or loss. Changes in fair value attributable to a financial liability's credit risk are not subsequently reclassified to profit or loss. Under IAS 39, the entire amount of the change in the fair value of the financial liability designated as fair value through profit or loss is presented in profit or loss.

    In relation to the impairment of financial assets, IFRS 9 requires an expected credit loss model, as opposed to an incurred credit loss model under IAS 39. The expected credit loss model requires an entity to account for expected credit losses and changes in those expected credit

90


Table of Contents

      losses at each reporting date to reflect changes in credit risk since initial recognition. In other words, it is no longer necessary for a credit event to have occurred before credit losses are recognized.

    The new general hedge accounting requirements retain the three types of hedge accounting mechanisms currently available in IAS 39. Under IFRS 9, greater flexibility has been introduced to the types of transactions eligible for hedge accounting, specifically broadening the types of instruments that qualify for hedging instruments and the types of risk components of non-financial items that are eligible for hedge accounting. In addition, the effectiveness test has been overhauled and replaced with the principle of an 'economic relationship'. Retrospective assessment of hedge effectiveness is no longer required. Enhanced disclosure requirements about an entity's risk management activities have also been introduced.

Based on an analysis of our financial assets and financial liabilities as at December 31, 2017 on the basis of the facts and circumstances that exist at that date, we have assessed the impact of IFRS 9 to our consolidated financial statements as follows:

Classification and measurement

All financial assets and liabilities will continue to be measured on the same bases as is currently adopted under IAS 39.

Impairment

Financial assets measured at amortised cost will be subject to the impairment provision of IFRS 9.

We expect to apply the simplified approach to recognize lifetime expected credit losses for its trade receivables as required or permitted by IFRS 9. Accordingly, we expect to recognize lifetime and 12-month expected credit losses for the trade receivables.

We anticipate that the application of the expected credit loss model of IFRS 9 will result in earlier recognition of credit losses for the trade receivable and an increase in the amount of loss allowance recognized but we do not expect that it will have a material impact on our combined financial statements.

Hedge accounting

We do not anticipate that the application of the IFRS 9 hedge accounting requirements will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue from Contracts with Customers

In May 2014, IFRS 15 was issued which establishes a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers. IFRS 15 will supersede the current revenue recognition guidance including IAS 18 Revenue, IAS 11 Construction Contracts and the related Interpretations when it becomes effective. The amendments to IFRS 15 will be effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018.

The core principal of IFRS 15 is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Specifically, the standard introduces a five-step approach to revenue recognition:

    Step 1: Identify the contract with a customer

    Step 2: Identify the performance obligations in the contract

    Step 3: Determine the transaction price

    Step 4: Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract

    Step 5: Recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation

Under IFRS 15, an entity recognizes revenue when (or as) a performance obligation is satisfied, i.e., when 'control' of the goods or services underlying the particular performance obligation is transferred to the customer. Far more prescriptive guidance has been added in IFRS 15 to deal with specific scenarios. Furthermore, extensive disclosures are required by IFRS 15.

91


Table of Contents

Further to the above IFRS 15 has been amended to clarify three aspects of the standard (identifying performance obligations, principal versus agent considerations, and licensing) and to provide some transition relief for modified contracts and completed contracts.

We plan to adopt the new standard on the required effective date using the modified retrospective method. Our significant revenue streams are freight revenue and charter hire revenue. The latter includes a lease component which is therefore out of scope of IFRS 15.

We have preliminarily assessed that each voyage under a freight revenue contract has been considered as a performance obligation. The transaction price is agreed with the customer for all types of contracts. The voyage result (revenue and voyage related costs) recognized during the voyage is based on estimates of costs and the duration of the voyage. According to IFRS 15 the revenue should be recognized, when the entity satisfies a performance obligation that is when a voyage is carried out, based on a contract with a customer. As such, revenue is recognized over time from the point when there is a transfer of control to the customer (i.e., when the ship is ready for load of cargo until the discharge of cargo at the destination).

Under the existing revenue standard, we recognize freight revenue over time from the loading of cargo to the discharge of cargo, except for freight revenue earned within the pools, which are recognized over time from the discharge of cargo in the previous voyage to the discharge of cargo in the current voyage. As such, the adoption of IFRS 15 will impact uncompleted voyages in the pools at the reporting date. Based on our analysis, we do not expect the effect of the changed revenue recognition to be material.

Apart from the providing more extensive disclosure on our revenue transaction and the timing recognition of the above revenue, we do not anticipate that the application of IFRS 15 will have a significant impact on our financial position and/or financial performance.

Leases

IFRS 16 specifies how an IFRS reporter will recognize, measure, present and disclose leases. The standard provides a single lessee accounting model, requiring lessees to recognize assets and liabilities for all leases unless the lease term is 12 months or less or the underlying asset has a low value. Lessors will continue to classify leases as operating or finance, with IFRS 16's approach to lessor accounting substantially unchanged from its predecessor, IAS 17. The changes to IFRS 16 will become effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019.

We anticipate that the application of IFRS 16 in the future may have a material impact on amounts reported in respect of our financial assets and financial liabilities as there are a significant number of leases in operation. Assets will increase on the recognition of "right to use" of an underlying asset and liabilities will increase for the obligation to make lease payments. The profit and loss will be affected by an increase in depreciation of the asset and additional interest expenses although lease expenses will reduce. IFRS 16 will become effective for us in 2019 and we will be assessing the financial impact early in 2018. Currently, it is not possible to provide a reasonable estimate of the effect of IFRS 16 until we have completed a detailed review. We do not plan to early adopt IFRS 16.

92


Table of Contents

ITEM 6.    DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

Directors

The table below details the names of, and information about, the individuals that are currently serving as, or that we expect to serve as, directors or alternate directors of Grindrod Shipping:

Name
  Age   Position   Term Expires

Cato Brahde

  63   Director / Chairman   First Annual General Meeting

Stephen Griffiths

  57   Director   *

Michael Hankinson (1)

  68   Director   First Annual General Meeting

John Herholdt

  69   Director   First Annual General Meeting

Quah Ban Huat

  51   Director   First Annual General Meeting

Pieter Uys (1)

  55   Director   First Annual General Meeting

Martyn Wade

  59   Director   *

Alternate Directors:

           

Andrew Waller (1)(2)

  55   Alternate Director   First Annual General Meeting

*
Messrs Wade and Griffiths will serve as Directors so long as they continue to hold the positions of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, respectively.

(1)
Currently also serves as a director of Parent. Following the Spin-Off, we expect that Messrs. Hankinson, Uys and Waller will continue to serve on Parent's board of directors.

(2)
Mr. Waller is expected to be an Alternate Director of Grindrod Shipping appointed by Mr. Hankinson. Mr. Waller will be entitled to notice of directors' meetings and, if Mr. Hankinson is not present at a meeting, will be entitled to vote and will be counted in the quorum as a director. Mr. Waller will be entitled to attend, but not vote at and not count in the quorum for, each meeting at which Mr. Hankinson is present.

Cato Brahde has served as member of our board of directors since November 2, 2017, and was appointed as Chairman on November 28, 2017. Mr. Brahde was a director of Parent from 2013 to 2016. He currently acts as Chief Investment Officer for Tufton Oceanic's equity investment funds. He joined Tufton Oceanic in 1989 where he was responsible for private and public shipping equity investments, among which he managed a fleet of 30 standby support vessels for the offshore oil and gas industry in the North Sea. Mr. Brahde previously worked as a naval architect and project manager with Brown and Root, a subsidiary of US oil services group Halliburton, from 1978 to 1989. During 1977 and 1978 he served in the Royal Norwegian Navy. Mr. Brahde qualified as a naval architect at the University of Newcastle upon Tyne, gained a Master of Science in Business Administration degree from Boston University and holds a diploma in Company Direction.

Michael Hankinson will serve as a member of our board of directors beginning on the Closing Date. Mr. Hankinson has served as a director of Parent since 2009, Executive Chairman from August 2017 to date and prior to that as its Non-Executive Chairman since 2014. Mr. Hankinson has also been the non-executive Chairman of The Spar Group Limited since 2004. In 1997, Mr. Hankinson was appointed its Chief Executive at Dunlop Limited, a tire and rubber manufacturer listed on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange, and held this position until 2006. In 1976, Mr. Hankinson joined Romatex Limited as Financial Manager and in 1994 was appointed as Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Hankinson has also held numerous non-executive positions on various boards related to the textile, tyre and sugar industries as well at Transnet Limited. Mr. Hankinson qualified as a Chartered Accountant (South Africa) in 1976 after completing his articles at Deloitte and Touche.

John Herholdt has served as a member of our board of directors since November 6, 2017. Between 2012 and 2015, Mr Herholdt consulted the Maitland Group. From 1987 to 2012 Mr Herholdt served as a London based senior partner of the Maitland Group with offices in Europe, South Africa, North America and elsewhere. He also served as a Director on the boards of several of its subsidiaries. The London office of Shepstone and Wylie was established by Mr Herholdt in 1985 and in 1987 merged the Shepstone and Wylie operation with that of Maitlands, then the offshore arm of the South African law firm Webber Wentzel. He remained associated with Shepstone and Wylie until 2012. In 1984, Mr Herholdt joined the South African law firm Shepstone and Wylie as a senior partner in the maritime department, acting primarily for vessel owners and P&I Clubs. In 1979, Mr Herholdt was appointed a Director of Leo Raphaely and Sons, an international commodity trading firm. From 1972 to 1979, Mr Herholdt was a partner of the law firm Goodrickes and specialised in maritime and commodities law. His responsibilities included all maritime and commodity issues, as well as, legal, commercial, and tax matters. Mr Herholdt

93


Table of Contents

obtained his Bachelor of Arts in Law Degree in 1969 and his Bachelor of Laws degree in 1971, and was admitted as an attorney of the Supreme Court of South Africa in 1972.

Quah Ban Huat has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2, 2017. He is a consultant at KPMG Corporate Finance and a senior advisor to the Chairman of Sunjoy Group. Mr. Quah specializes in mergers & acquisitions, structuring and financing. In addition, he is also a director of AP Oil International Limited, Samudera Shipping Line Ltd, Deutsche Boerse Asia Holding Pte. Ltd., Eurex Clearing Asia Pte. Ltd., Eurex Exchange Asia Pte. Ltd. and Primeur Holdings Pte. Ltd. and its subsidiary. Prior to that, Mr. Quah served as a director on the boards of mDR Ltd from 2014 to 2017 and Croesus Asset Management Pte. Ltd. From 2012 to 2017 he held various key finance positions including Regional Business Area Controller at Deutsche Bank for its Asia Pacific Money Markets and Treasury operations, Group Finance Director at the IMC Group, Chief Financial Officer at City Gas Pte. Ltd. and Rickmers Trust Management Pte. Ltd. Mr. Quah qualified as an accountant with the Institute of Chartered Accountants of England and Wales and the Association of Certified Chartered Accountants. He completed his articles with Benjamin Taylor & Co and was a manager at the banking division of Coopers and Lybrand prior to joining Deutsche Bank in London.

Stephen Griffiths has served as a member of our board of directors and as our Chief Financial Officer since November 7, 2017, and has also served as Chief Financial Officer of Parent's shipping business since April 2009. Mr. Griffiths joined Grindrod Limited in 2004 as Group Financial Manager. Previously, Mr. Griffiths joined the Reunert Group in 1989 and was appointed Financial Director of a Reunert Group subsidiary in 1995. Mr. Griffiths qualified as a Chartered Accountant (South Africa) in 1985 and completed his articles at Hudson, Langham, Morrison and Co.

Pieter Uys will serve as a member of our board of directors beginning on the Closing Date. Mr. Uys has been a director of Parent's board of directors since August 2013. Mr. Uys is currently a director of Mediclinic, Dark Fibre Africa, Seacom, Parent, Invenfin, Grindrod Bank and Kagiso Tiso Holdings. Since 2013, Mr. Uys has served as an investment executive for Remgro. From 2008 to 2012 Mr. Uys was Chief Executive Officer of the Vodacom Group. Prior to that, Mr. Uys served as Managing Director of Vodacom South Africa since 2001, and as Vodacom Group Chief Operating Officer since 2004. From 1993 to 2001, Mr. Uys was an employee at Vodacom as a member of the initial engineering team. Mr. Uys holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering, a Masters in Engineering degree from the University of Stellenbosch and a Master of Business Administration degree from the Stellenbosch Business School.

Martyn Wade has served as a member of our board of directors since November 15, 2017. Mr. Wade served on the Grindrod Limited board from November 2011 until November 1, 2017. Mr. Wade continues to serve as the Chief Executive Officer of GSPL, a role he has been in since July 2011. Mr. Wade is currently a director of major international subsidiary companies, The UK Freight Demurrage & Defense Association (UK) and a member of the advisory panel to the Singapore Maritime Foundation. Mr. Wade has 40 years international shipping experience and has worked for vessel owners, operators and shipbrokers in London, Johannesburg, New York and now Singapore. The companies Mr. Wade has worked for include Van Ommeren UK, Simpson Spence and Young Johannesburg, Clipper Bulk USA and HSBC Shipping Services London. Mr. Wade is a member of the Baltic Exchange having been first elected in 1979.

Andrew Waller will serve as an Alternate Director beginning on the Closing Date. In 2011, Mr. Waller was appointed to his current role as an Executive Director and CFO of Parent. Mr. Waller is currently a director of various local and international subsidiaries. Mr. Waller's experience includes acquisitions and disposals across Parent's divisions and across geographies. Mr. Waller qualified as a Chartered Accountant (South Africa) in 1987 and completed his articles at Deloitte and Touche, which included training in Pietermaritzburg and 3 years in Aberdeen and Edinburgh. From 1995 to 2011, Mr. Waller was appointed audit partner in Pietermaritzburg, senior partner in KwaZulu Natal and lead client service partner of the firm's largest clients in South Africa.

94


Table of Contents

Senior Management

The table below details the names of, and information about, the individuals we expect to serve as Executive Officers:

Name
  Age   Position

Martyn Wade

    59   Chief Executive Officer

Stephen Griffiths

    57   Chief Financial Officer

(1)
Mr. Wade currently serves as both Chief Executive Officer of Parent's shipping business and Chief Executive Officer of Grindrod Shipping.

(2)
Mr. Griffiths currently serves as both Chief Financial Officer of Parent's shipping business and Chief Financial Officer of Grindrod Shipping.

The business address of the persons noted above is Grindrod Shipping's executive office is #03-01 Southpoint, 200 Cantonment Road, Singapore 089763.

Compensation of Directors and Senior Management

Messrs. Wade and Griffiths received compensation from Parent's shipping business during 2017 for their service to Parent's shipping business as its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, respectively. The following table presents information regarding the compensation paid by Parent's shipping business for Messrs. Wade's and Griffith's services to Parent's shipping business for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 
  Salary   Bonus   Other
compensation (1)
  Total  

Martyn Wade

  $ 553,589   $ 846,991   $ 95,148   $ 1,495,728  

Stephen Griffiths

  $ 188,821   $ 105,327   $ 365   $ 294,513  

(1)
Other compensation consists of (i) housing allowance for Mr. Wade and (ii) payment of share transfer tax for Mr. Griffiths.

Share-price linked options and forfeitable shares relating to Parent were also awarded to Messrs. Wade and Griffiths in 2017 as follows:

 
  Parent
forfeitable
shares (1)
  Parent share-price
linked options
  Award/exercise
price (1)(2)
 

Martyn Wade

        146,667   $ 1.12  

        146,667   $ 1.12  

        146,666   $ 1.12  

Stephen Griffiths

    150,000       $ 1.05  

        48,000   $ 1.12  

        48,000   $ 1.12  

        48,000   $ 1.12  

(1)
In connection with the Spin-Off, the Parent forfeitable shares set forth above will vest and Mr. Griffiths will therefore receive 3,750 ordinary shares of Grindrod Shipping. See "Item 9. The Offer and Listing—Offer and Listing Details—Mechanics of the Spin-Off."

(2)
In connection with the Spin-Off, the Parent share-price linked options set forth above will be cash-settled using a Black-Scholes valuation methodology.

Following the Spin-Off, we will not be required to disclose any information about an individual Executive Officer's compensation in our home country and we do not intend to disclose, to our shareholders or otherwise, any information about an individual Executive Officer's compensation going forward, unless Grindrod Shipping's shareholders exercise their power in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Singapore Companies Act to require disclosure of directors' emoluments.

In addition, Executive Officers are eligible for variable compensation under our forfeitable share plan for achieving company-wide objectives and for their individual contribution to our results and objectives. A summary of the forfeitable share plan is below. The following description is only a summary of the material provisions of the forfeitable share plan and is governed in its entirely by the forfeitable share plan which is filed as an exhibit to this registration statement.

95


Table of Contents

We adopted the forfeitable share plan to provide selected employees with the opportunity to receive compensatory equity awards of our ordinary shares and to serve as a retention mechanism and recruitment tool. The forfeitable share plan also provides participants with the opportunity to share in the success of the company and aligns forfeitable share plan participant interests with the interests of our shareholders. The forfeitable share plan will be administered by the compensation and nomination committee. Participants will receive grants of forfeitable ordinary shares, subject to applicable time and/or performance vesting conditions and other terms, that settle in ordinary shares when vested and are forfeited, in part in or in full, upon certain termination of employment events if not previously vested. Under the terms of the forfeitable share plan, the aggregate number of ordinary shares that may be granted and not yet vested under the forfeitable share plan at any one time shall not exceed 5% of the number of shares in issue (excluding treasury shares) as determined in reference to the day preceding the award.

We will obtain shareholder approval annually to authorize the award and the issuance of ordinary shares under the plan. We have obtained such approval until the conclusion of our first annual general meeting.

We paid an aggregate compensation of $70,000 to our non-executive directors in 2017. On an annual basis, each non-executive director, other than the chairman of the board, will be compensated with a fee of $65,000 for his or her services as one of our directors and an additional fee of $20,000 for his or her services as chairman of one of the board committees or an additional fee of $10,000 for his or her services as a member of one of the board committees. The chairman of the board will receive a total annual fee of $150,000 for his or her services, inclusive of any such services as a director and as a committee chairman or member. Mr. Waller will not receive any fees for services as an Alternate Director. In addition, Messrs. Wade, Hankinson, and Waller are entitled to receive incentive payments from Parent if the Spin-Off is consummated.

Board Practices

Grindrod Shipping's board of directors is expected to be initially comprised of seven directors, including five independent non-executive members, as determined in accordance with the 2012 Code of Corporate Governance issued by the Monetary Authority of Singapore, or the Singapore Corporate Governance Code. Each of Grindrod Shipping's directors is elected by Grindrod Shipping's shareholders or appointed by the directors pursuant to Grindrod Shipping's constitution. In addition, Mr. Waller will be an Alternate Director appointed by Mr. Hankinson. Mr. Waller will be entitled to notice of directors' meetings and, if Mr. Hankinson is not present at a meeting, will be entitled to vote and be counted in the quorum as a director. Mr. Waller will be entitled to attend, but not vote at, each meeting at which Mr. Hankinson is present. In addition, Mr. Quah is also a director of Samudera Shipping Line Ltd. To the extent that Mr. Quah's service as a member of the board of directors of Samudera Shipping Line Ltd. presents a conflict of interest with respect to any matters involving us, Mr. Quah has agreed to inform our board of directors of any such conflict and recuse himself from any proceedings or vote relating to such matters.

At the first annual general meeting following the Spin Off, all of the directors, other than the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, shall retire from office and shall be eligible for re-election. At each subsequent annual general meeting, one-third of the directors then in office, or if their number is not a multiple of three, the number nearest to one-third, shall retire from office by rotation, provided no director holding office as Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer shall be subject to retirement by rotation or be taken into account in determining the number of directors to retire. In addition, any director who has been appointed by the directors to fill a vacancy during any given year will be required to retire from office at the next annual general meeting and shall be eligible for re-election at such meeting. Directors holding office as Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer shall resign from their directorship upon no longer holding such positions.

The directors to retire in every year shall be those who have been longest serving in office since their last re-election or appointment. Where directors were re-elected or appointed on the same day, those to retire shall be agreed amongst themselves or be determined by lot.

A director shall vacate his office upon his resignation, removal, bankruptcy, becoming mentally disordered or disqualification. A director may only be removed from office by or according to resolution of the shareholders.

No director is entitled to any severance benefits on termination of his or her service as a director.

96


Table of Contents

Grindrod Shipping has established two committees of the board of directors: the audit and risk committee and the compensation and nomination committee.

Audit and Risk Committee

The members of the audit and risk committee are Messrs. Quah (chairman), Herholdt and Brahde. The audit and risk committee, among other things, oversees our financial reporting, risk management, related party transactions and internal controls (in relation to financial, operational, compliance and information technology controls), engages our external auditors and oversees our internal audit activities, tax policies and effectiveness of our legal and compliance systems.

Compensation and Nomination Committee

The members of the compensation and nomination committee are Messrs. Herholdt (chairman) and Brahde, and we expect to appoint Mr. Quah to this committee prior to the Closing Date. The compensation and nomination committee oversees our compensation policy and the executive compensation policy, approves awards of stock based incentives, approves the individual package of the chief executive officer, reviews and monitors the nomination and appointment process and composition of the board of directors and succession planning of the board, the committees of the board of directors and the performance of the board.

Corporate Governance Practices

Pursuant to an exception under NASDAQ listing standards available to foreign private issuers, we are not required to comply with many of the corporate governance practices followed by U.S. companies under the NASDAQ listing standards. Accordingly, we are exempt from many of NASDAQ's corporate governance practices. We are incorporated under the laws of Singapore and have elected to voluntarily comply with the relevant guidelines of the Singapore Corporate Governance Code. In connection with the expected listing of our ordinary shares on NASDAQ, we have certified to NASDAQ that our corporate governance practices are in compliance with, and are not prohibited by, Singapore law. Set forth below is a list of the significant differences between our corporate governance practices and NASDAQ listing standards applicable to listed U.S. companies.

Independence of Directors.     NASDAQ requires that a U.S.-listed company maintain a majority of independent directors. Our board of directors will consist of seven directors, three of whom are considered "independent" under Rule 10A-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act as it applies to us under the rules of NASDAQ. Under the Singapore Corporate Governance Code, our board of directors is not required to consist of a majority of independent directors. Under the Singapore Corporate Governance Code, only one-third of our board of directors is required to be independent if the chairman of our board of directors is independent. However, the determination of independence under the Singapore Corporate Governance Code is different from NASDAQ standards.

Compensation and Nomination Committee.     NASDAQ requires that a listed U.S. company have a compensation committee consisting only of independent directors and that director nominees be selected or recommended for the board's selection by either a vote in which only independent directors participate or a nominations committee comprised solely of independent directors. Under the Singapore Corporate Governance Code, a company's remuneration committee and nominating committee, which we combine as our compensation and nomination committee, are not required to consist entirely of independent directors. The Singapore Corporate Governance Code requires each of these committees be comprised of at least three directors, a majority of whom should be independent (including the chairman or chairmen of such committee or committees), and that all members of the remuneration committee be non-executive directors. Our compensation and nomination committee currently consists of Messrs. Herholdt and Brahde, and we expect to appoint Mr. Quah to this committee prior to the Closing Date, all of whom are non-executive directors under the Singapore Corporate Governance Code.

Audit and Risk Committee.     NASDAQ requires, among other things, that a U.S.-listed company have an audit committee comprised of three entirely independent directors. The Singapore Corporate Governance Code requires an audit committee to be comprised of three directors, a majority of whom should be independent (including the chairman of such committee), and that all members of the audit committee be non-executive directors. Our audit and risk committee currently consists of Messrs. Quah, Herholdt and

97


Table of Contents

Brahde, all of whom are independent and non-executive directors under the Singapore Corporate Governance Code and "independent" under Rule 10A-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

Executive Sessions.     NASDAQ requires that the independent directors of a U.S.-listed company have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present, or executive sessions. The Singapore Corporate Governance Code provides that the independent directors should meet periodically without the presence of the other directors.

Quorum.     NASDAQ requires that a U.S.-listed company's bylaws provide for a quorum of at least 33 1/3 percent of the outstanding shares of the company's common voting stock. Our constitution provides that shareholders holding an aggregate not less than 15 percent of the issued and fully paid shares in the capital of the company, present in person or by proxy, shall be a quorum. The Singapore Corporate Governance Code does not prescribe a quorum requirement.

Employees

As of December 31, 2017, we had approximately 808 employees, of which approximately 639 seagoing staff serve on the vessels that we manage and 169 provide general management, financial management, and commercial and technical management to the vessels that we manage. Our seafarers are represented by collective bargaining agreements but we have not experienced a work stoppage in the past few years. Seafarers employed by our vessel managers are unionized under various jurisdictions and are employed under various collective bargaining agreements which does expose us to a risk of potential labor unrest at times when those collective bargaining agreements are being re-negotiated.

Share Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers

All Grindrod Shipping shares are currently held by the founding shareholder. Therefore, no shares of Grindrod Shipping are held by the Directors or Executive Officers prior to the consummation of the Spin-Off.

The following sets forth, to the knowledge of Grindrod Shipping's management, the total amount of ordinary shares of Parent directly or indirectly owned by Grindrod Shipping's current and expected Directors, Alternate Directors and Executive Officers as of March 29, 2018 and the expected ownership by those individuals of Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares following the Spin-Off.

Holder
  Parent
Ordinary
Shares
  Grindrod
Shipping
Ordinary
Shares (1)
  Percentage
Ownership (2)
 

Cato Brahde

    *     *     *  

Stephen Griffiths

    *     *     *  

Michael Hankinson

    *     *     *  

John Herholdt

    *     *     *  

Quah Ban Huat

    *     *     *  

Pieter Uys

    *     *     *  

Martyn Wade

    *     *     *  

Andrew Waller

    *     *     *  

*
Less than 1%

(1)
Parent ordinary shareholders will receive one Convertible Note for every 40 shares of Parent's ordinary shares. A Convertible Note will convert into one ordinary share of Grindrod Shipping.

(2)
Represents percentage of Parent's ordinary shares based on 762,553,314 of Parent's ordinary shares outstanding on March 29, 2018 and the expected percentage of Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares based on the distribution ratio of one Convertible Note for every 40 of Parent's ordinary shares. Each Convertible Note will convert into one ordinary share of Grindrod Shipping with shareholders of Grindrod Shipping holding Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares in the same proportion as they hold their Parent ordinary shares immediately following the consummation of the Spin-Off, other than with respect to the rounding of any fractional interests.

98


Table of Contents

ITEM 7.    MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Major Shareholders

As of June 15, 2018, which we refer to as the Record Date for the Spin-Off, the issued share capital of Grindrod Shipping consisted of 1 ordinary share, which was held by the founding shareholder. As of the Closing Date, the ordinary shareholders of Parent as at the Record Date shall be the same as the ordinary shareholders of Grindrod Shipping other than with respect to the rounding of any fractional interests. Please see "Item 9. The Offer and Listing—Offer and Listing Details—Mechanics of the Spin-Off".

To our knowledge: (1) no corporation or foreign government owns more than 50% of our outstanding ordinary shares; and (2) there are no arrangements the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of Grindrod Shipping. To the knowledge of Grindrod Shipping's management, after the Spin-Off, there will be no controlling shareholder of Grindrod Shipping.

A list of the individuals and organizations holding, to the knowledge of Grindrod Shipping's management, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of its issued share capital of Parent as of March 29, 2018 is set forth below.

Beneficial owner
  Parent
Ordinary
shares
  Grindrod
Shipping
Ordinary
Shares (1)
  Percentage
Ownership (2)
 

Remgro Limited

    173,183,235     4,329,580     22.7 %

Grindrod Investments Proprietary Limited

    76,909,634     1,922,740     10.1 %

Government Employees Pension Fund

    77,486,926     1,937,173     10.2 %

Newshelf 1279 Proprietary Limited

    64,000,000     1,600,000     8.4 %

PSG Konsult

    56,829,711     1,420,742     7.5 %

(1)
Parent ordinary shareholders will receive one Convertible Note for every 40 shares of Parent's ordinary shares. A Convertible Note will convert into one ordinary share of Grindrod Shipping.

(2)
Represents percentage of Parent's ordinary shares based on 762,553,314 of Parent's ordinary shares outstanding on March 29, 2018 and the expected percentage of Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares based on the distribution ratio of one Convertible Note for every 40 Parent's ordinary shares. Each Convertible Note will convert into one ordinary share of Grindrod Shipping with shareholders of Grindrod Shipping holding Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares in the same proportion as they hold their Parent ordinary shares immediately following the consummation of the Spin-Off, other than with respect to the rounding of any fractional interests.

Except as described in "Item 9. The Offer and Listing—Offer and Listing Details—Mechanics of the Spin-Off", there have been no alterations in Grindrod Shipping's share capital as of the date of this registration statement.

None of the above shareholders will hold voting rights which are different from those that will be held by Grindrod Shipping's other shareholders.

Register of Members

As of the date of this registration statement, all Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares were held by the founding shareholder.

Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares are expected to trade in the United States on NASDAQ under the symbol "GRIN". The principal non-United States trading market for the ordinary shares of Grindrod Shipping is expected to be the JSE, on which the ordinary shares will trade on the main board of the JSE, with a share code of GSH and under the abbreviated name GRINSHIP. Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company will serve as transfer agent in the United States and Link Market Services Proprietary Limited will serve as transfer secretary in South Africa and will each maintain a branch register of members for the ordinary shares listed on each transfer agent's or transfer secretary's respective exchange. In addition, since Grindrod Shipping is a Singapore company, a principal register of members will be maintained by Grindrod Shipping at its offices in Singapore. See "Item 10. Additional Information General" for additional information about the Singapore register and shareholder rights.

On the Record Date, the number of U.S. record holders of Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares and the percentage of Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares held in the United States is expected to be the same as those of Parent. As of December 1, 2017, 19 record holders of Parent's ordinary shares holding an

99


Table of Contents

aggregate of 51,442,418 ordinary shares (approximately 6.8%), were listed as having addresses in the United States.

For more information on the listing, please see "Item 9. The Offer and Listing—Offer and Listing Details—Mechanics of the Spin-Off".

Related Party Transactions

For a description of our material joint ventures, see "Item 4. Information on the Company—Our Joint Ventures".

For a description of our financing arrangements with certain of our joint ventures, see "Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Our Joint Ventures", "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Off Balance Sheet Arrangements" and Note 10 to our combined financial statements.

For a description of our agreements relating to the Spin-Off, see "Item 10. Additional Information—Material Contracts", "Item 4. Information on the Company—Management of our Business" and "Item 18. Financial Statements—Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Financial Information—Note 9".

Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not applicable.

100


Table of Contents

ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Reference is made to Item 18 for a list of all financial statements filed as part of this registration statement. For information on legal proceedings, please refer to "Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Legal Proceedings".

Dividend Policy and Dividend Distributions

The declaration and payment of dividends, if any, are subject to the discretion of our board of directors. The timing and amount of any dividends declared will depend on, among other things: (i) our earnings, financial condition and cash requirements and available sources of liquidity, (ii) decisions in relation to our growth and leverage strategies, (iii) provisions of Singapore law governing the payment of dividends, (iv) restrictive covenants in our existing and future debt instruments and (v) global financial conditions. See "Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors—Grindrod Shipping may not have sufficient distributable profits to pay dividends or otherwise distribute cash or assets to shareholders" and "Item 10. Additional Information—Dividends".

Significant Changes

Please refer to "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Recent Developments".

101


Table of Contents

ITEM 9.    THE OFFER AND LISTING

Offer and Listing Details

    Mechanics of the Spin-Off

The Spin-Off will be governed by, and will be carried out in accordance with, the listing requirements for the JSE, or the JSE Listings Requirements, the South African Companies Act No. 71 of 2008, or the Companies Act.

On the Closing Date, the board of directors of Parent will authorize Parent to make a distribution in specie consisting of the Convertible Notes to be distributed on the Closing Date pro rata to all of Parent's ordinary shareholders. Parent's ordinary shareholders will receive one Convertible Note for every 40 shares of Parent's ordinary shares. No fractional Convertible Notes or ordinary shares will be issued in connection with the Spin-Off. When fractional entitlements arise, the number of Convertible Notes issued will be rounded down to the nearest whole number and any fractional entitlement will be settled through a cash payment, in South African rand, for such fractional entitlement, calculated with reference to the implied value per Convertible Note of $16.82, calculated as the aggregate purchase consideration relating to the acquisition of GSPL and GSSA ($320.7 million) divided by the number of Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares (19,063,833). The Convertible Notes will immediately and automatically convert into ordinary shares of Grindrod Shipping following the distribution of the Convertible Notes to Parent's ordinary shareholders. Each Convertible Note will convert into one ordinary share of Grindrod Shipping with shareholders of Grindrod Shipping holding Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares in the same proportion, taking into account the fractional entitlements, as they hold their Parent ordinary shares immediately following the consummation of the Spin-Off. Strate Limited, or Strate, South Africa's central securities depositary, will automatically update the accounts of its participants with the share numbers, together with any cash payment for fractional entitlements, on the payment date. Such participants will then automatically update the shareholders' accounts under their custody on the same date.

Under Section 46 read with Section 4 of the Companies Act, the abovementioned distribution in specie of the Convertible Notes to Parent's ordinary shareholders must be approved by the board of directors of Parent and can only be given effect to if it reasonably appears that:

    the assets of Parent, as fairly valued, equal or exceed the liabilities of Parent, as fairly valued; and

    Parent will be able to pay its debts as they become due in the ordinary course of business for a period of 12 months after the distribution is implemented.

The Companies Act requires that the board of directors of Parent acknowledge, by resolution, that they are satisfied that the above requirements are fulfilled in order for the Spin-Off to proceed.

It is currently expected that trading of Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares on the JSE and trading of Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares on the NASDAQ will commence on or about June 18, 2018. Shareholders will initially receive Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares registered on the South African branch register. Non-South Africa residents (and those South Africa residents complying with applicable exchange control restrictions) will be able to immediately transfer their Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares to the U.S. branch register. Shareholders who wish to transfer their Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares to the U.S. branch register should contact their broker or CSDP for more information about transferring between the South African branch register and the U.S. branch register.

The board of directors of Parent approved the investigation of the Spin-Off on August 23, 2017. The board of directors of Parent passed the resolution necessary to implement the Spin-Off on March 23, 2018. On or about May 3, 2018, Parent shareholders will be provided a detailed Shareholder Circular, which contains key information including the rationale for and mechanics of the Spin-Off, a timetable of events and financial effects of the distribution. The Spin-Off will be subject to shareholder approval under the JSE Listings Requirements because the transaction consideration, as a percentage of Parent's market capitalization, will exceed 30%. The South African Reserve Bank, or SARB, has granted the necessary regulatory approvals for the Spin-Off. The agreements to effect the Spin-Off will be governed by the laws of South Africa. A copy of the Shareholder Circular is attached as Exhibit 99.1 hereto and is incorporated herein by reference. Due to time zone differences, Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares are expected to list on the NASDAQ on or about June 18, 2018 and on the JSE on or about June 19, 2018.

102


Table of Contents

    Transfer Restrictions

Prior to the Spin-Off, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares. Future sales of our ordinary shares in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. In addition, because our initial shareholder base upon listing will consist primarily of South African residents who, subject to certain allowances in terms of the Exchange Control Regulations in South Africa, will generally be required to hold their ordinary shares on the JSE, the liquidity of the ordinary shares on the NASDAQ may be adversely impacted. As a result, the initial trading prices of the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares may not be indicative of future trading prices.

The ordinary shares issued in connection with the Spin-Off will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless owned by our "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Ordinary shares owned by affiliates will be subject to certain restrictions on transfer under the U.S. securities laws. Affiliates will only be permitted to sell their shares pursuant to a valid exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act or pursuant to an effective registration statement.

In addition, in connection with the Spin-Off, we have entered into lock-up agreements with certain of our large shareholders pursuant to which they will generally agree, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer or sell any ordinary shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for ordinary shares for a period of six to twelve months following the Spin-Off, unless there occurs an event having a material negative impact on the company. In addition, pursuant to the lock-up agreements, these large shareholders will agree to vote in favor of the Spin-Off.

Plan of Distribution

Not applicable.

Markets

The ordinary shares of Grindrod Shipping are expected to be listed and traded on NASDAQ (symbol "GRIN"). Outside the United States, Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares are expected to be admitted to trading on the JSE's regulated market and listed on the Main Board of the JSE (symbol "GSH"). For more information on the listing, see "—Offer and Listing—Mechanics of the Spin-Off" above. Because our initial shareholder base upon listing will consist primarily of South African residents who are expected to initially trade their ordinary shares on the JSE and because all Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares will initially be registered on the South African branch share register, the liquidity of the ordinary shares on the NASDAQ may be adversely impacted.

    JSE Limited

The JSE was formed in 1887. The JSE provides facilities for the buying and selling of a wide range of securities, including equity and corporate debt securities and warrants in respect of securities, as well as Krugerrands.

The JSE is a self-regulating organization operating under the ultimate supervision of the Ministry of Finance, through the Financial Services Board and its representative, the Registrar of Stock Exchanges. Following the introduction of the Stock Exchanges Control Amendment Act No. 54 of 1995, or the Stock Exchange Act, which provides the statutory framework for the deregulation of the JSE, the JSE's rules were amended with effect from November 8, 1995. These amendments removed the restrictions on corporate membership and allowed stockbrokers to form limited liability corporate entities. Members were, for the first time, also required to keep client funds in trust accounts separate from members' own funds. Further rules to complete the deregulation of the JSE, as envisaged by the Stock Exchange Act, were promulgated during 1996 to permit members of the JSE to trade either as agents or as principals in any transaction in equities and to allow members to negotiate freely the brokerage commissions payable on agency transactions in equities. With effect from 1996, screen trading commenced on the JSE. The Securities Services Act No. 36 of 2004 came into effect on January 18, 2005. This act consolidates and amends the laws relating to the regulation and control of exchanges and securities trading, the regulation and control of central securities depositories and the custody and administration of securities and the prohibition of insider trading.

103


Table of Contents

The market capitalization of companies listed on the stock exchange operated by the JSE Limited was approximately $1,231 billion as of December 31, 2017. The actual float available for public trading is significantly smaller than the aggregate market capitalization because of the large number of long-term holdings by listed holding companies in listed subsidiaries and associates, the existence of listed pyramid companies and cross-holdings between listed companies. The year to date liquidity on the JSE (measured by reference to the total market value of securities traded as a percentage of the total market capitalization) was 31.06% for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017. Trading is concentrated in a small, but growing, number of companies. As of December 31, 2017, there were 324 listed companies on the JSE.

South Africa was included in the Morgan Stanley Capital International Emerging Markets Free Index and the International Finance Corporation Investable Index in March 1995 and May 1998, respectively. South Africa has a significant representation in these emerging market indices.

Strate is a South African Central Securities Depository. Strate is licensed to be an independent provider of post-trade products and services for the financial markets. Being internationally recognized as a Financial Market Infrastructure, Strate provides sound risk management and a world-class service, to support and promote the safety and efficiency of the financial markets. Strate provides electronic settlement of equities, bonds and money market securities and provides collateral management services.

Investors are given the choice of either holding their securities in dematerialised form in the Central Securities Depositary or retaining their share certificates. Shareholders who elect to retain their share certificates are not able to trade their shares on the JSE, although they may trade their shares off-market. Settlement of dematerialised shares traded electronically on the JSE is made three days after each trade (T+3).

Selling Shareholders

Not applicable.

Dilution

Not applicable.

Expenses of the Issue

Not applicable.

104


Table of Contents

ITEM 10.    ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

General

For the purposes of this section, references to "shareholders" mean those shareholders whose names and number of shares are entered in Grindrod Shipping's register of members. Only persons who are registered in Grindrod Shipping's register of members are recognized under Singapore law as shareholders of Grindrod Shipping with legal standing to institute shareholder actions against Grindrod Shipping or otherwise seek to enforce their rights as shareholders. Grindrod Shipping's branch register of members in the United States will be maintained by its transfer agent, Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company. Grindrod Shipping's branch register of members in South Africa will be maintained by its South African transfer secretary, Link Market Services Proprietary Limited.

The ordinary shares of Grindrod Shipping which are expected to be listed and traded on the NASDAQ are expected to be held through the Depository Trust Company, or DTC. Accordingly, DTC or its nominee, Cede & Co., will be the shareholder of record registered in Grindrod Shipping's register of members. The holder of dematerialised interests in Grindrod Shipping's shares held through DTC or its nominee may become a registered shareholder by exchanging its interest in the shares for certificated shares and being registered in Grindrod Shipping's register of members. The procedures by which a holder of dematerialised interests held through DTC or its nominee may exchange such interests for certificated shares are determined by DTC and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, in accordance with their internal policies and guidelines regulating the withdrawal and exchange of dematerialised interests for certificated shares, and following such an exchange Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company will perform the procedures to register the shareholder in the register.

Shares may only be traded on the JSE in electronic form as dematerialised shares and will be trading for electronic settlement in terms of the Strate System (an electronic custody, clearing and settlement environment, managed by Strate), for all share transactions concluded on the JSE and off-market (and in terms of which transactions in securities are settled and transfers of ownership in securities are recorded electronically) immediately following the Listing. Dematerialised shares are shares that have been dematerialised (the process whereby physical share certificates are replaced with electronic records evidencing ownership of shares for the purpose of Strate). Accordingly, all Grindrod Shipping shareholders must appoint a Central Securities Depository Participant, or CSDP for shares traded on the JSE, directly or through a broker, to hold the dematerialised Grindrod Shipping shares on their behalf.

If (a) the name of any person is without sufficient cause entered in or omitted from the register of members; or (b) default is made or there is unnecessary delay in entering in the register of members the fact of any person having ceased to be a member, the person aggrieved or any member of the company or the company, may apply to the Singapore courts for rectification of the register of members. The Singapore courts may either refuse the application or order rectification of the register of members, and may direct the company to pay any damages sustained by any party to the application. The Singapore courts will not entertain any application for the rectification of a register of members in respect of an entry which was made in the register of members more than 30 years before the date of the application.

Share Capital

Following the Spin-Off, the issued and fully paid-up share capital of Grindrod Shipping will consist of 19,063,833 ordinary shares. Grindrod Shipping currently has only one class of issued ordinary shares, which have identical rights in all respects and rank equally with one another. Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares have no par value and there is no requirement to set out an authorized share capital under Singapore law.

Grindrod Shipping's constitution provides that Grindrod Shipping may issue shares of a different class with preferential, deferred, qualified or special rights, privileges or conditions or subject to such restrictions, whether as regards dividend, return of capital, voting or otherwise, as Grindrod Shipping's board of directors may determine, provided always that (subject to any direction to the contrary that may be given by the shareholders in general meeting) any issue of shares for cash to shareholders holding shares of any class shall be offered to such shareholders in proportion as nearly as may be to the number of shares of such class then held by them, the rights attaching to shares of a class other than ordinary shares shall be expressed in the resolution creating the same, and to the extent that any shares of Grindrod Shipping are listed on the JSE where the shareholders authorize the directors to issue unissued securities and/or grant options to subscribe for unissued securities as the directors in their discretion deem fit, such corporate action has been approved by the JSE and is subject to the JSE Listings Requirements. The rights attached

105


Table of Contents

to shares issued upon special conditions must be clearly defined in Grindrod Shipping's constitution. Grindrod Shipping's constitution sets out that the shares of Grindrod Shipping in each class shall rank pari passu . If at any time the share capital is divided into different classes, the rights attached to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class) may, subject to the provisions of the Singapore Companies Act, whether or not the company is being wound up, be varied or abrogated with the consent in writing of the holders of at least three-fourths of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of shares of that class.

All ordinary shares to be issued will be fully paid and existing shareholders will not be subject to any calls on shares. Although Singapore law does not recognize the concept of "non-assessability" with respect to newly-issued shares, any purchaser of Grindrod Shipping's shares who has fully paid up all amounts due with respect to such shares will not be subject under Singapore law to any personal liability to contribute to the assets or liabilities of Grindrod Shipping in such purchaser's capacity solely as a holder of such shares. All shares are in registered form. Grindrod Shipping cannot, except in the circumstances permitted by the Singapore Companies Act, grant any financial assistance for the acquisition or proposed acquisition of its own shares.

Constitution

The following description of Grindrod Shipping's constitution is a summary of the constitution that it expects to adopt and is qualified by reference to the constitution, which is filed as an exhibit to this registration statement.

    Objects and purposes

Subject to the Singapore Companies Act, any other written law and the constitution, Grindrod Shipping has full capacity to carry on or undertake any business or activity, do any act or enter into any transaction.

    Issuances of New Shares

Under Singapore law, new shares may be issued only with the prior approval of Grindrod Shipping's shareholders in a general meeting. General approval may be sought from Grindrod Shipping's shareholders in a general meeting for the issue of shares. Approval, if granted, will lapse at the earliest of:

    the conclusion of the next annual general meeting;

    the expiration of the period within which the next annual general meeting is required by law to be held (i.e., within 18 months from our incorporation date (and in the case of subsequent periods, 15 months)) or six months from Grindrod Shipping's financial year end, being December 31, whichever is earlier; or

    the subsequent revocation or modification of approval by Grindrod Shipping's shareholders acting at a duly convened general meeting.

Prior to the listing, Grindrod Shipping's shareholders will provide approval until the conclusion of our first annual general meeting, to issue new shares (including shares to be issued for vessel purchases made while any such approval is in effect) (i) up to 25% of the number of ordinary shares outstanding immediately after the Spin-Off to potentially purchase, directly or indirectly, the vessels currently owned by the IVS Bulk joint venture, or similar vessels if those vessels are not available for sale, and (ii) up to 20% of the number of ordinary shares outstanding immediately after the Spin-Off to purchase other vessels, which could dilute the percentage ownership of existing shareholders and negatively impact the price of the ordinary shares. We may, for these and other purposes, such as in connection with share incentive and share option plans (such as our forfeitable share plan, for which we have obtained shareholder approval until the conclusion of our first annual general meeting to issue shares provided that the aggregate number of ordinary shares that may be granted and not yet vested under the forfeitable share plan at any one time shall not exceed 5% of the number of shares in issue (excluding treasury shares) as determined in reference to the day preceding the award), issue additional ordinary shares or securities convertible into ordinary shares. Subject to this and the provisions of the Singapore Companies Act and Grindrod Shipping's constitution, all new shares are under the control of the directors who may allot and issue new shares to such persons on such terms and conditions and with the rights and restrictions as they may think fit to impose. See "Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors—Under Singapore law, shareholder approval is required to allow us to issue new shares which could impact our ability to raise capital or consummate

106


Table of Contents

acquisitions. Any issuance of new shares would dilute the percentage ownership of existing shareholders and could adversely impact the market price of the ordinary shares".

    Repurchase of Ordinary Shares

Under Singapore law, repurchases of ordinary shares by us must be approved by shareholder resolutions. The number of ordinary shares that we may buy back cannot exceed 20% of the total number of shares ascertained as at the date of a resolution approving a share buyback mandate.

    Preference Shares

Grindrod Shipping's constitution provides that Grindrod Shipping may issue shares of a different class with preferential, deferred, qualified or other special rights, privileges or conditions or subject to such restrictions, whether as regards dividend, return of capital, voting or otherwise as Grindrod Shipping's board of directors may determine. Under the Singapore Companies Act, Grindrod Shipping's preference shareholders will have the right to attend any general meeting insofar as the circumstances set forth below apply and on a poll at such general meeting, to have at least one vote for every preference share held:

    upon any resolution concerning the voluntary winding-up of Grindrod Shipping; and

    upon any resolution which varies the rights attached to such preference shares.

Grindrod Shipping's constitution provides that, subject to applicable laws, the holders of securities, other than ordinary shares, and any special shares created for purpose of black economic empowerment in terms of the Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act No.53 of 2003 of South Africa, shall not be entitled to vote on any resolution taken by Grindrod Shipping, save in the following instances—

(a)
during any special period, as provided for in paragraph (c) below, during which any dividend, any part of any dividend on such preference shares or any redemption payment thereon remains in arrears and unpaid;

(b)
in regard to any resolution proposed for the winding-up of Grindrod Shipping or the reduction of its capital;

(c)
the period referred to in paragraph (a) above shall be a period not more than 6 months after the due date of the dividend or redemption payment in question or, where no due date is specified, after the end of the financial year of Grindrod Shipping in respect of which such dividend accrued or such redemption payment became due; and

(d)
in regard to any resolution proposed to vary any rights attached to shares held by such holders of securities.

In the event that Grindrod Shipping issues preference shares in the future, in the instances that Grindrod Shipping's preference shareholders are permitted to vote at meetings as set out above, their votes will not carry any special rights or privileges and they shall be entitled to one vote for each share that they hold, provided that their total voting right at such a meeting may not exceed 24.99% of the total voting rights of all shareholders at such meeting.

Grindrod Shipping may, subject to the prior approval in a general meeting of Grindrod Shipping's shareholders, issue preference shares which are, or at Grindrod Shipping's option, subject to redemption provided that such preference shares may not be redeemed out of capital unless:

    all the directors have made a solvency statement in relation to such redemption; and

    Grindrod Shipping has lodged a copy of the statement with the Singapore Registrar of Companies.

Further, the shares must be fully paid-up before they are redeemed. Following the Spin-Off, no preferences shares will be outstanding.

    Transfer of Ordinary Shares

Subject to applicable securities laws in relevant jurisdictions and Grindrod Shipping's constitution, Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares are freely transferable. Shares may be transferred by a duly signed instrument of transfer in any usual or common form or in a form acceptable to our directors. The directors may decline to register any transfer unless, among other things, evidence of payment of any stamp duty

107


Table of Contents

payable with respect to the transfer is provided together with other evidence as the directors may require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer. Grindrod Shipping will replace lost or destroyed certificates for shares upon notice to Grindrod Shipping and upon, among other things, the applicant furnishing evidence and indemnity as the directors may require and the payment of all applicable fees. See "Item 10. Additional Information—Singapore Tax Considerations—Stamp Duty".

    Election and Re-election of Directors

Under Grindrod Shipping's constitution, Grindrod Shipping's shareholders by ordinary resolution, or Grindrod Shipping's board of directors, may appoint any person to be a director as an additional director or to fill a casual vacancy, provided that any person so appointed by Grindrod Shipping's board of directors shall hold office only until the next annual general meeting, and shall then be eligible for re-election.

    Shareholders' Meetings

Grindrod Shipping is required by Singapore law and its constitution to hold an annual general meeting each year, provided that so long as Grindrod Shipping holds its first annual general meeting within 18 months of its incorporation, it need not hold it in the year of its incorporation or in the following year. Each annual general meeting must be held not more than 15 months after the holding of the last preceding annual general meeting, and in each case, not later than six months from Grindrod Shipping's financial year end, being December 31. The directors may convene an extraordinary general meeting whenever they think fit and they must do so upon the written request of shareholders representing not less than one-tenth of the paid-up shares as at the date of deposit of the written request that carry the right to vote at general meetings (disregarding paid-up shares held as treasury shares). In addition, two or more registered shareholders holding not less than one-tenth of Grindrod Shipping's total number of issued shares (excluding Grindrod Shipping's treasury shares) may call a meeting of Grindrod Shipping's shareholders. The Singapore Companies Act requires not less than:

    14 days' written notice to be given by Grindrod Shipping of a general meeting to pass an ordinary resolution to every member and the auditors of Grindrod Shipping.

    21 days' written notice to be given by Grindrod Shipping of a general meeting to pass a special resolution to every member and the auditors of Grindrod Shipping.

Grindrod Shipping's constitution further provides that in computing the notice period, both the day on which the notice is served, or deemed to be served, and the day for which the notice is given shall be excluded.

Unless otherwise required by law or by Grindrod Shipping's constitution, voting at general meetings is by ordinary resolution, requiring the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the shareholders present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the resolution. An ordinary resolution suffices, for example, for appointments of directors. A special resolution, requiring an affirmative vote of not less than three-fourths of the shareholders present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the resolution, is necessary for certain matters under Singapore law, such as an alteration of Grindrod Shipping's constitution.

Only shareholders who are registered in Grindrod Shipping's register of members, and their proxies, will be entitled to attend, speak and vote at any meeting of shareholders. A shareholder entitled to attend and vote at a meeting of Grindrod Shipping, or at a meeting of any class of shareholders of Grindrod Shipping, shall be entitled to appoint another person or persons, whether a shareholder or not, as his proxy to attend and vote instead of the shareholder at the meeting. A proxy appointed to attend and vote instead of the shareholder shall also have the same right as the shareholder to speak at the meeting, but unless Grindrod Shipping's constitution otherwise provides, (i) a shareholder shall not be entitled to appoint more than two proxies to attend and vote at the same meeting and (ii) where a shareholder appoints two proxies the appointment shall be invalid unless the shareholder specifies the proportions of his holdings to be represented by each proxy.

    Voting Rights

Voting at any meeting of shareholders is by a poll. On a poll, every shareholder who is present in person or by proxy or by attorney, or in the case of a corporation, by a representative, has one vote for every share held by him or her or which he or she represents. Proxies need not be shareholders. Only those

108


Table of Contents

shareholders who are registered in Grindrod Shipping's register of members will be entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders.

    Dividends

No dividend may be paid except out of profits. Any dividends would be limited by the amount of available distributable reserves, which, under Singapore law, will be assessed on the basis of Grindrod Shipping's standalone unconsolidated accounts, which will be based upon IFRS. Under Singapore law, it is also possible to effect a capital reduction exercise to return cash and/or assets to Grindrod Shipping's shareholders. The completion of a capital reduction exercise may require the approval of the Singapore courts, and Grindrod Shipping may not be successful in its attempts to obtain such approval.

Additionally, because Grindrod Shipping is a holding company, Grindrod Shipping's ability to pay cash dividends, or make a distribution-in-kind of the ordinary shares of any of Grindrod Shipping's subsidiaries, may be limited by restrictions on Grindrod Shipping's ability to obtain sufficient funds through dividends from Grindrod Shipping's businesses, including restrictions under the terms of the agreements governing the indebtedness of Grindrod Shipping's businesses. Subject to the foregoing, the payment of cash dividends in the future, if any, will be at the discretion of Grindrod Shipping's board of directors and will depend upon such factors as earnings levels, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, Grindrod Shipping's overall financial condition, available distributable reserves and any other factors deemed relevant by Grindrod Shipping's board of directors. A final dividend may be declared out of profits disclosed by the accounts presented to the annual general meeting, and requires approval of Grindrod Shipping's shareholders. However, Grindrod Shipping's board of directors can declare interim dividends without approval of Grindrod Shipping's shareholders.

    Bonus

In a general meeting, Grindrod Shipping's shareholders may, upon the recommendation of the directors, capitalize any reserves or profits and distribute them as fully paid bonus shares to the shareholders in proportion to their shareholdings.

    Takeovers

The Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers, the Singapore Companies Act and the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore regulate, among other things, the acquisition of voting shares of Singapore-incorporated public companies. Any person acquiring an interest, whether by a series of transactions over a period of time or not, either on his own or together with parties acting in concert with such person, in 30% or more of Grindrod Shipping's voting rights, or, if such person holds, either on his own or together with parties acting in concert with such person, between 30% and 50% (both amounts inclusive) of Grindrod Shipping's voting rights, and if such person (or parties acting in concert with such person) acquires additional voting shares representing more than 1% of Grindrod Shipping's voting rights in any six-month period, must, except with the consent of the Securities Industry Council in Singapore, extend a mandatory takeover offer for the remaining voting shares in accordance with the provisions of the Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers.

"Parties acting in concert" comprise individuals or companies who, pursuant to an agreement or understanding (whether formal or informal), cooperate, through the acquisition by any of them of shares in a company, to obtain or consolidate effective control of that company. Certain persons are presumed (unless the presumption is rebutted) to be acting in concert with each other. They include:

    a company and its related companies, the associated companies of any of the company and its related companies, companies whose associated companies include any of these companies and any person who has provided financial assistance (other than a bank in the ordinary course of business) to any of the foregoing for the purchase of voting rights;

    a company and its directors (including their close relatives, related trusts and companies controlled by any of the directors, their close relatives and related trusts);

    a company and its pension funds and employee share schemes;

    a person and any investment company, unit trust or other fund whose investment such person manages on a discretionary basis but only in respect of the investment account which such person manages;

109


Table of Contents

    a financial or other professional adviser, including a stockbroker, and its clients in respect of shares held by the adviser and persons controlling, controlled by or under the same control as the adviser and all the funds managed by the adviser on a discretionary basis, where the shareholdings of the adviser and any of those funds in the client total 10% or more of the client's equity share capital;

    directors of a company (including their close relatives, related trusts and companies controlled by any of such directors, their close relatives and related trusts) which is subject to an offer or where the directors have reason to believe a bona fide offer for the company may be imminent;

    partners; and

    an individual and such person's close relatives and related trusts, any person who is accustomed to act in accordance with such person's instructions and companies controlled by the individual, such person's close relatives, related trusts or any person who is accustomed to act in accordance with such person's instructions and any person who has provided financial assistance (other than a bank in the ordinary course of business) to any of the foregoing for the purchase of voting rights.

Subject to certain exceptions, a mandatory takeover offer must be in cash or be accompanied by a cash alternative at not less than the highest price paid by the offeror or parties acting in concert with the offeror during the offer period and within the six months preceding the acquisition of shares that triggered the mandatory offer obligation.

Under the Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers, where effective control of a company is acquired or consolidated by a person, or persons acting in concert, a general offer to all other shareholders is normally required. An offeror must treat all shareholders of the same class in an offeree company equally. A fundamental requirement is that shareholders in the company subject to the takeover offer must be given sufficient information, advice and time to consider and decide on the offer. These legal requirements may impede or delay a takeover of Grindrod Shipping by a third-party.

The Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers provides that the board of directors of Grindrod Shipping should bring the offer to the shareholders of Grindrod Shipping in accordance with the Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers and refrain from an action which could effectively result in any bona fide offer being frustrated or the shareholders being denied an opportunity to decide on its merits.

    Liquidation or Other Return of Capital

On a winding-up or other return of capital, subject to any special rights attaching to any other class of shares, holders of ordinary shares will be entitled to participate in any surplus assets in proportion to their shareholdings.

    Limitations on Rights to Hold or Vote Ordinary Shares

Except as discussed above under "—Takeovers", there are no limitations imposed by the laws of Singapore or by Grindrod Shipping's constitution on the right of non-resident shareholders to hold or vote ordinary shares.

    Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters

Grindrod Shipping's constitution currently provides that, subject to the provisions of the Singapore Companies Act and every other act applicable to Grindrod Shipping, every director, auditor, secretary or other officer of Grindrod Shipping or Grindrod Shipping's subsidiaries and affiliates shall be entitled to be indemnified by Grindrod Shipping against all costs, interests, charges, losses, expenses and liabilities incurred by him or her in the execution and discharge of his or her duties (and where he serves at Grindrod Shipping's request as a director, officer, employee or agent of any of Grindrod Shipping's subsidiaries or affiliates) or in relation thereto and in particular and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, no director, secretary or other officer of Grindrod Shipping shall be liable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of any other director or officer or for joining in any receipt or other act for conformity or for any loss or expense happening to Grindrod Shipping through the insufficiency or deficiency of title to any property acquired by order of the directors for or on behalf of Grindrod Shipping or for the insufficiency or deficiency of any security in or upon which any of the moneys of Grindrod Shipping shall be invested or for any loss or damage arising from the bankruptcy, insolvency or tortious act of any person with whom any

110


Table of Contents

moneys, securities or effects shall be deposited or left or for any other loss, damage or misfortune whatever which shall happen in the execution of the duties of his or her office or in relation thereto unless the same shall happen through his or her own negligence, wilful default, breach of duty or breach of trust.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in Grindrod Shipping's constitution may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit Grindrod Shipping and Grindrod Shipping's shareholders. A shareholder's investment may be harmed to the extent Grindrod Shipping pays the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to Grindrod Shipping's directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, Grindrod Shipping has been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable.

Comparison of Shareholder Rights

Grindrod Shipping is incorporated under the laws of Singapore. The following discussion summarizes material differences between the rights of holders of Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares and the general rights of holders of the common stock under the laws of the state of Delaware, which result from differences in the laws of Singapore and Delaware.

111


Table of Contents

This discussion does not purport to be a complete statement of the rights of holders of Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares under applicable law in Singapore and Grindrod Shipping's constitution or the general rights of holders of the common stock of a corporation under applicable Delaware law.

Delaware   Singapore
Board of Directors

The board of directors must consist of at least one member. The number of directors shall be fixed by, or in a manner provided in, the bylaws, unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, in which case a change in the number shall be made only by amendment of the certificate of incorporation.

 

The constitution of companies will typically state the minimum and maximum number of directors as well as provide that the number of directors may be increased or reduced by shareholders via ordinary resolution passed at a general meeting, provided that the number of directors following such increase or reduction is within the maximum and minimum number of directors provided in the constitution and the Singapore Companies Act, respectively. Grindrod Shipping's constitution provides that, unless otherwise determined by a general meeting, the minimum number of directors is five and the maximum number is twelve.

Limitation on Personal Liability of Directors

A corporation's certificate of incorporation may provide for the elimination of personal monetary liability of directors for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, provided that such provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director: (i) For any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders; (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

Pursuant to the Singapore Companies Act, any provision (whether in the constitution, contract or otherwise) purporting to exempt a director (to any extent) from any liability that would otherwise attach to him or her in connection with any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to Grindrod Shipping will be void. Nevertheless, a director can be released by the shareholders of Grindrod Shipping for breaches of duty to Grindrod Shipping, except in the case of fraud, illegality, insolvency and oppression or disregard of minority interests.

112


Table of Contents

Delaware   Singapore

 

 

Grindrod Shipping's constitution currently provides that, subject to the provisions of the Singapore Companies Act and every other act for the time being in force concerning companies and affecting Grindrod Shipping, every director, auditor, secretary or other officer of Grindrod Shipping and its subsidiaries and affiliates shall be entitled to be indemnified by Grindrod Shipping against all liabilities incurred by him or her in the execution and discharge of his or her duties and where he or she serves at the request of Grindrod Shipping as a director, officer, employee or agent of any subsidiary or affiliate of Grindrod Shipping or in relation thereto, including any liability incurred by him or her in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, which relate to anything done or omitted or alleged to have been done or omitted by him or her as an officer or employee of Grindrod Shipping, and in which judgment is given in his favor (or the proceedings otherwise disposed of without any finding or admission of any material breach of duty on his or her part) or in which he is acquitted, or in connection with an application under statute in respect of such act or omission in which relief is granted to him or her by the court.

Interested Shareholders

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in specified corporate transactions with an "interested stockholder" for three years following the time that the stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. Subject to specified exceptions, an "interested stockholder" is a person or group that owns 15% or more of the corporation's outstanding voting stock or is an affiliate or associate of the corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the voting stock at any time within the previous three years.

 

There are no comparable provisions in Singapore with respect to public companies which are not listed on the Singapore Exchange Securities Trading Limited.

A Delaware corporation may elect to "opt out" of, and not be governed by, Section 203 through a provision in either its original certificate of incorporation, or an amendment to its original certificate or bylaws that was approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding stock entitled to vote thereon.

 

 

113


Table of Contents

Delaware   Singapore

Removal of Directors

Under Delaware law, any director or the entire board may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise, in the case of a corporation whose board is classified, stockholders may effect such removal only for cause.

 

According to the Singapore Companies Act, directors of a public company may be removed before expiration of their term of office with or without cause by ordinary resolution of the shareholders (i.e., a resolution which is passed by a simple majority of those shareholders present and voting in person or by proxy). Notice of the intention to move such a resolution has to be given to Grindrod Shipping not less than 28 days before the meeting at which it is moved. Grindrod Shipping shall then give notice of such resolution to its shareholders not less than 14 days before the meeting.

 

 

Where any director removed in this manner was appointed to represent the interests of any particular class of shareholders or debenture holders, the resolution to remove such director will not take effect until such director's successor has been appointed.

 

 

Grindrod Shipping's constitution provides that Grindrod Shipping may by ordinary resolution of which special notice has been given, remove any director from office, notwithstanding anything in Grindrod Shipping's constitution or in any agreement between Grindrod Shipping and such director, and appoint another person in place of the director so removed from office.

Filling Vacancies on the Board of Directors

Any vacancy, whether arising through death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal, an increase in the number of directors or any other reason, shall be filled as the corporation's bylaws provide. In the absence of such provision, the vacancy shall be filled by a majority vote of the remaining directors, even if such directors remaining in office constitute less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director. In the case of a corporation with a classified board of directors, any directors elected due to an increase in the authorized number of directors shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such directors shall have been chosen, and until their successors shall be elected and qualified.

 

The constitution of a Singapore company typically provides that the directors have the power to appoint any person to be a director, either to fill a vacancy or as an addition to the existing directors, but so that the total number of directors will not at any time exceed the maximum number fixed in the constitution. Any newly elected director shall hold office until the next following annual general meeting, where such director will then be eligible for re-election.

Grindrod Shipping's constitution provides that the shareholders may by ordinary resolution, or the directors may, appoint any person to be a director as an additional director or to fill a vacancy. The directors have the power at any time so to do, but so that the total number of directors will not at any time exceed the maximum number fixed in Grindrod Shipping's constitution. Any person so appointed by the directors will only hold office until the next annual general meeting, and will then be eligible for re-election.

114


Table of Contents

Delaware   Singapore

Amendment of Governing Documents

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, amendments to a corporation's certificate of incorporation require the approval of stockholders holding a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment. If a class vote on the amendment is required by the Delaware General Corporation Law, a majority of the outstanding stock of the class is required, unless a greater proportion is specified in the certificate of incorporation or by other provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

Grindrod Shipping's constitution may be altered by special resolution (i.e., a resolution passed by at least a three-fourths majority of the shareholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy at a meeting for which not less than 21 days written notice is given). The board of directors has no right to amend the constitution.

The power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws shall be in the stockholders entitled to vote. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any corporation may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the board of directors.

 

 

Meetings of Shareholders

Annual and Special Meetings

 

Annual General Meetings

Meetings of stockholders may be held at such place, either within or outside of Delaware, as may be designated by or in the manner provided in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or if not so designated, as determined by the board of directors. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, special meetings of the stockholders may be called by the board of directors or by such person or persons as may be authorized by the certificate of incorporation or by the bylaws.

Quorum Requirements

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation's certificate of incorporation or bylaws may specify the number of shares and/or the amount of other securities having voting power, the holders of which shall be present or represented by proxy at any meeting in order to constitute a quorum for, and the votes that shall be necessary for, the transaction of any business, but in no event shall a quorum consist of less than one third of the shares entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

All companies are required to hold an annual general meeting once every calendar year provided that so long as a company holds its first annual general meeting within 18 months of its incorporation, it need not hold it in the year of its incorporation or in the following year. The first annual general meeting is required to be held within 18 months of Grindrod Shipping's incorporation and subsequently, annual general meetings must be held not more than 15 months after the holding of the last preceding annual general meeting, and in each case, not later than 6 months from Grindrod Shipping's financial year end.

Extraordinary General Meetings

Any general meeting other than the annual general meeting is called an "extraordinary general meeting". Two or more members (shareholders) holding not less than 10% of the total number of issued shares (excluding treasury shares) may call an extraordinary general meeting. In addition, the constitution usually also provides that general meetings may be convened in accordance with the Singapore Companies Act by the directors.

 

 

Notwithstanding anything in the constitution, the directors are required to convene a general meeting if required to do so by requisition (i.e., written notice to directors requiring that a meeting be called) by shareholder(s) holding not less than 10% of the total number of paid-up shares of Grindrod Shipping carrying voting rights.

115


Table of Contents

Delaware   Singapore
    Grindrod Shipping's constitution provides that the directors may, whenever they think fit, convene an extraordinary general meeting.

 

 

Quorum Requirements

 

 

Grindrod Shipping's constitution provides that shareholders holding in aggregate not less than 15 per cent of the issued and fully paid shares (excluding treasury shares) in the capital of the company, present in person or by proxy shall be a quorum. In the event a quorum is not present, the meeting may be adjourned for one week. In the event a quorum is not present at the adjourned meeting, the meeting may again be adjourned for one week. At the second adjourned meeting, any one or more members present in person or by proxy shall be a quorum.

 

 

Shareholders' Rights at Meetings

 

 

The Singapore Companies Act provides that every member shall, notwithstanding any provision in the constitution, have a right to attend any general meeting of the company and to speak on any resolution before the meeting. The holder of a share may vote on a resolution before a general meeting of the company if, in accordance with the provisions of the Singapore Companies Act, the share confers on the holder a right to vote on that resolution.

116


Table of Contents

Delaware   Singapore

Indemnification of Officers, Directors and Employers

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to specified limitations in the case of derivative suits brought by a corporation's stockholders in its name, a corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person:

acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; and

with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person's conduct was unlawful.

Delaware corporate law permits indemnification by a corporation under similar circumstances for expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

To the extent that a present or former director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any such action, suit or proceeding referred to above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith. Expenses

 
The Singapore Companies Act specifically provides that Grindrod Shipping is allowed to:

purchase and maintain for any officer insurance against any liability attaching to such officer in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to Grindrod Shipping;

indemnify such officer against liability incurred by the officer to a person other than Grindrod Shipping except when the indemnity is against (i) any liability of the officer to pay a fine in criminal proceedings or a sum payable to a regulatory authority by way of a penalty in respect of non-compliance with any requirement of a regulatory nature (however arising); or (ii) any liability incurred by the officer (1) in defending criminal proceedings in which he is convicted, (2) in defending civil proceedings brought by Grindrod Shipping or a related company of Grindrod Shipping in which judgment is given against him or her or (3) in connection with an application for relief under specified sections of the Singapore Companies Act in which the court refuses to grant him or her relief;

indemnify any auditor against any liability incurred or to be incurred by such auditor in defending any proceedings (whether civil or criminal) in which judgment is given in such auditor's favor or in which such auditor is acquitted; or

indemnify any auditor against any liability incurred by such auditor in connection with any application under specified sections of the Singapore Companies Act in which relief is granted to such auditor by a court.

In cases where, inter alia , an officer is sued by Grindrod Shipping the Singapore Companies Act gives the court the power to relieve directors either wholly or partially from the consequences of their negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust. However, Singapore case law has indicated that such relief will not be granted to a director who has benefited as a result of his or her breach of trust. In order for relief to be obtained, it must be shown that (i) the director acted reasonably; (ii) the director acted honestly; and (iii) it is fair, having regard to all the circumstances of the case including those connected with such director's appointment,

117


Table of Contents

Delaware   Singapore
(including attorneys' fees) incurred by an officer or director of the corporation in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation.   to excuse the director.

Grindrod Shipping's constitution currently provides that, subject to the provisions of the Singapore Companies Act and every other act for the time being in force concerning companies and affecting Grindrod Shipping, every director, auditor, secretary or other officer of Grindrod Shipping and its subsidiaries and affiliates shall be entitled to be indemnified by Grindrod Shipping against all liabilities incurred by him or her in the execution and discharge of his or her duties and where he or she serves at the request of Grindrod Shipping as a director, officer, employee or agent of any subsidiary or affiliate of Grindrod Shipping or in relation thereto, including any liability incurred by him or her in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, which relate to anything done or omitted or alleged to have been done or omitted by him or her as an officer or employee of Grindrod Shipping, and in which judgment is given in his or her favor (or the proceedings otherwise disposed of without any finding or admission of any material breach of duty on his or her part) or in which he or she is acquitted, or in connection with an application under statute in respect of such act or omission in which relief is granted to him or her by the court.

Shareholder Approval of Issuances of Shares

Under Delaware law, the directors may, at any time and from time to time, if all of the shares of capital stock which the corporation is authorized by its certificate of incorporation to issue have not been issued, subscribed for, or otherwise committed to be issued, issue or take subscriptions for additional shares of its capital stock up to the amount authorized in its certificate of incorporation.

 

The Singapore Companies Act provides that notwithstanding anything in the company's constitution, the directors shall not exercise any power to issue shares without prior approval of the shareholders in general meeting. The affirmative vote of a simple majority of the shareholders present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the resolution is required for this authorization. Once this shareholders' approval is obtained, unless subsequently revoked or varied by the company in general meeting, it continues in force until the conclusion of the next annual general meeting or the expiration of the period within which the next annual general meeting after that date is required by law to be held, whichever is earlier.

118


Table of Contents

Delaware   Singapore

Shareholder Approval of Business Combinations


Generally, under the Delaware General Corporation Law, completion of a merger, consolidation, or the sale, lease or exchange of substantially all of a corporation's assets or dissolution requires approval by the board of directors and by a majority (unless the certificate of incorporation requires a higher percentage) of outstanding stock of the corporation entitled to vote.

The Delaware General Corporation Law also requires a vote of stockholders at an annual or special meeting and not by written consent by the affirmative vote of at least two thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the "interested stockholders" as defined in section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law in connection with a business combination with an "interested stockholder".

 
The Singapore Companies Act mandates that specified corporate actions require approval by the shareholders in a general meeting, notably:

notwithstanding anything in Grindrod Shipping's constitution, directors are not permitted to carry into effect any proposals for disposing of the whole or substantially the whole of Grindrod Shipping's undertaking or property unless those proposals have been approved by shareholders in a general meeting;

subject to the constitution of each amalgamating company, an amalgamation proposal must be approved by the shareholders of each amalgamating company via special resolution at a general meeting;

a compromise or arrangement proposed between a company and its shareholders, or any class of them must, among other things, be approved by a majority in number representing three-fourths in value of the shareholders or class of shareholders present and voting either in person or by proxy at the meeting ordered by the court; and

notwithstanding anything in Grindrod Shipping's constitution, the directors may not, without the prior approval of shareholders, issue shares, including shares being issued in connection with corporate actions.


Shareholder Action Without a Meeting

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of a corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

 

There are no equivalent provisions under the Singapore Companies Act in respect of passing shareholders' resolutions by written means that apply to public companies listed on a securities exchange.

119


Table of Contents

Delaware   Singapore

Shareholder Suits

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a stockholder may bring a derivative action on behalf of the corporation to enforce the rights of the corporation. An individual also may commence a class action suit on behalf of himself or herself and other similarly situated stockholders where the requirements for maintaining a class action under the Delaware Court Rules have been met. A person may institute and maintain such a derivative suit only if such person was a stockholder at the time of the transaction which is the subject of the suit or his or her shares thereafter devolved upon him or her by operation of law. Additionally, under Delaware case law, the plaintiff bringing a derivative suit on behalf of a corporation generally must be a stockholder not only at the time of the transaction which is the subject of the suit, but also through the duration of the derivative suit. The Delaware Court Rules also require that the derivative plaintiff make a demand on the directors of the corporation to assert the corporate claim before the suit may be prosecuted by the derivative plaintiff, unless such demand would be futile.

 

Standing

Only registered shareholders reflected in the register of members are recognized under Singapore law as shareholders of a company. As a result, only registered shareholders have legal standing to institute shareholder actions or otherwise seek to enforce their rights as shareholders.

Holders of dematerialised interests in Grindrod Shipping's shares will be required to exchange their dematerialised interests for certificated shares and to be registered as shareholders in the register of members in order to institute or enforce any legal proceedings or claims against Grindrod Shipping, the directors or officers relating to shareholder rights. A holder of dematerialised interests may become a registered shareholder of Grindrod Shipping by exchanging its interest in the shares for certificated shares and being registered in the register of members.

Personal remedies in cases of oppression or injustice

 

 

A shareholder may apply to the court for an order under the Singapore Companies Act to remedy situations where (i) the company's affairs are being conducted or the powers of the company's directors are being exercised in a manner oppressive to, or in disregard of the interests of, one or more of the shareholders or holders of debentures of the company, including the applicant; or (ii) the company has done an act, or threatens to do an act, or the shareholders or holders of debentures have passed or proposed some resolution, which unfairly discriminates against, or is otherwise prejudicial to, one or more of the company's shareholders or holders of debentures, including the applicant.

 

 

Singapore courts have wide discretion as to the relief they may grant under such application, including, inter alia , directing or prohibiting any act or cancelling or varying any transaction or resolution, providing that the company be wound up, or authorizing civil proceedings to be brought in the name of or on behalf of the company by such person or persons and on such terms as the court directs.

 

 

Derivative actions and arbitrations

 

 

The Singapore Companies Act has a provision which provides a mechanism enabling shareholders to apply to the court for leave to bring a derivative action or arbitration on behalf of Grindrod Shipping.

120


Table of Contents

Delaware   Singapore
    Applications are generally made by shareholders, but courts are given the discretion to allow such persons as they deem proper to apply (e.g., beneficial owner of shares).

 

 

It should be noted that this provision of the Singapore Companies Act is primarily used by minority shareholders to bring an action or arbitration in the name and on behalf of a company or intervene in an action or arbitration to which a company is a party for the purpose of prosecuting, defending or discontinuing the action or arbitration on behalf of the company.

 

 

Prior to commencing a derivative action or arbitration, the court must be satisfied that (i) 14 days' notice has been given to the directors of the company of the party's intention to commence such action or arbitration if the directors of the company do not bring, diligently prosecute or defend or discontinue the action, (ii) the party is acting in good faith and (iii) it appears to be prima facie in the interests of the company that the action be brought, prosecuted, defended or discontinued.

 

 

Class actions

 

 

The concept of class action suits, which allows individual shareholders to bring an action seeking to represent the class or classes of shareholders, generally does not exist in Singapore. However, it is possible as a matter of procedure for a number of shareholders to lead an action and establish liability on behalf of themselves and other shareholders who join in or who are made parties to the action.

 

 

These shareholders are commonly known as "lead plaintiffs". Further, there are circumstances under the provisions of certain Singapore statutes where shareholders may file and prove their claims for compensation in the event that a company has been convicted of a criminal offense or has a court order for the payment of a civil penalty made against it.

121


Table of Contents

Delaware   Singapore

Dividends or Other Distributions; Repurchases and Redemptions


The directors of every corporation, subject to any restrictions contained in its certificate of incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock either out of its statutory surplus in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law or in case there shall be no such surplus, out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year.

If the capital of the corporation computed in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law shall have been diminished by depreciation in the value of its property, or by losses, or otherwise, to an amount less than the aggregate amount of the capital represented by the issued and outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets, the directors of such corporation shall not declare and pay out of such net profits any dividends upon any shares of any classes of its capital stock until the deficiency in the amount of capital represented by the issued and outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets shall have been repaired.

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, every corporation may purchase, redeem, receive, take or otherwise acquire, own and hold, sell, lend, exchange, transfer or otherwise dispose of, pledge, use and otherwise deal in and with its own shares; provided, however, that no corporation shall purchase or redeem its own shares of capital stock for cash or other property when the capital of the corporation is impaired or when such purchase or redemption would cause any impairment of the capital of the corporation, except that a corporation other than a nonstock corporation may purchase or redeem out of capital any of its own shares which are entitled upon any distribution of its assets, whether by dividend or in liquidation, to a preference over another class or series of its stock, or, if no shares entitled to such a preference are outstanding, any of its own shares, if such shares will be retired upon their acquisition and the capital of the corporation reduced.

 
The Singapore Companies Act provides that no dividends can be paid to shareholders except out of profits.

The Singapore Companies Act does not provide a definition on when profits are deemed to be available for the purpose of paying dividends and this is accordingly governed by case law. Grindrod Shipping's constitution provides that no dividend can be paid otherwise than out of profits of Grindrod Shipping.

Acquisition of a company's own shares

The Singapore Companies Act generally prohibits a company from acquiring its own shares subject to certain exceptions. Any contract or transaction by which a company acquires or transfers its own shares is void. However, provided that it is expressly permitted to do so by its constitution and subject to the special conditions of each permitted acquisition contained in the Singapore Companies Act, Grindrod Shipping may:

redeem redeemable preference shares (the redemption of these shares will not reduce the capital of Grindrod Shipping). Preference shares may be redeemed out of capital if all the directors make a solvency statement in relation to such redemption and Grindrod Shipping lodges a copy of the statement with the Registrar of Companies in accordance with the Singapore Companies Act;

whether listed on a securities exchange (in Singapore or outside Singapore) or not, make an off-market purchase of its own shares in accordance with an equal access scheme authorized in advance at a general meeting;

whether listed on a securities exchange (in Singapore or outside Singapore) or not, make a selective off-market purchase of its own shares in accordance with an agreement authorized in advance at a general meeting by a special resolution where persons whose shares are to be acquired and their associated persons have abstained from voting; and

whether listed on a securities exchange (in Singapore or outside Singapore) or not, make an acquisition of its own shares under a contingent purchase contract which has been authorized in advance at a general meeting by a special resolution.

122


Table of Contents

Delaware   Singapore
    Grindrod Shipping may also purchase its own shares by an order of a Singapore court.

 

 

The total number of ordinary shares that may be acquired by Grindrod Shipping in a relevant period may not exceed 20% of the total number of ordinary shares in that class as of the date of the resolution pursuant to the relevant share repurchase provisions under the Singapore Companies Act. Where, however, Grindrod Shipping has reduced its share capital by a special resolution or a Singapore court made an order to such effect, the total number of ordinary shares shall be taken to be the total number of ordinary shares in that class as altered by the special resolution or the order of the court. Payment must be made out of Grindrod Shipping's distributable profits or capital, provided that Grindrod Shipping is solvent. Such payment may include any expenses (including brokerage or commission) incurred directly in the purchase or acquisition by Grindrod Shipping of its ordinary shares.

 

 

Financial assistance for the acquisition of shares

 

 

Grindrod Shipping may not give financial assistance to any person whether directly or indirectly for the purpose of:

 

the acquisition or proposed acquisition of shares in Grindrod Shipping or units of such shares; or

 

the acquisition or proposed acquisition of shares in its holding company or ultimate holding company, as the case may be, or units of such shares.


 

 

Financial assistance may take the form of a loan, the giving of a guarantee, the provision of security, the release of an obligation, the release of a debt or otherwise.

 

 

However, it should be noted that Grindrod Shipping may provide financial assistance for the acquisition of its shares or shares in its holding company if it complies with the requirements (including, where applicable, approval by the board of directors or by the passing of a special resolution by its shareholders) set out in the Singapore Companies Act. Grindrod Shipping's constitution provides that subject to the provisions of the Singapore Companies Act, Grindrod Shipping may purchase or otherwise acquire Grindrod Shipping's own shares upon such terms and subject to such conditions as Grindrod Shipping may deem fit. These shares may be held as treasury shares or cancelled as provided in the Singapore Companies Act or dealt with in such manner as may be permitted under the Singapore Companies Act.

123


Table of Contents

Delaware   Singapore
    On cancellation of the shares, the rights and privileges attached to those shares will expire.

Transactions with Officers and Directors

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, no contract or transaction between a corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between a corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers, are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the board or committee which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because any such director's or officer's votes are counted for such purpose, if:

        (1)    The material facts as to the director's or officer's relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the board of directors or the committee, and the board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or

        (2)    The material facts as to the director's or officer's relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or

        (3)    The contract or transaction is fair as to the corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the board of directors, a committee or the stockholders.

Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the board of directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

 

Under the Singapore Companies Act, the chief executive officer and directors are not prohibited from dealing with Grindrod Shipping, but where they have an interest in a transaction with Grindrod Shipping, that interest must be disclosed to the board of directors. In particular, the chief executive officer and every director who is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a transaction or proposed transaction with Grindrod Shipping must, as soon as practicable after the relevant facts have come to such officer or director's knowledge, declare the nature of such officer or director's interest at a board of directors' meeting or send a written notice to Grindrod Shipping containing details on the nature, character and extent of his interest in the transaction or proposed transaction with Grindrod Shipping.

In addition, a director or chief executive officer who holds any office or possesses any property which, directly or indirectly, duties or interests might be created in conflict with such officer's duties or interests as director or chief executive officer, is required to declare the fact and the nature, character and extent of the conflict at a meeting of directors or send a written notice to Grindrod Shipping containing details on the nature, character and extent of the conflict.

The Singapore Companies Act extends the scope of this statutory duty of a director or chief executive officer to disclose any interests by pronouncing that an interest of a member of the director's or, as the case may be, the chief executive officer's family (including spouse, son, adopted son, step-son, daughter, adopted daughter and step-daughter) will be treated as an interest of the director.

There is however no requirement for disclosure where the interest of the director or chief executive officer (as the case may be) consists only of being a member or creditor of a corporation which is interested in the proposed transaction with Grindrod Shipping if the interest may properly be regarded not being a material interest. Where the proposed transaction relates to any loan to Grindrod Shipping, no disclosure need be made where the director or chief executive officer has only guaranteed or joined in guaranteeing the repayment of such loan, unless the constitution provides otherwise.

124


Table of Contents

Delaware   Singapore
    Further, where the proposed transaction is to be made with or for the benefit of a related company (i.e. the holding company, subsidiary or subsidiary of a common holding company) no disclosure need be made of the fact that the director or chief executive officer is also a director or chief executive officer of that corporation, unless the constitution provides otherwise.

 

 

Subject to specified exceptions, including a loan to a director for expenditure in defending criminal or civil proceedings, etc. or in connection with an investigation, or an action proposed to be taken by a regulatory authority in connection with any alleged negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by him or her in relation to Grindrod Shipping, the Singapore Companies Act prohibits Grindrod Shipping from: (i) making a loan or quasi-loan to its directors or to directors of a related company, each a "relevant director"; (ii) giving a guarantee or security in connection with a loan or quasi-loan made to a relevant director by any other person; (iii) entering into a credit transaction as creditor for the benefit of a relevant director; (iv) giving a guarantee or security in connection with such credit transaction entered into by any person for the benefit of a relevant director; (v) taking part in an arrangement where another person enters into any of the transactions in (i) to (iv) above or (vi) below and such person obtains a benefit from Grindrod Shipping or a related company; or (vi) arranging for the assignment to Grindrod Shipping or assumption by Grindrod Shipping of any rights, obligations or liabilities under a transaction in (i) to (v) above. Grindrod Shipping is also prohibited from entering into the transactions in (i) to (vi) above with or for the benefit of a relevant director's spouse or children (whether adopted or naturally or step-children).

125


Table of Contents

Delaware   Singapore
    Subject to specified exceptions, the Singapore Companies Act prohibits Grindrod Shipping from: (i) making a loan or quasi-loan to another company or a limited liability partnership; (ii) giving a guarantee or security in connection with a loan or quasi-loan made to another company or a limited liability partnership by any other person; (iii) entering into a credit transaction as creditor for the benefit of another company or a limited liability partnership; (iv) giving a guarantee or security in connection with such credit transaction entered into by any person for the benefit of another company or a limited liability partnership; (v) taking part in an arrangement where another person enters into any of the transactions in (i) to (iv) above or (vi) below and such person obtains a benefit from Grindrod Shipping or a related company; or (vi) arranging for the assignment to Grindrod Shipping or assumption by Grindrod Shipping of any rights, obligations or liabilities under a transaction in (i) to (v) above if a director or directors of Grindrod Shipping is or together are interested in 20% or more of the total voting power in the other company or the limited liability partnership, as the case may be, unless there is prior approval for the transaction by Grindrod Shipping in general meeting at which the interested director or directors and his or their family members abstained from voting, or the other company is Grindrod Shipping's subsidiary or holding company or a subsidiary of its holding company.

Dissenters' Rights

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, any stockholder of a corporation who holds shares of stock on the date of the making of a demand pursuant to the statute with respect to such shares, who continuously holds such shares through the effective date of the merger or consolidation, who has otherwise complied with the requirements of the Delaware General Corporation Law who has neither voted in favor of the merger or consolidation nor consented thereto in writing shall be entitled to an appraisal by the Court of Chancery of the fair value of the stockholder's shares of stock.

 

There is no equivalent provision under the Singapore Companies Act in respect of companies incorporated in Singapore.

126


Table of Contents

Delaware   Singapore

Cumulative Voting

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, the certificate of incorporation of any corporation may provide that at all elections of directors of the corporation, or at elections held under specified circumstances, each holder of stock or of any class or classes or of a series or series thereof shall be entitled to as many votes as shall equal the number of votes which (except for such provision as to cumulative voting) such holder would be entitled to cast for the election of directors with respect to such holder's shares of stock multiplied by the number of directors to be elected by such holder, and that such holder may cast all of such votes for a single director or may distribute them among the number to be voted for, or for any 2 or more of them as such holder may see fit.

 

There is no equivalent provision under the Singapore Companies Act in respect of companies incorporated in Singapore.

Anti-Takeover Measures

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, the certificate of incorporation of a corporation may give the board the right to issue new classes of preferred stock with voting, conversion, dividend distribution, and other rights to be determined by the board at the time of issuance, which could prevent a takeover attempt.

In addition, Delaware law does not prohibit a corporation from adopting a stockholder rights plan, or "poison pill," which could prevent a takeover attempt.

 

The constitution of a Singapore company typically provides that the company may allot and issue new shares of a different class with preferential, deferred, qualified or other special rights as its board of directors may determine with the prior approval of the company's shareholders in a general meeting. Subject to certain provisions of the Singapore Companies Act and Grindrod Shipping's constitution, Grindrod Shipping's constitution provides that Grindrod Shipping's shareholders may grant to Grindrod Shipping's board the general authority to issue such preference shares until the next general meeting. For further information, see "—Preference Shares" above.

 

 

Singapore law does not generally prohibit a corporation from adopting "poison pill" arrangements which could prevent a takeover attempt and also preclude shareholders from realizing a potential premium over the market value of their shares

 

 

However, under the Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers, if, in the course of an offer, or even before the date of the offer announcement, the board of the offeree company has reason to believe that a bona fide offer is imminent, the board must not, except pursuant to a contract entered into earlier, take any action, without the approval of shareholders at a general meeting, on the affairs of the offeree company that could effectively result in any bona fide offer being frustrated or the shareholders being denied an opportunity to decide on its merits.

 

 

For further information on the Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers, see "—Takeovers" above.

127


Table of Contents

Material Contracts

The below descriptions are only summaries of the material provisions of the GSPL and GSSA Share Purchase Agreements and Implementation Agreement and are qualified in their entirety by reference to a copy of the GSPL Share Purchase Agreement, GSPL Share Purchase Agreement and Implementation Agreement, which are filed as exhibits to this registration statement.

    Contracts Relating to the Spin-Off

    The GSPL and GSSA Share Purchase Agreements

The Share Purchase Agreement between Grindrod Limited and Grindrod Shipping, dated as of March 23, 2018, sets forth the terms by which Grindrod Shipping will purchase all of the shares of GSPL from Parent. Under the terms of this agreement, Parent will sell all of the issued shares in GSPL to Grindrod Shipping on the Closing Date. The purchase price for such shares will be the market value of the GSPL shares, estimated to be approximately $279.7 million, to be settled by way of Grindrod Shipping issuing 16,626,000 Convertible Notes to Parent. Under the terms of this agreement, Parent will provide certain warranties in favor of Grindrod Shipping, including (i) that the GSPL shares are unencumbered, (ii) that GSPL holds shares in its specified subsidiaries, and (iii) that Parent has no claims against GSPL and Parent will waive any such claims that Parent may have against GSPL. The terms of this agreement permit Grindrod Shipping to bring any claims against Parent in respect of the breach of such warranties or otherwise in connection with the purchase of the GSPL shares, to the extent that there is a basis in law to do so, up to an aggregate liability of Parent in respect of such claims in an amount equal to the purchase price for the GSPL shares. Grindrod Shipping must also bring any such claims within 36 months of the Spin-Off and may only bring claims over a minimum threshold of $100,000 Under the agreement, Parent will not be liable to make payment of any claim by Grindrod Shipping, to the extent that making such payment would be contrary to any law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Grindrod Shipping and Parent do not expressly indemnify one another under this agreement against any third-party claims. However, this agreement does not preclude the parties from seeking such indemnification or other remedies in respect of third-party claims under applicable law.

The Share Purchase Agreement between Grindrod Limited and Grindrod Shipping, dated as of March 23, 2018, sets forth the terms by which Grindrod Shipping will purchase all of the shares of GSSA from Parent. Under the terms of this agreement, Parent will sell all of the issued shares in GSSA to Grindrod Shipping on the Closing Date. The purchase price for such shares will be the market value of the GSSA shares, estimated to be approximately amount of $41.0 million, to be settled by way of Grindrod Shipping issuing 2,437,232 Convertible Notes to Parent. Under the terms of this agreement, Parent will provide certain warranties in favor of Grindrod Shipping, including (i) that the GSSA shares are unencumbered, (ii) that GSSA holds shares in its specified subsidiaries, and (iii) that Parent has no claims against GSSA and Parent will waive any such claims that Parent may have against GSSA. The terms of this agreement permit Grindrod Shipping to bring any claims against Parent in respect of the breach of such warranties or otherwise in connection with the purchase of the GSSA shares, to the extent that there is a basis in law to do so, up to an aggregate liability of Parent in respect of such claims in an amount equal to the purchase price for the GSSA shares. Grindrod Shipping must also bring any such claims within 36 months of the Spin-Off and may only bring claims over a minimum threshold of $100,000 Under the agreement, Parent will not be liable to make payment of any claim by Grindrod Shipping, to the extent that making such payment would be contrary to any law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Grindrod Shipping and Parent do not expressly indemnify one another under this agreement against any third-party claims. However, this agreement does not preclude the parties from seeking such indemnification or other remedies in respect of third-party claims under applicable law.

    The Implementation Agreement

The Implementation Agreement was entered into on March 23, 2018 between Parent, Grindrod Shipping, GSPL and GSSA and governs the mechanics of the Spin-Off. Under the terms of the Implementation Agreement, the Spin-Off can only occur once the GSPL Share Purchase Agreement and GSSA Share Purchase Agreement have become effective. In addition, the Implementation Agreement is subject to the following conditions precedent:

    Grindrod Shipping's board of directors approving the Spin-Off and required shareholder approvals for the Spin-Off are obtained;

128


Table of Contents

    the regulatory and procedural steps required for the Spin-Off have taken place or been obtained; and

    Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares have been approved for listing on the NASDAQ (primary listing) subject to offical notice and distribution, and the JSE (secondary listing).

See "Item 10. Additional Information—Material Contracts".

    Joint Venture Agreements

For a description of our material joint ventures, see "Item 4. Information on the Company—Our Joint Ventures".

    Loan Agreements

For a description of our material loan agreements, see "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Loan Agreements".

Exchange Controls

    South Africa

Exchange controls in South Africa are administered by SARB in terms of the Exchange Control Regulations, 1961, and regulate transactions involving South African residents. The purpose of exchange controls is to mitigate the decline of foreign capital reserves in South Africa. Parent expects that South African exchange controls will continue to operate in the foreseeable future. The Government of South Africa has, however, committed itself to relaxing exchange controls gradually and significant relaxation has occurred in recent years.

Approval for the Spin-Off has been obtained from the SARB in respect of the disposal of South African securities by Parent and the acquisition of South African securities by Grindrod Shipping, a non-resident of South Africa. No financial guarantee with recourse to Parent will exist at the time of the issuing of the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares.

The issuance of the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares by Grindrod Shipping does not require any exchange control approval from the SARB, as Grindrod Shipping is not a resident of South Africa.

    Residents of the CMA

Residents in the CMA (comprising South Africa, the Republic of Namibia, the Kingdom of Lesotho and the Kingdom of Swaziland) or offshore subsidiaries of a resident in the CMA may not own ordinary shares through the U.S. branch register or beneficially own or hold any of the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares on the U.S. branch register of members unless specific approval has been obtained from the SARB by such persons for any subscription, purchase or beneficial holding or ownership as otherwise permitted under the South African Exchange Control Regulations or the rulings promulgated thereunder.

    Singapore

There are no exchange control restrictions in effect in Singapore.

Taxation

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to us and to beneficial owners of Convertible Notes and ordinary shares. This discussion is based upon provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, Treasury regulations thereunder, and administrative rulings and court decisions, all as in effect or in existence on the date of this registration statement and all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations, possibly with retroactive effect. Any such change could result in U.S. federal income tax consequences that are materially different from those described below. Moreover, any change after the date of this registration statement in any of the factual matters set forth in this filing or in our or our subsidiaries' conduct, practices or activities may affect the considerations discussed below. We are under no obligation to update the discussion to reflect future changes in law or changes in any of the foregoing factual matters that may later come to our attention.

129


Table of Contents

This discussion is for general information purposes only, does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to us or beneficial owners of ordinary shares and does not address any tax laws other than U.S. federal income tax laws. Potential investors are encouraged to consult their tax advisers concerning the overall tax consequences arising in their own particular situations under U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. laws. The conclusions expressed in this discussion are not binding on the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, or any court, and there is no assurance that the IRS or a court would not reach a contrary conclusion. No ruling from the IRS or opinion of counsel has been obtained or will be requested regarding any matter affecting us or prospective holders of our ordinary shares.

    Treatment as a Corporation

We are treated as a non-U.S. corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As such, we are subject to U.S. federal income tax on our income to the extent it is from sources within the United States or is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States as discussed below. U.S. Holders (as defined below) are not directly subject to U.S. federal income tax on their shares of our income, but rather will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on distributions received from us and dispositions of ordinary shares as described below.

    Taxation of Operating Income

Under the Code, income derived from, or in connection with, the use (or hiring or leasing for use) of a vessel, or the performance of services directly related to the use of a vessel, is treated as "Transportation Income." Transportation Income that is attributable to transportation that either begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States is considered to be 50% derived from sources within the United States, or U.S. Source International Transportation Income. Transportation Income attributable to transportation that both begins and ends in the United States is considered to be 100% derived from sources within the United States, or U.S. Source Domestic Transportation Income. Transportation Income that is attributable to transportation exclusively between non-U.S. destinations is considered to be 100% derived from sources outside the United States. Transportation Income derived from sources outside the United States generally is not subject to U.S. federal income tax.

We expect that we and our subsidiaries will earn income that will constitute Transportation Income. We do not expect us or our subsidiaries to earn U.S. Source Domestic Transportation Income. However, certain of our and our subsidiaries' activities could give rise to U.S. Source International Transportation Income, and future expansion of or changes in our and our subsidiaries' operations could result in an increase in the amount thereof, which generally would be subject to U.S. federal income taxation, unless the exemption from U.S. federal income taxation under Section 883 of the Code, or the Section 883 Exemption, applied. Based on our current plans and expectations regarding our and our subsidiaries' organization and operations, we expect that only a relatively small portion of our and our subsidiaries' gross Transportation Income will likely constitute U.S. Source International Transportation Income and, if the Section 883 Exemption were not to apply, we expect that the effective rate of U.S. federal income tax on our and our subsidiaries' gross Transportation Income would be less than 1%.

    The Section 883 Exemption

In general, the Section 883 Exemption provides that if a non-U.S. corporation satisfies the requirements of Section 883 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, or Section 883 Regulations, it will not be subject to the net basis and branch profit taxes or the 4% gross basis tax described below on its U.S. Source International Transportation Income, including any U.S. Source International Transportation Income it derives from participation in a pool, partnership or other joint venture arrangement that satisfies the requirements of the Section 883 Regulations. The Section 883 Exemption applies only to U.S. Source International Transportation Income and does not apply to U.S. Source Domestic Transportation Income. The Section 883 Exemption applies separately to us and each of our subsidiaries that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes and earns U.S. Source International Transportation Income (which we refer to below as our "applicable subsidiaries").

We and our applicable subsidiaries will qualify for the Section 883 Exemption if, among other matters, we and our applicable subsidiaries meet the following three requirements:

    We and each of our applicable subsidiaries are organized in a jurisdiction outside the United States that grants an equivalent exemption from tax to corporations organized in the United

130


Table of Contents

      States with respect to the types of U.S. Source International Transportation Income that we earn, or an Equivalent Exemption;

    We and each of our applicable subsidiaries satisfy the Publicly Traded Test or the Qualified Shareholder Stock Ownership Test (each as described below); and

    We and each of our applicable subsidiaries meet certain substantiation, reporting and other requirements.

We are organized under the laws of Singapore and our applicable subsidiaries are organized under the laws of Singapore, South Africa, the Isle of Man and the Marshall Islands. The U.S. Treasury Department has recognized each of these jurisdictions as a jurisdiction that grants an Equivalent Exemption with respect to the type of U.S. Source International Transportation Income that we or our applicable subsidiaries generally expect to earn. Consequently, our and our applicable subsidiaries' U.S. Source International Transportation Income should be exempt from U.S. federal income taxation provided we and our applicable subsidiaries meet the Publicly Traded Test or the Qualified Shareholder Stock Ownership Test and we and our applicable subsidiaries satisfy certain substantiation, reporting and other requirements.

    Publicly Traded Test

In order to meet the Publicly Traded Test, the equity interests in the non-U.S. corporation at issue must be "primarily traded" and "regularly traded" on an established securities market either in the United States or in a jurisdiction outside the United States that grants an Equivalent Exemption. The Section 883 Regulations generally provide, in pertinent part, that equity of a non-U.S. corporation will be considered to be "primarily traded" on one or more established securities markets in a given country if, with respect to the class or classes of equity relied upon to meet the "regularly traded" requirement described below, the number of shares of each such class that are traded during any taxable year on all established securities markets in that country exceeds the number of shares in each such class that are traded during that year on established securities markets in any other single country. We expect that our ordinary shares, which will be our only class of equity interests, will be traded on the NASDAQ and the JSE, each of which is considered to be an established securities market for purposes of these rules. As long as our ordinary shares will only be traded on the NASDAQ and the JSE, our ordinary shares will be "primarily traded" on an established securities market either in the United States or in South Africa, which is a jurisdiction outside the United States that grants an Equivalent Exemption.

Equity interests in a non-U.S. corporation will be considered to be "regularly traded" on an established securities market under the Section 883 Regulations provided one or more classes of such equity interests representing more than 50% of the aggregate vote and value of all of the outstanding equity interests in the non-U.S. corporation satisfy certain listing and trading volume requirements. These requirements are satisfied with respect to a class of equity interests listed on an established securities market, provided that either (a) trades in such class of equity interests are effected, other than in de minimis quantities, on such market on at least 60 days during the taxable year and the aggregate number of shares in such class that are traded on such market or markets during the taxable year are at least 10% of the average number of shares outstanding in that class during the taxable year (with special rules for short taxable years) or (b) such class of equity interests is traded on an established securities market in the United States and is "regularly quoted by dealers making a market" in such class (within the meaning of the Section 883 Regulations). Our ordinary shares will represent 100% of the total combined voting power and value of our equity interests. Accordingly, provided that our ordinary shares (i) satisfy the listing and trading volume requirements described immediately above and (ii) are not subject to the Closely Held Block Exception described immediately below, our ordinary shares will be considered to be "regularly traded" on an established securities market. There can be no assurance that our ordinary shares will satisfy the listing and trading volume requirements described immediately above for any taxable year.

Notwithstanding these rules, a class of equity that would otherwise be treated as "regularly traded" on an established securities market will not be so treated if, for more than half of the number of days during the taxable year, one or more "5% shareholders" (i.e., shareholders owning, actually or constructively, at least 5% of the vote and value of that class) own in the aggregate 50% or more of the vote and value of that class, or the Closely Held Block Exception, unless the corporation can establish that a sufficient proportion of such 5% shareholders are Qualified Shareholders (as defined below) so as to preclude other persons who are 5% shareholders from owning 50% or more of the value of that class for more than half the days during the taxable year.

131


Table of Contents

We expect that one or more 5% shareholders may own 50% or more of our ordinary shares for more than half of the number of days during our current taxable year and/or future taxable years. In such case, we will lose eligibility for the Publicly Traded Test with respect to any such taxable year, unless can establish that a sufficient proportion of such 5% shareholders are Qualified Shareholders (as defined below) so as to preclude other persons who are 5% shareholders from owning 50% or more of the value of that class for more than half the days during the taxable year. Under the applicable Treasury regulations, we would also have to satisfy certain substantiation requirements regarding the identity of our 5% shareholders. These requirements are onerous and there is no assurance that we would be able to satisfy them. In particular, we would be required to obtain certifications of Qualified Shareholder status from our 5% shareholders, which our 5% shareholders may not be willing or able to provide. Given the factual nature of the issues involved and the practical uncertainties, we can give no assurances as to our qualification for the Section 883 Exemption for any taxable year. Furthermore, our board of directors could determine that it is in our best interests to take an action that would result in our not being able to satisfy the Publicly Traded Test in the future. We do not expect any of our applicable subsidiaries to satisfy the Publicly Traded Test.

    Qualified Shareholder Stock Ownership Test

As an alternative to satisfying the Publicly Traded Test, a non-U.S. corporation will qualify for the Section 883 Exemption if it is able to satisfy the Qualified Shareholder Stock Ownership Test. The Qualified Shareholder Stock Ownership Test generally is satisfied if more than 50% of the value of the outstanding equity interests in the non-U.S. corporation is owned, or treated as owned after applying certain attribution rules, for at least half of the number of days in the taxable year by:

    individual residents of jurisdictions that grant an Equivalent Exemption;

    non-U.S. corporations organized in jurisdictions that grant an Equivalent Exemption and that meet the Publicly Traded Test; or

    certain other qualified persons described in the Section 883 Regulations, or collectively, the Qualified Shareholders.

We do not expect to be able to satisfy the Qualified Shareholder Stock Ownership Test for any taxable year. However, because stock owned by a non-U.S. corporation meeting the Publicly Traded Test is treated as owned by a Qualified Shareholder for purposes of the Qualified Shareholder Stock Ownership Test, in the event that we are able to satisfy the Publicly Traded Test described above for a taxable year, we expect that each of our applicable subsidiaries that is more than 50%-owned (by value) by us for at least half of the number of days in such taxable year would satisfy the Qualified Shareholder Stock Ownership Test for such taxable year. We do not expect any applicable subsidiary that is not more than 50%-owned (by value) by us to satisfy the Qualified Shareholder Stock Ownership Test for any taxable year, unless a sufficient portion of such subsidiary's other equity interests were owned by Qualified Shareholders to cause such subsidiary to be more than 50%-owned (by value) by Qualified Shareholders for at least half the number of days in a taxable year and such other Qualified Shareholders were to provide certifications of their Qualified Shareholder status. There can be no assurance that these requirements will be satisfied with respect to any of our applicable subsidiaries for any taxable year.

    The Net Basis Tax and Branch Profits Tax

If we or our subsidiaries earn U.S. Source International Transportation Income and the Section 883 Exemption does not apply, the U.S. source portion of such income may be treated as effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, or Effectively Connected Income, if we or any of our subsidiaries have a fixed place of business in the United States and substantially all of our or any such subsidiary's U.S. Source International Transportation Income is attributable to regularly scheduled transportation or, in the case of bareboat charter income, is attributable to a fixed place of business in the United States. Based on our and our subsidiaries' current operations, none of our or our subsidiaries' potential U.S. Source International Transportation Income is attributable to regularly scheduled transportation or is received pursuant to bareboat charters, nor do we or any of our subsidiaries have a fixed place of business in the United States. As a result, we do not anticipate that any of our or our subsidiaries' U.S. Source International Transportation Income will be treated as Effectively Connected Income. However, there is no assurance that we or any of our subsidiaries will not have a fixed place of business in the United States or that we or any of our subsidiaries will not earn substantially all of its U.S. Source International Transportation Income pursuant to regularly scheduled transportation or bareboat charters attributable to a fixed place of business in the United States in the future, which would result in

132


Table of Contents

such income being treated as Effectively Connected Income. In addition, any U.S. Source Domestic Transportation Income generally will be treated as Effectively Connected Income.

Any income we or our subsidiaries earn that is treated as Effectively Connected Income would be subject to U.S. federal corporate income tax (imposed at up to a 21% rate from January 1, 2018) as well as 30% branch profits tax imposed under Section 884 of the Code. In addition, a 30% branch interest tax could be imposed on certain interest paid or deemed paid by us or our subsidiaries.

On the sale of a vessel that has produced Effectively Connected Income, we or our subsidiaries could be subject to the net basis corporate income tax as well as branch profits tax with respect to the gain recognized up to the amount of certain prior deductions for depreciation that reduced Effectively Connected Income. Otherwise, we and our subsidiaries would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized on the sale of a vessel, provided the sale is considered to occur outside of the United States (as determined under U.S. tax principles) and the gain is not attributable to an office or other fixed place of business maintained by us or our subsidiaries in the United States under U.S. federal income tax principles.

    The 4% Gross Basis Tax

If the Section 883 Exemption does not apply and the net basis tax does not apply, we and our subsidiaries would be subject to a 4% U.S. federal income tax on our U.S. Source International Transportation Income, without benefit of deductions.

U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders

The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to beneficial owners of our ordinary shares.

The following discussion applies only to beneficial owners of our ordinary shares that own the ordinary shares as "capital assets" (generally, property held for investment purposes). The following discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation which may be important to particular beneficial owners of our ordinary shares in light of their individual circumstances, such as (i) beneficial owners of our ordinary shares subject to special tax rules (e.g., banks or other financial institutions, real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies, insurance companies, broker-dealers, traders that elect to mark-to-market for U.S. federal income tax purposes, tax-exempt organizations and retirement plans, individual retirement accounts and tax-deferred accounts, or former citizens or long-term residents of the United States) or to beneficial owners that will hold the ordinary shares as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion, constructive sale, or other integrated transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (ii) partnerships or other entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes or their partners, (iii) U.S. Holders (as defined below) that have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar or that transact in ordinary shares in a currency other than U.S. dollars, or (iv) beneficial owners of ordinary shares that own 2% or more (by vote or value) of our ordinary shares, all of whom may be subject to tax rules that differ significantly from those summarized below. This discussion does not contain information regarding any state or local, estate, gift or alternative minimum tax considerations concerning the ownership or disposition of our ordinary shares.

If a partnership or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our ordinary shares, the tax treatment of its partners generally will depend upon the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. If you are a partner in a partnership holding our ordinary shares, you should consult your own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences to you of the partnership's ownership of our ordinary shares.

Each prospective beneficial owner of our ordinary shares should consult its own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal, state, local, and other tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of our ordinary shares.

As used in this registration statement, the term "U.S. Holder" means a beneficial owner of our ordinary shares that:

    is an individual U.S. citizen or resident (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes);

    a corporation (or other entity that is classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

133


Table of Contents

    an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

    a trust if (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more "United States persons" (as defined in the Code) have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) the trust has a valid election in effect under current U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a "United States person."

We believe that Parent should not be treated as a passive foreign investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or a PFIC, and the following discussion assumes that Parent is not so treated.

    The Spin-Off

A U.S. Holder that receives Convertible Notes is expected to be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as receiving a distribution from Parent. The tax consequences of the distribution depend on whether the Spin-Off satisfies the conditions for tax-free treatment with respect to Parent's ordinary shareholders imposed by Section 355 of the Code. While this determination is ultimately based on all the relevant facts and circumstances, Parent intends to take the position, to the extent relevant for information reporting and any other U.S. tax purposes, that the Spin-Off satisfies the conditions for such tax-free treatment. However, no rulings have been or will be sought from the IRS concerning whether the Spin-Off qualifies for such tax-free treatment, and there is no assurance that the IRS will not take a contrary view or that a court would not agree with the IRS if the matter were contested.

Assuming that the Spin-Off satisfies all the requirements for tax-free treatment under Section 355 of the Code, a U.S. Holder should not recognize gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of the receipt of the Convertible Notes or the compulsory conversion of such Convertible Notes into our ordinary shares. In such a case, a U.S. Holder must allocate its adjusted tax basis in its Parent ordinary shares over its existing Parent ordinary shares and our ordinary shares received upon conversion of the Convertible Notes in proportion to their respective fair market values on the Closing Date, and a U.S. Holder's holding period in our ordinary shares that it receives upon conversion of the Convertible Notes will include such U.S. Holder's holding period in its Parent ordinary shares.

A U.S. Holder that receives cash in lieu of a fractional entitlement to Convertible Notes in the Spin-Off should be treated as receiving a fractional amount of our ordinary shares in the Spin-Off (taxed in the manner described above) and then selling the fractional amount of our ordinary share for the amount of cash received.

U.S. Treasury Regulations require certain shareholders that receive stock in a distribution to attach to their U.S. federal income tax return for the year in which the distribution occurs a detailed statement setting forth certain information relating to the tax-free nature of the distribution.

In the event that the Spin-Off does not qualify for tax-free treatment under Section 355 of the Code, a U.S. Holder receiving ordinary shares in the Spin-Off should be treated as receiving a taxable dividend distribution to the extent of such U.S. Holder's share of Parent's current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax purposes), in an amount equal to the fair market value of the ordinary shares (in U.S. dollars) received on the date of the distribution. Since Parent does not intend to compute (or to provide U.S. Holders with information necessary to compute) earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, a U.S. Holder should generally expect to treat the entire distribution as a taxable dividend. Under these circumstances, a U.S. Holder's basis in the ordinary shares received in the Spin-Off should be the fair market value of such ordinary shares, and a U.S. Holder's holding period for such ordinary shares should begin on the date of the distribution.

U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the potential U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Spin-Off, including the potential treatment of the Spin-Off under Section 355 of the Code, the receipt of cash in lieu of fractional entitlements and any U.S. federal income tax reporting requirements that may apply to such U.S. Holders.

Distributions

Subject to the discussion below of the rules applicable to a PFIC, any distributions to a U.S. Holder made by us with respect to our ordinary shares generally will constitute dividends, which will be taxable as ordinary income or "qualified dividend income" as described in more detail below, to the extent of our

134


Table of Contents

current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. We do not intend to compute (or to provide U.S. Holders with information necessary to compute) earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles. Accordingly, U.S. Holders generally should expect to treat all distributions on the ordinary shares as taxable dividends. U.S. Holders that are corporations generally will not be entitled to claim a dividend received deduction with respect to distributions they receive from us. Dividends received with respect to the ordinary shares will be treated as foreign source income and generally will be treated as "passive category income" for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.

Dividends received with respect to our ordinary shares by a U.S. Holder who is an individual, trust or estate, or a non-corporate U.S. Holder, generally will be treated as "qualified dividend income" that is taxable to such non-corporate U.S. Holder at preferential long-term capital gain tax rates, provided that: (i) our ordinary shares are traded on an "established securities market" in the United States (such as the NASDAQ, where our ordinary shares are traded) and are "readily tradeable" on such an exchange; (ii) we are not a PFIC for the taxable year during which the dividend is paid or the immediately preceding taxable year (which we do not believe we are, have been or will be, as discussed below); (iii) the non-corporate U.S. Holder has owned the ordinary shares for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the date on which the ordinary shares become ex-dividend (and has not entered into certain risk limiting transactions with respect to such ordinary shares); and (iv) the non-corporate U.S. Holder is not under an obligation to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. It is not currently known whether our ordinary shares will be considered "readily tradeable" on the NASDAQ for purposes of these rules. If a dividend is treated as qualified dividend income, the amount of the dividend taken into account for purposes of calculating the foreign tax credit limitation generally will be reduced to appropriately take into account the tax rate differential between the reduced rate of tax applicable to qualified dividend income and the highest rate of tax normally applicable to dividends. Any dividends paid on our ordinary shares that are not treated as qualified dividend income will be taxed as ordinary income to a non-corporate U.S. Holder. In addition, a 3.8% tax may apply to certain investment income. See "Medicare Tax" below.

Special rules may apply to any amounts received in respect of our ordinary shares that are treated as "extraordinary dividends." In general, an extraordinary dividend is a dividend with respect to an ordinary share that is equal to or in excess of 10% of a U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis (or fair market value upon the U.S. Holder's election) in such ordinary share. In addition, extraordinary dividends include dividends received within a one-year period that, in the aggregate, equal or exceed 20% of a U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis (or fair market value) in an ordinary share. If we pay an "extraordinary dividend" on our ordinary shares that is treated as "qualified dividend income," then any loss recognized by a U.S. Individual Holder from the sale or exchange of such ordinary shares will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of the amount of such dividend.

    Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Ordinary Shares

Subject to the discussion of the PFIC rules below, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of our ordinary shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized by the U.S. Holder from such sale, exchange or other disposition and the U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in such ordinary shares. The U.S. Holder's initial tax basis in the ordinary shares generally will be the U.S. Holder's purchase price for the ordinary shares (except in the case of ordinary shares received upon the compulsory conversion of the Convertible Notes, in which case the tax basis of such ordinary shares will be determined in the manner discussed under "The Spin-Off" above). Such gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder's holding period is greater than one year at the time of the sale, exchange or other disposition.

A corporate U.S. Holder's capital gains, long-term and short-term, are taxed at ordinary income tax rates. If a corporate U.S. Holder recognizes a loss upon the disposition of our ordinary shares, such U.S. Holder is limited to using the loss to offset other capital gain. If a corporate U.S. Holder has no other capital gain in the tax year of the loss, it may carry the capital loss back three years and forward five years.

Long-term capital gains of non-corporate U.S. Holders are subject to the favorable tax rate of a maximum of 20%. In addition, a 3.8% tax may apply to certain investment income. See "Medicare Tax" below. A non-corporate U.S. Holder may deduct a capital loss resulting from a disposition of our ordinary shares to the extent of capital gains plus up to $3,000 ($1,500 for married individuals filing separate tax returns) annually and may carry forward a capital loss indefinitely.

135


Table of Contents

    PFIC Status and Significant Tax Consequences

In general, we will be treated as a PFIC with respect to a U.S. Holder if, for any taxable year in which the holder holds our ordinary shares, either:

    at least 75% of our gross income for such taxable year consists of passive income (e.g., dividends, interest, capital gains and rents derived other than in the active conduct of a rental business), or

    at least 50% of the average value of the assets held by us (based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets during a taxable year) produce, or are held for the production of, passive income.

Income earned, or deemed earned, by us in connection with the performance of services would not constitute passive income. By contrast, rental income generally would constitute "passive income" unless we were treated as deriving our rental income in the active conduct of a trade or business under the applicable rules. The PFIC provisions contain a look-through rule under which we will be treated as earning directly our proportionate share of any income, and owning directly our proportionate share of any assets, of another corporation if we own at least 25% of the value of the stock of such other corporation.

Based on our current and projected, income, assets and methods of operations, we believe that we should not be treated as a PFIC with respect to our taxable year following the completion of the Spin-Off (as described in "Item 10. Additional Information—Taxation—PFIC Status and Significant Tax Consequences") and we expect that we should not become a PFIC for the foreseeable future. In this regard, we believe that the income we receive from time and voyage chartering activities should constitute services income, rather than rental income. Consequently, we believe that such income should not constitute passive income and the assets engaged in generating such income should not be treated as passive assets and, so long as our income from time and voyage charters exceeds 25% of our gross income for each taxable year after our initial taxable year and the value of our vessels contracted under time and voyage charters exceeds 50% of the average value of our assets for each taxable year after our initial taxable year, we should not be a PFIC.

We expect that substantially all of the vessels in our fleet will be engaged in time or voyage chartering activities and intend to treat our income from those activities as non-passive income, and the vessels engaged in those activities as non-passive assets, for PFIC purposes. We believe that there is a significant amount of legal authority consisting of the Code, legislative history, IRS pronouncements and administrative rulings supporting our position that the income from time and voyage chartering activities constitutes services income (rather than rental income). There is, however, no direct legal authority under the PFIC rules addressing whether income from time chartering activities is services income or rental income. Moreover, in a case not interpreting the PFIC rules, Tidewater Inc. v. United States , 565 F.3d 299 (5th Cir. 2009), the Fifth Circuit held that the vessel time charters at issue generated predominantly rental income rather than services income. However, the IRS stated in an Action on Decision (AOD 2010-001) that it disagrees with, and will not acquiesce to, the way that the rental versus services framework was applied to the facts in the Tidewater decision, and in its discussion stated that the time charters at issue in Tidewater would be treated as producing services income for PFIC purposes. The IRS's AOD, however, is an administrative action that cannot be relied upon or otherwise cited as precedent by taxpayers.

The determination of whether we are a PFIC in any taxable year is fact specific and will depend upon the portion of our assets (including goodwill) and income that are characterized as passive under the PFIC rules and other factors, some of which may be beyond our control. In particular, because the total value of our assets for purposes of the asset test described above will generally be calculated using the market price of our ordinary shares, our PFIC status may depend in large part on the market price of our ordinary shares. Accordingly, fluctuations in the market price of the ordinary shares may cause us to become a PFIC. In addition, the composition of our income and assets will be affected by how, and how quickly, we use the cash generated by our business operations and any net proceeds that we receive from any future financing or capital transactions. The PFIC determination also depends on the application of complex U.S. federal income tax rules concerning the classification of our assets and income for this purpose, and these rules are uncertain in some respects. Further, the PFIC determination is made annually and our circumstances or the nature of our operations may change. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will not be classified as a PFIC for the current taxable year or any future taxable year, and no ruling from the IRS or opinion of counsel has been issued or has been or will be sought with respect to our potential status as a PFIC.

136


Table of Contents

If we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year in which a U.S. Holder owned our ordinary shares, the U.S. Holder generally would be subject to special tax rules resulting in increased tax liability with respect to any "excess distribution" the U.S. Holder receives on, and any gain the U.S. Holder realizes from a sale or other disposition (including a pledge) of, our ordinary shares, unless a "mark-to-market" election is available and a U.S. Holder makes such election with respect to the ordinary shares, as discussed below. In addition, if we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year in which a U.S. Holder owned our ordinary shares, the U.S. Holder would be required to file IRS Form 8621 with the U.S. Holder's U.S. federal income tax return for each year to report the U.S. Holder's ownership of such ordinary shares. Substantial penalties apply to any failure to timely file IRS Form 8621, unless the failure is shown to be due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect. In the event a U.S. Holder does not file IRS Form 8621, the statute of limitations on the assessment and collection of U.S. federal income taxes of such U.S. Holder for the related tax year will not close before the date which is three years after the date on which such report is filed. A U.S. Holder would not be able to make a "qualified electing fund" election as we do not expect to provide the information necessary for U.S. Holders to make "qualified electing fund" elections.

    Taxation of U.S. Holders Making a "Mark-to-Market" Election

If we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and our ordinary shares were treated as "marketable stock" for purposes of these rules, then a U.S. Holder would be allowed to make a "mark-to-market" election with respect to our ordinary shares, provided the U.S. Holder completes and files IRS Form 8621 in accordance with the relevant instructions and related Treasury regulations. If that election is made, the U.S. Holder generally would include as ordinary income in each taxable year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the U.S. Holder's ordinary shares at the end of the taxable year over the U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares. The U.S. Holder also would be permitted an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares over the fair market value thereof at the end of the taxable year, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. A U.S. Holder's tax basis in the U.S. Holder's ordinary shares would be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss recognized. Gain recognized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our ordinary shares would be treated as ordinary income, and any loss recognized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the ordinary shares would be treated as ordinary loss to the extent that such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included in income by the U.S. Holder. A mark-to-market election would not apply to our ordinary shares owned by a U.S. Holder in any taxable year during which we are not a PFIC, but would remain in effect with respect to any subsequent taxable year for which we are a PFIC, unless our ordinary shares are no longer treated as "marketable stock" or the IRS consents to the revocation of the election.

A "mark-to-market" election may itself have negative tax consequences to a U.S. Holder and would not mitigate any negative tax consequences with respect to PFICs directly or indirectly owned by us. In addition, even if a U.S. Holder makes a "mark-to-market" election for one of our taxable years, if we were a PFIC for a prior taxable during which the U.S. Holder owned our ordinary shares and for which the U.S. Holder did not make a timely mark-to-market election, the U.S. Holder would also be subject to the more adverse rules described below under "Taxation of U.S. Holders Not Making a Timely Mark-to-Market Election." U.S. holders should consult with their tax advisers regarding the availability and advisability making a mark-to-market election with respect to the ordinary shares.

    Taxation of U.S. Holders Not Making a Timely Mark-to-Market Election

If we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder who does not make a timely "mark-to-market" election for that year (i.e., the taxable year in which the U.S. Holder's holding period commences), whom we refer to as a "Non-Electing Holder," would be subject to special rules resulting in increased tax liability with respect to (1) any excess distribution (i.e., the portion of any distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder on our ordinary shares in a taxable year in excess of 125% of the average annual distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder in the three preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, the Non-Electing Holder's holding period for the ordinary shares), and (2) any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our ordinary shares. Under these special rules:

    the excess distribution and any gain would be allocated ratably over the Non-Electing Holder's aggregate holding period for the ordinary shares;

137


Table of Contents

    the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any year prior to the year we were first treated as a PFIC with respect to the Non-Electing Holder would be taxed as ordinary income; and

    the amount allocated to each of the other taxable years would be subject to tax at the highest rate of tax in effect for the applicable class of taxpayer for that year, and an interest charge for the deemed deferral benefit would be imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to each such other taxable year.

In addition, a U.S. Holder would be treated as owning a proportionate amount of any shares that we own, directly or indirectly by application of certain attribution rules, in other PFICs (including any of our subsidiaries, if they are PFICs) and would be subject to the PFIC rules on a separate basis with respect to its indirect interests in any such PFICs. If we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and a Non-Electing Holder who is an individual dies while owning our ordinary shares, such holder's successor generally would not receive a step-up in tax basis with respect to such ordinary shares.

    Medicare Tax

A U.S. Holder that is an individual or estate, or a trust that does not fall into a special class of trusts that is exempt from such tax, will generally be subject to a 3.8% tax on the lesser of (i) the U.S. Holder's "net investment income" for a taxable year and (ii) the excess of the U.S. Holder's modified adjusted gross income for such taxable year over $200,000 ($250,000 in the case of joint filers). For these purposes, "net investment income" will generally include dividends paid with respect to our ordinary shares and net gain attributable to the disposition of our ordinary shares not held in connection with certain trades or businesses, but will be reduced by any deductions properly allocable to such income or net gain.

U.S. Federal Income Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders

A beneficial owner of our ordinary shares (other than a partnership or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not a U.S. Holder is a "Non-U.S. Holder."

    Distributions

Distributions we pay to a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax if the Non-U.S. Holder is not engaged in a U.S. trade or business. If the Non-U.S. Holder is engaged in a U.S. trade or business, our distributions will be subject to U.S. federal income tax to the extent they constitute income effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder's U.S. trade or business (and a corporate Non-U.S. Holder may also be subject to U.S. federal branch profits tax). However, distributions paid to a Non-U.S. Holder who is engaged in a trade or business may be exempt from taxation under an income tax treaty if the income arising from the distribution is not attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder.

    Disposition of Ordinary Shares

In general, a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on any gain resulting from the disposition of our ordinary shares provided the Non-U.S. Holder is not engaged in a U.S. trade or business. A Non-U.S. Holder that is engaged in a U.S. trade or business will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the event the gain from the disposition of ordinary shares is effectively connected with the conduct of such U.S. trade or business (provided, in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder entitled to the benefits of an income tax treaty with the United States, such gain also is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment). However, even if not engaged in a U.S. trade or business, individual Non-U.S. Holders may be subject to tax on gain resulting from the disposition of our ordinary shares if they are present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year in which those ordinary shares are disposed and meet certain other requirements.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

In general, payments to a non-corporate U.S. Holder of distributions or the proceeds of a disposition of ordinary shares may be subject to information reporting. These payments to a non-corporate U.S. Holder also may be subject to backup withholding, if the non-corporate U.S. Holder:

    fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number;

138


Table of Contents

    is notified by the IRS that he has failed to report all interest or corporate distributions required to be reported on his U.S. federal income tax returns; or

    in certain circumstances, fails to comply with applicable certification requirements.

A U.S. Holder generally is required to certify its compliance with the backup withholding rules on IRS Form W-9.

Non-U.S. Holders may be required to establish their exemption from information reporting and backup withholding by certifying their status on IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, W-8ECI or W-8IMY, as applicable.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, a shareholder generally may obtain a credit for any amount withheld against his liability for U.S. federal income tax (and obtain a refund of any amounts withheld in excess of such liability) by filing a U.S. federal income tax return with the IRS.

Individual U.S. Holders (and to the extent specified in applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations, certain individual Non-U.S. Holders and certain U.S. Holders that are entities) that hold "specified foreign financial assets," including our ordinary shares, whose aggregate value exceeds $75,000 at any time during the taxable year or $50,000 on the last day of the taxable year (or such higher amounts as prescribed by applicable Treasury Regulations) are required to file a report on IRS Form 8938 with information relating to the assets for each such taxable year. Specified foreign financial assets would include, among other things, our ordinary shares, unless such ordinary shares are held in an account maintained by a U.S. "financial institution" (as defined). Substantial penalties apply to any failure to timely file IRS Form 8938, unless the failure is shown to be due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect. Additionally, in the event an individual U.S. Holder (and to the extent specified in applicable Treasury Regulations, an individual Non-U.S. Holder or a U.S. entity) that is required to file IRS Form 8938 does not file such form, the statute of limitations on the assessment and collection of U.S. federal income taxes of such holder for the related tax year may not close until three years after the date that the required information is filed. U.S. Holders (including U.S. entities) and Non-U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding their reporting obligations.

South African Tax Considerations

The following summary describes the principal South African income tax considerations generally applicable to the Spin-Off. This summary is based on the current provisions of the Income Tax Act, and the prevailing practice adopted by the South African Revenue Service, or SARS, published in writing prior to the date hereof. This summary does not consider legislative proposals to amend the Income Tax Act.

This summary is of a general nature only and is not intended to be legal or tax advice to any particular shareholder. This summary is not exhaustive of all South African income tax considerations. Accordingly, shareholders should consult their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences under the tax laws of the country of which they are resident or otherwise subject to tax of participating in the Parent Distribution.

As used in this registration statement, the term "SA Corporate" means a person in section 64F(1)(a) of the Income Tax Act being "a company which is a resident" for tax purposes in South Africa.

As used in this registration statement, the term "Regulated Intermediary" means a regulated intermediary as contemplated in section 64D of the Income Tax Act.

As used in this registration statement, the term "Qualifying SA Corporate(s)" means:

    a dematerialised shareholder in respect of whom the relevant CSDP (as defined below), Broker or other Regulated Intermediary has, by no later than 12h00 on the Closing Date, informed the Transfer Secretaries that such dematerialised shareholder has submitted to it the prescribed documentation contemplated in section 64FA(2)(a) of the Income Tax Act on which it has indicated that it is a SA Corporate; or

    a certificated shareholder which has, by no later than noon on the Closing Date, submitted to Grindrod the prescribed documentation contemplated in section 64FA(2)(a) of the Income Tax Act on which it has indicated that it is a SA Corporate.

As used in this registration statement, the term "CSDP" means a Central Securities Depository Participant, being a "participant" as defined in section 1 of the Financial Markets Act, No. 19 of 2012, as amended or FMA, duly authorised by a central securities depository in terms of the depository rules

139


Table of Contents

pursuant to section 31 of the FMA. The term "Broker" means any person registered as a "broker member equities" in terms of the rules of the JSE in accordance with the provisions of the FMA.

    Parent

    Grindrod Shipping Business Disposal

Parent will receive Convertible Notes as consideration (i.e. proceeds) for the disposal of all the ordinary shares in GSPL. Parent will disregard any capital loss or capital gain on the disposal of the GSPL shares as it will meet the requirements of the participation exemption for the disposal of shares in foreign companies (Paragraph 64B of the Eighth Schedule to the Income Tax Act).

Parent will receive Convertible Notes as consideration (i.e. proceeds) for the disposal of all the ordinary shares in GSSA. A capital loss will be derived by Parent on disposal of the equity shares in GSSA as the base cost will exceed the proceeds (i.e. the Convertible Notes in respect of the GSSA ordinary shares) and Parent will include the capital loss in determining its aggregate capital loss for that year of assessment.

    Parent Distribution

Parent will be deemed to have disposed of the Convertible Notes for proceeds equal to the market value thereof (i.e. the face value) and this value will also be the base cost of the Convertible Notes. Therefore the proceeds will be equivalent to the base cost and Parent will not derive a capital gain or loss on the distribution of the convertible notes to Parent ordinary shareholders.

Parent will distribute the Convertible Notes as a dividend in specie to Qualifying SA Corporates and as a return of capital to all other ordinary shareholders (i.e. South African tax resident individuals and trusts as well as all non-South African tax resident Ordinary Shareholders). Parent will therefore not be liable for any dividends tax on the distribution to the Qualifying SA Corporates.

There are no South African securities transfer tax implications on the distribution of the Convertible Notes, as they will not be a " security " as defined in the relevant South African legislation.

As used in this registration statement, the term "SA Tax Resident Shareholder" means a beneficial owner of our ordinary shares that is a "resident" as defined in terms of South African Income Tax Act, No. 58 of 1962 which we refer to as the "South African Income Tax Act".

Consequently, the term "Non-SA Tax Resident Shareholder" means a beneficial owner of our ordinary shares that does not meet the requirements to be a "resident" as defined in terms of the South African Income Tax Act.

The tax treatment for the distribution of the Convertible Notes by Parent for each category of ordinary shareholder is set out below:

    SA Tax Resident Shareholders

SA Tax Resident Shareholders will initially be reflected in the branch register of members in South Africa and not in the U.S. branch register of members.

SA Tax Resident Shareholders who choose to be reflected in the U.S. branch register of members will need to ensure they have sufficient single discretionary allowance in respect of individuals and trusts or foreign direct investment allowance for SA Corporates.

After the consummation of the Spin-Off, South African dividends tax at 20% will be withheld on any foreign cash dividends declared and paid by Grindrod Shipping to SA Tax Resident Shareholders holding Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares listed on the JSE, subject to any applicable exemptions that may apply.

No South African dividends tax at 20% will be withheld on any foreign cash dividends declared and paid by Grindrod Shipping to SA Tax Resident Shareholders holding Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares registered on the U.S. branch register of members.

SA Tax Resident Shareholders that dispose of their Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares will be subject to either income tax (in the case of share dealers) or capital gains tax (in the case of capital investors).

A controlled foreign company, or CFC, is a non-South African company in which more than 50% of the participation rights/voting rights are held/exercisable by SA Tax Residents who are not headquarter companies. The Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares will be held more than 50% by SA Tax Resident

140


Table of Contents

Shareholders, who will each hold at least 5% of the listed Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares, and thus Grindrod Shipping will be a CFC after conversion of the Convertible Notes to Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares. Any non-South African subsidiaries of Grindrod Shipping in which it can exercise more than 50% of the voting rights will also be CFCs. Certain profits of CFCs are included in the taxable income of SA Tax Resident Shareholders.

SA Tax Resident Shareholders who, together with connected persons, will acquire more than 10% of the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares are advised to obtain tax advice regarding whether they will have a South African tax exposure as a result of Grindrod Shipping being a CFC forming part of the same group of companies as the receiving CFC.

Profits of a CFC will be exempted from imputation (i.e. not included in net income):

    where the CFC is "highly taxed" (simplistically stated, taxed at a rate of 21% or more). The corporate income tax rate in Singapore is 17% therefore the "highly taxed" exemption will likely not apply to Grindrod Shipping;

    amounts attributable to a foreign business establishment ("FBE") of a CFC (which includes a vessel used solely outside South Africa for purposes of transportation operated directly by the CFC, or by any other company that has the same country of residence as, and that forms part of the same group of companies as, that CFC and a ship engaged in international traffic used mainly outside South Africa);

    any interest, royalties, rental or income of a similar nature paid or payable or deemed to be paid or payable to it (Grindrod Shipping) by any other CFC (i.e. GSPL);

    amounts subject to South African withholding tax; or

    income that is taxable in South Africa as South African sourced income.

    Non-SA Tax Resident Shareholders

Non-SA Tax Resident Shareholders, for purposes of the Income Tax Act will acquire their Convertible Notes from the Parent distribution as a return of capital and obtain a base cost equivalent to the market value of the distributed Convertible Notes on the Closing Date.

Non-SA Tax Resident Shareholders for purposes of the Income Tax Act will acquire their Convertible Notes from the Parent distribution as a return of capital and must reduce the expenditure on their ordinary shares by the market value of the Convertible Notes on the Closing Date. Any excess amount will not be treated as a capital gain as it does not relate to an asset subject to South African capital gains tax provided the return of capital is not attributable to a permanent establishment of the Non-SA Tax Resident Shareholder in South Africa.

Under current law, no South African withholding tax will be levied on the receipt of the Convertible Notes as a return of capital from the Parent distribution by a Non-SA Tax Resident Shareholder.

On the basis that the conversion of the Convertible Notes to ordinary shares is a term of the issuance of the convertible notes, in terms of SARS practice and the Income Tax Act, there is no disposal on conversion of the Convertible Notes to Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares, and consequently, there is no capital gain or loss derived by the Non-SA Tax Resident Shareholder.

Accordingly, Non-SA Tax Resident Shareholders will after conversion of the Convertible Notes to Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares obtain a base cost in the ordinary shares equivalent to the market value of the distributed Convertible Notes on the Closing Date.

Following the Spin-Off, no South African dividends tax at 20% will be withheld on any foreign cash dividends declared and paid by Grindrod Shipping to Non-SA Tax Resident Shareholders holding Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares registered on the U.S. branch register of members as a specific exemption is applicable in terms of the Income Tax Act.

Non-SA Tax Resident Shareholders that dispose of their Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares registered on the U.S. branch register of members will not be subject to capital gains tax (in the case of capital investors) provided that the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares are not attributable to a permanent establishment of the Non-SA Tax Resident Ordinary Shareholder in South Africa.

141


Table of Contents

Where the Non-SA Tax Resident Shareholders are share dealers no income tax will be payable on disposal of their Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares registered on the U.S. branch register of members as the income will not be from a South African source.

Singapore Tax Considerations

    Dividends or Other Distributions with Respect to Ordinary Shares

Under the one-tier corporate tax system which currently applies to all Singapore tax resident companies, tax on corporate profits is final, and dividends paid by a Singapore tax resident company will be income tax exempt in the hands of a shareholder, whether or not the shareholder is a company or an individual and whether or not the shareholder is a Singapore tax resident.

    Capital Gains upon Disposition of Ordinary Shares

Under current Singapore tax laws, there is no tax on capital gains. There are no specific laws or regulations which deal with the characterization of whether a gain is income or capital in nature. Gains arising from the disposal of Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares may be construed to be of an income nature and subject to Singapore income tax, if they arise from activities which the Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore regards as the carrying on of a trade or business in Singapore. However, under Singapore tax laws, any gains derived by a divesting company from its disposal of ordinary shares in an investee company between June 1, 2012 and May 31, 2022 are generally not taxable if immediately prior to the date of the relevant disposal, the investing company has held at least 20% of the ordinary shares in the investee company for a period of at least 24 months.

    Goods and Services Tax

The issue or transfer of ownership of Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares should be exempt from Singapore Goods and Services Tax. Hence, the holders would not incur any Goods and Services Tax on the subscription or subsequent transfer of the shares.

    Stamp Duty

If Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares evidenced in certificated forms are acquired in Singapore, stamp duty is payable on the instrument of their transfer at the rate of 0.2% of the consideration for or market value of Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares, whichever is higher.

Where an instrument of transfer is executed outside Singapore or no instrument of transfer is executed, no stamp duty is payable on the acquisition of Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares. However, stamp duty may be payable if the instrument of transfer is executed outside Singapore and is received in Singapore. The stamp duty is borne by the purchaser unless there is an agreement to the contrary.

On the basis that any transfer instrument in respect of Grindrod Shipping's shares traded on the NASDAQ or the JSE are executed outside Singapore through Grindrod Shipping's transfer agent/transfer secretary and share registrar in the United States and South Africa for registration in Grindrod Shipping's branch registers of members maintained in the United States and South Africa (without any transfer instrument being received in Singapore), no stamp duty should be payable in Singapore on such transfers.

    Tax Treaties Regarding Withholding Taxes

There is no comprehensive avoidance of double taxation agreement between the United States and Singapore which applies to withholding taxes on dividends or capital gains.

Dividends and Paying Agents

The paying agents for shareholders who hold ordinary shares listed on the Main Board of the JSE are expected to be Strate. The paying agent for shareholders listed on the NASDAQ is expected to be Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

Statement by Experts

The combined financial statements of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. and Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty. Ltd., as of and for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, included in this registration statement have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm,

142


Table of Contents

as stated in their report appearing herein. Such combined financial statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The financial statement of Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd. as of November 2, 2017, included in this registration statement have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such financial statement is included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

Documents on Display

Grindrod Shipping will file annual and special reports and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. You may read and copy any reports or other information on file at the SEC's public reference room at the following location:

100 F Street, N.E.
Washington, D.C. 20549

Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room. The SEC filings are also available to the public from commercial document retrieval services. Grindrod Shipping's SEC filings may also be obtained electronically via the EDGAR system on the website maintained by the SEC at http://www.sec.gov.

The above information and certain other documents may be obtained at the registered office of Grindrod Shipping and will be accessible at www.grinshipping.com.

Subsidiary Information

Not applicable.

143


Table of Contents

ITEM 11.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Spot Market Rate Risk

We currently employ our vessels primarily in the spot market or spot market-oriented pools and do not have a significant amount of fixed revenue cover and we are therefore exposed to the cyclicality and volatility of the spot market. Spot market charter rates may fluctuate significantly based upon the supply of and demand for seaborne shipping capacity.

Interest Rate Risk

Borrowings under our credit facilities generally bear interest at rates based on a premium over LIBOR (and to a limited extent, TIBOR). Therefore, we are exposed to the risk that our interest expense may increase if interest rates rise. We currently do not have any interest rate swaps in place. We may, in the future use interest rate swaps to reduce our exposure to market risk from changes in interest rates. The principal objective of these contracts is to minimize the risks and costs associated with our variable-rate debt and are not for speculative or trading purposes.

For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, we paid interest on our outstanding debt at a weighted average interest rate of 3.8%, 3.1% and 2.7%, respectively. A 0.5% increase or decrease in LIBOR would have increased or decreased our interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, by $0.5 million, $0.6 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

Foreign Exchange Rate Risk

Our primary economic environment is the international shipping market. This market utilizes the U.S. dollar as its functional currency. Consequently, virtually all of our revenues and expenses are in U.S. dollars. Transactions in currencies other than the functional currency are translated at the exchange rate on the transaction date and the relevant payment is translated on the payment date, with the difference being reported in the income statement as an exchange gain or loss. In addition a part of our debt obligations are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, being the Japanese Yen. Assets and liabilities denominated in currencies different from the functional currency are translated into the functional currency for the preparation of the balance sheet at the exchange rate prevailing on the balance sheet date. Differences in exchange rates between balance sheet dates may lead to gains or losses being reported in the income statement. Extraordinary transactions and the translation of the financial statements of the subsidiary whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar for purposes of preparing our consolidated accounts, may follow different translation procedures. Depreciation in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to other currencies will increase the U.S. dollar cost of us paying such expenses. The portion of our business conducted in other currencies could increase in the future, which could expand our exposure to losses arising from currency fluctuations.

There is a risk that currency fluctuations will have a negative effect on our cash flows. We have not entered into any hedging contracts to protect against currency fluctuations. We may seek to hedge this currency fluctuation risk in the future.

If the relevant foreign currency strengthens by 10% against our functional currency, profit or loss will increase/(decrease) by:

 
  Impact on
profit or loss
 
(in millions)
  2017   2016   2015  

South African rands

  $ (1.9 ) $ 2.3   $ 0.2  

Japanese yen

    1.1     1.1     1.1  

Freight Derivatives Risk

From time to time, we may take positions in freight derivatives, mainly FFAs. Generally freight derivatives may be used to hedge exposure to charter rate market risk through the purchase or sale of specified time charter rates for forward positions. Settlement of FFA is in cash, against a daily market index published by the Baltic Exchange. By taking positions in FFAs or other derivative instruments we could suffer losses in the settling or termination of these agreements.

144


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, we had seven, four and six FFAs outstanding, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2017, we recorded a net loss on FFAs of $0.1 million in our combined financial statements, which resulted from fair value loss. For the year ended December 31, 2016, we recorded a net loss on FFAs of $0.4 million in our combined financial statements, which resulted from fair value loss. For the year ended December 31, 2015, we recorded a net gain of $0.3 million in our combined financial statements, which resulted from fair value gain.

Bunker Price Risk

Our operating results are affected by movement in the price of fuel oil consumed by the vessels—known in the industry as bunkers. The price and supply of fuel is unpredictable and fluctuates based on events outside our control, including geopolitical developments, supply of and demand for oil and gas, actions by OPEC and other oil and gas producers, war and unrest in oil producing countries and regions, regional production patterns and environmental concerns. Further, fuel may become much more expensive in the future, which may reduce our profitability. We do hedge some of our exposure to bunker price risk.

A 10% increase or decrease in the bunker price, would result in a decrease or increase of the hedging reserve for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, by $0.1, $0.3 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments, which potentially subject us to significant concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of trade accounts receivable and bank balances. We closely monitor our exposure to customers for credit risk. We have policies in place to ensure that we trade with customers with an appropriate credit history. We do not take out credit default insurance.

Our maximum exposure to credit risk in the event that counterparties fail to perform their obligations as at the end of each financial year in relation to each class of recognized financial assets is the carrying amount of those assets as indicated in our statement of financial position.

Inflation

We do not expect inflation to be a significant risk to direct expenses in the current and foreseeable economic environment.

145


Table of Contents

ITEM 12.    DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

Debt Securities

Not applicable.

Warrants and Rights

Not applicable.

Other Securities

Not applicable.

American Depositary Shares

Not applicable.

146


Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 13.    DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

Not applicable.

ITEM 14.    MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Not applicable.

ITEM 15.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Not applicable.

ITEM 16A.    AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

Not applicable.

ITEM 16B.    CODE OF ETHICS

Not applicable.

ITEM 16C.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Not applicable.

ITEM 16D.    EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

Not applicable.

ITEM 16E.    PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

None.

ITEM 16F.    CHANGE IN REGISTRANT'S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

None.

ITEM 16G.    CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Not applicable.

ITEM 16H.    MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

147


Table of Contents

PART III

ITEM 17.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Grindrod Shipping has responded to Item 18 in lieu of responding to this item.

ITEM 18.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Historical Combined Financial Statements

See pages F-1 to F-81 for the financial statements of Grindrod Shipping filed as part of this registration statement.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Financial Information

As described above, Parent will sell all of the shares it holds in GSPL and GSSA to Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd., ("we" or "Grindrod Shipping") a newly formed entity created to hold Parent's shipping business. On November 2, 2017, Grindrod Shipping was incorporated as a private company, Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd., in accordance with the laws of the Republic of Singapore. With effect from April 25, 2018, Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd. was converted from a private company to a public company incorporated in accordance with the laws of the Republic of Singapore and it changed its name to Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd.

The combined financial statements of GSPL and GSSA, included elsewhere, have been prepared on a stand-alone basis and are derived from combining the financial statements of GSPL and GSSA, which we will acquire immediately prior to the Spin-Off, and their respective underlying accounting records. In addition, the combined financial statements of GSPL and GSSA include components of Parent's shipping business—OACL and Unicorn Bunker, both previously owned by GSSA, which were disposed to other Parent subsidiaries effective January 1, 2018. Such businesses will not be part of our results of operations for periods following the disposal on January 1, 2018. The Spin-Off and disposal of OACL and Unicorn Bunker are referred to as the "Pro Forma Transactions".

The unaudited pro forma condensed statement of profit or loss has been adjusted to give effect to the Pro Forma Transactions as if they had occurred or became effective as of January 1, 2017. The unaudited pro forma condensed statement of financial position has been adjusted to give effect to the Pro Forma Transactions as though the Pro Forma Transactions had occurred or become effective as of December 31, 2017.

The unaudited pro forma condensed financial information included in this registration statement have been derived from the historical combined financial statements of GSPL and GSSA, including the audited combined statement of profit or loss for the year ended December 31, 2017 and the audited combined statement of financial position as of December 31, 2017, which are included elsewhere in this registration statement. The unaudited pro forma condensed financial information do not purport to represent what our financial position and results of operations would have been had the Spin-Off occurred on the dates indicated or to project our financial performance for any future period. In addition, the unaudited pro forma condensed financial information is provided for illustrative and informational purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of our future results of operations or financial condition as a separate, stand-alone public company. The pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable, but actual results may differ from the pro forma adjustments.

The assumptions and estimates underlying the unaudited adjustments to the unaudited pro forma condensed financial statements are described in the accompanying notes, which should be read together with the unaudited pro forma condensed financial statements.

148


Table of Contents

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS
For the financial year ended December 31, 2017

 
  Combined
Historical
of GSPL
and GSSA
  Adjustment
for disposal
of OACL
  Adjustment
for disposal
of Unicorn
Bunker
  Pro Forma  

US$'000

                         

Revenue

    409,522     (45,935) (2)   (9,004) (5)   354,583  

Cost of sales

    (387,408 )   34,279 (2)   4,967 (5)   (348,741 )

Gross profit (loss)

    22,114     (11,656 )   (4,037 )   5,842  

Other operating income

    4,696     (257) (2)   (1,352) (5)   3,087  

Administrative expenses

    (32,868 )   6,807 (2)   789 (5)   (24,693 )

Other operating expenses

    (39,198 )   296 (2)   521 (5)   (38,381 )

Share of loss of joint ventures

    (12,946 )   (2)   (5)   (12,946 )

Interest income

    7,164     (1,545) (2)   (356) (5)   5,263  

Interest expense

    (6,548 )   1 (2)   380 (5)   (6,167 )

Loss before taxation

    (57,586 )   (6,354 )   (4,055 )   (67,995 )

Taxation

    (3,226 )   1,854 (2)   1,689 (5)   (317 )

Loss for the period

    (60,812 )   (4,500 )   (2,366 )   (68,312 )

149


Table of Contents

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

As at December 31, 2017

US$'000
  Grindrod
Shipping
Holdings
Pte. Ltd.
  Historical
combined
GSPL and
GSSA
  Adjustments
for disposal
of OACL
  Adjustments
for disposal
of Unicorn
Bunker
  Pro Forma  

ASSETS

                               

Current assets

                               

Cash and bank balances

    *     46,522     20,985 (3)   15,494 (6)   69,666  

                (8,878) (3)   (1,229) (8)      

                      (3,228) (6)      

Trade receivables

        13,399             13,399  

Other receivables and prepayments

        17,187             17,187  

Due from related parties

        26,998             26,998  

Loans to joint ventures

        18,180             18,180  

Derivative financial instruments

        123             123  

Inventories

        9,078             9,078  

Current tax assets

        761             761  

    *     132,248     12,107     11,037     155,392  

Assets classified as held for sale

        54,954     (30,050) (3)   (24,904) (5)    

Total current assets

          187,202     (17,943 )   (13,867 )   155,392  

Non-current assets

                               

Other receivables and prepayments

        72             72  

Loans to joint ventures

        7,301             7,301  

Ships, property, plant and equipment

        238,592             238,592  

Interest in joint ventures

        64,296             64,296  

Intangible assets

        61             61  

Goodwill

        8,419             8,419  

Deferred tax assets

        1,179             1,179  

Total non-current assets

        319,920             319,920  

Total assets

    *     507,122     (17,943 )   (13,867 )   475,312  

*
Less than $1,000

150


Table of Contents

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

As at December 31, 2017

 
  Grindrod
Shipping
Holdings
Pte. Ltd.
  Historical
combined
GSPL and
GSSA
  Adjustments
for disposal
of OACL
  Adjustments
for disposal
of Unicorn
Bunker
  Pro Forma  

US$'000

                               

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

                               

Current liabilities

                               

Bank loans

        87,964             87,964  

Trade and other payables

        28,354             28,354  

Provision for onerous contract

        1,270             1,270  

Due to related parties

        16,930     (8,878) (3)   (3,228) (6)   4,824  

Derivative financial instruments

        138             138  

Bank overdraft

        4,028             4,028  

Income tax payable

        3,551             3,551  

        142,235     (8,878 )   (3,228 )   130,129  

Liabilities associated with assets held for sale

        21,014     (9,065) (3)   (11,949) (5)    

Total current liabilities

        163,249     (17,943 )   (15,177 )   130,129  

Non-current liabilities

                               

Bank loans

        20,790             20,790  

Deferred tax liabilities

                     

Retirement benefit obligations

        2,180             2,180  

Trade and other payables

        1,167             1,167  

Total non-current liabilities

        24,137             24,137  

Capital and reserves

                               

Share capital and premium

    *     474,101             474,101  

Share option reserve

        (932 )           (932 )

Hedging reserve

        (15 )           (15 )

Translation reserve

        5,773         (1,063) (8)   4,710  

Non-distributable reserve

        (20,069 )   16,828 (4)   3,526 (8)   285  

Accumulated losses

        (139,122 )   (16,828) (4)   2,539 (6)   (157,103 )

                      1,063 (8)      

                      (3,526) (8)      

                      (1,229) (7)      

Total equity

    *     319,736         1,310     321,046  

Total equity and liabilities

    *     507,122     (17,943 )   (13,867 )   475,312  

*
—less than US$1,000

151


Table of Contents

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
For the year ended December 31, 2017

Basis of presentation

1)
Our unaudited pro forma condensed financial information has been prepared to reflect adjustments to our historical annual combined financial statements that are (1) directly attributable to the Pro Forma Transactions; (2) factually supportable; and (3) with respect to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations, expected to have a continuing impact on our results of operations.

Adjustments for disposal of OACL

2)
OACL was set up as a division within GSSA in 2014. On January 1, 2018, GSSA entered into an agreement with Grindrod (South Africa) Proprietary Limited to sell OACL for a cash consideration of $20.9 million (R260 million). As such, the business will not form part of the results following the disposal. The results of this division are included in historical annual combined financial statements of GSPL and GSSA. In this entry, the historical operating results of OACL for the financial year 2017 has been removed.

3)
OACL was sold for $20.9 million. Assets of $30.0 million classified as held for sale and associated liabilities of $9.1 million have been removed as at December 31, 2017 being the assumed disposal date. Of the $20.9 million to be received as proceeds of the disposal, $8.9 million will be repaid to Parent as settlement of the balance due to Parent.

4)
Due to restructuring of OACL in 2014, a non-distributable reserve of $16.8 million was previously recorded in the combined historical financial statements of GSPL and GSSA. Following the disposal, the non-distributable reserve would be reclassified to accumulated losses.

Adjustments for disposal of Unicorn Bunker

5)
On January 1, 2018, GSSA entered into an agreement with Grindrod (South Africa) Proprietary Limited to sell Unicorn Bunker for a cash consideration of $15.5 million (R192 million). As such, the business will not form part of the results following the disposal. The results of this subsidiary are included in the historical annual combined financial statements of GSPL and GSSA. In this entry, the operating results of Unicorn Bunker for the financial year 2017 has been removed.

6)
Unicorn Bunker was sold for $15.5 million. Assets of $24.9 million classified as held for sale and associated liabilities of $11.9 million have been removed as at December 31, 2017 being the assumed disposal date and a gain of $2.5 million has been taken to retained earnings. Of the $15.5 million to be received as proceeds of the disposal, $12.3 million (ZAR152 million) would remain as an interest-free loan to Grindrod (South Africa) Proprietary Limited till Grindrod (South Africa) Proprietary Limited sells Unicorn Bunker to a third party and the remaining $3.2 million (R40 million) would be settled through balance due from Unicorn Bunker to GSSA.

7)
We expect to incur capital gain tax of $ 1.2 million computed based on the South African Corporate Gain Tax rate of 80% of 28% (calculated as 22.4%) of $5.5 million being taxable profit generated from the sale (assumed to be on December 31, 2017) for purpose of this pro forma.

8)
Due to restructuring of Unicorn Bunker in 2014, a non-distributable reserve of $3.5 million was previously recorded in the combined historical financial statements of GSPL and GSSA. Following the disposal, the non-distributable reserve would be reclassified to retained earnings. Similarly, translation reserve of $1.0 million relating to Unicorn Bunker would also be reclassified to accumulated losses on disposal.

Transitional service agreements

9)
On April 24, 2018 and April 23, 2018, respectively, each of GSPL and GSSA entered into a transitional service agreement with the Parent in connection with the Spin-Off under which the Parent will continue to provide to us, among other things, internal audit, corporate secretarial services, information technology and such other financial and management services until the termination date of December 31, 2019, and related licensing agreement in respect of the use of certain intellectual property of Parent. We expect to incur $52,258 per month for the year 2018 and $37,353 per month for the year 2019 under the transitional service agreements. This cost has not been included in the pro forma statement of profit or loss as it is not recurring and will be included in the statement of profit or loss within approximately 18 months following the Spin-Off.

152


Table of Contents

ITEM 19.    EXHIBITS

The following instruments and documents are included as Exhibits to this registration statement.

No.   Exhibit
  1.1†   Form of Constitution of Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd.

 

2.1

 

Share Purchase Agreement between Grindrod Limited and Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd. in respect of Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd dated March 23, 2018

 

2.2

 

Share Purchase Agreement between Grindrod Limited and Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd. in respect of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. dated March 23, 2018

 

2.3

 

Implementation Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd., Grindrod Limited, Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd and Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. dated March 23, 2018

 

4.1(a)*

 

Transitional Services Agreement between Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd and Grindrod Limited dated April 23, 2018

 

4.1(b)*

 

Transitional Services Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. and Grindrod Limited dated April 24, 2018

 

4.2†

 

Form of 2018 Forfeitable Share Plan

 

4.3(a)

 

Shareholders' Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Sankaty European Investments III S.À.R.L., Regiment Capital Ltd and IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. dated December 11, 2013

 

4.3(b)

 

First Amendment to Shareholders' Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Sankaty European Investments III S.A.R.L., Regiment Capital Ltd and IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. dated February 4, 2015

 

4.3(c)

 

Second Amendment to Shareholders' Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Sankaty European Investments III S.A.R.L., Regiment Capital Ltd and IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. dated January 20, 2016

 

4.3(d)

 

Third Amendment to Shareholders' Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Sankaty European Investments III S.A.R.L., Regiment Capital Ltd and IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. dated April 1, 2016

 

4.3(e)

 

Fourth Amendment to Shareholders' Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Sankaty European Investments III S.A.R.L., Regiment Capital Ltd and IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. dated April 25, 2016

 

4.3(f)

 

Fifth Amendment to Shareholders' Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Sankaty European Investments III S.A.R.L., Regiment Capital Ltd and IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. dated July 6, 2016

 

4.3(g)

 

Sixth Amendment to Shareholders' Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Sankaty European Investments III S.A.R.L., Regiment Capital Ltd and IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. dated October 31, 2016

 

4.4(a)

 

Shareholders' Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. and Vitol Shipping Singapore Pte. Ltd. dated April 2, 2012

 

4.4(b)

 

Addendum to Shareholders' Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. and Vitol Shipping Singapore Pte. Ltd. dated December 2012

 

4.5†

 

Loan Agreement, dated August 26, 2010, between Island View Shipping International Pte. Ltd., Standard Chartered Bank (Singapore Branch) and the banks and financial institutions named therein

 

4.6†

 

Supplemental Agreement dated December 13, 2011 to the Loan Agreement dated August 26, 2010, between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Owning Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd, IVS Bulk 603 Pte. Ltd., Standard Chartered Bank (Singapore Branch) and the banks and financial institutions named therein

 

4.7†

 

Consent and Amendment Letter dated November 30, 2012, between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Owning Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd, IVS Bulk 603 Pte. Ltd. and Standard Chartered Bank (Singapore Branch) in connection with the Loan Agreement dated August 26, 2010

153


Table of Contents

No.   Exhibit
  4.8†   Supplemental Agreement No. 2 dated May 31, 2016 to the Loan Agreement dated August 26, 2010, between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Owning Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd, IVS Bulk 603 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 612 Pte. Ltd. and Standard Chartered Bank (Singapore Branch)

 

4.9†

 

Third Amendment Letter dated February 10, 2017 between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Owning Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd, IVS Bulk 603 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 612 Pte. Ltd. and Standard Chartered Bank (Singapore Branch) in connection with the Loan Agreement dated August 26, 2010

 

4.10†

 

Fourth Amendment Letter dated August 31, 2017 between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Owning Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd, IVS Bulk 603 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 612 Pte. Ltd. and Standard Chartered Bank (Singapore Branch) in connection with the Loan Agreement dated August 26, 2010

 

4.11†

 

Loan Agreement, dated July 7, 2011, between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, Standard Chartered Bank, Singapore Branch, DVB Group Merchant Bank (Asia) Limited, BNP Paribas, Singapore Branch and the banks and financial institutions named therein

 

4.12†

 

Supplemental Letter dated August 20, 2013 between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 462 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 511 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 512 Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Ross Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Baltic Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Ionia Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Scotia Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 430 Pte. Ltd., Grindrod Shipping Limited and Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, in connection with the Loan Agreement dated July 7, 2011

 

4.13†

 

Supplemental Letter dated August 27, 2015 between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 462 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 511 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 512 Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Ross Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Baltic Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Ionia Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 430 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 611 Pte. Ltd., Grindrod Limited and Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, in connection with the Loan Agreement dated July 7, 2011

 

4.14†

 

Supplemental Letter dated January 12, 2017 between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 462 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 511 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 512 Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Ross Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Baltic Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Ionia Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 430 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 611 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 475 Pte. Ltd., Grindrod Limited and Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, in connection with the Loan Agreement dated July 7, 2011

 

4.15†

 

$21.0 million Term Loan Facility Agreement, dated March 30, 2017, between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Atlantic Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Caspian Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 609 Pte. Ltd. and Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank

 

4.16†

 

Letter, dated December 11, 2017 between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Atlantic Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Caspian Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 609 Pte. Ltd. and Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank in connection with the $21.0 million Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 30, 2017

 

4.17†

 

Letter, dated March 27, 2018 between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Atlantic Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Caspian Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 609 Pte. Ltd. and Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank in connection with the $21.0 million Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 30, 2017

 

4.18†

 

$27.0 million Facility Agreement, dated December 9, 2016, between Grindrod Limited, Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Grindrod Maritime LLC, DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch and DVB Bank SE

 

4.19†

 

Form of Non-Executive Director Appointment Letter

 

8.1

 

List of subsidiaries of the registrant

 

15.1

 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche for Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd.

 

15.2

 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche for Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. and Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd.

 

15.3

 

Shareholder Circular of Grindrod Limited, preliminary and subject to completion, submitted to the JSE on April 26, 2018

*
To be filed by amendment.

Previously filed.

154


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this registration statement on its behalf.

  GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

/s/ MARTYN WADE


  Name   Martyn Wade

  Title:   Chief Executive Officer

  Date:   April 30, 2018

155


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page  

Audited Financial Statement of Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. (formerly known as Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.)

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   
F-2
 

Statement of Financial Position as at November 2, 2017

   
F-3
 

Notes to the Statement of Financial Position

   
F-4
 

Audited Combined Financial Statements of GSPL and GSSA

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   
F-5
 

Combined Statements of Financial Position as at December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015

   
F-6
 

Combined Statements of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015

   
F-7
 

Combined Statements of Changes in Equity for the years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015

   
F-8
 

Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015

   
F-9
 

Notes to Financial Statements

   
F-11
 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SHAREHOLDERS OF GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD. (FORMERLY KNOWN AS GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS PTE. LTD.)

We have audited the accompanying statement of financial position of Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd. (the "Company") as of 2 November 2017, the incorporation date of the Company. The financial statement is the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the balance sheet is free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of its internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall balance sheet presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such statement of financial position presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of 2 November 2017 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Singapore

9 January 2018

F-2


Table of Contents

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

(FORMERLY KNOWN AS GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS PTE. LTD.)

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

As at of November 2, 2017

Amount in US$

 
   
 

Assets:

       

Current Assets

       

Other receivables

  $ 1  

Total Assets

    1  

Equity:

       

Share Capital and Reserves

       

Share Capital

  $ 1  

Total Equity

    1  

   

See accompanying notes to financial statement.

F-3


Table of Contents

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

(FORMERLY KNOWN AS GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDING PTE. LTD.)

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENT

1 GENERAL

Organisation and principal activities

In anticipation of an initial listing in the United States, Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd. was incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Singapore on 2 November 2017 as the holding company for the shipping business to be spun off by Grindrod Limited. The Company has no operations.

2 SHARE CAPITAL

As of the incorporation date, 2 November 2017, the total issued share capital of the Company is US$1 consisting of 1 ordinary share. The share is fully paid, which has no par value, carries one vote per share and a right to dividends as and when declared by the Company.

F-4


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

TO THE SHAREHOLDERS AND THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF
GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying combined statements of financial position of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. and subsidiaries and Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd and subsidiaries (the "Group") as of 31 December 2017, 2016 and 2015, the related combined statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, combined statements of changes in equity and combined statements of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 31 December 2017 and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material aspects, the financial position of the Group as of 31 December 2017, 2016 and 2015, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 31 December 2017, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Group's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Group's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Group in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Group is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Singapore

23 March 2018
We have served as the Group's auditor since 2015.

F-5


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

As at 31 December

 
  Notes   2017   2016   2015  
 
   
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

ASSETS

                         

Current assets

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Cash and bank balances

    6     46,522     67,711     75,485  

Trade receivables

    7     13,399     18,844     25,854  

Other receivables and prepayments

    8     17,187     22,524     21,661  

Due from related parties

    9     26,998     39,582     10,167  

Loans to joint ventures

    10     18,180     15     2,639  

Derivative financial instruments

    11     123     225     300  

Inventories

    12     9,078     11,617     8,463  

Current tax asset

          761     305      

          132,248     160,823     144,569  

Assets classified as held for sale

    39     54,954          

Total current assets

          187,202     160,823     144,569  

Non-current assets

                         

Other receivables and prepayments

    8     72     168      

Loans to joint ventures

    10     7,301     35,315     31,920  

Ships, property, plant and equipment

    13     238,592     303,897     319,425  

Interest in joint ventures

    15     64,296     66,575     61,145  

Intangible assets

    16     61     6,590     6,028  

Goodwill

    17     8,419     16,022     14,435  

Deferred tax assets

    40     1,179     764     1,209  

Total non-current assets

          319,920     429,331     434,162  

Total assets

          507,122     590,154     578,731  

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

                         

Current liabilities

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Bank loans

    18     87,964     34,137     93,560  

Trade and other payables

    19     28,354     38,398     40,918  

Provision for onerous contract

    20     1,270     8,697     4,876  

Due to related parties

    21     16,930     18,882     20,897  

Loans from related parties

    22         37,253      

Derivative financial instruments

    11     138     450     2,964  

Bank overdrafts

    6     4,028         323  

Income tax payable

          3,551     3,842     2,829  

          142,235     141,659     166,367  

Liabilities directly associated with assets classified as held for sale

    39     21,014          

Total current liabilities

          163,249     141,659     166,367  

Non-current liabilities

                         

Bank loans

    18     20,790     78,408     8,112  

Deferred tax liabilities

    40         3,714     2,510  

Retirement benefit obligation

    41     2,180     2,065     1,972  

Trade and other payables

    19     1,167     1,213     687  

Total non-current liabilities

          24,137     85,400     13,281  

Capital and reserves

                         

Share capital and premium

    23     474,101     459,101     459,101  

Share option reserve

    24     (932 )   (460 )   (284 )

Hedging reserve

    25     (15 )   (225 )   (2,642 )

Translation reserve

    25     5,773     1,541     (3,600 )

Non-distributable reserve

    25     (20,069 )   (20,226 )   (20,565 )

Accumulated losses

          (139,122 )   (76,636 )   (32,927 )

Equity attributable to parent company

          319,736     363,095     399,083  

Total equity and liabilities

          507,122     590,154     578,731  

   

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Year ended 31 December

 
  Notes   2017   2016   2015  
 
   
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Revenue

  26     409,522     371,532     434,439  

Cost of sales

  27     (387,408 )   (365,735 )   (407,577 )

Gross profit

        22,114     5,797     26,862  

Other operating income

  29     4,696     5,687     6,142  

Administrative expenses

        (32,868 )   (30,140 )   (27,670 )

Other operating expenses

  30     (39,198 )   (18,093 )   (71,829 )

Share of losses of joint ventures

  15     (12,946 )   (3,472 )   (18,748 )

Interest income

  31     7,164     5,260     3,101  

Interest expense

  32     (6,548 )   (4,899 )   (4,448 )

Loss before taxation

  33     (57,586 )   (39,860 )   (86,590 )

Income tax expense

  34     (3,226 )   (3,849 )   (3,764 )

Loss for the year

        (60,812 )   (43,709 )   (90,354 )

Other comprehensive income:

 

 

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

                       

Remeasurement of defined benefit obligation

  41     157     339     31  

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

                       

Exchange differences arising on translation of foreign operations

        4,232     5,141     (8,905 )

Cash flow hedges

        210     2,417     4,122  

        4,442     7,558     (4,783 )

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of income tax

        4,599     7,897     (4,752 )

Total comprehensive loss for the year

        (56,213 )   (35,812 )   (95,106 )

   

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.

F-7


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

For the year ended 31 December

 
  Share
capital
  Share
premium
  Share
option
reserve
  Hedging
reserve
  Translation
reserve
  Non-
distributable
reserve
  Accumulated
profits
(losses)
  Total  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Balance at 1 January 2015

    417,599     19,905     (450 )   (6,764 )   5,305     (20,596 )   61,562     476,561  

Loss for the year

                            (90,354 )   (90,354 )

Other comprehensive income (loss) for the year, net of income tax

                4,122     (8,905 )   31         (4,752 )

Total comprehensive loss for the year

                4,122     (8,905 )   31     (90,354 )   (95,106 )

Issue of ordinary shares (Note 23)

    *     21,597                         21,597  

Recognition of share-based payments (Note 24)

            166                     166  

Dividends (Note 35)

                            (4,135 )   (4,135 )

Transaction with owners, recognised directly in equity

        21,597     166                 (4,135 )   17,628  

Balance at 31 December 2015

    417,599     41,502     (284 )   (2,642 )   (3,600 )   (20,565 )   (32,927 )   399,083  

Loss for the year

                            (43,709 )   (43,709 )

Other comprehensive loss for the year, net of income tax

                2,417     5,141     339         7,897  

Total comprehensive loss for the year

                2,417     5,141     339     (43,709 )   (35,812 )

Recognition of share-based payments (Note 24), representing transaction with owners, recognised directly in equity

            (176 )                   (176 )

Balance at 31 December 2016

    417,599     41,502     (460 )   (225 )   1,541     (20,226 )   (76,636 )   363,095  

Loss for the year

                            (60,812 )   (60,812 )

Other comprehensive loss for the year, net of income tax

                210     4,232     157         4,599  

Total comprehensive loss for the year

                210     4,232     157     (60,812 )   (56,213 )

Issue of ordinary shares (Note 23)

    15,000                             15,000  

Recognition of share-based payments (Note 24)

            (472 )                   (472 )

Dividends (Note 35)

                            (1,674 )   (1,674 )

Transaction with owners, recognised directly in equity

    15,000         (472 )               (1,674 )   12,854  

Balance at 31 December 2017

    432,599     41,502     (932 )   (15 )   5,773     (20,069 )   (139,122 )   (319,736 )

*
Amount is less than US$1,000.

   

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.

F-8


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Year ended 31 December

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Operating activities

                   

Loss before taxation

    (57,586 )   (39,860 )   (86,590 )

Adjustments for:

                   

Share of losses of joint ventures

    12,946     3,472     18,748  

Gain on disposal of ships

    (167 )        

Loss (gain) on disposal of plant and equipment

    107     1,078     (116 )

Depreciation of ships, property, plant and equipment and amortisation

    19,680     21,551     27,729  

Impairment loss recognised on ships

    16,503     12,625     67,800  

Impairment loss on goodwill and intangibles

    12,119          

Impairment loss on net assets of disposal group

    5,092          

Allowance for (Reversal of) doubtful debts

    18     (3 )   149  

(Reversal of) provision for onerous contracts

    (7,427 )   3,821     3,353  

Recognition (Reversal) of share-based payments expenses

    33     (176 )   166  

Net (gain) loss on derivatives financial instruments

        (22 )   22  

Net foreign exchange (gain) loss

    (1,242 )   (965 )   630  

Interest expense

    6,548     4,899     4,448  

Interest income

    (7,164 )   (5,259 )   (3,101 )

Components of defined benefit costs recognised in profit or loss

    63     170     62  

Operating cash flows before movements in working capital

    (477 )   1,331     33,300  

Inventories

    1,017     (3,002 )   5,501  

Capital expenditure on ships

    (5,219 )   (28,836 )   (9,745 )

Proceeds from disposal of ships

    17,727     12,275     12,858  

Trade receivables, other receivables and prepayments

    (279 )   9,281     43,496  

Trade and other payables

    (3,055 )   (5,000 )   (17,851 )

Due from related parties

    (5,049 )   (16,377 )   (628 )

Due to related parties

    6,737     11,983     42,798  

Net cash generated from (used in) operations

    11,402     (18,345 )   109,729  

Interest paid

    (6,206 )   (3,986 )   (4,537 )

Interest received

    2,677     2,806     9,493  

Income tax paid

    (4,498 )   (1,732 )   (26 )

Net cash flows generated from (used in) operating activities

    3,375     (21,257 )   114,659  

Investing activities

                   

Advances to immediate holding company and related parties

    (1,264 )   (24,463 )   (34,058 )

Repayment from immediate holding company and related parties

    415         1,109  

Purchase of plant and equipment

    (1,212 )   (719 )   (2,369 )

Purchase of intangible assets

    (19 )       (59 )

Proceeds from disposal of plant and equipment

    18     50     35  

Repayment of loans by joint ventures

            500  

Dividends received from joint ventures

        3,320     11,731  

Investment in joint ventures

        (13,735 )   (20,240 )

Net cash outflow on acquisition of assets (Note 42.1)

            (12,250 )

Loan to third party

        (158 )    

Net cash used in investing activities

    (2,062 )   (35,705 )   (55,601 )

Financing activities

                   

Long-term interest bearing debt raised

    45,150     39,512     10,000  

Payment of capital portion of long term interest-bearing debt

    (40,869 )   (28,665 )   (35,933 )

Loans from related parties

    5,000     37,000      

Restricted cash

    58     (109 )   (3,201 )

Issuance of share

    15,000          

Repayment of loans from related parties

    (42,000 )        

Dividends paid

    (1,674 )       (4,135 )

Purchase of Parent's ordinary shares for forfeitable share plan

    (505 )        

Net cash flows (used in) generated from financing activities

    (19,840 )   47,738     (33,269 )

Net (decrease)increase in cash and cash equivalents

    (18,527 )   (9,224 )   25,789  

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

    62,470     70,030     48,270  

Effect of exchange rate changes on the balance of cash held in foreign currencies

    1,302     1,664     (4,029 )

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

    45,245     62,470     70,030  

F-9


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)

Year ended 31 December

Note A:

Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities

The table below details changes in the group's liabilities arising from financing activities, including both cash and non-cash changes. Liabilities arising from financing activities are those for which cash flows were, or future cash flows will be, classified in the group's combined statement of cash flows as cash flows from financing activities.

 
  1 January,
2017
  Financing
cash flows (i)
  Non-cash
changes
  Other
changes (ii)
  31 December,
2017
 
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Bank loans (Note 18)

    112,545     4,281     (7,950 ) (iii)   (122 )   108,754  

Loans from related parties (Note 22)

    37,253     (37,000 )       (253 )    

(i)
The cash flows make up the net amount of proceeds from borrowings and repayments of borrowings in the statement of cash flows.

(ii)
Other changes include interest accruals and payments.

(iii)
Represents amount reclassified to disposal group held for sale (Note 39).

   

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements

F-10


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1 GENERAL

General information

The board of directors of Grindrod Limited, a public company incorporated in accordance with the laws of the Republic of South Africa, or Parent, has approved the demerger of its shipping business, which we refer to as the Spin-Off. It is expected that Grindrod Limited will sell all of the shares it holds in Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., or GSPL, and Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd, or GSSA, to Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd. which will subsequently be a public company, Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd., or Grindrod Shipping. Grindrod Shipping is a newly formed entity incorporated on 2 November 2017 in accordance with the laws of the Republic of Singapore, created to hold Grindrod Limited's shipping business, in exchange for a market related consideration that will be settled by way of the issuance by Grindrod Shipping of compulsorily convertible notes which will convert to the ordinary shares of Grindrod Shipping.

These combined financial statements represent the combination of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. and its subsidiaries and Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd and its subsidiaries (the "Group"). For all periods presented in these combined financial statements, the Group was under the management of Grindrod Limited and therefore considered to be under common management which forms the basis of the combination. The purpose of the combined financial statements is to provide general purpose historical financial information of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. and Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd for the years ended 31 December 2017, 2016 and 2015.

The principal activities of the Group are vessel ownership, operation and management, acquisition, sale and purchase and employment. Information of the entities within the Group is contained in Note 14.

The combined financial statements of the Group for the financial year ended 31 December 2017, 2016 and 2015 were authorised for issue by the Board of Director of Grindrod Limited on 23 March 2018.

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

2.1   Statement of compliance

The combined financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS") issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ("IASB").

2.2   Basis of preparation of historical combined financial information

The combined financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for certain financial instruments that are measured at fair values at the end of each reporting period, as explained in the accounting policies below.

Historical cost is generally based on the fair value of the consideration given in exchange for goods and services.

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date, regardless of whether that price is directly observable or estimated using another valuation technique. In estimating the fair value of an asset or a liability, the Group takes into account the characteristics of the asset or liability if market participants would take those characteristics into account when pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. Fair value for measurement and/or disclosure purposes in these consolidated financial statements is determined on such a basis, except for share-based payment transactions that are within the scope of IFRS 2, leasing transactions that are within the scope of IAS 17, and measurements that have some similarities to fair value but are not fair value, such as net realisable value in IAS 2 or value in use in IAS 36.

F-11


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

In addition, for financial reporting purposes, fair value measurements are categorised into Level 1, 2 or 3 based on the degree to which the inputs to the fair value measurements are observable and the significance of the inputs to the fair value measurement in its entirety, which are described as follows:

    Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity can access at the measurement date;

    Level 2 inputs are inputs, other than quoted prices included within Level 1, that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; and

    Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

The combined financial statements have been prepared on the parent basis and therefore reflect the transferred assets and liabilities at the historical cost of Grindrod Limited, the ultimate parent of the Group before the transfer to Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd.

The combined financial statements of the Group have been derived from the financial statements of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. and Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd and their direct and indirect subsidiaries on the following basis:

    the carrying values of the assets and liabilities of the entities to the combination are recorded at the historical carrying amount of those assets and liabilities as recorded by Grindrod Limited and are not adjusted to fair value on combination;

    the results and cash flows of all the combining entities are brought into the combined financial statements of the combined entity from the beginning of the financial year in which the combination occurred. Prior year comparatives are also presented on the basis that the combination was in place throughout the prior year; and

    the share capital as of 31 December 2017, 2016 and 2015 represents the aggregate share capital of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.and Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd as if they have been combined throughout the period presented.

All intra-group balances, income, expenses and unrealized gains and losses arising from transactions between entities within the Group were eliminated when preparing the combined financial statements. Transactions with Grindrod Limited companies, which do not belong to the Group, have been disclosed as transactions with related parties.

2.3   Application of new and revised International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs)

From 1 January 2015, the Group has applied a number of amendments to IFRSs issued by the IASB that are mandatorily effective for an accounting period that begins on or after 1 January 2015. The adoption of these new/revised IFRSs has not resulted in significant changes to the Group's accounting policies and has no material effect on the amounts reported for the current or prior periods.

F-12


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

2.4   New and revised International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) in issue but not yet effective

The Group has not applied the following new and revised IFRSs that are relevant to the Group that were issued but are not yet effective:

IFRS 9

  Financial Instruments (1)

IFRS 15

  Revenue from Contracts with Customers (and the related Clarifications) (1)

IFRS 16

  Leases (2)

Amendments to IFRS 2

  Classification and Measurement of Share-based Payment Transactions (1)

Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28

  Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture (3)

IFRIC 22

  Foreign Currency Transactions and Advanced Consideration (1)

(1)
Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018, with early application permitted.

(2)
Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019, with early application permitted if IFRS 15 is adopted.

(3)
Effective for annual periods beginning on or after a date to be determined.

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments

IFRS 9 issued in November 2009 introduced new requirements for the classification and measurement of financial assets. IFRS 9 was subsequently amended in October 2010 to include requirements for the classification and measurement of financial liabilities and for derecognition, and in November 2013 to include the new requirements for general hedge accounting. Another revised version of IFRS 9 was issued in July 2014 mainly to include a) impairment requirements for financial assets and b) limited amendments to the classification and measurement requirements by introducing a 'fair value through other comprehensive income' (FVTOCI) measurement category for certain simple debt instruments.

Key requirements of IFRS 9:

    All recognised financial assets that are within the scope of IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement are required to be subsequently measured at amortised cost or fair value. Specifically, debt investments that are held within a business model whose objective is to collect the contractual cash flows, and that have contractual cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal outstanding are generally measured at amortised cost at the end of subsequent accounting periods. Debt instruments that are held within a business model whose objective is achieved both by collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets, and that have contractual terms that give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding, are generally measured at FVTOCI. All other debt investments and equity investments are measured at their fair value at the end of subsequent accounting periods. In addition, under IFRS 9, entities may make an irrevocable election to present subsequent changes in the fair value of an equity investment (that is not held for trading nor contingent consideration recognised by an acquirer in a business combination to which IFRS 3 applies) in other comprehensive income, with only dividend income generally recognised in profit or loss.

      With regard to the measurement of financial liabilities as at fair value through profit or loss, IFRS 9 requires that the amount of change in fair value of such financial liability that is attributable to changes in the credit risk of that liability is presented in other comprehensive income, unless the recognition of the effects of changes in other comprehensive income would create or enlarge an accounting mismatch to profit or loss. Changes in fair value attributable to the financial liability's credit risk are not subsequently reclassified to profit or loss. Under IAS 39,

F-13


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

      the entire amount of the change in the fair value of the financial liability designated as fair value through profit or loss is presented in profit or loss.

    In relation to the impairment of financial assets, IFRS 9 requires an expected credit loss model, as opposed to an incurred credit loss model under IAS 39. The expected credit loss model requires an entity to account for expected credit losses and changes in those expected credit losses at each reporting date to reflect changes in credit risk since initial recognition. In other words, it is no longer necessary for a credit event to have occurred before credit losses are recognised.

    The new general hedge accounting requirements retain the three types of hedge accounting mechanisms currently available in IAS 39. Under IFRS 9, greater flexibility has been introduced to the types of transactions eligible for hedge accounting, specifically broadening the types of instruments that qualify for hedging instruments and the types of risk components of non-financial items that are eligible for hedge accounting. In addition, the effectiveness test has been overhauled and replaced with the principle of an 'economic relationship'. Retrospective assessment of hedge effectiveness is also no longer required. Enhanced disclosure requirements about an entity's risk management activities have also been introduced.

Based on an analysis of the Group's financial assets and financial liabilities as at 31 December 2017 on the basis of the facts and circumstances that exist at that date, management has assessed the impact of IFRS 9 to the Group's consolidated financial statements as follows:

Classification and measurement

All financial assets and liabilities will continue to be measured on the same bases as is currently adopted under IAS 39.

Impairment

Financial assets measured at amortised cost will be subject to the impairment provision of IFRS 9.

The Group expects to apply the simplified approach to recognise lifetime expected credit losses for its trade receivables as required or permitted by IFRS 9. Accordingly, management expects to recognise lifetime and 12-month expected credit losses for the trade receivables.

Management anticipates that the application of the expected credit loss model of IFRS 9 will result in earlier recognition of credit losses for the trade receivable and an increase in the amount of loss allowance recognised but does not expect that it will have a material impact on the Group's combined financial statements.

Hedge accounting

Management does not anticipate that the application of the IFRS 9 hedge accounting requirements will have a material impact on the Group's consolidated financial statements.

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers

IFRS 15 establishes a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers. IFRS 15 will supersede the current revenue recognition guidance including IAS 18 Revenue, IAS 11 Construction Contracts and the related Interpretations when it becomes effective.

The core principle of IFRS 15 is that an entity should recognise revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Specifically, the Standard introduces a 5-step approach to revenue recognition:

    Step 1: Identify the contract(s) with a customer.

F-14


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

    Step 2: Identify the performance obligations in the contract.

    Step 3: Determine the transaction price.

    Step 4: Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract.

    Step 5: Recognise revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

Under IFRS 15, an entity recognises revenue when (or as) a performance obligation is satisfied, i.e. when "control" of the goods or services underlying the particular performance obligation is transferred to the customer.

Far more prescriptive guidance has been added in IFRS 15 to deal with specific scenarios. Furthermore, extensive disclosures are required by IFRS 15.

In April 2016, the IASB issued Clarifications to IFRS 15 in relation to the identification of performance obligations, principal versus agent considerations as well as licensing application guidance.

The Group plans to adopt the new standard on the required effective date using the modified retrospective method. Further details of the Group's revenue are disclosed in Notes 2.17 and 26. The Group has two significant revenue streams: freight revenue and charter hire revenue. The latter contains a lease component which is therefore out of scope of IFRS 15.

Management has preliminarily assessed that each voyage under a freight revenue contract has been considered as a performance obligation. The transaction price is agreed with the customer for all types of contracts. The voyage result (revenue and voyage related costs) recognised during the voyage is based on estimates of costs and the duration of the voyage. According to IFRS 15 the revenue should be recognised when the entity satisfies a performance obligation that is when a voyage is carried out, based on a contract with a customer. As such, revenue is recognized over time from the point when there is a transfer of control to the customer (i.e., when the ship is ready for load of cargo until the discharge of cargo at the destination).

Under the existing revenue standard, the Group recognises freight revenue over time from the loading of cargo to the discharge of cargo, except for freight revenue earned within the pools, which are recognised over time from the discharge of cargo in the previous voyage to the discharge of cargo in the current voyage. As such, the adoption of IFRS 15 will impact uncompleted voyages in the pools at the reporting date. Based on management's analysis, management does not expect the effect of the changed revenue recognition to be material.

Apart from the providing more extensive disclosure on the Group's revenue transaction and the timing of recognition of the above revenue, management does not anticipate that the application of IFRS 15 will have a significant impact on the financial position and/or financial performance of the Group.

IFRS 16 Leases

IFRS 16 introduces a comprehensive model for the identification of lease arrangements and accounting treatments for both lessors and lessees. IFRS 16 will supersede the current lease guidance including IAS 17 Leases and the related interpretations when it becomes effective.

IFRS 16 distinguishes leases and service contracts on the basis of whether an identified asset is controlled by a customer. Distinctions of operating leases (off balance sheet) and finance leases (on balance sheet) are removed for lessee accounting, and is replaced by a model where a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability have to be recognised for all leases by lessees (i.e. all on balance sheet) except for short-term leases and leases of low value assets.

The right-of-use asset is initially measured at cost and subsequently measured at cost (subject to certain exceptions) less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, adjusted for any remeasurement of the lease liability. The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at that date. Subsequently, the lease liability is adjusted for interest and lease payments, as well as the

F-15


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

impact of lease modifications, amongst others. Furthermore, the classification of cash flows will also be affected as operating lease payments under IAS 17 are presented as operating cash flows; whereas under the IFRS 16 model, the lease payments will be split into a principal and an interest portion which will be presented as financing and operating cash flows respectively.

In contrast to lessee accounting, IFRS 16 substantially carries forward the lessor accounting requirements in IAS 17, and continues to require a lessor to classify a lease either as an operating lease or a finance lease.

Furthermore, extensive disclosures are required by IFRS 16.

Management anticipates that the application of IFRS 16 in the future will have a material impact on amounts reported in respect of its financial assets and financial liabilities as there are a significant number of leases in its operations. Assets will increase on the recognition of "right of use" of an underlying asset and liabilities will increase for the obligation to make lease payments. The profit and loss will be affected as the relevant lease expenses will be recognised as amortisation of the right of use asset and interest expense. Statement of cash flows will be affected by lease payments being classified as cash flows used in financing activities instead of cash flow used in operating activities. IFRS 16 will become effective for the Group in 2019 and management does not plan to early adopt. Currently, it is not possible to provide a reasonable estimate of the effect of IFRS 16 until the management have completed a detailed review.

Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28 Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture

The amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28 deal with situations where there is a sale or contribution of assets between an investor and its associate or joint venture. Specifically, the amendments state that gains or losses resulting from the loss of control of a subsidiary that does not contain a business in a transaction with an associate or a joint venture that is accounted for using the equity method, are recognised in the parent's profit or loss only to the extent of the unrelated investors' interests in that associate or joint venture. Similarly, gains and losses resulting from the remeasurement of investments retained in any former subsidiary (that has become an associate or a joint venture that is accounted for using the equity method) to fair value are recognised in the former parent's profit or loss only to the extent of the unrelated investors' interests in the new associate or joint venture.

The effective date of the amendments has yet to be set by the IASB; however, earlier application of the amendments is permitted. Management anticipates that the application of these amendments may have an impact on the Group's combined financial statements in future periods should such transactions arise. Management does not plan to early adopt the amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28.

IFRIC 22 Foreign Currency Transactions and Advance Consideration

IFRIC 22 addresses how to determine the 'date of transaction' for the purpose of determining the exchange rate to use on initial recognition of an asset, expense or income, when consideration for that item has been paid or received in advance in a foreign currency which resulted in the recognition of a non-monetary asset or non-monetary liability (e.g. a non-refundable deposit or deferred revenue).

The Interpretation specifies that the date of transaction is the date on which the entity initially recognises the non-monetary asset or non-monetary liability arising from the payment or receipt of advance consideration. If there are multiple payments or receipts in advance, the Interpretation requires an entity to determine the date of transaction for each payment or receipt of advance consideration.

F-16


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

The Interpretation is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018 with earlier application permitted. Entities can apply the Interpretation either retrospectively or prospectively. Specific transition provisions apply to prospective application.

Management do not anticipate that the application of the amendments in the future will have an impact on the Group's combined financial statements. This is because the Group already accounts for transactions involving the payment or receipt of advance consideration in a foreign currency in a way that is consistent with the amendments. Management does not plan to early adopt IFRIC 22.

2.5   Business Combinations

Acquisition of subsidiaries and businesses are accounted for using the acquisition method. The consideration for each acquisition is measured at the aggregate of the fair values of assets given, liabilities incurred by the Group to the former owners of the acquiree, and equity interests issued by the Group in exchange for control of the acquiree. Acquisition-related costs are recognised in profit or loss as incurred.

Where applicable, the consideration for the acquisition includes any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement, measured at its acquisition-date fair value. Subsequent changes in such fair values are adjusted against the cost of acquisition where they qualify as measurement period adjustments (see below). The subsequent accounting for changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration that do not qualify as measurement period adjustment depends on how the contingent consideration is classified. Contingent consideration that is classified as equity is not remeasured at subsequent reporting dates and its subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity. Contingent consideration that is classified as an asset or a liability is remeasured at subsequent reporting dates in accordance with IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement , or IAS 37 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets , as appropriate, with the corresponding gain or loss being recognised in profit or loss.

Where a business combination is achieved in stages, the Group's previously held interests in the acquired entity are remeasured to fair value at the acquisition date (i.e. the date the Group attains control) and the resulting gain or loss, if any, is recognised in profit or loss. Amounts arising from interests in the acquiree prior to the acquisition date that have been previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss, where such treatment would be appropriate if that interest were disposed of.

The acquiree's identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities that meet the conditions for recognition under the IFRS are recognised at their fair value at the acquisition date, except that:

    deferred tax assets or liabilities and liabilities or assets related to employee benefit arrangements are recognised and measured in accordance with IAS 12 Income Taxes and IAS 19 Employee Benefits respectively;

    liabilities or equity instruments related to share-based payment transactions of the acquiree or the replacement of an acquiree's share-based payment awards transactions with share-based payment awards transactions of the acquirer in accordance with the method in IFRS 2 Classification and measurement of share based payments at the acquisition date; and

    assets (or disposal groups) that are classified as held for sale in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations are measured with accordance with that Standard.

If the initial accounting for a business combination is incomplete by the end of the reporting period in which the combination occurs, the Group reports provisional amounts for the items for which the accounting is incomplete. Those provisional amounts are adjusted during the measurement period (see below), or additional assets or liabilities recognised, to reflect new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date that, if known, would have affected the amounts recognised as of that date.

F-17


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

The measurement period is the period from the date of acquisition to the date the Group obtains complete information about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date and is subjected to a maximum of one year from acquisition date.

2.6   Financial Instruments

Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised on the statement of financial position when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

Effective interest method

The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a financial instrument and of allocating interest income or expense over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts or payments (including all fees on points paid or received that form an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and other premiums or discounts) through the expected life of the financial instrument, or where appropriate, a shorter period.

Income and expense is recognised on an effective interest basis for debt instruments other than those financial instruments "at fair value through profit or loss".

Financial assets

Financial assets are classified as either financial assets "at fair value through profit or loss" or "loans and receivables".

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL)

Financial assets are classified as at FVTPL where the financial asset is either held for trading or it is designated as at FVTPL.

A financial asset is classified as held for trading if:

    It has been acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the near future; or

    On initial recognition, it is a part of an identified portfolio of financial instruments that the Group manages together and has a recent actual pattern of short-term profit-taking; or

    It is a derivative that is not designated and effective as a hedging instrument.

A financial asset other than a financial asset held for trading may be designated as at FVTPL upon initial recognition if:

    Such designation eliminates or significantly reduces a measurement or recognition inconsistency that would otherwise arise; or

    The financial asset forms part of a group of financial assets or financial liabilities or both, which is managed and its performance is evaluated on a fair value basis, in accordance with the Group's documented risk management or investment strategy, and information about the grouping is provided internally on that basis; or

    It forms part of a contract containing one or more embedded derivatives, and IFRS 9 permits the entire combined contract (asset or liability) to be designated as at FVTPL.

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are stated at fair value, with any resultant gain or loss recognised in profit or loss. The net gain or loss recognised in profit or loss incorporates any dividend or interest earned on the financial asset and is included in the 'other operating income' or 'other operating expenses' lines in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income. Fair value is determined in the manner described in Note 4.

F-18


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Loans and receivables

Trade and other receivables (including trade and other receivables, loans to joint ventures, amounts due from related parties and cash and cash equivalents) that have fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market are classified as "loans and receivables". Loans and receivables are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method less impairment. Interest is recognised by applying the effective interest method, except for short-term receivables when the effect of discounting is immaterial.

Impairment of financial assets

Financial assets, other than those at fair value through profit or loss, are assessed for indicators of impairment at the end of each reporting period. Financial assets are considered to be impaired when there is objective evidence that, as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the financial asset, the estimated future cash flows of the investment have been impacted.

Objective evidence of impairment could include:

    Significant financial difficulty of the issuer or counterparty; or

    Default or delinquency in interest or principal payments; or

    It becoming probable that the borrower will enter bankruptcy or financial re-organisation.

For certain categories of financial asset, such as receivables, assets that are assessed not to be impaired individually are, in addition, assessed for impairment on a collective basis. Objective evidence of impairment for a portfolio of receivables could include the Group's past experience of collecting payments, an increase in the number of delayed payments in the portfolio past the average credit period, as well as observable changes in national or local economic conditions that correlate with default on receivables.

For financial assets carried at amortised cost, the amount of the impairment is the difference between the asset's carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at the original effective interest rate.

For financial assets that are carried at cost, the amount of the impairment loss is measured as the difference between the asset's carrying amount and the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the current market rate of return for a similar financial asset. Such impairment loss will not be reversed in subsequent periods.

The carrying amount of the financial asset is reduced by the impairment loss directly for all financial assets with the exception of receivables where the carrying amount is reduced through the use of an allowance account. When a receivable is uncollectible, it is written off against the allowance account. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited against the allowance account. Changes in the carrying amount of the allowance account are recognised in profit or loss.

For financial assets measured at amortised cost, if, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognised, the previously recognised impairment loss is reversed through profit or loss to the extent the carrying amount of the financial asset at the date the impairment is reversed does not exceed what the amortised cost would have been had the impairment not been recognised.

Derecognition of financial assets

The Group derecognises a financial asset only when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or it transfers the financial asset and substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset to another entity. If the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership and continues to control the transferred asset, the Group recognises its retained interest in the asset and an associated liability for amounts it may have to pay. If the Group retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of a transferred financial asset, the Group continues to recognise the financial asset and also recognises a collateralised borrowing for the proceeds received.

F-19


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Financial liabilities and equity instruments

Classification as debt or equity

Financial liabilities and equity instruments issued by the Group are classified according to the substance of the contractual arrangements entered into and the definitions of a financial liability and an equity instrument.

Equity instruments

An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Group after deducting all of its liabilities. Equity instruments are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue cost.

Financial liabilities

Financial liabilities are classified as either financial liabilities "at fair value through profit or loss" or "other financial liabilities".

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL)

Financial liabilities are classified as at FVTPL where the financial liability is either held for trading or it is designated as at FVTPL.

A financial liability is classified as held for trading if:

    It has been incurred principally for the purpose of repurchasing in the near future; or

    It is a part of an identified portfolio of financial instruments that the Group manages together and has a recent actual pattern of short-term profit-taking; or

    It is a derivative that is not designated and effective as a hedging instrument.

A financial liability other than a financial liability held for trading may be designated as at FVTPL upon initial recognition if:

    Such designation eliminates or significantly reduces a measurement or recognition inconsistency that would otherwise arise; or

    On initial recognition, the financial liability forms part of a group of financial assets or financial liabilities or both, which is managed and its performance evaluated on a fair value basis, in accordance with the Group's documented risk management or investment strategy, and information about the grouping is provided internally on that basis; or

    It forms part of a contract containing one or more embedded derivatives, and IFRS 9 permits the entire combined contract (asset or liability) to be designated as at FVTPL.

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss are initially measured at fair value and subsequently stated at fair value, with any resultant gain or loss recognised in profit or loss. The net gain or loss recognised in profit or loss incorporates any interest paid on the financial liability and is included in the 'other operating income' or 'other operating expenses' lines in the statement or profit or loss and other comprehensive income. Fair value is determined in the manner described in Note 4.

Other financial liabilities

Trade and other payables (including amounts due to related parties and loans from related parties) are initially measured at fair value, net of transaction costs, and are subsequently measured at amortised cost, using the effective interest method, with interest expense recognised on an effective yield basis, except for short-term payables when the effect of discounting is immaterial.

F-20


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Interest-bearing bank loans and overdrafts are initially measured at fair value, and are subsequently measured at amortised cost, using the effective interest method. Interest expense calculated using the effective interest method is recognised over the term of borrowings in accordance with the Group's accounting policy for borrowing costs (see Note 2.18).

Derecognition of financial liabilities

The Group derecognises financial liabilities when, and only when, the Group's obligations are discharged, cancelled or they expire.

Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting

The Group enters into freight forward agreements and bunker swaps to manage its exposure to freight rate and bunker prices respectively. Further details of derivative financial instruments are disclosed in Note 11.

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value at the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their fair value at the end of each reporting period. The resulting gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss immediately unless the derivative is designated and effective as a hedging instrument, in which event the timing of the recognition in profit or loss depends on the nature of the hedge relationship. The Group designates the derivatives as hedges of highly probable forecast transactions or hedges of foreign currency risk of firm commitments (cash flow hedges).

A derivative is presented as a non-current asset or a non-current liability if the remaining maturity of the instruments is more than 12 months and it is not expected to be realised or settled within 12 months. Other derivatives are presented as current assets or current liabilities.

Hedge accounting

The Group designates hedges of freight rate risk and bunker prices as cash flow hedges.

At the inception of the hedge relationship, the entity documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and hedged item, along with its risk management objectives and its strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. Furthermore, at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, the Group documents whether the hedging instrument that is used in a hedging relationship is highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged item.

Note 11 contains details of the fair values of the derivative instruments used for hedging purposes. Movements in the hedging reserve in equity are also detailed in the statements of other comprehensive income ("OCI").

Cash flow hedge

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges are recognised in OCI. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in profit or loss as part of other operating expense or other operating income.

Amounts recognised in OCI and accumulated in equity are reclassified to profit or loss in the periods when the hedged item is recognised in profit or loss in the same line of the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income as the recognised hedged item. However, when the forecast transaction that is hedged, results in the recognition of a non-financial asset or a non-financial liability, the gains and losses previously accumulated in equity are transferred from equity and included in the initial measurement of the cost of the asset or liability.

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the Group revokes the hedging relationship, the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. Any gain or loss accumulated in equity at that time remains in equity and when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in profit or loss, such gains and losses are recognised in profit or loss, or transferred from equity and included in the initial measurement of the cost of the asset or liability as described above.

F-21


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was accumulated in equity is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

2.7   Offsetting Arrangements

Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount presented in the statement of financial position when the Group has a legally enforceable right to set off the recognised amounts; and intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. A right to set-off must be available today rather than being contingent on a future event and must be exercisable by any of the counterparties, both in the normal course of business and in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy.

2.8   Inventories

Inventories are assets held for sale in the ordinary course of business, in the process of production for such sale or in the form of materials or supplies to be consumed in the production process or in the rendering of services. Inventories which include bunkers on board ships and other consumable stores are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Net realisable value represents the estimated selling price for inventories less all estimated costs of completion and costs necessary to make the sale. Cost is determined on a first-in first-out basis. Spares on board ships are charged against income when issued to the ships.

When inventories are sold, the carrying amount is recognised as part of cost of sales. Any write-down of inventories to net realisable value and all losses of inventories or reversals of previous write-downs or losses are recognised in cost of sales in the period the write-down, loss or reversal occurs.

Assets that are held for rental are initially classified as ships, property, plant and equipment. When these assets cease to be rented and a decision is made to sell these assets, the carrying amount is transferred to inventories. Upon sale of these assets, the sales value is recorded in gross revenue and the related carrying value of these assets (held as inventories) is recorded in cost of sales.

2.9   Ships, Property, Plant and Equipment

Ships, property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses.

Depreciation is charged so as to write off the cost of assets other than property and ships under construction over their estimated useful lives, using the straight-line method, on the following bases:

Office equipment and furniture and fittings   -   3 years
Plant and equipment   -   3 to 5 years
Motor vehicles   -   5 years
Ships   -   15 years
Dry-docking   -   2.5 years

The estimated useful lives, residual values and depreciation method are reviewed at each year end, with the effect of any changes in estimate accounted for on a prospective basis.

Ships and properties in the course of construction for production, rental or administrative purposes, or for purposes not yet determined, are carried at cost, less any recognised impairment loss. Depreciation of these assets, on the same bases as other assets, commences when the assets are available for use.

Ships are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. Cost comprises acquisition cost and costs directly related to the acquisition up until the time when the asset is ready for use, including interest expense incurred during the period. The market average useful life of a ship is estimated to range from 25 to 30 years at which point it would usually be scrapped. The Group policy is to maintain a young fleet compared to the market average and estimates useful life as 15 years from date of delivery for new ships. Ships are depreciated on a straight-line basis to an estimated residual value over their useful life.

F-22


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

From time to time, the Group's ships are required to be dry-docked for inspection and re-licensing at which time major repairs and maintenance that cannot be performed while the ships are in operation are generally performed. The Group capitalises the costs associated with dry-docking as they occur and amortises these costs on a straight-line basis over 2.5 years, which is generally the period until the next scheduled dry-docking. A portion of the cost of acquiring a new ship is estimated and allocated to the components expected to be replaced or refurbished at the next scheduled dry-docking. If the ship is disposed before the next dry-docking, the carrying amount of dry-docking expenses is included in determining the gain or loss on disposal of the ship and taken to the profit or loss. If the period to the next dry-docking is shorter than expected, the unamortised balance of the deferred dry-docking cost is charged immediately as an expense before the next dry-docking.

Fully depreciated ships, property, plant and equipment still in use are retained in the financial statements.

Assets that are held for rental are initially classified as ships, property, plant and equipment. When these assets cease to be rented and a decision is made to sell these assets, the carrying amount is transferred to inventories. Upon sale of these assets, the sales value is recorded in gross revenue and the related carrying value of these assets (held as inventories) is recorded in cost of sales.

2.10 Intangible Assets

Intangible assets are stated at cost less any impairment in net recoverable value that has been recognised in profit or loss.

Intangible assets acquired separately are reported at cost less accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses. Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortised on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. The estimated useful life and amortisation method are reviewed at the end of each annual reporting period, with the effect of any changes in estimate being accounted for on a prospective basis. Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortised. Each period, the useful lives of such assets are reviewed to determine whether events and circumstances continue to support an indefinite useful life assessment for the asset, such events are tested for impairment in accordance with the policy below.

2.11 Impairment of Tangible and Intangible Assets Excluding Goodwill

At the end of each reporting period, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its tangible and intangible assets to determine whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs.

Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risk specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or cash-generating unit) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset (cash-generating unit) is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but only to the extent that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset (cash-generating unit) in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

F-23


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives and intangible assets not yet available for use are tested for impairment annually, and whenever there is indication that the asset may be impaired.

2.12 Goodwill

Goodwill arising in a business combination is recognised as an asset at the date that control is acquired (the acquisition date). Goodwill is measured as the excess of the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the fair value of the acquirer's previously held equity interest (if any) in the entity over net of the acquisition-date amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed.

If, after reassessment, the Group's interest in the fair value of the acquiree's identifiable net assets exceeds the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the fair value of the acquirer's previously held equity interest in the acquiree (if any), the excess is recognised immediately in profit or loss as a bargain purchase gain.

Goodwill is not amortised but is reviewed for impairment at least annually. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to each of the Group's cash-generating units expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. Cash-generating units to which goodwill has been allocated are tested for impairment annually, or more frequently when there is an indication that the unit may be impaired. If the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit is less than its carrying amount, the impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the unit and then to the other assets of the unit pro-rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset in the unit. An impairment loss recognised for goodwill is not reversed in a subsequent period.

On disposal of a subsidiary or the relevant cash generating unit, the attributable amount of goodwill is included in the determination of the profit or loss on disposal.

2.13 Leases

Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

The Group as lessor

Rental income from operating leases is recognised on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease unless another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which use benefit derived from the leased asset is diminished. Initial direct costs incurred in negotiating and arranging an operating lease are added to the carrying amount of the leased asset and recognised as an expense over the lease term on the same basis as the lease income.

The Group as lessee

Rentals payable under operating leases are charged to profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease unless another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased asset are consumed. Contingent rentals arising under operating leases are recognised as an expense in the year in which they are incurred.

In the event that lease incentives are received to enter into operating leases, such incentives are recognised as a liability. The aggregate benefit of incentives is recognised as a reduction of rental expense on a straight-line basis, except where another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased asset are consumed.

2.14 Interests in Joint Ventures

A joint venture is a joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement have rights to the net assets of the joint arrangement. Joint control is the contractually agreed sharing of control

F-24


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

of an arrangement, which exists only when decisions about the relevant activities require unanimous consent of the parties sharing control.

The results and assets and liabilities of joint ventures are incorporated in these combined financial statements using the equity method of accounting, except when the investment, or a portion thereof, is classified as held for sale, in which case it is accounted for in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations . Under the equity method, an investment in a joint venture is initially recognised in the combined statement of financial position at cost and adjusted thereafter to recognise the Group's share of the profit or loss and other comprehensive income of the joint venture. When the Group's share of losses of a joint venture exceeds the Group's interest in that joint venture (which includes any long-term interests that, in substance, form part of the Group's net investment in the joint venture), the Group discontinues recognising its share of further losses. Additional losses are recognised only to the extent that the Group has incurred legal or constructive obligations or made payments on behalf of the joint venture.

An investment in a joint venture is accounted for using the equity method from the date on which the investee becomes a joint venture. On acquisition of the investment in a joint venture, any excess of the cost of the investment over the Group's share of the net fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities of the investee is recognised as goodwill, which is included within the carrying amount of the investment. Any excess of the Group's share of the net fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities over the cost of the investment, after reassessment, is recognised immediately in profit or loss in the period in which the investment is acquired.

The requirements of IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement are applied to determine whether it is necessary to recognise any impairment loss with respect to the Group's investment in a joint venture. When necessary, the entire carrying amount of the investment (including goodwill) is tested for impairment in accordance with IAS 36 Impairment of Assets as a single asset by comparing its recoverable amount (higher of value in use and fair value less costs to sell) with its carrying amount, any impairment loss recognised forms part of the carrying amount of the investment. Any reversal of that impairment loss is recognised in accordance with IAS 36 Impairment of Assets to the extent that the recoverable amount of the investment subsequently increases.

The Group discontinues the use of the equity method from the date when the investment ceases to be a joint venture, or when the investment is classified as held for sale. When the Group retains an interest in the former joint venture and the retained interest is a financial asset, the Group measures the retained interest at fair value at that date and the fair value is regarded as its fair value on initial recognition in accordance with IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement . The difference between the carrying amount of the joint venture at the date the equity method was discontinued, and the fair value of any retained interest and any proceeds from disposing of a part interest in the joint venture is included in the determination of the gain or loss on disposal of the joint venture. In addition, the Group accounts for all amounts previously recognised in OCI in relation to that joint venture on the same basis as would be required if that joint venture had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities. Therefore, if a gain or loss previously recognised in OCI by that joint venture would be reclassified to profit or loss on the disposal of the related assets or liabilities, the Group reclassifies the gain or loss from equity to profit or loss (as a reclassification adjustment) when the equity method is discontinued.

The Group continues to use the equity method when the investment in a joint venture becomes an investment in an associate. There is no remeasurement to fair value upon such changes in ownership interests.

When the Group reduces its ownership interest in a joint venture but the Group continues to use the equity method, the Group reclassifies to profit or loss, the proportion of the gain or loss that had previously been recognised in OCI relating to that reduction in ownership interest if that gain or loss would be reclassified to profit or loss on the disposal of the related assets or liabilities.

F-25


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

When a group entity transacts with a joint venture of the Group, profits and losses resulting from the transactions with the joint venture are recognised in the Group's combined financial statements only to the extent of interests in the joint venture that are not related to the Group.

2.15 Provisions

Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that the Group will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

The amount recognised as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. Where a provision is measured using the cash flows estimated to settle the present obligation, its carrying amount is the present value of those cash flows.

When some or all of the economic benefits required to settle a provision are expected to be recovered from a third party, the receivable is recognised as an asset if it is virtually certain that reimbursement will be received and the amount of the receivable can be measured reliably.

Onerous contracts

Present obligations arising under onerous contracts are recognised and measured as a provision. An onerous contract is considered to exist where the Group has a contract under which the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under the contract exceed the economic benefits expected to be received under it.

2.16 Non-current assets and disposal groups held for sale

Non-current assets and disposal groups are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. This condition is regarded as met only when the sale is highly probable and the asset (or disposal group) is available for immediate sale in its present condition. Management must be committed to the sale, which should be expected to qualify for recognition as a completed sale within one year from the date of classification.

When the Group is committed to a sale plan involving loss of control of a subsidiary, all of the assets and liabilities of that subsidiary are classified as held for sale when the criteria described above are met, regardless of whether the group will retain a non-controlling interest in its former subsidiary after the sale. Non-current assets (and disposal groups) classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of their previous carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.

2.17 Revenue Recognition

Revenue represents the gross inflow of economic benefits during the period arising in the course of the ordinary activities when those inflows result in increases in equity, other than increases relating to contributions from equity participants. Included in revenue are freight, charter hire, sale of ships, bunker and consumables related to the ship sales and management fee income.

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable. Revenue is reduced for estimated customer returns, rebates and other similar allowances.

Charter hire is recognised on a daily accrual basis. Freight revenue is recognised on completion of the voyage and for uncompleted voyages at year-end on the percentage of completion basis. Results of uncompleted voyages are included based on the estimated voyage result and the voyage time elapsed. Anticipated losses for contracts arising on uncompleted voyages are provided in full.

F-26


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Sales of ships, bunkers and consumables are recognised when all the following conditions are satisfied:

    The group has transferred to the buyer the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods;

    The group retains neither continuing managerial involvement to the degree usually associated with ownership nor effective control over the goods sold;

    The amount of revenue can be measured reliably;

    It is probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the entity; and

    The costs incurred or to be incurred in respect of the transaction can be measured reliably.

Management fee income is recognised on accrual basis over the period of services rendered.

Interest income is accrued on a time basis, by reference to the principal outstanding and at the effective interest rate applicable.

Dividend income from investments is recognised when the shareholders' rights to receive payment have been established.

2.18 Borrowing Costs

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets, which are assets that necessarily take a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use or sale, are added to the cost of those assets, until such time as the assets are substantially ready for their intended use or sale. Investment income earned on the temporary investment of specific borrowings pending their expenditure on qualifying assets is deducted from the borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation.

All other borrowing costs are recognised in profit or loss in the period in which they are incurred.

2.19 Share-Based Payments

Equity-settled share options—Certain employees have been granted equity-settled share options operated by the ultimate holding company. Equity-settled share-based payments are measured at fair value (excluding the effect of non market-based vesting conditions) at the date of grant and recognised in profit or loss on the straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the estimated number of shares that will eventually vest and adjusted for the effect of non market-based vesting conditions. Fair value is measured using a binomial pricing model. The financial effects of the share options granted to the employees of the Group are accordingly recharged to the group entities by the ultimate holding company.

Cash-settled share-based payments—Share appreciation rights granted to employees for services rendered or to be rendered are raised as a liability and recognised in profit or loss immediately or, if vesting requirements are applicable, over the vesting period. The liability is remeasured annually until settled and any changes in value are recognised in profit or loss. Fair value is measured using a binomial pricing model.

2.20 Retirement Benefit Costs

Payments to defined contribution retirement benefit plans are charged as an expense when employees have rendered the services entitling them to the contributions. Payments made to state-managed retirement benefit schemes, such as the Singapore Central Provident Fund, and South African defined contribution provident funds, are dealt with as payments to defined contribution plans where the Group's obligations under the plans are equivalent to those arising in a defined contribution retirement benefit plan.

For defined benefit retirement benefit plans, the cost of providing benefits is determined using the projected unit credit method, with actuarial valuations being carried out at the end of each annual reporting period.

F-27


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Remeasurement, comprising actuarial gains and losses, the effect of the changes to the asset ceiling (if applicable) and the return on plan assets (excluding interest), is reflected immediately in the statement of financial position with a charge or credit recognised in other comprehensive income in the period in which they occur. Remeasurement recognised in other comprehensive income is reflected immediately in retained earnings and will not be reclassified to profit or loss. Past service cost is recognised in profit or loss in the period of a plan amendment. Net interest is calculated by applying the discount rate at the beginning of the period to the net defined benefit liability or asset.

Defined benefit costs are categorised as follows:

    service cost (including current service cost, past service cost, as well as gains and losses on curtailments and settlements);

    net interest expense or income; and

    remeasurement.

The Group presents the first two components of defined benefit costs in profit or loss in the line item 'Administrative expense'. Curtailment gains and losses are accounted for as past service costs.

The retirement benefit obligation recognised in the combined statement of financial position represents the actual deficit or surplus in the Group's defined benefit plans. Any surplus resulting from this calculation is limited to the present value of any economic benefits available in the form of refunds from the plans or reductions in future contributions to the plans.

A liability for a termination benefit is recognised at the earlier of when the entity can no longer withdraw the offer of the termination benefit and when the entity recognises any related restructuring costs.

2.21 Employee Leave Entitlement

Employee entitlements to annual leave are recognised when they accrue to employees. A provision is made for the estimated liability for annual leave as a result of services rendered by employees up to the end of the reporting period.

2.22 Income Tax

Income tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax.

The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from profit as reported in statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and it further excludes items that are not taxable or tax deductible. The Group's liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted in countries where the company and subsidiaries operate by the end of the reporting period.

Deferred tax is recognised on the differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference arises from goodwill or from the initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the taxable profit nor the accounting profit.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised on taxable temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and interests in joint ventures, except where the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax assets arising from deductible temporary differences associated with such investments and interests are only recognised to the extent that it is probable that there will be sufficient taxable profits against which to utilise the benefits of the temporary differences and they are expected to reverse in the foreseeable future.

F-28


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at the end of each reporting period and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the year when the liability is settled or the asset realised based on the tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period. The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in which the Group expects, at the end of the reporting period, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

Current and deferred tax are recognised as an expense or income in profit or loss, except when they relate to items credited or debited outside profit or loss (either in other comprehensive income or directly in equity), in which case the tax is also recognised outside profit or loss (either in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively), or where they arise from the initial accounting for a business combination. In the case of a business combination, the tax effect is taken into account in calculating goodwill or determining the excess of the acquirer's interest in the net fair value of the acquiree's identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities over cost.

2.23 Foreign Currency Transactions and Translation

The individual financial statements of each group entity are measured and presented in the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (its functional currency which is either United States dollars or South African Rands). The combined financial statements of the Group are presented in United States Dollars.

In preparing the financial statements of the individual entities, transactions in currencies other than the entity's functional currency are recorded at the rates of exchange prevailing on the date of the transaction. At the end of each reporting period, monetary items denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates prevailing on the end of the reporting period. Non-monetary items carried at fair value that are denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates prevailing on the date when the fair value was determined. Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are not retranslated.

Exchange differences arising on the settlement of monetary items, and on retranslation of monetary items are included in profit or loss for the year. Exchange differences arising on the retranslation of non-monetary items carried at fair value are included in profit or loss for the year except for differences arising on the retranslation of non-monetary items in respect of which gains and losses are recognised directly in OCI. For such non-monetary items, any exchange component of that gain or loss is also recognised directly in OCI.

Exchange differences on foreign currency borrowings relating to assets under construction for future productive use, are included in the cost of those assets when they are regarded as an adjustment to interest costs on those foreign currency borrowings.

For the purpose of presenting combined financial statements, the assets and liabilities of the Group's foreign operations (including comparatives) are expressed in United States Dollars using exchange rates prevailing at the end of the reporting period. Income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rates for the period, unless exchange rates fluctuated significantly during that period, in which case the exchange rates at the dates of the transactions are used. Exchange differences arising, if any, are recognised in OCI and accumulated in a separate component of equity under the header of translation reserve.

F-29


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

On the disposal of a foreign operation (i.e. a disposal of the Group's entire interest in a foreign operation, or a disposal involving loss of control over a subsidiary that includes a foreign operation, loss of joint control over a jointly controlled entity that includes a foreign operation, or loss of significant influence over an associate that includes a foreign operation), all of the accumulated exchange differences in respect of that operation attributable to the Group are reclassified to profit or loss.

In the case of a partial disposal (i.e. no loss of control) of a subsidiary that includes a foreign operation, the proportionate share of accumulated exchange differences are re-attributed to non-controlling interests and are not recognised in profit or loss. For all other partial disposals (i.e. of associates or jointly controlled entities not involving a change of accounting basis), the proportionate share of the accumulated exchange differences is reclassified to profit or loss.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign operation are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign operation and translated at the rate of exchange prevailing at the end of each reporting period. Exchange differences arising are recognised in OCI.

2.24 Cash and Cash Equivalents in the Statement of Cash Flows

Cash and cash equivalents in the statement of cash flows comprise cash on hand and demand deposits that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

2.25 Financial Guarantee Contracts

Financial guarantee contracts are accounted for in terms of IFRS 4 Insurance Contracts and are measured initially at cost and thereafter, in accordance with IAS 37 Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets .

3 CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY

In the application of the Group's accounting policies, which are described in Note 2, management is required to make judgements, estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

(i)    Critical judgements in applying the Group's accounting policies

The following are the critical judgements, apart from those involving estimations (see below), that management has made in the process of applying the Group's accounting policies and that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements.

Classification of certain investments as a joint venture

Note 15 describes that Tri-view Shipping Pte. Ltd., IM Shipping Pte. Ltd., Island Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd. and IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. as joint ventures of the Group even though the Group has 51%, 51%, 65% and 33.5% of ownership interest and voting rights in these entities respectively. Management has assessed that the interests in these entities would be considered as joint ventures given that the contractual agreement between the parties in undertaking the economic activities of these entities would be subject to joint control. Joint control is the contractually agreed sharing of control over an economic activity, and exists

F-30


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3 CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY (Continued)

only when the strategic financial and operating decisions relating to the activity require the unanimous consent of all the parties sharing control.

Ships classified as inventories

The Group regularly engaged in trading of ships. When a ship ceased to be rented and a decision is made for the ship to be sold, the ship would be classified as inventories. The proceeds from the sale of such assets shall be recognised as revenue in accordance with IAS 18 Revenue . The corresponding cost shall be accounted for as cost of sales.

(ii)   Key sources of estimation uncertainty

The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the end of the reporting period that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are disclosed below.

Provision for onerous contracts

Full provision is made for the present obligations of the unavoidable future losses of fulfilling the terms of onerous ship charter contracts or contracts of affreightment to which the Group is committed.

Management has estimated the provision for onerous contracts based on the present value of the future charter payments that the Group is expected to make under non-cancellable onerous operating charter agreements and contract of affreightment, less charter revenue expected to be earned on the charter. The estimate is very sensitive to changes in the freight rates. Note 20 provide more details on this provision.

Recoverability of amounts due from related parties and loans to joint ventures

The recoverability of the amounts due from related parties and loan to joint ventures is based on the ongoing evaluation of recoverability and analysis of the outstanding receivables and on management's estimate of the ultimate realisation of these receivables, including creditworthiness, past collection history and the estimated net asset value of the related parties and joint ventures which approximates their fair value less cost to sell. Based on the assessment, the carrying amounts for the amounts due from related parties and loans to joint ventures will be recovered in full. Adjustment will be made in future periods in the event that there is objective evidence of impairment resulting from future loss event.

The carrying amounts of the amounts due from related parties and loan to joint ventures are disclosed in Notes 9 and 10.

Impairment of goodwill

Determining whether goodwill is impaired requires an estimation of the value in use of the cash-generating units to which goodwill has been allocated. The value in use calculation requires the entity to estimate the future cash flows expected to arise from the cash-generating unit (based on past performance and management's expectations of the market developments) and a suitable discount rate in order to calculate present value. The carrying amount of goodwill at the end of the reporting period was $8,419,000 (2016: $16,022,000 and 2015: $14,435,000)) after an impairment of $8,483,000 (2016: $Nil and 2015: $Nil) was recognised during the financial year. Details of the impairment loss calculation are provided in Note 17.

Impairment of interest in joint ventures

The recoverable amount of the investments has been determined based on the estimated net asset value of the joint ventures which approximates their fair value less cost to sell.

The carrying amounts of interest in joint ventures are disclosed in Note 15.

F-31


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3 CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY (Continued)

Percentage of completion of voyages recognised as revenue

The stage of completion of a voyage is determined by calculating the total number of actual days from the loading of the cargo at the commencement of a voyage to the period end, divided by the total estimated number of days from loading to discharging the cargo.

The duration of a voyage depends on the size of the ship being loaded, cargo type and quantity, ship speed as well as delays occasioned by weather or due congestion at load or discharge ports.

Ship life, residual value and impairment

In the shipping industry, the use of the 25 to 30 year ship life has become the prevailing standard for the type of ship owned by the Group. However, management depreciates the ships on a straight-line basis after deduction for residual values over the ship's estimated useful life of 15 years, from the date the ship was originally delivered from the shipyard as the Group maintains a young fleet compared to the market average and generally aims to replace ships that are 15 years or older. As a result, ships are depreciated over 15 years to the expected residual market value of a ship of a similar age and specification. Management reassesses the depreciation period of ships that surpass this limit with special consideration of the ships and the purpose for which the ship was retained in the fleet.

Residual values of the ships are reassessed by management at the end of each reporting period based on the current shipping markets, the movement of the markets over the previous five years and the age, specification and condition of the respective ships.

Considerations for useful life of the ships also include maintenance and repair cost, technical or commercial obsolescence and legal or similar limits to the use of ships.

Management also reviews the ships for impairment whenever there is an indication that the carrying amount of the ships may not be recoverable. Management measures the recoverability of an asset by comparing its carrying amount against its recoverable amount. Recoverable amount is the higher of the fair value less cost to sell and value in use. If the ship is considered to be impaired, an impairment loss is recognised to an amount to the excess of the carrying value of the asset over its recoverable amount.

Value in use is the future cash flows that the ships are expected to generate from charter hire of the ships and the expected running costs thereof over their remaining useful lives, with a cash inflow in the final year equal to the residual value of the ships. Management determined the value-in-use based on past performance of the ships and their expectations of the market development. The future cash flows are determined based on the combination of the following assumptions:

Forecast charter rates are based on existing charter contracts published time charter rates and a growth rate as follows:

    a.
    drybulk carrier business: 15 to 22% (2016: 8 to 35% and 2015: –27 to 22%) for the first to third year, 0 to 1% (2016: –9% to –5% and 2015: 26 to 31%) for the fourth year and 0% for each year thereafter; and

    b.
    tanker carrier business: –14 to 23% (2016: 1 to 14% and 2015: –15% to 13%) for the first to third year, 0% (2016: –9% to –3% and 2015: –11% to 0%) in the fourth year and 0% for each year thereafter.

1)
Pre-tax discount rate of 7.55% (2016: 7.55% and 2015: 7.55%) rate is used to discount future cash flows from deployment of the ships to their net present values.

2)
Vessel operating expenses and drydock costs are based on management's best estimates.

F-32


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3 CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY (Continued)

As at 31 December 2017 and 2016, a possible change to the following estimate used in management's assessment will result in the recoverable amount to be below the total carrying amount of the ships (on the basis that each of the other key assumptions remain unchanged):

Bulk Carriers

    16.54% to 37.45% decrease to the charter rate (2016: 5.80% to 29.38% decrease to the charter rate); or

    10.59% to 37.38% increase to the discount rate (2016: 4.01% to 37.27% increase to the discount rate).

Chemical Tankers

    1.67% to 55.56% decrease to the charter rate (2016: 2.66% to 53.62% decrease to the charter rate); or

    2.32% to 20.53% increase to the discount rate (2016: 2.17% to 23.59% increase to the discount rate).

As at 31 December 2015, as the carrying amount of the ships exceed the recoverable amount, the above analysis is not applicable.

Based on the key assumptions and taking into account the sensitivity analysis above, management has determined that the estimated recoverable amount of the ships (excluding ships classified as inventories held for sale) are appropriate. Accordingly, no further allowance impairment loss is required except for the impairment loss of US$16,503,000 (2016: US$12,625,000 and 2015: US$67,800,000) recognised during the year recorded in "other operating expenses" (Note 30).

The recoverable amounts of ships classified as inventories were determined based on fair value less cost of disposal, which were determined based on the market comparable approach that reflects recent transaction prices for similar ships, with similar age and specifications. In valuing the ships, the appraisers have taken into consideration the prevailing market conditions and have made adjustments for differences where necessary before arriving at the most appropriate value for the ships.

Tax liabilities

The Group acquired a wholly-owned subsidiary, Unicorn Tankers International Ltd ("UTI"), in 2013. UTI and its subsidiary are tax residents in United Kingdom ("UK"). In recent years, the UK tax authorities have revised their interpretations of certain areas of tonnage tax legislation. If certain legislation is interpreted in an alternative manner, additional taxation of up to US$5,657,000 (2016: US$5,657,000 and 2015: US$5,657,000) could arise. A tax provision of US$2,400,000 (2016: US$2,400,000 and 2015: US$2,400,000) has been provided.

In 2013, there were queries raised by the UK tax authorities on a subsidiary of UTI. At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, the inquiries by the UK tax authorities are still ongoing. Management is of the opinion that UTI and its subsidiary had complied with the tax legislation and does not expect any additional taxation will arise out of the queries raised by the UK tax authorities.

F-33


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, FINANCIAL RISKS AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

(i)    Categories of financial instruments

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Financial assets

                   

Derivative instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships

    123     225     300  

Loans and receivables (including cash and cash equivalents)

    163,600     182,719     166,575  

Less: Transferred to asset of disposal group classified as held for sale (Note 39)

    (35,500 )        

    128,100     182,719     166,575  

    128,223     182,944     166,875  

Financial liabilities

                   

Derivative instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships

    138     450     2,964  

Amortised cost

    171,117     199,146     153,863  

Less: Transferred to asset of disposal group classified as held for sale (Note 39)

    (16,975 )        

    154,142     199,146     153,863  

    154,280     199,596     156,827  

(ii)   Financial risk management policies and objectives

The management of the Group monitors and manages the financial risks relating to the operations of the Group to ensure appropriate measures are implemented in a timely and effective manner. These risks include market risk (foreign currency risk, interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk.

The Group does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for speculative purpose.

There has been no change to the Group's exposure to these financial risks or the manner in which it manages and measures the risk. Market risk exposures are measured using sensitivity analysis indicated below.

(a)    Credit risk management

The Group's primary exposure to credit risk arises through its trade and other receivables. Significant credit risk is mitigated through entering into transactions with credit worthy counterparties and monitoring of the recoverability of the debts on an on-going basis.

Other sources of exposure to credit risk include cash and derivative financial instruments. Cash is placed with reputable banks and derivatives are only entered into with credit worthy counterparties.

The Group's maximum exposure to credit risk in the event that counterparties fail to perform their obligations as at the end of the financial year in relation to each class of recognised financial assets is the carrying amount of those assets as indicated in the combined statement of financial position.

Sound credit risk management involves prudently managing the risk and reward relationship and controlling and minimising credit risks across a variety of dimensions, such as quality, concentration, maturity and security.

At the end of the reporting period, other than amounts due from related parties and loans to joint ventures, there were no significant concentrations of credit risk in the event of changes in economic, industry or geographical factors.

Further details to credit risks on trade and other receivables, due from related parties and loans to joint ventures are disclosed in Notes 7, 8, 9 and 10 respectively.

F-34


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, FINANCIAL RISKS AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (Continued)

(b)    Interest rate risk management

The Group is exposed to interest rate risk through the impact of bank loans and loans granted from/to related parties at variable interest rates. The Group monitors its exposure to fluctuating interest rates and generally enters into contracts that are linked to market rates relative to the currency of the asset or liability.

Interest rate sensitivity

The sensitivity analyses below have been determined based on the exposure to interest rates for both derivatives and non-derivative instruments at the end of the reporting period and the stipulated change taking place at the beginning of the financial year and held constant throughout the reporting period in the case of instruments that have floating rates. A 50 basis point increase or decrease is used when reporting interest rate risk internally to key management personnel and represents management's assessment of the reasonably possible change in interest rates.

If interest rates had been 50 basis points higher or lower and all other variables were held constant, the Group's:

    loss for the year ended 31 December 2017 would increase/decrease by US$470,000 (2016: increase/decrease by US$634,000 and 2015: increase/decrease by US$397,000). This is mainly attributable to the Group's exposure to interest rates on its variable rate bank loans and loans from/to related parties; and

    other equity reserves would decrease/increase by US$ Nil (2016: decrease/ increase by US$Nil and 2015: decrease/ increase by US$5,000) mainly as a result of the changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments.

(c)    Foreign currency exchange risk management

The Group's main operational activities are carried out in United States dollars and South African rands, which is the functional currency of the respective financial statements of each group entity. The risk arising from movements in foreign exchange rates is limited as the Group has minimal transactions in foreign currencies which mainly relates to administrative expenses in Singapore dollars, loans to joint ventures in Japanese yen and amounts due to related companies in South African rands and Great Britain pounds as well as bank balances in South African rands.

The Group has access to a foreign exchange facility which enables it to enter into forward foreign exchange contracts. Management reviews and monitors currency risk exposure and determines whether any hedging is considered necessary.

The objective of the foreign exchange exposure management policy is to ensure that all foreign exchange exposures are identified as early as possible and that the identified exposures are actively managed to reduce risk. All exposures are to reflect the underlying foreign currency commitments arising from trade and/or foreign currency finance. Under no circumstances are speculative positions, not supported by normal trade flows, permitted.

F-35


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, FINANCIAL RISKS AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (Continued)

At the end of the reporting period, the significant carrying amounts of monetary assets and monetary liabilities denominated in currencies other than the respective Group entities' functional currencies are as follows:

 
  Liabilities   Assets  
 
  2017   2016   2015   2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Singapore dollars

    (2 )   (3 )   (2 )   201     91     71  

United States dollars

    (186 )   (1,903 )   (1,291 )   2,093     2,183     1,947  

South African rands

    (19,268 )   (12,469 )   (28,158 )   119     36,003     29,737  

Japanese yen

    (11 )   (5 )       11,132     10,739     10,499  

Foreign currency sensitivity

The following table details the sensitivity to a 10% increase and decrease in the relevant foreign currencies against the functional currency of each group entity. 10% is the sensitivity rate used when reporting foreign currency risk internally to key management personnel and represents management's assessment of the possible change in foreign exchange rates. The sensitivity analysis includes only outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the period end for a 10% change in foreign currency rates.

If the relevant foreign currency strengthens by 10% against the functional currency of the entity, profit or loss will increase/(decrease) by:

 
  Impact on profit or loss  
 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Singapore dollars

    20     9     7  

United States dollars

    191     28     66  

South African rands

    (1,915 )   2,354     158  

Japanese yen

    1,112     1,075     1,050  

If the relevant foreign currency weakens by 10% against the functional currency of the entity, profit or loss will increase/(decrease) by:

 
  Impact on profit or loss  
 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Singapore dollars

    (20 )   (9 )   (7 )

United States dollars

    (191 )   (28 )   (66 )

South African rands

    1,915     (2,354 )   (114 )

Japanese yen

    (1,112 )   (1,075 )   (1,050 )

(d)    Liquidity risk management

Liquidity risk refers to the risk that the Group is unable to pay its creditors due to insufficient funds. The Group maintains and monitors a level of cash deemed adequate by management at all times to finance its obligations as and when they fall due.

The Group manages liquidity risk by monitoring forecast cash flows and ensuring that adequate borrowing facilities are maintained. The management may from time to time at their discretion raise or borrow monies for the purposes of the Group as they deem fit.

F-36


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, FINANCIAL RISKS AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (Continued)

Non-derivative financial liabilities

The following tables detail the remaining contractual maturity for non-derivative financial liabilities. The tables have been drawn up based on the undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities based on the earliest date on which the Group can be required to pay. The table includes both interest and principal cash flows. The adjustment column represents the possible future cash flows attributable to the instrument included in the maturity analysis which is not included in the carrying amount of the financial liability on the combined statements of financial position.

 
  Weighted
average
effective
interest rate
  On
demand
or within
1 year
  Within
2 to
5 years
  After
5 years
  Adjustment   Total  
 
  % p.a.
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Group

                                     

2017

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Non-interest bearing

        38,854     6,534             45,388  

Variable interest rate instruments

    3.83     90,128     23,035         (4,409 )   108,754  

          128,982     29,569         (4,409 )   154,142  

2016

                                     

Non-interest bearing

        45,034     67             45,101  

Fixed interest rate instruments

    10.50     4,248                 4,248  

Variable interest rate instruments

    3.21     74,243     82,001     1,649     (8,096 )   149,797  

          123,525     82,068     1,649     (8,096 )   199,146  

2015

                                     

Non-interest bearing

        51,719     149             51,868  

Variable interest rate instruments

    2.69     96,263     8,387         (2,655 )   101,995  

          147,982     8,536         (2,655 )   153,863  

The maximum amount that the Group could be forced to settle under the financial guarantee if the full guaranteed amount is claimed by the counterparty to the guarantee is disclosed in Note 36. The Group considers that it is more than likely that no amount will be payable under the arrangement.

Derivative financial instruments

The following table details the liquidity analysis for derivative financial instruments. The table has been drawn up based on the undiscounted gross inflows and (outflows) on those derivatives that require gross settlement. When the amount payable or receivable is not fixed, the amount disclosed has been determined

F-37


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, FINANCIAL RISKS AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (Continued)

by reference to the projected interest rates as illustrated by the yield curves existing at the end of reporting period.

 
  On
demand
or within
1 year
  Within
2 to
5 years
  Adjustment   Total  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Group

                         

2017

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Gross settled:

                         

Forward freight agreements

                         

Gross inflow

    17             17  

Gross outflow

    (138 )           (138 )

    (121 )           (121 )

Bunker swaps

                         

Gross inflow

    106             106  

    (15 )           (15 )

2016

                         

Gross settled:

                         

Forward freight agreements

                         

Gross inflow

    4             4  

Gross outflow

    (450 )           (450 )

    (446 )           (446 )

Bunker swaps

                         

Gross inflow

    221             221  

    (225 )           (225 )

2015

                         

Gross settled:

                         

Forward freight agreements

                         

Gross inflow

    300             300  

Bunker swaps

                         

Gross outflow

    (2,964 )           (2,964 )

    (2,664 )           (2,664 )

(e)   Shipping market price risk management

The Group is exposed to the fluctuations in market conditions in the shipping industry which in turn affects the Group's profitability. Management continually assess shipping markets using their experience and detailed research. Risks are managed by fixing tonnage on longer term time charters, contracts of affreightment and entering into forward freight agreements. The carrying amount of the derivative financial instruments is disclosed in Note 11.

Shipping market price sensitivity

The sensitivity analyses below have been determined based on the exposure to shipping market price risk at the end of the reporting period.

F-38


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, FINANCIAL RISKS AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (Continued)

In respect of derivative financial instruments, if the shipping market prices had been 10% higher/lower while other variables were held constant:

    loss for the year ended 31 December 2017 would decrease/increase by US$Nil (2016: decrease/increase by US$Nil and 2015: decrease/increase by US$Nil); and

    hedging reserve would decrease/increase by US$316,000 (2016: increase/decrease by US$70,000 and 2015: increase/decrease by US$282,000).

(f)     Commodity price risk management

The Group uses bunker swaps to manage exposure to commodity price risk where the positions are not naturally economically hedged through the combination of holding inventory, forward sales contracts and forward purchase contracts. Management continually assess commodity price through their experience and detailed research. The carrying amount of the derivative financial instruments is disclosed in Note 11.

Commodity price sensitivity

The sensitivity analyses below have been determined based on the exposure to commodity price risk at the end of the reporting period.

In respect of derivative financial instruments, if the commodity prices had been 10% higher/lower while other variables were held constant:

    loss for the year ended 31 December 2017 would decrease/increase by US$ Nil (2016: decrease/increase by US$128,000 and 2015: decrease/increase by US$13,000).

    hedging reserve would decrease/increase by US$128,000 (2016: decrease/increase by US$280,000 and 2015: decrease/increase by US$120,000).

(g)    Fair value measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, trade and other current receivables and payables, and other liabilities approximate their respective fair values due to the relatively short-term maturity of these financial instruments. The fair values of other classes of financial assets and liabilities are disclosed in the respective notes to financial statements.

Financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Financial Assets

                   

Forward freight agreements

    17     4     300  

Bunker swaps

    106     221      

Financial Liabilities

                   

Forward freight agreements

    138     450      

Bunker swaps

            2,964  

All the financial instruments relate to the forward freight agreements and bunker swap agreements and have been classified as Level 2 financial instruments, which indicates that the fair value of the instruments were determined based on discounted cash flow with reference to observable inputs for equivalent instruments, discounted at a rate that reflects the credit risk of various counterparties. Further details are disclosed in Note 11.

There were no transfers between Level 1 and 2 in the period.

F-39


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, FINANCIAL RISKS AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (Continued)

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The following table provides an analysis of financial instruments that are measured subsequent to initial recognition at fair value, grouped into Levels 1 to 3 based on the degree to which the fair value is observable:

Level 1—quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

Level 2—inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices)

Level 3—inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs)

Level 2 and 3 fair values were determined by applying either a combination of, or one of the following valuation techniques:

    market related interest rate yield curves to discount expected future cash flows; and/or

    projected unit method; and/or

    market value, and/or

    the net asset value of the underlying investments; and/or

    a price earnings multiple or a discounted projected income/present value approach

The fair value measurement for income approach valuation is based on significant inputs that are not observable in the market. Key inputs used in the valuation include discount rates and future profit assumptions based on historical performance but adjusted for expected growth. Management reassess the earnings or yield multiples at least annually based on their assessment of the macro- and micro-economic environment.

 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

2017

                         

Financial assets

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

        123         123  

Financial liabilities

                         

Derivative financial instruments

        138         138  

2016

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Financial assets

                         

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

        225         225  

Financial liabilities

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Derivative financial instruments

        450         450  

2015

                         

Financial assets

                         

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

        300         300  

Financial liabilities

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Derivative financial instruments

        2,964         2,964  

(iii) Capital management policies and objectives

The Group manages its capital to ensure that the Group will be able to continue as a going concern while maximising the return to stakeholders through the optimisation of the debt to equity balance. The capital structure of the Group consists of debt and equity, which comprises of share capital and reserves.

F-40


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, FINANCIAL RISKS AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (Continued)

The Group also reviews the capital structure on a semi-annual basis. As a part of this review, the management considers the cost of capital and the risks associated with each class of capital. The management also ensures that the Group maintains gearing ratios within a set range to comply with the loan covenant imposed by a bank.

The Group's overall strategy remains unchanged from prior year.

5 HOLDING COMPANY AND RELATED PARTIES TRANSACTIONS

The Group is wholly-owned by Grindrod Limited, incorporated in South Africa and listed on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange, which is also the ultimate holding company.

Many of the Group's transactions and arrangements are with related parties and the effect of these on the basis determined between the parties is reflected in these financial statements. The balances are unsecured, interest-free and repayable on demand unless otherwise stated.

During the year, group entities entered into the following transactions with related parties:

(i)    Grindrod Limited companies

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Freight revenue from related parties

    939     1,017     15  

Fuel and port expenses to related parties

    (55,895 )   (46,477 )   (64,311 )

Bunker swaps from related companies

    182          

Guarantee fees from related parties

    325     486     694  

Guarantee fees to related parties

    (451 )   (514 )   (805 )

Interest expense on loans from related parties

    (629 )   (312 )    

Interest income on amounts due from related parties

    1,199     909     485  

Management fees to related parties

    (3,495 )   (2,956 )   (3,195 )

Overhead recovery to related party (included in administrative expenses)

    (202 )   (967 )   (5,495 )

Sale of fuel to related parties

            20  

Dividend paid to related party

    (1,674 )       (4,135 )

Ship purchase

            (18,593 )

Other expenses to related parties

    (1,268 )   (2,216 )   (2,154 )

(ii)   Joint ventures

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Interest income

    4,346     2,728     153  

Technical management fee income

    1,625     1,427     810  

Charter hire and other related revenue

    4,376     3,624     3,840  

Charter hire and other related expenses

    (50,741 )   (33,643 )   (21,967 )

Receipts on behalf of a joint venture

            1,387  

Payments on behalf of a joint venture

    (585 )   (2 )   (550 )

Management fee income

    350     350     405  

Refer to Note 36 for information on the guarantees provided by the Group for loans within joint venture structures.

F-41


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5 HOLDING COMPANY AND RELATED PARTIES TRANSACTIONS (Continued)

(iii) Compensation of key management personnel

The remuneration of directors, who are also the members of key management during the year is presented below.

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Short-term benefits

    6,026     3,511     3,568  

Share-based payments

    459         343  

Total director's remuneration

    5,850     3,511     3,911  

The remuneration of directors is determined by the remuneration committee of Grindrod Limited having regard to the performance of individuals and market trends.

6 CASH AND BANK BALANCES

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Cash on hand

    347     551     524  

Cash at bank

    46,175     67,160     74,961  

    46,522     67,711     75,485  

Less:

                   

Bank overdrafts

    (4,028 )       (323 )

Restricted cash

    (5,183 )   (5,241 )   (5,132 )

    37,311     62,470     70,030  

Add: Cash and cash equivalents included in a disposal group held for sale (Note 39)

    7,934          

Cash and cash equivalents in the statements of cash flows

    45,245     62,470     70,030  

Restricted cash included in the cash at bank of the Group is an amount of US$5,183,000 (2016: US$5,241,000 and 2015: US$5,132,000) pledged to certain banks to secure loans and other banking facilities (Note 18) of the Group.

7 TRADE RECEIVABLES

 
   
  2017    
   
  2016   2015    
 
   
  US$'000
   
   
  US$'000
  US$'000
   

Trade receivables

        17,249             15,659     23,419    

Less: Allowance for doubtful debts

                    (5 )   (192 )  

Allowance for doubtful debts

        (25 )           (5 )   (192 )  

Included in assets of a disposal group held for sale (Note 39)

        25                    

        17,249             15,654     23,227    

Trade receivables due from the pools

        1,676             2,454     2,559    

Forward freight agreements

        605             736     68    

Included in assets of a disposal group held for sale (Note 39)

        (6,131 )                  

        13,399             18,844     25,854    

Trade receivables are classified as loans and receivables, and their carrying value approximates fair value.

The credit period is 1 to 30 days (2016: 1 to 30 days). No interest is charged on the outstanding invoice.

Included in the Group's trade receivable balance are debtors with a carrying amount of US$4,243,000 (2016:US$5,387,000 and 2015: US$8,437,000) which are past due at the end of reporting period for which

F-42


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7 TRADE RECEIVABLES (Continued)

the Group have not provided for, as there has not been a significant change in credit quality and the amounts are still considered recoverable. The Group do not hold any collateral over these balances.

Trade receivables are contracted directly with the third parties. The trade receivables due from the pools relate to revenue that will be collect by the pool manager and distributed in accordance with the underlying pool agreements.

In determining the recoverability of a trade receivable, the Group considers any change in the credit quality of the trade receivable from the date credit was initially granted up to the end of reporting period. The credit risk is limited due to the customer base being large and unrelated. Accordingly, the management believes that there is no further credit allowance required in excess of the allowance for doubtful debts.

The table below is an analysis of trade receivables as at 31 December:

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Not past due and not impaired (i)

    9,156     13,457     17,417  

Past due but not impaired (ii)

    4,243     5,387     8,437  

    13,399     18,844     25,854  

Impaired receivables—individually assessed (iii)

        5     192  

Less: Allowance for impairment

        (5 )   (192 )

Total trade receivables, net

    13,399     18,844     25,854  

(i)
Management believes that trade receivables that are neither past due nor impaired are with creditworthy counterparties.

(ii)
Aging of receivables that are past due but not impaired:
 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

1 day to 30 days

    2,509     2,101     2,659  

31 days to 60 days

    511     1,454     3,549  

61 days to 90 days

    209     242     1,512  

More than 90 days

    1,014     1,590     717  

    4,243     5,387     8,437  

The balances relate to receivables from long standing customers with no clear indicators of past credit default experience.

(iii)
These amounts are stated before any deduction for impairment losses.

Movement in the allowance for doubtful debts:

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Balance at beginning of the year

    5     192     43  

Increase /(Reversal) in allowance for doubtful debts

    18     (3 )   149  

Amounts written off during the year as uncollectible

        (184 )    

Effect of foreign exchange differences

    2          

    25     5     192  

Included in assets of a disposal group classified as held for sale (Note 39)

    (25 )        

Balance at end of year

        5     192  

Allowance for doubtful debts are recognised against trade receivables based on estimated irrecoverable amounts from charter hire income, determined by reference to past default experience.

F-43


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8 OTHER RECEIVABLES AND PREPAYMENTS

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Current:

                   

Deposits

    293     289     296  

Prepayments

    2,328     3,409     2,621  

Voyages in progress

    12,367     13,935     13,240  

Other receivables

    6,791     4,891     5,504  

    21,779     22,524     21,661  

Included in assets of a disposal group held for sale (Note 39)

    (4,592 )        

    17,187     22,524     21,661  

Non-current assets

                   

Other receivables

    187     168      

Included in assets of a disposal group held for sale (Note 39)

    (115 )        

    72     168      

    17,259     22,692     21,661  

9 DUE FROM RELATED PARTIES

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Due from related parties (Note 5)

                   

—non-interest bearing—trade

    22          

—interest bearing—non-trade

    15,215     14,395     8,110  

Due from joint ventures (Note 5)

                   

—non-interest bearing—non-trade

    2,597     2,319     2,057  

—interest bearing—non-trade

    26,888     22,868      

    44,722     39,582     10,167  

Included in assets of a disposal group held for sale (Note 39)

    (17,724 )        

    26,998     39,582     10,167  

Amounts due from related parties are classified as loans and receivables and their carrying value approximate fair value. They are unsecured and repayable on demand.

Interest is charged on the amounts due from joint ventures of US$26,888,000 (2016:US$22,868,000). The rate of interest being charged is 15.0% per annum for 2017 and 2016.

Interest is charged on amounts due from related parties of US$15,215,000 (2016: US$14,395,000 and 2015: US$8,110,000) at 8.22% (2016: 7.98% and 2015: 5.95%) per annum.

The Group have not made any allowance as the management is of the view that these receivables are recoverable.

10 LOANS TO JOINT VENTURES

US$13,765,000 (2016: US$13,370,000 and 2015: US$13,037,000) of the loans to joint ventures relate to payments made for instalments due for ships under construction in accordance with the terms of ship building contracts. The loans are repayable over a period of 10 to 17 years from date of respective ship delivery. These loans are unsecured and bear interest at rates ranging from 1.03% to 2.91% (2016: 1.03% to 2.61% and 2015: 1.13% to 1.42%) per annum during the year. These loans approximate to their fair value as the loan is arranged at floating rates.

F-44


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

10 LOANS TO JOINT VENTURES (Continued)

US$22,383,000 (2016: US$21,960,000 and 2015: US$21,522,000) of loans to joint ventures are unsecured and bear interest at a rate of 2% (2016: 2% and 2015: Nil%) per annum during the year. The loans are expected to be repaid within 12 months from the end of each reporting periods. The carrying value of the loans at year end approximates the fair value.

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Loans to joint ventures analysed between:

                   

Assets

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Current assets

    22,400     15     2,639  

Provision for losses on joint ventures

    (4,220 )        

    18,180     15     2,639  

Non-current assets

    13,748     35,315     31,920  

Provision for losses on joint ventures

    (6,447 )        

    7,301     35,315     31,920  

Total

    25,481     35,330     34,559  

Provisions for losses on joint venture arose from the recognition of the Group's share of losses in joint venture that are in excess of the group's cost of investment in joint ventures (Note 15). As a result, the provision of losses on joint venture are then applied to loans of the respective joint ventures, representing the other components of the group's interest in these joint ventures.

11 DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Forward freight agreements and bunker swaps—analysed between:

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Assets

                   

Current assets

    123     225     300  

Liabilities

                   

Current liabilities

    (138 )   (450 )   (2,964 )

The Group has entered into a number of forward freight agreements covering certain open positions of its capesize and handysize ships. These are entered into in the normal course of business in order to hedge against open positions in the fleet from contracts of affreightment and exposure on earnings for the handysize ships

F-45


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

11 DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

trading in a pool on the spot market. At 31 December 2017, there are 7 (2016: 4) outstanding forward freight agreements, maturing as follows:

Settlement period
   
  Strike
price
  Duration   Notional
value
  Fair value
gain (loss)
 
 
   
  US$
   
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

2017

                           

Derivative instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships:

             

Current Assets

 

 

   
 
 

 

   
 
   
 
 

January 2018 to March 2018

  BSI—Ave     9,800   45 days     441     1  

January 2018 to March 2018

  BSI—Ave     10,300   40 days     412     16  

                  853     17  

Current Liabilities

                           

January 2018 to March 2018

  BSI—Ave     8,900   30 days     267     (27 )

January 2018 to March 2018

  BSI—Ave     9,150   90 days     824     (57 )

January 2018 to March 2018

  BHSI—Ave     8,050   90 days     725     (40 )

January 2018 to March 2018

  BHSI—Ave     8,100   15 days     122     (7 )

January 2018 to March 2018

  BHSI—Ave     8,250   30 days     248     (7 )

                  2,186     (138 )

2016

                           

Derivative instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships:

             

Current Assets

 

 

   
 
 

 

   
 
   
 
 

January 2017 to March 2017

  BSI—Ave     7,000   45 days     315     4  

Current Liabilities

                           

January 2017 to March 2017

  BSI—Ave     5,100   90 days     459     (163 )

January 2017 to March 2017

  BSI—Ave     5,000   90 days     450     (172 )

January 2017 to March 2017

  BHSI—Ave     4,675   90 days     421     (115 )

                  1,330     (450 )

2015

                           

Derivative instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships:

             

Current Assets

 

 

   
 
 

 

   
 
   
 
 

January 2016 to March 2016

  BSI—Ave     7,100   30 days     213     57  

January 2016 to March 2016

  BSI—Ave     6,700   30 days     201     45  

January 2016 to June 2016

  BSI—Ave     6,100   90 days     549     47  

January 2016 to June 2016

  BSI—Ave     6,000   90 days     540     38  

January 2016 to June 2016

  BSI—Ave     6,000   90 days     540     38  

January 2016 to June 2016

  BSI—Ave     6,000   180 days     1,080     75  

                  3,123     300  

F-46


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

11 DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

The Group has entered into a number of bunker swaps, as follows:

Settlement periods
   
  Strike
price
  Quantity   Notional
value
  Fair value
gain
 
 
   
  US$
   
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

2017

                             

Current asset

                             

Derivative instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships:

             

January 2018 to December 2018

 

Rott 3.5% Brg

   
326
   
3,600 MT
   
1,174
   
106
 

2016

                             

Current asset

                             

Derivative instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships:

             

January 2017 to December 2017

 

Rott 3.5% Brg

   
278
   
9,600 MT
   
2,671
   
216
 

July 2017

  MOPS 380     253     350 MT     89     5  

                    2,760     221  

2015

                             

Current liabilities

                             

Derivative instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships:

             

February 2016

 

MOPS 380

   
188
   
400 MT
   
75
   
(11

)

March 2016

  MOPS 380     193     400 MT     77     (12 )

January 2016 to August 2016

  Rott 3.5% Brg     561     2,400 MT     1,346     (976 )

January 2015 to August 2016

  MOPS 380     583     12,000 MT     6,996     (1,965 )

                    8,494     (2,964 )

BSI-Ave denotes "Baltic Supramax Index (Average)"

BHSI-Ave denotes "Baltic Handysize Index (Average)"

MOPS 380 denotes "Mean of Platts Singapore 380"

Rott 3.5% Brg denotes "3.5% Fuel Oil Barges FOB Rotterdam"

12 INVENTORIES

 
   
  2017    
   
  2016    
   
  2015    
 
   
  US$'000
   
   
  US$'000
   
   
  US$'000
   

Bunkers and other consumables at cost

        10,156             11,617             8,463    

                                       

Ships reclassified from ships, property, plant and equipment as inventories (Note 13) (a)

        16,988             13,351             12,765    

Sale of ships recognised as inventories (a)

        (16,988 )           (13,351 )           (12,765 )  

Included in assets of a disposal group held for sale (Note 39)

       
(1,078

)
         
           
   

        9,078             11,617             8,463    

(a)
On 29 June 2017 and 27 October 2017, the Group entered into Memorandums of Agreement with third parties for the sale of ships at purchase consideration of US$10,897,000 and US$6,830,000 respectively. The ships were delivered to third parties on 17 October 2017 and 27 November 2017.

On 9 February 2015 and 5 August 2016, the Group entered into Memorandums of Agreement with a third party for the sale of ships at purchase consideration of US$12,858,000 and US$12,275,000 respectively. The ships were delivered to the third party on 4 June 2015 and 31 October 2016.

F-47


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

12 INVENTORIES (Continued)

Ships reclassified from Ships, property, plant and equipment as inventories is reconciled as follows:

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Cost

    39,256     18,403     26,853  

Accumulated depreciation

    (11,744 )   (819 )   (4,280 )

Impairment

    (10,524 )   (4,233 )   (9,808 )

Carrying amount

    16,988     13,351     12,765  

F-48


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

13 SHIPS, PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 
  Office
equipment,
furniture and
fittings and
motor vehicles
  Plant and
equipment
  Plant and
equipment
under
construction
  Ships   Dry-
docking
  Construction
in progress
  Freehold
land and
buildings
  Leasehold
improvements
  Total  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Cost:

                                                       

Balance at 1 January 2015

    8,425     4,114         492,534     10,549     773     329     275     516,999  

Acquired through acquisition of assets and business (Note 39)

    122                     12,250         223     12,595  

Additions

    2,021     553     187     377     5,948     2,948         145     12,179  

Disposals

        (180 )           (3,518 )           (3 )   (3,701 )

Price adjustment

                    (65 )               (65 )

Reclassification to inventories (Note 12)

                (26,588 )   (265 )               (26,853 )

Effect of foreign currency exchange differences

    (2,359 )       (34 )   (635 )   180         (85 )   (169 )   (3,102 )

Balance at 31 December 2015

    8,209     4,487     153     465,688     12,829     15,971     244     471     508,052  

Additions

    574     25     60         3,818     24,993         85     29,555  

Disposals

    (163 )   (689 )           (1,858 )               (2,710 )

Transfer

        2,600         37,250     341     (40,191 )            

Reclassification to inventories (Note 12)

                (17,918 )   (485 )               (18,403 )

Effect of foreign currency exchange differences

    1,056         26     984     316         34     97     2,513  

Balance at 31 December 2016

    9,676     6,423     239     486,004     14,961     773     278     653     519,007  

Additions

    1,181             339     4,880             31     6,431  

Disposals

    (340 )   (218 )           (3,183 )           (35 )   (3,776 )

Transfer

    245         (245 )                        

Reclassified to disposal group held for sale (Note 39)

    (5,876 )           (27,419 )   (1,983 )           (734 )   (36,012 )

Reclassification to inventories (Note 12)

                (37,490 )   (1,766 )               (39,256 )

Effect of foreign currency exchange differences

    1,008         6         168         29     85     1,296  

Balance at 31 December 2017

    5,894     6,205         421,434     13,077     773     307         447,690  

Accumulated depreciation:

                                                       

Balance at 1 January 2015

    6,940     3,046         82,597     4,426             78     97,087  

Depreciation

    523     640         21,341     4,055             43     26,602  

Disposals

        (180 )           (3,518 )           (1 )   (3,699 )

Reclassification to inventories (Note 12)

                (4,242 )   (38 )               (4,280 )

Effect of foreign currency exchange differences

    (1,694 )           2     172             (60 )   (1,580 )

Balance at 31 December 2015

    5,769     3,506         99,698     5,097             60     114,130  

Depreciation

    599     1,026         14,746     4,035             88     20,494  

Disposals

    (119 )   (680 )           (1,858 )           10     (2,647 )

Reclassification to inventories (Note 12)

                (819 )                   (819 )

Effect of foreign currency exchange differences

    736             7     279             41     1,063  

Balance at 31 December 2016

    6,985     3,852         113,632     7,553             199     132,221  

Depreciation

    706     814         13,416     3,745             91     18,772  

Disposals

    (218 )   (218 )           (3,183 )           (33 )   (3,652 )

Reclassified to disposal group held for sale (Note 39)

    (2,901 )           (12,119 )   (969 )           (300 )   (16,289 )

Reclassification to inventories (Note 12)

                (10,948 )   (796 )               (11,744 )

Effect of foreign currency exchange differences

    691             13     175             43     922  

Balance at 31 December 2017

    5,263     4,448         103,994     6,678                 120,230  

F-49


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

13 SHIPS, PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (Continued)

 
  Office
equipment,
furniture and
fittings and
motor vehicles
  Plant and
equipment
  Plant and
equipment
under
construction
  Ships   Dry-
docking
  Construction
in progress
  Freehold
land and
buildings
  Leasehold
improvements
  Total  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Impairment:

                                                       

Balance at 1 January 2015

                16,195         310             16,505  

Impairment losses recognised in profit or loss

                67,800                     67,800  

Reclassification to inventories (Note 12)

                (9,808 )                   (9,808 )

Balance at 31 December 2015

                74,187         310             74,497  

Impairment losses recognised in profit or loss

                12,625                     12,625  

Reclassification to inventories (Note 12)

                (4,233 )                   (4,233 )

Balance at 31 December 2016

                82,579         310             82,889  

Impairment losses recognised in profit or loss

                13,116     3,387                 16,503  

Reclassification to inventories (Note 12)

                (10,524 )                   (10,524 )

Balance at 31 December 2017

                72,553     3,387     310             88,868  

Carrying Amount:

                                                       

At 31 December 2017

    631     1,757         232,269     3,165     463     307         238,592  

At 31 December 2016

    2,691     2,571     239     289,793     7,408     463     278     454     303,897  

At 31 December 2015

    2,440     981     153     291,803     7,732     15,661     244     411     319,425  

In 2015, there was a price adjustment of US$65,000 to the dry-dock expenditure incurred in 2014. Price adjustment arose from the difference in the estimated drydock expenditure in 2014 and finalization of the drydock expenditure from the shipyard in 2015.

Certain ships are pledged to secure bank borrowings as disclosed in Note 18.

F-50


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

14 SUBSIDIARIES

Details of the Group's subsidiaries at the end of the reporting period are as follows:

 
   
   
  Proportion of ownership
interest and voting power
held by the Group
 
 
   
  Country of
incorporation
 
Name of subsidiary
  Principal activity   2017   2016   2015  
 
   
   
  %
  %
  %
 

Unicorn Bunker Services Proprietary Limited

  Bunker owning and operating   South Africa     100 %   100 %   100 %

Comshipco Schiffahrts Agentur GmbH

  Ship agents and operators   Germany     100 %   100 %   100 %

Unicorn Calulo Shipping Services Proprietary Limited

  Ship operating   South Africa     100 %   100 %   100 %

IVS Bulk Owning Pte. Ltd. 

  Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %   100 %   100 %

IVS Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd. 

  Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %   100 %   100 %

IVS Bulk 430 Pte. Ltd. 

  Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %   100 %   100 %

IVS Bulk 462 Pte. Ltd. 

  Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %   100 %   100 %

IVS Bulk 475 Pte. Ltd. 

  Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %   100 %   100 %

IVS Bulk 511 Pte. Ltd. 

  Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %   100 %   100 %

IVS Bulk 512 Pte. Ltd. 

  Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %   100 %   100 %

IVS Bulk 603 Pte. Ltd. 

  Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %   100 %   100 %

IVS Bulk 609 Pte. Ltd. 

  Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %   100 %   100 %

IVS Bulk 611 Pte. Ltd. 

  Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %   100 %   100 %

IVS Bulk 612 Pte. Ltd. 

  Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %   100 %   100 %

Grindrod Shipping Services UK Limited                   

  To provide shipping and shipping related services   United Kingdom     100 %   100 %   100 %

Unicorn Atlantic Pte. Ltd. 

  Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %   100 %   100 %

Unicorn Baltic Pte. Ltd. 

  Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %   100 %   100 %

Unicorn Ionia Pte. Ltd. 

  Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %   100 %   100 %

Unicorn Tanker Operations (434) Pte. Ltd. 

  Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %   100 %   100 %

Unicorn Ross Pte. Ltd. 

  Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %   100 %   100 %

Nyathi Limited

  Ship Owning and Operating   Isle of Man     100 %   100 %   100 %

F-51


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

14 SUBSIDIARIES (Continued)

 
   
   
  Proportion of ownership
interest and voting power
held by the Group
 
 
   
  Country of
incorporation
 
Name of subsidiary
  Principal activity   2017   2016   2015  
 
   
   
  %
  %
  %
 

Unicorn Caspian Pte. Ltd. 

  Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %   100 %   100 %

Unicorn Marmara Pte. Ltd. 

  Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %   100 %   100 %

Unicorn Scotia Pte. Ltd. 

  Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %   100 %   100 %

Unicorn Malacca Pte. Ltd. 

  Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %   100 %   100 %

Unicorn Bulk Carriers Ltd

  Dormant   British Virgin Islands     100 %   100 %   100 %

Unicorn Tankers International Ltd

  Dormant   British Virgin Islands     100 %   100 %   100 %

Grindrod Maritime LLC (formerly known as York Maritime Holdings, V, LLC)^

  Ship Owning and Operating   Marshall Islands     100 %   100 %   100 %

^
Acquired from third party on 6 August 2015. See Note 42 for details of transaction.

15 INTEREST IN JOINT VENTURES

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Cost of investment in joint ventures

    80,499     80,499     66,764  

Share of post-acquisition loss, net of dividends received

    (16,203 )   (13,924 )   (5,619 )

Carrying amount

    64,296     66,575     61,145  

The Group's share of losses in joint ventures that are in excess of the group's cost of investment of $10,667,000 (2016: $NIL and 2015: $NIL) are accounted for as provision for losses on joint ventures (Note 10).

F-52


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

15 INTEREST IN JOINT VENTURES (Continued)

Details of the joint ventures are as follows:

 
   
   
  Proportion of ownership
interest and voting power
held by the Group
  Cost of investment in joint
ventures
 
 
   
  Country of
incorporation
 
Name of joint venture
  Principal activity   2017   2016   2015   2017   2016   2015  

Handyventure Singapore Pte. Ltd. (a)

  Ship owning and operating   Singapore             50.0 %                

Tri-View Shipping Pte. Ltd. (c)

  Ship owning and operating   Singapore     51 %   51.0 %   51.0 %   132     132     132  

IM Shipping Pte. Ltd. (c)

  Ship owning and operating   Singapore     51 %   51.0 %   51.0 %   25     25     25  

Island Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd. (c)

  Ship owning and operating   Singapore     65 %   65.0 %   65.0 %   *     *     *  

IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. (b) (c)

  Ship owning and operating   Singapore     33.5 %   33.5 %   33.5 %   66,440     66,440     52,705  

Petrochemical Shipping Limited

  Ship owning and operating   Isle of Man     50 %   50.0 %   50 %   13,902     13,902     13,902  

Leopard Tankers Pte. Ltd. 

  Ship owning and operating   Singapore     50 %   50.0 %   50 %   *     *     *  

                              80,499     80,499     66,764  

*
Amount is less than US$1,000.

(a)
In 2015, Handyventure Singapore Pte. Ltd. was liquidated and the Group's investment in the joint venture of US$500,000 was returned to the Group.

(b)
In 2016, the Group injected additional share capital of US$13,735,000 (2015: US$20,240,000) in its joint venture, IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. The company's interest in IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. remains at 33.5%.

(c)
The Group has joint control over these entities by virtue of the contractual arrangement with its joint venture partner(s) requiring resolutions on the relevant activities to be passed based on unanimous approval.

The above joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method in these combined financial statements.

In 2017, the total share of joint venture companies' loss after taxation amounts to US$12,946,000 (2016: US$3,472,000 and 2015: US$18,748,000).

Summarised financial information in respect of the Group's joint ventures are set out below. The summarised financial information below represents amounts shown in the joint venture's financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRSs, adjusted by the Group for equity accounting purposes.

F-53


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

15 INTEREST IN JOINT VENTURES (Continued)

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Tri-View Shipping Pte. Ltd.

                   

Current assets

    2,771     4,086     5,079  

Non-current assets

    11,258     14,812     15,964  

Current liabilities

    (1,397 )   (1,381 )   (12,345 )

Non-current liabilities

    (7,966 )   (9,245 )    

The above amounts of assets and liabilities include the following:

Cash and cash equivalents

    2,525     3,932     4,954  

Current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payable and provisions)

    (1,302 )   (1,298 )   (12,021 )

Non-current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions)

    (7,966 )   (9,245 )    

Revenue

    2,495     2,772     3,065  

Gross profit/(loss)

    15     (195 )   (357 )

Loss for the year, representing total comprehensive loss for the year

    (3,606 )   (426 )   (5,096 )

The above loss for the year include the following:

Depreciation and amortisation

    (772 )   (1,152 )   (1,510 )

Impairment loss

    (3,274 )       (4,885 )

Interest expense

    (283 )   (208 )   (161 )

Income tax expense

    (11 )        

Reconciliation of the above summarised financial information to the carrying amount of the interest in the joint venture recognised in the combined financial statements:

Net assets of the joint venture

    4,666     8,272     8,698  

Proportion of the Group's ownership interest in the joint venture

    51 %   51 %   51 %

Other adjustments

    (31 )   (283 )   (303 )

Carrying amount of the Group's interest in the joint venture

    2,349     3,936     4,133  

F-54


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

15 INTEREST IN JOINT VENTURES (Continued)


 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

IM Shipping Pte. Ltd.

                   

Current assets

   
1,386
   
1,550
   
1,895
 

Non-current assets

    21,250     39,080     48,798  

Current liabilities

    (3,618 )   (3,410 )   (3,392 )

Non-current liabilities

    (31,660 )   (33,666 )   (35,659 )

The above amounts of assets and liabilities include the following:

Cash and cash equivalents

    705     1,295     1,335  

Current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions)

    (3,326 )   (3,147 )   (3,145 )

Non-current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions)

    (31,660 )   (33,666 )   (35,659 )

Revenue

    7,363     6,429     7,433  

Gross profit/ (loss)

    2,030     (364 )   335  

Loss for the year, representing total comprehensive loss for the year

    (16,196 )   (8,088 )   (5,647 )

The above loss for the year include the following:

Depreciation and amortisation

    (1,821 )   (3,096 )   (3,532 )

Impairment loss

    (16,508 )   (7,050 )   (5,782 )

Interest expense

    (335 )   (308 )   (392 )

Reconciliation of the above summarised financial information to the carrying amount of the interest in the joint venture recognised in the combined financial statements:

Net (liabilities) assets of the joint venture

    (12,642 )   3,554     11,642  

Proportion of the Group's ownership interest in the joint venture

    51 %   51 %   51 %

Provision for losses on joint venture (Note 10)

    6,447          

Other adjustments

        (4,485 )   (8,891 )

Carrying amount of the Group's interest in the joint venture

        (2,672 )   (2,954 )

F-55


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

15 INTEREST IN JOINT VENTURES (Continued)


 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Island Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd.

                   

Current assets

   
1,602
   
2,042
   
3,460
 

Current liabilities

    (1,781 )   (1,460 )   (1,240 )

The above amounts of assets and liabilities include the following:

Cash and cash equivalents

    5     515     1,501  

Current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions)

    (585 )   (2 )    

Revenue

    22,594     15,075     18,905  

Gross (loss) profit

    (681 )   (751 )   2,243  

(Loss) profit for the year, representing total comprehensive loss for the year

    (761 )   (838 )   2,149  

Dividend income from the joint venture during the year

        520     1,422  

Reconciliation of the above summarised financial information to the carrying amount of the interest in the joint venture recognised in the combined financial statements:

Net (liabilities) assets of the joint venture

    (179 )   582     2,220  

Proportion of the Group's ownership interest in the joint venture

    65 %   65 %   65 %

Carrying amount of the Group's interest in the joint venture

    (116 )   378     1,443  

F-56


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

15 INTEREST IN JOINT VENTURES (Continued)


 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
   
 

IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd.

                   

Current assets

   
36,572
   
58,051
   
4,894
 

Non-current assets

    277,651     245,414     216,731  

Current liabilities

    (38,035 )   (33,302 )   (7,748 )

Non-current liabilities

    (114,400 )   (112,518 )   (80,358 )

The above amounts of assets and liabilities include the following:

Cash and cash equivalents

    30,451     32,182     2,506  

Current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions)

    (36,722 )   (32,327 )   (6,858 )

Non-current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions)

    (114,400 )   (112,518 )   (80,358 )

Revenue

    39,816     24,082     11,106  

Gross profit (loss)

    7,930     (2,326 )   (1,663 )

Profit (loss) for the year, representing total comprehensive profit/ (loss) for the year

    4,143     (16,874 )   (29,815 )

The above profit (loss) for the year include the following:

Depreciation and amortisation

   
(11,937

)
 
(9,069

)
 
(4,711

)

Impairment loss

        (6,840 )   (25,017 )

Interest income

    12     27      

Interest expense

    (9,938 )   (6,802 )   (2,815 )

Reconciliation of the above summarised financial information to the carrying amount of the interest in the joint venture recognised in the combined financial statements:

Net assets of the joint venture

    161,788     157,645     133,519  

Proportion of the Group's ownership interest in the joint venture

    33.5 %   33.5 %   33.5 %

Goodwill

    3,575     3,575     3,575  

Other adjustments

    (6,406 )   (6,406 )   (6,406 )

Carrying amount of the Group's interest in the joint venture

    51,368     49,980     41,898  

F-57


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

15 INTEREST IN JOINT VENTURES (Continued)


 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Petrochemical Shipping Limited

                   

Current assets

   
4,810
   
4,070
   
5,370
 

Non-current assets

    28,000     38,822     40,931  

Current liabilities

    (11,327 )   (12,757 )   (1,856 )

Non-current liabilities

    (94 )   (102 )   (14,347 )

The above amounts of assets and liabilities include the following:

Cash and cash equivalents

    4,077     3,357     3,513  

Current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions)

    (10,897 )   (12,288 )   (1,275 )

Non-current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions)

            (14,245 )

Revenue

    8,297     8,773     8,546  

Gross profit/ (loss)

    828     317     (113 )

Loss for the year, representing total comprehensive loss for the year

    (8,644 )   (65 )   (3,246 )

The above loss for the year include the following:

Depreciation and amortisation

    (1,960 )   (2,581 )   (3,014 )

Impairment loss

    (8,862 )       (2,366 )

Interest income

    38     23     7  

Interest expense

    (488 )   (551 )   (572 )

Reconciliation of the above summarised financial information to the carrying amount of the interest in the joint venture recognised in the combined financial statements:

Net assets of the joint venture

    21,389     30,033     30,098  

Proportion of the Group's ownership interest in the joint venture

    50 %   50 %   50 %

Other adjustments

        (2,613 )   (4,670 )

Carrying amount of the Group's interest in the joint venture

    10,695     12,404     10,379  

F-58


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

15 INTEREST IN JOINT VENTURES (Continued)


 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Leopard Tankers Pte. Ltd.

                   

Current assets

   
10,810
   
12,716
   
16,519
 

Non-current assets

    108,000     125,302     131,557  

Current liabilities

    (127,249 )   (11,820 )   (8,153 )

Non-current liabilities

        (121,378 )   (127,791 )

The above amounts of assets and liabilities include the following:

Cash and cash equivalents

    6,229     8,119     8,287  

Current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions)

    (125,611 )   (10,825 )   (7,983 )

Non-current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions)

        (121,378 )   (127,791 )

Revenue

    19,222     21,401     32,811  

Gross profit

    5,364     5,792     14,473  

(Loss)/ Profit for the year, representing total comprehensive income for the year

    (13,258 )   1,315     10,857  

Dividend income from the joint venture during the year

        4,313      

The above profit for the year include the following:

Depreciation and amortisation

    (5,000 )   (6,254 )   (6,257 )

Impairment loss

    (14,491 )        

Interest expense

    (4,302 )   (4,192 )   (3,219 )

Reconciliation of the above summarised financial information to the carrying amount of the interest in the joint venture recognised in the combined financial statements:

Net (liabilities) assets of the joint venture

    (8,439 )   4,820     12,132  

Proportion of the Group's ownership interest in the joint venture

    50 %   50 %   50 %

Provision for losses on joint venture (Note 10)

    4,220          

Other adjustments

        139     180  

Carrying amount of the Group's interest in the joint venture

        2,549     6,246  

F-59


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

16 INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 
  Total  
 
  US$'000
 

Cost:

       

Balance at 1 January 2015

    9,775  

Additions

    58  

Acquisition of business (Note 42.2)

    561  

Effect of foreign currency exchange differences

    (2,143 )

Balance at 31 December 2015

    8,251  

Additions

    7  

Disposals

    (3 )

Reclassification of prepayments

    919  

Effect of foreign currency exchange differences

    1,085  

Balance at 31 December 2016

    10,259  

Additions

    19  

Reclassified to assets held for sale (Note 39)

    (2,951 )

Effect of foreign currency exchange differences

    1,075  

Balance at 31 December 2017

    8,402  

Accumulated amortisation:

       

Balance at 1 January 2015

    1,780  

Amortisation

    1,101  

Effect of foreign currency exchange differences

    (658 )

Balance at 31 December 2015

    2,223  

Amortisation

    1,057  

Effect of foreign currency exchange differences

    389  

Balance at 31 December 2016

    3,669  

Amortisation

    908  

Reclassified to assets held for sale (Note 39)

    (612 )

Effect of foreign currency exchange differences

    740  

Balance at 31 December 2017

    4,705  

Impairment:

       

Balance at 1 January 2015, 2016 and 2017

     

Impairment losses recognised in profit or loss

    3,636  

Balance at 31 December 2017

    3,636  

Carrying Amount:

       

At 31 December 2017

    61  

At 31 December 2016

    6,590  

At 31 December 2015

    6,028  

Intangible assets include club memberships, customer relationships, purchased lease contracts and software and licences. Club memberships are lifetime memberships and are not amortised. Customer relationships arose from the acquisition of business and are amortised over 7 years. Lease contracts relate to the purchase of the rights to lease a property on favourable terms to the market, are amortised over the lease term of between 11 and 20 years. Software and licenses arose from the installation of major information systems (including packaged software) and are amortised over 3 years, the period over which the benefit is expected to accrue.

An impairment of US$3,636,000 (2016: US$ Nil and 2015: US$ Nil) was recognised in respect of the customer relationships based on the value in use calculations. The impairment at 31 December 2017 arose from the unfavourable change in market conditions and following which, the management performed a

F-60


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

16 INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Continued)

reassessment and the recoverable amount of the customer relationship is less than the carrying amount, resulting in the impairment.

The key assumptions for the value in use calculations are those regarding the discount rates, growth rates and expected changes to selling prices and direct costs during the period. Management estimates pre-tax discount rates to be 15% (2016: 12% and 2015: 12%) which they believe reflect current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the CGUs. The growth rates are based on industry growth forecasts and are estimated to be 5.5% (2016: 5.8% and 2015: 5.8%). Changes in selling prices and direct costs are based on past practices and expectations of future changes in the market.

17 GOODWILL

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Cost:

                   

Balance at 1 January

    16,626     15,039     19,472  

Effect of foreign currency exchange differences

    1,359     1,587     (4,433 )

At 31 December

    17,985     16,626     15,039  

Accumulated impairment losses:

                   

Balance at 1 January

    604     604     604  

Impairment

    8,483          

Effect of foreign currency exchange differences

    479          

Balance at 31 December

    9,566     604     604  

Carrying amount:

                   

As 31 December

    8,419     16,022     14,435  

Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated, at acquisition, to the cash generating units (CGUs) that are expected to benefit from that business combination. Before recognition of impairment losses, the cost of goodwill had been allocated as follows:

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Cost:

                   

Island Trading and Shipping

    3,064     3,064     3,064  

Unicorn Tankers, a division of Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd

    14,040     12,707     11,150  

Parcel Service

    277     251     221  

Unicorn Tankers International

    604     604     604  

    17,985     16,626     15,039  

The Group tests goodwill annually for impairment, or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill might be impaired.

The recoverable amounts of the CGUs are determined based on value in use calculations. The key assumptions for the value in use calculations are those regarding the discount rates, growth rates and expected changes to selling prices and direct costs during the period. Management estimates discount rates using pre-tax rates that reflect current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the CGUs. The growth rates are based on industry growth forecasts. Changes in selling prices and direct costs are based on past practices and expectations of future changes in the market.

F-61


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

17 GOODWILL (Continued)

The following CGUs have carrying amounts of goodwill that are considered significant in comparison with the Group's total goodwill balance:

Island Trading and Shipping

The Group prepares cash flow forecasts derived from the most recent financial budgets approved by management for the next five years and extrapolates based on an estimated growth rate of Nil% (2016: Nil% and 2015: Nil%) per annum for the first year, 0% (2016: 2.1% and 2015: 2.1%) per annum for the second year and 0% (2016: 2.2% and 2015: 2.2%) per annum thereafter. This rate does not exceed the average long-term growth rate for the relevant markets.

The rate used to discount the forecast cash flows is 7.55% (2016: 7.55% and 2015: 7.55%).

Based on the assessment, management has recorded an impairment loss of US$2,364,000 for the financial year ended 31 December 2017 and this arose from the unfavourable change in market conditions and following which, the management performed a reassessment and the recoverable amount of the CGU is less than the carrying amount, resulting in the impairment. No class of asset other than goodwill was impaired.

Following the impairment loss recognised in Island Trading and Shipping, the recoverable amount was equal to the carrying amount. Therefore, any adverse movement in key assumption would lead to further impairment.

Unicorn Tankers, a division of Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd

The Group prepares five-year period cash flow forecasts derived from the most recent financial budgets approved by management and the cash flows for the five-year period have been extrapolated using an estimated growth rate of 5.5% (2016: 5.8% and 2015: 5.8%) per annum. This rate does not exceed the average long-term growth rate for the relevant markets.

The rate used to discount the forecast cash flows is 15% (2016: 12% and 2015: 12%).

Based on the value in use calculations, an impairment of US$6,119,000 was required at 31 December 2017 (2016: US$Nil and 2015: US$Nil). The impairment at 31 December 2017 arose from the unfavourable change in market conditions and following which, the management performed a reassessment and the recoverable amount of the CGU is less than the carrying amount, resulting in the impairment.

Following the impairment loss recognised in Unicorn Tankers, a division of Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd CGU, the recoverable amount was equal to the carrying amount. Therefore, any adverse movement in key assumption would lead to further impairment.

F-62


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

18 BANK LOANS

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Secured—at amortised cost:

                   

Bank Loans

    108,754     112,545     101,672  

Analysed between:

                   

Current portion

    89,573     34,137     93,560  

Less: included as part of a disposal group held for sale (Note 39)

    (1,609 )        

    87,964     34,137     93,560  

Non-current portion

    27,131     78,408     8,112  

Less: included as part of a disposal group held for sale (Note 39)

    (6,341 )        

    20,790     78,408     8,112  

    108,754     112,545     101,672  

Interest payable (included in bank loans)

    477     601     564  

Loans due after one year are estimated to be repayable as follows:

                   

Within 2 to 5 years

    20,790     76,821     8,112  

After 5 years

        1,587      

    20,790     78,408     8,112  

The bank loans are secured on cash and certain ships owned by the Group. The cash pledged and the carrying value of the ships under security charge as at 31 December 2017 is US$5,183,000 (2016: US$5,241,000 and 2015: US$5,131,000) and US$233,866,000 (2016: US$248,171,000 and 2015: US$248,872,000) respectively. In addition, the loan facility has charges over the subsidiaries' earnings, insurances, charter and charter guarantees and any requisition compensation. Certain of the bank loans are guaranteed by Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. and/or the ultimate holding company.

The bank loans are arranged at London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") plus the respective margins. These bear a weighted average effective interest rate of 3.83% (2016: 3.11% and 2015: 2.69%) per annum.

At 31 December 2017, the Group had available US$5,000,000 (2016: US$6,425,000 and 2015: US$46,870,000) of undrawn committed borrowing facilities which are subjected to the Group meeting all conditions precedent to drawdown.

The Group has several bank loan facilities and regularly monitors the covenants stated in the loan agreements. There is no breach of loan covenants at 31 December 2017 or 31 December 2016. At 31 December 2015, the Group breached one of the covenants on certain long-term bank loans. Under the loan agreements, the breach of a covenant gives the bank a right to exercise remedies, including the right of immediate repayment, if the covenant is not rectified within the required period. Due to this breach of the covenant clause, the bank is contractually entitled to request for immediate repayment of the outstanding loan amount of US$63,177,000. Subsequent to the year-end, the banks granted the Group a waiver in respect of the breached covenant.

F-63


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

19 TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Trade payables

    6,206     5,479     2,936  

Accrued expenses

    26,204     26 580     29,722  

Advances received

    4,110     6,208     8,316  

Others

    1,218     1,344     631  

    37,738     39,611     41,605  

Non-current trade and other payables

    (1,167 )   (1,213 )   (687 )

    36,571     38,398     40,918  

Less: included as part of a disposal group held for sale (Note 39)

    (8,217 )        

Current trade and other payables

    28,354     38,398     40,918  

Trade and other payables are recognised at amortised cost and their carrying value approximates fair value. Charter hire is paid in advance in terms of the charter contracts. The remaining payment terms are predominately 30 days.

The Group's trade and other payables are predominantly non-interest bearing and unsecured.

20 PROVISIONS FOR ONEROUS CONTRACT

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Provision for onerous contracts

    1,270     8,697     4,876  

Provision for onerous contracts represents the present value of the future charter payments that the Group is presently obligated to make under non-cancellable onerous operating charter agreements and contracts of affreightment, less charter revenue expected to be earned on the charter. The estimate may vary as a result of changes to ship running costs and charter and freight revenue. The rate used to discount the future charter payments is 7.55% (2016: 7.55% and 2015: 7.55%).

Analysis of provision for onerous contracts:

                   

At beginning of the year

    8,697     4,876     1,523  

(Release)/charge to profit or loss

    (7,427 )   3,821     3,353  

At the end of the financial year

    1,270     8,697     4,876  

21 DUE TO RELATED PARTIES

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Due to related parties—trade (Note 5)

    1,073     5,856     3,819  

Due to related parties—non-trade (Note 5)

    12,906     10,340     16,253  

Due to joint ventures—non-trade (Note 5)

    3,965     2,686     825  

At the end of the financial year

    17,944     18,882     20,897  

Less: included as part of a disposal group held for sale (Note 39)

    (1,014 )        

    16,930     18,882     20,897  

Amounts due to related parties are measured at amortised cost and their carrying values approximate the fair values.

F-64


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

22 LOANS FROM RELATED PARTIES

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Amortised cost:

                   

Loans from related parties—unsecured

        37,253      

Included in loan from related parties is the interest payable of US$ Nil (2016: US$253,000). Loans from related parties are unsecured, repayable on demand and bear an interest of LIBOR plus 3% margin. The loans were fully repaid in 2017. In 2016, the weighted average effective interest rate was 3.49% per annum.

23 SHARE CAPITAL AND PREMIUM

 
  Share
capital
  Share
premium
  Total  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Issued and paid up:

                   

At 1 January 2015

    417,599     19,905     437,504  

Issue of ordinary shares

    *     21,597     21,596  

At 31 December 2015 and 2016

    417,599     41,502     459,101  

Issue of ordinary shares

    15,000         15,000  

At 31 December 2017

    432,599     41,502     474,101  

*
Amount is less than US$1,000.

The ordinary shares of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., comprising of 101,009 (2016: 101,008 and 2015: 101,008) issued and paid up ordinary shares, have no par value, carry one vote per share and carry a right to dividends as and when declared by the company. On the 11 December 2017, one ordinary share was issued to the ultimate holding company for US$15,000,000.

The ordinary shares of Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd, comprising of 5,003 (2016: 5,003 and 2015: 5,002) issued and paid up ordinary shares, have a par value of ZAR1 each and carry one vote per share and carry a right to dividends as and when declared by the company.

24 SHARE OPTION RESERVE

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Balance at 1 January

    (460 )   (284 )   (450 )

Share-based payments expenses

    343     182     166  

Forfeited

    (310 )   (221 )    

Acquired Grindrod Limited shares

    (506 )   (137 )    

Balance at 31 December

    (932 )   (460 )   (284 )

The Group's ultimate holding company, Grindrod Limited, operates a share option scheme, in which certain directors of the company participate in. The financial effects of the share options granted to the relevant company's directors are accordingly recharged from the ultimate holding company to be recorded in the financial statements of the Group. Refer to Note 5 Related Party Transactions (iii) Compensation of key management personnel.

In terms of the Forfeitable Share Plan, the company purchases shares in the ultimate company at fair value and grants the shares to the employees, who are eligible for this plan. The participants are entitled to receive dividends paid and to vote in respect of the shares awarded. However, the forfeitable shares cannot be disposed of or otherwise encumbered and are also subject to a risk of forfeiture until the vesting date.

F-65


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

24 SHARE OPTION RESERVE (Continued)

The shares vest in three equal tranches at the end of years three, four and five after award date. For the vesting conditions to be met the participants are required to remain employed by the Group until the vesting date. There are no performance criteria in the vesting conditions. Employees terminating employment due to resignation or dismissal on grounds of misconduct, proven poor performance or proven dishonest or fraudulent conduct will be classified as bad leavers and will forfeit all unvested awards.

25 OTHER RESERVES

Hedging reserve

The hedging reserve represents hedging gains and losses recognised on the effective portion of cash flow hedges. The cumulative deferred gain or loss on the hedge recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in hedging reserve is reclassified to profit or loss when the hedged transaction impacts the profit or loss, or is included as a basis adjustment to the non-financial hedged item, consistent with the applicable accounting policy.

Translation reserve

Exchange differences relating to the translation from the functional currencies of the Group's foreign subsidiaries into United States dollars are brought to account by recognising those exchange differences in other comprehensive income and accumulating them in a separate component of equity under the header of translation reserve. Gains and losses on hedging instruments that are designated as hedges of net investments in foreign operations are also recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in a separate component of equity under the header of translation reserve.

Non-distributable reserve

The non-distributable reserve arises from the restructure of the Group and a buy back of the Broad Based Black Economic Empowerments ("BBBEE") shareholdings in June 2014. Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd acquired the non-controlling interest of its subsidiaries from the minority shareholders. As the increase in shareholdings do not result in a change of control, the difference between consideration paid and the carrying value of net assets in equity was recognised as a non-distributable reserve.

26 REVENUE

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Charter hire

    128,355     97,322     116,488  

Freight revenue

    257,614     256,801     301,222  

Vessel revenue

    385,969     354,123     417,710  

Sale of ships

    17,155     12,275     12,858  

Sale of bunkers and other consumables

    572         352  

Ship sales

    17,727     12,275     13,210  

Management fees

    5,252     4,178     2,016  

Other

    574     956     1,503  

Others

    5,826     5,134     3,519  

    409,522     371,532     434,439  

F-66


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

27 COST OF SALES

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Charter hire expenses

    127,748     121,080     150,595  

Pool distribution

    60,710     40,414     14,252  

Fuel expenses

    59,108     56,632     84,187  

Port expenses

    33,793     40,552     43,227  

Other expenses

    12,228     2,916     5,506  

Forward freight agreements

    1,085     213     (1,612 )

Voyage expenses

    166,924     140,727     145,560  

Depreciation (Note 33)

    17,975     19,806     26,036  

Crew expenses

    23,979     24,442     24,796  

Repairs and maintenance

    5,081     5,011     5,900  

Insurance

    3,194     3,544     4,442  

Others

    8,583     9,914     10,001  

Vessel operating costs

    40,837     42,911     45,139  

Cost of sales on sale of ships

    16,988     13,351     12,765  

Cost of sales on sale of bunkers and other consumables

    572         146  

Cost of ship sale

    17,560     13,351     12,911  

Ship lease rentals

    12,295     13,261     12,914  

Container expenses

    1,026     1,067     1,333  

Freight expenses

    781     1,001     950  

Cargo handling

    1,734     1,858     1,644  

(Reversal of) Provision for onerous contracts (Note 20)

    (7,427 )   3,821     3,353  

Others

    7,955     6,852     7,142  

Other expenses

    16,364     27,860     27,336  

    387,408     365,735     407,577  

28 SEGMENT INFORMATION

The information reported to the Group's chief operating decision maker, who are directors of the Group, for the purpose of resource allocation and assessment of segment performance is provided based on the six operating segments within the two businesses of the group, which are also reportable segments of the Group:

a.
In the drybulk carrier business, the Group operates a diversified fleet of owned, long-term chartered and joint-venture dry-bulk vessels across the world. The Group operates this business with a focus on the categories of vessels—namely Handysize and Supramax, with all others businesses within this business categorized as Others. Accordingly, the reportable segments of the drybulk business are: Handysize; Supramax and Others.

b.
In the tanker business, the group operates a diversified fleet of owned, long-term chartered and joint-venture liquid-bulk vessels across the world. The group operates this business with a focus on the categories of vessels—namely MR Tankers and Small Tankers, with all other businesses within this business categorized as Others. Accordingly, the reportable segments of the tanker business are: MR Tankers; Small Tankers and Others.

The reportable segments of the group have been identified on a primary basis by the business segment which is representative of the internal reporting used for management purposes, including the chief operating decision maker, as well as the source and nature of business risks and returns.

F-67


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

28 SEGMENT INFORMATION (Continued)

Joint-ventures financial information are included within the segment information on a proportionate consolidation basis as the Group's chief operating decision maker reviews them together with the entities of the Group. Accordingly, joint-ventures' proportionate financial information are adjusted out to reconcile to the combined financial statements in the 'Adjustment' column.

Segment profit (i.e. Gross (loss)/profit) represents the profit earned by each segment without allocation of central administration costs and directors' salaries. This is the measure reported to the Group's chief operating decision maker for the purposes of resource allocation and assessment of segment performance.

Group activities that do not relate to the above two segments are accumulated in the 'Unallocated' segment financial information. Revenue reported in the segments represents revenue generated from external customers. There were no inter-segment sales in the year (2016: Nil and 2015: Nil).

For the purpose of monitoring segment performance and allocating resources between segments, the chief operating decision maker monitors the tangible, intangible and financial assets at the combined group level.

It is not practical to report revenue or non-current assets on a geographical basis due to the international nature of the shipping market.

For the year ended 31 December 2017, no customers accounted for 10% or more of our drybulk business revenues. For the years ended 31 December 2016 and 2015, one customer accounted for 10% or more of our drybulk business revenues in the amounts of approximately US$40.9 million and US$44.1 million respectively. For the years ended 31 December 2017 and 2016, four customers accounted for 10% or more of tanker business revenues in the amounts of approximately US$17.8 million, US$15.7 million, US$10.9 million and US$8.9 million respectively (2016: US$33.2 million, US$12.3 million, US$9.9 million and US$9.1 million respectively). For the year ended 31 December 2015, two customers accounted for 10% or more of tanker business revenues in the amounts of approximately US$55.9 million and US$13.2 million respectively.

The accounting policies of the segments are the same as the group's accounting policies as described in Note 2.

F-68


Table of Contents

GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

28 SEGMENT INFORMATION (Continued)

The following is an analysis of the Group's revenue, results and additions to non-current assets by segment:

 
   
   
   
   
  Tanker Business    
   
   
   
 
 
  Drybulk Carrier Business   Unallocated    
   
  Combined  
 
  MR
Tanker
  Small
Tanker
   
   
   
   
 
2017
  Handysize   Supramax   Others   Total   Others   Total   Total   Total   Adjustments   Total  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Vessel revenue

    118,262     156,517     56,644     331,423     42,561     22,740     14,186     79,487           410,910     (24,941 )   385,969  

Ship sale revenue

    6,830             6,830     10,897             10,897           17,727         17,727  

Other

    1,639     911     1,068     3,618     (151 )       958     807           4,425     1,401     5,826  

Total revenue

    126,731     157,428     57,712     341,871     53,307     22,740     15,144     91,191           433,062     (23,540 )   409,522  

Voyage expenses

    (59,004 )   (76,497 )   (11,574 )   (147,075 )   (7,555 )   (3,725 )       (11,280 )         (158,355 )   (8,569 )   (166,924 )

Vessel operating costs

    (26,546 )   (3,302 )   (1,020 )   (30,868 )   (13,267 )   (9,488 )   (3,072 )   (25,827 )         (56,695 )   15,858     (40,837 )

Charter hire

    (22,773 )   (73,336 )   (14,054 )   (110,163 )   (16,257 )   (2,148 )       (18,405 )         (128,568 )   820     (127,748 )

Depreciation and amortisation

    (10,642 )   (2,648 )   (4 )   (13,294 )   (6,476 )   (2,324 )   (4,073 )   (12,873 )         (26,167 )   8,192     (17,975 )

Cost of ship sale

    (5,339 )           (5,339 )   (12,221 )           (12,221 )         (17,560 )       (17,560 )

Other

    341     (124 )   (14,957 )   (14,740 )   (756 )   (864 )   (278 )   (1,898 )         (16,638 )   274     (16,364 )

Costs of sales

    (123,963 )   (155,907 )   (41,609 )   (321,479 )   (56,532 )   (18,549 )   (7,423 )   (82,504 )         (403,983 )   16,575     (387,408 )

Gross profit

    2,768     1,521     16,103     20,392     (3,225 )   4,191     7,721     8,687           29,079     (6,965 )   22,114  

Operating (loss) profit

    (20,039 )   (3,109 )   15,948     (7,200 )   (22,203 )   (9,372 )   6,724     (24,851 )   (4,481 )   (36,532 )   (8,724 )   (45,256 )

Interest income

    2,052     2,048     1,562     5,662     320     215     376     911           6,573     591     7,164  

Interest expense

    (5,158 )   (2,218 )   (53 )   (7,429 )   (2,583 )   (600 )   (1,361 )   (4,544 )         (11,973 )   5,425     (6,548 )

Share of losses of joint ventures

                                              (12,946 )   (12,946 )

Taxation

    (250 )   (240 )   (2,410 )   (2,900 )   316     510     (1,693 )   (867 )         (3,767 )   541     (3,226 )

(Loss) profit for the year

    (23,395 )   (3,519 )   15,047     (11,867 )   (24,150 )   (9,247 )   4,046     (29,351 )   (4,481 )   (45,699 )   (15,113 )   (60,812 )

Impairment loss on net assets of disposal group

                5,092     5,092                                   5,092           5,092  

Impairment loss on goodwill and intangible assets

                    3,902     5,853         9,755     2,364     12,119         12,119  

Impairment loss on ships

    14,174             14,174     13,149     4,857         18,006         32,180     (15,677 )   16,503  

Capital expenditure

    4,148     4,574     1,172     9,894     2,287     20     985     3,292         13,186     (6,756 )   6,430  

F-69


Table of Contents

GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

28 SEGMENT INFORMATION (Continued)

 
   
   
   
   
  Tanker Business    
   
   
   
 
 
  Drybulk Carrier Business   Unallocated    
   
  Combined  
 
  MR
Tanker
  Small
Tanker
   
   
   
   
 
2016
  Handysize   Supramax   Others   Total   Others   Total   Total   Total   Adjustments   Total  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Vessel revenue

    97,239     116,171     76,643     290,053     48,672     22,561     15,721     86,954         377,007     (22,884 )   354,123  

Ship sale revenue

                    12,277             12,277         12,277     (2 )   12,275  

Other

    1,670     905     927     3,502     (859 )       1,118     259         3,761     1,373     5,134  

Total revenue

    98,909     117,076     77,570     293,555     60,090     22,561     16,839     99,490         393,045     (21,513 )   371,532  

Voyage expenses

    (53,362 )   (56,009 )   (20,657 )   (130,028 )   (5,019 )   (3,454 )   (113 )   (8,586 )       (138,614 )   (2,133 )   (140,727 )

Vessel operating costs

    (27,046 )   (2,482 )   862     (28,666 )   (13,768 )   (9,581 )   (3,979 )   (27,328 )       (55,994 )   13,083     (42,911 )

Charter hire

    (16,579 )   (59,598 )   (22,500 )   (98,677 )   (17,682 )   (3,600 )       (21,282 )       (119,959 )   (1,121 )   (121,080 )

Depreciation and amortisation

    (11,988 )   (1,860 )   (23 )   (13,871 )   (7,778 )   (1,369 )   (3,698 )   (12,845 )       (26,716 )   6,910     (19,806 )

Cost of ship sale

                    (13,351 )           (13,351 )       (13,351 )       (13,351 )

Other

    (409 )   1,436     (26,943 )   (25,916 )   (1,030 )   (830 )   (609 )   (2,469 )       (28,385 )   525     (27,860 )

Costs of sales

    (109,384 )   (118,513 )   (69,261 )   (297,158 )   (58,628 )   (18,834 )   (8,399 )   (85,861 )       (383,019 )   17,284     (365,735 )

Gross (loss) profit

    (10,475 )   (1,437 )   8,309     (3,603 )   1,462     3,727     8,439     13,628         10,026     (4,229 )   5,797  

Operating (loss) profit

    (20,058 )   (8,869 )   (3,727 )   (32,654 )   (8,799 )   1,801     7,164     166     (2,804 )   (35,292 )   (1,457 )   (36,749 )

Interest income

    1,321     1,327     1,159     3,807     276     227     359     862         4,669     591     5,260  

Interest expense

    (4,531 )   (1,397 )   (91 )   (6,019 )   (2,477 )   (498 )   (243 )   (3,218 )       (9,237 )   4,338     (4,899 )

Share of losses of joint ventures

                                            (3,472 )   (3,472 )

Taxation

    (1,459 )   (1,498 )   (2,755 )   (5,712 )   1,884     1,499     (1,520 )   1,863         (3,849 )         (3,849 )

(Loss)/profit for the year

    (24,727 )   (10,437 )   (5,414 )   (40,578 )   (9,116 )   3,029     5,760     (327 )   (2,804 )   (43,709 )       (43,709 )

Impairment loss on ships

    4,425             4,425     8,200             8,200         12,625         12,625  

Capital expenditure

    8,005     18,024     540     26,569     26,979     2,455     263     29,697         56,266     (26,711 )   29,555  

F-70


Table of Contents

GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

28 SEGMENT INFORMATION (Continued)

 
   
   
   
  Drybulk    
   
   
  Tanker   Unallocated    
   
  Combined  
 
   
   
   
  MR
Tanker
  Small
Tanker
   
   
   
 
2015
  Handysize   Supramax   Others   Total   Others   Total   Total   Total   Adjustments   Total  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Vessel revenue

    100,775     145,927     94,218     340,920     70,380     26,498     13,365     110,243         451,163     (33,453 )   417,710  

Ship sale revenue

                    262     12,947         13,209         13,209     1     13,210  

Other

    693     268     681     1,642     (2,675 )       1,064     (1,611 )       31     3,488     3,519  

Total revenue

    101,468     146,195     94,899     342,562     67,967     39,445     14,429     121,841         464,403     (29,964 )   434,439  

Voyage expenses

    (43,186 )   (66,386 )   (30,489 )   (140,061 )   (3,100 )   (2,832 )   (91 )   (6,023 )       (146,084 )   524     (145,560 )

Vessel operating costs

    (26,247 )   (320 )   (705 )   (27,272 )   (14,972 )   (10,995 )   (3,077 )   (29,044 )       (56,316 )   11,177     (45,139 )

Charter hire

    (25,598 )   (71,579 )   (26,503 )   (123,680 )   (18,900 )   (5,871 )       (24,771 )       (148,451 )   (2,144 )   (150,595 )

Depreciation and amortisation

    (18,650 )   (427 )   (29 )   (19,106 )   (8,975 )   (3,730 )   (3,064 )   (15,769 )       (34,875 )   8,839     (26,036 )

Cost of ship sale

    (187 )           (187 )   (66 )   (12,918 )       (12,984 )       (13,171 )   260     (12,911 )

Other

    84     (350 )   (26,712 )   (26,978 )   (2,361 )   (977 )   (361 )   (3,699 )       (30,677 )   3,341     (27,336 )

Costs of sales

    (113,784 )   (139,062 )   (84,438 )   (337,284 )   (48,374 )   (37,323 )   (6,592 )   (92,289 )       (429,573 )   21,997     (407,577 )

Gross (loss)/profit

    (12,316 )   7,133     10,461     5,278     19,593     2,122     7,837     29,552         34,830     (7,967 )   26,862  

Operating (loss) profit

    (104,874 )   2,682     463     (101,729 )   13,665     1,939     6,810     22,414     (2,812 )   (82,126 )   15,631     (66,495 )

Interest income

    632     638     815     2,085     432     243     192     867         2,952     149     3,101  

Interest expense

    (3,299 )   (627 )   (98 )   (4,024 )   (2,710 )   (458 )   (224 )   (3,392 )       (7,416 )   2,968     (4,448 )

Share of losses of joint ventures

                                            (18,748 )   (18,748 )

Taxation

    (242 )   (245 )   (1,935 )   (2,422 )   (497 )   (538 )   (307 )   (1,342 )       (3,764 )         (3,764 )

(Loss) profit for the year

    (107,783 )   2,448     (755 )   (106,090 )   10,890     1,186     6,471     (18,547 )   (2,812 )   (90,354 )       (90,354 )

Impairment loss on ships

    63,475             63,475         4,324         4,325         67,800         67,800  

Capital expenditure

    13,656     20,814     2,373     36,843     13,961     818     525     15,304         52,148     (27,373 )   24,774  

F-71


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

29 OTHER OPERATING INCOME

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Foreign exchange gain

    3,595     4,142     5,020  

Other operating income

    1,101     1,545     1,122  

    4,696     5,687     6,142  

30 OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Impairment loss on ships (Note 13)

    16,503     12,625     67,800  

Impairment loss on goodwill and intangibles

    12,119          

Impairment loss on assets of disposal group (Note 39)

    5,092          

Foreign exchange loss

    4,102     4,266     2,888  

Other operating expenses

    1,382     1,202     1,141  

    39,198     18,093     71,829  

31 INTEREST INCOME

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Interests on loans to joint ventures (Note 5)

    4,346     2,728     153  

Guarantee fees from related parties (Note 5)

    325     486     694  

Bank interests

    1,294     1,220     1,403  

Other interests

    1,199     826     851  

    7,164     5,260     3,101  

32 INTEREST EXPENSE

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Interest on loans from related parties (Note 5)

    629     312      

Guarantee fees to related parties (Note 5)

    451     514     805  

Other finance cost

    168     239     578  

Bank loan interests

    5,300     3,834     3,065  

    6,548     4,899     4,448  

F-72


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

33 LOSS BEFORE TAXATION

Loss before taxation has been arrived at after charging (crediting):

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Depreciation of ships, dry-docking and plant and equipment (Note 27)

    17,975     19,806     26,036  

Depreciation of other property, plant and equipment*

    797     688     566  

Amortisation of intangible assets*

    908     1,057     1,101  

Total depreciation and amortisation

    19,680     21,551     27,703  

Allowance for doubtful debts

    18     (3 )   149  

Cost of inventories recognised as expense (included in voyage expenses)

    55,347     51,997     74,131  

Expense recognised in respect of equity-settled share-based payments

    (472 )   (176 )   166  

Employee benefits expenses (including directors' remuneration and share based payments)

    19,349     15,691     15,213  

Cost of defined benefit plan and defined contribution plans included in employee benefits expenses

    1,350     1,226     1,166  

*
Included in administrative expenses

34 INCOME TAX EXPENSE

In December 2004, the Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. was granted incentives under the Approved International Shipping Enterprise Incentive ("AIS") Scheme, with effect from 10 June 2004. The incentives to the company were extended in October 2014, with effect from 10 June 2014. As such, the shipping profits of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. are exempted from income tax under Section 13F of the Singapore Income Tax Act. The shipping profits of the subsidiaries incorporated in Singapore are exempted from income tax under Section 13A of the Singapore Income Tax Act.

The tax rate used for the 2017, 2016 and 2015 reconciliations above is the corporate tax rate of 17% payable by corporate entities in Singapore on taxable profits under tax law in that jurisdiction. The corporate taxation rates payable by the South African entities in terms of the law in South Africa is 28% (2016: 28% and 2015: 28%).

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Current tax

                   

In respect of the current year

    3,694     2,403     265  

Withholding taxes

            (137 )

In respect of prior years

    15     48     2  

    3,709     2,451     130  

Deferred tax

                   

In respect of the current year

    (421 )   1,382     3,633  

In respect of prior years

    (62 )   16     1  

    (483 )   1,398     3,634  

    3,226     3,849     3,764  

F-73


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

34 INCOME TAX EXPENSE (Continued)

The total charge for the year can be reconciled to the accounting loss as follows:

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Loss before tax

    (57,586 )   (39,860 )   (86,590 )

Income tax benefit calculated at corporate rate

    (9,790 )   (6,776 )   (14,720 )

Adjusted for:

                   

Effect of income that is exempted from tax

        (834 )   (659 )

Effect of expenses that are not deductible in determining taxable profit

    9,632     5,337     17,882  

Effect of different tax rates of subsidiaries operating in other jurisdictions

    (851 )   873     927  

Effect of tax losses disallowed to be brought forward

    4,277     5,185     442  

Effect of other income subjected to tax

            26  

Overprovision of tax in prior year

    (47 )   64     3  

Withholding tax

    5         (137 )

    3,226     3,849     3,764  

At the end of the reporting period, the aggregate amount of temporary differences associated with undistributed earnings of subsidiaries and joint ventures for which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised is US$603,000 (2016: US$241,000 and 2015: US$30,000). No liability has been recognised in respect of these differences because the Group is in a position to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that such differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Subject to the agreement by the tax authorities, at the end of the reporting period, the Group has unabsorbed tax losses of US$580,000 (2016: US$580,000 and 2015: US$580,000) available for offset against future non-exempt profits. No deferred tax assets have been recognised on such losses due to the unpredictability of future profit streams.

35 DIVIDENDS

On 31 March 2017, an interim dividend of US$334.60 per share, amounting to US$1,674,000 was declared and paid from Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd to the ultimate holding company, Grindrod Limited.

On 11 March 2015, an interim one-tier exempt dividend of US$24.99 per share, amounting to US$2,524,000 was declared and paid from Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. to the ultimate holding company, Grindrod Limited.

On 16 September 2015, an interim dividend of US$322.07 per share, amounting to US$1,611,000 (ZAR20,590,626) was declared and paid from Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd to the ultimate holding company, Grindrod Limited.

36 CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

(a)
Guarantee from the Group for a joint venture loan from a financial institution:

Tri-View Shipping Pte. Ltd. ("TVS"), entered into a facility agreement with TVS' related party, Mitsui & Co. Financial Services (Asia) Ltd ("Lender") on 31 March 2009 for a credit facility of JPY1.92 billion.

Mitsui & Co., Ltd ("Mitsui"), the joint venture partner holding 49% of the shares in TVS, provided a guarantee to the Lender for 100% of the loan amount ("Mitsui's Guarantee").

In consideration of Mitsui providing Mitsui's Guarantee, a guarantee facility agreement between Mitsui and the Group was signed on 29 May 2009. The Group shall provide a guarantee fee to Mitsui for 51% of any amounts to be paid by Mitsui under the Mitsui Guarantee.

F-74


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

36 CONTINGENT LIABILITIES (Continued)

At 31 December 2017, the outstanding amount relating to the above loan facility was US$4,099,000 (2016: US$5,370,000 and 2015: US$6,538,000).

(b)
Guarantees from Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. for its joint venture's ship management agreements:

The joint venture, IM Shipping Pte. Ltd. entered into respective Standard Ship Management Agreement with a third-party ship management company for the management of the ships of the joint venture.

The Group has provided guarantee for the performance by the joint venture of its liabilities and responsibilities under the agreement.

(c)
Guarantees from Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. for shipbuilding contracts in the subsidiaries owned by the joint venture, IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd.:

In 2016, the Group has provided guarantees for the performance of the subsidiaries owned by the joint venture for their liabilities and responsibilities under the shipbuilding contracts, amounting to US$13,118,000. The guarantees expired on the delivery of the last vessel in January 2017. Note 38 provides further details of the remaining commitments.

(d)
Financial support from the Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. and its subsidiaries to its joint ventures:

At 31 December 2017, the Group has provided financial support to joint ventures of US$63,222,000 (2016: US$5,292,000 and 2015: US$4,469,000), to enable the companies to meet its obligations as and when they fall due for at least 12 months from the date of signing of their respective financial statements for the financial year ended 31 December 2017, 2016 and 2015.

(e)
Guarantees from Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. for a joint venture loan from a financial institution

Leopard Tanker Pte. Ltd. ("Leopard Tanker") entered into a facility agreement with a financial institution for a credit facility of US$138.5 million. The Group has provided a guarantee of up to 50% of the amount loaned and an undertaking to the lender to ensure a minimum working capital balance of US$250,000 for each of the vessels held by Leopard Tanker.

At 31 December 2017, the outstanding amount relating to the above loan facility was US$77,599,000 (2016: US$89,037,000 and 2015: US$92,512,000). No provision has been recognised in relation to the guarantee as management does not view such payout to be probable under IAS 37.

37 LEASES AND SHIP CHARTERS

a)    As Lessor

The Group has chartered out a number of ships under time charter party agreements which are classified as operating leases. These charters have an average term of one to seven years. Operating lease receipts are recognised in profit or loss during the year as part of revenue.

Note 26 provides details of charter hire revenue earned during the year.

Future minimum charter receipts receivable under non-cancellable operating leases as at 31 December are as follows:

Chartered to third parties

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Within 1 year

    5,183     11,420     3,755  

Between two to five years

    17,717     18,828     3,835  

After five years

        7,337      

    22,900     37,585     7,590  

F-75


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

37 LEASES AND SHIP CHARTERS (Continued)

b)    As Lessee

The Group has entered into time charter party agreements, classified as operating leases, to charter ships. These charters have terms of five to 10 years with renewal options included in the contracts. Operating lease payments are recognised in profit or loss during the year as part of voyage expenses (classified into 'cost of sales').

Future minimum lease payments payable under the non-cancellable operating leases as at 31 December are as follows:

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Within 1 year

    80,350     80,205     86,208  

Between two to five years

    94,177     143,034     177,925  

After five years

    6,171     15,984     34,584  

    180,698     239,223     298,717  

 

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Minimum lease payments under operating leases recognised as an expense in the year

    148,986     136,350     163,265  

Office leases

                   

Within 1 year

    5,596     5,129     5,169  

Between two to five years

    19,413     15,333     4,307  

After 5 years

    5,779     6,285     13  

    30,788     26,747     9,489  

Residential property leases

                   

Within 1 year

    236     269     286  

Between two to five years

    86     48     91  

    322     317     377  

Other leases

                   

Within one year

    159     61     181  

Between two to five years

    46     1     7  

    205     62     188  

The Group has entered into 3 (2016: 3 and 2015: 3) office leases which have a remaining non-cancellable lease term ranging from 3 to 20 months (2016: 2 to 33 months and 2015: 2 to 45 months).

The Group has entered into 8 (2016: 8 and 2015: 8) residential property leases which have a remaining non-cancellable lease term ranging from 2 to 21 months (2016: 2 to 16 months and 2015: 1 to 20 months, respectively). 3 (2016: 3 and 2015: 3) of the residential leases are for directors' accommodation (Note 5).

38 COMMITMENTS

A joint venture within the Group has entered into shipbuilding contracts for the construction of nil (2016: 1 and 2015: 4) bulk carriers during the financial year. Under the terms of the agreements, the Group has committed to payments for these ships under construction. The following has been authorised:

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Due within one year

        4,555     27,280  

The expenditure will be financed out of cash resources from operations and bank loans.

F-76


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

39 ASSETS CLASSIFIED AS HELD FOR SALE

In connection with the Spin-Off (Note 1), the Parent will sell two of GSSA's businesses to related companies within the Grindrod Limited Group. The two businesses are namely, Ocean Africa Container Lines division ("OACL"), a division of GSSA and Unicorn Bunker Services (Pty Ltd) ("UBS"), a subsidiary of GSSA. The sale and purchase agreements were signed on 1 January 2018 and the consideration of the sales are US$20,985,000 (South African rands 260 million) for OACL and US$15,496,000 (South African rands 192 million) for UBS respectively. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities attributable to the two businesses have been classified as a disposal group held for sale and are presented separately in the statement of financial position as of 31 December 2017.

In accordance with IFRS 5, the non-current assets and disposal groups are required to be measured at the lower of their carrying amounts and fair value less cost to sell. Management has assessed the fair value less cost to sell of these non-current assets and disposal groups on the date that they were classified as held for sale and recorded an impairment loss of US$5,092,000 in relation to OACL and US$ nil in relation to UBS.

F-77


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

39 ASSETS CLASSIFIED AS HELD FOR SALE (Continued)

The classes of assets and liabilities comprising the disposal group classified as held for sale are as follows:

 
  2017  
 
  US$'000  

Assets

       

Cash and bank balances

    7,934  

Trade receivables

    6,106  

Other receivables and prepayments—current

    4,592  

Due from related parties

    17,724  

Inventories

    1,078  

Taxation

    301  

Other receivables and prepayments—non-current

    115  

Ships, property, plant and equipment (Note A)

    16,895  

Intangible assets (Note A)

    75  

Deferred tax assets (Note B)

    134  

Assets classified as held for sale

    54,954  

Liabilities

       

Short term borrowings

    1,609  

Trade and other payables

    8,217  

Due to related parties

    1,014  

Taxation

    142  

Long-term borrowings

    6,341  

Deferred tax liabilities (Note B)

    3,691  

Liabilities directly associated with assets classified as held for sale

    21,014  

Net assets of disposal group

    33,940  

Note A:

       

Ships, property, plant and equipment

       

Carrying amount before classification as held for sale (Note 13)

    19,723  

Impairment loss

    (2,828 )

Carrying amount after impairment loss

    16,895  

Intangible assets

   
 
 

Carrying amount before classification as held for sale (Note 16)

    2,339  

Impairment loss

    (2,264 )

Carrying amount after impairment loss

    75  

Total impairment loss arising from disposal group (Note 30)

    5,092  

Note B:

       

Deferred tax assets

    134  

Deferred tax liabilities

    (3,691 )

Net deferred tax liabilities (Note 40)

    (3,557 )

F-78


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

40 DEFERRED TAX

The following are the major deferred tax liabilities and assets recognised by the group and the movements thereon, during the current and prior reporting periods:

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Deferred taxation analysed by major category:

                   

Capital allowances

    (4,971 )   (4,199 )   (4,992 )

Other timing differences

    2,593     1,249     1,453  

Unutilised tax losses

            2,238  

Included in assets held for sale

    3,557          

    1,179     (2,950 )   (1,301 )

Reconciliation of deferred taxation:

                   

Opening balance

    (2,950 )   (1,301 )   2,369  

Credit / (Charge) to profit or loss for the year (Note 34)

    483     (1,398 )   (3,634 )

Acquisition of assets (Note 42.2)

            268  

Reclassified to asset held for sale (Note 39)

    3,557          

Exchange differences

    89     (251 )   (304 )

Closing balance

    1,179     (2,950 )   (1,301 )

Comprising:

                   

Deferred taxation assets

    1,179     764     1,209  

Deferred taxation liabilities

        (3,714 )   (2,510 )

    1,179     (2,950 )   (1,301 )

Deferred taxation assets on unutilised tax losses have been utilised in the current year.

41 RETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATION

The Group subsidises the medical aid contributions of certain retired employees and has an obligation to subsidise contributions of certain current employees when they reach retirement. In prior periods, the Group undertook to offer pensioners a voluntary benefit in lieu of their current medical subsidy in order to close out the liability on the statement of financial position. The proposed offer had three options, namely an annuity offer, a cash offer or to remain in the scheme. A number of employees chose the annuity and cash offer. The provision has been calculated on the remaining individuals in the scheme.

The risks typically faced by the Group as a result of the post-retirement medical aid are risks relating to inflation, longevity, future changes in legislation, future changes in tax environment, perceived inequality by non-eligible employees, administration of fund and enforcement of eligibility criteria and rules.

During November 2017, a valuation was performed by Alexander Forbes. Apart from paying costs of entitlement, the Group is not liable to pay additional contributions in the case the fund does not hold sufficient assets. In that case, the fund would take other measures to restore solvency.

F-79


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

41 RETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATION (Continued)

The amounts recognised in the annual financial statements in this respect are as follows:

 
   
  2017    
   
  2016    
   
  2015    
 
   
  US$'000
   
   
  US$'000
   
   
  US$'000
   

Recognised liability at beginning of the year

        2,065             1,972             2,625    

Recognised in profit or loss in the current year

       
63
           
170
           
62
   

Interest on obligation

        45             192             198    

Current service cost

        43                         2    

Other

        (25 )           (22 )           (138 )  

Recognised in other comprehensive income in the current year

        52             (77 )           (715 )  

Actuarial gains

        (157 )           (339 )           (31 )  

Translation

        209             262             (684 )  

Present value of unfunded obligation recognised as a liability at end of year

        2,180             2,065             1,972    

Less: current portion

                                   

Long term portion

        2,180             2,065             1,972    

The principal actuarial assumptions applied in the determination of fair values include:

                                         

Health care cost inflation rate (p.a.)

        9.1 %           9.4 %           9.3 %  

Discount rate (p.a.)

        10.5 %           10.0 %           9.5 %  

Continuation at retirement

        79.5 %           84.0 %           75.0 %  

The effect of an increase or decrease of 1% in the assumed medical cost trend rates are as follows:

 
  2017
Increase
(Decrease)
  2016
Increase
(Decrease)
  2015
Increase
(Decrease)

Aggregate of the current service cost and interest cost

  10.7% (9.1%)   11.4% (9.8%)   12.6% (10.6%)

Accrued liability at year-end

  10.2% (8.8%)   11.1% (9.4%)   12.0% (10.1%)

The sensitivity analysis presented above may not be representative of the actual change in the obligation as it is unlikely that the above change in assumptions would occur in isolation of one another.

There was no change in the methods and assumptions used in preparing the sensitivity analysis from the prior year. The average duration of the benefit obligation as at 31 December 2017 is 12 years (2016: 13 years and 2015: 13 years).

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Present Value of Funded Obligations

             

Fair Value of Plan Assets

             

Present value of unfunded obligations

    2,180     2,065     1,947  

Present Value of Obligations in excess of Plan Assets

    2,180     2,065     1,947  

42 ACQUISITIONS

42.1 Acquisition of assets: Grindrod Maritime LLC

On 3 August 2015, the Group entered into a Sale and Purchase Agreement with a third party for the acquisition of the share capital of Grindrod Maritime LLC (formerly known as "York Maritime Holdings V, LLC"), incorporated in the Marshall Islands, for a purchase consideration of US$12,250,000. The purchase was completed on 6 August 2015.

F-80


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

42 ACQUISITIONS (Continued)

The assets purchased comprised ship construction in progress. The construction of the asset was completed and delivered on 29 March 2016.

This transaction was determined by management to be in substance, an acquisition of the underlying assets owned by the subsidiary rather than a business combination as defined in IFRS 3 Business Combinations .

42.2 Acquisition of business—Grindrod Terminals—Maydon Wharf

Management had entered into an agreement whereby Ocean Africa Container Lines, a division of Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Proprietary Limited acquired Grindrod Terminals—Maydon Wharf, a division of Grindrod (South Africa) Proprietary Limited for US$937,560 (ZAR11,982,019) with effect from 1 November 2015. Both companies are wholly owned by Grindrod Limited. The assets and liabilities were transferred at their carrying amounts and the financial results of Grindrod Terminals—Maydon Wharf were consolidated from 1 November 2015. The operations of Grindrod Terminals—Maydon Wharf were incorporated into the existing Ocean Africa Container Lines, a division of Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Proprietary Limited.

Details of the transaction is as follows:

 
  2015  
 
  US$'000
 

Non-current assets

       

Property, plant and equipment

    345  

Intangible assets

    561  

Deferred tax

    268  

Current assets

       

Amounts due from related parties

    49  

Inventories

    2  

Trade and other receivables

    1,046  

Cash and cash equivalents

     

Current liabilities

       

Amounts due to related parties

    (6 )

Trade and other payables

    (1,327 )

Net assets acquired and liabilities assumed

    938  

The purchase consideration of US$937,560 was financed by way of a loan from a related party.

43 GOING CONCERN

The historical combined financial information presented has been prepared on the assumption that the Group as a whole will continue to operate as going concerns. The Board of Directors has no reason to believe that the Group will not continue to operate as a going concern.

44 EVENTS AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD

Except for the subsequent events disclosed in Note 39, there have been no events after the balance sheet date that could materially affect the accounts as presented.

F-81




Exhibit 2.1

 

SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

 

 

entered into between

 

 

 

GRINDROD LIMITED

 

 

 

and

 

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS PTE. LTD.

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

  Clause number and description

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

1.

PARTIES

3

 

 

 

2.

DEFINITIONS

3

 

 

 

3.

BACKGROUND

4

 

 

 

4.

CONDITION PRECEDENT

4

 

 

 

5.

IMPLEMENTATION STEPS

5

 

 

 

6.

SALE

5

 

 

 

7.

SETTLEMENT OF THE PURCHASE PRICE

5

 

 

 

8.

CLOSING

5

 

 

 

9.

BASIS OF SALE

6

 

10.

LIMITATIONS ON WARRANTY CLAIMS

6

 

 

 

11.

BREACH

7

 

 

 

12.

APPLICATION OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE IMPLEMENTATION AGREEMENT

7

 



 

1.          PARTIES

 

1.1.       Grindrod Limited (Registration Number 1966/009846/06), a public company duly incorporated and registered in accordance with the laws of the Republic of South Africa (“ Seller ”); and

 

1.2.       Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd. (Registration Number 201731497H), a private company duly incorporated and registered in accordance with the laws of the Republic of Singapore, which it is contemplated will converted into a public company, in accordance with the laws of the Republic of Singapore, on or about the Closing Date (“ Purchaser ”).

 

2.          DEFINITIONS

 

Unless the context indicates otherwise, the following words, terms or expressions shall have the meanings assigned to them hereunder in this Agreement and cognate expressions shall have corresponding meanings:

 

 

2.1.       “ Aggregate CCN’s ” means collectively the GSPL CCN’s and the GSSA CCN’s;

 

2.2.       “ Agreement ” means this written sale agreement and the annexure hereto;

 

2.3.       “ Binding Clauses ” means clauses 1, 2, 4, 10 and 12;

 

2.4.       “ Business Day ” means a day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or an official public holiday in the Republic of South Africa or the Republic of Singapore from time to time;

 

2.5.       “ Claim ” shall have the meaning given to it in clause 10.1;

 

2.6.       “ Closing Date ” shall have the meaning given to it in the Implementation Agreement;

 

2.7.       “ Company ” means Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Proprietary Limited (registration number: 1975/002219/07), a company duly incorporated and registered in accordance with the laws of the Republic of South Africa;

 

2.8.       “ Compulsorily Convertible Notes ” means conditional compulsorily convertible notes to be issued by the Purchaser on the basis set out in this Agreement, the terms of which are as set out in Annexure “ A ”;

 

2.9.       “ Condition Precedent ” means the condition precedent set out in clause 4.1;

 

2.10.     “ Grindrod Distribution ” shall have the meaning given to it in the Implementation Agreement;

 

2.11.     “ GSPL CCN’s ” means 16 626 600 (sixteen million six hundred and twenty six thousand six hundred) Compulsorily Convertible Notes;

 

2.12.     “ GSSA CCN’s ” means 2 437 232 (two million four hundred and thirty seven thousand two hundred and thirty two) Compulsorily Convertible Notes;

 



 

2.13.     “ Implementation Agreement ” means the written implementation agreement concluded contemporaneously with this Agreement between the Seller, the Purchaser, the Company and Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.;

 

2.14.     “ Implementation Steps ” shall have the meaning given to it in the Implementation Agreement (for purposes of clarity, the implementation of this Agreement in accordance with its terms is an Implementation Step);

 

2.15.     “ Longstop Date ” shall have the meaning given to it in the Implementation Agreement;

 

2.16.     “ Ordinary Shareholders ” means the holders of issued ordinary shares in the Seller;

 

2.17.     “ Parties ” means the parties to this Agreement, and, “ Party ” means any one of them;

 

2.18.     “ Purchase Price ” means US$40 998 000 (forty million nine hundred and ninety eight million United States Dollars)

 

2.19.     “ Rounding Adjustment ” shall have the meaning given to it in the Implementation Agreement;

 

2.20.     “ Sale Shares ” means 5 004 (five thousand and four) ordinary shares in the Company, held by the Seller and constituting 100% (one hundred percent) of the issued share capital of the Company;

 

2.21.     “ Signature Date ” means the date of signature of this Agreement by the Party last signing; and

 

2.22.     “ Subsidiaries ” means the Company’s 2 (two) wholly owned subsidiaries, Comshipco Schiffahrts-agentur GmBH and Unicorn Calulo Shipping Services Proprietary Limited;

 

2.23.     companies in which the Company, directly or indirectly, holds shares, as listed and on the basis set out in Annexure “ B ”.

 

3.          BACKGROUND

 

The Parties have agreed that the Purchaser will acquire the Sale Shares from the Seller for the Purchase Price (to be settled as set out in clause 7) on the basis set out in this Agreement.

 

4.          CONDITION PRECEDENT

 

4.1.       Save for the Binding Clauses, all of which will become effective immediately, this Agreement is subject to the fulfilment of the Condition Precedent that, by not later than 17:00 (South African time) on the Longstop Date, the Implementation Agreement has been concluded and has become unconditional in accordance with its terms (save for any condition regarding the unconditionality of this Agreement).

 

4.2.       Unless the Condition Precedent has been fulfilled by not later than 17:00 (South African time) on the Longstop Date the provisions of this Agreement, save for the Binding Clauses which will remain of full force and effect, will never become of any force or effect and the status quo

 



 

ante will be restored as near as may be possible and none of the Parties will have any claim against the others in terms hereof or arising from the failure of the Condition Precedent.

 

5.          IMPLEMENTATION STEPS

 

5.1.       It is recorded that each of the Implementation Steps shall be implemented in a specific order in accordance with the terms of the Implementation Agreement.

 

5.2.       Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Parties agree that this Agreement shall, subject to the provisions of clause 6.3 of the Implementation Agreement, be implemented on the Closing Date in the sequence set out in the Implementation Agreement.

 

5.3.       If the Seller gives notice in terms of clause 6.2.2 of the Implementation Agreement then, on the basis set out in the Implementation Agreement and without any compensation being payable, the transaction contemplated in this Agreement shall be cancelled such that the Sale Shares are transferred back to the Seller.

 

6.          SALE

 

6.1.       The Seller hereby sells to the Purchaser, which purchases, the Sale Shares on the Closing Date for the Purchase Price (to be settled as set out in clause 7).

 

6.2.       Notwithstanding the Signature Date, possession and effective control, and, all risk in and all benefit attaching to the Sale Shares will pass to the Purchaser on the Closing Date on conclusion of the Closing Meeting (as contemplated in clause 8).

 

7.          SETTLEMENT OF THE PURCHASE PRICE

 

The Purchase Price shall be fully and finally settled by way of the Purchaser, on the Closing Date and as contemplated in the Implementation Agreement, issuing the GSSA CCN’s to the Seller.

 

8.          CLOSING

 

8.1.       On the Closing Date representatives of the Parties shall meet as required in terms of clause 6 of the Implementation Agreement (the “ Closing Meeting ”).

 

8.2.       At the Closing Meeting and in accordance with the order of the Implementation Steps as set out in the Implementation Agreement:

 

8.2.1.    the Purchaser shall issue the GSSA CCN’s to the Seller and deliver to the Seller a certificate in respect of the Aggregate CCN’s;

 

8.2.2.    the Seller shall against delivery of the certificate referred to in clause 8.2.1 deliver to the Purchaser:

 



 

8.2.2.1.       share transfer forms in respect of the Sale Shares duly completed by the Seller and dated as at the Closing Date, with the Purchaser recorded as the transferee;

 

8.2.2.2.       original share certificates issued in the name of the Seller in respect of the Sale Shares;

 

8.2.2.3.       original share certificates issued in the name of the Purchaser in respect of the Sale Shares;

 

8.2.2.4.       all statutory registers and minute books (in every case written up to, but not including, the Closing Date) of the Company.

 

9.          BASIS OF SALE

 

9.1.       The Seller, subject to all of the limitations set out in clause 10, hereby warrants to the Purchaser that:

 

9.1.1.    as at the Signature Date and the Closing Date, the Seller is and will be the sole legal and beneficial holder of the Sale Shares;

 

9.1.2.    the Sale Shares are sold to the Purchaser free of any pledge, lien or any other real right or encumbrance;

 

9.1.3.    as at the Signature Date and the Closing Date, no person or entity will have any right (including without limitation, any option or right of first refusal) to purchase or acquire or otherwise to obtain any right in and to the Sale Shares;

 

9.1.4.    as at the Signature Date and the Closing Date, the Company, directly or indirectly, holds all of the issued shares in each of the Subsidiaries;

 

9.1.5.    as at the Closing Date and save as provided in this Agreement:

 

9.1.5.1.       it has no claims (actual or contingent) against the Company arising from any cause whatsoever;

 

9.1.5.2.       notwithstanding the warranty contained in this clause 9.1.5, the Seller hereby waives any and all claims (actual or contingent) which it has, or may have, against the Company, arising from any cause whatsoever (with this clause 9.1.5 constituting a stipulatio alteri in favour of the Company capable of acceptance by it at any time).

 

10.         LIMITATIONS ON WARRANTY CLAIMS

 

10.1.     The Purchaser shall not be entitled to make any claim against the Seller in respect of a breach of any of the warranties given in terms of clause 9.1 or otherwise in connection with the Sale Shares (“ Claim ”) unless:

 



 

10.1.1.        such Claim is notified to the Seller in writing within 36 (thirty six) months of the Closing Date; and

 

10.1.2.        the amount of any such Claim, arising from a single cause of action or a series of interdependent related causes of action, exceeds US$100 000 (one hundred thousand United States Dollars); provided that if the requirement in clause 10.1.1 is met and the threshold set out in this clause 10.1.2 is exceeded, then subject to clauses 10.2 and 10.3 the Seller shall be liable to the Purchaser for the full amounts of such Claims (i.e. not just the excess above such threshold).

 

10.2.     The aggregate liability of the Seller to the Purchaser for all Claims, shall be limited to an aggregate amount equal to the Purchase Price.

 

10.3.     The Seller shall not be liable to make payment of any Claim, to the extent that making such payment would be contrary to any law.

 

11.         BREACH

 

11.1.     If a Party (“ Defaulting Party ”) commits any breach of this Agreement and fails to remedy such breach within 5 (five) Business Days (“ Notice Period ”) of written notice requiring the breach to be remedied, then the Party giving the notice (“ Aggrieved Party ”) will be entitled to claim immediate specific performance of all or any of the Defaulting Party’s obligations under this Agreement, with or without claiming damages, whether or not such obligation has fallen due for performance and to require the Defaulting Party to provide security to the satisfaction of the Aggrieved Party for the Defaulting Party’s obligations.

 

11.2.     For the sake of clarity, it is recorded that this Agreement may not be cancelled, save as set out in clause 6.3 of the Implementation Agreement.

 

12.         APPLICATION OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE IMPLEMENTATION AGREEMENT

 

The provisions of clauses 3 and 11 to 20 (both inclusive) of the Implementation Agreement shall apply, mutatis mutandis , in respect of the interpretation and implementation of this Agreement.

 



 

 

For : the Seller

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Andrew Waller

 

 

 

 

who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Andrew Waller

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

23 March 2018

 

 

 

 

Place:

 

 

 

Durban

 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

 

/s/ Reshmee Soni

 

 

 

 

Name of witness:

 

 

 

Reshmee Soni

 

 

 

 

 

 

For : the Purchaser

 

Signature:

/s/ Quah Ban Huat

 

 

 

 

who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Quah Ban Huat

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Place:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

 

/s/ Deb Osbourne

 

 

 

 

Name of witness:

 

 

 

Deb Osbourne

 

 



 

Annexure “A”

TERMS OF THE COMPULSORILY CONVERTIBLE NOTES

 

(as referred to in clause 2.8)

 

1.         The terms of the Compulsorily Convertible Notes shall be as follows:

 

1.1.       the Compulsorily Convertible Notes shall not bear any interest and shall not entitle any of the holders thereof to any rights or benefits other than those set out in this Annexure “ A ”;

 

1.2.       the Compulsorily Convertible Notes are, save as set out in this Agreement and the Implementation Agreement, non-transferable and non-redeemable;

 

1.3.       subject to paragraph 1.4, each Compulsorily Convertible Note shall automatically be converted by the Purchaser by way of the issue or transfer to the holder of such Compulsorily Convertible Note of 1 (one) ordinary share in the Purchaser, for no further consideration payable in respect of such issue or transfer, as contemplated in the Implementation Agreement (in particular but without limitation, with regard to the timing of such process as an Implementation Step) and such Compulsorily Convertible Note forthwith being cancelled;

 

1.4.       the automatic conversion and issue process referred to in paragraph 1.3 shall be conditional upon the Grindrod Distribution being completed and shall only be for the benefit of Ordinary Shareholders (provided that, to the extent, following the Grindrod Distribution, any other person/s has acquired or otherwise holds the nominal number of Compulsorily Convertible Notes in respect of which the Rounding Adjustment was applied, such automatic conversion and issue process shall take place at the same time but for the benefit of such person/s);

 

1.5.       if the Seller gives notice in terms of clause 6.2.2 of the Implementation Agreement then, on the basis set out in the Implementation Agreement and without any compensation being payable:

 

1.5.1.    the Compulsorily Convertible Notes shall automatically be cancelled; and/or

 

1.5.2.    to the extent that the automatic conversion and issue/transfer process referred to in paragraph 1.3 has been completed, the ordinary shares in the Purchaser issued or transferred pursuant to such process shall, at the Purchaser’s election, be reacquired by the Purchaser (to the extent permitted by and in accordance with applicable laws) and/or transferred from the Ordinary Shareholders to the Seller;

 

1.6.       Martyn Richard Wade (or his nominee) is unconditionally and irrevocably authorised to sign any document and take any other action necessary and/or desirable to give full effect to the terms of the Compulsorily Convertible Notes as set out in this Annexure “ A ”.

 




Exhibit 2.2

 

SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

 

 

entered into between

 

 

 

GRINDROD LIMITED

 

 

 

and

 

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS PTE. LTD.

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Clause number and description

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

PARTIES

3

 

 

 

2.

DEFINITIONS

3

 

 

 

3.

BACKGROUND

4

 

 

 

4.

CONDITION PRECEDENT

4

 

 

 

5.

IMPLEMENTATION STEPS

5

 

 

 

6.

SALE

5

 

 

 

7.

SETTLEMENT OF THE PURCHASE PRICE

5

 

 

 

8.

CLOSING

5

 

 

 

9.

BASIS OF SALE

6

 

 

 

10.

LIMITATIONS ON WARRANTY CLAIMS

7

 

 

 

11.

BREACH

8

 

 

 

12.

APPLICATION OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE IMPLEMENTATION AGREEMENT

8

 



 

1.             PARTIES

 

1.1.          Grindrod Limited (Registration Number 1966/009846/06), a public company duly incorporated and registered in accordance with the laws of the Republic of South Africa (“ Seller ”); and

 

1.2.          Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd. (Registration Number 201731497H), a private company duly incorporated and registered in accordance with the laws of the Republic of Singapore, which it is contemplated will converted into a public company, in accordance with the laws of the Republic of Singapore, on or about the Closing Date (“ Purchaser ”).

 

2.             DEFINITIONS

 

Unless the context indicates otherwise, the following words, terms or expressions shall have the meanings assigned to them hereunder in this Agreement and cognate expressions shall have corresponding meanings:

 

2.1.          Aggregate CCN’s ” means collectively the GSPL CCN’s and the GSSA CCN’s;

 

2.2.          Agreement ” means this written sale agreement and the annexure hereto;

 

2.3.          Binding Clauses ” means clauses 1, 2, 4, 10 and 12;

 

2.4.          Business Day ” means a day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or an official public holiday in the Republic of South Africa or the Republic of Singapore from time to time;

 

2.5.          Claim ” shall have the meaning given to it in clause 10.1;

 

2.6.          Closing Date ” shall have the meaning given to it in the Implementation Agreement;

 

2.7.          Company ” means Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. (Registration Number 200407212K), a private company duly incorporated and registered in accordance with the laws of the Republic of Singapore;

 

2.8.          Compulsorily Convertible Notes ” means conditional compulsorily convertible notes to be issued by the Purchaser on the basis set out in this Agreement, the terms of which are as set out in Annexure “ A ”;

 

2.9.          Condition Precedent ” means the condition precedent set out in clause 4.1;

 

2.10.       Grindrod Distribution ” shall have the meaning given to it in the Implementation Agreement;

 

2.11.       GSPL CCN’s ” means 16 626 600 (sixteen million six hundred and twenty six thousand six hundred) Compulsorily Convertible Notes;

 

2.12.       GSSA CCN’s ” means 2 437 232 (two million four hundred and thirty seven thousand two hundred and thirty two) Compulsorily Convertible Notes;

 



 

2.13.       Implementation Agreement ” means the written implementation agreement concluded contemporaneously with this Agreement between the Seller, the Purchaser, the Company and Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Proprietary Limited;

 

2.14.       Implementation Steps ” shall have the meaning given to it in the Implementation Agreement (for purposes of clarity, the implementation of this Agreement in accordance with its terms is an Implementation Step);

 

2.15.       IRAS ” means the Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore;

 

2.16.       Longstop Date ” shall have the meaning given to it in the Implementation Agreement;

 

2.17.       Ordinary Shareholders ” means the holders of issued ordinary shares in the Seller;

 

2.18.       Parties ” means the parties to this Agreement, and, “ Party ” means any one of them;

 

2.19.       Purchase Price ” means US$279 685 000 (two hundred and seventy nine million six hundred and eighty five thousand United States Dollars);

 

2.20.       Rounding Adjustment ” shall have the meaning given to it in the Implementation Agreement;

 

2.21.       Sale Shares ” means 101 009 (one hundred and one thousand and nine) ordinary shares in the Company, held by the Seller and constituting 100% (one hundred percent) of the issued share capital of the Company;

 

2.22.       Signature Date ” means the date of signature of this Agreement by the Party last signing; and

 

2.23.       Subsidiaries ” means the companies in which the Company, directly or indirectly, holds shares, as listed and on the basis set out in Annexure “ B ”.

 

3.             BACKGROUND

 

The Parties have agreed that the Purchaser will acquire the Sale Shares from the Seller for the Purchase Price (to be settled as set out in clause 7) on the basis set out in this Agreement.

 

4.             CONDITION PRECEDENT

 

4.1.          Save for the Binding Clauses, all of which will become effective immediately, this Agreement is subject to the fulfilment of the Condition Precedent that, by not later than 17:00 (South African time) on the Longstop Date, the Implementation Agreement has been concluded and has become unconditional in accordance with its terms (save for any condition regarding the unconditionality of this Agreement).

 

4.2.          Unless the Condition Precedent has been fulfilled by not later than 17:00 (South African time) on the Longstop Date the provisions of this Agreement, save for the Binding Clauses which will remain of full force and effect, will never become of any force or effect and the status quo

 



 

ante will be restored as near as may be possible and none of the Parties will have any claim against the others in terms hereof or arising from the failure of the Condition Precedent.

 

5.             IMPLEMENTATION STEPS

 

5.1.          It is recorded that each of the Implementation Steps shall be implemented in a specific order in accordance with the terms of the Implementation Agreement.

 

5.2.          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Parties agree that this Agreement shall, subject to the provisions of clause 6.3 of the Implementation Agreement, be implemented on the Closing Date in the sequence set out in the Implementation Agreement.

 

5.3.          If the Seller gives notice in terms of clause 6.2.2 of the Implementation Agreement then, on the basis set out in the Implementation Agreement and without any compensation being payable, the transaction contemplated in this Agreement shall be cancelled such that the Sale Shares are transferred back to the Seller.

 

6.             SALE

 

6.1.          The Seller hereby sells to the Purchaser, which purchases, the Sale Shares on the Closing Date for the Purchase Price (to be settled as set out in clause 7).

 

6.2.          Notwithstanding the Signature Date, possession and effective control, and, all risk in and all benefit attaching to the Sale Shares will pass to the Purchaser on the Closing Date on conclusion of the Closing Meeting (as contemplated in clause 8).

 

7.             SETTLEMENT OF THE PURCHASE PRICE

 

The Purchase Price shall be fully and finally settled by way of the Purchaser, on the Closing Date and as contemplated in the Implementation Agreement, issuing the GSPL CCN’s to the Seller.

 

8.             CLOSING

 

8.1.          On the Closing Date representatives of the Parties shall meet as required in terms of clause 6 of the Implementation Agreement (the “ Closing Meeting ”).

 

8.2.          At the Closing Meeting and in accordance with the order of the Implementation Steps as set out in the Implementation Agreement:

 

8.2.1.              the Purchaser shall issue the GSPL CCN’s to the Seller and deliver to the Seller a certificate in respect of the Aggregate CCN’s;

 

8.2.2.              the Seller shall against delivery of the certificate referred to in clause 8.2.1 deliver to the Purchaser:

 



 

8.2.2.1.              share transfer forms in respect of the Sale Shares duly completed by the Seller and dated as at the Closing Date, with the Purchaser recorded as the transferee;

 

8.2.2.2.              original share certificates issued in the name of the Seller in respect of the Sale Shares;

 

8.2.2.3.              original share certificates issued in the name of the Purchaser in respect of the Sale Shares;

 

8.2.2.4.              all statutory registers and minute books (in every case written up to, but not including, the Closing Date), common seal and certificate of incorporation, of the Company;

 

8.2.2.5.              a certified copy of the minutes of the meeting of the directors of the Company, approving:

 

8.2.2.5.1.             the registration of the transfer of the Sale Shares, subject to their being duly stamped;

 

8.2.2.5.2.             the issue of a share certificate in the name of the Purchaser in respect of the Sale Shares and the affixation of the common seal of the Company (in accordance with the constitution of the Company) onto the share certificate; and

 

8.2.2.5.3.             the updating of the electronic register of members of the Company maintained by the Accounting and Corporate Regulatory Authority to reflect the transfer of the Sale Shares to the Purchaser;

 

8.2.2.6.              a form E4A and a working sheet for the transfer of shares signed by a director of the Company in the form prescribed by IRAS, together with all requisite documents as may be required by IRAS for stamp duty purposes including the Company’s latest audited accounts or management accounts.

 

9.             BASIS OF SALE

 

9.1.          The Seller, subject to all of the limitations set out in clause 10, hereby warrants to the Purchaser that:

 

9.1.1.              as at the Signature Date and the Closing Date, the Seller is and will be the sole legal and beneficial holder of the Sale Shares;

 



 

9.1.2.              the Sale Shares are sold to the Purchaser free of any pledge, lien or any other real right or encumbrance;

 

9.1.3.              as at the Signature Date and the Closing Date, no person or entity will have any right (including without limitation, any option or right of first refusal) to purchase or acquire or otherwise to obtain any right in and to the Sale Shares;

 

9.1.4.              as at the Signature Date and the Closing Date, the Company, directly or indirectly, holds shares in each of the Subsidiaries, on the basis set out in Annexure “ B ” (save that the shareholding for IM Shipping Pte. Ltd. is reflected in Annexure “ B ” at the 100% (one hundred percent) level it is expected to be as at on the Closing Date, whereas such shareholding is 51% (fifty one percent) on the Signature Date);

 

9.1.5.              as at the Closing Date and save as provided in this Agreement:

 

9.1.5.1.              it has no claims (actual or contingent) against the Company arising from any cause whatsoever;

 

9.1.5.2.              notwithstanding the warranty contained in this clause 9.1.5, the Seller hereby waives any and all claims (actual or contingent) which it has, or may have, against the Company, arising from any cause whatsoever (with this clause 9.1.5 constituting a stipulatio alteri in favour of the Company capable of acceptance by it at any time);

 

10.           LIMITATIONS ON WARRANTY CLAIMS

 

10.1.       The Purchaser shall not be entitled to make any claim against the Seller in respect of a breach of any of the warranties given in terms of clause 9.1 or otherwise in connection with the Sale Shares (“ Claim ”) unless:

 

10.1.1.            such Claim is notified to the Seller in writing within 36 (thirty six) months of the Closing Date; and

 

10.1.2.            the amount of any such Claim, arising from a single cause of action or a series of interdependent related causes of action, exceeds US$100 000 (one hundred thousand United States Dollars); provided that if the requirement in clause 10.1.1 is met and the threshold set out in this clause 10.1.2 is exceeded, then subject to clauses 10.2 and 10.3 the Seller shall be liable to the Purchaser for the full amounts of such Claims (i.e. not just the excess above such threshold).

 

10.2.       The aggregate liability of the Seller to the Purchaser for all Claims, shall be limited to an aggregate amount equal to the Purchase Price.

 

10.3.       The Seller shall not be liable to make payment of any Claim, to the extent that making such payment would be contrary to any law.

 



 

11.           BREACH

 

11.1.         If a Party (“ Defaulting Party ”) commits any breach of this Agreement and fails to remedy such breach within 5 (five) Business Days (“ Notice Period ”) of written notice requiring the breach to be remedied, then the Party giving the notice (“ Aggrieved Party ”) will be entitled to claim immediate specific performance of all or any of the Defaulting Party’s obligations under this Agreement, with or without claiming damages, whether or not such obligation has fallen due for performance and to require the Defaulting Party to provide security to the satisfaction of the Aggrieved Party for the Defaulting Party’s obligations.

 

11.2.         For the sake of clarity, it is recorded that this Agreement may not be cancelled, save as set out in clause 6.3 of the Implementation Agreement.

 

12.           APPLICATION OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE IMPLEMENTATION AGREEMENT

 

The provisions of clauses 3 and 11 to 20 (both inclusive) of the Implementation Agreement shall apply, mutatis mutandis , in respect of the interpretation and implementation of this Agreement.

 



 

 

For : the Seller

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Andrew Waller

 

 

 

 

 

 

who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Andrew Waller

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

23 March 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

Place:

 

Durban

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

/s/ Reshmee Soni

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name of witness:

 

Reshmee Soni

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For : the Purchaser

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Quah Ban Huat

 

 

 

 

 

 

who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Quah Ban Huat

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Place:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

/s/ Deb Osbourne

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name of witness:

 

Deb Osbourne

 

 

 



 

Annexure “A”

 

TERMS OF THE COMPULSORILY CONVERTIBLE NOTES

 

(as referred to in clause 2.8)

 

1.             The terms of the Compulsorily Convertible Notes shall be as follows:

 

1.1.           the Compulsorily Convertible Notes shall not bear any interest and shall not entitle any of the holders thereof to any rights or benefits other than those set out in this Annexure “ A ”;

 

1.2.           the Compulsorily Convertible Notes are, save as set out in this Agreement and the Implementation Agreement, non-transferable and non-redeemable;

 

1.3.           subject to paragraph 1.4, each Compulsorily Convertible Note shall automatically be converted by the Purchaser by way of the issue or transfer to the holder of such Compulsorily Convertible Note of 1 (one) ordinary share in the Purchaser, for no further consideration payable in respect of such issue or transfer, as contemplated in the Implementation Agreement (in particular but without limitation, with regard to the timing of such process as an Implementation Step) and such Compulsorily Convertible Note forthwith being cancelled;

 

1.4.           the automatic conversion and issue process referred to in paragraph 1.3 shall be conditional upon the Grindrod Distribution being completed and shall only be for the benefit of Ordinary Shareholders (provided that to the extent, following the Grindrod Distribution, any other person/s has acquired or otherwise holds the nominal number of Compulsorily Convertible Notes in respect of which the Rounding Adjustment was applied, such automatic conversion and issue process shall take place at the same time but for the benefit of such person/s);

 

1.5.           if the Seller gives notice in terms of clause 6.2.2 of the Implementation Agreement then, on the basis set out in the Implementation Agreement and without any compensation being payable:

 

1.5.1.              the Compulsorily Convertible Notes shall automatically be cancelled; and/or

 

1.5.2.              to the extent that the automatic conversion and issue/transfer process referred to in paragraph 1.3 has been completed, the ordinary shares in the Purchaser issued or transferred pursuant to such process shall, at the Purchaser’s election, be reacquired by the Purchaser (to the extent permitted by and in accordance with applicable laws) and/or transferred from the Ordinary Shareholders to the Seller;

 

1.6.           Martyn Richard Wade (or his nominee) is unconditionally and irrevocably authorised to sign any document and take any other action necessary and/or desirable to give full effect to the terms of the Compulsorily Convertible Notes as set out in this Annexure “ A ”.

 



 

Annexure “B”

SUBSIDIARIES

 

(as defined in clause 2.23)

 

 




Exhibit 2.3

 

IMPLEMENTATION AGREEMENT

 

 

entered into between

 

 

GRINDROD LIMITED

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS PTE. LTD.

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.

 

 

and

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PROPRIETARY LIMITED

 



 

2

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Clause number and description

 

Page

 

1.

PARTIES

3

 

 

 

2.

DEFINITIONS

3

 

 

 

3.

INTERPRETATION

6

 

 

 

4.

BACKGROUND

9

 

 

 

5.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

9

 

 

 

6.

IMPLEMENTATION PROCESS

10

 

 

 

7.

TRANSACTIONS IN RESPECT OF THE COMPULSORILY CONVERTIBLE NOTES

11

 

 

 

8.

CO-OPERATION AND GOOD FAITH

12

 

 

 

9.

INTERIM PERIOD UNDERTAKINGS

12

 

 

 

10.

BREACH

12

 

 

 

11.

NOTICES AND DOMICILE

13

 

 

 

12.

APPLICABLE LAW

14

 

 

 

13.

JURISDICTION

14

 

 

 

14.

WHOLE AGREEMENT, NO AMENDMENT

14

 

 

 

15.

RECIPROCAL WARRANTIES

15

 

 

 

16.

CESSION AND ASSIGNMENT

16

 

 

 

17.

INDEPENDENT ADVICE

16

 

 

 

18.

GENERAL

17

 

 

 

19.

COSTS

17

 

 

 

20.

SIGNATURE

17

 



 

3

 

1.                                      PARTIES

 

1.1.                           Grindrod Limited (Registration Number 1966/009846/06), a public company duly incorporated and registered in accordance with the laws of the Republic of South Africa (“ Grindrod ”);

 

1.2.                           Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd. (Registration Number 201731497H), a private company duly incorporated and registered in accordance with the laws of the Republic of Singapore, which it is contemplated will be converted into a public company, in accordance with the laws of the Republic of Singapore, prior to the Closing Date (“ GSHPL ”);

 

1.3.                           Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. (Registration Number 200407212K), a private company duly incorporated and registered in accordance with the laws of the Republic of Singapore (“ GSPL ”); and

 

1.4.                           Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Proprietary Limited (Registration Number 1975/002219/07), a private company duly incorporated and registered in accordance with the laws of the Republic of South Africa (“ GSSA ”).

 

2.                                      DEFINITIONS

 

Unless the context indicates otherwise, the following words, terms or expressions shall have the meanings assigned to them hereunder in this Agreement and cognate expressions shall have corresponding meanings:

 

2.1.                           Aggregate CCN’s ” means collectively the GSPL CCN’s and the GSSA CCN’s;

 

2.2.                           Agreement ” means this written implementation agreement together with the annexures hereto;

 

2.3.                           Binding Clauses ” means clauses 1, 2, 3, 5 and 8 to 20 (both inclusive);

 

2.4.                           Business Day ” means a day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or an official public holiday in the Republic of South Africa or the Republic of Singapore from time to time;

 

2.5.                           CCN Certificate ” shall have the meaning given to it in clause 7.1.1;

 

2.6.                           CCN Value ” means a value in United States Dollars to be attributed to each Compulsorily Convertible Note for purposes of determining the cash payments in terms of the Rounding Adjustment, determined by dividing an amount of US$320 683 000 (three hundred and twenty million six hundred and eighty three thousand United States Dollars) by the number of the Aggregate CCN’s;

 

2.7.                           Closing Date ” shall have the meaning given to it in the Grindrod Circular;

 



 

4

 

2.8.                           Compulsorily Convertible Notes ” means the conditional compulsorily convertible notes to be issued by GSHPL to Grindrod, on the terms set out in the GSPL SPA and the GSSA SPA, as settlement of the consideration due in terms of the GSPL SPA and the GSSA SPA respectively, which will be compulsorily converted into the GSHPL Shares immediately following the Grindrod Distribution;

 

2.9.                           Conditions Precedent ” means the conditions precedent set out in clause 5.1;

 

2.10.                    CTC ” means Grindrod’s contributed tax capital (as defined in section 1 of the Income Tax Act);

 

2.11.                    Distribution Ratio ” means, with reference to the Grindrod Distribution, a ratio of 1 (one) Compulsorily Convertible Note for every 40 (forty) Ordinary Shares;

 

2.12.                    Grindrod Circular ” means the circular to the Ordinary Shareholders and the Preference Shareholders, inter alia setting out the proposed basis of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement and proposing the Grindrod Shareholders Resolution;

 

2.13.                    Grindrod Distribution ” means the distribution in specie to be declared by Grindrod in favour of its Ordinary Shareholders as at the Grindrod Distribution Record Date, of the Aggregate CCN’s, and on the basis that:

 

2.13.1.                                 the Aggregate CCN’s will be so distributed in accordance with the Distribution Ratio, but subject wherever applicable to the Rounding Adjustment (for purposes of clarity, certain Ordinary Shareholders would be entitled to a fraction of a Compulsorily Convertible Note, but such fractional entitlements will rather be settled in cash);

 

2.13.2.                                 each of the Ordinary Shareholders which is a person envisaged in section 64F(1)(a) of the Income Tax Act as being “ a company which is a resident ” for tax purposes in South Africa (as indicated in the documentation contemplated in section 64FA(1)(a) of the Income Tax Act, which has been submitted to Grindrod or the Transfer Secretaries by no later than the day before the Closing Date), will receive its share of the Grindrod Distribution other than out of CTC; and

 

2.13.3.                                 the Ordinary Shareholders other than those referred to in clause 2.13.1, will receive their share of the Grindrod Distribution out of CTC;

 

2.14.                    Grindrod Distribution Record Date ” shall have the meaning given to it in the Grindrod Circular;

 



 

5

 

2.15.                    Grindrod Shareholders Meeting ” means a general meeting of the Ordinary Shareholders and the Preference Shareholders, held pursuant to the terms of the Grindrod Circular and at which the Grindrod Shareholders Resolution is to be proposed;

 

2.16.                    Grindrod Shareholders Resolution ” means the ordinary resolution to be put to the Ordinary Shareholders and the Preference Shareholders (the latter to vote in accordance with paragraph 2.2.2.10 of Annexure A to Grindrod’s memorandum of incorporation) at the Grindrod Shareholders Meeting and pursuant to the Grindrod Circular, requesting the approval of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement;

 

2.17.                    GSHPL Shares ” means the ordinary shares in GSHPL, to be issued by GSHPL in aggregate, in accordance with the terms of the Compulsorily Convertible Notes on the basis that 1 (one) ordinary share in GSHPL will be issued for every Compulsorily Convertible Note (for purposes of clarity, the aggregate number of the GSHPL Shares shall be equal to the number of the Aggregate CCN’s);

 

2.18.                    GSPL CCN’s ” means 16 626 600 (sixteen million six hundred and twenty six thousand six hundred) Compulsorily Convertible Notes;

 

2.19.                    GSPL SPA ” means the share purchase agreement to be concluded between Grindrod and GSHPL, in terms of which all of the issued shares in GSPL will be sold by Grindrod to GSHPL, with the consideration settled by way of GSHPL issuing the GSPL CCN’s to Grindrod;

 

2.20.                    GSSA CCN’s ” means 2 437 232 (two million four hundred and thirty seven thousand two hundred and thirty two) Compulsorily Convertible Notes;

 

2.21.                    GSSA SPA ” means the share purchase agreement to be concluded between Grindrod and GSHPL, in terms of which all of the issued shares in GSSA will be sold by Grindrod to GSHPL, with the consideration settled by way of GSHPL issuing the GSSA CCN’s to Grindrod;

 

2.22.                    Implementation Steps ” shall have the meaning given to it in clause 6.1;

 

2.23.                    Income Tax Act ” means the Income Tax Act, 1962;

 

2.24.                    Interim Period ” means the period from the Signature Date until the Closing Date (both dates inclusive);

 

2.25.                    JSE ” means the securities exchange operated by JSE Limited;

 

2.26.                    JSE Listings Requirements ” means the listings requirements issued by JSE Limited;

 



 

6

 

2.27.                    Longstop Date ” means the last Business Day preceding the Closing Date;

 

2.28.                    NASDAQ ” means the NASDAQ Global Select Market;

 

2.29.                    Ordinary Shareholders ” means the holders of issued ordinary shares in Grindrod;

 

2.30.                    Parties ” means the parties to this Agreement, and, “ Party ” means any one of them;

 

2.31.                    Preference Shareholders ” means the holders of issued cumulative, non-redeemable, non-participating, non-convertible preference shares in Grindrod;

 

2.32.                    Required Resolutions ” means the resolutions listed in Annexure “ A ” (for purposes of clarity, not including the Grindrod Shareholders Resolution);

 

2.33.                    Rounding Adjustment ” means an adjustment to the number of Compulsorily Convertible Notes to be received by any Ordinary Shareholder pursuant to the Grindrod Distribution, where the application of the Distribution Ratio would result in such Ordinary Shareholder having a fractional entitlement to a Compulsorily Convertible Note, with such adjustment being on the basis that the number of Compulsorily Convertible Notes actually distributed to such Ordinary Shareholder will be rounded down to the next whole number and a cash payment made to such Ordinary Shareholder in respect of such fraction (with the amount of such payment being determined by applying the relevant fraction to the CCN Value);

 

2.34.                    Signature Date ” means the date of signature of this Agreement by the Party last signing, provided that all of the Parties sign this Agreement;

 

2.35.                    Transaction Agreements ” means the GSPL SPA and the GSSA SPA; and

 

2.36.                    Transfer Secretaries ” means Link Market Services South Africa Proprietary Limited, being Grindrod’s appointed transfer secretaries.

 

3.                                      INTERPRETATION

 

Unless a contrary intention clearly appears:

 

3.1.                           the headings of the clauses in this Agreement are for the purpose of convenience and reference only and shall not be used in the interpretation of nor modify nor amplify the terms of this Agreement nor any clause hereof;

 

3.2.                           words importing:

 

3.2.1.                                        any one gender include the other two genders;

 

3.2.2.                                        the singular include the plural and vice versa ; and

 



 

7

 

3.2.3.                                        natural persons include created entities (corporate or unincorporate) and the state and vice versa ;

 

3.3.                           any reference to an enactment is to that enactment as at the Signature Date and as amended or re-enacted from time to time and includes any subordinate legislation made from time to time under such enactment. Any reference to a particular section in an enactment is to that section as at the Signature Date, and as amended or re-enacted from time to time and/or an equivalent measure in an enactment, provided that if as a result of such amendment or re-enactment, the specific requirements of a section referred to in this Agreement are changed, the relevant provision of this Agreement shall be read also as if it had been amended as necessary, without the necessity for an actual amendment;

 

3.4.                           if any provision in a definition is a substantive provision conferring rights or imposing obligations on any Party, notwithstanding that it is only in clause 2, effect shall be given to it as if it were a substantive provision in the body of this Agreement;

 

3.5.                           when any number of days is prescribed in this Agreement, same shall be reckoned exclusively of the first and inclusively of the last day unless the last day falls on a non-Business Day, in which case the last day shall be the next succeeding Business Day;

 

3.6.                           if the due date for performance of any obligation in terms of this Agreement is a day which is a non-Business Day then (unless otherwise stipulated) the due date for performance of the relevant obligation shall be the immediately preceding Business Day;

 

3.7.                           if figures are referred to in numerals and in words and if there is any conflict between the two, the words shall prevail;

 

3.8.                           expressions defined in this Agreement shall bear the same meanings in schedules or annexures to this Agreement which do not themselves contain their own conflicting definitions;

 

3.9.                           annexures and schedules form part of this Agreement and shall have effect as if set out in full in the body of this Agreement and any reference to this Agreement includes the annexures and schedules;

 

3.10.                    reference to day/s, month/s or year/s shall be construed as Gregorian calendar day/s, month/s or year/s;

 

3.11.                    if any term is defined within the context of any particular clause in this Agreement, the term so defined, unless it is clear from the clause in question that the term so defined has limited application to the relevant clause, shall bear the meaning ascribed to it for all purposes in terms of this Agreement, notwithstanding that that term has not been defined in clause 2;

 



 

8

 

3.12.                    the expiration or termination of this Agreement shall not affect such of the provisions of this Agreement as expressly provide that they will operate after any such expiration or termination or which of necessity must continue to have effect after such expiration or termination, notwithstanding that the clauses themselves do not expressly provide for this;

 

3.13.                    the rule of construction that a contract shall be interpreted against the Party responsible for the drafting or preparation of the contract, shall not apply to this Agreement;

 

3.14.                    prior drafts of this Agreement shall not be admissible in any proceedings as evidence of any matter relating to any negotiations preceding the Signature Date;

 

3.15.                    any reference in this Agreement to a Party shall include a reference to that Party’s assigns expressly permitted under this Agreement and, if such Party is liquidated or sequestrated, be applicable also to and binding upon that Party’s liquidator or trustee, as the case may be;

 

3.16.                    the words “include”, “including” and “in particular” shall be construed as being by way of example or emphasis only and shall not be construed as, nor shall they take effect as, limiting the generality of any preceding word/s;

 

3.17.                    any reference in this Agreement to any other agreement or document shall be construed as a reference to such other agreement or document as same may have been, or may from time to time be, amended, varied, novated or supplemented;

 

3.18.                    the words “other” and “otherwise” shall not be construed eiusdem generis with any preceding words if a wider construction is possible;

 

3.19.                    terms other than those defined within this Agreement will be given their plain English meaning, and those terms, acronyms, and phrases known in general commercial or industry specific practice, will be interpreted in accordance with their generally accepted meanings;

 

3.20.                    no provision of this Agreement shall (unless otherwise stipulated) constitute a stipulation for the benefit of any person ( stipulatio alteri ) who is not a Party to this Agreement;

 

3.21.                    the words “clause” or “clauses” and “annexure” or “annexures” refer to clauses of and annexures to this Agreement;

 

3.22.                    any reference in this Agreement to:

 

3.22.1.                                 “business hours” shall be construed as being the hours between 08h00 and 16h30 on any Business Day, in accordance with the applicable local time;

 

3.22.2.                                 “days” shall be construed as calendar days unless qualified by the word “Business”;

 


 

9

 

3.22.3.                                 “laws” means all constitutions; statutes; regulations; by-laws; codes; ordinances; decrees; rules; judicial, arbitral, administrative, ministerial, departmental or regulatory judgments, orders, decisions, rulings, or awards; policies; voluntary restraints; guidelines; directives; compliance notices; abatement notices; agreements with, requirements of, or instructions by any governmental body; and the common law, and “law” shall have a similar meaning;

 

3.22.4.                                 “person” means any natural person, company, close corporation, trust, partnership, joint venture, association, unincorporated association, governmental body, or other entity whether or not having separate legal personality.

 

4.                                      BACKGROUND

 

4.1.                           This Agreement sets out the basis upon which the Parties intend to implement a series of transactions with the objective of:

 

4.1.1.                                        selling the shipping business currently held by Grindrod via GSPL and GSSA, to GSHPL; and

 

4.1.2.                                        listing the shares of GSHPL on the NASDAQ (primary listing) and the JSE (secondary listing).

 

4.2.                           The contemplated shareholding relationship between the Parties, the Ordinary Shareholders and the Preference Shareholders, following the implementation of the series of transactions contemplated in this Agreement, is diagrammatically represented in Annexure “ B ”.

 

5.                                      CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

5.1.                           Save for the Binding Clauses, all of which will become effective immediately, this Agreement is subject to the fulfilment (or waiver by Grindrod on written notice to all the other Parties) of the Conditions Precedent that, by not later than 17:00 (South African time) on the Longstop Date:

 

5.1.1.                                        the Required Resolutions are all duly passed in a form to the written satisfaction of Grindrod and certified copies thereof are provided to Grindrod;

 

5.1.2.                                        the GSPL SPA is duly concluded by the parties thereto;

 

5.1.3.                                        the GSSA SPA is duly concluded by the parties thereto;

 

5.1.4.                                        the Grindrod Circular is duly issued by Grindrod and sent to the Ordinary Shareholders and the Preference Shareholders, on the basis that the

 



 

10

 

transactions contemplated in this Agreement constitute a “ Category 1 transaction ” in terms of the JSE Listings Requirements;

 

5.1.5.                                        the Grindrod Shareholders Meeting is duly held (with the required quorum) and the Grindrod Shareholders Resolution is duly passed;

 

5.1.6.                                        the South African Reserve Bank issues all approvals necessary for the implementation of all the Implementation Steps, on a basis to the written satisfaction of each of Grindrod and GSHPL;

 

5.1.7.                                        the shares of GSHPL are approved for listing on the NASDAQ (primary listing) subject to official notice of distribution, and on the JSE (secondary listing).

 

5.2.                           Unless all of the Conditions Precedent have been fulfilled, or waived by Grindrod on written notice to all the other Parties, by not later than 17:00 (South African time) on the Longstop Date (or such later date or dates as may be agreed in writing between the Parties prior to 17:00 (South African time) on the Longstop Date) the provisions of this Agreement, save for the Binding Clauses which will remain of full force and effect, will never become of any force or effect and the status quo ante will be restored as near as may be possible and none of the Parties will have any claim against the others in terms hereof or arising from the failure of the Condition Precedent, save for any claims for restitution in terms of this clause 5.2.

 

6.             IMPLEMENTATION PROCESS

 

6.1.                           On the Closing Date, the Parties shall at 09:00 (South African time) conduct a meeting by way of electronic communication, or in such other manner agreed in writing by all of the Parties, and each do all that is necessary and within their respective power and/or control to procure that the following steps (“ Implementation Steps ”) shall be implemented in the following immediately succeeding order:

 

6.1.1.                                        the implementation of the GSPL SPA in accordance with its terms;

 

6.1.2.                                        the implementation of the GSSA SPA in accordance with its terms;

 

6.1.3.                                        the distribution by Grindrod, to the Ordinary Shareholders as at the Grindrod Distribution Record Date, of the Grindrod Distribution;

 

6.1.4.                                        the issue of the GSHPL Shares to the Ordinary Shareholders as at the Grindrod Distribution Record Date, in accordance with the terms of the Compulsorily Convertible Notes (held by such Ordinary Shareholders pursuant to the Grindrod Distribution).

 



 

11

 

6.2.                           The Implementation Steps together constitute one indivisible composite transaction and, if any of the Implementation Steps is not duly completed on the Closing Date, then on Grindrod’s written notice to the other Parties, either:

 

6.2.1.                                        the outstanding Implementation Steps shall each be completed and all of the Parties shall do all that is necessary and within their respective power and/or control to procure that such completion occurs as quickly as is possible; or

 

6.2.2.                                        the Implementation Steps that have already been implemented shall each be cancelled or unwound, as set out in clause 6.3, no further Implementation Steps shall be implemented and the status quo ante shall be restored as near as may be possible.

 

6.3.                           If clause 6.2.2 becomes applicable, the following sequential steps would promptly be followed (along with any other actions required to ensure that the status quo ante is restored as near as may be possible):

 

6.3.1.                                        cancellation of the transactions in terms of the GSPL SPA and the GSA SPA such that the relevant shares are transferred back to Grindrod;

 

6.3.2.                                        cancellation of the Compulsorily Convertible Notes in accordance with their terms; and

 

6.3.3.                                        all GSHPL Shares issued to the Ordinary Shareholders being either repurchased by GSHPL (to the extent permitted by and in accordance with applicable laws) or transferred from the Ordinary Shareholders to Grindrod, as contemplated in the terms of the Compulsorily Convertible Notes.

 

7.             TRANSACTIONS IN RESPECT OF THE COMPULSORILY CONVERTIBLE NOTES

 

7.1.                           It is recorded and agreed, with regard to the process by which the issue and transfer of the Compulsorily Convertible Notes shall be recorded, that:

 

7.1.1.                                        on implementation of the GSPL SPA and the GSSA SPA, GSHPL will deliver a certificate, made out to and in favour of Grindrod, in respect of the Compulsorily Convertible Notes issued to Grindrod pursuant thereto (“ CCN Certificate ”);

 

7.1.2.                                        on the Grindrod Distribution being made, the CCN Certificate will be endorsed to reflect that the Compulsorily Convertible Notes are have been distributed to and are held by the Ordinary Shareholders, with a copy of Grindrod’s register of the Ordinary Shareholders as at the Grindrod Distribution Record Date and the basis upon which the Grindrod Distribution is made to them, to be attached to

 



 

12

 

the CCN Certificate (for purposes of clarity, neither the CCN Certificate or any other certificate in respect of the Compulsorily Convertible Notes shall be sent to any of the Ordinary Shareholders);

 

7.1.3.                                        on the issue of the GSHPL Shares in accordance with the terms of the Compulsorily Convertible Notes, the CCN Certificate shall be cancelled; and

 

7.1.4.                                        in addition to the processes set out in this clause 7.1 with regard to the CCN Certificate, each transfer of the Compulsorily Convertible Notes shall be promptly recorded by GSHPL in a register that GSHPL shall maintain of holders of the Compulsorily Convertible Notes.

 

8.             CO-OPERATION AND GOOD FAITH

 

8.1.                           The Parties shall co-operate with each other and do all such things as may be reasonably required of them in order to facilitate the implementation of this Agreement in accordance with its terms and objectives.

 

8.2.                           The Parties shall display good faith in their dealings with each other.

 

9.             INTERIM PERIOD UNDERTAKINGS

 

9.1.                           Subject to clause 9.2, each of the Parties shall for the duration of the Interim Period:

 

9.1.1.                                             carry on their respective businesses in the ordinary course and materially in compliance with applicable laws;

 

9.1.2.                                             in the case of GSPL and GSSA, not dispose of any material asset/s and/or any material part of their respective businesses; and

 

9.1.3.                                        not, save as contemplated in this Agreement, declare or pay any distribution, effect any acquisition of its own securities, permit any related company to acquire any of its securities, issue any securities or make any other distribution to any of its shareholders.

 

9.2.                           The provisions of clause 9.1 shall cease to apply if this Agreement fails to become unconditional in accordance with its terms or if Grindrod gives notice in terms of clause 6.2.2.

 

10.         BREACH

 

Subject to clause 6.2, if a Party (“ Defaulting Party ”) commits any breach of this Agreement and fails to remedy such breach within 5 (five) Business Days (“ Notice Period ”) of written notice requiring the

 



 

13

 

breach to be remedied, then the Party giving the notice (“ Aggrieved Party ”) will only be entitled to claim immediate specific performance of all or any of the Defaulting Party’s obligations under this Agreement, with or without claiming damages, whether or not such obligation has fallen due for performance and to require the Defaulting Party to provide security to the satisfaction of the Aggrieved Party for the Defaulting Party’s obligations (for purposes of clarity, the cancellation of this Agreement and the Transaction Agreements, as a result of any Party’s breach thereof, shall only be permitted on the basis set out in clause 6.2).

 

11.           NOTICES AND DOMICILE

 

11.1.                    The Parties choose as their domicilia citandi et executandi for all purposes under this Agreement and the Transaction Agreements, whether in respect of court process, notices or other documents or communications of whatsoever nature, the addresses set out as follows:

 

 

11.1.1.

Grindrod:

 

 

Physical address:

2 nd  Floor, Grindrod Mews, 106 Margaret Mncadi Avenue,

 

 

 

Durban, 4000

 

 

Attention:

Andrew Waller

 

 

 

 

11.1.2.

GSHPL:

 

 

Physical address:

#03-01 Southpoint, 200 Cantonment Road, Singapore,

 

 

 

089763

 

 

Attention:

Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins

 

 

 

 

11.1.3.

GSPL:

 

 

Physical address:

#03-01 Southpoint, 200 Cantonment Road, Singapore,

 

 

 

089763

 

 

Attention:

Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins

 

 

 

 

11.1.4.

GSSA:

 

 

Physical address:

8 th  floor, Grindrod House, 108 Margaret Mncadi Avenue,

 

 

 

Durban, 4000

 

 

Attention:

Stephen William Griffiths

 

11.2.                    Any notice or communication required or permitted to be given in terms of this Agreement and/or any of the Transaction Agreements shall be valid and effective only if in writing but it shall be competent to give notice by e-mail.

 


 

14

 

 

11.3.                    Any Party may by notice to any other Party change the physical address chosen as its domicilium citandi et executandi , for purposes of this Agreement and the Transaction Agreements, vis-à-vis that Party to another physical address or its e-mail address, provided that the change shall become effective vis-à-vis that addressee on the 5 th  (fifth) Business Day from the receipt of the notice by the addressee.

 

11.4.                    Any notice to a Party in terms of this Agreement and/or any of the Transaction Agreements:

 

11.4.1.                                 delivered by hand to a responsible person during ordinary business hours at the physical address chosen as its domicilium citandi et executandi shall be deemed to have been received on the Business Day of delivery; or

 

11.4.2.                                 sent by e-mail to its chosen e-mail address, shall be deemed to have been received on the date of despatch (unless the contrary is proved).

 

11.5.                    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained a written notice or communication actually received by a Party shall, for purposes of this Agreement and the Transaction Agreements, be an adequate written notice or communication to it notwithstanding that it was not sent to or delivered at its chosen domicilium citandi et executandi .

 

12.                               APPLICABLE LAW

 

Notwithstanding the conflict of law principles which might otherwise have governed this Agreement, shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the substantive laws of the Republic of South Africa.

 

13.                               JURISDICTION

 

13.1.                    The Parties agree that any legal action or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement may be brought in the KwaZulu-Natal High Court, Durban and irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such court.

 

13.2.                    The Parties irrevocably waive any objection they may now or hereafter have that such action or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

14.                               WHOLE AGREEMENT, NO AMENDMENT

 

14.1.                    This Agreement constitutes the whole agreement between the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any other discussions, agreements and/or understandings regarding the subject matter hereof.

 

14.2.                    No amendment or consensual cancellation of this Agreement or any provision or term hereof or of any agreement or other document issued or executed pursuant to or in terms of this

 



 

15

 

 

Agreement and no settlement of any disputes arising under this Agreement and no extension of time, waiver or relaxation or suspension of or agreement not to enforce or to suspend or postpone the enforcement of any of the provisions or terms of this Agreement or of any agreement, bill of exchange or other document issued pursuant to or in terms of this Agreement shall be binding unless recorded in a written document signed by the Parties (or in the case of an extension of time, waiver or relaxation or suspension, signed by the Party granting such extension, waiver or relaxation). Any such extension, waiver or relaxation or suspension which is so given or made shall be strictly construed as relating strictly to the matter in respect whereof it was made or given.

 

14.3.                    No oral pactum de non petendo shall be of any force or effect.

 

14.4.                    No extension of time or waiver or relaxation of any of the provisions or terms of this Agreement or any agreement or other document issued or executed pursuant to or in terms of this Agreement, shall operate as an estoppel against any Party in respect of its rights under this Agreement, nor shall it operate so as to preclude such Party (save as to any extension, waiver or relaxation actually given) thereafter from exercising its rights strictly in accordance with this Agreement.

 

14.5.                    To the extent permissible by law no Party shall be bound by any express or implied or tacit term, representation, warranty, promise or the like not recorded herein, whether it induced the contract and/or whether it was negligent or not.

 

15.                               RECIPROCAL WARRANTIES

 

15.1.                    The Parties warrant to each other that they have taken or caused to be taken all steps, actions and corporate proceedings necessary to cause this Agreement and each of the Transaction Agreements to which they are respectively party, to be binding on themselves. Any Party shall, if requested by any other Party, furnish to the latter sufficient evidence of the authority of the person or persons who shall, on behalf of the Party so requested, take any action or execute any documents required or permitted to be taken or executed by such person under this Agreement or any of the Transaction Agreements.

 

15.2.                    Each of the Parties hereby warrants to and in favour of the others that:

 

15.2.1.                                 it has the legal capacity and has taken all necessary corporate action required to empower and authorise it to enter into this Agreement and each of the Transaction Agreements to which they are respectively party;

 

15.2.2.                                 this Agreement and each of the Transaction Agreements to which they are respectively party constitutes an agreement valid and binding on it and enforceable against it in accordance with its terms;

 



 

16

 

 

15.2.3.                                 it is fully aware of and acquainted with the provisions of this Agreement and each of the Transaction Agreements to which they are respectively party and the meaning and effect of all of such provisions;

 

15.2.4.                                 the execution of this Agreement and each of the Transaction Agreements to which they are respectively party and the performance of its obligations in terms thereof does not and shall not :

 

15.2.4.1.                      contravene any law or regulation to which that Party is subject; or

 

15.2.4.2.                      contravene any provision of that Party’s founding documents; or

 

15.2.4.3.                      conflict with, or constitute a breach of any of the provisions of any other agreement, obligation, restriction or undertaking which is binding on it.

 

15.3.                    Each of the representations and warranties given by the Parties in terms of clause 15.2, shall:

 

15.3.1.                                 be a separate warranty and will in no way be limited or restricted by inference from the terms of any other warranty or by any other words in this Agreement or any of the Transaction Agreements;

 

15.3.2.                                 continue and remain in force notwithstanding the completion of any or all the transactions contemplated in this Agreement; and

 

15.3.3.                                 prima facie be deemed to be material and to be a material representation inducing the other Parties to enter into this Agreement and the Transaction Agreements to which each of them are party.

 

16.                               CESSION AND ASSIGNMENT

 

No Party shall be entitled to cede or assign any of its rights and/or obligations in terms of this Agreement and/or any of the Transaction Agreements without the prior written consent of all of the other Parties. This clause shall be binding on the business rescue practitioner/liquidator/trustee (whether provisional or not) of any Party.

 

17.                               INDEPENDENT ADVICE

 

Each of the Parties hereto acknowledges that it has been free to secure independent legal and/or other advice as to the nature and effect of all of the provisions of this Agreement and the Transaction Agreements and that it has either taken such independent legal and/or other advice or dispensed with the necessity of doing so.

 



 

17

 

 

18.                               GENERAL

 

18.1.                    Agreement Binding on Successors in Title

 

This Agreement shall be binding on the administrators, business rescue practitioners, liquidators and other successors-in-title of the Parties. Every Party indemnifies the others against any loss or damage of any nature whatsoever which the others may sustain if this Agreement is not binding for any reason on the former’s successors-in-title.

 

18.2.                    Severability

 

Any provision in this Agreement which is or may become illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction affected by this Agreement shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability and shall be treated pro non scripto and severed from the balance of this Agreement, without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

18.3.                    Use of the Name of the Other Party

 

No Party shall use the name of any other Party in any advertising or for the purposes of promoting the former’s business or products.

 

18.4.                    Exclusion of Electronic Signature

 

The reference in this Agreement to “writing” shall, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, be read and construed as excluding any form of electronic signature.

 

19.                               COSTS

 

19.1.                    Each Party shall bear its own costs incidental to the preparation of this Agreement (including prior drafts and consultations).

 

19.2.                    The Parties agree that any costs awarded will be recoverable on an attorney-and-own-client scale unless a court of competent jurisdiction specifically determines that such scale shall not apply, in which event the costs will be recoverable in accordance with the High Court of South Africa tariff determined on an attorney-and-client scale (or the equivalent in any other jurisdiction).

 

20.                               SIGNATURE

 

20.1.                    This Agreement is signed by the Parties on the dates and at the places indicated below.

 



 

18

 

 

20.2.                    This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement as at the date of signature of the Party last signing one of the counterparts.

 

20.3.                    The persons signing this Agreement in a representative capacity warrant their authority to do so.

 

20.4.                    The Parties record that it is not required for this Agreement to be valid and enforceable that a Party shall initial the pages of this Agreement and/or have its signature of this Agreement verified by a witness.

 


 

19

 

 

 

For : Grindrod

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Andrew Waller

 

 

 

 

 

 

who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Andrew Waller

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

23 March 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

Place:

 

Durban

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

/s/ Reshmee Soni

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name of witness:

 

Reshmee Soni

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For : GSHPL

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Quah Ban Huat

 

 

 

 

 

 

who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Quah Ban Huat

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Place:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

/s/ Deb Osbourne

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name of witness:

 

Deb Osbourne

 

 

 



 

20

 

 

 

For : GSPL

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Mark Gregory Koen

 

 

 

 

 

 

who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Mark Gregory Koen

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

23 March 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

Place:

 

Singapore

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

/s/ Yvette Renee Kingsley-Wilkins

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name of witness:

 

Yvette Renee Kingsley-Wilkins

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For : GSSA

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Stephen Griffiths

 

 

 

 

 

 

who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Stephen Griffiths

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

Durban

 

 

 

 

 

 

Place:

 

23/3/2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

/s/ Jeremy Miles

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name of witness:

 

Jeremy Miles

 

 

 



 

21

 

 

Annexure “A”

 

REQUIRED RESOLUTIONS

(as referred to in clause 2.32)

 

1.                                 The Required Resolutions shall comprise the following:

 

1.1.                           resolution of the board of directors of Grindrod:

 

1.1.1.                                        approving the conclusion by Grindrod of this Agreement and the implementation thereof in accordance with its terms;

 

1.1.2.                                        approving the conclusion by Grindrod of the GPSL SPA and the implementation thereof in accordance with its terms and as contemplated in terms of this Agreement;

 

1.1.3.                                        approving the conclusion by Grindrod of the GSSA SPA and the implementation thereof in accordance with its terms and as contemplated in terms of this Agreement;

 

1.1.4.                                        approving the finalisation and issue of the Grindrod Circular;

 

1.1.5.                                        approving the declaration and distribution by Grindrod, to each of its Ordinary Shareholders as at the Grindrod Distribution Record Date, of the Grindrod Distribution, subject to the condition that such distribution shall only take place on the basis contemplated in this Agreement;

 

1.1.6.                                        authorising a representative/s to sign this Agreement, the GSPL SPA, the GSSA SPA and the Grindrod Circular, as well as to sign all other documents and take all such other actions as are necessary and/or desirable to give full effect to all of the transactions contemplated therein;

 

1.2.                      resolution of the board of directors of GSHPL:

 

1.2.1.                                        approving the conclusion by GSHPL of this Agreement and the implementation thereof in accordance with its terms;

 

1.2.2.                                        approving the conclusion by GSHPL of the GPSL SPA and the implementation thereof in accordance with its terms and as contemplated in terms of this Agreement;

 



 

22

 

 

1.2.3.                                        approving the conclusion by GSHPL of the GSSA SPA and the implementation thereof in accordance with its terms and as contemplated in terms of this Agreement;

 

1.2.4.                                        approving the listing of the shares of GSHPL on the NASDAQ (primary listing) and the JSE (secondary listing);

 

1.2.5.                                        approving the finalisation, filing with the applicable regulator, and issue of the Listings Documents as contemplated in terms of this Agreement;

 

1.2.6.                                        authorising a representative/s to sign this Agreement, the GSPL SPA, the GSSA SPA and the Listings Documents, as well as to sign all other documents and take all such other actions as are necessary and/or desirable to give full effect to all of the transactions contemplated therein;

 

1.3.                           resolution of the shareholder of GSHPL approving the issuance of the Compulsorily Convertible Notes, the issuance of GSHPL Shares and the listing of the shares of GSHPL on the NASDAQ (primary listing) and the JSE (secondary listing);

 

1.4.                           resolution of the board of directors of GSPL:

 

1.4.1.                                        approving the conclusion by GSPL of this Agreement and the implementation thereof in accordance with its terms and as contemplated in terms of this Agreement;

 

1.4.2.                                        approving the registration of the transfer of all of the issued shares in GSPL to GSHPL pursuant to the GSPL SPA (subject to their being duly stamped); the issue of a share certificate in the name of GSHPL in respect of all of the issued shares in GSPL and the affixation of the common seal of GSPL onto the share certificate (in accordance with the constitution of GSPL); and the updating of the electronic register of members of GSPL maintained by the Accounting and Corporate Regulatory Authority to reflect the transfer of all of the issued shares in GSPL to GSHPL;

 

1.4.3.                                        authorising a representative/s to sign this Agreement, as well as to sign all other documents and take all such other actions as are necessary and/or desirable to give full effect to all of the transactions contemplated therein;

 



 

23

 

 

1.5.                           resolution of the board of directors of GSSA:

 

1.5.1.                                        approving the conclusion by GSSA of this Agreement and the implementation thereof in accordance with its terms;

 

1.5.2.                authorising a representative/s to sign this Agreement, as well as to sign all other documents and take all such other actions as are necessary and/or desirable to give full effect to all of the transactions contemplated therein.

 



 

Annexure “B”

 

CONTEMPLATED SHAREHOLDING RELATIONSHIP POST IMPLEMENTATION

 

 


 



E xhibit 4.3 (a)

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

(1)        SANKATY EUROPEAN INVESTMENTS III S.À R.L.

 

 

(2)        REGIMENT CAPITAL LTD.

 

 

(3)        GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.

 

 

and

 

 

(4)        IVS BULK PTE. LTD.

 

 

SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 

 

In respect of

 

 

IVS BULK PTE. LTD.

 

 

 



 

 

1

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

 

1.

 

DEFINITIONS

4

 

 

 

 

2.

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

19

 

 

 

 

3.

 

FORMATION OF THE COMPANY AND THE OWNERS

19

 

 

 

 

4.

 

COMPLETION AND POST COMPLETION MATTERS

20

 

 

 

 

5.

 

SHARE CAPITAL OF THE COMPANY AND THE OWNERS

22

 

 

 

 

6.

 

NAME AND BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY

25

 

 

 

 

7.

 

FUNDING

25

 

 

 

 

8.

 

ADDITIONAL VESSELS AND FINANCING

38

 

 

 

 

9.

 

VESSEL ARRANGEMENTS

40

 

 

 

 

10.

 

BANKING, ACCOUNTING AND INFORMATION ARRANGEMENTS

45

 

 

 

 

11.

 

BOARD AND SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

47

 

 

 

 

12.

 

DIVIDEND AND DISTRIBUTION POLICY

49

 

 

 

 

13.

 

DEADLOCK

51

 

 

 

 

14.

 

DEFAULT

52

 

 

 

 

15.

 

TOTAL LOSS OF A VESSEL / RESCISSION OF SHIPBUILDING CONTRACT PRIOR TO DELIVERY

59

 

 

 

 

16.

 

TOTAL LOSS OF A VESSEL FOLLOWING DELIVERY

60

 

 

 

 

17.

 

VOLUNTARY SALE OF VESSELS AND SHIPBUILDING CONTRACTS

61

 

 

 

 

18.

 

TERMINATION

66

 

 

 

 

19.

 

TRANSFER OF SECURITIES / VESSELS

70

 

 

 

 

20.

 

FUTURE OPPORTUNITIES

72

 

 

 

 

21.

 

PARTIES DUTIES TO EACH OTHER

73

 

 

 

 

22.

 

CERTAIN TAX MATTERS

73

 

 

 

 

23.

 

CONFIDENTIALITY

76

 

 

 

 

24.

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

77

 

 

 

 

25.

 

WAIVER

78

 

 

 

 

26.

 

COSTS AND TAXES

78

 

 

 

 

27.

 

ANTI-BRIBERY, ANTI-CORRUPTION AND SANCTIONS

79

 

 

 

 

28.

 

ASSIGNMENT

79

 



 

 

2

 

 

29.

 

THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

80

 

 

 

 

30.

 

SEVERABILITY

80

 

 

 

 

31.

 

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

80

 

 

 

 

32.

 

SUPREMACY OF AGREEMENT

80

 

 

 

 

33.

 

NOTICES, ETC.

80

 

 

 

 

34.

 

NO PARTNERSHIP

81

 

 

 

 

35.

 

VARIATION AND COUNTERPARTS

82

 

 

 

 

36.

 

CONSEQUENTIAL LOSS

82

 

 

 

 

37.

 

THE COMPANY AS PARTY

82

 

 

 

 

38.

 

GOVERNING LAW AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION

82

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 1

89

 

 

RESERVED MATTERS

89

 

 

SCHEDULE 2

91

 

 

COMPANY, OWNERS AND CONTRACTED VESSELS, AND LETTERS OF INTENT

91

 

 

PART A – THE COMPANY

91

 

 

PART B – THE OWNERS AND CONTRACTED VESSELS:

91

 

 

PART C - THE LETTERS OF INTENT:

92

 

 

SCHEDULE 3

93

 

 

FORM OF SHAREHOLDERS’ LOAN AGREEMENT

93

 

 

SCHEDULE 4

102

 

 

FORM OF POOLING AGREEMENT

102

 

 

SCHEDULE 5

145

 

 

FORM OF ADMINISTRATION MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

145

 

 

SCHEDULE 6

151

 

 

FORM OF COMMERCIAL MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

151

 

 

SCHEDULE 7

152

 

 

FORM OF TECHNICAL MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

152

 

 

SCHEDULE 8

153

 

 

IRR CALCULATION

153

 



 

 

3

 

 

SCHEDULE 9

154

 

 

DEED OF ADHERENCE

154

 

 

SCHEDULE 10

156

 

 

FUNDING CALCULATION

156

 


 

 

4

 

 

THIS SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT DATED

11 DECEMBER 2013

 

BETWEEN:

 

(1)        SANKATY EUROPEAN INVESTMENTS III S.À R.L. a private limited liability company incorporated in Luxembourg with its registered office at 4, rue Lou Hemmer, L-1748, Luxembourg Findel ( Sankaty , which term shall include any Affiliates to whom Sankaty transfers Securities in accordance with the terms of this Agreement);

 

(2)            REGIMENT CAPITAL LTD. , an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability with its registered office at Maples Corporate Services, P.O. Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands, KY1-1104 ( Regiment , which term shall include any Affiliates to whom Regiment transfers Securities in accordance with the terms of this Agreement);

 

(3)            GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. , a company incorporated in Singapore with its registered office at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 ( Grindrod , which term shall include any Affiliates to whom Grindrod transfers Securities in accordance with the terms of this Agreement);

 

(together, the Parties and each a Party ),

 

and

 

(4)            IVS BULK PTE. LTD. , a company incorporated in Singapore with its registered office at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 (the Company ).

 

BACKGROUND

 

A.                                   The Parties have agreed to jointly own the Company whereby the Company will be the holding company for the Group and shall own all of the issued shares of the Owners.

 

B.            The Parties are desirous of pooling their respective expertise and certain of their resources together for the purpose of optimizing the financial results of the Group through the construction, purchase, operation and in due course disposal of the Vessels.  The purpose of this Agreement is therefore to set out the terms and conditions on and subject to which the Group is to be operated as a joint venture and the manner in which the affairs of the Group are to be regulated.

 

It is agreed as follows:

 

1.             DEFINITIONS

 

1.1.          In this Agreement, including the schedules and the recitals:

 



 

 

5

 

 

1.1.1.                                          A Shares means, immediately following Completion, the ordinary shares in the Company, and, following the transactions described in Clause 5.1.4 of this Agreement, the shares designated as “A” class shares in the Company;

 

1.1.2.                                          Absolute Majority means, in relation to a Reserved Matter, a decision taken by unanimous vote of the Directors of a Group Company and/or (as may be required) its shareholders;

 

1.1.3.                                          Actual Contract Price means, in relation to each Vessel, the total price payable for that Vessel by the Group as  set out in the Share Sale Agreement;

 

1.1.4.                                          Additional Equity Commitments has the meaning given to it in Clause 7.1.3;

 

1.1.5.                                          Additional Vessels means the 3 (three) Vessels referred to in the Letters of Intent and any further Vessels that the Parties agree, by unanimous agreement, shall be purchased by Group Companies;

 

1.1.6.                                          Adjusted NAV means the net asset value of the Group from time to time, which shall be determined using the following formula: “W less X less Y”, where W, X and Y are calculated in accordance with Clause 14;

 

1.1.7.                                          Adjusted NAV Per Share means the Adjusted NAV divided by the number of A Shares at the relevant time, calculated in terms of clause 14.10;

 

1.1.8.                                          Administration Management Agreement means the administration agreement in the Agreed Form to be entered into between the Company and the Administration Manager pursuant to which the Administration Manager shall be appointed to manage the finance and administration of the Group, set out in Schedule 5;

 

1.1.9.                                          Administration Manager means Grindrod;

 

1.1.10.                                   Affected Party has the meaning given to it in Clause 14.1.2 to Clause 14.1.4 inclusive;

 

1.1.11.                                   Affiliate means in relation to any person, any other person that directly or indirectly manages or Controls, is managed or Controlled by, or is under common management or Control with such first person;

 



 

 

6

 

 

1.1.12.                                   Aggregate Proceeds means, with respect to the Investors, at any time, the aggregate amount of proceeds that both Investors and their respective Affiliates have received (by way of Distribution or proceeds of sale of Shares to Grindrod), in each case with respect to, and in their capacity as holder of, the A Shares held by them and their respective Affiliates;

 

1.1.13.                                   Agreed Form  means a form agreed between the Parties on or prior to the date hereof and for the purposes of identification initialled by or on behalf of each of the Parties;

 

1.1.14.                                   Appointor has the meaning given to it in Clause 14.7;

 

1.1.15.                                   Approved Alternative Technical Managers means:

 

1.1.15.1.                    Anglo Eastern Group Ltd;

 

1.1.15.2.                    V. Ships;

 

1.1.15.3.                    Bernhard Schulte; and

 

1.1.15.4.                    Fairmont Marine.

 

1.1.16.                                   Approved Brokers means:

 

1.1.16.1.                    Clarksons;

 

1.1.16.2.                    Braemar;

 

1.1.16.3.                    Hartland;

 

1.1.16.4.                    RS Platou; and

 

1.1.16.5.                    Simpson Spence Young (SSY).

 

1.1.17.                                   Approved Finance means any financing or refinancing of any of the Vessels from a reputable international bank or banks approved by the Parties in accordance with this Agreement that may be in place from time to time;

 

1.1.18.                                   Approved Finance Documents means the documents executed or to be executed pursuant to the Approved Finance;

 



 

 

7

 

 

1.1.19.                                   Articles means the Memorandum and Articles of Association (or equivalent constitutional documents) of each Group Company;

 

1.1.20.                                   B Shares means the “B” class shares in the Company to be created following Completion in accordance with Clause 5.1.4;

 

1.1.21.                                   Basic Equity Commitments has the meaning given to it in Clause 7.1;

 

1.1.22.                                   Board means the board of directors of a Group Company as the context may require;

 

1.1.23.                                   Business has the meaning given to it in Clause 6.2;

 

1.1.24.                                   Business Day means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for business in London, New York, Luxembourg and Singapore;

 

1.1.25.                                   Business Plan means the initial business plan for the Group Companies in the Agreed Form as amended or updated from time to time in accordance with Clause 10;

 

1.1.26.                                   Claimant has the meaning given to it in Clause 26.2;

 

1.1.27.                                   Clarkson’s Fee means fees payable to Clarkson for equity raising as set out in the engagement letter between Grindrod and Clarkson dated 17 July 2013;

 

1.1.28.                                   Code means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.1.29.                                   Communication shall have the meaning given to it in Clause 33.1;

 

1.1.30.                                   Commercial Management Agreements means the commercial management agreements in the Agreed Form to be entered into between the Commercial Manager and the Owners of the Vessels and pursuant to which the Commercial Manager shall provide commercial fleet management services to each of the Owners, set out in Schedule 6;

 

1.1.31.                                   Commercial Manager means Grindrod;

 

1.1.32.                                   Company Bank Account means the following bank account operated by the Company:

 



 

 

8

 

 

Name of Bank

Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank

Account Name

IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd.

Account Number

00 257 269 220

IBAN

FR76 31489 00010 00257269220 47

Swift Code

BSUIFRPP Attention Mrs Godet- Couery – SFI/SHIPPING – Middle Office

 

 

1.1.33.            Completion means completion of the matters set out in Clause 4.1 and date of Completion shall be the date on which all of the matters set out in Clause 4.1 have been completed;

 

1.1.34.                                   Condition Precedent has the meaning given to it in Clause 2.1;

 

1.1.35.                                   Confidential Information has the meaning given to it in Clause 23.1;

 

1.1.36.                                   Consensual Resolution Period shall have the meaning given to it in Clause 13.3;

 

1.1.37.                                   Contracted Vessels means those 7 (seven) Vessels in respect of which, as at the date of this Agreement, certain of the Owners have entered into Shipbuilding Contracts, as set out in Schedule 2 Part B;

 

1.1.38.            Control means in respect of a person, the power directly or indirectly to manage or govern such person, or the power to appoint all the members of the managing and governing bodies of such person, or such members of such managing and governing bodies as are able to exercise the majority of voting rights thereon if they decide collectively, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise (in such respect, a limited partnership shall be deemed to be Controlled by its general partner);

 

1.1.39.                                   Deadlock Notice shall have the meaning given to it in Clause 13.2;

 


 

9

 

 

1.1.40.            Deed of Adherence means the deed of adherence in the form set out in Schedule 9;

 

1.1.41.            Defaulting Party has the meaning given to it in Clause 14.1.1;

 

1.1.42.            Defaulting Shareholder has the meaning given to it in Clause 7.2.4;

 

1.1.43.            Delivery means the delivery to and acceptance by an Owner of its Vessel under the relevant Shipbuilding Contract;

 

1.1.44.            Delivery Date means, in relation to a Vessel, the date of that Vessel’s Delivery;

 

1.1.45.            Demand Loan means a loan (including all accrued and unpaid interest thereon) that is advanced by a Shareholder pursuant to Clause 7.3.11 and that (i) is repayable within 30 days of demand, (ii) ranks ahead of all Shareholder Loans and (iii) is otherwise made on the terms set out in the Shareholder Loan Agreement;

 

1.1.46.            Directors means, together, the Sponsor Directors and the Investor Directors;

 

1.1.47.            Discounted Reserve Price has the meaning given to it in Clause 18.3.8;

 

1.1.48.            Distribution means any distribution made by the Company to the Shareholders in their capacity as holders of A Shares, whether in cash, property, or securities and whether by dividend, liquidating distribution, recapitalisation or otherwise; provided that any recapitalisation, exchange, bonus issue, consolidation or subdivision of any outstanding Shares, in each case that involves only the receipt by Shareholders of shares (and no other consideration) in exchange for or in connection with any such recapitalisation, exchange, bonus issue, consolidation or subdivision, shall not be a Distribution;

 

1.1.49.            Emergency Funding has the meaning given to it in Clause 7.4;

 

1.1.50.            En Bloc means a group of two or more;

 

1.1.51.            Encumbrance means a charge, mortgage, pledge, lien, option, restriction or any other third party right or security interest of any kind and any agreement, arrangement or obligation (including any conditional obligation) to create any such right or interest;

 

1.1.52.            Enforcement Proceedings has the meaning given to it in Clause 38.6;

 



 

10

 

 

1.1.53.            Equity Commitments means the Basic Equity Commitment and the Additional Equity Commitment;

 

1.1.54.            Equity Commitment Amount has the meaning given to it in Clause 7.2.1;

 

1.1.55.            Equity Commitment Notice has the meaning given to it in Clause 7.2.1;

 

1.1.56.            Excess Contribution has the meaning given to it in Clause 16.1.3;

 

1.1.57.            Exit Amount has the meaning given to it in Clause 14.2.3;

 

1.1.58.            First Offer has the meaning given to it in Clause 19.4.1;

 

1.1.59.            Fixed Rate Resolution Period has the meaning given to it in Clause 9.15;

 

1.1.60.            Further Charter Period has the meaning given to it in Clause 9.18;

 

1.1.61.            GL Company has the meaning given to it in Clause 7.5;

 

1.1.62.            Grindrod Group means any of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. and any subsidiaries or Affiliates of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. ;

 

1.1.63.            Grindrod Vessels means handysize and supramax drybulk vessels (other than the Vessels as defined herein) owned and/or operated and/or chartered by the Grindrod Group and operated, from time to time, pursuant to the Pooling Agreements;

 

1.1.64.            Group means the Company and each Owner and Group Company means any of them;

 

1.1.65.            Guarantee Loan means a loan (including all accrued and unpaid interest thereon) advanced by a Shareholder to an Owner pursuant to Clause 7.5;

 

1.1.66.            Guarantee Payment has the meaning given to it in Clause 7.5;

 

1.1.67.            Guarantee Payment Date means, with respect to a Guarantee Payment, the date that such Guarantee Payment is made;

 

1.1.68.            Handysize Vessel means any Vessel which falls in the 28,000 – 33,000 dead weight tonnage range;

 



 

11

 

 

1.1.69.            Index-Linked Basis means a rate determined by reference to a Baltic Exchange index selected by an Approved Broker as appropriate for the Vessels under consideration and, applying such trading routes as the Approved Broker deems appropriate for the Vessels under consideration;

 

1.1.70.            Initial Charter Period has the meaning given to it in Clause 9.15;

 

1.1.71.            Interim Conservatory Proceedings has the meaning given to it in Clause 38.6;

 

1.1.72.            Investor means either Sankaty or Regiment and any third party transferee to which either Sankaty or Regiment may respectively transfer Securities in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and Investors shall mean any of them;

 

1.1.73.            Investor Directors means a Sankaty Director, a Regiment Director and one other director jointly appointed by Sankaty and Regiment to the Board;

 

1.1.74.            Investors’ Right means that the Investors can, together, elect to exercise a particular right or action without Grindrod’s consent and in such case where the exercise of the Investors’ Right requires action by Grindrod and/or the Owners, Grindrod shall take such action (or procure that the Owner(s) take such action) such that the Investors’ Right is effected;

 

1.1.75.            IRR shall mean the cumulative internal rate of return of both Investors collectively, as of any date, where the internal rate of return for both Investors shall be the annually compounded discount rate which results in the following amount having a net present value equal to zero: (i) the amount of Aggregate Proceeds, if any, received by the Investors and their respective Affiliates from time to time on a cumulative basis through such date, minus (ii) the aggregate value of both Investors’ and their Affiliates’ Original Investments;

 

1.1.76.            IRR Calculation has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.5;

 

1.1.77.            Joint Venture Termination Date has the meaning given to it in Clause 18.1;

 

1.1.78.            LCIA has the meaning given in Clause 38.5;

 

1.1.79.            Lender means, in relation to any Approved Finance, the lender or lenders providing such Approved Finance;

 



 

12

 

 

1.1.80.            Lending Shareholder has the meaning given to it in Clause 7.3.4;

 

1.1.81.            Letters of Intent means those letters of intent in the Agreed Form (as set out in Schedule 2 Part C) relating to the purchase by Grindrod of 3 (three) Additional Vessels, which Vessels will be acquired on behalf of the Company;

 

1.1.82.            Liquidating Distribution means a Distribution: (i) made upon final liquidation of the Company; or (ii) of the proceeds of a Vessel-sale process pursuant to which the Group collectively continues to own no more than two Vessels; or (iii) made at any time at which the Group collectively continues to own no more than two Vessels;

 

1.1.83.            Liquidity Commitment has the meaning given to it in Clause 7.2.1.2;

 

1.1.84.            Loan Amount has the meaning given to it in Clause 7.3.1;

 

1.1.85.            Loan Commitment Notice has the meaning given to it in Clause 7.3.1;

 

1.1.86.            Management Agreements means together the Administration Management Agreement, the Commercial Management Agreements and the Technical Management Agreements;

 

1.1.87.            Mandatory Sale Approved Brokers has the meaning given to it in Clause 18.3.8;

 

1.1.88.            Majority Investor has the meaning given to it in Clause 11.2.2;

 

1.1.89.            Material Underperformance has the meaning given to it in Clause 9.14;

 

1.1.90.            Minority Investor has the meaning given to it in Clause 11.2.2;

 

1.1.91.            Non-Claimant has the meaning given to it in Clause 26.2;

 

1.1.92.            Non-Defaulting Shareholder has the meaning given to it in Clause 7.2.4;

 

1.1.93.            Non-Lending Shareholder has the meaning given to it in Clause 7.3.4;

 

1.1.94.            Non-Pool Vessels means a Vessel which is neither a Handysize Vessel nor a Supramax Vessel;

 

1.1.95.            NPV Resolution Period has the meaning given to it in Clause 9.9;

 



 

13

 

 

1.1.96.            Original Investment means, with respect to the Shares held by any Investors, the original subscription price (or original purchase price from Grindrod, if relevant) paid for all Shares held by such Investors from time to time on a cumulative basis;

 

1.1.97.            Original Transferor Party has the meaning given to it in Clause 19.1;

 

1.1.98.            Owners means together those Group Companies set out in Schedule 2 (all of which shall be wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company at the date of Completion following implementation of the Share Sale Agreement) and any other wholly owned subsidiary of the Company which from time to time becomes a party to a Shipbuilding Contract and/or owns a Vessel and Owner means any of them;

 

1.1.99.            Party/Parties A has the meaning given to it in Clause 16.1.3;

 

1.1.100.          Policy has the meaning given to it in Clause 27;

 

1.1.101.         Pool means in respect of a Pooling Agreement, the organisation of a group of Vessels, together with Grindrod Vessels administered by the Pool Manager in accordance with such Pooling Agreement;

 

1.1.102.          Pool Account means the account operated in accordance with the Pooling Agreement;

 

1.1.103.         Pooling Agreements means the 2 (two) vessel pooling agreements in the Agreed Form (attached to this Agreement at Schedule 4) to be entered or entered into between Grindrod and the Owners of the Pool Vessels in relation to the pooling of earnings for the Pool Vessels and Grindrod Vessels and their distribution;

 

1.1.104.          Pool Manager means Grindrod;

 

1.1.105.          Pool Vessels means those handysize and supramax drybulk Vessels operated by the Pool Manager from time to time and which, from the Delivery Date of a Vessel, shall be subject to the Pooling Agreements;

 

1.1.106.          Preference Shares means any preference shares in the Company that may be created from time to time in accordance with this Agreement;

 



 

14

 

 

1.1.107.          Preference Share Election has the meaning given to it in Clause 7.12;

 

1.1.108.          QEF Election means a “Qualified Electing Fund” election made by any Party (or any direct or indirect investor in any Party) with respect to the Company pursuant to Code Section 1295;

 

1.1.109.          Recharter Request Notice has the meaning given to it in Clause 9.18;

 

1.1.110.          Regiment Director means a director appointed by Regiment, or by any third party transferee to which Regiment may transfer its Securities in accordance with the terms of this Agreement,  to the Board;

 

1.1.111.          Relevant Sector has the meaning given to it in Clause 21.2.1;

 

1.1.112.          Remaining Approved Brokers has the meaning given to it in Clause 17.4.4.2;

 

1.1.113.          Replacement Auditor has the meaning given to it in Clause 5.3.2;

 

1.1.114.          Replacement Approved Broker has the meaning given to it in Clause 17.4.4.3;

 

1.1.115.          Reserve Price has the meaning given to it in Clause 17.4.10 or 18.3.8, as applicable;

 

1.1.116.          Reserved Matters means those matters listed in Schedule 1;

 

1.1.117.          Rules  has the meaning given in Clause 38.5;

 

1.1.118.          Sanctions means the economic sanctions laws, rules and regulations from time to time imposed by the relevant authorities of Singapore, United Kingdom, United States of America, South Africa, the European Union or the United Nations;

 

1.1.119.          Sankaty Director means a director appointed by Sankaty, or by any third party transferee to which Sankaty may transfer its Securities in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, to the Board;

 

1.1.120.          Second Offer has the meaning given to it in Clause 19.4.2;

 

1.1.121.         Securities means Shares, Preference Shares and/or Shareholder Loans, or any other security that may be issued by the Company from time to time;

 



 

15

 

 

1.1.122.          Selected Approved Brokers has the meaning given to it in Clause 17.4.1;

 

1.1.123.          Shares mean the issued shares in the Company from time to time, comprising A Shares and B Shares;

 

1.1.124.          Share Certificates means the certificates relating to the Shares;

 

1.1.125.          Share Sale Agreement means the share sale agreement in the Agreed Form to be entered into between the Company and Grindrod pursuant to which the Company shall purchase all of the shares owned by Grindrod in the Owners listed 1 to 7 (both inclusive) in the table set out in Schedule 2;

 

1.1.126.          Share Subscription Agreement means the share subscription agreement in the Agreed Form to be entered into by the Parties and the Company, in terms of which each of Grindrod, Sankaty and Regiment will subscribe for the number of A Shares set out in that agreement;

 

1.1.127.          Shareholder Loan means a loan entered in by a Party or the Parties with the Company in accordance with Clause 7 and documented substantially in the form attached as Schedule 3;

 

1.1.128.          Shareholders means the shareholders of the Company from time to time and Shareholder means any one of them;

 

1.1.129.          Shareholding shall mean the percentage shareholding in the Company of each Shareholder of issued A Shares from time to time;

 

1.1.130.          Shipbuilding Contracts means any shipbuilding contracts, sale contracts and /or contracts ancillary thereto entered into by or assigned to a Group Company pursuant to which a Vessel is to be built, purchased, equipped and delivered to such Group Company;

 

1.1.131.          Shortfall has the meaning given to it in Clause 7.2.4;

 

1.1.132.          Signature Date means the date of last signature of this Agreement by the Parties and the Company;

 

1.1.133.          Simple Majority means, in respect of a matter that is not a Reserved Matter, where more votes are cast for by a Board (or where relevant a committee of the Board) or shareholder resolution than against it;

 



 

16

 

 

1.1.134.          Sponsor means Grindrod;

 

1.1.135.          Sponsor Directors means a director or directors appointed by Grindrod to a Board;

 

1.1.136.          Subscription Price has the meaning given to it in Clause 14.2.3;

 

1.1.137.          Supplementary Shortfall has the meaning given to it in Clause 7.3.4;

 

1.1.138.          Supramax Vessel means any Vessel which falls in the 55,000 – 64,000 dead weight tonnage range;

 

1.1.139.          Technical Management Agreements means the technical management agreements in the Agreed Form to be entered into between the Technical Manager and each of the Owners pursuant to which the Technical Manager shall be appointed to provide technical ship management services to each of the Owners with respect to the Vessel owned by it, as set out in Schedule 7;

 

1.1.140.          Technical Manager means Grindrod;

 

1.1.141.          Termination Notice shall have the meaning given to it in Clause 18.2;

 

1.1.142.          Total Loss means, in respect of any Vessel; (i) an actual, constructive, arranged, agreed or compromised total loss of a Vessel; or (ii) the requisition for title or compulsory acquisition of a Vessel by a government entity or other competent authority (other than by way of requisition for hire); or (iii) the capture, seizure, arrest, detention or confiscation of a Vessel by any government entity or by persons acting or purporting to act on behalf of any government entity, unless that Vessel is released and returned to the possession of the relevant Owner within 184 days after the capture, seizure, arrest, detention or confiscation in question;

 

1.1.143.          Tranche 1 Return has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.3.1;

 

1.1.144.          Tranche 2 Return has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.3.2;

 

1.1.145.          Tranche 3 Return has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.3.3;

 

1.1.146.          Transaction Documents means:

 

1.1.146.1.     this Agreement;

 



 

17

 

 

1.1.146.2.     the Administration Management Agreement;

 

1.1.146.3.     the Commercial Management Agreements;

 

1.1.146.4.     the Technical Management Agreements;

 

1.1.146.5.     the Shipbuilding Contracts;

 

1.1.146.6.     the Approved Finance Documents; and

 

1.1.146.7.     any other documents to be executed pursuant hereto or otherwise in connection with the Vessels;

 

1.1.147.          Transfer Notice has the meaning given to it in Clause 19.3;

 

1.1.148.          Transfer Securities has the meaning given to it in Clause 19.3;

 

1.1.149.          Transferor has the meaning given to it in Clause 19.3;

 

1.1.150.          USD or Dollars means the lawful currency of the United States of America;

 

1.1.151.          Vessels means together, the Contracted Vessels and any Additional Vessels and Vessel means any of them; and

 

1.1.152.          Voluntary Sale Approved Brokers has the meaning given to it in Clause 17.4.10.

 

1.2.         Clause headings are inserted for convenience of reference only and should be ignored in the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

1.3.          References in this Agreement to Clauses and Schedules are to clauses of and schedules to this Agreement.

 

1.4.          References to this Agreement are references to this Agreement (including the Schedule(s) to it) as the same may further be amended, supplemented or varied at any time.

 

1.5.          References to the word include or including (or any similar term) are not to be construed as implying any limitation and general words introduced by the word other (or any similar term) shall not be given a restrictive meaning by reason of the fact that they are preceded or followed by words indicating a particular class of acts, matters or things.

 



 

18

 

 

1.6.          Words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa, words importing gender or the neuter include both genders and the neuter.

 

1.7.          References to persons are deemed to include references to natural persons, firms, partnerships, companies, corporations, associations, bodies corporate, trusts, investment funds, governments, government ministers, states or agencies (in each case whether or not having a separate legal personality) but references to individuals are deemed to be references to natural persons.

 

1.8.          References in this Agreement to statutory provisions shall be construed as references to those provisions as respectively amended or re-enacted (whether before or after the date hereof) from time to time and shall include any provision of which they are re- enactments (whether with or without modification) and any subordinate legislation made under such provisions.

 

1.9.          Writing or written includes faxes and email (save for any notice to be given under or in connection with this Agreement in accordance with Clause 33 and any variation of this Agreement made in accordance with Clause 35), and any reference to a document is a reference to the document whether in paper or (save as aforesaid) electronic form.

 

1.10.       Whenever any person is required to act as an “expert” in terms of this Agreement, then:

 

1.10.1.            the determination of the expert shall (in the absence of manifest error) be final and binding on the Parties and the Company;

 

1.10.2.            subject to any express provision to the contrary, the expert shall determine the liability for its charges, which shall be paid accordingly;

 

1.10.3.            the expert shall be entitled to determine such methods and processes as it may, in its sole discretion, deem appropriate in the circumstances, provided that the expert may not adopt any process which is manifestly biased, unfair or unreasonable;

 

1.10.4.            the expert shall consult with each relevant Party (provided that the extent of the expert’s consultation shall be in his or its sole discretion) prior to rendering a determination; and

 

1.10.5.            having regard to the sensitivity of any confidential information, the expert shall be entitled to take advice from any person considered by him or it to have expert knowledge with reference to the matter in question.

 


 

19

 

 

2.             CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

2.1.          This Agreement (save for Clauses 1, 2, and 22.1 to 38 (both inclusive) which shall be of immediate force and effect) is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions:

 

2.1.1.               execution of the Share Sale Agreement by each of the parties thereto and such agreement becoming unconditional in all respects;

 

2.1.2.               completion of the Share Subscription Agreement in accordance with its terms; and

 

2.1.3.               execution of the Administration Management Agreement.

 

(together the Conditions Precedent )

 

2.2.          No waiver of any of the Conditions Precedent shall be of force and effect unless it is in writing and signed by all of the Parties.

 

2.3.          If the Conditions Precedent are not fulfilled or lawfully waived before 11:59 p.m. in Singapore on 13 December 2013 (or within such extended period as the Parties may agree in writing) then this Agreement, save for Clauses 1, 2, and 22.1 to 38 (both inclusive), which shall remain in force, shall not come into force and effect, and in such event, save for claims for restitution and any claim arising from a breach of Clause 2.4, no Party nor the Company shall have any claim against the others arising out of or in connection with this Agreement and/or the termination thereof.

 

2.4.          Each Party undertakes to the other to use their respective best endeavours as expeditiously as possible in order to procure the timeous fulfilment of the Conditions Precedent.

 

3.             FORMATION OF THE COMPANY AND THE OWNERS

 

3.1.          It is acknowledged that prior to Completion, Grindrod has caused the formation of the Company and certain of the Owners and the conclusion of certain Shipbuilding Contracts and Letters of Intent, all as set out in Schedule 2.  It is acknowledged that, in accordance with Clause 8.2; Grindrod shall “lift the subjects” that lie within its powers to lift in respect of each Letter of Intent immediately following Completion.

 

3.2.          The Company’s Articles are in a standard form for holding companies incorporated in Singapore provided always that such Articles enable the Company to carry out business in

 



 

20

 

 

the manner contemplated by this Agreement (including, without limitation, the business objectives set out in Clause 6.2 and subject to Clause 5.1.4).

 

3.3.          If any Party and/or any of its Affiliates benefits from any rule of Singapore law relating to a Singapore Pte. Ltd. or provisions of the Articles, which would have the effect of such Party and/or its Affiliates being granted additional rights not contemplated by this Agreement (including, in respect of any consent to a transfer of any Security) that is inconsistent with or more restrictive than the terms of this Agreement, then such Party undertakes to the other Parties and the Company that it shall exercise all voting rights and powers of control available to it in relation to the Company (including, without limitation, attendance at shareholder meetings in person or by proxy and execution of written consents in lieu of a meeting), to permit each other Party to exercise its rights in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

3.4.          Each Owner’s Articles are in a standard form for ship owning companies incorporated in Singapore provided always that such Articles enable each Owner to carry business in the manner contemplated by this Agreement.

 

3.5.          Grindrod has opened the Company Bank Account on behalf of the Company.

 

4.             COMPLETION AND POST COMPLETION MATTERS

 

4.1.          The Parties agree that the following matters shall take place on or prior to the date of Completion:

 

4.1.1.               the Share Subscription Agreement shall be implemented in accordance with its terms;

 

4.1.2.               Grindrod shall convene such meetings or pass such resolutions of the Board of the Company as may be necessary to appoint 2 (two) persons nominated by Grindrod as Sponsor Directors and 2 (two) persons nominated by Regiment and Sankaty as Investor Directors; and

 

4.1.3.               the Parties shall convene such meetings or pass such resolutions of the Boards of each Group Company as may be necessary to implement the Share Sale Agreement in accordance with its terms.

 

4.2.          As soon as is reasonably practicable following the date of Completion (and, if relevant in respect of Clause 4.2.1.6, at all times following Completion) the Parties shall convene such

 



 

21

 

 

meetings of the members of each Group Company and their respective Boards as may be necessary to:

 

4.2.1.1.          (save in the case of the Company) appoint 2 (two) persons nominated by Grindrod as Sponsor Directors and 2 (two) persons nominated by Regiment and Sankaty as Investor Directors;

 

4.2.1.2.          appoint such person nominated by Grindrod as the secretary of that Group Company;

 

4.2.1.3.          appoint Deloitte as auditors of that Group Company;

 

4.2.1.4.          appoint Credit Agricole and/or Standard Chartered Bank as principal bankers to that Group Company and arrange for the opening of any necessary bank accounts in its name (the requirements of the Approved Finance always being considered);

 

4.2.1.5.          if necessary, resolve that the financial year of each Group Company shall end on 31 December in each calendar year; and

 

4.2.1.6.          amend the Articles of any Group Company to the extent necessary to ensure compliance by it with the terms of this Agreement;

 

4.3.          Each Party and the Company agrees with each other Party and the Company, as applicable, that it shall take such steps as lie within its power to procure and ensure that each Group Company performs its respective obligations under the Transaction Documents to which they are respectively a party.

 

4.4.          The Parties shall share, pro-rata to their Shareholding, all costs related to the implementation of Clauses 4.1 and 4.2, as well as the Clarkson’s Fee which shall be payable by the Company (to the extent lawful) and any stamp duty of other securities taxes that may be payable under the Share Sale Agreement and the Share Subscription Agreement.  To the extent it is not lawful for the Company to make such payment, such amount shall be borne by the Parties pro rata to their respective Shareholdings immediately following Completion and their commitments under the Share Subscription Agreement shall be reduced proportionately.

 

4.5.          If the Group Companies have in aggregate not entered into at least 10 (ten) Shipbuilding Contracts on or before 28 February 2014, Grindrod shall have the option (subject to having complied with Clause 8.2), exercisable by delivery of notice in writing to each of the

 



 

22

 

 

Investors and the Company between 3 March 2014 and 30 April 2014 (both dates inclusive), to purchase all of the Shares held by each Investor at a price per Share equal to the Subscription Price plus 12 per cent. per annum of the Subscription Price (such amounts to be calculated and accrue daily from the Completion Date).  Grindrod shall make payment in respect of such Shares and the Investors shall sign or execute and deliver all transfer forms, certificates and all other deeds, documents and instruments which are necessary for transferring the Shares to Grindrod pursuant to this Clause 4.5 on or before 15 May 2014.  Grindrod shall pay any transfer or documentary taxes incurred in connection with any such Share purchase.

 

5.             SHARE CAPITAL OF THE COMPANY AND THE OWNERS

 

5.1.          Share Capital Immediately Following Completion

 

5.1.1.               Immediately following Completion, the issued capital of the Company shall be USD 70,000,100 divided into 72,916,600 ordinary Shares all of which shall be issued, fully paid up and owned by the Parties as per Column 1 in the table in Clause 5.2.1.

 

5.1.2.               The ordinary Shares shall rank pari passu in all respects.

 

5.1.3.               The issued capital of each Owner consists of USD100 (one hundred), divided into 100 (one hundred) shares each of which shall be wholly owned by the Company.

 

5.1.4.               The Parties hereby agree to procure that the Company shall, as soon as is reasonably practicable following Completion, take such corporate actions as may be required in order for the Company to (i) amend the Articles to the extent necessary to conform them to this Agreement, (ii) convert all ordinary Shares into A Shares, and (iii) create and issue 2 (two) B Shares to Grindrod solely for the purposes of facilitating the preferential payments to Grindrod with respect to the payment of dividends or distributions as described in Clause 12. The B Shares shall be non-voting Shares and shall be issued to Grindrod for a total consideration of USD 1.00 (one Dollar) each. The Parties shall procure that the Company shall also take such corporate action as may be required for the Articles of the Company to be amended to conform them to this Agreement and to record the creation of such B Shares, and the issuance of the same to Grindrod and to otherwise conform them with the terms of this Agreement.

 



 

23

 

 

5.1.5.               It is recorded and agreed, as an overriding principle, that in all issues of Shares in respect of the Equity Commitments, Grindrod is to receive a 2.5% (two point five percent) “free carry” shareholding in the Company.  The tables included in Clause 5.2 assume Grindrod has received this free carry, and the table included in Clause 7.1 reflects the commitments required in order to achieve this free carry.

 

5.2.          Potential Share Capital Adjustments

 

5.2.1.               Column 1 in the table below sets out the respective Shareholdings of the Parties following Completion and assumes, the Group will be party to 10 (ten) Shipbuilding Contracts.  If Group Companies become party to 11 (eleven) or 12 (twelve) Shipbuilding Contracts following Completion, then each of the Investors shall, within 15 Business Days of the date on which the Administration Manager notifies the Investors and the Company of the execution of any such Shipbuilding Contract, and in order to achieve the change to the Shareholdings set out in Columns (2) or (3) in the table contained below in this Clause 5.2.1 (as appropriate), (depending upon the number of A Shares held by Grindrod prior to such transfer, the aggregate value of the Group’s then current funding requirement and tax considerations):

 

5.2.1.1.          first adjust the number of A Shares and the quantum of the Equity Commitment being subscribed for by each Party (with the Investors subscribing proportionately more A Shares and Equity Commitment) so as to bring the relative Shareholdings into the proportions reflected in the table below and the relative Equity Commitments into the proportions reflected in the appropriate column in the table in Clause 7.1.1; and

 

5.2.1.2.          then purchase from Grindrod, and Grindrod shall sell to each Investor pro-rata, such number of A Shares as is required for the Parties’ Shareholdings to achieve the relevant Shareholding percentage at a price which brings the Parties’ funded Equity Commitments (counted with the price being paid or received in terms of this Clause 5.2.1.2) into the correct proportion reflected in the table in Clause 7.1.1.  The Parties each agree to execute any such transfer as soon as reasonably practicable and in accordance with Clause 19.6.

 



 

24

 

 

Name of
Shareholder

 

Shareholding

 

(1)
10 Vessels

(2)
11 Vessels

(3)
12 Vessels

Grindrod

40%

36.5%

33.5%

Sankaty

30%

31.75%

33.25%

Regiment

30%

31.75%

33.25%

Total

100%

100%

100%

 

5.3.          Expert Determination by the Auditors of the Company

 

5.3.1.               If there is any dispute regarding the calculation of any monetary amounts or numbers of Shares that are required to be determined pursuant to this Clause 5, then such dispute shall, on the written request of any of the Parties, promptly be referred to the auditors of the Company for the time being who shall act as experts not as arbitrators in resolving such dispute.

 

5.3.2.               If for any reason the auditors of the Company are unable or unwilling to act, or fail to respond to the instruction referred to in Clause 5.3.1 within 10 (ten) Business Days of service of such instructions, any Party may refer the matter to the President for the time being of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales and request the prompt selection and appointment of an alternative auditor willing and able to act in this regard (the Replacement Auditor ).  The Replacement Auditor shall act as expert not as arbitrator in resolving such dispute.

 

5.4.          Illustrative examples of the calculations contemplated in Clause 5 are set out in Schedule 10 and an electronic copy of such examples has, in the form of a Microsoft Excel spread sheet named “Funding Calculation”, been burned to the root folder of a non-rewritable compact disc medium, initialled by the Shareholders for identification purposes and lodged with the auditors of the Group Companies.

 



 

25

 

 

6.             NAME AND BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY

 

6.1.          The name of the Company is IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd.

 

6.2.          The business of the Company shall be that of a holding company of each of the Owners (the Business ).

 

6.3.          The business of each Owner is the ownership, operation and sale of its respective Vessel.

 

7.             FUNDING

 

7.1.          Basic and Additional Equity Commitments

 

7.1.1.               The Parties hereby agree to advance further equity funding to the Company by way of a subscription for share capital pro rata to their respective outstanding Basic Equity Commitments from time to time, as and when requested by the Administration Manager in accordance with Clause 7.2.1, provided that each of the Party’s respective commitments under this Clause 7.1.1 shall not exceed the amounts set out in the table in this Clause 7.1.1 (with the applicable maximum amount being that amount set out in either column (1), (2) or (3) depending on the aggregate number of Shipbuilding Contracts to which Group Companies are party at the relevant time) or such increased amounts as the Parties may unanimously agree in writing, from time to time ( Basic Equity Commitments ). Basic Equity Commitments will be funded in accordance with Clause 7.2.

 

Name of
Shareholder

Basic Equity Commitment (USD)

(1)
10 Vessels

(2)
11 Vessels

(3)
12 Vessels

Grindrod

46,875,000

45,900,000

45,000,000

Sankaty

39,062,500

44,550,000

50,000,000

Regiment

39,062,500

44,550,000

50,000,000

Total

125,000,000

135,000,000

145,000,000

 



 

26

 

 

7.1.2.               The Parties hereby acknowledge that the Basic Equity Commitments include any amounts that the Parties pay on Completion pursuant to the Share Subscription Agreement.

 

7.1.3.               In addition to the Basic Equity Commitments, the Parties shall advance additional equity funding to the Company by way of a subscription for share capital pro rata to their respective outstanding Additional Equity Commitments from time to time, as and when requested by the Administration Manager in accordance with Clause 7.2.1, provided that each of the Party’s respective commitments under this Clause 7.1.3 shall not exceed the amounts set out in the table in this Clause 7.1.3 (with the applicable maximum amount being that amount set out in either column (1), (2) or (3) depending on the aggregate number of Shipbuilding Contracts to which Group Companies are party at the relevant time) or such increased amounts as the Parties may unanimously agree in writing from time to time ( Additional Equity Commitments ). Additional Equity Commitments will be funded in accordance with Clause 7.3.

 

Name of
Shareholder

Additional Equity Commitment (USD)

(1)
10 Vessels

(2)
11 Vessels

(3)
12 Vessels

Grindrod

10,000,000

9,855,000

9,715,000

Sankaty

7,500,000

8,572,500

9,642,500

Regiment

7,500,000

8,572,500

9,642,500

Total

25,000,000

27,000,000

29,000,000

 

7.2.          Equity Funding Requests

 

7.2.1.               As and when Basic Equity Commitments and Additional Equity Commitments are required to be funded by the Parties:

 



 

27

 

 

7.2.1.1.          for a Group Company to meet its payment obligations under any Shipbuilding Contract, to make any other payment required to ensure that Delivery of a Vessel is effected or to properly equip any Vessel; or

 

7.2.1.2.          to provide liquidity support to a Group Company to meet its payment obligations to a debt financier with respect to a Vessel (provided always that: (i) the aggregate Shareholder liquidity support shall not exceed USD $1,000,000 (one million) per Vessel, and (ii) the aggregate Shareholder liquidity support shall not exceed, in respect of each Shareholder, that Shareholder’s Additional Equity Commitment) (together, the Liquidity Commitment ); or

 

7.2.1.3.          to fund the acquisition by the Company of all of the shares and shareholder loan accounts in a company that is a party to a Shipbuilding Contract where such acquisition is either pursuant to Clause 8 or has been approved by the Board as a Reserved Matter; or

 

7.2.1.4.          to meet the working capital requirements of the Group,

 

then the Administration Manager shall prepare and circulate to the Parties a notice ( Equity Commitment Notice ) setting out: (i) details of the purpose for which such funding will be used; (ii) the total equity funding required at that time; and (iii) the amount to be contributed by each of the Parties, pro rata to their respective outstanding Basic Equity Commitments or Additional Equity Commitments (as applicable) at the time (the Equity Commitment Amount ) and requiring each of the Parties to subscribe for A Shares for an aggregate subscription price equal to its Equity Commitment Amount.

 

7.2.2.               Each of the Parties shall, within 15 (fifteen) Business Days of receipt of an Equity Commitment Notice subscribe for A Shares in accordance with such Equity Commitment Notice, and at a price per Share of USD 1.00 (one Dollar) in the case of the Investors and, in the case of Grindrod, at such lower price per Share as will enable Grindrod to receive its “free carry” pursuant to Clause 5.1.5, provided that: (i) the total aggregate of Equity Commitment Amounts at any time does not exceed such Party’s respective Equity Commitment; and (ii) if such Equity Commitment Amount relates to the provision of Shareholder

 



 

28

 

 

liquidity support in accordance with Clause 7.2.1.2, such Equity Commitment Amount does not exceed, in respect of each Shareholder, that Shareholder’s undrawn Liquidity Commitment.

 

7.2.3.               The Administration Manager shall procure that the Company will advance the proceeds of any funding received pursuant to an Equity Commitment Notice to the relevant Group Company as determined under Clause 7.2.1 and shall be used by such Group Company for the purpose described in the Equity Commitment Notice.

 

7.2.4.               In the event that any one or both of the Investors or the Sponsor defaults in its obligation to provide equity funding to the Company pursuant to Clause 7.2.2 (each such Party being a Defaulting Shareholder , and any Party that is not a Defaulting Shareholder, a Non-Defaulting Shareholder ), and consequently there is a shortfall in the amount stipulated in the Equity Commitment Notice (the Shortfall ), then the Administration Manager shall within 15 (fifteen) Business Days notify each Non-Defaulting Shareholder of such Shortfall.

 

7.2.5.               If Grindrod is the only Non-Defaulting Shareholder, in addition to its rights under Clause 14 Grindrod may elect, by notice to the Company within 15 (fifteen) Business Days from receipt of the notice described in Clause 7.2.4, to contribute the Shortfall and its own Equity Commitment Amount as either:

 

7.2.5.1.          a Shareholder Loan (or Preference Shares if a Preference Share Election has been made in accordance with Clause 7.12); or

 

7.2.5.2.          a subscription for additional A Shares in the Company at a price per Share equal to the lower of: (i) USD 0.70 (seventy cents); and (ii) 70 per cent. of the Adjusted NAV Per Share, in each case as adjusted to enable Grindrod to receive its “free carry” pursuant to Clause 5.1.5.

 

7.2.6.               If Grindrod has not made an election under Clause 7.2.5 within 15 (fifteen) Business Days of the notification described in Clause 7.2.4 or fails to make the Shortfall contribution within the allowed time period after having elected to do so Grindrod will be deemed to have declined to contribute the Shortfall.

 

7.2.7.               If there is only one Non-Defaulting Shareholder and that is an Investor or if Grindrod is a Defaulting Shareholder, in addition to their rights under Clause 14,

 


 

29

 

 

each Non-Defaulting Shareholder may elect, by notice to the Company within 15 (fifteen) Business Days of receipt of the notice described in Clause 7.2.4, pro rata to their respective Basic Equity Commitments or Additional Equity Commitments (as applicable) as between the Non-Defaulting Shareholders, to contribute the Shortfall and their own respective Equity Commitment Amounts as either:

 

7.2.7.1.                          a Shareholder Loan (or Preference Shares if a Preference Share Election has been made in accordance with Clause 7.12); or

 

7.2.7.2.                           a subscription for additional A Shares in the Company at a price per Share equal to the lower of: (i) USD 0.80 (eighty cents); and (ii) 80 per cent. of the Adjusted NAV Per Share, in each case as adjusted to enable Grindrod (if it is a Non-Defaulting Shareholder) to receive its “free carry” pursuant to Clause 5.1.5.

 

7.2.8.                                          If a Non-Defaulting Shareholder has not made an election under Clause 7.2.7 within 15 (fifteen) Business Days of receipt of the notice described in Clause 7.2.4 or fails to make the Shortfall contribution within the allowed time period after having elected to do so, such Non-Defaulting Shareholder will be deemed to have declined to contribute the Shortfall.

 

7.2.9.                                          If there are two Non-Defaulting Shareholders and only one of them elects to contribute to the Shortfall under Clause 7.2.7 or if a Non-Defaulting Shareholder has elected to contribute to the Shortfall but fails to make its Shortfall contribution in the time allowed, the Administration Manager, acting for the Company, shall promptly offer the Non-Defaulting Shareholder that has so contributed the opportunity to contribute the entire amount of the Shortfall.  Such contributing Non-Defaulting Shareholder shall make any further contribution in the same Security as it has elected to contribute its pro rata piece of the relevant Shortfall.

 

7.2.10.                                   If the Non-Defaulting Shareholder has not elected to contribute the entire Shortfall under Clause 7.2.9  within 15 (fifteen) Business Days of receipt of the offer contained in Clause 7.2.9, such Non-Defaulting Shareholder will be deemed to have elected to contribute only such share of the Shortfall as is specified in that Non-Defaulting Shareholder’s original election under Clause 7.2.7.

 



 

30

 

 

7.2.11.                                   If an accurate calculation of the Adjusted NAV Per Share cannot be determined prior to the date on which the relevant funding is required, then the Administration Manager shall notify the Non-Defaulting Shareholder(s) as soon as reasonably practicable, and in those circumstances the Non-Defaulting Shareholder(s) shall advance their respective proportions of the Shortfall in the form of a Shareholder Loan or in return for the issuance of Preference Shares (if a Preference Share Election has been made in accordance with Clause 7.12), provided that:

 

7.2.11.1.                    the Adjusted NAV Per Share shall be determined on the basis set out in Clause 14.10 as soon as reasonably practicable and the Administration Manager shall notify immediately each Non-Defaulting Shareholder of the result of such determination;

 

7.2.11.2.                    within 20 (twenty) Business Days following the notification described in Clause 7.2.11.1, each Non-Defaulting Shareholder shall have the option, exercisable by notice to the Administration Manager and the Company, to convert such Shareholder Loan or Preference Shares (as the case may be) into A Shares.  In such circumstances the relevant Shareholder Loan or Preference Shares (as the case may be) shall be converted into such number of A Shares as corresponds to the aggregate outstanding balance of, or Subscription Price of, the relevant Shareholder Loan or Preference Shares (as the case may be) divided by: (i) in the case of the Investors, the lower of USD 0.80 (eighty cents) and 80 per cent. of the Adjusted NAV Per Share; and (ii) in the case of Grindrod, the lower of USD 0.70 (seventy cents) and 70 per cent. of the Adjusted NAV Per Share (in each case as adjusted to enable Grindrod to receive its “free carry” pursuant to Clause 5.1.5) as determined on the basis set out in Clause 14.10.

 

7.2.12.                                   The Parties and the Company undertake to procure the execution of any documentation necessary and/or incidental to the conversion of any Shareholder Loan or Preference Shares (as the case may be) and the issue of any Shares under this Clause 7.2 as soon as reasonably practicable in accordance with this provision.

 



 

31

 

 

7.2.13.                                   If a Party defaults in its obligation to provide equity funding to the Company pursuant to this Clause 7.2 then such Defaulting Shareholder’s Basic Equity Commitment and Additional Equity Commitment, shall be extinguished and the Defaulting Shareholder shall have no further right or obligation to subscribe for Securities of any nature. Subsequent equity commitments will be made in accordance with Clause 7.2.5 and Clause 7.2.7 (as appropriate).

 

7.2.14.                                   If any Party transfers part only of its Shareholding to an Affiliate, and such Party and/or its Affiliate transferee fails to fund all or any part of a Basic Equity Commitment or Additional Equity Commitment when required to be funded under this Clause 7.2, then such Party and its Affiliate transferee shall be deemed to be Defaulting Shareholders and shall be subject to the provisions of Clause 7.2.13.

 

7.3.                           SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCE

 

7.3.1.                                          Subject to Clause 7.2.13, if after the Basic Equity Commitments and the Additional Equity Commitments have been fully funded in accordance with Clause 7.2, the Board determines that:

 

7.3.1.1.                           a Group Company requires funds in order to comply with its payment obligations under a Shipbuilding Contract or to take Delivery of one of the Contracted Vessels or Additional Vessels, the amount of which is in excess of the funding obligations of the Parties set out in Clause 7.1; and

 

7.3.1.2.                           having used reasonable endeavours to procure third party debt on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with Clause 8.3 and Clause 8.4 the Board determines that such third party debt is not available (such determination to be made no later than two months prior to the scheduled delivery date of a Vessel referred to in Clause 7.3.1.1, failing which it will be deemed to have been so determined), then

 

the Administration Manager shall prepare and circulate to the Parties a notice ( Loan Commitment Notice ) setting out: (i) details of the purpose for which such funding will be used; and (ii) the total loan funding required at that time; and (iii) the amount to be contributed by each of the Parties pro rata to their

 



 

32

 

 

respective Shareholdings (each a Loan Amount ) and inviting each of the Parties to contribute their respective Loan Amount.

 

7.3.2.                                          Each of the Parties shall, within 15 (fifteen) Business Days of receipt of a Loan Commitment Notice notify the Company whether it will provide a Shareholder Loan to the Company.  If a Party does not notify the Company within this time period, such Party will be deemed to have chosen not to provide a Shareholder Loan.

 

7.3.3.                                          No Party shall be obliged to provide further funding to the Company pursuant to Clause 7.3.1, however those Parties who elect to provide Shareholder Loans pursuant to Clause 7.3.1 shall have the option to contribute, pro rata to their respective Shareholdings, an aggregate amount equal to the total amount stipulated in the Loan Commitment Notice by way of Shareholder Loans.

 

7.3.4.                                          If any one or both of the Investors or the Sponsor elects not to provide debt funding to the Company pursuant to this Clause 7.3 (each such Party being a Non-Lending Shareholder , and any Party that elects to provide such funding, a Lending Shareholder ), or a Lending Shareholder fails to make the funding it elected to make, and consequently there is a shortfall in the amount stipulated in the Loan Commitment Notice (the Supplementary Shortfall ), then the Administration Manager shall notify each Lending Shareholder within 15 (fifteen) Business Days of such Supplementary Shortfall.

 

7.3.5.                                          If Grindrod is the only Lending Shareholder, it may elect, by notice to the Company within 15 (fifteen) Business Days from receipt of the notice described in Clause 7.3.4 to contribute the Supplementary Shortfall as either:

 

7.3.5.1.                          a Shareholder Loan (or Preference Shares if a Preference Share Election has been made in accordance with Clause 7.12); or

 

7.3.5.2.                           a subscription for additional A Shares in the Company at a price per Share equal to 70 per cent. of the Adjusted NAV Per Share.

 

7.3.6.                                          If Grindrod has not made an election under Clause 7.3.5 within 15 (fifteen) Business Days from receipt of the notice described in Clause 7.3.4, Grindrod will be deemed to have declined to contribute the Supplementary Shortfall.

 



 

33

 

 

7.3.7.                                          If there is only one Lending Shareholder and that is an Investor or if Grindrod is a Non-Lending Shareholder, each such Lending Shareholder may elect by notice to the Company within 15 (fifteen) Business Days from receipt of the notice described in Clause 7.3.4, pro rata to their respective Shareholdings as between the Lending Shareholders, to contribute the Supplementary Shortfall as either:

 

7.3.7.1.                          a Shareholder Loan (or Preference Shares if a Preference Share Election has been made in accordance with Clause 7.12); or

 

7.3.7.2.                           a subscription for additional A Shares in the Company at a price per Share equal to 80 per cent. of the Adjusted NAV Per Share.

 

7.3.8.                                          If a Lending Shareholder has not made an election under Clause 7.3.7 within 15 (fifteen) Business Days from receipt of the notice described in Clause 7.3.4, such Lending Shareholder will be deemed to have declined to contribute the Supplementary Shortfall.

 

7.3.9.                                          If there are two Lending Shareholders and only one of them elects to contribute to the Supplementary Shortfall under Clause 7.3.7, the Administration Manager acting for the Company shall promptly offer that contributing Lending Shareholder the opportunity to contribute the entire amount of the Supplementary Shortfall.  Such contributing Lending Shareholder shall make any further contribution in the same Security as it has elected to contribute its pro rata piece of the relevant Loan Amount.

 

7.3.10.                                   If a Lending Shareholder has not elected to contribute the entire Supplementary Shortfall under Clause 7.3.9 within a further 15 (fifteen) Business Days from receipt of the notice described in Clause 7.3.9, such Lending Shareholder will be deemed to have elected to contribute only such share of the Supplementary Shortfall associated with that Lending Shareholder’s original election under Clause 7.3.7.

 

7.3.11.                                   If following all elections made pursuant to Clauses 7.3.5, 7.3.7 and 7.3.9, there is still a Supplementary Shortfall, the Administration Manager shall notify all Shareholders that were Non-Defaulting Shareholders (in relation to Equity Commitment Notices issued pursuant to Clause 7.2) of such additional Supplementary Shortfall by no later than the Business Day immediately following the expiration of the time period referenced in Clause 7.3.6, Clause

 



 

34

 

 

7.3.8 or Clause 7.3.10 (as applicable) and each such Non-Defaulting Shareholder may then elect, by notice to the Company within 10 (ten) Business Days of such notice, to contribute its pro rata share of the Supplementary Shortfall (or, if it is the only Non-Defaulting Shareholder making such contribution, up to 100% of the Supplementary Shortfall) by advancing a Demand Loan to the Company, provided that, if Grindrod is a Non-Defaulting Shareholder, it may elect to contribute to such further Supplementary Shortfall either by advancing a Demand Loan or by subscribing for additional A Shares in the Company at a price per Share equal to the lower of: (i) USD 0.70 (seventy cents); and (ii) 70 per cent. of the Adjusted NAV Per Share (in each case as adjusted to enable Grindrod to receive its “free carry” pursuant to Clause 5.1.5).

 

7.3.12.                                   If the Board determines that a Group Company requires funds for any purpose other than as described in Clause 7.3.1, the amount of which is in excess of the funding obligations of the Parties as set out in Clause 7.1, then (except in the limited circumstances described in Clause 7.4) such funding shall be subject to the unanimous consent of the Parties in accordance with Clause 11.11.2.

 

7.4.                           If the Board determines in good faith that funds are required for any legitimate purpose of the Group on an accelerated basis due to cash or liquidity requirements or other business considerations of any Group Company and such funding is in the best interests of any Group Company (an Emergency Funding ), then any Party wishing to participate in such Emergency Funding may do so (without needing to comply with the procedures set forth in Clause 7.3) by contributing additional Shareholder Loans to the Company with an aggregate value of all such funding not exceeding USD $5,000,000 (five million Dollars) (the funding requirement addressed to each Shareholder to be limited to each Shareholder’s proportionate share of the USD $5,000,000 (five million Dollars) total, based on each Shareholder’s pro rata Shareholding at the relevant time) ; provided that the participating Shareholders shall be required to promptly, and in any event not later than 90 days after the date of completion of such Emergency Funding, offer to sell to any non-participating Party such portions of the relevant Shareholder Loan as each non-participating Party would have been entitled to provide had such funding been effected on a pro rata basis according to Shareholding, at the price and on the other terms specified in Clause 7.3.  Each such non-participating Party shall have 15 (fifteen) Business Days to accept such offer.  Any ultimate purchaser of any Shareholder Loan pursuant to an Emergency Funding shall be entitled to the benefit of any rights or payments made in respect of such Shareholder Loan as from the

 



 

35

 

 

date of issuance of the Emergency Funding.  Only one Emergency Funding may be affected without unanimous consent of the Parties.

 

7.5.                           If Grindrod or any other company in the Grindrod Limited group of companies (each a GL Company ) is required to make a payment under any guarantee in relation to a Shipbuilding Contract (each a Guarantee Payment ) then:

 

7.5.1.                                         to the extent that a GL Company makes a Guarantee Payment in circumstances as contemplated in Clause 7.5, the amount of such payment shall be deemed to be a loan from Grindrod to the relevant Owner  that shall: (i) be repayable within 30 days of demand; (ii) rank ahead of all Shareholder Loans and (iii) otherwise be on the same terms set out in the Shareholder Loan Agreement;

 

7.5.2.                                          Grindrod shall have 110 Business Days from (and including) the Guarantee Payment Date within which to elect to:

 

7.5.2.1.                           convert its Guarantee Loan either into a Shareholder Loan (or Preference Shares if a Preference Share Election has been made in accordance with Clause 7.12) and such conversion will be effected by Grindrod assigning its rights under the Guarantee Loan to the Company in consideration for which the Company will become the borrower, and Grindrod will become the lender, under a new Shareholder Loan having a principal value equal to the amount of the Guarantee Loan (or, where a Preference Share Election is made, Grindrod will assign its rights under the Guarantee Loan to the Company, in consideration for which the Company will issue Preference Shares having an aggregate value equal to amount of the Guarantee Loan); or

 

7.5.2.2.                           convert its Guarantee Loan into additional A Shares, and such conversion will be effected by Grindrod assigning its rights under the Guarantee Loan to the Company in consideration for which the Company will issue such number of A Shares as is equal to the amount of the Guarantee Loan divided by the lower of: (i) USD 0.70 (seventy cents); and (ii) 70% of the Adjusted NAV per Share,

 

and if Grindrod makes either such election, it shall complete such conversion on the date that is 120 Business Days from (and including) the Guarantee Payment

 



 

36

 

 

Date.  For the avoidance of doubt, if Grindrod does not make an election pursuant to this Clause 7.5.2, its Guarantee Loan shall remain outstanding in accordance with its terms. Any other Non-Defaulting Shareholder shall be entitled to participate in the rights and processes described in Clauses 7.5.1, 7.5.2 and 7.5.2.1 (but not Clause 7.5.2.2) by paying to Grindrod at face value its pro-rata share (based on the then existing respective Shareholdings) of the amount paid or required to be paid by the GL Company, within 15 days of Grindrod notifying the Non-Defaulting Shareholders in writing of the GL Company having paid the Guarantee Payment.

 

7.6.                           Any Shareholder Loan or Demand Loan made by a Party to the Company or a Guarantee Loan, either pursuant to a Loan Commitment Notice or otherwise under this Agreement, shall be evidenced in writing in a Shareholder Loan Agreement that shall be executed by the Party making the Shareholder Loan, Demand Loan or Guarantee Loan  (as applicable) on the one hand and the Company or an Owner (as applicable) on the other hand in substantially the form attached to this Agreement at Schedule 3, provided that: (i) in respect of a Demand Loan, the terms shall require the Company to repay the outstanding balance of the Demand Loan in full within 30 days of demand by the lender; and (ii) in respect of a Guarantee Loan, such amendments shall be made to the Shareholder Loan Agreement as are necessary to reflect that the borrower is the relevant Owner).

 

7.7.                           A lender under a Demand Loan shall have 110 Business Days from (and including) the date on which such Demand Loan is advanced within which to elect to:

 

7.7.1.                                        convert its Demand Loan either into a Shareholder Loan (or Preference Shares if a Preference Share Election has been made) and such conversion will be effected by the lender assigning its rights under the Demand Loan to the Company in consideration for which the Company will become the borrower, and the lender will become the lender, under a new a Shareholder Loan having a principal value equal to the amount of the Demand Loan (or, where a Preference Share Election is made, the lender will assign its rights under the Demand Loan to the Company, in consideration for which the Company will issue Preference Shares having an aggregate value equal to amount of the Demand Loan); or

 

7.7.2.                                          convert its Demand Loan into additional A Shares, and such conversion will be effected by the lender assigning its rights under the Demand Loan to the

 



 

37

 

 

Company. in consideration for which the Company will issue such number of A Shares as is equal to the amount of the Demand Loan divided by the lower of:

 

7.7.2.1.                           in the case of Grindrod, (i) USD 0.70 (seventy cents); and (ii) 70% of the Adjusted NAV per Share; and

 

7.7.2.2.                           in the case of the Investors, (i) USD 0.80 (eighty cents); and (ii) 80% of the Adjusted NAV per Share.

 

7.8.                           All loan amounts committed by the Parties to the Company shall attract interest at a rate of 15% (fifteen per cent) per annum and shall be on a second lien basis.

 

7.9.                           The Parties will procure to the extent they are able to in their capacity as Shareholders that upon receipt of a Shareholder Loan, Demand Loan or Guarantee Loan the relevant Group Company will credit its shareholders’ loan account with an amount equal to the amount of such Shareholder Loan, Demand Loan or Guarantee Loan so paid.

 

7.10.                    The Parties and the Company undertake to effect as soon as reasonably practicable the completion of any documentation necessary and/or incidental to the issue of further Securities under this Clause 7.

 

7.11.                    Except in the circumstances described in Clause 7.4, the parties shall use their best endeavours to ensure that no more than one Equity Commitment Notice or Loan Commitment Notice shall be issued in any rolling 30 (thirty) day period.

 

7.12.                    If any of the Parties identify any applicable tax (including withholding tax) that may be levied by the Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore (or any other taxing authority in Singapore) on any amounts payable to the relevant Party in respect of a Shareholder Loan or Demand Loan, that Party may notify the Company and each other Party of such fact and require that the Shareholder Loans and/or Demand Loans held by all Parties are converted as soon as reasonably practicable into Preference Shares (a Preference Share Election ).  Any Preference Shares issued pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall, as far as practicable, carry the same economic rights as the relevant Shareholder Loan and/or Demand Loans (as applicable), provided that:

 

7.12.1.                                   any preferential dividend may be paid only out of retained profits; and

 

7.12.2.                                   the Preference Shares shall rank behind all debts of the Company on a winding up and shall be redeemable at the Company’s election.

 



 

38

 

 

7.13.                    If the Company issues Preference Shares in accordance with Clause 7.12, all references in this Agreement to “Shareholder Loans” or “Demand Loans” (as applicable) shall be deemed to include references to Preference Shares, and all references to “interest” shall be deemed to include any dividend payable in respect of such Preference Shares.

 

7.14.                    Expert Determination by Auditors of the Company

 

7.14.1.                                   If there is any dispute regarding the calculation of any monetary amounts or numbers of Shares or Preference Shares that are required to be determined pursuant to this Clause 7, then such dispute shall, on the written request of any of the Parties, be referred to the auditors of the Company for the time being who shall act as experts not as arbitrators in resolving such dispute.

 

8.                                      ADDITIONAL VESSELS AND FINANCING

 

8.1.                           The Parties agree that Grindrod or any of its 100 (one hundred) per cent. held subsidiaries is hereby granted authority to acquire:

 

8.1.1.                                          the 3 (three) Additional Vessels on terms that conform with the Agreed Form Letters of Intent in respect of those Vessels; and

 

8.1.2.                                          provided the terms of any such acquisition are documented in substantially the same form (and are no less commercially advantageous to the Company) as the terms contained in the Share Sale Agreement, mutatis mutandis , all of the shares in companies that have concluded shipbuilding contracts in respect of such 3 (three) Additional Vessels,

 

on behalf of the Company.

 

8.2.                           The Parties shall procure that each of the Directors appointed by them to the Board of the Company shall pass such resolutions and execute such documents as may be required in order for Grindrod to acquire the Additional Vessels or the shares referred to in Clause 8.1  on behalf of the Company in accordance with Clause 8.1.  Grindrod shall “lift the subjects” which are within its power to lift in respect of each Letter of Intent immediately following Completion, and will use best endeavours to ensure the counterparty to each Letter of Intent:

 

8.2.1.                                          “lifts the subjects” which are within any such counterparty’s power to lift in respect of each Letter of Intent as soon as practicable following Completion; and

 


 

39

 

 

8.2.2.                                        the relevant company that is an Affiliate of Grindrod signs a definitive Shipbuilding Contract in respect of each Additional Vessel within the 2 (two) calendar months following Completion on terms that are consistent with the respective Letters of Intent.

 

8.3.                           Following Completion, the Parties agree to use reasonable endeavours to procure, on behalf of the Company or the Owners, Approved Finance for the Vessels on the best possible terms available at the time and for a transaction of this type, having in mind:

 

8.3.1.                                        the interest rate being offered;

 

8.3.2.                                        the fees and other costs which would apply;

 

8.3.3.                                        the repayment terms;

 

8.3.4.                                        the target amount of such bank finance to be not less than 60 (sixty) per cent. of the Actual Contract Price of each of the Vessels;

 

8.3.5.                                        the target amortisation of such bank finance is to be zero over a fourteen year period;

 

8.3.6.                                        the security on standard terms, including, an assignment of any relevant Shipbuilding Contract and of any refund guarantee issued pursuant thereto and, upon Delivery, a first priority mortgage over the Vessel, pledges of the shares in the Owners and collateral deeds of covenants (if applicable) and an assignment of the Vessel’s earnings and insurances;

 

8.3.7.                                        the need for the terms of the Approved Finance to accommodate the objectives set out in this Agreement; and

 

8.3.8.                                        the applicable market conditions for financing of vessels similar to the Vessels at the time,

 

provided always that such Approved Finance under this Clause 8.3 shall be on terms that do not permit recourse to any Shareholder except to the extent of that Shareholder’s undrawn Liquidity Commitment.

 

8.4.                         The Parties shall act in good faith with a view to securing the Approved Finance at least 3 (three) months prior to the earliest Delivery Date of a Vessel, or alternatively two tranches of Approved Finance, having due regard to the principles set out in this Clause 8.

 



 

40

 

 

9.                                      VESSEL ARRANGEMENTS

 

9.1.                         The Parties agree that the colour scheme, the name, the marking of the funnel, cranes, superstructure and hull markings for the Vessels shall be determined by Grindrod.

 

9.2.                         The Vessels shall be flagged in Singapore.

 

9.3.                         The Commercial Manager shall be responsible for obtaining, negotiating the terms of and maintaining insurance cover for each of the Vessels in accordance with the terms of the Commercial Management Agreements to the extent such insurances are not maintained pursuant to the terms of the Technical Management Agreements and/or Pooling Agreements.

 

9.4.                           The Parties acknowledge and agree that Grindrod shall be appointed by the Company as:

 

9.4.1.                                        the Administration Manager in accordance with the terms of the Administration Management Agreement;

 

9.4.2.                                        the Commercial Manager in accordance with the Commercial Management Agreement; and

 

9.4.3.                                        the Technical Manager in accordance with the terms of the Technical Management Agreement.

 

9.5.                           The appointment of Grindrod as the Administration Manager and the Technical Manager for the Owners in Schedule 2 Part B shall take effect on Completion.  The appointment of Grindrod as the Technical Manager for the Owners of the Additional Vessels shall take effect immediately on conclusion of their respective Shipbuilding Contracts.  The appointment of Grindrod as Commercial Manager shall take effect no less than three (3) months prior to the anticipated Delivery Date of each Vessel.

 

9.6.                           The fees payable to Grindrod under the Management Agreements shall be as follows:

 

9.6.1.                                        Technical Management Agreement - a technical management fee of USD 125,000.00 (one hundred and twenty five thousand Dollars) per Vessel per annum for one year from the Delivery Date of each Vessel and notwithstanding the date of commencement of each Technical Agreement, fees shall be payable from one month prior to the anticipated Delivery Date of each Vessel;

 



 

41

 

 

9.6.2.                                        Commercial Management Agreement - a commercial fleet management fee of USD 200.00 (two hundred Dollars) per Vessel per day plus an additional 2% (two per cent) of time charter equivalent earnings; and

 

9.6.3.                                        Administration Management Agreement - a basic financial administration and secretarial services fee of USD 30,000.00 (thirty thousand Dollars) per Group Company per annum (excluding all third party costs, fees and expenses which shall be paid for separately by the Group Company.

 

Grindrod hereby undertakes either: (i) to ensure that the fees and any other commercial terms agreed between Grindrod and the Company (or the respective Owners as the case may be) under the Management Agreements shall be not less favourable than those provided by Grindrod or any of its Affiliates to any other third party drybulk vessel owners (excluding any of Grindrod’s existing joint-ventures and joint ventures that may be concluded with Marubeni or Sumitomo) for whom it provides commercial, technical or administrative management services; or (ii) should Grindrod or any of its Affiliates provide commercial or technical or administrative management services to third parties in respect of such drybulk vessels on more favourable terms than those provided to the Company including, but not limited to, fees and rates payable by the Company, the Company shall have the right to enjoy those more favourable terms and/or fees and/or rates and the Management Agreements shall be amended accordingly.

 

9.7.                           The Parties hereby agree that the appointment of Grindrod:

 

9.7.1.                                     under the Administration Management Agreement shall terminate only in the event of termination of this Agreement;

 

9.7.2.                                     under each Commercial Management Agreement shall continue until 31 March 2016 whereupon it will be reviewed by the Parties in accordance with Clauses 9.8 and 9.14 below; and

 

9.7.3.                                       each Technical Management Agreement shall be for an initial period ending 1 (one) year from delivery of the relevant Vessel, automatically renewable for further 1 (one) year periods unless terminated by the Parties in accordance with Clause 9.9.

 

9.8.                           The performance of the Commercial Manager under the Commercial Management Agreements for the Vessels shall be reviewed by the Parties on 31 March 2016 and thereafter on each anniversary of such date until termination of the relevant Commercial

 



 

42

 

 

Management Agreement(s) or this Agreement, whichever is the first to occur. The Commercial Manager’s performance in respect of the Non-Pool Vessels shall, to the extent these Vessels are trading in the spot market, be determined by the Parties only on the basis of whether the underperformance is greater than 20 (twenty) per cent. when compared to the Baltic Handysize Index on an annual average basis, as adjusted for the size of the relevant Non-Pool Vessel relative to the standard Baltic Handysize Index vessel and also adjusted for commissions if necessary so that the comparison is on a like-for-like (both to be either pre-commission or post-commission).

 

9.9.                           If the Investors serve notice to terminate Grindrod as the Commercial Manager of the Non-Pool Vessels referred to in Clause 9.8 then in the first instance the relevant Owners will offer Grindrod the opportunity to charter those Vessels for a period of up to 12 (twelve) months either, at Grindrod’s election, on a fixed rate-basis at market levels to be mutually agreed in good faith within 7 (seven) Business Days of receipt of such notice of termination ( NPV Resolution Period ) or on an Index-Linked Basis. Grindrod shall be required to make its election within 3 (three) Business Days following the end of the NPV Resolution Period. If Grindrod does not exercise its right to charter the relevant Vessels within the specified time limit, Grindrod shall within 7 (seven) Business Days thereafter, propose a list of 3 (three) alternative commercial managers who shall be independent of Grindrod.  The Investors shall choose one of the nominated alternatives as the replacement Commercial Manager.  If Grindrod does not provide a compliant list of alternative commercial managers in accordance with this Clause 9.9 then the Investors shall be free to choose whomsoever they may see fit as the replacement Commercial Manager.

 

9.10.                    It shall be an Investors’ Right to (i) terminate the appointment of Grindrod as the Technical Manager pursuant to the terms of the Technical Management Agreement and/or (ii) require that a Group Company shall not renew the appointment of Grindrod as the Technical Manager of its Vessels if they consider that the Technical Manager is not performing in accordance with the standards required under the Technical Management Agreements (including, without limitation, if the Technical Manager consistently and unreasonably exceeds the budget agreed therein).   In such case the Investors shall invite tenders for the technical management of the Vessels from the Approved Alternative Technical Managers and such appointment shall be determined by Simple Majority.

 

9.11.                    The Parties intend that, following delivery of each Vessel that is a Pool Vessel, such Pool Vessel shall fall into the pooling arrangements contemplated in one of the respective Pooling Agreements. The Parties agree that in circumstances where time charters for periods in excess of 12 (twelve) months for such Vessels are under discussion with third parties,

 



 

43

 

 

Grindrod shall have a right of first refusal on any such employment on similar terms to those offered by any third party.

 

9.12.                  The Parties agree that each Pool Vessel shall have an assigned weighting in accordance with the relevant Pooling Agreement and that the earnings of the Pool Vessels shall be paid to the Pool Account relating to that Pooling Agreement and the net earnings (following deductions in accordance with the relevant Pooling Agreement) shall be distributed according to that assigned weighting and specification. It is agreed that the Pool Manager shall act as administrator of the pooling arrangements in accordance with each of the respective Pooling Agreements.

 

9.13.                    The Non-Pool Vessels shall be:

 

9.13.1.                                 managed by the Commercial Manager in accordance with the terms of the Commercial Management Agreement; and

 

9.13.2.                                 operated alongside but separately from any Pool Vessel without any ownership bias by the Commercial Manager and any revenues generated by the Non-Pool Vessels shall be specifically allocated to such Vessels by the Commercial Manager.

 

9.14.                    The earnings of those Vessels under each Pooling Agreement shall be reviewed by the Parties on 31 March 2016 and thereafter on each anniversary of such date until termination of this Agreement or the relevant Pooling Agreement, whichever is the first to occur. The performance of those Vessels under a relevant Pooling Agreement shall be determined by the Parties only on the basis of whether the underperformance of such Pool Vessels is greater than 20 (twenty) per cent. when compared to the Baltic Supramax Index or the Baltic Handysize Index, as applicable to each Pool, on an annual average basis and after adjusting for commissions if necessary so that the comparison is on a like-for-like basis (both to be either pre-commission or post-commission).  The participation of the Pool Vessels in either Pooling Agreement shall only be terminated where the underperformance of the relevant Pool is greater than 20% (twenty) per cent. ( Material Underperformance ).

 

9.15.                    In the case of Material Underperformance of a Pool, the Investors shall be entitled to serve notice to Grindrod and to that Pool of termination of the relevant Pool Vessels’ participation in that Pool with immediate effect (notwithstanding any contrary provisions of the relevant Pool Agreement).  If the Investors serve such a notice, then in the first instance the relevant Owners will offer Grindrod the opportunity to charter the relevant Pool Vessels for a 12 (twelve) month charter period ( Initial Charter Period ), either, at Grindrod’s election: (i) on a

 



 

44

 

 

fixed rate-basis at market levels to be mutually agreed in good faith within a period of 7 (seven) Business Days following the service of said notice (the Fixed Rate Resolution Period ), or (ii) on an Index-Linked Basis.

 

9.16.                    Grindrod shall be required to make its election with 3 (three) Business Days following the end of the Fixed Rate Resolution Period (whether or not agreement has been reached on the fixed rate-basis). If Grindrod does not exercise its rights to charter the relevant Pool Vessels within this time period, this right shall lapse. In such case, Grindrod shall within 7 (seven) Business Days thereafter propose a list of 3 (three) alternative pools under managers who shall be independent of Grindrod. The Parties shall then decide by Simple Majority whether (i) to charter the relevant Pool Vessels to third parties on the best terms that can be reasonably negotiated in the market or (ii) to enter the relevant Pool Vessels into another pool.

 

9.17.                    In the event a decision is made to enter the relevant Pool Vessels into another pool, the Parties shall choose one of the nominated alternative pools for all but not some of the relevant Pool Vessels by a Simple Majority decision. If Grindrod does not provide a compliant list of alternative pools in accordance with this Clause 9.16 then it shall be an Investors’ Right to invite tenders for pool management of the relevant Pool Vessels by third party pool managers and such appointment shall be determined by Simple Majority.  Grindrod’s appointment as Commercial Manager in respect of the relevant Pool Vessels shall be terminated on transfer of those Pool Vessels into the new pool, provided that to the extent that any commercial management services are required over and above the services provided by the replacement pool manager, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith for the appointment of Grindrod to perform such commercial management services under new commercial management agreements.

 

9.18.                    If Grindrod take the relevant Pool Vessels on charter for the Initial Charter Period then, at the end of the Initial Charter Period, Grindrod shall have the right to serve notice on the Investors ( Recharter Request Notice ) that they wish to re-charter the relevant Pool Vessels for a further 12 (twelve) months ( Further Charter Period ). In such case, the process (and the timing) for determining the charter rates set out in Clause 9.15 shall apply (save that the Fixed Rate Resolution Period shall commence on receipt by the Investors of Grindrod’s Recharter Request Notice). The provisions of this Clause 9.18 shall apply, mutatis mutandis , at the end of each Further Charter Period.

 



 

45

 

 

10.                               BANKING, ACCOUNTING AND INFORMATION ARRANGEMENTS

 

10.1.                    The Parties shall cause or procure each Group Company to:

 

10.1.1.                                 maintain a proper record of equity investments (and related increase or reduction of Equity Commitments) and Shareholder Loans made to it; and

 

10.1.2.                                 maintain such separate bank accounts as the Parties may agree in order to achieve the objectives contemplated by this Agreement and also in compliance with any obligations imposed by the Approved Finance.

 

10.2.                    The financial year of each Group Company is 1 January to 31 December.

 

10.3.                    The Parties, through the Administration Manager, shall cause or procure each Group Company to prepare management accounts (in a form approved by the Investors) including:

 

10.3.1.                                a profit and loss account for the relevant period and the year to date together with a comparison of the actual profit and loss account for those periods to the budget for those periods set out in the Business Plan and prior year;

 

10.3.2.                                 a cash flow statement for the relevant period and year to date together with a comparison of actual cash flow for those periods to the budget for those periods set out in the Business Plan and prior year;

 

10.3.3.                                 a 12 month rolling cash flow forecast to the end of the current financial year, updated at least quarterly;

 

10.3.4.                                 a balance sheet as at the relevant period together with a comparison of the actual balance sheet to the budget in the Business Plan for that date;

 

10.3.5.                                 a statement showing the extent of the Group’s compliance (and projected compliance for the current financial year) with the financial covenants contained in the Approved Finance Documents; and

 

10.3.6.                                 a report by the Administration Manager, including details of the general performance of the Group and the achievement of the Business Plan targets and strategies (including projected cash flow and expected outturn for that financial year),

 

and shall deliver them to the Investors within 31 (thirty one) days after the end of each month and the Board shall consider such accounts at its following meeting. The first

 



 

46

 

 

management accounts shall be delivered to the Investors within 31 days after the end of the month immediately following the month in which Completion takes place.

 

10.4.                  The Company shall, not later than 28 days before the end of each financial year, consult with the Investors in connection with, and obtain the approval of the Investors prior to, the adoption of a detailed operating and capital budget and cash flow forecast in respect of the next financial year and shall deliver a copy thereof to the Investors within seven days of its adoption which budget shall be included in the then current Business Plan.

 

10.5.                    The audited accounts of the Company and audited consolidated accounts of the Group Companies in respect of each financial year, together with the relative audit and management letters and all correspondence between the Company and the auditors of the Company concerning the accounts, shall be completed and approved by the Board and delivered to the Investors within 6 (six) months after the end of the accounting period to which such audited accounts relate, provided that the Company shall deliver best estimates of such data to the Investors within 3 (three) months after the end of the relevant accounting period.

 

10.6.                    Any Investor and an Investor Director will be entitled to examine the books and accounts of each Group Company upon reasonable notice and the Company shall supply the Investors with all information relating to the business affairs and financial position of each Group Company as the Investors may from time to time reasonably require and upon reasonable notice having been given.

 

10.7.                    The Investor Directors (in relation to the Investors) and the Grindrod Director (in relation to Grindrod) shall be at liberty from time to time to make full disclosure of any information relating to the Company.

 

10.8.                    If any information is not provided to the Investors in accordance with any of the provisions (including the time for delivery) of Clauses 10.3, 10.4 or 10.5 the Investors may (after having given the Company not less than 21 days to comply with such provisions) on behalf of the Company appoint a firm of accountants to prepare the relevant information and the Company agrees to provide all information reasonably required by such accountants for such purpose. The fees of the accountants shall be borne by the Company.

 

10.9.                    The Company will deliver to the Investors at the same time as it delivers the information to the Bank or its advisers, any information (including any document) which is required to be given under the Approved Finance Documents.

 



 

47

 

 

11.                               BOARD AND SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

 

11.1.                    Each Board shall have responsibility for the supervision and management of each Group Company.

 

11.2.                    Following Completion, each Board shall consist of no less than five (5) directors.

 

11.2.1.                                 For so long as each Investor and its Affiliates holds more than 25 per cent. or more of the issued A Shares, each Investor shall (acting alone) be entitled to appoint one director and the Investors (acting together) shall be entitled to appoint one director.

 

11.2.2.                                 For so long as: (i) one Investor and its Affiliates holds 25 per cent. or more of the issued A Shares (the Majority Investor ); and (ii) the other Investor and its Affiliates either: (a) holds less than 25 per cent. of the issued A Shares (the Minority Investor ); or (b) is in default pursuant to Clause 14, the Majority Investor shall be entitled to appoint two directors.

 

11.2.3.                                 For so long as Grindrod and its Affiliates holds 25 per cent. or more of the issued A Shares, it shall be entitled to appoint two directors.

 

11.2.4.                                 For so long as any Party and its Affiliates hold between 10 per cent. and 25 per cent. of the issued A Shares and it is not in default pursuant to Clause 14, it shall be entitled to appoint one director.

 

11.2.5.                                 Failure by a Party to appoint a director (including failure by the Investors to agree on the joint appointment of a third Director) shall not affect the provisions of this clause relating to the conduct of Board meetings.

 

11.3.                    Where there is a requirement for the Board to appoint a Chairman (or similar officer), the post of Chairman (or similar officer) of that Group Company shall be held alternately by an Investor Director and a Sponsor Director in rotation, but such appointment shall not carry any voting rights whatsoever.

 

11.4.                    A Party and the Company (as the case may be) may, in relation to each Group Company, remove a Director appointed by it and appoint a new director in his or her place by notice in writing to that Group Company and the other Parties. Each Party and the Company (as the case may be) (in its capacity as a shareholder or ultimate beneficial shareholder in that Group Company) unconditionally and irrevocably agrees to call and attend (or otherwise participate in) and to vote its shares in that Group Company for the appointment or removal

 



 

48

 

 

of any Director or officer of that Group Company appointed by another Party or the Company (as the case may be) in each case, without unreasonable delay. The Party or the Company (as the case may be) removing the Director shall indemnify that Group Company against any claim arising in connection with that Director’s removal from office.

 

11.5.                    Except by specific written authority of the Board, no Director, acting singly, shall have any power or authority to represent a Group Company in any capacity whatsoever, other than to vote for the officers of that Group Company. Any contract or other agreement entered into by that Group Company must (unless the Directors thereof otherwise resolve) be signed by both a Sponsor Director and an Investor Director.

 

11.6.                    Meetings of the Board of each Group Company shall (unless the Parties otherwise agree) take place in Singapore and in accordance with this Agreement and in the manner prescribed by the Articles thereof at such time or times as may be required, but in any event not less frequently than 2 (two) times in each calendar year.  Items for the agenda of the Board meeting can be proposed by any Director at all times at least two (2) Business Days prior to such Board meeting and the agenda shall be circulated at least 1 (one) Business Day prior to such Board meeting.  Any Director may call a Board meeting in accordance with the Articles.  The costs relating to the attendance at a meeting by a Director or Shareholder shall be borne by that Director or Shareholder, save that the reasonable and documented costs relating to the attendance of the Director appointed jointly by the Investors (acting together) shall be borne by the Company. The Parties and the Company shall use reasonable endeavours to procure that Board meetings for different Group Companies are organised so that they happen sequentially on the same day.

 

11.7.                    A meeting of the Board of a Group Company can take place either by the physical presence of the Directors or, to the extent permitted by law, by way of telephone conference call or video conference call.

 

11.8.                    The quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Directors of a Group Company shall be 1 (one) Sponsor Director and 2 (two) Investor Directors of that Group Company. Each Party and the Company acknowledges that any Director of a Group Company may by giving written notification to that Group Company nominate any other Director to be his alternate Director in case of unavailability for a meeting of the Board of that Group Company.

 

11.9.                    Each Director present at a meeting of the Directors shall have one vote. The chairman of any meeting of Directors of a Group Company or of any meeting of the shareholders of that

 


 

49

 

 

Group Company shall not have a casting vote. If there is equality of votes on any matter, the provisions of Clause 13 shall apply.

 

11.10.             To the extent permitted by law, the Board of a Group Company may adopt a resolution without holding a meeting if all the Directors of that Group Company approve the resolution by placing their signatures on the original copy of the resolution (or, if not practical, a certified copy thereof). The duly signed resolution shall be delivered to the Chairman and placed in the minute book of that Group Company kept at the registered office thereof or at such other place as the Directors may from time to time unanimously decide.

 

11.11.             Unless and to the extent that responsibility for specific matters affecting the Vessels, the Approved Finance, the Company and/or the Owners have been expressly delegated to a particular Director, Directors or a Board committee comprising at least 1 (one) Sponsor Director and 2 (two) Investor Directors, or as otherwise specifically provided for in this Agreement, decisions shall be taken or resolutions passed by the Board of a Group Company and/or (as may be required) the shareholders of a Group Company as follows:

 

11.11.1.                            matters which are not Reserved Matters shall be decided by a Simple Majority;

 

11.11.2.                            Reserved Matters shall be decided by an Absolute Majority; and

 

11.11.3.                            where matters have been delegated to a Board committee consisting of 3 (three) or more persons, decisions shall be taken or resolutions passed by Simple Majority.

 

11.12.             The quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Shareholders shall be at least 1 (one) representative of each of the Shareholders. The agenda of the shareholders’ meeting may be proposed by any Shareholder at any time but always at least 7 (seven) days prior to the proposed meeting.

 

11.13.             The Parties shall procure that, in respect of any matter requiring a shareholder meeting of an Owner, the Company will only vote in favour of a matter requiring shareholder approval if a majority of the Parties agree (for matters requiring a Simple Majority) or if such matter is unanimously approved by the Parties (for matters requiring an Absolute Majority).

 

12.                               DIVIDEND AND DISTRIBUTION POLICY

 

12.1.                    The Board of the Company shall declare and  make payment of dividends or distributions to the Parties in relation to the Group from time to time subject to the requirements set out in this Clause 12 and having regard to:

 



 

50

 

 

12.1.1.                                   retention in the Group of reasonable amounts of working capital in accordance with prudent business practice;

 

12.1.2.                                   reasonable provision to cover any contingent requirements for additional finance of the Group (including, in particular, for the maintenance and operation of the Vessels and to meet contingent liabilities under the Transaction Documents to which a Group Company is a party); and

 

12.1.3.                                 reasonable provision to cover any contingent requirements in respect of Distribution payments to be made to the holder(s) of B Shares in accordance with Clause 12.3.

 

12.2.                    The Parties, in their capacity as Shareholders, shall endeavour to ensure that the terms of any Approved Finance restrict to the least possible extent payment of dividends or distributions to the Company in its capacity as sole shareholder of each Owner.

 

12.3.                    Any Distribution which is not a Liquidating Distribution will be made in accordance with Clause 12.1 among the holders of the A Shares on a pari passu basis pro rata to their Shareholdings.  If the Company makes a Liquidating Distribution any such Distribution shall be distributed as follows:

 

12.3.1.                                   first, 100 (one hundred) per cent. among the holders of the A Shares on a pari passu basis pro rata to their Shareholdings until the Investors and their respective Affiliates have collectively achieved a 10 (ten) per cent. IRR on their Original Investment, taking into account any preceding Distributions ( Tranche 1 Return );

 

12.3.2.                                   after the Investors have received the Tranche I Return but until the Investors have received the Tranche 2 Return: (i) 90 (ninety) per cent. of all Distributions among the holders of the A Shares on a pari passu basis pro rata to their Shareholdings until the Investors and their respective Affiliates have collectively achieved a 20 (twenty) per cent. IRR on their Original Investment (taking into account any preceding Distributions) ( Tranche 2 Return ); and (ii) 10 (ten) per cent. of all Distributions among the holders of the B Shares on a pari passu basis pro rata to their holdings;

 

12.3.3.                                   after the Investors have received the Tranche 2 Return but until the Investors have received the Tranche 3 Return: (i) 80 (eighty) per cent. of all Distributions among the holders of the A Shares on a pari passu basis pro rata to their

 



 

51

 

 

Shareholdings until the Investors and their respective Affiliates have collectively achieved a 30 (thirty) per cent. IRR on their Original Investment (taking into account any preceding Distributions) ( Tranche 3 Return ); and (ii) 20 (twenty) per cent. of all Distributions among the holders of the B Shares on a pari passu basis pro rata to their holdings;

 

12.3.4.                                   after the Investors and their respective Affiliates have collectively received the Tranche 3 Return: (i) 70 (seventy) per cent. of all Distributions among the holders of the A Shares on a pari passu basis pro rata to their Shareholdings; and (ii) 30 (thirty) per cent. of all Distributions among the holders of the B Shares on a pari passu basis pro rata to their holdings.

 

12.4.                    No Distribution shall be made in respect of Shares until after full repayment of all amounts outstanding under the Shareholder Loans, including all accrued but unpaid interest thereon.

 

12.5.                    Illustrative examples of the calculations contemplated in this Clause 12 are set out in Schedule 8 and an electronic copy of such examples has, in the form of a Microsoft Excel spread sheet named “ IRR Calculation ”, been burned to the root folder of a non-rewritable compact disc medium, initialled by the Shareholders for identification purposes and lodged with the auditors of the Group Company.

 

12.6.                    If there is any dispute regarding the calculation of any Distributions payments to a Party under Clause 12.3 or with respect to the calculation of the IRR, then such dispute shall, on the written request of any of the Parties, be referred to the auditors of the Company for the time being who shall act as experts not as arbitrators in resolving such dispute, provided that if the auditors of the Company are unable or unwilling to act, Replacement Auditors shall be selected in accordance with the provisions of Clause 5.3.2, which shall apply mutatis mutandis .

 

13.                               DEADLOCK

 

13.1.                    In respect of any Group Company, there is a deadlock if a resolution is proposed at a properly convened meeting of the shareholders of the Company or the Board of a Group Company and any of the following occurs:

 

13.1.1.                                   there is no quorum present at the meeting nor is one present at the meeting when it is reconvened following one adjournment (in either case other than as a result of the non-attendance of the proposer of the resolution); or

 



 

52

 

 

13.1.2.                                   the resolution proposed concerns non-Reserved Matters and the Simple Majority required to pass is not achieved; or

 

13.1.3.                                   the resolution proposed concerns a Reserved Matter and the Absolute Majority required to pass is not achieved.

 

13.2.                    Any Party may, within 20 (twenty) days of a deadlock arising (i) in accordance with Clause 13.1.1 above (the first day being the day after the scheduled date for the adjourned meeting in the case of Clause 13.1.1 above and the first day being the day after the relevant meeting in the cases of Clauses 13.1.2 and 13.1.3 above), or (ii) in the circumstances set out in Clause 17.3 below, serve notice on the other Parties (a Deadlock Notice ):

 

13.2.1.                                   stating that in its opinion a deadlock has occurred; and

 

13.2.2.                                   identifying the matter giving rise to the deadlock.

 

13.3.                    The Parties undertake that, after service of a Deadlock Notice in accordance with Clause 13.2, they shall use all reasonable endeavours in good faith to resolve the deadlock within 14 (fourteen) days of the date of receipt of the Deadlock Notice (the Consensual Resolution Period ), including the prompt submission of the relevant deadlock to the chief executive or managing director of each of the Parties for their resolution within the Consensual Resolution Period.

 

13.4.                    If such a deadlock is not resolved within the Consensual Resolution Period then:

 

13.4.1.                                   if the deadlock in question occurs prior to delivery of the last Vessel to the relevant Group Company, then any Party may refer the deadlock for arbitration in accordance with Clause 38; or

 

13.4.2.                                   if the deadlock in question occurs following delivery of the last Vessel to the relevant Group Company, then any Party may terminate this Agreement by serving a Termination Notice in accordance with Clause 18.2 below.

 

14.                               DEFAULT

 

14.1.                    If:

 

14.1.1.                                   a Party (a Defaulting Party ) fails to fund any element of the Basic Equity Commitment or the Additional Equity Commitment in accordance with Clause 7.1 (but not any failure or election not to fund under any other provision of

 



 

53

 

 

Clause 7) and fails to remedy such failure within 30 (thirty) days of the relevant Equity Commitment Notice; or

 

14.1.2.                                   a Party (the Affected Party ) is unable, or admits its inability, to pay its debts as they fall due; or

 

14.1.3.                                   a moratorium is declared in respect of any of the indebtedness of an Affected Party; or

 

14.1.4.                                   any action, proceedings, procedure or step is taken in relation to:

 

14.1.4.1.                    the suspension of payments, winding up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (other than a solvent reorganisation) of an Affected Party; or

 

14.1.4.2.                    the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator or other similar officer in respect of an Affected Party or its assets,

 

then: (i) the other Parties shall have the option (but not the obligation) to purchase all of the Shares and Shareholder Loans of the Defaulting Party or the Affected Party pro-rata to their Shareholding (as between the non-Defaulting or non-Affected Parties) at such time on the terms and in accordance with the provisions set out in Clause 14.2 below, and (ii) the Defaulting Party or Affected Party shall be deprived of and shall not be entitled to exercise any rights under this Agreement or the Articles (except the right to receive Distributions in accordance with Clause 12), for so long as such Party remains a Defaulting Party or Affected Party and any provision of this Agreement requiring the consent or positive action of such Party or any Director appointed by it, shall be disregarded.

 

14.1.5.                                   Nothing in this Clause 14 shall limit the obligations of a Defaulting Party or an Affected Party to exercise its voting rights in the Company as may be required to achieve certain corporate actions in accordance this Agreement (for example, to vote in favour of the creation of Preference Shares).

 

14.2.                    In the circumstances contemplated in Clauses 14.1 above, and provided that one or more non-Defaulting or non-Affected Parties have exercised their option to acquire the Shares and

 



 

54

 

 

Shareholder Loan(s) of the Defaulting or Affected Party, as applicable, as set out in Clause 14.1, the following provisions shall apply:

 

14.2.1.                                   the transferor of the Shares and Shareholder Loans shall be deemed to have served a transfer notice in respect of all of its Shares and Shareholder Loans on either: (i) the date that is 30 (thirty days) after the relevant Equity Commitment Notice; or (ii) the date of the event causing the Party to become an Affected Party, to the Company and each of the other Parties;

 

14.2.2.                                   the transfer of the Shares shall be effected in accordance with the provisions of Clause 19 and the transfer of the Shareholder Loan shall be effected in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 14 (with the provisions of Clause 19 applying, mutatis mutandis), provided that a transferee shall be obliged to acquire the same proportion of transferring Shares and Shareholder Loan;

 

14.2.3.                                   simultaneously with completion of the transfer of the Shares and Shareholder Loans in accordance with Clause 14.2.1 and Clause 14.2.2, the transferor shall be entitled to receive an aggregate amount (paid in accordance with this Clause) calculated, on the basis set out in Clause 14.10, in accordance with the following formulae (the Exit Amount):

 

14.2.3.1.                    In respect of the Shareholder Loan held by a transferring party:

 

(a)                                  if W less X less Y produces a positive result: (Y x Shareholder Loan proportion) x 0.8, less C; or

 

(b)                                 if W less X produces a negative result: USD 1.00 (one Dollar) in aggregate; or

 

(c)                                  if W less X less Y produces a negative result, but W less X produces a positive result:

 

((W less X) x Shareholder Loan         proportion) x 0.8, less C.

 

14.2.3.2.                    In respect of the Shares held by a transferring party:

 

(a)                                  if W less X less Y produces a negative result, USD 1.00 (one Dollar) in aggregate; or

 

(b)                                 if W less X less Y produces a positive result, then the lower of:

 



 

55

 

 

(i) the aggregate Subscription Price for the relevant Shares and/or, if Shares were purchased under Clause 5.2.1.2, the price paid for such Shares, less C;

 

and

 

(ii) ((W less X less Y) x Share proportion) x 0.8, less C.

 

For the purposes of the above formulae:

 

Share proportion means the proportion, expressed as a percentage, that the aggregate number of the Shares held by the transferor bears to the total number of issued Shares at the relevant time;

 

Shareholder Loan proportion means the proportion, expressed as a percentage, that the aggregate value of the Shareholder Loan owing to the transferor bears to the total value of all outstanding Shareholder Loans (all including accrued interest thereon) at the relevant time;

 

Subscription Price means the amount paid up or credited as paid up on the Shares subscribed for by a Shareholder;

 

W   means an amount equal to the aggregate market value of all of the Vessels and Shipbuilding Contracts, valued in accordance with the provisions of Clause 17.4.2, plus positive cash on the Group’s accounts plus the book value of any other assets of the Group;

 

X means an aggregate value equal to the Group’s liabilities including, for the avoidance of doubt, the amount that is outstanding (including interest accrued up to the relevant date of calculation) in respect of the Approved Finance which is attributable to or assigned to the Group and mark-to-market adjustments related to financial instruments associated with the Approved Finance but excluding aggregate amounts owed by any Group Company under Shareholder Loans;

 

Y means the aggregate value of all Shareholder Loans outstanding including interest accrued up to the relevant date of calculation;

 

C              means the aggregate value of all fees, costs and expenses reasonably incurred by each Party which is a transferee of the Shares and Shareholder

 



 

56

 

 

Loans following an event as described in Clauses 14.1 including, in connection with the restructuring of the Approved Finance and any legal fees and taxes or duties reasonably incurred by or imposed on such party in connection therewith, provided that C shall not be double-counted in any of the relevant formulae;

 

The transferee(s) will together pay the Exit Amount (being a positive amount calculated in accordance with the formulae or USD1.00 (one Dollar) to the transferor, split between the transferee(s) pro rata to the proportion of the transferred Shares and Shareholder Loans that the relevant transferee acquires.  Each such payment shall be made within five (5) Business Days of the completion of the actions set out in (i) and (ii) below of this paragraph.  Prior to payment of the Exit Amount, the transferor shall be obliged to (i) transfer its Shares to the transferee(s), and (ii) assign its rights under the Shareholder Loans made by the transferor to the transferee(s) in a form reasonably required by the transferee(s), following which all debt (whether in form of cash or loan) of any Group Company to the transferor shall be immediately extinguished and such Group Company shall thereafter owe 100 (one hundred) per cent. of such debt to the transferee(s) pro-rata to the number of Shares they are each acquiring. The Company and the transferees shall procure that this is properly recorded in each Group Company’s books and accounts.

 

Any Distributions that have been declared but have not been paid to the transferor will be deemed to have been paid to the transferor as part of the Exit Amount at the time of the transfer of Shares and the transferor shall have no further rights against any Group Company in respect of such Distributions.  Upon completion of the Share transfer, the transferor will lose the right to any future Distributions that have not been declared.  Upon completion of the transfer of Shares, the transferor shall be deemed to have irrevocably waived all claims against the Company.

 

The Company and the Parties agree to act in good faith and in a timely manner to ensure that all necessary steps are taken and consents obtained with regard to arrangements in place in respect of the Approved Finance and any Shareholder Loans to be restructured or refinanced (as appropriate) such that the Parties then holding all the Shares and Shareholder Loans in the Company (as a result of the circumstances set out in this Clause 14.2) become responsible for the Approved Finance and/or the Shareholder Loans pro-rata to their Shareholding with effect from the date when the transfer of the totality of

 



 

57

 

 

the Shares and Shareholder Loans in the Company to the other or non-Defaulting Parties is completed.  The non-Defaulting and/or non-Affected Parties agree to indemnify, pro-rata to their Shareholding, the Defaulting Party or Affected Party against any proven loss or damage suffered or incurred by such Party and arising from events or circumstances following the payment of the Exit Amount and the transfer of the Defaulting Party’s Shares and Shareholder Loans in accordance with Clause 14.1 in relation to the operation of the Group and/or in connection with the Approved Finance during the period from the transfer of the Defaulting Party’s securities until the Defaulting Party is released from its obligations under the Approved Finance.

 

14.3.                    None of the foregoing provisions of this Clause 14 shall be construed, or operate as a waiver of the rights of a Party to claim compensation for any loss suffered or incurred by that Party as a consequence of a breach of this Agreement by another Party and whether that loss is suffered or incurred before or after such a termination.

 

14.4.                    Without prejudice to the rights and obligations expressed in this Clause 14 (which shall survive termination), the rights of the Defaulting Party (as defined in Clause 14.1.1) and / or the Affected Party (as defined in Clause 14.1.2) under this Agreement shall be terminated immediately upon the occurrence of (i) the circumstances set out in Clauses 14.1.1, 14.1.2 14.1.3 and 14.1.4 and/or (ii) the payment of the Exit Amount.

 

14.5.                    In circumstances where a transferor is deemed to have served a transfer notice in accordance with Clause 14.2.1 above, such transferor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally appoints any member of the Board, or some other person duly nominated by a resolution of the Board for that purpose, as the transferor’s duly appointed attorney and in the transferor’s name to:

 

14.5.1.                                   execute, complete and deliver in the name of and on behalf of the transferor, a transfer of any Securities the subject of a transfer notice in accordance with Clause 14.2.1; and

 

14.5.2.                                   execute and deliver all such consents, written resolutions and proxies and to execute and deliver all such other deeds and documents as the attorney shall reasonably consider to be necessary or desirable for the purposes of completing the actions described in Clauses 14.5.1 above, including completing the transfer of any Securities the subject of the transfer notice or attending and

 



 

58

 

 

voting at any meeting of any Group Company or Board relating to or associated with or required to enable the relevant transfer to proceed.

 

14.6.                    Each of the Parties hereby gives all necessary consents and waivers which may be required either under the Articles, this Agreement or otherwise to allow the operation of Clause 14.5 including:

 

14.6.1.                                   to sign or execute and deliver all transfer forms, certificates and all other deeds, documents and instruments which are necessary or which the Board reasonably considers desirable for transferring the Securities to a transferee pursuant to any transfer of Securities; and

 

14.6.2.                                   to execute any agreements relating to any transfer of Securities on terms consistent with Clause 14.5.

 

14.7.                    In circumstances envisaged by Clause 14.1.5 in which a Defaulting Party or an Affected Party is obliged to exercise its voting rights as may be required in accordance with this Agreement, each such Defaulting Party or Affected Party (each an Appointor ) hereby irrevocably and unconditionally appoints any member of the Board, or some other person duly nominated by a resolution of the Board for that purpose as its duly appointed attorney and in its name to:

 

14.7.1.                                   take any and all such actions as may be required on behalf of the Appointor to enable the attorney to fulfil any of the Appointor’s obligations under Clause 14.1.5; and

 

14.7.2.                                   execute and deliver all such consents, written resolutions and proxies and to execute and deliver all such other deeds and documents as the attorney shall reasonably consider to be necessary or desirable for the purposes of completing the actions described in Clauses 14.7.1 above, including attending any meeting of any Board or any Group Company to enable the relevant action to proceed.

 

14.8.                    The power of attorney given in Clause 14.5:

 

14.8.1.                                   shall be irrevocable whilst there remains any matter outstanding in relation to any sale of Securities;

 

14.8.2.                                   shall not entitle the attorney to give warranties, indemnities or enter into any covenants or any other obligations on behalf of the transferor other than to the

 


 

59

 

 

title to the Securities held by the transferor the subject of the transfer notice, the capacity of the transferor to sell the same and covenants to sell such Securities free from Encumbrances with full title guarantee and to deliver documents of title in relation to such sale and to grant a power of attorney pending the registration of the title of the transferee of such Securities unless otherwise agreed with the transferor.

 

14.9.                    The Parties shall confirm and ratify everything done or caused to be done by the attorney in duly exercising the powers contained in Clauses 14.5 and 14.7 and each transferor shall indemnify and keep indemnified the attorney against all reasonable costs, claims and expenses which the attorney may suffer as a result of such exercise.

 

14.10.             The calculation of the Exit Amount, Adjusted NAV, Adjusted NAV Per Share or any calculation required in terms of Clause 7.2.11, shall be performed by the Administration Manager and submitted to the Board of the Company for approval, provided that if the calculation by the Administration Manager is:

 

14.10.1.                            unanimously approved by the Board, then such calculation shall be final and binding on the Parties; or

 

14.10.2.                            not unanimously approved by the Board within 5 (five) Business Days of its receipt (or if the Administration Manager does not submit a calculation to the Board within a 10 (ten) Business Day period of being required in writing to do so by any Party), then any Party may refer such calculation to instead be performed by the auditors of the Company for the time being, acting as experts and not as arbitrators, provided that if the auditors of the Company are unable or unwilling to act, Replacement Auditors shall be selected in accordance with the provisions of Clause 5.3.2, which shall apply mutatis mutandis .

 

15.                               TOTAL LOSS OF A VESSEL / RESCISSION OF SHIPBUILDING CONTRACT PRIOR TO DELIVERY

 

15.1.                    If, prior to Delivery, the Parties elect to cancel or rescind a Shipbuilding Contract in accordance with its terms due to a Total Loss of a Vessel and the Parties decide to claim a refund of the aggregate amount of the instalments paid, whether directly or indirectly,  under any relevant Shipbuilding Contract (together with interest thereon) or, if applicable, the Lender so directs the relevant Owner, the relevant Owner shall, if and to the extent that the shipbuilder fails to refund the same, demand payment of the relevant amount under any refund guarantee issued pursuant to the relevant Shipbuilding Contract and shall apply the

 



 

60

 

 

same in or towards repayment of any outstanding indebtedness to the Lender in respect of, or attributable to, the relevant Vessel and/or the relevant Owner under the Approved Finance.

 

15.2.                    If and to the extent that following the application of moneys as provided in Clause 15.1 any amounts specifically attributable to or owing in respect of the relevant Vessel and/or the relevant Owner remain owing to the Lender, the Parties shall consider making further equity investments pro-rata to their existing Shareholding to the Company to meet that shortfall. In circumstances where the Parties agree to make further equity investments pursuant to this Clause, the Parties agree that each Party shall pay to the other Parties, simultaneously with the payment of any further equity investments in accordance with this Clause, the Excess Contribution (as defined in Clause 15.3) and interest accrued thereon up to the date thereof.

 

15.3.                    If and to the extent that after the application of moneys as provided in Clause 15.1 there is any surplus remaining, this shall be applied firstly where the aggregate of any Party’s Shareholder Loans ( Party/Parties A ) exceeds its shareholding proportion (such excess amount hereinafter referred to as the Excess Contribution ), the Excess Contribution shall be paid first to Party/Parties A (with priority given to the Party A whose Equity Commitment and Shareholder Loans are most out of proportion) and the remaining balance thereafter distributed to the Parties as determined by the Board at the time.

 

16.                               TOTAL LOSS OF A VESSEL FOLLOWING DELIVERY

 

16.1.                    If, following Delivery of a Vessel to an Owner, that Vessel is or becomes a Total Loss:

 

16.1.1.                                   the insurance proceeds in respect of that Total Loss paid to the Owner shall be applied in or towards repayment of the outstanding indebtedness to the Lender in respect of, or attributable to, the Vessel and/or the relevant Owner under the Approved Finance;

 

16.1.2.                                   if any amounts owing to the Lender in respect of, or attributable to, the Vessel and/or the Owner under the Approved Finance, remain outstanding following the application of the insurance proceeds as contemplated in Clause 16.1.1 above, the Parties shall consider making further equity investments to the Company pro-rata to their Shareholdings to meet that shortfall;

 

16.1.3.                                   any surplus remaining following the application of the insurance proceeds as contemplated in Clause 16.1.1 above shall be applied in or towards repayment of the Equity Commitments and Shareholder Loans (if any) provided that where

 



 

61

 

 

the aggregate of any Party’s Equity Commitment(s) and Shareholder Loans ( Party/Parties A ) exceeds its shareholding proportion of total Equity Commitment(s) and Shareholder Loans (such excess amount hereinafter referred to as the Excess Contribution ), the Excess Contribution shall be paid first to Party/Parties A (with priority given to the Party A whose Equity Commitment and Shareholder Loans are most out of proportion) and the remaining balance thereafter distributed to the Parties in proportion to their Shareholding; and

 

16.1.4.                                   upon the application of any surplus in accordance with the provisions of Clause 16.1.3 above, the Owner of that Vessel shall be wound up (unless otherwise agreed by the Parties).

 

17.                               VOLUNTARY SALE OF VESSELS AND SHIPBUILDING CONTRACTS

 

17.1.                    No Owner shall be authorised to sell a Vessel or a Shipbuilding Contract until the Delivery of the last of the Vessels.

 

17.2.                    An Owner shall not be entitled to sell its right, title and interest in and to its Vessel or its Shipbuilding Contract (as the case may be) (and for the purpose of this Clause 17, references to a Vessel shall include references to its Shipbuilding Contract, as appropriate) without the consent of all Parties to be expressed in the form of a unanimous resolution of the Board of the Owner and the Company.

 

17.3.                    If a Party proposes a resolution relating to the sale of a Vessel and such consent is not given by all Parties or, if such a resolution is passed but subsequently there is a failure to agree any of the items set out in Clause 17.4, this shall constitute a deadlock and any Party shall thereafter be entitled to serve a Deadlock Notice on the other Parties in accordance with the provisions of Clause 13.2, subject always to Clause 13.4.

 

17.4.                    If such consent is given then the Parties shall procure that the following steps shall be followed by an Owner when voluntarily selling a Vessel:

 

Step 1:

 

17.4.1.                                   Each Party shall select a separate Approved Broker within 10 (ten) Business Days of the passing of the unanimous resolution referred to in Clause 17.2.  Each Party shall promptly notify the relevant Approved Broker and each other Party of their choice.  If a Party fails to select an Approved Broker within such

 



 

62

 

 

10 (ten) Business Days, the remaining two Parties shall jointly select a third Approved Broker within a further 5 (five) Business Days.  The 3 (three) Approved Brokers thus selected in accordance with this Clause 17.4.1 shall be the Selected Approved Brokers ;

 

17.4.2.                                   If 1 (one) Vessel is being sold, each Party shall, immediately following the selection of the Selected Approved Brokers in accordance with Clause 17.4.1, instruct the Approved Broker that it nominated to notify each Party in writing within 15 (fifteen) Business Days of its opinion as to the value of that Vessel.  The valuation(s) carried out by any Approved Broker under this Agreement shall be desk-top valuations based on an arm’s-length sale of a particular Vessel or Vessels, and assuming that the relevant vessel(s) is or are in good condition for a vessel(s) of its type and age.  In any case(s) where the Vessel or Vessels have not yet been delivered pursuant to their respective Shipbuilding Contract, the valuation(s) carried out by any Approved Broker under this Agreement shall be desk-top valuations based on an arm’s-length transfer of the applicable Shipbuilding Contract(s), assuming that the relevant Vessel(s)shall be delivered on schedule and in physical conformity with its/their contractual description and specifications and taking into account any sums already paid or deposited in respect of such contract.

 

17.4.3.                                   In the event that more than 1 (one) Vessel is being sold, the Parties shall determine, in conjunction with the Selected Approved Brokers, whether the Vessels are to be sold En Bloc or individually.  The Parties and the Selected Approved Brokers shall have 15 (fifteen) Business Days from the date on which the Selected Approved Brokers are chosen to share relevant evidence with each other in any manner they may see fit.  Following such 15 (fifteen) Business Days each Party shall instruct the Approved Broker that it nominated to notify each Party in writing of its opinion as to:

 

17.4.3.1.                    the aggregate value of the Vessels that are agreed to be sold if such Vessels are to be sold individually; and

 

17.4.3.2.                    the aggregate value of the Vessels that are agreed to be sold if such Vessels are to be sold En Bloc.

 

Each Party shall not disclose any valuation received to any other Approved Broker or Party until such time as all valuations are finalised and have been

 



 

63

 

 

received by the Parties.  An En Bloc sale will be pursued if a majority of the Selected Approved Brokers confirm that they expect an En Bloc sale to achieve a greater aggregate sale value for Vessels that are agreed to be sold than if such vessels were sold individually;

 

17.4.4.                                   The Parties shall have 10 (ten) Business Days from receipt of the final valuation provided by the Selected Approved Brokers in accordance with Clause 17.4.2 or Clause 17.4.3, as applicable, to consider the valuations.  The price at which the relevant Vessel(s) is/are to be sold will be determined by agreement of the Parties after such 10 (ten) Business Days, in accordance with the following procedure:

 

17.4.4.1.                    the Parties shall promptly consider the three valuations upon receipt;

 

17.4.4.2.                    the Parties shall disregard any valuation provided by a Selected Approved Broker which is more than 5 (five) per cent. below the average of the 2 (two) valuations prepared by the remaining Selected Approved Brokers (the Remaining Approved Brokers );

 

17.4.4.3.                    promptly following a decision to disregard a valuation as described in Clause 17.4.4.2, the Parties shall appoint another Approved Broker within 5 (five) Business Days (the Replacement Approved Broker );

 

17.4.4.4.                    the Parties shall instruct the Replacement Approved Broker to provide a valuation for the Vessel(s) within a further 15 (fifteen) Business Days, and to notify each Party in writing of such valuation.  For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that more than 1 (one) Vessel is being sold, the Parties shall instruct the Replacement Approved Broker to consider whether such sale should occur individually or En Bloc; and

 

17.4.4.5.                    the Parties shall use the average of the resulting 3 (three) valuations (irrespective of whether the Replacement Approved Broker’s valuation is more than 5 (five) per cent below the average of the 2 (two) valuations prepared by the Remaining Approved Brokers) for the purposes of determining the value of the relevant Vessel(s);

 



 

64

 

 

17.4.5.                                   The Parties shall take or procure that the relevant Owner shall take all steps necessary for the sale of its Vessel at the price determined by the Parties in conjunction with the relevant Approved Brokers (including the Replacement Approved Broker, if relevant) in accordance with Clause 17.4.4.  Such sale shall be on Norwegian Saleform 2012 contract terms, with logical amendments as may be required by the context;

 

Step 2:

 

17.4.6.                                   The Parties agree and the Company shall procure that Grindrod shall have the first right to acquire the relevant Vessel(s) at the price determined in accordance with Clause 17.4.4.

 

17.4.7.                                   Following the determination of the price in accordance with Clause 17.4.4, Grindrod shall have 30 (thirty) Business Days to notify the Investors in writing whether or not Grindrod wishes to exercise the right described in Clause 17.4.6.

 

17.4.8.                                   If Grindrod elects to purchase the Vessel(s), the Parties shall comply with Clause 19.7 to promptly effect the sale of the relevant Vessel(s) to Grindrod;

 

17.4.9.                                   If Grindrod either fails to make an election within the relevant 30 (thirty) Business Day period, or elects to not purchase the Vessel(s), then:

 

17.4.9.1.                    the relevant Vessel(s) shall be offered for sale to the Investors at the price determined in accordance with Clause 17.4.4. Each Investor shall have a further 15 (fifteen) Business Days to notify the other Parties whether or not it wishes to purchase the relevant Vessel(s); and

 

17.4.9.2.                    if one or both of the Investors elect to purchase the relevant Vessel(s), the relevant Vessel(s) shall be sold to in whole or in part to one or both of the Investors (as the Investors may agree between them). If both Investors are interested in purchasing all but not some only of the relevant Vessel(s), the Investors shall submit bids and counter-bids and the Investor who has submitted the highest bid by 1700GMT on the fifth Business Day following the day on which the relevant Vessel(s) were offered for sale to the Investors, shall purchase the relevant Vessel(s) for a price equal to their highest bid.

 



 

65

 

 

Step 3:

 

17.4.10.                            If neither Grindrod nor the Investors wish to purchase the Vessel(s), the Parties shall instruct the Selected Approved Brokers, or the 2 (two) Remaining Approved Brokers and the Replacement Approved Broker, (the Voluntary Sale Approved Broker s) to conduct a sale process to offer the relevant Vessel(s) for sale to third party buyers on the open market within 30 (thirty) Business Days, at the price determined in accordance with Clause 17.4.4 or such other minimum reserve price determined by unanimous approval of the Parties ( Reserve Price ).  Both Grindrod and the Investors shall be permitted to make an offer to purchase the Vessel(s) on the open market;

 

17.4.11.                            Any Vessel(s) placed for sale on the open market by the Voluntary Sale Approved Brokers pursuant to Clause 17.4.10 shall be sold to any buyer making the highest offer above the Reserve Price;

 

17.4.12.                            If the Voluntary Sale Approved Brokers fail within 30 (thirty) Business Days to find a buyer (or buyers) willing to purchase the Vessel(s) at or above the Reserve Price, as evidenced by a signed and subject free contract for the sale of the Vessel within 30 (thirty) Business Days following the date on which the Vessel is placed on the market for sale, then the Parties shall instruct the Voluntary Sale Broker to withdraw the Vessel(s) from the open market and Steps 1 to 3 above shall be repeated.

 

17.5.                    For the avoidance of doubt the sale procedure set out in Clause 17.4 shall not apply to the sale by an Owner of a Vessel or Vessels on termination in accordance with Clause 18.

 

17.6.                    All proceeds received by an Owner from the sale of a Vessel shall be applied by the Owner towards repayment of all outstanding indebtedness due to any Lender in respect of, or attributable to, that Vessel and/or the Owner under the Approved Finance.

 

17.7.                    If, following the application of the sale proceeds as contemplated in Clause 17.6 above, any amounts remain owing to the Lender in respect of, or which are attributable to, that Vessel and/or the Owner under the Approved Finance, the Parties shall consider making further equity investments to the Company to enable the Company or the Owner to meet that shortfall. In circumstances where further equity investments are unanimously agreed to be made by the Parties under this Clause, the Parties agree that each Party shall pay to the other Parties, simultaneously with the payment of any further equity investments in

 



 

66

 

 

accordance with this Clause any Excess Contribution (as defined in Clause 15.3) and interest accrued thereon up to the date thereof.

 

17.8.                    Any surplus remaining following the application of the sale proceeds as contemplated in Clause 17.6 above shall to the extent permitted by any Lender be applied in or towards payment of Distributions in accordance with Clause 12.3; and

 

17.9.                    Upon the application of any surplus in accordance with the provisions of Clauses 17.6 to 17.8 (both inclusive), the relevant Owner shall be wound up (unless otherwise agreed by the Parties).

 

18.                               TERMINATION

 

18.1.                    The Parties intend that the joint venture created under this Agreement will terminate on or within 1 (one) month of 31 December 2018 ( Joint Venture Termination Date ). The Parties shall procure that that any Vessels then remaining under the ownership of the Group shall be offered for sale (subject to each Vessel’s charter and trading commitments) in accordance with the procedure set out in Clause 18.3. Following completion of the sale of all of the remaining Vessels in accordance with Clause 18.3 and distribution of all remaining funds or the settlement of all outstanding liabilities of a Group Company in circumstances where no excess funds are available for distribution in accordance with Clause 18.5, the Parties shall wind up each Group Company.

 

18.2.                    If prior to the Joint Venture Termination Date any deadlock cannot be resolved in the manner contemplated by Clause 13.3 within the Consensual Resolution Period (subject always to Clause 13.4.1), or in the circumstances set out in Clause 4.5, then any Party may serve a termination notice (a Termination Notice ) on the other Parties.

 

18.3.                    Within:

 

18.3.1.                                   6 (six) months of the Joint Venture Termination Date; or

 

18.3.2.                                   3 (three) months after a Termination Notice is served,

 

the Vessels then remaining under the ownership of the Group Companies shall be offered for sale (subject to each Vessel’s charter and trading commitments) subject to the following steps:

 



 

67

 

 

Step 1:

 

18.3.3.                                   The price at which the each of the relevant Vessel(s) is to be sold will be determined in accordance with the valuation methodology in Clause 17.4 to Clause 17.4.4.

 

Step 2:

 

18.3.4.                                   The Parties agree and the Company shall procure that Grindrod shall have the first right to acquire each Vessel (where individual sales are pursued) or all of the Vessels (where an En Bloc sale is pursued) at the price determined in accordance with Clause 18.3.3.

 

18.3.5.                                   Following the determination of the price in accordance with Clause 18.3.3, Grindrod shall have 30 (thirty) Business Days to notify the Investors in writing whether or not Grindrod wishes to exercise the right described in Clause 18.3.4.

 

18.3.6.                                   If Grindrod elects to purchase the relevant Vessels, the Parties shall comply with Clause 19.7 to promptly effect the sale of the relevant Vessel(s) to Grindrod;

 

18.3.7.                                   If Grindrod either fails to make an election within the relevant 30 (thirty) Business Day period, or elects to not purchase the relevant Vessels, then:

 

18.3.7.1.                    the relevant Vessels shall be offered for sale to the Investors at the price determined in accordance with Clause 18.3.3.  Each Investor shall have a further 15 (fifteen) Business Days to notify the other Parties whether or not it wishes to purchase the relevant Vessels; and

 

18.3.7.2.                    if one or both of the Investors elect to purchase the relevant Vessels, the relevant Vessels shall be sold in whole or in part to one or both of the Investors (as the Investors may agree between them).  If  both Investors are interested in purchasing all but not some only of the relevant Vessel(s), the Investors shall submit bids and counter-bids and the Investor who has submitted the highest bid by 1700GMT on the fifth Business Day following the day on which the relevant Vessel(s) were offered for sale to the Investors, shall purchase the relevant Vessel(s) for a price equal to their highest bid

 



 

68

 

 

Step 3:

 

18.3.8.                                   If neither Grindrod nor the Investors wish to purchase the relevant Vessels, the Parties shall instruct the Selected Approved Brokers, or the 2 (two) Remaining Approved Brokers and the Replacement Approved Broker, as applicable (the Mandatory Sale Approved Brokers ) to conduct a sale process to offer the relevant Vessels for sale to third party buyers on the open market without delay, at the price determined in accordance with Clause 18.3.3 or such price discounted by 5 (five) per cent. (the Discounted Reserve Price ).

 

18.3.9.                                   Vessels placed for sale on the open market by the Mandatory Sale Approved Brokers pursuant to Clause 18.3.8 shall be sold to any buyer making the highest offer above the Discounted Reserve Price within 30 (thirty) Business Days.

 

18.3.10.                            Both Grindrod and the Investors shall be entitled to make an offer to purchase the relevant Vessels in the open market in accordance with the procedure set out in Clauses 18.3.8 and 18.3.9, though shall not be permitted to make an offer to purchase the relevant Vessels on the open market for the first 20 (twenty) Business Days of the relevant sale process, provided that no third party offer shall be accepted without the parties having had the opportunity to make an offer.

 

18.3.11.                            Where the highest price offered on the open market exceeds the Discounted Reserve Price then the relevant Vessels shall be sold to the highest bidder.

 

18.3.12.                            Where the highest price offered on the open market is less than the Discounted Reserve Price then Grindrod shall have the first right to purchase the relevant Vessels at a price equal to the highest offer made on the open market, such right to be exercised by Grindrod serving notice in writing upon the Mandatory Sale Approved Brokers and the Investors within 15 (fifteen) Business Days of the expiration of the 30 (thirty) Business Day offer period in Clause 18.3.9. In the event that Grindrod elects within a period of 15 (fifteen) days of being offered the relevant Vessels, not to purchase the relevant Vessels at such price then the relevant Vessels shall be offered to the Investors at such price. If the Investors elect not to purchase the relevant Vessels at such price within a period of 15 (fifteen) days of being offered the relevant Vessels for purchase

 


 

69

 

 

then the relevant Vessels shall promptly be sold by the Mandatory Sale Approved Brokers to the highest bid made on the open market.

 

18.4.                    In connection with the sale of a Vessel pursuant to Clause 18.3, the Parties hereby agree to promptly (i) procure a resolution of the relevant Owner’s Board in favour of the sale, (ii) pass a shareholders’ resolution of the Company in favour of the sale, and (iii) otherwise co-operate so as to ensure the prompt completion of the delivery of each Vessel to the new owner(s).

 

18.5.                    Upon receipt of the net proceeds of sale of each Vessel under Clause 18.3, the Parties shall promptly procure the following:

 

18.5.1.                                   rationalisation of each Owner’s accounts and the settlement of any outstanding third party liabilities of each Owner;

 

18.5.2.                                   the remaining funds shall be applied as follows:

 

18.5.2.1.                    first, in settlement of any outstanding third party liabilities of the Company or of any Owner in circumstances where the net proceeds of sale by an Owner of its Vessel were insufficient to meet its outstanding third party liabilities. The Parties will make further equity investments as may be unanimously agreed to meet any shortfall arising as part of this settlement process;

 

18.5.2.2.                    second, as Distributions to the Parties up to the amount that ensures any Excess Contribution amounts owed to a Party are settled (to the extent not already settled as at that date) in accordance with Clause 16.1.3 following the application of Clause 18.3; and

 

18.5.2.3.                    thirdly, any remaining amount to be distributed to the Parties in accordance with Clause 12,

 

18.6.                    Following the distribution of all remaining funds or the investment of any additional funds in accordance with Clause 18.5.2 the Parties shall wind up each Group Company.

 

18.7.                    Following completion of the process set out in Clause 18.5 for all of the Vessels and the Group Companies, this Agreement (and the joint venture contemplated herein) shall terminate with no Party owing any further obligations to the other Parties save for such as have already fallen due for performance or payment at that time.

 



 

70

 

 

18.8.                    This Agreement shall remain in force until the earliest to occur of:

 

18.8.1.                                   termination of the Agreement by the joint written consent of all the Parties, if earlier than the Joint Venture Termination Date (including in the circumstances envisaged by Clause 4.5);

 

18.8.2.                                   the date that is twelve months following completion of a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, except when the liquidation or dissolution is a solvent reorganisation; or

 

18.8.3.                                   in relation to a Party, the date at which such a Party has transferred all of its Securities in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

18.9.                    Termination of this Agreement shall not affect any accrued rights, obligations or liabilities in existence prior to such termination, and the provisions of confidentiality, and those contained within Clause 1 and Clauses 21.3 to 38 (both inclusive), shall survive termination of this Agreement in accordance with their terms.

 

19.                               TRANSFER OF SECURITIES / VESSELS

 

19.1.                    Any Party (the Original Transferor Party ) may transfer all or any part of its Securities to any Affiliate that has entered into a Deed of Adherence provided that if the transferee Affiliate, or any subsequent transferee Affiliate, ceases to be an Affiliate of the Original Transferor Party at any time whilst it holds Securities, it shall, within 10 (ten) Business Days of such event, transfer those Securities to the Original Transferor Party or to any other entity that is, at that date, an Affiliate of the Original Transferor Party.

 

19.2.                    Save as expressly provided in this Agreement no Shareholder shall transfer, grant any security interest over, or otherwise dispose of or give any person any rights in or over, any Security or interest in any share or other security in a Group Company unless such transfer is consented to in writing by the other Parties who are not proposing to transfer such securities. The consent of such Parties may be withheld without reason prior to delivery of the last of the Vessels to the relevant Group Company but shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed after delivery of the last of the Vessels to the relevant Group Company.

 

19.3.                    Any Shareholder (the Transferor ) who has received a bona fide third party written offer to purchase all of its Securities (the Transfer Securities ) and proposes to accept such offer, shall before accepting such offer promptly give written notice (a Transfer Notice ) to the Company and to the other Shareholders, and indicate therein the price per Security of the

 



 

71

 

 

Transfer Securities and attach thereto a true and complete copy of the prospective purchaser’s written offer.

 

19.4.                    The Transferor shall:

 

19.4.1.                                   offer in writing a proportion of the Transfer Securities to each of the other Shareholders, in direct and exact proportion to their then-current Shareholdings, at the price per Security referred to in the Transfer Notice (the First Offer ), and if the First Offer is not accepted by a particular Shareholder within 30 (thirty) Business Days after its receipt, the First Offer will be deemed to have been declined by that Shareholder;

 

19.4.2.                                   thereafter offer a second time a proportion of any Transfer Securities which any of the Shareholders have declined (or which they are deemed to have declined in terms of Clause 19.4.1) to any Shareholder who accepted the First Offer, such proportion to be in direct and exact proportion to their then-current Shareholdings of those Shareholders participating in the First Offer, at the price referred to in the Transfer Notice (the Second Offer ), and if the Second Offer is not accepted by the relevant Shareholder(s) within 10 (ten) Business Days after receipt, the Second Offer will be deemed to have been declined; and

 

19.4.3.                                   the procedure in Clause 19.4.2 shall be repeated until all of the Transfer Securities have been accepted, or the Shareholders (excluding the Transferor) decline to accept the remainder of the Transfer Securities.

 

19.5.                    The Transferor shall be entitled, after the procedures referred to in Clause 19.4 have been followed and to the extent that the Shareholders, other than the Transferor, have not accepted all of the Securities offered in terms of the Transfer Notice, to sell such Securities to a third party on the same terms and at the same price as it was offered to the other Shareholders, provided that such third party agrees in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement by entering into a Deed of Adherence.

 

19.6.                    Subject to Clause 19.1, a Shareholder transferring its Securities shall:

 

19.6.1.                                   transfer such Securities with full title guarantee and free from all Encumbrances, save for any Encumbrances under any Approved Finance;

 



 

72

 

 

19.6.2.                                   execute such transfer forms and any other documents which may be necessary to effect the transfer of all legal and beneficial title in such Securities to the transferee;

 

19.6.3.                                   promptly deliver to the transferee any and all certificates in respect of the transferred Securities,

 

19.6.4.                                   procure the resignation of any Directors appointed by the Transferor party; and

 

19.6.5.                                   procure that all transferee(s) enter into a Deed of Adherence.

 

19.7.                    Where an Owner is selling a Vessel to a Shareholder (or its nominee) in accordance with this Agreement, the Company and the Shareholders shall procure that all documents (including, without limitation, a bill of sale) are executed by the Owner and all steps taken in order to effect the transfer of title in such Vessel to such Party (or its nominee) on an “as is where is” basis in such manner as to enable the Vessel to be registered in the name of the new owner.

 

20.                               FUTURE OPPORTUNITIES

 

20.1.                    Grindrod hereby undertakes to Sankaty, Regiment and the Company that in the event that Grindrod or any of its Affiliates is considering an opportunity to establish a new joint venture for the ownership of Handysize or Supramax Vessels during the term of this Agreement then it shall first provide full information in respect of such opportunity to the Company. The Company shall elect within 30 (thirty) days of receipt of complete relevant information whether or not it wishes to pursue such opportunity. If the Company elects not to pursue such opportunity within such 30 (thirty) day period then Grindrod shall be free to pursue such opportunity independently of the Company.

 

20.2.                    Grindrod further undertakes to Sankaty, Regiment and the Company that if Grindrod is considering an opportunity to acquire or commission any further Handysize or Supramax Vessels during the period 1 (one) year from Completion (other than under existing joint-ventures or joint-ventures allowed under Clause 20.3) then it shall first provide full information in respect of such opportunity to the Company. The Company shall elect within 30 (thirty) days of receipt of complete relevant information whether or not it wishes to pursue such opportunity. If the Company elects not to pursue such opportunity within such 30 (thirty) day period then Grindrod shall be free to pursue such opportunity independently of the Company, provided that any such Vessel shall be included in the pool arrangement

 



 

73

 

 

contemplated by the Pooling Agreements to the extent such Vessel complies with the requirements for participation in the pool arrangement.

 

20.3.                    The Parties and the Company hereby acknowledge and agree that the restrictions contained in Clause 20.1 shall not apply to any new joint ventures that Grindrod may seek to establish with Marubeni and/or Sumitomo.

 

20.4.                    Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, Grindrod shall not be precluded from continuing with its other shipping activities in any way.

 

21.                               PARTIES DUTIES TO EACH OTHER

 

21.1.                    The Parties undertake with each other to exercise their rights as Shareholders in a manner consistent with this Agreement and so as to ensure that each Group Company fully and promptly observes, performs and complies with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein.

 

21.2.                    Each Investor undertakes to the Sponsor that it shall disclose to Sponsor in writing:

 

21.2.1.                                   details of any investments made by the Investor and its Affiliates that involve the direct or indirect ownership of 20 (twenty) per cent. or more of the voting shares of an entity that may reasonably be regarded as operating in the handysize or supramax drybulk carrier sector ( Relevant Sector ); and

 

21.2.2.                                   any appointment of such Investor or any of its Affiliates, or any director, officer or employee of such Investor or its Affiliates, to the position of director in any entity in the Relevant Sector.

 

Any such disclosure pursuant to this Clause 21.2 shall be made by the Investor as soon as reasonably practicable relevant following an Investor obtaining actual knowledge of such investment and/or position, as appropriate.

 

21.3.                    Each Party shall procure that each of its Affiliates that holds any Security shall vote and otherwise act at the same time and in the same manner as such Party in relation to any matter that is the subject of any provision of this Agreement.

 

22.                               CERTAIN TAX MATTERS

 

22.1.                    Reporting.  Any Party shall be entitled (but not required) to appoint in its name and at its expense an accounting firm or other advisor to assist such Party (i) to determine whether

 



 

74

 

 

any Group Company has been a “passive foreign investment company” or a “controlled foreign corporation” or a corporation having a similar status for purposes of the Code, (ii) to determine the consequences to the Parties of such status, and (iii) all such other information that is reasonably necessary for the Parties, or any direct or indirect investor in the Parties, to duly complete and file their income tax returns or may be reasonably necessary in connection with any tax audit or controversy, and the Company shall (and shall cause each Group Company to) co-operate with the Party and its advisors in this regard (including timely providing any factual information that that such Party and/or its advisors may reasonably request). In addition, at the request of a Party, the Company shall (and shall cause each Group Company to) cooperate with such Party in making and maintaining, or permitting the Party (or direct or indirect investor in the Party) to make and maintain, any election permitted under the Code (including a qualified electing fund election pursuant to Code Section 1295), but no Group Company shall be party to such election.  Neither the Company nor the Administration Manager shall have any responsibility for determining what information may be required. The Party requesting the information shall specify the required information in writing giving reasonable time for the Company and the Administration Manager to prepare the information. If any Party requests tax information prepared by another Party’s tax advisors, the requesting Party agrees to share in the costs of such tax advisor pro rata.

 

22.2.                    Tax Elections.  As of the date of this Agreement, neither the Company nor any Group Company has at the date of this Agreement filed a “check-the-box” election pursuant to U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701-3 (Internal Revenue Service Form 8832).  The Company agrees not to make any election to be treated as anything other than a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes without the prior unanimous consent of the Parties.  Each Owner agrees upon the request of any Party to file a “check-the-box” election pursuant to U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701-3 (Internal Revenue Service Form 8832) electing to be treated as a disregarded entity of the Company, and to use its best endeavours to achieve an effective date on or before the date such Owner was acquired by the Company (i.e., within 75 days of the date such Owner was acquired), provided that each Owner shall be entitled to engage an internationally recognised accounting firm that is reasonably acceptable to such Party to prepare such Internal Revenue Service Form 8832 and that if the costs of such accounting firm exceed USD 20,000 (twenty thousand Dollars) in total for all Group Companies, then the Group Companies shall be entitled to recover the excess from the requesting Party.

 

22.3.                    Treaty Benefits.  The Company shall use its reasonable efforts to benefit from the provisions of any tax treaty between Singapore, on the one hand, and Luxembourg or Mauritius, on the

 



 

75

 

 

other hand. Each Party shall cooperate with the other Parties and the Company to determine if the Company is, from time to time, entitled to the benefits of any tax treaty between Singapore, on the one hand, and Luxembourg or Mauritius, on the other hand.

 

22.4.                    Tax Structuring.  The Company shall provide written notice to the Parties at least forty-five days prior to (i) any initial public offering of any Group Company or (ii) any distribution of cash by the Company to the Investors.  During the 30 day period after such notice has been provided, the Group Companies agree to cooperate in good faith with the Parties, and to consider such actions as may be reasonably requested by the Parties, to minimize any material adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences that may arise to the Parties, or any direct or indirect owner of the Parties, with respect to such transaction (including, if requested by Parties, filing a U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form 8832 with respect to the Company or one or more of the Group Companies). The Group Companies shall be entitled to obtain advice from an internationally recognised accounting firm in order to determine whether such action may have a material adverse effect on the Group Companies, or any of the Parties.

 

22.5.                    QEF Elections.  In the event that any Party notifies the Company in writing that it (or any of its direct or indirect investors) intends to make a QEF Election for any calendar year, the Company shall, as soon as reasonably practical following the end of such calendar year (but in no event later than 90 days following the end of such calendar year) provide to such Party an annual PFIC information statement in the form specified in Treasury Regulation Section 1.1295-1(g).  The Company shall be entitled to obtain advice from an internationally recognised accounting firm that is reasonably acceptable to the requesting Party in order to prepare annual PFIC information statement; provided that any reasonable costs of such accounting firm shall be borne pro rata by the requesting Parties.

 

22.6.                    Withholding Tax.  Any withholding or any other taxes on interest on Shareholder Loans or on Distributions that are required by law shall be borne by the relevant Party (netted off Distributions or interest where applicable) and the amount of interest or Distribution shall not be grossed up by the Company. For purposes of determining the IRR, the amount of the Distribution declared shall be taken into account and not the amount net of any withholding or other taxes applied; provided, however, that if any withholding taxes are imposed on Distributions made to all Parties, then for purposes of determining the IRR, the amount of the Distribution declared shall be net of any such withholding taxes.  The Company shall promptly provide the relevant Party with receipts showing payment of any withheld amounts to the appropriate taxing authority.

 



 

76

 

 

22.7.                    No Group Company shall be liable for any loss or expense in regard to any tax matters relating to any of the Parties or any of its direct or indirect investors except to the extent any Party is actually and prejudicially harmed by the wilful failure to provide accurate information or due to an unreasonable delay in providing the requested information.

 

23.                               CONFIDENTIALITY

 

23.1.                    Each Party and the Company will (and will procure that any director appointed by it hereunder, any employee, adviser, agent or representative will) keep confidential and will not disclose to any person:

 

23.1.1.                                   the details of this Agreement, the details of the negotiations leading to this Agreement, and the information handed over to such Party during the course of negotiations, as well as the details of all the transactions or agreements contemplated in this Agreement; and

 

23.1.2.                                   any confidential information relating to the business or the operations and affairs of the Parties and the Group,

 

together, the Confidential Information .

 

23.2.                    The obligation of confidentiality placed on the Parties in terms of this Clause 22.1 shall cease to apply in respect of any Confidential Information which:

 

23.2.1.                                   is or becomes generally available to the public other than by the negligence or default of any Party or by the breach of this Agreement;

 

23.2.2.                                   has lawfully become known by or come into the possession of any Party on a non-confidential basis from a source other than any other Party, having the legal right to disclose same;

 

23.2.3.                                   is required to be disclosed in the audited financial statements of any Group Company (or the direct or indirect shareholders of any Group Company) by its auditor; or

 

23.2.4.                                   is disclosed pursuant to a requirement from any applicable regulatory authority, recognised stock exchange, or by operation of law, regulation or court order, to the extent of compliance with such requirement only and not for any other purpose.

 



 

77

 

 

23.3.                    Before any public announcement or statement is made by any Party in relation to the Group, the Party issuing such public announcement or statement shall use its best endeavours to (a) provide each other Party, with a written draft of the proposed announcement or statement at least 3 (three) Business Days before the proposed time of the announcement, and (b) agree the wording and timing of such announcement or statement with each other Party.

 

23.4.                    No Party shall be entitled to use by name, or make reference to, the participation of any other Party hereto in the capital of the Company or ownership of the Group, without the prior written consent of such other Party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

23.5.                    Notwithstanding the terms of this Clause 22.1:

 

23.5.1.                                   the Parties may disclose any Confidential Information which they would otherwise be prohibited from doing so, to their Affiliates, or investors or limited partners and the directors, employees, agents, professional advisers or consultants of any such direct or indirect shareholders or investors or limited partners, to any bona fide prospective shareholders or investors or limited partners or their professional advisers or consultants, and to any bona fide third party prospective purchasers of the shares held by them, provided that any such Party procures that any such recipient is bound to substantially the same obligations of confidentiality contained therein; and

 

23.5.2.                                   the Parties shall not to use any Confidential Information in competition with the Company.

 

23.6.                    The restrictions contained in this Clause 23 shall continue to apply notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement for any reason for a period of 36 (thirty six) months following such termination.  For the avoidance of doubt, this Clause 23.6 shall not affect any accrued rights, obligations or liabilities in existence prior to termination.

 

24.                               REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

24.1.                    On the date of this Agreement and (to the extent applicable) thereafter on each day on which this Agreement remains in full force and effect, each Party and the Company represents and warrants to the other Party that:

 



 

78

 

 

24.1.1.                                   it is a company duly organised, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated and has perpetual corporate existence and the capacity to sue or be sued in its own name, and has the power to own the property and assets that it presently owns and to continue to conduct the business it presently conducts;

 

24.1.2.                                   it has power to enter into and perform this Agreement and has taken all necessary corporate and other action required to authorise the execution and delivery of this Agreement and its performance according to its terms;

 

24.1.3.                                   the execution and delivery of this Agreement and its performance according to its terms do not and will not:-

 

24.1.3.1.                    contravene the constitutional documents of that Party;

 

24.1.3.2.                    violate any law to which that Party is subject;

 

24.1.3.3.                    result in a breach of, or default under, any agreement, instrument or arrangement to which that Party is a party or which is binding upon that Party or any of its assets.

 

25.                               WAIVER

 

No exercise or failure to exercise or delay in exercising any right, power or remedy vested in any Party under or pursuant to this Agreement shall constitute a waiver by that Party of that or any other right, power or remedy.

 

26.                               COSTS AND TAXES

 

26.1.                    The Company shall pay all reasonable legal fees and disbursements of each Party in relation to the negotiation, preparation, execution, performance and implementation of this Agreement and each document referred to in it and other agreements forming part of the transaction, subject to a maximum amount of USD $695,000 (six hundred and ninety five thousand Dollars) which shall be shared between the Parties pro rata based on their proportionate Shareholdings.  Any and all such claims shall be subject to the production of valid invoices or other such evidence as the Board may reasonably require.

 

26.2.                    If any Party for whatsoever reason does not utilize the full amount available to it under Clause 26.1 within six months of Completion (a Non-Claimant ), the remainder of the Non-Claimant’s share may be made available to the other Parties (each a Claimant ) and utilized

 


 

79

 

 

in accordance with Clause 26.1.  Any such remaining amount shall be made available to the Claimant Parties pro rata based upon their proportionate Shareholdings, discounting the Non-Claimant’s Shareholding.

 

27.                               ANTI-BRIBERY, ANTI-CORRUPTION AND SANCTIONS

 

27.1.                    The Parties shall each do all that is necessary and within their respective power and control to ensure that a Group Company will not directly or indirectly at any time offer, promise, give or receive any improper financial payment and/or other improper advantage to or from any person, customer or supplier (whether a public official or otherwise) with the intention of influencing them and obtaining or retaining an advantage in the conduct of the business of the Group.  No Group Company will engage in any transaction with any and entity in or national of a country subject to Sanctions.  In order to promote the achievement of the objectives set out in this Clause 27, the Board of the Company shall:

 

27.1.1.                                   adopt, apply and monitor an appropriate anti-bribery and anti-corruption and sanctions policy (the Policy ), that takes into account all laws applicable to the Group and includes adequate procedures designed to prevent the behaviours referred to in this Clause 27;

 

27.1.2.                                   maintain an appropriate process for employees to report, anonymously if desired, instances of bribery, corruption or fraudulent practices, or activities in contravention of Sanctions;

 

27.1.3.                                   ensure that its employees are aware of and understand the Policy and the processes; and

 

27.1.4.                                   ensure that reports are regularly presented to the Parties on the application and monitoring of the Policy and any reported incident.

 

27.2.                    The Parties shall use best endeavours and shall negotiate in good faith to agree the Policy within 12 (twelve) months of Completion on terms that comply with Clause 27.1 and are mutually acceptable to the Parties.

 

28.                               ASSIGNMENT

 

No Party may without the prior written consent of each other Party or (except as herein expressly provided) assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, except in connection with a transfer of Shares permitted pursuant to Clause 19.

 



 

80

 

 

29.                               THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

 

A person or entity which is not a party to this Agreement may not enforce or otherwise have the benefit of any provision of this Agreement under the Contract (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

30.                               SEVERABILITY

 

If any provision of this Agreement is or subsequently becomes void, unenforceable or illegal, that shall not affect the validity, enforceability or legality of the other provisions of this Agreement.

 

31.                               ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement (together with all agreements and documents executed contemporaneously with it or referred to in it) constitutes a statement of the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to its subject matter, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, whether oral or written, with respect to such subject matter.

 

32.                               SUPREMACY OF AGREEMENT

 

In case of any inconsistency or conflict between any provision of this Agreement and any provision of the Articles or any of the other constitutional documents of a Group Company, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

 

33.                               NOTICES, ETC.

 

33.1.                    Any notice or other communication hereunder (a Communication ) shall be in the English language and be sent by letter or facsimile transmission addressed as follows (or as the intended recipient(s) shall have notified the sender in accordance with this Clause 33):

 

33.1.1.                                   if to Grindrod:

 

200 Cantonment Road

#03-01 Southpoint

Singapore 089763

 

Tel:+ 65 6323 0048

Fax: + 65 6323 0046

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

 

33.1.2.                                   if to Regiment:

 

Mark Brostowski

Regiment Capital Advisors, LP

222 Berkeley Street, 12th floor

Boston, MA 02116

 



 

81

 

 

617-488-1600

Fax: 617-488-1660;

 

Chris Quinn

Regiment Capital Advisors, LP

222 Berkeley Street, 12th floor

Boston, MA 02116

617-488-1664

Fax: 617-488-1660;

 

Brian Miller

Regiment Capital Advisors, LP

222 Berkeley Street, 12th floor

Boston, MA 02116

617-488-1636

Fax: 617-488-1660; and

 

Derek Meisner

Regiment Capital Advisors, LP

222 Berkeley Street, 12th floor

Boston, MA 02116

617-488-1646

Fax: 617-488-1660

 

33.1.3.                                   if to Sankaty:

 

Ranesh Ramanathan

Sankaty Advisors, LLC

John Hancock Tower

200 Clarendon Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02116

Tel:  617-516-2247

Fax: 617-652-3247

 

33.2.                    Any Communication shall be deemed to have been delivered 7 (seven) days after having been sent by post, prepared and addressed as required by Clause 33.1. In the case of a facsimile transmission, delivery shall be deemed to have occurred at the time of completion of transmission thereof (as evidenced by error free transmission or answer-back slip), provided that it is received within normal working hours in the country of the addressee, if not, it shall be deemed received on the next following Business Day in such country.

 

33.3.                    Any Communication sent to or received by any of Sankaty, Regiment or Grindrod shall be effected in accordance with Clause 33.1.  If any Communication is to be sent to or received by an Affiliate of a Party, it shall be deemed to have been appropriately sent or received if addressed to the Party that is an Affiliate of such person.

 

34.                               NO PARTNERSHIP

 

Nothing in this Agreement shall constitute or be deemed to constitute a partnership between the Parties hereto and none of them shall have any authority to bind the other in any way.

 



 

82

 

 

35.                               VARIATION AND COUNTERPARTS

 

35.1.                    No variation of this Agreement shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by or on behalf of each Party.

 

35.2.                    This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same agreement.

 

36.                               CONSEQUENTIAL LOSS

 

No Party shall in any circumstances be liable to any other Party for any special, indirect or consequential loss, including any loss of profit, loss of revenue, loss of use or loss of contract arising out of a breach of any of the terms of this Agreement, including without limitation any breach of any representation or warranty contained in this Agreement.

 

37.                               THE COMPANY AS PARTY

 

The Company agrees and acknowledges the terms of this Agreement and agrees to comply with its terms at all times.

 

38.                               GOVERNING LAW AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

38.1.                    This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England and Wales.  Subject to Clause 38.5, the Parties irrevocably agree that the courts of England are to have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any disputes which may arise out of or in connection with this Agreement, and that accordingly any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, including the existence, validity or termination thereof, shall be brought in such courts and each Party each hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such courts.

 

38.2.                    Grindrod irrevocably appoints Grindrod Shipping Services UK Limited, at its registered office for the time being, presently at 8 th  Floor, St Magnus House, 3 Lower Thames St, London EC3R 6HD , to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts.

 

38.3.                    Regiment irrevocably appoints Law Debenture Corporate Services Limited (c/o Ms Anne Hills), at its registered office for the time being, presently at Fifth Floor, 100 Wood Street, London EC2V 7EX, to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts.

 



 

83

 

 

38.4.                    Sankaty irrevocably appoints Sankaty Advisors, Ltd. (c/o Legal Counsel) at its registered office for the time being, presently at Devonshire House, 7th floor, Mayfair Place, London W1J 8AJ, to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts.

 

38.5.                    Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 38.1, if a matter is referred for arbitration in accordance with Clause 13.4.1, any such dispute shall be referred to arbitration for final determination in accordance with the rules of arbitration ( Rules ) of the London Court of International Arbitration ( LCIA ) which Rules are deemed incorporated by reference into this Agreement. The seat of arbitration shall be London, England and the language of the arbitration shall be English. The number of arbitrators shall be 3 (three) with each of the claimant and respondent party or parties appointing one arbitrator respectively and the chairman or presiding arbitrator to be selected by the LCIA Court.

 

38.6.                    Nothing in this Clause 38 shall limit the right of any Party to commence proceedings to enforce any judgment or award ( Enforcement Proceedings ) or to seek provisional, conservatory or protective relief ( Interim Conservatory Proceedings ) before any court of competent jurisdiction nor shall the commencement of any such Enforcement Proceedings or Interim Conservatory Proceedings in one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of similar Enforcement or Interim Conservatory Proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not.

 


 

84

 

 

IN WITNESS whereof the Parties have duly executed this Agreement as a deed as of the day and year first above written.

 

EXECUTED as a DEED by REGIMENT CAPITAL LTD. , acting by Regiment Capital Management, LLC, as its Investment Advisor:

 

Regiment Capital Management, LLC acting by

/s/ Mark A Brostoulski

 

 

 

 

and

/s/ Robert Spork

 

being [a] person[s] who, in accordance with the laws of the territory in which the Regiment Capital Management, LLC is incorporated is / are acting under the authority of the Regiment Capital Management, LLC

 

Authorised Signatory

/s/ Mark A Brostoulski

 

 

 

 

Authorised Signatory

/s/ Robert Spork

 



 

85

 

 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

)

 

 

 

 

SANKATY EUROPEAN INVESTMENTS III

 

 

 

 

 

S.À R.L.

)

 

 

 

 

acting by:

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

sign here:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Ranesh Ramanathan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

print name:

 

 

 

In the presence of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness sign here:

Witness signature:

 

 

 

 

/s/ Michael L. Butler

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness name:

 

print name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

86

 

 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

)

 

 

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD..

)

 

 

 

 

acting by:

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

sign here:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Martyn Richard Wade

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

sign here:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Yvette Renee Brown

 

 

 

In the presence of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness signature:

 

Witness sign here:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Gerald Christopher Kingsley-Wilkins

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness name:

 

print name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

87

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness occupation:

 

 

 

 

 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

)

 

 

 

 

IVS BULK PTE. LTD.

)

 

 

 

 

acting by:

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

sign here:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Carl David Ackerly

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

sign here:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Yvette Renee Brown

 

 

 

In the presence of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness signature:

 

Witness sign here:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Gerald Christopher Kingsley-Wilkins

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness name:

 

print name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

88

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness occupation:

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

89

 

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

RESERVED MATTERS

 

(1)                                 Appointing or removing Directors other than pursuant to Clause 4 and Clause 11;

 

(2)                                 Change in scope of the Business and a change in the scope of business of the Owners;

 

(3)                                 Sale(s) of Vessels, Shipbuilding Contracts or other asset(s) (other than as may be contemplated under Clause 18);

 

(4)                                 Dividends, approval of calculations in terms of Clause 14.10.1, return of share capital, reduction in share capital, additional equity issuances, or exit events  including asset sale(s) or an initial public offering;

 

(5)                                 Assumption or guarantee of any indebtedness for borrowed money or the creation of any Encumbrance over an Vessel, including any Shareholder Loan save a Shareholder Loan made in accordance with Clause 7.2.11 or Clause 7.4 and the determination of whether third party debt funding is available in terms of Clause 7.3.1.2;

 

(6)                                 Material contracts or changes thereto, including the Shareholders’ Agreement and / or Management Agreements (for the avoidance of doubt, the removal of Grindrod as Commercial Manager and/or Technical Manager and/or Pool Manager in accordance with Clause 9.9 to Clause 9.18 shall not constitute a Reserved Matter);

 

(7)                                 Acquisition of additional vessels (other than the Contracted Vessels and the Additional Vessels) or other material assets and any additional funding required with respect to the same from any of the Parties (except as permitted in Clause 7);

 

(8)                                 Transactions with Shareholders and/or their Affiliates (other than for any services provided by Grindrod under the Management Agreements and any ship’s agency and bunkering services provided by other companies in the Grindrod Group on market-related, arms’ length terms);

 

(9)                                 Transactions with any party other than on arm’s length terms;

 

(10)                          Cessation of business;

 

(11)                          Change in, creation of, issue of, transfer of or cancellation of shares (transactions under the Share Subscription Agreement, Share Sale Agreement and this Agreement excepted), formation of joint ventures or mergers, creation of any subsidiary or acquisition of or subscription for any shares in any entity other than an existing Group Company or an Owner of an Additional Vessel;

 



 

90

 

 

(12)                          Change in the Articles (other than to the extent required to create the Preference Shares or to become consistent with this Agreement);

 

(13)                          Change in accounting policies or financial year end date which shall initially be 31 December;

 

(14)                          Except in relation to enforcing rights pursuant to any Management Agreement, the pursuit, defense or abandonment of legal matters not in the ordinary course of business and in excess of USD $250,000 (two hundred and fifty thousand Dollars);

 

(15)                          Change in the names of companies;

 

(16)                          Annual budgets;

 

(17)                          Fixing interest rates on debt;

 

(18)                          Change of auditors;

 

(19)                          ship employment strategy (spot or long term) other than pursuant to any Transaction Document;

 

(20)                          Withdrawal of ships from the Pool other than pursuant to any Transaction Document;

 

(21)                          Delegation to or formation of a Board subcommittee; and

 

(22)                          The anti-bribery and anti-competition policy to be adopted in terms of Clause 27.

 



 

91

 

 

SCHEDULE 2

 

COMPANY, OWNERS AND CONTRACTED VESSELS, AND LETTERS OF INTENT

 

PART A – THE COMPANY

 

IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd., registration number 201114306Z with registered address at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore, 089763.

 

PART B – THE OWNERS AND CONTRACTED VESSELS:

 

 

Name of Owner

Name of Vessel

 

 

 

1.

IVS Bulk 543 Pte. Ltd.

Kanda 543

 

 

 

2.

IVS Bulk 545 Pte. Ltd.

Kanda 545

 

 

 

3.

IVS Bulk 541 Pte. Ltd.

Kanda 541

 

 

 

4.

IVS Bulk 554 Pte. Ltd.

Kanda 554

 

 

 

5.

IVS Bulk 5855 Pte. Ltd.

SKDY 5855

 

 

 

6.

IVS Bulk 709 Pte. Ltd.

Onomichi 709

 

 

 

7.

IVS Bulk 5858 Pte. Ltd.

SKDY 5858

 

 

 

 



 

92

 

 

PART C - THE LETTERS OF INTENT:

 

Name of Owner

Name of Vessel

 

 

Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. or guaranteed nominee.

Onomichi 60

 

 

Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. or guaranteed nominee.

SKDY 33

 

 

Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. or guaranteed nominee.

Sanoyas

 



 

93

 

 

SCHEDULE 3

 

FORM OF SHAREHOLDERS’ LOAN AGREEMENT

 


 

 

94

 

 

 

 

 

 

SHAREHOLDER LOAN AGREEMENT

 

 

 

entered into between

 

 

 

[INSERT NAME OF SHAREHOLDER]

 

 

 

and

 

 

 

IVS BULK PTE. LTD.

 

 

(Registration No.201114306Z )

 



 

 

95

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Clause number and description

 

Page

 

 

1.

 

BACKGROUND

3

 

 

 

 

2.

 

DEFINITIONS

3

 

 

 

 

3.

 

INTERPRETATION

3

 

 

 

 

4.

 

LOAN AMOUNT

4

 

 

 

 

5.

 

PURPOSE

4

 

 

 

 

6.

 

INTEREST CHARGE

4

 

 

 

 

7.

 

REPAYMENT

5

 

 

 

 

8.

 

NO DEDUCTION OR SET-OFF

5

 

 

 

 

9.

 

RECIPROCAL WARRANTIES

5

 

 

 

 

10.

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

5

 

 

 

 

11.

 

TERMINATION

6

 

 

 

 

12.

 

ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS

6

 

 

 

 

13.

 

COSTS AND TAXES

6

 

 

 

 

14.

 

THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

7

 

 

 

 

15.

 

SEVERABILITY

7

 

 

 

 

16.

 

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

7

 

 

 

 

17.

 

SIGNATURE AND COUNTERPARTS

7

 

 

 

 

18.

 

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

7

 



 

 

96

 

 

THIS SHAREHOLDER LOAN AGREEMENT DATED

2013

 

BETWEEN:

 

1.                                                  [NAME AND DETAILS OF SHAREHOLDER] ( Lender );

 

and

 

2.                                                  IVS BULK PTE. LTD. , a company incorporated in Singapore with its registered office at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 ( Borrower ).

 

(each a Party and together, the Parties )

 

1                                          BACKGROUND

1.1.                              The Lender is a Shareholder (or an Affiliate of a Shareholder) of the Borrower.

1.2.                              The Parties wish to conclude this Agreement to record the terms and conditions upon which the Lender will lend and the Borrower will borrow the Loan Amount.

WHEREBY IT IS AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

2                                          DEFINITIONS

2.1                                The following terms shall have the meanings assigned to them hereunder and cognate expressions shall have corresponding meanings, namely -

2.2                                Agreement means this written loan agreement, as amended from time to time;

2.3                                Business Day means a calendar day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or a gazetted public holiday in the Republic of Singapore or a day on which banks are closed for business in New York or Luxembourg;

2.4                                CRTP Act 1999 means the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999;

2.5                                Dollars or $ means the lawful currency of the United States of America;

2.6                                Event of Default has the meaning given in clause 0;

2.7                                Interest Charge has the meaning given to it in clause 0;

2.8                                Lender’s Bank Account means the following bank account operated by the Lender:

 

Account Name:

[ · ]

IBAN number:

[ · ]

Beneficiary Bank:

[ · ]

Swift Beneficiary Bank

[ · ]

 

2.8                               Loan Amount means the sum of $[ · ] ([ · ] Dollars) lent by the Lender to the Borrower on the Loan Date and on the terms set out herein together with any amounts capitalised and added to the Loan Amount pursuant to Clause 6.3;

2.9                               Loan Date means the date on which the Loan Amount is advanced (or deemed advanced in accordance with the Shareholders’ Agreement) to the Borrower.

2.10                        Loan Commitment Notice has the meaning given to it in the Shareholders’ Agreement;

2.11                        Parties means collectively, the Borrower and the Lender, and Party shall mean any one of them;

2.12                        Shareholders means the shareholders for the time being of the Borrower, and

2.13         Shareholders’ Agreement means the shareholders’ agreement entered into by and between the Shareholders and the Borrower on 9 December 2013 and as amended from time to time;

3                                          INTERPRETATION

3.1                               Headings of clauses shall be deemed to have been included for purposes of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

3.2                               Unless inconsistent with the context words relating to any gender shall include the other genders, words relating to the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and words relating to natural persons shall include associations of persons having corporate status by statute or common law.

3.3                               No Party shall be bound by any express or implied term, representation, warranty, promise or the like not recorded in this Agreement or the Shareholders’ Agreement.

3.4                               No consensual cancellation of, or addition to, or variation of this Agreement shall be of any force or effect unless in writing and signed by or on behalf of all the Parties.

3.5                               No indulgence that any Party may grant any other shall constitute a waiver of that Party’s rights and shall not preclude that Party from exercising any rights which may have arisen in the past or which might arise in the future.

3.6                               If any provision in a definition is a substantive provision conferring any right or imposing any obligation on any party, then notwithstanding that it is only in the definitions and

 



 

 

97

 

 

interpretation clause, effect shall be given to it as if it were a substantive provision in this Agreement.

3.7                               Where any term is defined within the context of any particular clause in this Agreement, the term so defined, unless it is clear from the clause in question that the term so defined has limited application to the relevant clause, shall bear the meaning ascribed to it for all purposes in terms of this Agreement, notwithstanding that that term has not been defined in this interpretation clause.

3.8                               The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding on the administrators, curators, liquidators and trustees of each of the Parties.

3.9                               The expiration or termination of this Agreement shall not affect such of the provisions of this Agreement as expressly provide that they will operate after any such expiration or termination or which of necessity must continue to have effect after such expiration or termination, notwithstanding that the clauses themselves do not expressly provide for this.

3.10                        The words “include”, “includes” and “including” means “include without limitation”, “includes without limitation” and “including without limitation”. The use of the word “including” followed by specific examples shall not be construed as limiting the meaning of the general wording preceding it.

3.11                        Terms other than those defined within this Agreement will be given their plain English meaning, and those terms, acronyms, and phrases known in general commercial or industry specific practice, will be interpreted in accordance with their generally accepted meaning.

3.12                        In this Agreement the words “clause” or “clauses” refer to clauses of this Agreement.

3.13                        Any reference in this Agreement to:

3.13.1     “business hours” shall be construed as being the hours between 09h00 and 17h30 on any Business Day in the Republic of Singapore; and

3.13.2     “days” shall be construed as calendar days unless qualified by the word “Business”.

3.14                        Any reference to any document other than this Agreement is a reference to that other document as amended, varied, supplemented, or novated (in each case, other than in breach of the provisions of this Agreement or the Shareholders’ Agreement) at any time.

3.15                        A reference to a statute or statutory provision (“legislation”) refers to such legislation as amended and in force from time to time and to any legislation that (either with or without modification) re-enacts, consolidates or enacts in rewritten form any such legislation, provided that as between the Parties no such amendment, re-enactment or modification shall apply for the purposes of this Agreement to the extent that it would impose any new or extended obligation, liability or restriction on, or would otherwise adversely affect the rights of, any Party.

3.16                        Capitalised terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Shareholders’ Agreement.

4                                          LOAN AMOUNT

4.1                               The Lender has made on [date] the Loan Amount available to the Borrower subject to:

4.1.1                    requirements and the procedures set out in clause 7.2 to 7.5 (inclusive) of the Shareholders’ Agreement;

4.1.2                    any terms specified in the Loan Commitment Notice (if any); and

4.1.3                    the terms of this Agreement.

5                                          PURPOSE

The Loan Amount shall be applied by the Borrower solely for the purposes set out in clause 7.2 to 7.5 (inclusive) of the Shareholders’ Agreement and/or the Loan Commitment Notice.

6                                          INTEREST CHARGE

6.1           Interest shall accrue day to day on the outstanding balance of the Loan Amount (including, for the avoidance of doubt, all outstanding amounts capitalised and added to the Loan Amount pursuant to clause 6.3) at a rate of 15% (fifteen per cent) per annum with effect from (and including) the Loan Date until (and including) the date immediately preceding the date on which full repayment of the Loan Amount (plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon) is made (the Interest Charge ).

6.2                               The Interest Charge shall be payable in cash monthly in arrears by the Borrower on the corresponding date to that of the Loan Date in each calendar month following the calendar month in which the Loan Date occurred (or if there is no such corresponding date in a calendar month, the last Business Day in that calendar month).

6.3                               Without prejudice to the requirements of clause 6.2, any portion of an Interest Charge that is not paid in cash when due and payable under this Agreement will be capitalised on the date on which such Interest Charge is due and payable under this Agreement and, for the avoidance of doubt, the Loan Amount shall be deemed to be increased by the amount of each such capitalisation.

 



 

 

98

 

 

7                                          REPAYMENT

7.1                               The Loan Amount and all other amounts outstanding under this Agreement (including all accrued Interest Charge and all outstanding amounts capitalised and added to the Loan Amount pursuant to clause 6.3)  shall be payable by the Borrower to the Lender in full on 1 January 2020 or, if earlier, upon the Lender requiring payment in accordance with clause 10.2.

7.2                               Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, the Borrower shall be entitled, without penalty, at any time to prepay the Loan Amount (or any portion owing in terms hereof) by delivering written notice to the Lender of the amount to be so prepaid not later than 3 Business Days prior to the date on which such prepayment shall be made.

7.3                               The Borrower undertakes to the Lender that it shall not make any repayment of the amount outstanding under another Shareholder Loan (as such term is defined in the Shareholders’ Agreement) unless a corresponding pro rata prepayment is made by the Borrower under this Agreement.

7.4                               The Borrower may not reborrow any part of the Loan Amount that is repaid or prepaid.

8                                          NO DEDUCTION OR SET-OFF

Repayment of the Loan Amount and payment of the Interest Charges shall be made free of exchange and bank commission and without deduction or set-off by electronic funds transfer into the Lender’s Bank Account.

9                                          RECIPROCAL WARRANTIES

9.1                               Each Party hereby warrants to and in favour of the other that:

9.1.1                    it has the legal capacity and has taken all necessary corporate action required to empower and authorise it to enter into this Agreement;

9.1.2                    this Agreement constitutes an agreement valid and binding on it and enforceable against it in accordance with its terms;

9.1.3                    the execution of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder does not and shall not :

9.1.3.1         contravene any law or regulation to which that Party is subject;

9.1.3.1         where applicable, contravene any provision of that Party’s constitutional documents; or

9.1.3.3           conflict with, or constitute a breach of any of the provisions of any other agreement, obligation, restriction or undertaking which is binding on it;

9.1.4                    where applicable, the natural person who signs and executes this Agreement on its behalf is validly and duly authorised to do so; and

9.1.5                    it is not relying upon any statement or representation by or on behalf of any other party, except those expressly set forth in this Agreement.

9.2                               Each of the warranties given by the Parties in terms of clause 0 shall:

9.2.1                    be a separate warranty and will in no way be limited or restricted by inference from the terms of any other warranty or by any other words in this Agreement;

9.2.2                    continue and remain in force notwithstanding the completion of any or all the transactions contemplated in this Agreement; and

9.2.3                    prima facie be deemed to be material and to be a material representation inducing any other Party to enter into this Agreement.

10                                   EVENTS OF DEFAULT

10.1                        Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 10.1 constitutes an Event of Default whether or not the occurrence of the event concerned is outside the control of the Borrower or any other relevant party (provided that a failure to pay any cash interest payment in accordance with clause 6.2 shall not be an Event of Default if the Borrower evidences to the Lender (to the Lender’s reasonable satisfaction) that it did not have sufficient funds available to it to make the relevant cash interest payment when it fell due or the Borrower was precluded from making the payment when it fell due under the terms of any Approved Finance (as such term is defined in the Shareholders’ Agreement)):

10.1.1     if the Borrower does not comply with any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement (other than a payment obligation hereunder) and such non-compliance is incapable of remedy or, if capable of remedy, is not remedied within 10 (ten) Business Days of the earlier of (i) the Borrower becoming aware of the failure to comply and (ii) the giving of notice by the Lender in respect of such non-compliance;

10.1.2     if the Borrower does not comply with any payment obligation under this Agreement and such non-compliance is not remedied within 3 (three) Business Days of the date on which such payment was due;

10.1.3             any provision of this Agreement is or becomes invalid or unenforceable;

 


 

 

99

 

 

10.1.4             the Borrower is unable (or deemed or declared to be unable under any applicable law) or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due;

10.1.5             the Borrower ceases or suspends making payment on any of its debts or announces an intention to do so;

10.1.6             the Borrower by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties commences negotiations with or makes a proposal to do so with any one or more of its creditors with a view to the general readjustment or rescheduling of its indebtedness or makes a general assignment for the benefit of or a composition with its creditors;

10.1.7             the Bo rrower takes any corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step related to:

10.1.7.1                                                  the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganization (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise);

10.1.7.2                                                  a compo sition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor  in connection with or as a result of any financial difficulty;

10.1.7.3                                                  the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of all or any part of the business or assets of the Borrower;

10.1.7.4                                                  the enforcement of any security over all or part of the Borrowers business or assets;

10.1.7.5                                                  or any ana logous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

10.1.8             if the Bor rower enters into liquidation whether compulsory or voluntary  or if it ceases or threatens to cease to carry on its business, or makes any material change in its business, or if it suffers any analogous process under any foreign law; or

10.1.9             any attachment, distress, execution, possession, diligence, arrestment, joinder, sequestration, preliminary attachment, executor attachment, or other analogous process in any jurisdiction is levied or enforced upon or sued out against any assets of the Borrower, provided that if capable of remedy it has not been remedied within 10 (ten) Business Days of the earlier of any of these events.

10.2                        At any time following the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Lender may by written notice to the Borrower:

10.2.1             terminate the availability of the Loan Amount and cancel its commitment to advance the Loan Amount;

10.2.2             declare that all or part of the amounts accrued or outstanding under this Agreement (including but not limited to the Loan Amount and any Interest Charges) be immediately due and payable, at which time they shall become immediately due and payable or be payable upon the Lender’s demand; or

10.2.3             exercise or direct any other relevant party to exercise any or all of its rights, remedies, powers or discretions under this Agreement.

11                                   TERMINATION

11.1                        The Lender may terminate this Agreement forthwith by giving written notice to the Borrower on termination of the Shareholders’ Agreement, in which event all or part of the amounts accrued or outstanding under this Agreement (including but not limited to the Loan Amount and any Interest Charges) shall be immediately due and payable, provided that, any such termination shall be without prejudice to the rights and obligations of the Parties that have accrued prior to the termination.

12                                   ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS

12.1                        Each Party is entering into this Agreement for its own benefit and not for the benefit of another person.

12.2                        Subject to clause 11.3, no Party shall be entitled to assign or transfer its rights or obligations under this Agreement without having first obtained the written consent of the other Party, provided that the Lender shall not be required to obtain the written consent of the Borrower to the extent the Lender is permitted under the Shareholders’ Agreement to assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (or in respect of the Loan Amount).

12.3                        The Lender shall be obliged to assign all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, if it is required to do so in terms of the Shareholders’ Agreement.

13                                   COSTS AND TAXES

13.1                        Each Party shall pay its own costs incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation and execution of this Agreement.

13.2                        Any withholding or any other taxes whatsoever payable on the Interest Charge shall be borne by the Lender and the Interest Charge payable by the Borrower shall not be grossed up by the Borrower to compensate the Lender for payment of such taxes.

 



 

 

100

 

 

14                                   THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

A person or entity which is not a party to this Agreement may not enforce or otherwise have the benefit of any provision of this Agreement under the CRTP Act 1999.

15                                   SEVERABILITY

If any provision of this Agreement is or subsequently becomes void, unenforceable or illegal, that shall not affect the validity, enforceability or legality of the other provisions of this Agreement.

16                                   ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This Agreement (together with all agreements and documents executed contemporaneously with it or referred to in it) constitutes a restatement of the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to its subject matter, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, whether oral or written, with respect to such subject matter.

17                                   SIGNATURE AND COUNTERPARTS

17.1                        This Agreement is signed by the Parties on the dates and at the places indicated below.

17.2                        This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement as at the date of signature of the Party last signing one of the counterparts.

17.3                        The persons signing this Agreement in a representative capacity warrant their authority to do so.

18                                   INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

The provisions of clauses 23 and 38 of the Shareholders’ Agreement shall be incorporated herein by reference mutatis mutandis as if such provisions were set out herein in full.

 



 

 

101

 

 

IN WITNESS whereof the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

 

 

 

For: [name of shareholder]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For: IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd.
(Duly authorised)
Name of signatory:
Capacity of signatory:

 



 

 

102

 

 

SCHEDULE 4

 

 

FORM OF POOLING AGREEMENT

 


 

103

 

SUPRAMAX POOL
AGREEMENT

 

between

 

XXXXXX

 

and

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE LTD

(IVS POOL)

 

This  Agreement  is  made  on  the           day of ____________ 2013

 

BY AND BETWEEN

 

(1) [           ] as Owner or Disponent Owner of vessels entering the Pool pursuant to this Agreement; and

 

(2) GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE LTD (GS) as Owner or Disponent Owner of vessels entering the Pool pursuant to this Agreement,

 

(together, jointly referred to as “Owners” and severally as “Owner”); and

 

(3) GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE LTD, acting as Pool Manager (“Pool Manager”).

 

together the Parties and each a Party.

 

CONSIDERING THAT WHEREAS:

 

(1)                             Each of the Owners has agreed, that it is in the their mutual interest to operate their vessels in a Pooling arrangement in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, (the “Pool”) ensuring a flexible and efficient commercial operation of  each  of the Vessels in the Pool, with the purpose of maximising the income for the various Owners, and

 

(2)                             The Pool Manager will conduct the affairs of the Pool on behalf of the Owners, solely for the account and risk of the respective Owners who are members of the Pool (the “Pool Members”).

 



 

104

 

NOW THEREFORE IT IS AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.                                                        Purpose of the Pool

 

1 . 1                                             The Pool Manager will seek to employ the vessels entered in the Pool in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement (each a “Vessel” and together the “Pool Vessels”) with the aim of securing the best possible earnings for the Owners.  The Pool Vessels being entered into the Pool as at the date of this Agreement are those identified in Appendix 1.

 

1 . 2                                             The Pool Manager shall be entitled in its own name,  to enter into  contracts  for  the  employment  of  the  Pool  Vessels including, but not limited to, Voyage Charters, Contracts of Affreightment and Time Charters   (“Pooling Contracts”) However, the Owners acknowledge that in so doing the Pool Manager does so in discharge of its functions as Pool Manager and in its capacity as Pool Manager and as agent for and on behalf of, and for the benefit of, the Owners.

 

1 . 3                                             The Pool Manager shall serve as the vehicle for entering the Pooling Contracts , and to operate the Pool Vessels to service the Pooling Contracts pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, as between the  Pool   Manager  and  the Owners, the Owner of the Vessel nominated to perform the fixture by the Pool Manager, shall be considered the Vessel’s owner under the particular Pooling Contract concerned.

 

1.4                                             All revenues earned from the operation of the Pool Vessels shall, after deduction of all costs involved in the operation of the Pool , be shared between the Owners in the manner prescribed by this Agreement. Any costs and expenses incurred by the Pool Manager as a result of the activities of the Pool shall be reimbursed to the Pool Manager pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

2.                                                        Organisation  & Authority

 

2 . 1           Subject to the terms and conditions herein provided, during the period of this Agreement the Pool Manager shall carry out the operation of the Pool in respect of the Pool Vessels as agents for and on behalf of the Owners. The Pool Manager shall have authority to take such actions as they may from time to time consider to be necessary or desirable to enable them to perform this Agreement and carry out the operation of the Pool in accordance with sound ship management practice, including but not limited to compliance with all relevant rules and regulations.

 

2.2                                             The Pool will be operated by the Pool Manager out of Singapore and utilizing their chartering/operating/accounting organisation.  The Pool Manager will also utilize the capability of its offices in London, Tokyo, Vancouver and Durban (which shall form an integral part of the commercial organisation within their predefined geographical areas) but always under the directions of the Pool Manager.

 



 

105

 

 

2.3                                              The Pool Manager’s day to day fixing authority will be up to maximum 13 months duration with regard to chartering in or out of vessels and coa’s of maximum 12 months’ duration or maximum 12 cargoes. Any charter in or out in excess of this is to be approved by the relevant Pool Vessel’s Owner. Pooling Contracts are to be concluded on such terms as the Pool Manager in its sole discretion, acting reasonably, deems appropriate. In en tering Time charter fixtures, the Pool Manager shall have regard to the pro-forma time charter attached hereto as Appendix 2.

 

2.4                                              New Owners entering one or more vessels into the Pool shall, as a condition precedent to their vessel(s) being so entered, sign an Accession Letter in the form attached hereto as Appendix 4.

 

3.                                                        The Fleet

 

3 .1                                             The  vessels  which  are  eligible  for  entry  in  the  Pool shall  be  all handysize bulk carriers controlled by the Owners with the following minimum qualifications:-

 

- T he vessels to range from 55,000 DWT to 64 ,000 DWT

- Maximum 20 years old,

- geared with minimum 30 MTS cranes,

- Single deck, 5/5 holds/hatches,

- Non-laker and preferably shallow drafted.

 

3.2                                             It is understood that the Pool may be expanded from time to time as operational and cargo commitments require by taking further vessels on charter (subject to the provisions of Clause 2.3 above) and providing them to the Pool and/or adding further parties to the Pool.  If the Pool is so expanded, the Pool Manager shall promptly notify the Owners in writing.

 

4.                                                         Pool Manager Obligations

 

4.1                                              All activities undertaken by the Pool Manager, in accordance with this Agreement, are undertaken for and at the entire risk and account of the Owners, the Pool Manager acting only as their agents in this regard .

 

4.2                                              The Pool Manager has the obligation and is hereby authorized by the Owners to:

 

4.2.1                                 Find and conclude the best possible employment for the Pool Vessels including, but not limited to, the Pooling Contracts.   In this regard, the Pool Manager is authorised to enter into the Pooling Contracts in its own name .

 

4.2.2                                 Use all reasonable endeavours to secure full employment of the Pool Vessels;

 

4.2.3                                 Arrange all necessary instructions for the proper performance and execution of every employment undertaken;

 

4.2.4                                 Appoint port and canal agents for the Pool Vessels;

 



 

106

 

4.2.5                                 Collect and receive all freights, dead freights, demurrages, hires and other earnings of the Pool Vessels and to recover all amounts etc due to the Pool from any party with whom the Pool (through the Pool Manager) has a contractual commitment;

 

4.2.6                                 Pay brokerages, commissions, port  and  canal charges, stevedoring expenses,  bunkers  and  any  other  expenses  properly  incurred  in relation to the operation of the Pool Vessels. Furthermore to settle expenses incurred for the Owners’ account and same may at any time be deducted from the monthly arrear payment(s) and/or the quarterly Pool revenue remittance(s);

 

4.2.7                                 Negotiate and contract for the supply of bunkers, towage, agency and other agreements necessary for the proper performance of the Pool Vessels;

 

4.2.8                                 Keep each Owner well informed about the position of their Vessel and to co - operate with them in relation to planned dry-docking and/or repairs;

 

4.2.9                                 Subject to the prior written consent of the relevant Owner, not to be unreasonably withheld, undertake actions and other legal proceedings and demands arising in connection with the employment of the Pool Vessels, and to compromise,  refer to  Arbitration, abandon, submit to  judgement or settle any such action or proceedings, but always in close liaison and agreement with the Owner and/or his Underwriters’ and/or P & I Club and save that in respect of claims of US$ 50 000 or less no prior consent is required. When requested by the Owner in writing to do so, the Pool Manager shall assign to the Owner such future rights in and associated with recovery of claims arising out of or in connection with the employment by the Pool Manager of the relevant Owner’s Vessel.

 

4 . 2 . 10                          Keep correct books, records and accounts in U.S. dollars relating to the Pool’s activities concerning the employment of the Pool Vessels;

 

4.2.11                        Allocate and/or make payments to the Owners according to the index forming part of this Agreement;

 

4.2.12                        Upon request make available all books/records and account for review at Pool Manager’s premises in Singapore ;

 

4 . 2.13                          Provide Owners with a complete monthly report outlining the Pool’s earnings since the last report, accumulative quarter to date, actual voyage results and indexed Pool contributions.  The monthly report shall also include a comparison of the consolidated Pool earnings against the Baltic Handysize Index together with information regarding performance of the Atlantic-Pacific markets.

 



 

107

 

5.                                                         Owner obligations

 

Throughout the period of operation of this Agreement each Owner shall :

 

5.1                                              place all its vessels matching the fleet description at the  disposal  of  the  Pool  Manager  under  the  conditions  of  this Agreement to be operated by the Pool Manager in the Pool for the full risk and account of the Owner.  The vessels shall have no commitments or restrictions limiting the Vessels’ trading in world-wide trading, except as imposed by the Vessels’ country flag authorities and/or the United States of America and/or the United Nations and/or EU sanctions and/or the Vessels’ insurances and/or and as per relevant charter in-charterparty;

 

5.2                                              control all technical ship management issues such as (but without restricting the generality of the obligation) manning , maintenance, repairs and supply of stores and spare parts and hull and machinery insurance and pay for all associated costs. The timing of scheduled dry-docking, repairs, special surveys, etc. shall be planned by the Owner in close consultation with the Pool Manager;

 

5.3                                              arrange  and  pay  for  all  necessary  insurance  including  Hull  and Machinery or Charterers Damage to Hull War , P+l and FDD cover. The Owner will ensure that the Pool Manager is co-assured under the insurance policies. The Owner shall arrange payment of premiums due, and warrant that the Pool Manager shall be co-assured under such insurance without recourse to them in  respect of payment of  calls and/or premiums, unless agreed otherwise;

 

5.4                                              be obliged promptly to inform the Pool Manager about any activities undertaken which compete or may compete with the activities of the Pool. In such event the Pool Manager shall be entitled to restrict information given about the Pool to the relevant party or parties;

 

5 . 5                                              at the request of the Pool Manager, pursue in their own name and at their own risk and expense, but for the benefit of the Pool , recovery from their own contrac t ual partners, (be they Head Owner or Disponent Owner) under the charter parties entered into in respect of the Pool Vessels by the Owner, of all and any amounts that the Pool Manager has been unable to collect under the Pooling Contracts (be it in the form of freight, deadfreight or demurrage, or on account of equitable or legal right of set-off or otherwise) caused or reasonably thought to be caused by any breach of contract or negligent act or omissions by the said contractual partners.

 



 

108

 

6 .                                                         Liabilities

 

6.1                                              It is hereby acknowledged and agreed between the Parties hereto that neither this Agreement nor any of the arrangements contemplated hereby shall constitute a partnership between the Owners (per se) and/or between an Owner or the Owners and the Pool Manager or make an Owner or the Owners and/or the Pool Manager jointly and severally liable for each other’s obligations and liabilities arising out of, under or in connection with this Agreement.

 

6.2                                              All claims of whatsoever nature, either in contract, tort or otherwise against the Pool Manager arising out of, under or in connection with the Pooling Contracts, shall be paid and/or settled in full by the Owner of the ship concerned in the performance of the Pooling Contract in respect of which the claim arises For the purposes of this Agreement, all such claims shall be deemed the proper responsibility of the Owner of the ship concerned in the performance of the Pooling Contract in respect of which the said claim arises subject always to the provisions of Clause 6.3 of this Agreement. The Owners, each severally, shall indemnify and hold harmless each other and the Pool Manager from all and any loss and/or damage and/or any liability of any nature whatsoever, (including but not restricted to any loss and/or damage and/or liability which is suffered and/or incurred and/or may become payable by the Pool Manager or (innocent) Owner arising out of, under, or in connection with any fixture entered into pursuant to this Agreement which may be incurred as a consequence of any breach of  contract and/or act and/or omission committed by the Owner, his servants or agents), PROVIDED ALWAYS that such loss and/or damage and/or liability does not arise from or in connection with the wilful default and/or negligence of the Pool Manager.

 

6.3                                              If a claim is made against an Owner and/or or any seizure, distraint, arrest, detention, attachment or the like (“Arrest”) is effected in respect of property owned, controlled or possessed by such Owner by reason of a claim against the Pool Manager which has arisen through their wilful default under this Agreement or their negligence, the Pool Manager shall:

 

(a)          indemnify and hold harmless such Owner against the claim and/or the Arrest, and all costs, losses, liabilities and expenses (including legal expenses) arising therefrom;

 

(b)         without limitation to the foregoing, provide security acceptable to the arresting party or the court authorizing the Arrest to ensure such Arrest is lifted.

 

If a claim is made against the Pool Manager and/or or any seizure, distraint, arrest, detention, attachment or the like (“Arrest”) is effected in respect of property owned, controlled or possessed by the Pool Manager by reason of  a claim against the Owner the Owner shall:

 

(c)          indemnify and hold harmless Pool Manager against the claim and/or the Arrest, and all costs, losses, liabilities and expenses (including

 


 

109

 

legal expenses) arising therefrom;

(d)         without limitation to the foregoing, provide security acceptable to the arresting party or the court authorizing the Arrest to ensure such Arrest is lifted.

 

6.4                                               (a) In the event of the Pool Manager suffering and/or incurring any loss and/or damage and/or liability of any nature whatsoever arising directly or indirectly out of the fixing of tonnage contemplated in 12.1, then the Owners, each jointly and severally, shall indemnify and hold harmless the Pool Manager in respect of any such loss and/or damage and/or liability, provided always that such loss and/or damage and/or liability does not arise in connection with the wilful default and/or negligence of the Pool Manager.

 

(b) In the event of an Owner suffering and/or incurring any loss and/or damage and/or liability of any nature whatsoever arising directly or indirectly out of the fixing of tonnage by the Pool Manager contemplated in 12.1 or otherwise, then the Pool Manager shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner in respect of any such loss and/or damage and/or liability, provided always that such loss and/or damage and/or liability arose in connection with the wilful default and/or negligence of the Pool Manager.

 

(c) It is understood that any loss, damage and/or liability as contemplated in 6.4(a) and/or (b) shall, in the absence of wilful default and/or negligence of the Pool Manager, be recovered from Pool revenue in the first instance and reimbursed from insurance proceeds thereafter.

 

6.5                                               The Pool Manager shall arrange insurance to cover their exposure for default and negligence as contemplated in this clause and elsewhere in this agreement, the premium for which is to be recovered as an expense to the Pool.

 

6.6                                               The Pool Manager’s liability to an Owner for any loss, damage, delay or expense of whatsoever nature, whether direct or indirect, (including but not limited to loss of profit arising out of or in connection with detention of or delay to a Vessel) and howsoever arising in the course of performance of the obligations under this clause 6 shall, for each incident or series of incidents giving rise to a claim or claims, in no case exceed a total of ten (10) times the annual aggregate management fee for the Vessels entered in the Pool in the calendar year in which the incident/s arose (save where loss, damage, delay or expense has resulted from the Pool Manager’s personal act or omission committed with the intent to cause same or recklessly and with knowledge that such loss, damage, delay or expense would probably result).

 



 

110

 

7.                                                         Competing Business

 

7.1                                                It is accepted that the Pool Manager has existing joint venture agreements that might , from time to time, compete with the Pool. The Pool Manager shall not be precluded from conducting the business of the Pool in any way by virtue of the fact that it may be competing directly or indirectly with any of the interests of the Owners or their associates.

 

Notwithstanding the restriction in Clause 2.3 imposed on the Pool Manager’s authority in fixing CoA’s for a maximum term of 12 months / 12 cargoes and any other provisions of this agreement, it is recorded that GS has been engaged in contract development in respect of a CoA tender that is in excess of the stipulated 12 months / 12 cargoes (“the Ambatovy Project”); and it is agreed that whilst the CoA under the Project will, to the extent awarded to GS, be made available to the Pool, GS will in no way be constrained in concluding, executing or amending the CoA or utilizing its vessels in the execution of the CoA.

 

7.2                                                Grindrod Shipping is currently involved  in  the  following trades  which  will, at Grindrod Shipping’s discretion,  remain outside of the Pool:

 

-                     Bulk Parcelling Service from Southern Africa to Europe and the Mediterranean including the Black Sea, the US Gulf and the Far East.

 

-                    Joint Venture between ITAS and IVS (IBC) with bulk parcels using wheat and grains as a base cargo from Australia, South America and Europe to South Africa and Mauritius. In terms of the joint venture, subject to market conditions the vessels are chartered for 2/3 laden legs and therefore could conflict/compete with the Pool for cargoes on the subsequent legs.

 

-                     Joint Venture between Phoenix Shipping and IVS – with bulk and breakbulk parcels from Far East to East coast and Southern Africa In terms of the JV s ubject to market conditions the vessels are chartered for 2/3 laden legs or longer period and therefore could conflict/compete with the Pool for cargoes on the subsequent legs.

 

-                     Operations of the cargo trades of Atlas Trading, a subsidiary of Grindrod Limited

 

8.                                                         Meeting of Pool members

 

8.1                                                The Pool Manager will arrange Pool Member meetings twice a year which representatives of the Pool Members will be invited to attend. Such meetings will take place once the budget for the coming year is finalized (normally during the month of November) and other meeting during the spring (normally during the month of May). Further meeting times to be mutually agreed.  All meetings shall be with not less than twenty-one (21) days’ notice stating the date, time, place and agenda for each meeting.

 



 

111

 

The Parties agree that such meetings shall be held in one of the following locations: Boston, Durban, London or Singapore.

 

These meetings shall not disclose sensitive information regarding Pool Members or third party competitors. The representatives for the Pool Members invited to the meetings are entitled to speak with due consideration to the importance of keeping confidential sensitive commercial information regarding Pool Members or third party competitors.

 

The Pool Members are furthermore obliged to keep commercially sensitive                          information   relating  to   Pool   Members   or   third   party competitors,      including   individual   agreements   and  terms   hereof, confidential. Consequently, such information may only be reported to the Pool Member meeting on issues relating hereto in an anonymous form whereby information cannot be identified as appertaining to any specific undertaking in competition with the Pool, and as a main rule on an aggregated basis only.

 

Decisions of the Pool Members shall be made by ordinary majority of those present.

 

The Pool Members shall elect their own chairman for each meeting.

 

9.                                                           Not used.

 

10.                                                Entrance of tonnage

 

10.1                                       Each Owner to apply for approval of their tonnage in accordance with clause 3 to the Pool Manager latest 1 0 days prior to the expected delivery of each vessel into the Pool and the Pool Manager to confirm its approval, in writing, within 1 working day.

 

10.2                                       Vessels outside the description in clause 3 may be approved by the Pool Manager in their discretion.

 

11.                                                Withdrawal of Vessels from the Pool

 

11.1                                       An Owner shall be entitled to withdraw its Vessel from the Pool with three (3) months’ prior written notice to the Pool Manager, or otherwise as provided for in the shareholders’ agreement dated on or around 9 December 2013 in respect of IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd., subject to the Vessel completing its committed schedule of voyages. The Pool Manager will be entitled to require the withdrawal of a Pool Vessel from the Pool if such Vessel fails to comply with the minimum qualifications set out in Clause 3.1 (or if capable of remedy is not so remedied within thirty (30) days).

 

11.2                                       Once a Pool Vessel is withdrawn from the Pool, the Owner of such Vessel shall have no further rights or obligations in connection with this Agreement, but all accrued rights and obligations shall remain in force.

 



 

112

 

12.                                                Chartering in

 

12.1                                       The Pool Manager  shall be entitled, where in its sole discretion it considers it necessary for the proper operation of the Pool to charter in additional tonnage as required on such terms as it in its sole discretion deems fit, within the limits of authority.   Such tonnage is not to be limited to the description as per Clause 3 of this Agreement. For any such vessel or vessels employed by the Pool, the actual earnings/losses to be distributed to the Pool partners shall be as per their ship/days participation in the Pool. The Pool Managers will enter such chartered in tonnage for P & I, FD&D and Charterers Liability Insurance in its own name and the costs of such insurance cover shall be recovered from Pool revenue.

 

13.                                                Terms

 

13 . 1                                   NYPE 93 proforma c/p as attached hereto at Appendix 2 to be utilized as base c/p and Pool Manager to enter time charter fixtures with due regard to the terms thereof, but, subject to the terms of this Agreement,  without limiting their sole discretion as to the terms of fixing.

 

14.                                                Delivery/Redelivery time and place

 

14.1                                       A Pool Vessel to be delivered to the Pool at  any time, day or  night, weekdays or holidays as agreed in writing between the Parties. The relevant Owner to keep the Pool Manager closely advised of possible changes in the relevant Vessel’s position and expected date of delivery.

 

14.2                                       A Pool Vessel may be redelivered  from the Pool at any time, day or night, weekdays  or holidays  as agre e d in writing between the Parties The vessel is to be redelivered in an equivalent area to where the Vessel  entered  the  Pool , or as agreed otherwise.

 

15 .                                                Bunkers

 

15.1                                          Each Pool Vessel to be delivered  to the Pool with bunkers as on board, but always  sufficient  to reach nearest  major  bunkering port or place and such Pool Vessel shall be redelivered with about same quantities.

 

15.2                                          The  Pool  Manager  to  take  over  and  pay  for all bunkers  remaining onboard  on delivery at last paid net price (for the quantities onboard) as evidenced by supporting vouchers and receipts and  Owners to take over and pay for all bunkers remaining onboard on redelivery on same cost basis.

 

16.                                                Loss of time/suspension

 

16 . 1                                          Loss of time for which the vessel can be placed off - hire under  the terms of the NYPE 93 proforma  C/P shall be regarded as time off - hire for the purposes of the Pool.

 



 

113

 

17.                                                Weather Routing

 

17.1                                          The  Pool Manager  have  the  option  to  weather  route  th vessel or passage, in which case the Master is to give full co - operation Cost of the weather routing bureau shall be borne by the Pool.

 

18.                                                Grabs

 

Where  the Pool Vessels are fitted with grabs , they should  be sufficient for the self loading/discharging  of all Vessels’ holds and to be provided at the Owners’ time and expense. Owners shall be responsible for breakdown/supplying spare parts/expenses for repairing and normal maintenance works performed by crew such as greasing, cleaning and painting.

 

19.                                                Intermediate hold cleaning

 

19.1                                          It  is  recognised  that  cleaning   of  a Vessel’s  holds  between  voyages remains  the  Owner’s  responsibility,  however,  cleaning  expenses involved  shall be considered  a voyage  cost and thus covered  by the Pool , and the time used shall not constitute off-hire.

 

20.                                                Non-assignment

 

20.1                                          Neither Party shall, without the prior written consent of the other, assign or otherwise dispose of any rights or obligations arising under this Agreement.

 

21 .                                                Arbitration

 

21.1                                       This Agreement is governed by and shall be interpreted in accordance with English law.

 

21.2                                       All disputes arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration in London.  The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with one of the following London Maritime Arbitrators’ Association (“LMAA”) rules:

 

21.2 . 1          Where the amount claimed by the claimants is less than US$50,000 , excluding interest, the reference shall be to a sole arbitrator and the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the LMAA Small Claims Procedure;

 

21.2.2                          In any case where the LMAA procedures referred to above do not apply, the reference shall be to three arbitrators (one to be appointed by each of the parties and the third by the arbitrators so chosen) in accordance with the LMAA terms in force at th e relevant time .

 

All arbitrators appointed shall be members of the LMAA.

 

22.                                                Revenue

 



 

114

 

22.1                                       The net revenue is the total income derived from trading of ships in the Pool less all voyage and operating expenses and the recovery of overheads. The  net  revenue to be distributed on the basis  of  the relative trading values of the ships as set forth in Appendix 3.

 

23.                                                Remittance

 

23.1                                       Funds equal to the estimated net revenue will be distributed to the Pool Members monthly in arrears as an account payment.

 

23.2                                       A monthly accounting report will be made for the Pool showing the actual result  for  each  vessel whereafter balances  of  earnings and adjustment to previous months will be settled in accordance with Appendix 3, clause 3.

 

24.                                                Overheads

 

Pool Manager shall charge US$200 per ship per day plus 2% of net revenue.

 

25 .                                                Confidentiality

 

25.1                                       The Agreement shall not be shown nor its contents divulged to any third party by either party to it without the prior written consent of the other.  Each Party is permitted to disclose this Agreement to its legal and other professional advisors and/or if required by law to any other party.

 

26.                                                Bank Accounts

 

26.1                                       All moneys collected by the Pool Manager in connection with and/or arising from the performance of this Agreement shall be paid into a bank account in the name of the Pool Members (or clearly designated as being the bank account relating to this Pool) and shall in any event remain payable by the Pool Manager to the Owners in accordance with this Agreement.

 

27.                                                Trading Restrictions

 

27.1                                       The Pool Manager agrees that when arranging employment for the Pool Vessels it shall comply with all Trading Restrictions (as defined below) that apply to the operations and trading of each Vessel with respect to the performance of this Agreement and agrees that the Pool Manager shall not take any action, or direct that any actions are taken, that will cause the Owners to violate or be subject to penalty under such Trading Restrictions.

 

“Trading Restrictions” means any restrictions to the trading areas or employment of each Vessel that arise by virtue of any embargo or sanctions or prohibitions order (or any similar order or directive) of the United States of America or the European Union as if the Owner was a national of the United States of America and/or the European Union.

 



 

115

 

28.                                                Conflict

 

28.1                     In case of any conflict between the conditions and requirements of this Agreement and any attachment hereto, this Agreement shall prevail.

 

29.                                                Notices

 

29.1                                       Any notice to be given by any Party to the other Parties hereto shall be in writing and may be sent by fax, telex, registered or recorded mail or by personal service.

 

29.2                                          The address of the Parties for service of such communication shall be as follows:

 

To the Owner:

[Owner]

[•]

 

To the Pool Manager:

 

[•]

 


 

116

 

 

APPENDIX 1

 

 

POOL VESSELS

 



 

117

 

 

APPENDIX 2

 

 

 

[NYPE 93]

 



 

118

 

 

POOL

AGREEMENT

 

between

 

XXXXXX

 

and

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE

 

LTD

 

(IVS POOL)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Appendix 3

 



 

119

 

 

This schedule sets out the basis on which Grindrod Shipping shall distribute trading profits and losses.

 

1.                                        Net Revenue

The net revenue (referred to as “time-charter rate” below) is the total income derived from trading of ships less all voyage and operating expenses including any losses , damages , costs , charges and expenses which are incurred or sustained as a result of the act, omission , neglect or default of Pool Manager.

 

2.                                        Distribution of Net Revenue

a)               It is agreed that the net revenue derived from the trading of ships placed in the Pool will be distributed on the basis of the relative trading values of the ships in the Pool from time to time . For the sake of convenience these relative trading values will be calculated as time - charter rates expressed in US Dollars per day as if the ships were time-chartered by the Pool and will herein be termed ‘time-charter rates’.

 

b)               It is agreed that the ‘time-charter rate’ and the consequential relative distribution (index weighting) for each ship shall be assessed by the Pool Manager annually on the basis of the following parameters prevailing from time to time – initially according to yard specifications for new ships and thereafter according to actual performance of the ship, and applied for the year ahead:

 

The selection of an adequate and representative trading pattern. A consequential set of voyage calculations Vessels’ speed and bunker consumption relations Cargo intakes Cubic sizes Part cargo/full cargo relations Freight level relative to sizes Additional criteria, if any, observed by Pool Manager or Owners influencing in a relevant and measurable form the relative trading value of the ships for the period in question.

 

An individual ship’s relative weighting may fluctuate if ships are added to or removed from the Pool from time to time. The index weightings and calculations are to be made available to the Owners immediately after any review .

 

The routes applicable at the outset and the index weighting derived from those routes as it applies to a selection of generic vessels, are set out in appendix B.

 



 

120

 

 

c)                An annual review and determination of distribution percentages shall include review of the above parameters in addition to the number of actual performance days together with an assessment of the vessels actual performance.

 

Additional parameters of relevance are to be included if required.

 

d)               In addition to the annual review, the ‘time - charter rates’ shall be adjusted whenever necessary to take account of factors which materially alter the relative trading value of the ships such as:

 

(i)                        Major changes in the projected trading pattern of the fleet.

(ii)                    Major deviations of the actual trading pattern from the projected trading pattern of the fleet.

(iii)                Major changes in trading freight ra te levels, bunker prices and other costs.

(iv)                Repeated failure of ships to reach stated performance standards.

(v)                    Repeated improvement in the stated performance standards of the vessels.  The Pool Manager shall review performance standards of each Vessel three (3) months from each Vessel’s delivery into the Pool.

 

e)               To arrive at the proportions for the distribution of the net revenue, it is assumed that the ships are continuously ‘on hire’ to the Pool from the time the ships are placed under the commercial management of the Pool Manager. However, if for any of the reasons under a basic  [ NYPE 93] the ships are temporarily off- hire or subject to damage for detention, they shall be ‘off-hire’.

 

3.                                        Remittances

Grindrod Shipping shall remit funds as follows:

 

(i)               At each calendar month-end the Pool Manager shall determine the estimated time charter rate for that month and will distribute that within (7) days of month end as an on account payment.

 

Quarterly summary reports will be issued in arrears by the Pool Manager, reconciling monthly payments and actual net revenue earned. Any balance payable to or receivable from the Pool members will be added to or deducted from the next monthly payment(s) as the case may be. If there are net negative net earnings the Owner shall remit funds to the Pool Manager within the same time periods.

 



 

121

 

 

POOL AGREEMENT

 

 

between

 

 

XXXXXX

 

 

and

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE LTD

 

 

(IVS POOL)

 

 

 

 

 

Appendix 4

 


 

122

 

APPENDIX 4

 

ACCESSION LETTER

 

To:

[  ] as Pool Manager

 

 

From:

[Owner/Disponent Owner]

 

Dated:

 

Dear Sirs

 

RE: [DESCRIPTION OF POOLING AGREEMENT]

 

dated [  ] (the “ Pooling Agreement”)

 

1                                                  We refer to the Pooling Agreement and confirm that this is an Accession Letter in relation to the Pooling Agreement.

 

2                                                  [ Name of Owner/Disponent Owner ] agrees to become an Owner (as the term is defined in the Pooling Agreement) and to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Pooling Agreement in that capacity.

 

3                                                  For the purposes of Clause [29.2] of the Pooling Agreement, [ Name of Owner/Disponent Owner ]’s details for notices/communications are as follows:

 

Address:

 

 

Fax No:

 

 

Attention:

 

4                                                  This Accession Agreement is governed by English law.

 

 

Yours sincerely,

 

 

 

For and on behalf of [ Name of Owner/Disponent Owner ]

 



 

123

 

Execution page

 

This document has been entered into by the Parties on the date set out at the beginning of this document.

 

 

Signed by

)

 

 

[name of authorised signatory]

)

 

 

duly authorised for and on behalf of

)

 

 

[NAME OF OWNER]

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

sign here:

 

[One signature block for each Owner]

 

[title of authorised signatory]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

print name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signed by

)

 

 

[name of authorised signatory]

)

 

 

duly authorised for and on behalf of

)

 

 

Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

sign here:

 

 

 

[title of authorised signatory]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

print name:

 

 



 

124

 

HANDYSIZE POOL

AGREEMENT

 

between

 

XXXXXX

 

and

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE LTD

 

(IVS POOL)

 

This Agreement is made on the           day of                 2013

 

BY AND BETWEEN

 

(1) [        ] as Owner or Disponent Owner of vessels entering the Pool pursuant to this Agreement; and

 

(2) GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE LTD (GS) as Owner or Disponent Owner of vessels entering the Pool pursuant to this Agreement,

 

(together, jointly referred to as “Owners” and severally as “Owner”); and

 

(3) GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE LTD, acting as Pool Manager (“Pool Manager”).

 

together the Parties and each a Party.

 

CONSIDERING THAT WHEREAS:

 

(1)                              Each of the Owners has agreed, that it is in the their mutual interest to operate their vessels in a Pooling arrangement in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, (the “Pool”) ensuring a flexible and efficient commercial operation of each of the Vessels in the Pool, with the purpose of maximising the income for the various Owners, and

 

(2)                              The Pool Manager will conduct the affairs of the Pool on behalf of the Owners, solely for the account and risk of the respective Owners who are members of the Pool (the “Pool Members”).

 



 

125

 

NOW THEREFORE IT IS AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.                                    Purpose of the Pool

 

1 . 1                           The Pool Manager will seek to employ the vessels entered in the Pool in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement (each a “Vessel” and together the “Pool Vessels”) with the aim of securing the best possible earnings for the Owners. The Pool Vessels being entered into the Pool as at the date of this Agreement are those identified in Appendix 1.

 

1 . 2                           The Pool Manager shall be entitled in its own name, to enter into contracts for the employment of the Pool Vessels including, but not limited to, Voyage Charters, Contracts of Affreightment and Time Charters (“Pooling Contracts”) . However, the Owners acknowledge that in so doing the Pool Manager does so in discharge of its functions as Pool Manager and in its capacity as Pool Manager and as agent for and on behalf of, and for the benefit of, the Owners.

 

1 . 3                           The Pool Manager shall serve as the vehicle for entering the Pooling Contracts , and to operate the Pool Vessels to service the Pooling Contracts pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, as between the Pool Manager and the Owners, the Owner of the Vessel nominated to perform the fixture by the Pool Manager, shall be considered the Vessel’s owner under the particular Pooling Contract concerned.

 

1.4                           All revenues earned from the operation of the Pool Vessels shall, after deduction of all costs involved in the operation of the Pool , be shared between the Owners in the manner prescribed by this Agreement. Any costs and expenses incurred by the Pool Manager as a result of the activities of the Pool shall be reimbursed to the Pool Manager pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

2.                                    Organisation  & Authority

 

2 . 1                           Subject to the terms and conditions herein provided, during the period of this Agreement the Pool Manager shall carry out the operation of the Pool in respect of the Pool Vessels as agents for and on behalf of the Owners. The Pool Manager shall have authority to take such actions as they may from time to time consider to be necessary or desirable to enable them to perform this Agreement and carry out the operation of the Pool in accordance with sound ship management practice, including but not limited to compliance with all relevant rules and regulations.

 

2.2                           The Pool will be operated by the Pool Manager out of Singapore and utilizing their chartering/operating/accounting organisation. The Pool Manager will also utilize the capability of its offices in London, Tokyo, Vancouver and Durban (which shall form an integral part of the commercial organisation within their predefined geographical areas) but always under the directions of the Pool Manager.

 



 

126

 

2.3                           The Pool Manager’s day to day fixing authority will be up to maximum 13 months duration with regard to chartering in or out of vessels and coa’s of maximum 12 months’ duration or maximum 12 cargoes. Any charter in or out in excess of this is to be approved by the relevant Pool Vessel’s Owner. Pooling Contracts are to be concluded on such terms as the Pool Manager in its sole discretion, acting reasonably, deems appropriate. In en tering Time charter fixtures, the Pool Manager shall have regard to the pro-forma time charter attached hereto as Appendix 2.

 

2.4                           New Owners entering one or more vessels into the Pool shall, as a condition precedent to their vessel(s) being so entered, sign an Accession Letter in the form attached hereto as Appendix 4.

 

3.                                    The Fleet

 

3 .1                           The vessels which are eligible for entry in the Pool shall be all handysize bulk carriers controlled by the Owners with the following minimum qualifications:-

 

-T he vessels to range from 25,000 DWT to 33 ,000 DWT

- Maximum 20 years old,

- geared with minimum 25 MTS cranes,

- Single deck, 5/5 holds/hatches,

- Non-laker and preferably shallow drafted.

 

3.2                           It is understood that the Pool may be expanded from time to time as operational and cargo commitments require by taking further vessels on charter (subject to the provisions of Clause 2.3 above) and providing them to the Pool and/or adding further parties to the Pool. If the Pool is so expanded, the Pool Manager shall promptly notify the Owners in writing.

 

4.                                    Pool Manager Obligations

 

4.1                           All activities undertaken by the Pool Manager, in accordance with this Agreement, are undertaken for and at the entire risk and account of the Owners, the Pool Manager acting only as their agents in this regard .

 

4.2                           The Pool Manager has the obligation and is hereby authorized by the Owners to:

 

4.2.1              Find and conclude the best possible employment for the Pool Vessels including, but not limited to, the Pooling Contracts. In this regard, the Pool Manager is authorised to enter into the Pooling Contracts in its own name .

 

4.2.2              Use all reasonable endeavours to secure full employment of the Pool Vessels;

 

4.2.3              Arrange all necessary instructions for the proper performance and execution of every employment undertaken;

 



 

127

 

4.2.4              Appoint port and canal agents for the Pool Vessels;

 

4.2.5              Collect and receive all freights, dead freights, demurrages, hires and other earnings of the Pool Vessels and to recover all amounts etc due to the Pool from any party with whom the Pool (through the Pool Manager) has a contractual commitment;

 

4.2.6              Pay brokerages, commissions, port and canal charges, stevedoring expenses, bunkers and any other expenses properly incurred in relation to the operation of the Pool Vessels. Furthermore to settle expenses incurred for the Owners’ account and same may at any time be deducted from the monthly arrear payment(s) and/or the quarterly Pool revenue remittance(s);

 

4.2.7              Negotiate and contract for the supply of bunkers, towage, agency and other agreements necessary for the proper performance of the Pool Vessels;

 

4.2.8              Keep each Owner well informed about the position of their Vessel and to co - operate with them in relation to planned dry-docking and/or repairs;

 

4.2.9              Subject to the prior written consent of the relevant Owner, not to be unreasonably withheld, undertake actions and other legal proceedings and demands arising in connection with the employment of the Pool Vessels, and to compromise, refer to Arbitration, abandon, submit to judgement or settle any such action or proceedings, but always in close liaison and agreement with the Owner and/or his Underwriters’ and/or P & I Club and save that in respect of claims of US$ 50 000 or less no prior consent is required. When requested by the Owner in writing to do so, the Pool Manager shall assign to the Owner such future rights in and associated with recovery of claims arising out of or in connection with the employment by the Pool Manager of the relevant Owner’s Vessel.

 

4 . 2 . 1 0     Keep correct books, records and accounts in U.S. dollars relating to the Pool’s activities concerning the employment of the Pool Vessels;

 

4.2.11     Allocate and/or make payments to the Owners according to the index forming part of this Agreement;

 

4.2.12     Upon request make available all books/records and account for review at Pool Manager’s premises in Singapore ;

 

4 . 2.13     Provide Owners with a complete monthly report outlining the Pool’s earnings since the last report, accumulative quarter to date, actual voyage results and indexed Pool contributions. The monthly report shall also include a comparison of the consolidated Pool earnings against the Baltic Handysize Index together with information regarding performance of the Atlantic-Pacific markets.

 

5.                                    Owner obligations

 

Throughout the period of operation of this Agreement each Owner shall :

 

5.1                           place all its vessels matching the fleet description at the disposal of the Pool Manager under the conditions of this Agreement to be operated by the Pool Manager in the Pool for the full risk and account of the Owner. The vessels shall have no commitments or restrictions

 



 

128

 

limiting the Vessels’ trading in world-wide trading, except as imposed by the Vessels’ country flag authorities and/or the United States of America and/or the United Nations and/or EU sanctions and/or the Vessels’ insurances and/or and as per relevant charter in-charterparty;

 

5.2                           control all technical ship management issues such as (but without restricting the generality of the obligation) manning , maintenance, repairs and supply of stores and spare parts and hull and machinery insurance and pay for all associated costs. The timing of scheduled dry-docking, repairs, special surveys, etc. shall be planned by the Owner in close consultation with the Pool Manager;

 

5.3                           arrange and pay for all necessary insurance including Hull and Machinery or Charterers Damage to Hull War , P+l and FDD cover. The Owner will ensure that the Pool Manager is co-assured under the insurance policies. The Owner shall arrange payment of premiums due, and warrant that the Pool Manager shall be co-assured under such insurance without recourse to them in respect of payment of calls and/or premiums, unless agreed otherwise;

 

5.4                           be obliged promptly to inform the Pool Manager about any activities undertaken which compete or may compete with the activities of the Pool. In such event the Pool Manager shall be entitled to restrict information given about the Pool to the relevant party or parties;

 

5 . 5                           at the request of the Pool Manager, pursue in their own name and at their own risk and expense, but for the benefit of the Pool , recovery from their own contrac t ual partners, (be they Head Owner or Disponent Owner) under the charter parties entered into in respect of the Pool Vessels by the Owner, of all and any amounts that the Pool Manager has been unable to collect under the Pooling Contracts (be it in the form of freight, deadfreight or demurrage, or on account of equitable or legal right of set-off or otherwise) caused or reasonably thought to be caused by any breach of contract or negligent act or omissions by the said contractual partners.

 



 

129

 

6 .                                    Liabilities

 

6.1        It is hereby acknowledged and agreed between the Parties hereto that neither this Agreement nor any of the arrangements contemplated hereby shall constitute a partnership between the Owners (per se) and/or between an Owner or the Owners and the Pool Manager or make an Owner or the Owners and/or the Pool Manager jointly and severally liable for each other’s obligations and liabilities arising out of, under or in connection with this Agreement.

 

6.2        All claims of whatsoever nature, either in contract, tort or otherwise against the Pool Manager arising out of, under or in connection with the Pooling Contracts, shall be paid and/or settled in full by the Owner of the ship concerned in the performance of the Pooling Contract in respect of which the claim arises . For the purposes of this Agreement, all such claims shall be deemed the proper responsibility of the Owner of the ship concerned in the performance of the Pooling Contract in respect of which the said claim arises subject always to the provisions of Clause 6.3 of this Agreement. The Owners, each severally, shall indemnify and hold harmless each other and the Pool Manager from all and any loss and/or damage and/or any liability of any nature whatsoever, (including but not restricted to any loss and/or damage and/or liability which is suffered and/or incurred and/or may become payable by the Pool Manager or (innocent) Owner arising out of, under, or in connection with any fixture entered into pursuant to this Agreement which may be incurred as a consequence of any breach of contract and/or act and/or omission committed by the Owner, his servants or agents), PROVIDED ALWAYS that such loss and/or damage and/or liability does not arise from or in connection with the wilful default and/or negligence of the Pool Manager.

 

6.3        If a claim is made against an Owner and/or or any seizure, distraint, arrest, detention, attachment or the like (“Arrest”) is effected in respect of property owned, controlled or possessed by such Owner by reason of a claim against the Pool Manager which has arisen through their wilful default under this Agreement or their negligence, the Pool Manager shall:

 

(a)   indemnify and hold harmless such Owner against the claim and/or the Arrest, and all costs, losses, liabilities and expenses (including legal expenses) arising therefrom;

(b)   without limitation to the foregoing, provide security acceptable to the arresting party or the court authorizing the Arrest to ensure such Arrest is lifted.

 

If a claim is made against the Pool Manager and/or or any seizure, distraint, arrest, detention, attachment or the like (“Arrest”) is effected in respect of property owned, controlled or possessed by the Pool Manager by reason of a claim against the Owner the Owner shall:

 

(c)   indemnify and hold harmless Pool Manager against the claim and/or the Arrest, and all costs, losses, liabilities and expenses (including legal expenses) arising therefrom;

(d)   without limitation to the foregoing, provide security acceptable to the arresting party or the court authorizing the Arrest to ensure such Arrest is lifted.

 



 

130

 

6.4        (a) In the event of the Pool Manager suffering and/or incurring any loss and/or damage and/or liability of any nature whatsoever arising directly or indirectly out of the fixing of tonnage contemplated in 12.1, then the Owners, each jointly and severally, shall indemnify and hold harmless the Pool Manager in respect of any such loss and/or damage and/or liability, provided always that such loss and/or damage and/or liability does not arise in connection with the wilful default and/or negligence of the Pool Manager.

 

(b) In the event of an Owner suffering and/or incurring any loss and/or damage and/or liability of any nature whatsoever arising directly or indirectly out of the fixing of tonnage by the Pool Manager contemplated in 12.1 or otherwise, then the Pool Manager shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner in respect of any such loss and/or damage and/or liability, provided always that such loss and/or damage and/or liability arose in connection with the wilful default and/or negligence of the Pool Manager.

 

(c) It is understood that any loss, damage and/or liability as contemplated in 6.4(a) and/or (b) shall, in the absence of wilful default and/or negligence of the Pool Manager, be recovered from Pool revenue in the first instance and reimbursed from insurance proceeds thereafter.

 

6.5        The Pool Manager shall arrange insurance to cover their exposure for default and negligence as contemplated in this clause and elsewhere in this agreement, the premium for which is to be recovered as an expense to the Pool.

 

6.6        The Pool Manager’s liability to an Owner for any loss, damage, delay or expense of whatsoever nature, whether direct or indirect, (including but not limited to loss of profit arising out of or in connection with detention of or delay to a Vessel) and howsoever arising in the course of performance of the obligations under this clause 6 shall, for each incident or series of incidents giving rise to a claim or claims, in no case exceed a total of ten (10) times the annual aggregate management fee for the Vessels entered in the Pool in the calendar year in which the incident/s arose (save where loss, damage, delay or expense has resulted from the Pool Manager’s personal act or omission committed with the intent to cause same or recklessly and with knowledge that such loss, damage, delay or expense would probably result).

 

7.          Competing Business

 

7.1        It is accepted that the Pool Manager has existing joint venture agreements that might , from time to time, compete with the Pool. The Pool Manager shall not be precluded from conducting the business of the Pool in any way by virtue of the fact that it may be competing directly or indirectly with any of the interests of the Owners or their associates.

 

Notwithstanding the restriction in Clause 2.3 imposed on the Pool Manager’s authority in fixing CoA’s for a maximum term of 12 months / 12 cargoes and any other provisions of this agreement, it is recorded that GS has been engaged in contract development in respect of a CoA tender that

 



 

131

 

is in excess of the stipulated 12 months / 12 cargoes (“the Ambatovy Project”); and it is agreed that whilst the CoA under the Project will, to the extent awarded to GS, be made available to the Pool, GS will in no way be constrained in concluding, executing or amending the CoA or utilizing its vessels in the execution of the CoA.

 

7.2        Grindrod Shipping is currently involved in the following trades which will, at Grindrod Shipping’s discretion, remain outside of the Pool:

 

-      Bulk Parcelling Service from Southern Africa to Europe and the Mediterranean including the Black Sea, the US Gulf and the Far East.

 

-      Joint Venture between ITAS and IVS (IBC) with bulk parcels using wheat and grains as a base cargo from Australia, South America and Europe to South Africa and Mauritius. In terms of the joint venture, subject to market conditions the vessels are chartered for 2/3 laden legs and therefore could conflict/compete with the Pool for cargoes on the subsequent legs.

 

-      Joint Venture between Phoenix Shipping and IVS – with bulk and breakbulk parcels from Far East to East coast and Southern Africa In terms of the JV subject to market conditions the vessels are chartered for 2/3 laden legs or longer period and therefore could conflict/compete with the Pool for cargoes on the subsequent legs.

 

-      Operations of the cargo trades of Atlas Trading, a subsidiary of Grindrod Limited

 

8.          Meeting of Pool members

 

8.1        The Pool Manager will arrange Pool Member meetings twice a year which representatives of the Pool Members will be invited to attend. Such meetings will take place once the budget for the coming year is finalized (normally during the month of November) and other meeting during the spring (normally during the month of May). Further meeting times to be mutually agreed. All meetings shall be with not less than twenty-one (21) days’ notice stating the date, time, place and agenda for each meeting.

 

The Parties agree that such meetings shall be held in one of the following locations: Boston, Durban, London or Singapore.

 

These meetings shall not disclose sensitive information regarding Pool Members or third party competitors. The representatives for the Pool Members invited to the meetings are entitled to speak with due consideration to the importance of keeping confidential sensitive commercial information regarding Pool Members or third party competitors.

 

The Pool Members are furthermore obliged to keep commercially sensitive information relating to Pool Members or third party competitors, including individual agreements and terms hereof, confidential. Consequently, such information may only be reported to the Pool Member meeting on issues relating hereto in an anonymous form

 


 

132

 

whereby information cannot be identified as appertaining to any specific undertaking in competition with the Pool, and as a main rule on an aggregated basis only.

 

Decisions of the Pool Members shall be made by ordinary majority of those present.

 

The Pool Members shall elect their own chairman for each meeting.

 

9.          Not used.

 

10.        Entrance of tonnage

 

10.1      Each Owner to apply for approval of their tonnage in accordance with clause 3 to the Pool Manager latest 1 0 days prior to the expected delivery of each vessel into the Pool and the Pool Manager to confirm its approval, in writing, within 1 working day.

 

10.2      Vessels outside the description in clause 3 may be approved by the Pool Manager in their discretion.

 

11.        Withdrawal of Vessels from the Pool

 

11.1      An Owner shall be entitled to withdraw its Vessel from the Pool with three (3) months’ prior written notice to the Pool Manager, or otherwise as provided for in the shareholders’ agreement dated on or around 9 December 2013 in respect of IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd., subject to the Vessel completing its committed schedule of voyages. The Pool Manager will be entitled to require the withdrawal of a Pool Vessel from the Pool if such Vessel fails to comply with the minimum qualifications set out in Clause 3.1 (or if capable of remedy is not so remedied within thirty (30) days).

 

11.2      Once a Pool Vessel is withdrawn from the Pool, the Owner of such Vessel shall have no further rights or obligations in connection with this Agreement, but all accrued rights and obligations shall remain in force.

 

12.       Chartering in

 

12.1      The Pool Manager shall be entitled, where in its sole discretion it considers it necessary for the proper operation of the Pool to charter in additional tonnage as required on such terms as it in its sole discretion deems fit, within the limits of authority.  Such tonnage is not to be limited to the description as per Clause 3 of this Agreement. For any such vessel or vessels employed by the Pool, the actual earnings/losses to be distributed to the Pool partners shall be as per their ship/days participation in the Pool. The Pool Managers will enter such chartered in tonnage for P & I, FD&D and Charterers Liability Insurance in its own name and the costs of such insurance cover shall be recovered from Pool revenue.

 

13.       Terms

 

13 . 1      NYPE 93 proforma c/p as attached hereto at Appendix 2 to be utilized as base c/p and Pool Manager to enter time charter fixtures with due regard

 



 

133

 

to the terms thereof, but, subject to the terms of this Agreement, without limiting their sole discretion as to the terms of fixing.

 

14.        Delivery/Redelivery time and place

 

14.1      A Pool Vessel to be delivered to the Pool at any time, day or night, weekdays or holidays as agreed in writing between the Parties. The relevant Owner to keep the Pool Manager closely advised of possible changes in the relevant Vessel’s position and expected date of delivery.

 

14.2      A Pool Vessel may be redelivered from the Pool at any time, day or night, weekdays or holidays as agre e d in writing between the Parties . The vessel is to be redelivered in an equivalent area to where the Vessel entered the Pool , or as agreed otherwise.

 

15 .        Bunkers

 

15.1      Each Pool Vessel to be delivered to the Pool with bunkers as on board, but always sufficient to reach nearest major bunkering port or place and such Pool Vessel shall be redelivered with about same quantities.

 

15.2      The Pool Manager to take over and pay for all bunkers remaining onboard on delivery at last paid net price (for the quantities onboard) as evidenced by supporting vouchers and receipts and Owners to take over and pay for all bunkers remaining onboard on redelivery on same cost basis.

 

16.        Loss of time/suspension

 

16 . 1      Loss of time for which the vessel can be placed off - hire under the terms of the NYPE 93 proforma C/P shall be regarded as time off - hire for the purposes of the Pool.

 

17.        Weather Routing

 

17.1      The Pool Manager have the option to weather route th e vessel or passage, in which case the Master is to give full co - operation . Cost of the weather routing bureau shall be borne by the Pool.

 

18.        Grabs

 

Where the Pool Vessels are fitted with grabs , they should be sufficient for the self loading/discharging of all Vessels’ holds and to be provided at the Owners’ time and expense. Owners shall be responsible for breakdown/supplying spare parts/expenses for repairing and normal maintenance works performed by crew such as greasing, cleaning and painting.

 

19.        Intermediate hold cleaning

 



 

134

 

19.1      It is recognised that cleaning of a Vessel’s holds between voyages remains the Owner’s responsibility, however, cleaning expenses involved shall be considered a voyage cost and thus covered by the Pool , and the time used shall not constitute off-hire.

 

20.        Non-assignment

 

20.1      Neither Party shall, without the prior written consent of the other, assign or otherwise dispose of any rights or obligations arising under this Agreement.

 

21 .        Arbitration

 

21.1      This Agreement is governed by and shall be interpreted in accordance with English law.

 

21.2      All disputes arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration in London. The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with one of the following London Maritime Arbitrators’ Association (“LMAA”) rules:

 

21.2 . 1 Where the amount claimed by the claimants is less than US$50,000 , excluding interest, the reference shall be to a sole arbitrator and the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the LMAA Small Claims Procedure;

 

21.2.2 In any case where the LMAA procedures referred to above do not apply, the reference shall be to three arbitrators (one to be appointed by each of the parties and the third by the arbitrators so chosen) in accordance with the LMAA terms in force at th e relevant time .

 

All arbitrators appointed shall be members of the LMAA.

 

22.        Revenue

 

22.1      The net revenue is the total income derived from trading of ships in the Pool less all voyage and operating expenses and the recovery of overheads. The net revenue to be distributed on the basis of the relative trading values of the ships as set forth in Appendix 3.

 

23.        Remittance

 

23.1      Funds equal to the estimated net revenue will be distributed to the Pool Members monthly in arrears as an account payment.

 

23.2      A monthly accounting report will be made for the Pool showing the actual result for each vessel whereafter balances of earnings and adjustment to previous months will be settled in accordance with Appendix 3, clause 3.

 

24.        Overheads

 

Pool Manager shall charge US$200 per ship per day plus 2% of net revenue.

 



 

135

 

25 .        Confidentiality

 

25.1      The Agreement shall not be shown nor its contents divulged to any third party by either party to it without the prior written consent of the other. Each Party is permitted to disclose this Agreement to its legal and other professional advisors and/or if required by law to any other party.

 

26.       Bank Accounts

 

26.1      All moneys collected by the Pool Manager in connection with and/or arising from the performance of this Agreement shall be paid into a bank account in the name of the Pool Members (or clearly designated as being the bank account relating to this Pool) and shall in any event remain payable by the Pool Manager to the Owners in accordance with this Agreement.

 

27.       Trading Restrictions

 

27.1      The Pool Manager agrees that when arranging employment for the Pool Vessels it shall comply with all Trading Restrictions (as defined below) that apply to the operations and trading of each Vessel with respect to the performance of this Agreement and agrees that the Pool Manager shall not take any action, or direct that any actions are taken, that will cause the Owners to violate or be subject to penalty under such Trading Restrictions.

 

“Trading Restrictions” means any restrictions to the trading areas or employment of each Vessel that arise by virtue of any embargo or sanctions or prohibitions order (or any similar order or directive) of the United States of America or the European Union as if the Owner was a national of the United States of America and/or the European Union.

 

28.       Conflict

 

28.1      In case of any conflict between the conditions and requirements of this Agreement and any attachment hereto, this Agreement shall prevail.

 

29.       Notices

 

29.1      Any notice to be given by any Party to the other Parties hereto shall be in writing and may be sent by fax, telex, registered or recorded mail or by personal service.

 

29.2      The address of the Parties for service of such communication shall be as follows:

 

To the Owner:

[Owner]

[ · ]

 

To the Pool Manager:

 

[ · ]

 



 

136

 



 

137

 

APPENDIX 1

 

POOL VESSELS

 



 

138

 

APPENDIX 2

 

[NYPE 93]

 


 

139

 

 

POOL
AGREEMENT

 

between

 

XXXXXX

 

and

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE

 

LTD

 

(IVS POOL)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Appendix 3

 



 

140

 

 

This schedule sets out the basis on which Grindrod Shipping shall distribute trading profits and losses.

 

1.            Net Revenue

The net revenue (referred to as “time-charter rate” below) is the total income derived from trading of ships less all voyage and operating expenses including any losses , damages , costs , charges and expenses which are incurred or sustained as a result of the act, omission , neglect or default of Pool Manager.

 

2.            Distribution of Net Revenue

a)                It is agreed that the net revenue derived from the trading of ships placed in the Pool will be distributed on the basis of the relative trading values of the ships in the Pool from time to time . For the sake of convenience these relative trading values will be calculated as time - charter rates expressed in US Dollars per day as if the ships were time-chartered by the Pool and will herein be termed ‘time-charter rates’.

 

b)                It is agreed that the ‘time-charter rate’ and the consequential relative distribution (index weighting) for each ship shall be assessed by the Pool Manager annually on the basis of the following parameters prevailing from time to time – initially according to yard specifications for new ships and thereafter according to actual performance of the ship, and applied for the year ahead:

 

The selection of an adequate and representative trading pattern. A consequential set of voyage calculations Vessels’ speed and bunker consumption relations Cargo intakes Cubic sizes Part cargo/full cargo relations Freight level relative to sizes Additional criteria, if any, observed by Pool Manager or Owners influencing in a relevant and measurable form the relative trading value of the ships for the period in question.

 

An individual ship’s relative weighting may fluctuate if ships are added to or removed from the Pool from time to time. The index weightings and calculations are to be made available to the Owners immediately after any review .

 

The routes applicable at the outset and the index weighting derived from those routes as it applies to a selection of generic vessels, are set out in appendix B.

 



 

141

 

 

c)                 An annual review and determination of distribution percentages shall include review of the above parameters in addition to the number of actual performance days together with an assessment of the vessels actual performance.

 

Additional parameters of relevance are to be included if required.

d)                In addition to the annual review, the ‘time - charter rates’ shall be adjusted whenever necessary to take account of factors which materially alter the relative trading value of the ships such as:

 

(i)                                   Major changes in the projected trading pattern of the fleet.

(ii)                               Major deviations of the actual trading pattern from the projected trading pattern of the fleet.

(iii)                           Major changes in trading freight ra te levels, bunker prices and other costs.

(iv)                           Repeated failure of ships to reach stated performance standards.

(v)                               Repeated improvement in the stated performance standards of the vessels.  The Pool Manager shall review performance standards of each Vessel three (3) months from each Vessel’s delivery into the Pool.

 

e)                To arrive at the proportions for the distribution of the net revenue, it is assumed that the ships are continuously ‘on hire’ to the Pool from the time the ships are placed under the commercial management of the Pool Manager. However, if for any of the reasons under a basic [ NYPE 93] the ships are temporarily off- hire or subject to damage for detention, they shall be ‘off-hire’.

 

3.            Remittances

Grindrod Shipping shall remit funds as follows:

 

(i)                At each calendar month-end the Pool Manager shall determine the estimated time charter rate for that month and will distribute that within (7) days of month end as an on account payment.

 

Quarterly summary reports will be issued in arrears by the Pool Manager, reconciling monthly payments and actual net revenue earned. Any balance payable to or receivable from the Pool members will be added to or deducted from the next monthly payment(s) as the case may be. If there are net negative net earnings the Owner shall remit funds to the Pool Manager within the same time periods.

 



 

142

 

 

POOL AGREEMENT

 

 

between

 

 

XXXXXX

 

 

and

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE LTD

 

 

(IVS POOL)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Appendix 4

 



 

143

 

 

APPENDIX 4

 

ACCESSION LETTER

 

To:                              [        ] as Pool Manager

 

From:    [Owner/Disponent Owner]

 

Dated: 

 

Dear Sirs

 

RE: [DESCRIPTION OF POOLING AGREEMENT]

 

dated [        ] (the “ Pooling Agreement”)

 

1                                                     We refer to the Pooling Agreement and confirm that this is an Accession Letter in relation to the Pooling Agreement.

 

2                                                     [ Name of Owner/Disponent Owner ] agrees to become an Owner (as the term is defined in the Pooling Agreement) and to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Pooling Agreement in that capacity.

 

3                                                     For the purposes of Clause [29.2] of the Pooling Agreement, [ Name of Owner/Disponent Owner ]’s details for notices/communications are as follows:

 

Address:

 

Fax No:

 

Attention:

 

4                                                      This Accession Agreement is governed by English law.

 

Yours sincerely,

 

 

 

 

 

 

For and on behalf of [Name of Owner/Disponent Owner]

 



 

144

 

 

Execution page

 

This document has been entered into by the Parties on the date set out at the beginning of this document.

 

 

 

Signed by

)

 

 

[name of authorised signatory]

)

 

 

duly authorised for and on behalf of

)

 

 

[NAME OF OWNER]

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

sign here:

 

[One signature block for each Owner]

 

[title of authorised signatory]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

print name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signed by

)

 

 

[name of authorised signatory]

)

 

 

duly authorised for and on behalf of

)

 

 

Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

sign here:

 

 

 

[title of authorised signatory]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

print name:

 

 



 

145

 

 

SCHEDULE 5

 

FORM OF ADMINISTRATION MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 


 

146

 

 

COMPANY ADMINISTRATION MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is entered into on this [..] day of […] by and between:-

 

1. IVS BULK PTE. LTD. (which shall include any 100% owned subsidiaries and shall hereinafter be referred to as the “Principal”), a corporation organised and existing under the laws of Singapore with its registered office at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore; and

 

2. GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. (hereinafter referred to as “Grindrod Shipping” or “Manager”), a corporation organised and existing under the laws of Singapore, with its registered office at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore.

 

WHEREAS:-

 

1.              The Principal is in the business of purchasing, owning and operating drybulk cargo ships (hereinafter called the “Vessels”) and, if in the favourable circumstances, selling the Vessels to third parties; and whereas

 

2.              The Principal group is to be structured by way of a holding company, IVS BULK PTE. LTD., which will hold 100% of the shares in special purpose companies, each of which will own a Vessel (hereinafter referred to as the “Principal Group”) ; and whereas

 

3.              The Principal is to be owned by Grindrod Shipping, [Regiment Capital Ltd.] and [Sankaty European Investments III S.à r.l.] and their relationship as shareholders is to be governed by a shareholders’ agreement dated on or about […] (the “JV Agreement”); and whereas

 

4.              The Principal wishes to appoint the Manager to provide corporate, administrative and accountancy services to each of the companies within the Principal Group from time to time upon the terms hereinafter set forth.

 

NOW in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants herein and other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:-

 

ARTICLE 1.  RESPONSIBILITIES AND POWERS OF MANAGER

 

1.1 The Principal hereby appoints and the Manager hereby accepts appointment as administration manager of each company in the Principal Group from time to time and shall be responsible for the corporate, administrative and accounting functions of the Principal Group, which shall include, but are not limited to:-

 

a) keeping and maintaining the Principal Group’s statutory books and registers in accordance with the requirements of the Singapore laws and regulations ;

 

b) planning, devising and organising an accounting system to the satisfaction of the Principal;

 

c) managing the Principal Group’s daily cash flow, including the administration of and repayment of the loans under the loan agreements as may be executed by the Principal Group for the purchase of the Vessels (as defined in the JV Agreement), within the annual budget provided by the Principal;

 

d) attending to the accounting matters arising daily;

 

e) maintaining and keeping the Principal Group’s accounting records in US$ being the agreed functional currency,  preparing the financial statements (including the balance sheet and statement of loss and profit) and cause them to be audited by a firm of Chartered Accountants or otherwise, if so required by the Principal;

 

f) keeping the ledgers posted and balanced in a timely manner;

 

g) attending to the preparation of the monthly and quarterly management accounts as the case may be, being together the “Services”.

 



 

147

 

 

1.2 The Principal shall furnish the Manager with all relevant and necessary information, invoices, bills, receipts, bank statements and such other documents as may be required by the Manager or copies of such invoices, bills, receipts, bank statements or other documents.

 

1.3 The Principal hereby authorises the Manager to request any information or document or a copy thereof from any relevant party including banks, creditors, clients, agents and suppliers, to enable the Manager to perform and carry out their duties and obligations hereunder.

 

1.4 The Manager shall perform and carry out their duties and obligations hereunder and other matters connected therewith in a proper and diligent manner in accordance with acceptable accounting practices.

 

1.5 All accounts prepared by the Manager shall be based or dependent upon the information, bills, invoices, receipts, bank statements and/or or such documents furnished, supplied or made available by the Principal to the Manager and the Manager shall not be responsible for any error or omission in the accounts save for those occasioned by the Manager’s gross negligence or wilful default.

 

1.6 The Manager shall provide the Principal with monthly, quarterly, semi-annual, and annual reports of the accounting and other administrative issues of the Principal with such information as reasonably requested by the Principal.

 

1.8 The Manager shall make available all the books, records, accounts and any other documents concerning the service provided by the Manager for inspection and audit by the Principal or any party acting on behalf of the Principal or any shareholder of the Principal during normal business hours subject to an advance notice of at least two working days.

 

1.9 In the exercise of its duty hereunder the Manager shall so far as it is reasonably practicable act in accordance with the policies and instructions from time to time notified by the Principal, and shall serve the Principal faithfully and diligently, and at all times maintain confidentiality in respect of any information of the Principal which has a confidential character.

 

ARTICLE 2. TERM AND TERMINATION

 

2.1 This Agreement shall commence on the date above written and shall terminate on the earlier of:

 

a) the date of termination of the JV Agreement; or

 

b) the date that Grindrod Shipping no longer holds any shares in the Principal; or

 

c) the date of termination by the Manager under Clause 2.2; or

 

d) if the Manager fails to meet its obligations under this Agreement and does not remedy such breach (if such breach is capable of remedy) and/or provide evidence that they have taken steps to remedy such breach within [14] Business Days (as defined in the JV Agreement) from receipt of notice from the Principal demanding that such breach be remedied; or

 

e) the date that either party (“Terminating Party”) by notice in writing to the other (“Defaulting Party”) forthwith terminates the appointment, which notice may be given only if:-

 

i) the Defaulting Party shall be liquidated or become insolvent or is or admitted to be unable to pay its debt or make an assignment of the whole or substantially the whole part of its assets for the benefit of its creditors, or consent to the appointment of trustee or receiver over such assets;

 

ii) a trustee or receiver is appointed in respect of the whole or substantially the whole part of the assets of the Defaulting Party without the consent of the Defaulting Party and is not discharged within thirty (30) days;

 

iii) liquidation or bankruptcy, reorganization or other insolvency proceedings are instituted by or against the Defaulting Party and, if instituted against the Defaulting Party, are consented to by such Shareholder or permitted to remain undismissed for thirty (30) days.

 



 

148

 

 

2.2 The Manager shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement forthwith if any money payable by the Principal under this Agreement shall not have been duly paid within seven (7) Business Days (as defined in the JV Agreement) of payment having been demanded in writing by the Manager.

 

2.3 In the event of a termination for whatsoever cause, the Manager is obliged to complete all the accounts, documentations and other matters in respect of the Principal Group up to the date of such termination.

 

2.4 In the event of a termination of this Agreement, as aforesaid, the Manager shall return to the Principal all documents and any copies thereof belonging or relating to the Principal which are in the Manager’s possession or under the Manager’s control.

 

2.5 On termination of this Agreement, all pre-existing rights and obligations which have accrued to or by either of the parties hereto shall continue in full force and effect.

 

ARTICLE 3. EXPENSES AND REMUNERATION

 

3.1 All the Manager’s own costs and expenses such as accommodation, accounting systems, and employee costs  incurred by the Manager to perform its duties and obligations hereunder shall be borne by the Manager.

 

3.2 The Principal shall reimburse the Manager in respect of all third-party disbursements and expenses reasonably incurred by the Manager in performance of its duties and obligations (including but not limited to the expenses of auditors, tax advisors, legal counsel and travel expenses necessary for any of the Manager’s employees to attend to business of the Principal Group outside of Singapore), pursuant to this Agreement and / or on behalf of the Principal.

 

3. The Manager shall be entitled to incur third-party disbursements and/or expenses up to USD 30,000 in aggregate per annum in respect of each member of the Principal Group.  Any third-party disbursements and/or expenses above such amount shall require the prior written consent of the Principal.

 

3.4 In consideration of the services rendered hereunder, the Manager shall receive a monthly fee per company within the Principal Group from time to time to be payable to the Manager by the Principal monthly in arrears. The monthly fee shall initially be United States Dollars US$2,500 per company per month, subject to annual adjustment by agreement between the Principal and the Manager on the anniversary date of this agreement, and failing agreement to an adjustment at any time the fee shall continue at the rate last agreed to.

 

ARTICLE 4. INDEMNITY

 

4.1 The Principal hereby ratifies and confirms and undertakes at all times to ratify and confirm whatever may be done or caused to be done by the Manager, in accordance with the Principal’s instructions,  in the provision of the Services and the Principal hereby undertakes to keep the Manager indemnified and to hold it harmless against all actions, proceedings, claims, demands or liabilities whatsoever which may be brought against or incurred by the Manager in relation to any and everything done or caused to be done by complying with such instructions  and against all costs, damages and expenses which the Manager may suffer or incur in defending or settling the same. However, the Principal will be absolved from such indemnity in the event that the Manager breaches the terms of this agreement, including but not limited to the Manager’s failure to perform the Services, gross negligence or wilful misconduct on the part of the Manager.

 

ARTICLE 5. WAIVERS

 

5.1 The respective rights of the parties (whether arising hereunder or under the general law) shall not be capable of being waived or varied otherwise than by an express waiver or variation in writing. Any failure to exercise, or any delay in exercising any of such rights shall not operate as a waiver or variation of that or of any other such right. Any defective or partial exercise by a party or any such rights shall not preclude any other or further exercise of that or any other such right and no act or course of conduct or negotiation shall in any way preclude that party from exercising any such right or constitute a suspension or any variation of any such right.

 



 

149

 

 

ARTICLE 6. SUB-CONTRACTING

 

6.1 The Manager shall be entitled to sub-contract any part or all of the Services to be provided pursuant to this Agreement, provided that the Manager shall at all times remain responsible for the performance of its obligations hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 7. NOTICE

 

6.1 Any notice which any party may require to give to the other shall be validly given if sent to the other party at its registered office or to the addresses as follows.

 

To the Principal and any company in the Principal Group:

 

c/o GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE LTD.

 

200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore

 

Telephone No. : +65-6323-0048

 

Telefax No. : +65-6323-0046

 

e-Mail :

 

And

 

c/o [……].

 

Telephone No. :

 

Telefax No. :

 

e-Mail :

 

To the Manager:

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.

 

200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore

 

Telephone No. : +65-6323-0048

 

Telefax No. : +65-6323-0046

 

e-Mail :

 

6.2 Notices required to be given in writing may be given by letter, cable, telex, telefax or e-Mail.

 

6.3 Each Party irrevocably appoints the following person to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts:

 

The Principal and all companies in the Principal Group:

 

[Insert details.]

 

The Manager:

 



 

150

 

 

[Insert details.]

 

ARTICLE 8. GOVERNING LAWS & SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION

 

7.1 This Agreement shall be governed by the English law and the parties hereby agree to submit to the  exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts.

 

ARTICLE 9. ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

8.1 This Agreement embodies all the terms and conditions agreed upon between the parties as to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes and cancels in all respects all previous agreements and undertakings, if any, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, whether such be written or oral.

 

ARTICLE 10. HEADINGS

 

9.1 The headings of articles and clauses used in this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not affect in interpretation of this Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed in duplicate by their duly authorised officers or representatives as of the day and year first above written.

 

The Principal (acting for itself and for and on behalf of each of its subsidiaries from time to time)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name :

 

Title : Director

 

 

 

 

The Manager, GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name :

 

Title : Director

 


 

151

 

 

SCHEDULE 6

 

FORM OF COMMERCIAL MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 


 

[LOGO]

GRAPHIC

 


[LOGO]

GRAPHIC

 


[LOGO]

GRAPHIC

 


[LOGO]

GRAPHIC

 


[LOGO]

GRAPHIC

 


[LOGO]

GRAPHIC

 


[LOGO]

GRAPHIC

 


[LOGO]

GRAPHIC

 


[LOGO]

GRAPHIC

 


[LOGO]

GRAPHIC

 


[LOGO]

GRAPHIC

 


[LOGO]

GRAPHIC

 


[LOGO]

GRAPHIC

 


[LOGO]

GRAPHIC

 


[LOGO]

GRAPHIC

 


[LOGO]

GRAPHIC

 


[LOGO]

GRAPHIC

 


[LOGO]

GRAPHIC

 


[LOGO]

GRAPHIC

 


[LOGO]

GRAPHIC

 


[LOGO]

GRAPHIC

 


[LOGO]

GRAPHIC

 


[LOGO]

GRAPHIC

 


[LOGO]

GRAPHIC

 


[LOGO]

GRAPHIC

 


[LOGO]

GRAPHIC

 


[LOGO]

GRAPHIC

 


[LOGO]

GRAPHIC

 


[LOGO]

GRAPHIC

 


[LOGO]

GRAPHIC

 


[LOGO]

GRAPHIC

 


[LOGO]

GRAPHIC

 


[LOGO]

GRAPHIC

 


[LOGO]

GRAPHIC

 


[LOGO]

GRAPHIC

 


[LOGO]

GRAPHIC

 


[LOGO]

GRAPHIC

 


[LOGO]

GRAPHIC

 


[LOGO]

GRAPHIC

 


[LOGO]

GRAPHIC

 

 

 

 


 

 



Exhibit 4.3(b)

 

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

 

 

DEED OF AMENDMENT AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENT made on 4 February 2015

 

BETWEEN :

 

(1)                               THE PARTIES , being the undersigned (other than the Company); and

 

(2)                               IVS BULK PTE. LTD , a company incorporated in Singapore whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 (the Company ).

 

RECITAL :

 

On 11 December 2013, the Parties and the Company entered into a shareholders’ agreement (the SHA ) setting out the terms and conditions on which they agreed to regulate the management of the Company. The Parties and the Company now wish to amend the SHA on the terms of this Deed to further regulate the manner in which the Parties will provide funding to the Company, including the manner in which certain financing guarantees may be satisfied, and to acknowledge the manner in which payments in respect of such financing guarantees will be treated under the SHA.

 

1                                         INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                             In this Deed (and in the SHA to the extent it is amended by this Deed), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Change of Control Event means the circumstances giving rise to any CoC Provision becoming triggered or actionable;

 

CoC Provision means any provision relating to or actionable as a result of a “change of control” (including any change of shareholding, board control and/or voting power) contained in any Approved Finance Document;

 

Escrow Agent means the Singapore branch of a reputable international bank designated by the Board;

 

Escrow Funds means, with respect to any Party, the funds deposited by such Party to the Escrow Account in accordance with paragraph 4;

 

Facility Agreement means the facility agreement dated 24 October 2014 relating to the financing of (i) hulls 541, 543 and 545 at Kanda Shipbuilding Co., Ltd., (ii) hulls 5855 and 5858 at Shin Kurushima Dockyard Co., Ltd. and (iii) hull 709 at Onomichi Dockyard Co., Ltd. and the documents ancillary thereto, being an Approved Finance;

 

Finance Guarantee means any guarantee and/or indemnity in favour of a Lender under the Facility Agreement to satisfy the whole or any part of any obligations owed to that

 

1



 

Lender in connection with the financing of any Shipbuilding Contract, including the indemnity in favour of the security agent under the Subordination Agreement ; and

 

Lender means any third party debt financier of Approved Finance and/or any agent and/or trustee acting for and on behalf of such financier(s) (or any receiver and/or delegate).

 

Subordination Agreement means the subordination agreement dated 24 October 2014 between each Party as Creditor, the Borrower as Debtor and Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank as Security Agent.

 

1.2                             Capitalized words and expressions defined in this Deed shall have the same meanings in the SHA (to the extent it is amended by this Deed).

 

1.3                             Unless otherwise defined in this Deed, capitalized words and expressions used in this Deed shall have the meaning given to them in the SHA.

 

1.4                             Unless otherwise specified herein, all references in this Deed to a “Clause” shall refer to a Clause of the SHA.

 

2                                         AMENDMENT

 

2.1                             Effective as of the date hereof:

 

(a)                                the first reference to “Non-Defaulting Shareholder” in Clause 7.2.7 shall be changed to “Defaulting Shareholder”; and

 

(b)                               the first reference to “Lending Shareholder” in Clause 7.3.7 shall be changed to “Non-Lending Shareholder”;

 

(c)                                the paragraph above the table in Clause 7.1.3 shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“In addition to the Basic Equity Commitments, the Parties shall advance additional equity funding to the Company by way of a subscription for share capital pro rata to their respective outstanding Additional Equity Commitments from time to time, as and when requested by the Administration Manager in accordance with Clause 7.2.1, provided that each of the Party’s respective commitments under this Clause 7.1.3 shall not exceed the amounts set out in the table in this Clause 7.1.3 (with the applicable maximum amount being that amount set out in either column (1), (2) or (3) depending on the aggregate number of Shipbuilding Contracts to which Group Companies are party at the relevant time) and such increased amounts as the Parties may (i) unanimously agree in writing from time to time or (ii) be required to contribute to settle their respective Pro Rata Shares of any Finance Guarantee Claims following the utilization of the aggregate amount of USD 12 000 000 allocated in Clause 3.1 of this Deed for Shareholder Liquidity Support ( Additional Equity Commitments ). Additional Equity Commitments will be funded in accordance with Clause 7.2.”

 

2



 

(d)                              Clause 7.2.1.2 shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

to provide liquidity support to a Group Company to meet its payment obligations to a debt financier with respect to a Vessel, including, for the avoidance of doubt, the provision of a Finance Guarantee, the provision of any other guarantee in favour of a third party lender of Approved Finance to a Group Company and to enable such Group Company to fund cash collateral (such support, the Shareholder Liquidity Support ); provided that (i) the aggregate Shareholder Liquidity Support shall not exceed USD 1,000,000 (one million) per Vessel plus any Additional Equity Commitments that are to be contributed by the Parties to settle any Finance Guarantee Claim and (ii) the aggregate Shareholder Liquidity Support shall not exceed, in respect of each Shareholder, that Shareholder’s Additional Equity Commitment (together, the Liquidity Commitment ) ;”

 

(e)                                the parenthetical “(or in the case of Grindrod if there is only one Defaulting Shareholder that is an Investor)” shall be added immediately after “in the case of the Investors” in Clause 7.2.11.2(i);

 

(f)                                 the parenthetical “(if Grindrod is the only Non-Defaulting Shareholder)” shall be added after “in the case of Grindrod” in Clause 7.2.11.2(ii);

 

(g)                               in Clause 7.1 of the form of Shareholders’ Loan Agreement attached as Schedule 3 to the SHA, the additional words “or, to the extent repayment of the amounts outstanding under this Agreement are prohibited by the terms of Approved Finance, 1 July 2020,” shall be inserted immediately following “1 January 2020”;

 

(h)                               the following proviso shall be added at the end of Clause 6.2 of the form of Shareholders’ Loan Agreement attached as Schedule 3 to the SHA: “provided that the Borrower shall not pay the Interest Charge in cash in accordance with this clause 6.2 if such payment is prohibited under the Facility Agreement or any other Approved Finance”; and

 

(i)                                   the parenthetical “(or when it would have been due but for operation of the proviso to clause 6.2 above)” shall be added immediately after “any portion of an Interest Charge that is not paid in cash when due and payable under this Agreement” in Clause 6.3 of the form of Shareholders’ Loan Agreement attached as Schedule 3 to the SHA.

 

3                                         GUARANTEE PAYMENTS

 

3.1                             The Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that in respect of the aggregate Additional Equity Commitments referred to in column (3) of the table in Clause 7.1.3 an amount of USD 12,000,000 (twelve million) shall be allocated toward Shareholder Liquidity Support in respect of Finance Guarantee Claims pursuant to this Deed and claims under any other guarantee of the obligations of a Group Company issued in favour of any third party lender of Approved Finance under which each of the Parties is directly liable and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Clause 7.1.3, shall not be used

 

3



 

for any other purpose so long as the Finance Guarantees or any other guarantee of the obligations of a Group Company issued in favour of any third party lender under which each of the Parties is directly liable remain outstanding, and the balance (USD 17,000,000) shall be callable in cash for any other purpose permitted in Clause 7.2.1.

 

3.2                             The Parties and the Company acknowledge and agree that notwithstanding each Party is jointly and severally liable in favor of Lender(s) in respect of certain amounts under the Finance Guarantees, as between the Parties each Party is obliged to pay only such Party’s pro rata share of any claim under a Finance Guarantee (including, without limitation, in respect of enforcement and preservation costs, tax gross up, accrual of interest and/or currency indemnities, except to the extent a claim against a Party arises out of or relates to a breach by such Party of, or a default by such Party under, the applicable Finance Guarantee (or, in the case of a claim arising out of or relating to the indemnity under the Subordination Agreement, fault by such Party under the Subordination Agreement), in which case the breaching or defaulting Party (or Party at fault) shall be solely responsible for payment of the amount of such claim to the extent arising out of or relating to such a breach or default (or fault)) (a Finance Guarantee Claim ) (such Party’s pro rata share of such Finance Guarantee Claim being based upon its respective Shareholding at the time of such claim being made and being referred to herein as its Pro Rata Share ).

 

3.3                             Unless it is clear from the facts that a payment in respect of a Finance Guarantee Claim (a Finance Guarantee Payment ) relates to one or more specific Vessels, such Finance Guarantee Payment shall be deemed to be pro rated equally against all Vessels financed (in whole or in part) with funds drawn down under the Facility Agreement and in respect of which any Group Company has entered into a Shipbuilding Contract at the relevant time which remain in the ownership of a Group Company at the relevant time.

 

3.4                             If a Party (a Claim Recipient ) receives a Finance Guarantee Claim, it shall promptly notify the Administration Manager of such claim and provide it with copies of all relevant claim documents and the Administration Manager shall promptly prepare and circulate an Equity Commitment Notice which shall:

 

(a)                                specify: (i) the amount of the Finance Guarantee Claim; and (ii) any Finance Guarantee Payment that has already been or will be required to be made by the Claim Recipient, including the portion of such payment that exceeds such Claim Recipient’s Pro Rata Share (an Excess Payment );

 

(b)                               direct each Party to make a payment to the Lender(s) (by no later than the required date of payment under the relevant Finance Guarantee Claim) in an amount equal to such Party’s Pro Rata Share, provided that:

 

(i)                                   if the Claim Recipient has already made a Finance Guarantee Payment to the Lender(s) in respect of the relevant Finance Guarantee Claim, the Claim Recipient shall be deemed to have already funded such portion of its Pro Rata Share as is equal to its Finance Guarantee Payment; and

 

4



 

(ii)                               if the Claim Recipient has already made an Excess Payment to the Lender(s) in respect of the relevant Finance Guarantee Claim, the obligation of each other Party to pay its Pro Rata Share to the Lender(s) shall be reduced commensurately and each such Party shall be obliged to pay within 3 (three) Business Days to the Claim Recipient an amount equal to its pro rata share of the Excess Payment (based on the relative amount by which each of such Parties’ Finance Guarantee Payments in respect of this Finance Guarantee Claim falls short of their Pro Rata Shares).

 

3.5                             If a Party makes a Finance Guarantee Payment to the Lender(s) pursuant to paragraph 3.4 above, the amount of such payment shall be deemed to be a contribution towards such Party’s Basic Equity Commitment or Additional Equity Commitment (as applicable), and the relevant Owner shall be deemed to owe an amount to the Company equal to the amount of such payment.

 

3.6                             If a Party makes a payment to another Party in connection with a Finance Guarantee Payment by such other Party pursuant to paragraph 3.4(b)(ii) above, the amount of such payment shall be deemed to be a contribution towards such first Party’s Basic Equity Commitment or Additional Equity Commitment (as applicable), and such such other Party’s deemed contribution towards its Basic Equity Commitment or Additional Equity Commitment shall be reduced by the aggregate amount of all such payments received by it from such first Party.

 

3.7                             In the event that a Claim Recipient does not receive payment from another Party pursuant to paragraph 3.4(b)(ii) above, then such Claim Recipient may take such action(s) as it deems necessary to compel the other Party make such payment to the Claim Recipient.

 

3.8                             The Company and the relevant Party shall procure that each deemed contribution to a Party’s Basic Equity Commitment or Additional Equity Commitment is promptly documented into, as applicable, a Shareholder Loan, Preference Shares or A Shares (as appropriate) in accordance with Clause 7.2 (as amended by this Deed), mutatis mutandis (as if the relevant amount had been deposited to the Escrow Account in accordance with paragraph 4 below instead of paid to the Lender or another Party in accordance with paragraph 3.4 above and as if the funds had then been released from the Escrow Account to settle the subscription price for A Shares or purchase a Shareholder Loan or Preference Shares in accordance with paragraph 4.2, 4.5, 4.6 or 4.7, as applicable).

 

4                                         PROCEDURES IN RELATION TO EQUITY COMMITMENTS

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 7.2.2 to 7.2.8:

 

4.1                             Promptly following the delivery by the Administration Manager to the Parties of an Equity Commitment Notice in accordance with Clause 7.2.1, the Parties and the Company shall enter into an escrow agreement with the Escrow Agent on terms

 

5



 

reasonably satisfactory to the Parties and consistent with this paragraph 4 (the Escrow Agreement ) pursuant to which the Escrow Agent shall open an escrow account for the benefit of the Party or Parties that deposited the funds no later than 12 Business Days following receipt by the Parties of such Equity Commitment Notice (the Escrow Account ).  Each of the Parties and the Company shall procure that the funds paid by a Party in respect of an Equity Commitment Notice be deposited within 15 Business Days of receipt of the Equity Commitment Notice in the Escrow Account and shall only be released in accordance with this paragraph 4.  The fees and expenses of the Escrow Agent shall be borne by the Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that all Parties agree to fund their respective Equity Commitment Amount at the same time prior to the execution of the Escrow Agreement and that each Party obtains from the other satisfactory assurance that such funding will occur, then all Parties shall fund their respective Equity Commitment Amount directly to the Company in lieu of entering into an Escrow Agreement as contemplated by this paragraph 4.1.

 

4.2                             If each Party fully funds its Equity Commitment Amount to the Escrow Account (or directly to the Company as contemplated by the last sentence of paragraph 4.1 above) within 15 Business Days of receipt of an Equity Commitment Notice (or such shorter period as may be agreed from time to time) (the Capital Call Period ), each Party shall be deemed to have subscribed for, and the Company shall promptly issue to each such Party, A Shares at the price per share of USD 1.00 in the case of an Investor or in the case of Grindrod at such price per share as will enable Grindrod to achieve the “free carry” of 2.5% in accordance with Clause 5.1.5, with the Escrow Funds deposited to the Escrow Account by such Party (or the funds advanced directly to the Company as contemplated by the last sentence of paragraph 4.1 above) being used to settle the subscription price therefore.

 

4.3                             If there is a Shortfall at the end of the Capital Call Period:

 

(a)                                the Escrow Funds deposited by each Non-Defaulting Shareholder and held in the Escrow Account shall remain in the Escrow Account until such time as they are used to settle the subscription price for A Shares in accordance with paragraph 4.5 or 4.7 below or to purchase a Shareholder Loan (or settle the subscription price for Preference Shares, as applicable) in accordance with paragraph 4.6 below or otherwise until they are released back to the applicable Party in accordance with paragraph 4.8 below;

 

(b)                               notwithstanding the 15 Business Day period stipulated in Clause 7.2.4, each of the Parties and the Company shall (to the extent it is within its power to do so) procure that the Administration Manager shall within 3 Business Days of the end of the Capital Call Period deliver to each Non-Defaulting Shareholder a written notice (a Default Notice ) setting out:

 

(i)                                   the amount of the Shortfall; and

 

(ii)                               the total number of A Shares that each Non-Defaulting Shareholder would subscribe for if  such Non-Defaulting Shareholder:

 

6



 

(A)                           does not contribute towards the Shortfall (or fails to make a Shortfall election);

 

(B)                            contributes its pro rata share of the Shortfall; and

 

(C)                            contributes 100% of the Shortfall,

 

in each case calculated in accordance with: (x) the price per share specified in either Clause 7.2.2, Clause 7.2.5 or Clause 7.2.7 (as applicable) with (in the case of Clause 7.2.5 and Clause 7.2.7) Adjusted NAV being determined as at the time of expiry of the Capital Call Period; and (y) Clause 14.10 (as applicable, the Applicable Calculation Methodology ); and

 

(c)                                each Non-Defaulting Shareholder may by written notice to the Company within 15 Business Days of receiving a Default Notice:

 

(i)                                   elect not to contribute its pro rata share of the Shortfall and, subject to paragraphs 4.5, 4.6 and 4.8 below (as applicable), elect to have the Escrow Funds deposited by it to the Escrow Account used to:

 

(A)                           settle the subscription price for A Shares at a price per share of USD 1.00 in the case of an Investor or in the case of Grindrod at such price per share as will enable Grindrod to achieve the “free carry” of 2.5% in accordance with Clause 5.1.5; or

 

(B)                            purchase a Shareholder Loan (or, if a Preference Share Election has been made in accordance with Clause 7.12, Preference Shares) in accordance with paragraph 4.6  below (provided that if (x) the relevant Lenders under the Facility Agreement have not approved in writing such a Shareholder Loan or Preferences Shares in substitution for a subscription for A Shares or (y) an election under paragraph 4.3(c)(i)(A) together with the elections by all other Non-Defaulting Shareholders under any of paragraphs 4.3(c)(i)(A), 4.3(c)(ii)(A) and 4.4 would not give rise to a Change of Control Event, then such election under this paragraph 4.3(c)(i)(B) will be treated for purposes of this Deed as an election under paragraph 4.3(c)(i)(A)); or

 

(ii)                               elect to contribute its pro rata share of the Shortfall in which case it shall within 15 Business Days of  receiving the Default Notice deposit to the Escrow Account an additional amount equal to its pro rata share of the Shortfall and, subject to paragraph 4.8 below and payment of the pro rata share of the shortfall into the Escrow Account within the allowed time, the Escrow Funds deposited by it to the Escrow Account (including its pro rata share of the Shortfall) shall be used, at its election (such election to be

 

7



 

made in the written notice referred to in the opening clause of this paragraph 4.3 (c)), to:

 

(A)                           settle the subscription price for A Shares in accordance with paragraph 4.7 below; or

 

(B)                            purchase a Shareholder Loan (or, if Preference Share Election has been made in terms of Clause 7.12, Preference Shares) in accordance with paragraph 4.6 below (subject to the relevant Lenders under the Facility Agreement approving in writing such a Shareholder Loan or Preference Shares in substitution for a subscription for A Shares).

 

4.4                             For the avoidance of doubt, if there are two Non-Defaulting Shareholders, then the provisions of Clauses 7.2.9 and 7.2.10 shall apply; provided that if any Non-Defaulting Shareholder elects to contribute the entire amount of the Shortfall in accordance with Clause 7.2.9, then such Non-Defaulting Shareholder shall deposit such additional amount to the Escrow Account as to make up the entire Shortfall and such amount shall be treated as part of such Non-Defaulting Shareholder’s Escrow Funds hereunder.

 

4.5                             If a Non-Defaulting Shareholder (i) makes an election pursuant to paragraph 4.3(c)(i)(A) above or fails to make an election or (ii) makes an election pursuant to paragraph 4.3(c)(i)(B) above but either or both clause (x) and / or clause (y) of the proviso to such paragraph 4.3(c)(i)(B) applies, then, subject to paragraph 4.8 below, such Non-Defaulting Shareholder shall promptly subscribe for, and the Company shall promptly issue to such Non-Defaulting Shareholder, A Shares at a price per share of USD 1.00 in the case of an Investor or in the case of Grindrod at such price per share as will enable Grindrod to achieve the “free carry” of 2.5% in accordance with Clause 5.1.5, with the Escrow Funds deposited to the Escrow Account by such Non-Defaulting Shareholder being used to settle the subscription price therefore.

 

4.6                             If a Non-Defaulting Shareholder makes an election pursuant to paragraph 4.3(c)(i)(B) (and neither clause (x) nor clause (y) of the proviso to paragraph 4.3(c)(i)(B) applies) or paragraph 4.3(c)(ii)(B) above then, subject to paragraph 4.8, the Company shall promptly issue to such Non-Defaulting Shareholder a Shareholder Loan (or Preference Shares as applicable) and the Company and such Non-Defaulting Shareholder shall procure that such Non-Defaulting Shareholder’s Shortfall contribution (if any) is made by way of a Shareholder Loan, with the Escrow Funds deposited to the Escrow Account by such Non-Defaulting Shareholder being used to pay the purchase price of such Shareholder Loan.

 

4.7                             If a Non-Defaulting Shareholder (i) makes an election pursuant to paragraph 4.3(c)(ii)(A) above or (ii) makes an election pursuant to paragraph 4.3(c)(ii)(B) above but the relevant Lenders under the Facility Agreement have not approved in writing the issuance of a Shareholder Loan in substitution for a subscription for A Shares in accordance with such paragraph, then in the case of (i) or (ii), subject to paragraph 4.8

 

8



 

below, such Non-Defaulting Shareholder shall promptly subscribe for, and the Company shall promptly issue to such Non-Defaulting Shareholder, A Shares (applying the Applicable Calculation Methodology) and such Non-Defaulting Shareholder’s Shortfall contribution shall be made by way of subscription for A Shares (applying the Applicable Calculation Methodology), with the Escrow Funds deposited to the Escrow Account by such Non-Defaulting Shareholder being used to settle the subscription price therefore.

 

4.8                             In the event that:

 

(a)                                a Non-Defaulting Shareholder (but for the applicability of this paragraph 4.8) is to subscribe for A Shares pursuant to paragraph 4.5 or 4.7 but such subscription would result in a Change of Control Event; or

 

(b)                               a Non-Defaulting Shareholder (but for the applicability of this paragraph 4.8) is to purchase a Shareholder Loan pursuant to paragraph 4.6 but the relevant Lenders under the Facility Agreement have not consented in writing to the making of a Shareholder Loan (or as applicable the issue of Preference Shares) in substitution for a subscription for A Shares, then

 

in the case of (a) or (b), the Company and the Parties shall negotiate with the relevant Lenders and cooperate in good faith to obtain (and, to the extent within their power, will procure that any other relevant obligors under the relevant Approved Finance Documents will negotiate in good faith and execute any documents as may be reasonably necessary to obtain) (i) a consent or waiver from the relevant Lenders such that the relevant CoC Provision would not be triggered or actionable and/or (as applicable) (ii) a consent  from the relevant Lenders under the Facility Agreement permitting the making of a Shareholder Loan (or as applicable the issue of Preference Shares) in substitution for a subscription for A Shares.  If the consent or waiver described in the foregoing sentence is obtained at any time on or prior to the date that is 90 days following the last day of the Capital Call Period (the Escrow Release Date ), then the Parties and the Company shall direct the Escrow Agent to release the Escrow Funds as soon as practicable thereafter to the Company and such funds shall be applied to settle the subscription price for the relevant A Shares or the purchase price for the relevant Shareholder Loan (or Preference Shares), as applicable.  If such consent or waiver is not obtained on or prior to the Escrow Release Date, then the Parties and the Company shall direct the Escrow Agent to remit the Escrow Funds back to the Party or Parties that deposited such funds to the Escrow Account; provided that each Non-Defaulting Party that has elected to subscribe for A Shares shall be entitled to elect, at any time during the five-day period prior to the Escrow Release Date, to have its Escrow Funds applied to the subscription for A Shares notwithstanding that it may result in a Change of Control Event (in which case the Escrow Funds shall be released to the Company and applied to settle the subscription price for the relevant A Shares).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph 4.8, in the event that the Lenders under the Facility Agreement issue a notice of default, then the Parties and the Company shall direct the Escrow Agent to remit the Escrow Funds back to the Party or Parties that deposited such funds to the

 

9



 

Escrow Agreement.  For the avoidance of doubt, return of funds to a Party pursuant to this paragraph 4.8 shall be without prejudice to the Parties’ obligation to fund their respective Basic Equity Commitment and Additional Equity Commitment.

 

5                                         MISCELLANEOUS

 

5.1                             To the extent that any Approved Finance grants discretion to the lending shareholder of any Shareholder Loan, Guarantee Loan or Demand Loan to determine whether such loan shall or shall not be subordinated to such Approved Finance, that determination may be made by the relevant lending Shareholder acting alone.

 

All Parties acknowledge and agree that in all issues of Shares in respect of Equity Commitments, without double counting, Grindrod is to receive a 2.5% “free carry” shareholding in the Company pursuant to, and in accordance with, Clause 5.1.5.

 

5.2                             All Parties hereby acknowledge and irrevocably agree that, for purposes of Clause 19.2, a Change of Control alone shall not constitute reasonable grounds for withholding consent to a transfer of Securities occurring after delivery of the last of the Vessels to the relevant Group Company.

 

5.3                             The Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that, without limiting any of Grindrod’s (or any other Party’s) obligations, covenants or agreements in the SHA (as amended by this Deed), an event of default by Grindrod (or any other Party) under the Facility Agreement or any other financing in connection with the Shipbuilding Contracts whether directly or by way of cross default (other than a failure by Grindrod (or such other Party) to pay its Pro-Rata Share under a Finance Guarantee), does not constitute a breach or default by Grindrod (or such other Party) under the SHA. A failure by any Party to pay its Pro-Rata Share under a Finance Guarantee shall constitute a breach of the SHA.

 

5.4                             The SHA is amended by the terms of this Deed and all terms of the SHA not amended by this Deed shall continue in full force and affect as set out in the SHA.  In the event of any conflict between the terms of the SHA and this Deed, the terms of this Deed shall prevail.

 

5.5                             Each of the Company and the Parties undertakes to execute and deliver all such documents and perform such acts as may be required for the purpose of giving full effect to the terms of this Deed.

 

5.6                             Clauses 23 ( Confidentiality ), 28 ( Assignment ), 34 ( No Partnership ) and 38 ( Governing Law ) of the SHA are deemed to be incorporated herein mutatis mutandis and shall apply hereto as if repeated in this Deed in full but with such amendments as are necessary to give effect to such provisions within the context of this Deed.

 

10


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Deed of Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

 

EXECUTED as a DEED by REGIMENT CAPITAL LTD. , acting by Regiment Capital Management, LLC, as its Investment Advisor:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Regiment Capital Management, LLC acting by

 

/s/ Mark A. Brostowski

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

being a person who, in accordance with the laws of the territory in which the Regiment Capital Management, LLC is incorporated is acting under the authority of the Regiment Capital Management, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

Authorised Signatory

 

/s/ Mark A. Brostowski

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Authorised Signatory

 

 

 



 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

)

 

 

SANKATY EUROPEAN

)

 

 

INVESTMENTS III S.À R.L.

)

 

 

acting by:

 

sign here:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Myleen Basilio     /s/ Sally Fassler

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

print name:

 

In the presence of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness signature:

 

Witness sign here:

 

 

 

/s/ Grindale Gamboa /s/ Jordan Brown

 

 

 

 

 

Witness name:

 

print name:

 

 

 

 

 

Witness address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

)

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.

)

 

 

acting by:

)

 

 

 

 

sign here:

 

 

 

/s/ Martyn Richard Wade

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Martyn Richard Wade

 

In the presence of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness signature:

 

Witness sign here:

 

 

 

/s/ Yvette Renee Kingsley-Wilkins

 

 

 

 

 

Witness name:

 

Yvette Renee Kingsley-Wilkins

 

 

 

 

 

Witness address:

 

200 Cantonment Road

 

 

 

#03-01 Southpoint

 

 

 

Singapore

 

 

 

089763

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness occupation:

 

Company Secretary

 

 



 

 

)

 

 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

)

 

 

IVS BULK PTE. LTD.

)

 

 

acting by:

 

sign here:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Carl David Ackerley

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carl David Ackerley

 

In the presence of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness signature:

 

Witness sign here:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Yvette Renee Kingsley-Wilkins

 

 

 

 

 

Witness name:

 

Yvette Renee Kingsley-Wilkins

 

 

 

 

 

Witness address:

 

200 Cantonment Road

 

 

 

#03-01 Southpoint

 

 

 

Singapore

 

 

 

089763

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness occupation:

 

Company Secretary

 

 




Exhibit 4. 3(c)

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

DEED OF AMENDMENT made on 20 th  January 2016

 

BETWEEN :

 

(1)                                  THE PARTIES , being the undersigned (other than the Company); and

 

(2)                                  IVS BULK PTE. LTD , a company incorporated in Singapore whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 (the Company ).

 

RECITALS :

 

On 11 December 2013, the Parties and the Company entered into a shareholders’ agreement (the SHA ) setting out the terms and conditions on which they agreed to regulate the management of the Company.

 

On 4 th  February 2015, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment and acknowledgement (the First Deed of Amendment ) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein (for purposes of clarity, references to the SHA are to such agreement as amended by the terms of the First Deed of Amendment).

 

The Parties and the Company now wish to further amend the SHA in accordance with the terms of this deed of amendment (this Second Deed of Amendment ) to regulate the manner in which the Shareholders have agreed to provide certain Additional Equity Commitments and Shareholders’ Loans to support the financing of Shipbuilding Contracts in respect of the January Financing Vessels (as defined below), as well as to give effect to certain other agreed amendments.

 

1                                          INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                               In this Deed (and in the SHA to the extent that it is amended by this Deed), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

(a)                                  DVB Term Sheet means the term sheet, dated 1 December 2015, concluded by DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch and the Company and the Parties;

 

(b)                                 Facility Agreement Guarantees means the guarantees provided by the Parties (other than the Company) pursuant to the terms of the Facility Agreement;

 

(c)                                  Facility Agreement Minimum Liquidity Amount means the amount of US$ 6 000 000 required to be maintained by the Company in the pledged cash collateral account established in terms of the Facility Agreement;

 

(d)                                 January Financing means the proposed Approved Financing to be obtained by the Company, for the purposes of financing Shipbuilding Contracts in respect of the January Financing Vessels, in accordance with the DVB Term Sheet as modified by the terms of this Deed;

 

(e)                                  January Financing Vessels means IVS Sunbird, IVS Tembe, IVS Bosch Hoek, IVS Glen Eagles, IVS North Berwick and Sanoyas Hull No 1345.

 

1.2                               Capitalized words and expressions defined in this Deed shall have the same meanings in the SHA (to the extent it is amended by this Deed).

 

1



 

1.3                               Unless otherwise defined in this Deed, capitalized words and expressions used in this Deed shall have the meaning given to them in the SHA.

 

1.4                               Unless otherwise specified herein, all references in this Deed to a “Clause” shall refer to a Clause of the SHA.

 

2                                          AMENDMENT

 

2.1                               Effective as of the date hereof:

 

(a)                                  A new Clause 1.1.42A shall be inserted, immediately following Clause 1.1.42, as follows:

 

Default Notice has the meaning given to it in Clause 14.1”

 

(b)                                 Clause 7.1.3 shall be amended by the insertion of the following wording, immediately following the word “Support”:

 

“or (iii) be required to contribute to settle their respective Pro Rata Shares of the Facility Agreement Minimum Liquidity Amount (provided that the Facility Agreement Guarantees are cancelled simultaneously with the provision by the Shareholders of their Pro Rata Shares of such Additional Equity Commitments)”

 

(c)                                  Clause 7.2.1.2 shall be amended by the insertion of the following wording, immediately following the word “Claim”:

 

“or to allow the Company to maintain the Facility Agreement Minimum Liquidity Amount (in the latter case provided that the Facility Agreement Guarantees are cancelled simultaneously with the provision by the Shareholders of their Pro Rata Shares of such Additional Equity Commitments)”

 

(d)                                 Clause 7.3.1 shall be amended by the insertion of the following wording, immediately following the first use of the word “determines”:

 

“(on a majority basis, unless it would result in an aggregate amount in excess of US$ 10 000 000 having being requested in terms of this Clause 7.3.1 in which case unanimous Board approval is required)”

 

(e)                                  Clause 7.3.1.1 shall be amended by the insertion of the following wording, immediately following the words “Additional Vessels”:

 

“, or for working capital purposes, for purposes of ensuring that the Company meets covenants provided in terms of any Approved Finance, or otherwise”

 

(f)                                    Clause 11.2.4 shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“11.2.4                                   A Party shall be entitled to appoint one Director for so long as:

 

11.2.4.1                        such Party and its Affiliates hold between 10 and 25 percent of the issued A Shares and such Party is not in default pursuant to Clause 14; or

 

11.2.4.2                        such Party owns any of the issued A Shares, holds an outstanding Shareholders Loan and/or Preference Shares issued pursuant to Clause 7.12 and is not in default pursuant to Clause 14.”

 

2



 

(g)                                 A new Clause 7.5A is inserted, immediately following Clause 7.5, as follows:

 

“Subject to Clauses 7.4 and 7.5, if any Shareholder is required to make a payment under any guarantee, letter of credit or similar instrument, in each case issued to secure an obligation of a Group Company, then such payment shall be dealt with mutatis mutandis on the basis set out in Clause 7.5, save that any Guarantee Loan so created will rank behind a Guarantee Loan created in favour of Grindrod in terms of Clause 7.5.”

 

(h)                                  A new clause 7.15 is inserted, immediately following Clause 7.14, as follows:

 

“The Company shall not propose or agree to any amendments to any Shareholder Loan established pursuant to this Clause 7 or otherwise and/or to any Preference Shares issued pursuant to Clause 7.12 except where 100% of the shareholders approve such amendment in writing in advance.”

 

(i)                                      A new Clause 7.16 is inserted, immediately following Clause 7.15, as follows:

 

“Until all outstanding principal and interest on all Shareholder Loans has been repaid (and/or until all Preference Shares have been repurchased with all stated amounts plus outstanding dividends having been repaid), the Company shall not:

 

7.16.1             declare or pay any dividend;

 

7.16.2             make any share repurchases (except for repurchases of the applicable Preference Shares); and / or

 

7.16.3             dispose in whole or in part of any of its shareholdings in any Group Company.”

 

(j)                                      A new Clause 11.14 is inserted, immediately following Clause 11.13, as follows:

 

“The Parties shall procure that all actions proposed to be taken by any Board, shall be notified in writing to each Shareholder, prior to the implementation of such actions.”

 

(k)                                  Clause 14.1 shall be amended by inserting the following wording, immediately following the opening word “If”:

 

“any of the following events occur, the Company (or any Director Appointed by a Non-Defaulting Shareholder) issues a written notice (“ Default Notice ”) to the relevant Shareholder to remedy the occurrence of such event and such Shareholder fails to so remedy the occurrence of such event within a period of 10 (ten) Business Days from the date of receipt of such Default Notice”

 

3                                          ADDITIONAL SHAREHOLDER LOANS

 

3.1                               The Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that:

 

(a)                                 the January Financing will require that the Parties advance additional Shareholder Loans to the Company, as follows:

 

Sankaty:                                              US$ 4 987 500

 

Regiment:                                      US$ 4 987 500

 

Grindrod:                                          US$ 5 025 000

 

3



 

(b)                                the January Financing will further require that the Company establish a Shortfall Deposit Account (as defined therein) of US$ 20 000 000, and that the Parties will advance Shareholder Loans to the Company to allow the Company to establish and fund such pledged cash collateral account, as follows

 

Sankaty:                                              US$ 6 650 000

 

Regiment:                                      US$ 6 650 000

 

Grindrod:                                          US$ 6 700 000

 

3.2                               The Parties shall advance the Shareholder Loans contemplated in Clause 3.1 of this Deed, in each case within 3 (three) Business Days of being called upon to do so by the Administration Manager.

 

3.3                               The funds advanced to the Company as Shareholder Loans shall be utilized by the Company for the purposes contemplated in Clause 3.1 of this Deed, provided that the relevant funds required to fund the Shortfall Deposit Account referred to in Clause 3.1 of this Deed will be advanced as Shareholder Loans and shall be utilized by the Company to fund working capital or for purposes of ensuring that the Company meets covenants provided in terms of any Approved Finance.

 

3.4                               The Parties acknowledge that in accordance with Clause 7.12, one or more Parties may seek to have the Shareholder Loans contemplated in Clause 3.1 of this Deed converted into Preference Shares.  All references in the SHA, the First Deed of Amendment, and this Second Deed of Amendment to Shareholder Loans shall be deemed to include references to the Preference Shares and references to “interest” shall be deemed to include any dividend payable in respect of such Preference Shares.

 

4                                          SALE BY REGIMENT OF ITS ASSETS

 

4.1                               The Parties (other than Regiment) acknowledge having been represented to and advised by Regiment that it:

 

(a)                                 is engaging in an orderly sale of its assets as and when in the best interests of Regiment and its investors as a whole, seeking to maximize the value of such assets; and

 

(b)                                has not commenced any process relating to a voluntary, involuntary or creditor’s winding-up.

 

4.2                               The Parties (other than Regiment) agree that:

 

(a)                                 the orderly sale by Regiment of its assets as contemplated in Clause 4.1(a) of this Deed, has not as at the date of this Deed resulted in Regiment being in default pursuant to Clause 14; and

 

(b)                                they shall not procure the delivery of a Default Notice to Regiment as a consequence of the continued orderly sale of Regiment’s assets, provided that Regiment:

 

(i)                                       fulfils all of Regiment’s obligations to advance any Additional Equity Commitments and Shareholder Loans;

 

4



 

(ii)                                    does not present a proxy to its shareholders regarding entering into a process of voluntary winding-up as defined in section 116 of the Cayman Islands Company Law;

 

(iii)                                 does not otherwise commence any process relating to a voluntary, involuntary or creditor’s winding-up.

 

5                                          SALES OF SHAREHOLDERS’ SECURITIES AFTER DELIVERY OF THE LAST VESSEL

 

Subject always to the provisions of Clause 19, after the delivery of the last of the Vessels to the relevant Group Company, the Parties will cooperate with Clarksons or any other reasonably selected broker, appointed by a Shareholder to facilitate the sale of such Shareholder’s Securities.

 

6                                          MISCELLANEOUS

 

6.1                               The SHA is amended by the terms of this Second Deed of Amendment and all terms of the SHA not so amended shall continue in full force and effect as set out in the SHA.  In the event of any conflict between the terms of the SHA and this Second Deed of Amendment, the terms of this Second Deed of Amendment shall prevail.

 

6.2                               Each of the Company and the Parties undertakes to execute and deliver all such documents and perform such acts as may be required for the purpose of giving full effect to the terms of this Second Deed of Amendment.

 

6.3                               Clauses 23 ( Confidentiality ), 28 ( Assignment ), 34 ( No Partnership ) and 38 ( Governing Law and Dispute Resolution ) of the SHA are deemed to be incorporated herein mutatis mutandis and shall apply hereto as if repeated in this Second Deed of Amendment in full but with such amendments as are necessary to give effect to such provisions within the context of this Second Deed of Amendment.

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Deed of Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

REGIMENT CAPITAL LTD.

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

acting by:

)

/s/ Don Seymour

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In the presence of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness signature:

 

/s/ Tina Leswal

 

 

 

 

 

Witness name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

SANKATY EUROPEAN INVESTMENTS III

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

S.À R.L.

)

 

 

acting by:

 

sign here:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Myleen Tapawan Basilio /s/ Sally Fassler

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

print name:

 

In the presence of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness signature:

 

Witness sign here:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Grindale Gamboa    /s/ Jordan Brown

 

 

 

 

 

Witness name:

 

print name:

 

 

 

 

 

Witness address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

)

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.

)

 

 

acting by:

)

 

 

 

 

sign here:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Stephen Griffiths

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

print name:

 

In the presence of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness signature:

 

Witness sign here:

 

 

 

/s/ Jeremy Miles

 

 

 

 

 

Witness name:

 

print name:

 

 

 

 

 

Witness address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness occupation:

 

 

 

 



 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

)

 

 

IVS BULK PTE. LTD.

)

 

 

acting by:

)

 

 

 

 

sign here:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Martyn Wade

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

print name:

 

In the presence of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness signature:

 

Witness sign here:

 

 

 

/s/ Jeremy Miles

 

 

 

 

 

Witness name:

 

print name:

 

 

 

 

 

Witness address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness occupation:

 

 

 

 

 




Exhibit 4.3(d)

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

DEED OF AMENDMENT made on 1 st  day April 2016

 

BETWEEN :

 

(1)                                  THE PARTIES , being the undersigned (other than the Company); and

 

(2)                                  IVS BULK PTE. LTD , a company incorporated in Singapore whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 (the Company ).

 

RECITALS :

 

On 11 December 2013, the Parties and the Company entered into a shareholders’ agreement (the SHA ) setting out the terms and conditions on which they agreed to regulate the management of the Company.

 

On 4 February 2015, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment and acknowledgement (the First Deed of Amendment ) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 20 January 2016, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Second Deed of Amendment ) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein (for purposes of clarity, references to the SHA are to such agreement as amended by the terms of the First Deed of Amendment and the Second Deed of Amendment).

 

The Parties and the Company now wish to further amend the SHA in accordance with the terms of this deed of amendment (this Third Deed of Amendment ) to regulate the manner in which certain additional funding provided by Grindrod to fund a shortfall due in terms of the Shipbuilding Contracts for two Vessels, being those with hull numbers 3693 and 10824, is to be treated.

 

1                                          INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                               In this Deed (and in the SHA to the extent that it is amended by this Deed), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

(a)            Delivery Payments means the Guarantee Payments made by Grindrod in respect of the Grindrod Financed Vessels, as follows:

 

(i)                                      in respect of the IVS Gleneagles (hull number: 3693): USD2 700 000 (two million seven hundred thousand United States Dollars); and

 

(ii)                                   in respect of the IVS North Berwick (hull number 10824): USD14 872 010 (fourteen million eight hundred and seventy two thousand and ten United States Dollars);

 

(b)            Demand Loan Balance means, at any time, the balance of the Demand Loan created in terms of clause 3.1(b) of this Deed, that is at that time still due to any holder/s of the Demand Loan (including all accrued and unpaid interest thereon);

 

(c)                                  Grindrod Financed Vessels means, subject to clause 3.1(k)(iii) of this Deed, the two Vessels known as IVS Gleneagles (hull number: 3693) and IVS North Berwick (hull number 10824), that were purchased by the Group in terms of Shipbuilding Contracts and that have been delivered to the relevant Owners on 15 March 2016 and 22 March 2016 respectively, in each case following the making by Grindrod of the corresponding Delivery Payment;

 



 

(d)            Specified Vessels means the following Vessels: the IVS Sunbird, the IVS Tembe and the Grindrod Financed Vessels.

 

1.2           Capitalized words and expressions defined in this Deed shall have the same meanings in the SHA (to the extent it is amended by this Deed).

 

1.3                               Unless otherwise defined in this Deed, capitalized words and expressions used in this Deed shall have the meaning given to them in the SHA.

 

1.4                               Unless otherwise specified herein, all references in this Deed to a “Clause” shall refer to a Clause of the SHA.

 

2                                          AMENDMENT OF SHA

 

2.1                               Effective as of the date hereof:

 

(a)            Clause 7.7.2 of the SHA is hereby amended by the insertion of the following wording at the beginning thereof: “provided that it will not result in Grindrod not remaining the largest holder of all the issued A Shares,”.

 

(b)                                Clause 7.12 of the SHA is hereby amended, as follows:

 

(i)                                       by the deletion of the words “or Demand Loan” in the third and fourth lines;

 

(ii)                                    by the deletion of the words “and/or Demand Loans” in the fifth line;

 

(iii)                                 by the deletion of the words “and/or Demand Loans (as applicable)” in the eighth and ninth lines.

 

(c)                                 Clause 7.13 of the SHA is hereby amended, as follows:

 

(i)                                       by the deletion of the words “or “Demand Loans” (as applicable)”;

 

(ii)                                  by the insertion of the words “, with reference to Shareholder Loans,” immediately after the second occurrence of the word “shall”.

 

3                                          DEMAND LOAN TO BE ADVANCED BY GRINDROD

 

3.1                               The Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the SHA:

 

(a)                                 Grindrod has made the Delivery Payments, which each constituted Guarantee Payments and which result in corresponding Guarantee Loans owing by the relevant Owners to Grindrod;

 

(b)                                the Guarantee Loans are hereby converted into a Demand Loan in the amount of USD17 572 010 (seventeen million five hundred and seventy two thousand and ten United States Dollars), owing by the Company to Grindrod, which conversion shall be deemed to have taken effect from 22 March 2016;

 

(c)                                 Grindrod or any subsequent holder of such Demand Loan (or any portion thereof) shall not, save with the agreement of all other Shareholders, convert such Demand Loan into a Shareholder Loan, Preference Shares or additional A Shares, in terms of Clause 7.7 of the SHA;

 



 

(d)                                Grindrod shall, at any time on or after 19 April 2016, be entitled on written notice to the Company, to:

 

(i)                                       provided that Grindrod has not at such time made an election in terms of clause 3.1(h)(i) of this Deed, initiate and require to be followed, the sale process set out in Annexure A to this Deed, in respect of any two of the Specified Vessels, without following the process set out in Clause 17 of the SHA or having to obtain any further approvals, and to require that the proceeds of any resultant sale of such Vessel/s, after the settlement of any Approved Finance outstanding in respect of such Vessels, immediately be utilized towards settlement of the Demand Loan Balance (on a pro-rata basis of the Demand Loan Balance is owed to more than one of the Parties); and/or

 

(ii)                                    at any time require that first mortgages be passed over one or both of the Grindrod Financed Vessels, at the Company’s cost, in favour of Grindrod and as security for such Demand Loan, provided that the terms of such mortgages shall be in accordance with prevailing market practice at the time, with any dispute in that regard to be finally resolved by Watson Farley Williams (UK), acting as an expert (or, if it is unwilling or unable to act in such capacity, such other law firm nominated to do so by the Law Society of England and Wales at Grindrod’s request);

 

(e)                                 if, subsequent to the advance of such Demand Loan, any Approved Finance is obtained in respect of the Grindrod Financed Vessels, or if any cash collateral provided in respect of any Approved Finance is released, the amount thereof shall as a first priority be utilized towards settlement of the Demand Loan Balance (on a pro-rata basis of the Demand Loan Balance is owed to more than one of the Parties);

 

(f)                                   Grindrod may at any time arrange for the Demand Loan Balance to be re-financed by any financial institution, on the basis that such financial institution advances a loan to the Company, which the Company immediately utilizes to repay a corresponding portion of the Demand Loan Balance, provided that the terms of such re-financing are not materially less favorable than the terms on which the January Financing was provided, save that the applicable interest rate may:

 

(i)                                       be up to seven hundred basis points above the three month London Inter-Bank Offered Rate from time to time for United States Dollars, which interest may be serviced in cash; plus

 

(ii)                                    if such re-financing is in the form of a non-amortizing facility, be up to six hundred basis points above the rate referred to in clause 3.1(f) of this Deed, with up to three hundred basis points of such additional interest to be serviced in cash, while the balance of such additional interest is to be paid in kind;

 

(g)                                Sankaty and/or Regiment may elect, on written notice to the other Parties and in accordance with the process set out in clause 3.1(h) of this Deed, to purchase from Grindrod a portion or the whole of the Demand Loan Balance owning to Grindrod, at a price equal to the face value of such portion or the whole of the Demand Loan Balance owing to Grindrod, as the case may be, payable to Grindrod on expiry of the five Business Day period referred to in clause 3.1(h)(ii) of this Deed, in cash, into a bank account nominated in writing by Grindrod and without any deduction or set-off;

 

(h)                                 if one of Sankaty and Regiment gives notice in terms of clause 3.1(g) of this Deed that it wishes to purchase a portion or the whole of the Demand Loan Balance owing to Grindrod, then:

 



 

(i)                                       Grindrod may, within a period of five Business Days, give notice to the other Parties that it wishes to retain a percentage of such Demand Loan Balance equal to Grindrod’s Shareholding percentage (if such an election is made, then such portion of such Demand Loan Balance shall be the “ Retained Portion ”);

 

(ii)                                    the other of Sankaty and Regiment shall have a period of five Business Days from a Grindrod notice in terms of clause 3.1(h)(i) of this Deed or the expiry of the five Business Day period referred to in such clause if no such notice is timeously given, to give notice to the other Parties as to the extent to which it wishes to purchase a portion of the Demand Loan Balance owing to Grindrod (less the Retained Portion if applicable);

 

(ii)                                    each of Sankaty and Regiment shall, in accordance with the process set out in clause 3.1(h) and (i) of this Deed, be entitled to purchase up to 50% of the Demand Loan Balance owing to Grindrod (less the Retained Portion if applicable), plus any balance of the Demand Loan Balance owing to Grindrod (less the Retained Portion if applicable) not purchased by the other in accordance with the process set out in clauses 3.1(h) and (i) of this Deed;

 

(iii)                                 provided that Sankaty and/or Regiment acquires a percentage of the Demand Loan Balance at least equal to its respective Shareholding percentage, then Sankaty and/or Regiment, as the case may be, shall mutatis mutandis be entitled to exercise the rights set out in:

 

(i)                                        clause 3.1(d), provided that the process set out in Annexure A shall be performed by the Administration Manager acting in accordance with written instructions from Shareholders to which the majority of the Demand Loan Balance is owed; and

 

(ii)                                   clause 3.1(f);

 

(iv)                                any first mortgages passed over one or both of the Grindrod Financed Vessels to Grindrod in terms of clause 3.1(d)(ii) of this Deed shall be transferred to Sankaty and/or Regiment on pro-rata basis in respect of their applicable respective share of the Demand Loan Balance. In the event Grindrod has not required that first mortgages be passed, Sankaty and/or Regiment shall be entitled to, at the cost and expense of the Company, require that first mortgages be passed over one or both of the Grindrod Financed Vessels in favour, on a pro-rata basis, of all Shareholders to which any portion of the Demand Loan Balance is owed, on the same terms as those described in clause 3(d)(ii) of this Deed.

 

4                                          MISCELLANEOUS

 

4.1                               At any time that there is a Demand Loan Balance outstanding, the Non-Defaulting Shareholders holding a majority of the A Shares in the Company may, on written notice to the Company, initiate and require to be followed the sale process set out in Annexure A to this Deed in respect of up to two of the Specified Vessels, without following the process set out in Clause 17 of the SHA or having to obtain any further approvals, and to require that the proceeds of any resultant sale of such Vessel/s, after the settlement of any Approved Finance outstanding in respect of such Vessels, immediately be utilized towards settlement of the Demand Loan Balance (provided that, if the sale of one of the Specified Vessels will be sufficient to settle the Demand Loan Balance, then only one Specified Vessel may be sold pursuant to this clause 4.1).

 



 

4.2                               The SHA is amended by the terms of this Third Deed of Amendment and all terms of the SHA not so amended shall continue in full force and effect as set out in the SHA.  In the event of any conflict between the terms of the SHA and this Third Deed of Amendment, the terms of this Third Deed of Amendment shall prevail.

 

4.3                               Each of the Company and the Parties undertakes to execute and deliver all such documents and perform such acts as may be required for the purpose of giving full effect to the terms of this Third Deed of Amendment.

 

4.4                               Clauses 23 (Confidentiality), 28 (Assignment), 34 (No Partnership) and 38 (Governing Law) of the SHA are deemed to be incorporated herein mutatis mutandis and shall apply hereto as if repeated in this Third Deed of Amendment in full but with such amendments as are necessary to give effect to such provisions within the context of this Third Deed of Amendment.

 



 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

)

 

 

 

 

REGIMENT CAPITAL LIMITED

)

 

 

 

 

acting by:

)

 

 

 

sign here:

 

 

/s/ Don Seymour

 

 

 

 

 

print name:

In the presence of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness signature:

 

Witness sign here:

 

 

/s/ Tina Leswal

 

 

 

Witness name:

 

print name:

 

 

 

Witness address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

)

 

 

 

 

SANKATY EUROPEAN INVESTMENTS III

)

 

 

 

 

S.À R.L.

)

 

acting by:

 

 

 

 

sign here:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Sally Fassler, A Manager

 

 

/s/ Dimitri Nys, B Manager

 

 

 

 

 

print name:

In the presence of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness signature:

 

Witness sign here:

 

 

/s/ Jordan Brown

 

 

 

Witness name:

 

print name:

 

 

 

Witness address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

)

 

 

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.

)

 

 

 

 

acting by:

)

 

 

 

sign here:

 

 

/s/ Martyn Richard Wade

 

 

 

 

 

MARTYN RICHARD WADE:

In the presence of:

 

 

 

 

 

Witness signature:

 

Witness sign here:

 

 

/s/ Yvette Renee Kingsley-Wilkins

 

 

 

Witness name:

 

YVETTE RENEE KINGSLEY-WILKINS

 

 

 

Witness address:

 

200 Cantonment Road

 

 

#03-01 Southpoint

 

 

Singapore

 

 

089763

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness occupation:

 

Company Secretary

 



 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

)

 

 

 

 

IVS BULK PTE. LTD.

)

 

 

 

 

acting by:

)

 

 

 

sign here:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Carl Ackerley

 

 

 

 

 

print name:

In the presence of:

 

 

 

 

 

Witness signature:

 

Witness sign here:

 

 

/s/ Yvette Renee Kingsley-Wilkins

 

 

 

Witness name:

 

print name:

 

 

 

Witness address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness occupation:

 

 

 



 

Annexure A

 

SALE PROCESS REFERRED TO IN CLAUSE 3.1(d)(i) OF THIS DEED

 

The sale process referred to in clause 3.1(d)(i) of this Deed, shall operate as follows, subject to the proviso that it shall be terminated if, at any time before a sale is concluded pursuant thereto, Sankaty and/or Regiment purchase the whole of the Demand Loan Balance in terms of clauses 3.1(h) and (i) of this Deed, or Grindrod makes an election in terms of clause 3.1(i)(i) of this Deed:

 

1                       Grindrod shall initiate such sale process on written notice to Sankaty, Regiment and the Company, indicating which two of the Specified Vessels are to be sold (“ Sale Vessels ”).

 

2                       Grindrod shall, not less than 10 days after delivery of a notice in terms of item 1, appoint any three of the Approved Brokers, Thurlestone, SeaBee or Affinity Shipping, to value each of the Sale Vessels.

 

3                       Grindrod shall, on receipt of the valuations obtained in terms of item 2, notify Sankaty, Regiment and the Company as to the simple average of such valuations, in respect of each of the Sale Vessels. Grindrod shall also provide Sankaty, Regiment and the Company with copies of the valuations obtained in terms of item 2, and any supporting material received.

 

4                       Grindrod shall, not less than 15 Business Days from delivery of the notifications referred to in item 3, be entitled to solicit third party bids for the Sale Vessels. Upon the receipt of any third party bid, Grindrod shall notify Sankaty, Regiment and the Company of all such bids and their respective terms.

 

5                       Grindrod shall, on not less than five days’ notice from the delivery of the notifications referred to in item 4 to Sankaty, Regiment and the Company, be entitled to accept any third party bid for one or both of the Sale Vessels (provided that if a third party bid is less than 80% of the simple average of such valuations referenced in item 3, such notice period shall be extended to ten days) and to consequently conclude binding sale agreements in respect thereof, on behalf of the relevant Owners.

 




Exhibit 4.3(e)

 

4 th  Amendment

 

DEED OF AMENDMENT made on 25 APRIL 2016

 

BETWEEN :

 

(1)                                  THE PARTIES , being the undersigned (other than the Company); and

 

(2)                                  IVS BULK PTE. LTD , a company incorporated in Singapore whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 (the Company ).

 

RECITALS :

 

On 11 December 2013, the Parties and the Company entered into a shareholders’ agreement (the SHA ) setting out the terms and conditions on which they agreed to regulate the management of the Company.

 

On 4 February 2015, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment and acknowledgement (the First Deed of Amendment ) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 20 January 2016, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Second Deed of Amendment ) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 1 April 2016, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Third Deed of Amendment ) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein (for purposes of clarity, references to the SHA are to such agreement as amended by the terms of the First Deed of Amendment, the Second Deed of Amendment and the Third Deed of Amendment).

 

The Parties and the Company now wish to further amend the SHA in accordance with the terms of this deed of amendment (this Fourth Deed of Amendment ) to regulate the manner in which Grindrod will provide certain further funding for the Group by way of a further Demand Loan.

 

1              INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                               In this Deed (and in the SHA to the extent that it is amended by this Deed), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

(a)                                  Maximum Amount means USD10 000 000 (ten million United States Dollars);

 

(b)                                 Permitted Withdrawal shall have the meaning given to it in the Supplemental Agreement;

 

(c)                                  Specified Expenses means any of the following expenses incurred and required to be paid by the Group during the Specified Period, in the amounts certified as such by the Administration Manager:

 

(i)                                      the keel-laying installment in terms of the Shipbuilding Contract in in respect of the Vessel known as hull 1345;

 

(ii)                                   arrears in respect of running costs of any of the Vessels;

 

(iii)                                working capital requirements for the Group;

 

(d)                                 Specified Period means the period from the date of this Deed until 30 June 2016;

 

(e)                                  Supplemental Agreement means the supplemental agreement dated 10 May 2016 and constituting amendment no 1 to the facility agreement for the January Financing;

 



 

4 th  Amendment

 

(f)                                    Third Deed of Amendment Demand Loan means the Demand Loan owing by the Company to Grindrod pursuant to the terms of the Third Deed of Amendment (including all accrued and unpaid interest thereon).

 

1.2                               Capitalized words and expressions defined in this Deed shall have the same meanings in the SHA (to the extent it is amended by this Deed).

 

1.3                               Unless otherwise defined in this Deed, capitalized words and expressions used in this Deed shall have the meaning given to them in the SHA.

 

1.4                               Unless otherwise specified herein, all references in this Deed to a “Clause” shall refer to a Clause of the SHA.

 

2             APPLICATION OF THE PERMITTED WITHDRAWAL

 

It is hereby confirmed and agreed that the Company shall forthwith make the Permitted Withdrawal up to the maximum Permitted Withdrawals Amount of USD13 000 000 (thirteen million United States Dollars) and utilize the full amount thereof to repay to Grindrod a corresponding portion of the Third Deed of Amendment Demand Loan.

 

3             FURTHER DEMAND LOAN TO BE ADVANCED BY GRINDROD

 

3.1                               Grindrod shall advance a Demand Loan to the Company, in tranches, to cover Specified Expenses, in accordance with certificates from the Administration Manager to the effect that such Specified Expenses have arisen, provided that:

 

(a)                                 the amount so advanced by Grindrod shall never exceed the Maximum Amount; and

 

(b)                                there will be no obligation on Grindrod to advance any such amounts after the end of the Specified Period.

 

3.2                               The Demand Loan advanced in terms of clause 3.1 of this Deed shall, mutatis mutandis , be subject to the same terms and carry the same rights for the holder thereof, as the Third Deed of Amendment Demand Loan.

 

3.3                               The Company shall utilize the Demand Loan advanced in terms of clause 3.1 of this Deed only to fund those Specified Expenses which it was advanced to cover.

 

4             MISCELLANEOUS

 

4.1                               The SHA is amended by the terms of this Fourth Deed of Amendment and all terms of the SHA not so amended shall continue in full force and effect as set out in the SHA.  In the event of any conflict between the terms of the SHA and this Fourth Deed of Amendment, the terms of this Fourth Deed of Amendment shall prevail.

 

4.2                               Each of the Company and the Parties undertakes to execute and deliver all such documents and perform such acts as may be required for the purpose of giving full effect to the terms of this Fourth Deed of Amendment.

 

4.3                               Clauses 23 (Confidentiality), 28 (Assignment), 34 (No Partnership) and 38 (Governing Law) of the SHA are deemed to be incorporated herein mutatis mutandis and shall apply hereto as if repeated in this Fourth Deed of Amendment in full but with such amendments as are necessary to give effect to such provisions within the context of this Fourth Deed of Amendment.

 



 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

)

 

 

 

 

REGIMENT CAPITAL LIMITED

)

 

 

 

 

acting by:

)

 

 

 

sign here:

 

 

/s/ Don Seymour

 

 

 

 

 

print name:

In the presence of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness signature:

 

Witness sign here:

 

 

/s/ Melanie Lewis

 

 

 

Witness name:

 

print name:

Witness address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

)

 

 

 

 

SANKATY EUROPEAN INVESTMENTS III

)

 

 

 

 

S.À R.L.

)

 

acting by:

 

 

 

 

sign here:

 

 

/s/ Myleen Basilio  /s/ Sally Dornaus

 

 

 

 

 

print name:

In the presence of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness signature:

 

Witness sign here:

 

 

/s/ Grindale Gamboa

 

 

 

Witness name:

 

print name:

Witness address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

)

 

 

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.

)

 

 

 

 

acting by:

)

 

 

 

sign here:

 

 

/s/ Martyn Richard Wade

 

 

 

 

 

print name:

In the presence of:

 

 

 

 

 

Witness signature:

 

Witness sign here:

 

 

/s/ Yvette Renee Kingsley-Wilkins

 

 

 

Witness name:

 

print name:

Witness address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness occupation:

 

 

 



 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

)

 

 

 

 

IVS BULK PTE. LTD.

)

 

 

 

 

acting by:

)

 

 

 

sign here:

 

 

/s/ Carl David Ackerley

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CARL DAVID ACKERLEY

In the presence of:

 

 

 

 

 

Witness signature:

 

Witness sign here:

 

 

/s/ Yvette Renee Kingsley-Wilkins

Witness name:

 

YVETTE RENEE KINGSLEY-WILKINS

Witness address:

 

200 CANTONMENT ROAD

 

 

#03-031 SOUTHPOINT

 

 

SINGAPORE 089763

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness occupation:

 

Company Secretary

 




Exhibit 4.3(f)

 

DEED OF AMENDMENT made on 6 JULY 2016.

 

BETWEEN :

 

(1)                                  THE PARTIES , being the undersigned (other than the Company); and

 

(2)                                  IVS BULK PTE. LTD , a company incorporated in Singapore whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 (the Company ).

 

RECITALS :

 

On 11 December 2013, the Parties and the Company entered into a shareholders’ agreement (the SHA ) setting out the terms and conditions on which they agreed to regulate the management of the Company.

 

On 4 February 2015, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment and acknowledgement (the First Deed of Amendment ) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 20 January 2016, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Second Deed of Amendment ) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 1 April 2016, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Third Deed of Amendment ) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 25 April 2016, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Fourth Deed of Amendment ) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein (for purposes of clarity, references to the SHA are to such agreement as amended by the terms of the First Deed of Amendment, the Second Deed of Amendment, the Third Deed of Amendment and the Fourth Deed of Amendment).

 

The Parties and the Company now wish to further amend the SHA in accordance with the terms of this deed of amendment (this Fifth Deed of Amendment ) to regulate the manner in which Grindrod will provide security in favour of the Lenders, for the benefit of the Group.

 

1                                          INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                                In this Deed (and in the SHA to the extent that it is amended by this Deed), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

(a)                                  Account Bank shall have the meaning given to it in the Facility Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Finance Parties shall have the meaning given to it in the Facility Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Lenders shall have the meaning given to it in the Facility Agreement.

 

(d)                                  Minimum Required Security Cover means the minimum required security cover to be maintained in terms of clause 26.1 of the Facility Agreement ( Minimum required security cover ).

 

(e)                                   Payment Date shall have the meaning given to it in clause 2.2(a) of this Deed.

 

(f)                                    Quarter means each of the following 3 (three) calendar month period into which a calendar year can be divided, and Quarterly shall be construed accordingly:

 

(i)                                      1 January to 31 March;

 

1



 

(ii)                                   1 April to 30 June;

 

(iii)                                1 July to 30 September;

 

(iv)                               1 October to 31 December.

 

(g)                                   Security means the deposit by Grindrod of USD 3 027 225 (three million and twenty seven thousand two hundred and twenty five United States Dollars) in an account with the Account Bank and the execution of a pledge in respect of such account in favor of the Finance Parties, to remedy the current shortfall in the Minimum Required Security Cover, intended to remain in place for the remainder of the Security Period unless following a valuation in terms of clause 26.7 of the Facility Agreement ( Provision of valuations ) there will be compliance with the Minimum Required Security Cover following the release thereof.

 

(h)                                  Security Period shall have the meaning given to it in the Facility Agreement.

 

(i)                                      Third Deed of Amendment Demand Loan means the Demand Loan owing by the Company to Grindrod pursuant to the terms of the Third Deed of Amendment (including all accrued and unpaid interest thereon).

 

1.2                                Capitalized words and expressions defined in this Deed shall have the same meanings in the SHA (to the extent it is amended by this Deed).

 

1.3                                Unless otherwise defined in this Deed, capitalized words and expressions used in this Deed shall have the meaning given to them in the SHA.

 

1.4                                Unless otherwise specified herein, all references in this Deed to a “Clause” shall refer to a Clause of the SHA.

 

2                                          SECURITY TO BE PROVIDED BY GRINDROD

 

2.1                                It is intended that Grindrod will provide the Security, in order to allow the Company to maintain the Minimum Required Security Cover.  Grindrod will only be obliged to provide the Security if the terms thereof can be agreed between Grindrod and the Lenders on a mutually satisfactory basis and if Grindrod is satisfied that the Security will be taken into account so as to allow the Company to maintain the Minimum Required Security Cover.

 

2.2                                The Company shall, from the date that the Security is provided and for so long as the Security remains in force, pay to Grindrod Quarterly fees on the basis that each such Quarterly fee shall be:

 

(a)                                  payable without any deduction or set-off, in arrears on the last day of each Quarter (each, a “ Payment Date ”); and

 

(b)                                  in an amount equal to 3.75% (three point seven five percent) of the weighted average of the daily face values of the pledged bank account constituting part of the Security, over the Quarter ending on each Payment Date (for purposes of clarity, this is equivalent to 15% (fifteen percent per annum)).

 

2.3                                If Grindrod is required to make any payment pursuant to the Security, then the amount of such payment shall be deemed to be a Demand Loan from Grindrod to the Company, provided that such Demand Loan shall, mutatis mutandis , be subject to the same terms and carry the same rights for the holder thereof, as the Third Deed of Amendment Demand Loan.

 

2



 

3                                          MISCELLANEOUS

 

3.1                                The SHA is amended by the terms of this Fifth Deed of Amendment and all terms of the SHA not so amended shall continue in full force and effect as set out in the SHA.  In the event of any conflict between the terms of the SHA and this Fifth Deed of Amendment, the terms of this Fifth Deed of Amendment shall prevail.

 

3.2                                Each of the Company and the Parties undertakes to execute and deliver all such documents and perform such acts as may be required for the purpose of giving full effect to the terms of this Fifth Deed of Amendment.

 

3.3                                Clauses 23 ( Confidentiality ), 28 ( Assignment ), 34 (No Partnership) and 38 ( Governing Law ) of the SHA are deemed to be incorporated herein mutatis mutandis and shall apply hereto as if repeated in this Fifth Deed of Amendment in full but with such amendments as are necessary to give effect to such provisions within the context of this Fifth Deed of Amendment.

 

3



 

 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

)

 

REGIMENT CAPITAL LIMITED

)

 

acting by:

)

 

 

 

sign here:

 

 

/s/ Jason Fitzgerald

 

 

 

 

 

print name:

In the presence of:

 

 

 

 

 

Witness signature:

 

Witness sign here:

 

 

/s/ Melanie Lewis

 

 

 

Witness name:

 

print name:

 

 

 

Witness address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4



 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

)

 

SANKATY EUROPEAN INVESTMENTS III

)

 

S.À R.L.

)

 

acting by:

 

sign here:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Myleen Basilio /s/ Sally Dornaus

 

 

 

 

 

print name:

In the presence of:

 

 

 

 

 

Witness signature:

 

Witness sign here:

 

 

/s/ Dimitri Nys

 

 

 

Witness name:

 

print name:

 

 

 

Witness address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5



 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by      

)

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.

)

 

acting by:

)

 

 

 

sign here:

/s/

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Martyn Wade

 

 

 

 

 

print name:

In the presence of:

 

 

 

 

 

Witness signature:

 

Witness sign here:

 

 

/s/ Yvette Renee Kingsley-Wilkins

 

 

 

Witness name:

 

print name:

 

 

 

Witness address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness occupation:

 

 

 

6



 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

)

 

IVS BULK PTE. LTD.

)

 

acting by:

)

 

 

 

sign here:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Carl David Ackerley

 

 

 

 

 

print name:

In the presence of:

 

 

 

 

 

Witness signature:

 

Witness sign here:

 

 

/s/ Yvette Renee Kingsley-Wilkins

 

 

 

Witness name:

 

print name:

 

 

 

Witness address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness occupation:

 

 

 

7




Exhibit 4. 3(g)

 

DEED OF AMENDMENT made on 31 October 2016.

 

BETWEEN :

 

(1)                                  THE PARTIES , being the undersigned (other than the Company); and

 

(2)                                  IVS BULK PTE. LTD , a company incorporated in Singapore whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 (the Company ).

 

RECITALS :

 

On 11 December 2013, the Parties and the Company entered into a shareholders’ agreement (the SHA ) setting out the terms and conditions on which they agreed to regulate the management of the Company.

 

On 4 February 2015, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment and acknowledgement (the First Deed of Amendment ) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 20 January 2016, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Second Deed of Amendment ) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 1 April 2016, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Third Deed of Amendment ) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 25 April 2016, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Fourth Deed of Amendment ) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 6 July 2016, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Fifth Deed of Amendment ) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

The Parties and the Company now wish to further amend the SHA in accordance with the terms of this deed of amendment (this Sixth Deed of Amendment ) to regulate the manner in which Grindrod will provide certain further funding for the Group by way of a further Demand Loan.

 

1                                          INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                                In this Deed (and in the SHA to the extent that it is amended by this Deed), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

(a)                                  Maximum Amounts means, in respect of each of the Specified Expenses, the amounts indicated as such in clause 1.1(a), which in aggregate total USD8 672 000 (Eight million six hundred and seventy two thousand United States Dollars) Specified Expenses means any of the following expenses incurred and required to be paid by the Group during the Specified Period, in the amounts certified as such by the Administration Manager:

 

(i)                                      the launching installment in terms of the Shipbuilding Contract in in respect of the Vessel known as hull 1345, up to a Maximum Amount of USD2 920 000 (two million nine hundred and twenty thousand United States Dollars);

 

(ii)                                   the naming instalment in terms of the Shipbuilding Contract and amendments thereto in in respect of the Vessel known as hull 1345, up to a Maximum Amount of USD4 402 000 (Four million four hundred and two thousand United States Dollars);

 

1



 

(iii)                                working capital requirements for the Group up to a Maximum Amount of USD 1 350 000 (One million three hundred and fifty thousand United States Dollars);

 

(b)                                  Specified Period means the period from the date of this Deed until 31 st  October 2016;

 

(c)                                   Third Deed of Amendment Demand Loan means the Demand Loan owing by the Company to Grindrod pursuant to the terms of the Third Deed of Amendment (including all accrued and unpaid interest thereon).

 

1.2                                Capitalized words and expressions defined in this Deed shall have the same meanings in the SHA (to the extent it is amended by this Deed).

 

1.3                                Unless otherwise defined in this Deed, capitalized words and expressions used in this Deed shall have the meaning given to them in the SHA.

 

1.4                                Unless otherwise specified herein, all references in this Deed to a “Clause” shall refer to a Clause of the SHA.

 

2                                          FURTHER DEMAND LOAN TO BE ADVANCED BY GRINDROD

 

2.1                                Grindrod shall advance a Demand Loan to the Company, in tranches, to cover Specified Expenses, in accordance with certificates from the Administration Manager to the effect that such Specified Expenses have arisen, provided that:

 

(a)                                 the amount so advanced by Grindrod shall never exceed the Maximum Amounts, either in aggregate or in respect of any of the Specified Expenses; and

 

(b)                                 there will be no obligation on Grindrod to advance any such amounts after the end of the Specified Period.

 

2.2                                The Demand Loan advanced in terms of clause 2.1 of this Deed shall, mutatis mutandis , be subject to the same terms and carry the same rights for the holder thereof, as the Third Deed of Amendment Demand Loan.

 

2.3                                The Company shall utilize each tranche of the Demand Loan advanced in terms of clause 2.1 of this Deed only to fund those Specified Expenses which it was advanced to cover.

 

3                                          FURTHER DEMAND LOANS WHICH MAY IN THE FUTURE BE ADVANCED BY GRINDROD

 

3.1            If the Group in the future requires further funding and Grindrod is prepared to provide it on mutatis mutandis the same terms as set out in clause 2 of this Deed, then:

 

(a)                                  Grindrod may, entirely in its discretion, propose in writing to the other Parties and the Company that Grindrod provide further funding to the Group on mutatis mutandis the same terms as set out in clause 2 of this Deed (“ Funding Proposal ”), provided that the “ Maximum Amounts ”, “ Specified Expenses ” and “ Specified Period ” in respect of such funding shall be as set out in such Funding Proposal; and

 

(b)                                  if each of the other Parties and the Company notifies Grindrod in writing, within 5 (five) Business Days of delivery of such Funding Proposal, that such Funding Proposal is accepted by them (each, a “ Funding Proposal Acceptance Notice ”), then Grindrod shall provide such further funding to the Group accordingly.

 

2



 

3.2                                Notwithstanding Clause 33 of the SHA, Funding Proposals and Funding Acceptance Notices may be delivered by e-mail to the e-mail addresses set out below for each of the Parties and the Company respectively and delivery shall be deemed to have occurred at the time of transmission thereof, provided that it is received within normal working hours in the country of the addressee, if not, it shall be deemed received on the next following Business Day in such country:

 

(a)                                  Grindrod: Christopher Kingsley-Wilkins [Christopherk@ivs-int.com];

 

(b)                                  Regiment: Mark Brostowski [mbrostowski@regimentcapital.com]

 

(c)                                   Sankaty: Vikram Punwani [vpunwani@baincapital.com]; and

 

(d)                                  the Company: Christopher Kingsley-Wilkins [Christopherk@ivs-int.com].

 

4                                          MISCELLANEOUS

 

4.1                                The SHA is amended by the terms of this Sixth Deed of Amendment and all terms of the SHA not so amended shall continue in full force and effect as set out in the SHA.  In the event of any conflict between the terms of the SHA and this Sixth Deed of Amendment, the terms of this Sixth Deed of Amendment shall prevail.

 

4.2                                Each of the Company and the Parties undertakes to execute and deliver all such documents and perform such acts as may be required for the purpose of giving full effect to the terms of this Sixth Deed of Amendment.

 

4.3                                Clauses 23 (Confidentiality), 28 (Assignment), 34 (No Partnership) and 38 (Governing Law) of the SHA are deemed to be incorporated herein mutatis mutandis and shall apply hereto as if repeated in this Sixth Deed of Amendment in full but with such amendments as are necessary to give effect to such provisions within the context of this Sixth Deed of Amendment.

 

3



 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

REGIMENT CAPITAL LIMITED

acting by:

)

 

 

)

 

 

)

 

 

 

 

sign here:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jason Fitzgerald

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

print name:

 

 

 

 

In the presence of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness signature:

 

Witness sign here:

 

 

/s/ Melanie Lewis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness name:

 

print name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4



 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

SANKATY EUROPEAN INVESTMENTS III

S.À R.L.

acting by:

)

 

 

)

 

 

)

sign here:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Myleen Basilio  /s/ Sally Dornaus

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

print name:

In the presence of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness signature:

 

Witness sign here:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Vladimir Mornard  /s/ Jordan Brown

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness name:

 

print name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5



 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.

acting by:

)

 

 

)

 

 

)

 

 

 

 

sign here:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Martyn Wade

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

print name:

In the presence of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness signature:

 

Witness sign here:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Yvette Renee Kingsley-Wilkins

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness name:

 

print name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness occupation:

 

 

 

6



 

 

)

 

 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

IVS BULK PTE. LTD .

acting by:

)

 

 

)

 

 

 

sign here:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Carl David Ackerley

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

print name:

In the presence of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness signature:

 

Witness sign here:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Yvette Renee Kingsley-Wilkins

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness name:

 

print name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness occupation:

 

 

 

7




Exhibit 4.4(a)

 

Vitol Shipping Singapore Pte. Ltd.

 

and

 

Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.

 

Shareholders’ Agreement

 

In respect of

 

Leopard Tankers Pte. Ltd.

 

Execution Version

 

 

 

 



 

Contents

 

1

Definitions

1

2

Formation of the Company and the Owners

7

3

Completion

8

4

New Financing

9

5

Funding Arrangements

9

6

Vessel Arrangements

11

7

Banking and Accounting Arrangements

13

8

Board and Shareholders’ Meetings

13

9

Dividend Policy

15

10

Deadlock

15

11

Default

16

12

Total Loss of a Vessel/Rescission of Shipbuilding Contract Prior to Delivery

18

13

Total Loss of a Vessel following Delivery

19

14

Sale and Purchase of Vessels

19

15

Termination

20

16

Transfer of Shares/Vessels

22

17

Parties Duties to Each Other

23

19

Confidentiality

23

20

Representations and Warranties

24

21

Waiver

24

22

Costs

24

23

Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption

24

24

Assignment

25

25

Third Party Rights

25

26

Severability

25

27

Entire Agreement

25

28

Supremacy of Agreement

25

29

Notices, etc.

25

30

No Partnership

26

31

Variation and Counterparts

26

32

Consequential Loss

26

33

The Company as Party

27

34

Governing Law and Jurisdiction

27

Schedule 1 :

Reserved Matters

28

Schedule 2 :

The Company and the Owners

30

Schedule 3 :

Form of Shareholder Loan Agreement

31

 

i



 

Schedule 4:

Form of Mansel Time Charter

32

Schedule 5 :

Form of Commercial Management Agreement

33

Schedule 6 :

Form of Technical Management Agreement

34

Schedule 7 :

List of Other Grindrod Vessels

35

Schedule 8 :

Novation Consideration Terms

36

Schedule 9 :

Supervision Agreement

37

Schedule 10 :

Pooling Agreement

38

Schedule 11 :

Agency Letter

39

Execution page

40

 

ii



 

This Shareholders’ Agreement

 

Dated  2 April 2012

 

Between

 

(1)                                  Vitol Shipping Singapore Pte. Ltd., a company incorporated in Singapore with its registered office at 260 Orchard Road, The Heeren #13-01, Singapore 238855 ( Vitol );

 

(2)                                  Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., a company incorporated in Singapore with its registered office at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 ( Grindrod ) ,

 

(together, the Parties and each a Party),

 

and

 

(3)                                  Leopard Tankers Pte. Ltd., a company incorporated in Singapore with its registered office at 260 Orchard Road, The Heeren #13-01, Singapore 238855 (the Company ).

 

Background

 

(A)                                The Parties have agreed to jointly own the Company on a 50:50 basis whereby the Company will be the holding company for the Group and shall own all of the issued shares of the Owners.

 

(B)                                The Parties are desirous of pooling their respective expertise and certain of their resources together for the purpose of optimizing the financial results of the Group through the construction, purchase and operation of the Vessels. The purpose of this Agreement is therefore to set out the terms and conditions on and subject to which the Group is to be operated as a joint venture and the manner in which the affairs of the Group are to be regulated.

 

It is agreed as follows:

 

1                                          Definitions

 

1.1                                In this Agreement, including the schedules and the recitals:

 

A Directors means a director or directors appointed by Vitol;

 

Absolute Majority means, in relation to a Reserved Matter, a decision taken by unanimous vote of the Directors of a Group Company and/or (as may be required) its shareholders;

 

Actual Contract Price means, in relation to each Vessel, the total price payable for that Vessel under the relevant Shipbuilding Contract (as the same may be adjusted pursuant to that Shipbuilding Contract);

 

Additional Funding Contribution shall have the meaning given to it in Clause 5.3;

 

Agency Letter means the letter from Elandra to Vitol and Grindrod in respect of matters pending the occurrence of the effective date under each of the Novation Agreements in the form attached to this Agreement at Schedule 11;

 

Approved Alternative Technical Managers means (i) MTM, (ii) Unicom, (ii) Northern Offshore, (iv) V Ships and (v) Novoship;

 



 

Approved Brokers means (i) Clarksons, (ii) Galbraiths, (iii) ACM Shipping Limited, (iv) Arrow S&P, each Party to obtain a valuation from one of the said brokers, and if their valuations of a Vessel differ by more than five per cent (5%), a valuation will also be sought from RS Platou;

 

Approved Commercial Manager means Mansel, or such other commercial shipmanagement company (the identity of whom shall be approved in writing by the Parties) appointed or to be appointed by each Owner as commercial manager of its Vessel on the terms of Schedule 5 to this Agreement or as may otherwise be agreed by the Parties, the Approved Commercial Manager and each relevant Owner;

 

Approved Finance means any financing or refinancing of the Vessels approved by the Parties in accordance with this Agreement that may be in place from time to time;

 

Approved Finance Documents means the documents executed or to be executed pursuant to the Approved Finance;

 

Articles means the Memorandum and Articles of Association (or equivalent constitutional documents) of each Group Company;

 

B Directors means a director or directors appointed by Grindrod;

 

Base Charter Rate means the rate of US$15,000 per day as the hire payable by Mansel under each of the Mansel Time Charters (including for any option periods);

 

Board means the board of directors of a Group Company as the context may require;

 

Builder means SPP Shipbuilding Co., Ltd., a company organised and existing under the laws of the Republic of Korea having its principal office at 1988, Chojeon-ri, Sanam-myeon, Sacheon-si, Gyeongsangnam-do, Korea;

 

Business Day means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for business in London, New York, Singapore and Johannesburg;

 

Company means the company identified in Schedule 2 as the Company and which is to be operated in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

 

Completion means completion of the matters set out in Clause 3.1 and date of Completion shall be the date on which all of the matters set out in Clause 3.1 have been completed;

 

Communication shall have the meaning given to it in Clause 29.1;

 

Consensual Resolution Period shall have the meaning given to it in Clause 10.3;

 

Construction Supervisor means, in relation to the Vessels, Lima Shipping Ltd., or such other person (the identity of whom shall be approved in writing by the Parties) as may be nominated by each Owner as construction supervisor of each Vessel during the course of construction under the Shipbuilding Contracts;

 

Contract Instalment means any of the instalments of the Actual Contract Price payable by each Owner under its respective Shipbuilding Contract (including the delivery instalment);

 

Deadlock Notice shall have the meaning given to it in Clause 10.2;

 

2


 

Delivery means the delivery to and acceptance by an Owner of its Vessel under the relevant Shipbuilding Contract;

 

Delivery Date means, in relation to a Vessel, the date of that Vessel’s Delivery;

 

Directors means, together, the A Directors and the B Directors;

 

Elandra means Elandra Holdings Ltd., a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands, with its registered office at TMF Place, Road Town, British Virgin Islands UG1110;

 

Grindrod Group means any of Grindrod Limited, Grindrod Shipping Limited, Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. and any subsidiaries or affiliates of the aforementioned companies;

 

Group means the Company and each Owner and Group Company means any of them;

 

Intended Technical Manager means, subject to Clauses 6.2 and 6.3, Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Limited, or such other technical shipmanagement company (being one of the Approved Alternative Technical Managers) appointed or to be appointed by each Owner as technical managers of its Vessel on the terms of Schedule 6 to this Agreement or as may otherwise be agreed by the Parties, the Intended Technical Manager and each relevant Owner;

 

Lender means, in relation to any Approved Finance, the lender or lenders providing such Approved Finance;

 

Mansel means Mansel Ltd., a company incorporated in Bermuda, with its registered office at Clarendon House, Church Street West, Hamilton, Bermuda;

 

Mansel Supervision Agreement means the agreement dated 22 July 2011 entered into between Elandra and the Construction Supervisor for the supervision of ten (10) newbuilding product tankers;

 

Mansel Time Charters means the time charters in respect of each of Vessel A and Vessel C, (or otherwise the first and third Vessels in order of Delivery) to be entered into between each relevant Owner and Mansel as charterer for a period of three (3) years plus options for one (1) year and one (1) year (in each case in Mansel’s option following confirmation from the relevant Owner that it does not intend to sell the relevant Vessel during the following option year) from Delivery at the Base Charter Rate (including for any option periods) and otherwise on the basis of the Shelltime 4 form of charterparty on Mansel’s standard form with such amendments as agreed between the Parties, Mansel and the relevant Owners, in the form attached to this Agreement at Schedule 4;

 

Minimum Market Value shall have the meaning given to it in Clause 15.2;

 

Novation Agreements means, together, Novation Agreement A, Novation Agreement B, Novation Agreement C and Novation Agreement D and Novation Agreement means any of them;

 

Novation Agreement A means the novation agreement to be entered into between Elandra, the Builder and Owner A, in accordance with which Elandra novated all of its rights and obligations under Shipbuilding Contract A to Owner A;

 

Novation Agreement B means the novation agreement to be entered into between Elandra, the Builder and Owner B, in accordance with which Elandra novated all of its rights and obligations under Shipbuilding Contract B to Owner B;

 

3



 

Novation Agreement C means the novation agreement to be entered into between Elandra, the Builder and Owner C, in accordance with which Elandra novated all of its rights and obligations under Shipbuilding Contract C to Owner C;

 

Novation Agreement D means the novation agreement to be entered into between Elandra, the Builder and Owner D, in accordance with which Elandra novated all of its rights and obligations under Shipbuilding Contract D to Owner D;

 

Novation Consideration means the amount payable by each Owner to Elandra under each Novation Side Letter being the amounts paid by Elandra up to the date of Completion in respect of (i) Contract instalments paid to the Builder under each Shipbuilding Contract, (ii) amounts paid to the Construction Supervisor in relation to the Vessels, (iii) other expenditure and out of pocket expenses incurred by Elandra or Mansel in respect of the Vessels or the Shipbuilding Contracts as agreed between the Parties, (for the avoidance of doubt, excluding finance costs) which is detailed in Schedule 8 to this Agreement;

 

Novation Side Letter means the letter from each Owner to Elandra in respect of the Novation Consideration due to Elandra by each Owner in consideration of the novation of Elandra’s rights under each Shipbuilding Contract in favour of each Owner;

 

Other Grindrod Vessels means those product tankers owned or operated by the Grindrod Group (excluding stainless steel/chemical tankers) which are listed in Schedule 7 to this Agreement and which in accordance with Clause 3.1 (g), from the date of Completion, are to be subject to a commercial shipmanagement agreement with the Approved Commercial Manager on the terms of Schedule 5 to this Agreement;

 

Owner A means the company identified in Schedule 2 hereto, which entered by way of novation into the Shipbuilding Contract A pursuant to the Novation Agreement A;

 

Owner B means the company identified in Schedule 2 hereto, which entered by way of novation into the Shipbuilding Contract B pursuant to the Novation Agreement B;

 

Owner C means the company identified in Schedule 2 hereto, which entered by way of novation into the Shipbuilding Contract C pursuant to the Novation Agreement C;

 

Owner D means the company identified in Schedule 2 hereto, which shall enter by way of novation into the Shipbuilding Contract D pursuant to the Novation Agreement D;

 

Owners means together, Owner A, Owner B, Owner C and Owner D and Owner means any of them;

 

Pool Account means the account in the name of the Approved Commercial Manager which is operated in accordance with the Pooling Agreement;

 

Pooling Agreement means the agreement between the Approved Commercial Manager and each of the Owners in relation to the pooling of earnings for the Vessels and their distribution, in the form attached to this Agreement at Schedule 10;

 

Pre-Delivery Contributions shall have the meaning given to it in Clause 5.4;

 

4



 

Proceedings shall have the meaning given to it in Clause 34.1;

 

Refund Guarantees means, in relation to each Shipbuilding Contract, the refund guarantee to be re-issued by the relevant Refund Guarantor following the date of Completion in favour of the relevant Owner as security for the obligations of the Builder under the relevant Shipbuilding Contract;

 

Refund Guarantor means (i) Woori Bank in respect of Shipbuilding Contract A and Shipbuilding Contract B, and (ii) Kexim Bank in respect of Shipbuilding Contract C and Shipbuilding Contract D;

 

Reserved Matters means those matters listed in Schedule 1 hereto;

 

Shares means the A Shares and the B Shares as further defined in Clause 2.5;

 

Shares Certificates means the certificates relating to the Shares;

 

Share Transfer Agreement means the agreement dated of even date herewith between Vitol as seller and Grindrod as buyer in respect of the B Shares;

 

Shareholder Contributions means any financial contribution made or to be made by the Parties to or on behalf of a Group Company including, but not limited to the Novation Consideration, an Additional Funding Contribution and the Pre-Delivery Contributions and Shareholder Contribution means any of them;

 

Shareholder Loan means a loan entered in by a Party or the Parties with a Group Company in respect of a Shareholder Contribution in substantially the form attached to this Agreement at Schedule 3;

 

Shipbuilding Contract A means the contract dated 8 July 2011 (as novated pursuant to the Novation Agreement A and as the same may be further supplemented, amended or novated from time to time) originally entered into between Elandra, as novated in favour of Owner A pursuant to the relevant Novation Agreement, and the Builder for the construction and purchase of Vessel A;

 

Shipbuilding Contract B means the contract dated 8 July 2011 (as novated pursuant to the Novation Agreement B and as the same may be further supplemented, amended or novated from time to time) originally entered into between Elandra, as novated in favour of Owner B pursuant to the relevant Novation Agreement, and the Builder for the construction and purchase of Vessel B;

 

Shipbuilding Contract C means the contract dated 8 July 2011 (as novated pursuant to the Novation Agreement C and as the same may be further supplemented, amended or novated from time to time) originally entered into between Elandra, as novated in favour of Owner C pursuant to the relevant Novation Agreement, and the Builder for the construction and purchase of Vessel C;

 

Shipbuilding Contract D means the contract dated 8 July 2011 (as novated pursuant to the Novation Agreement D and as the same may be further supplemented, amended or novated from time to time) originally entered into between Elandra, as novated in favour of Owner D pursuant to the relevant Novation Agreement, and the Builder for the construction and purchase of Vessel D;

 

5



 

Shipbuilding Contracts means together, Shipbuilding Contract A, Shipbuilding Contract B, Shipbuilding Contract C and Shipbuilding Contract D and Shipbuilding Contract means any of them;

 

Simple Majority means, in respect of a matter that is not a Reserved Matter, where more votes are cast for by a Board (or where relevant a committee of the Board) or shareholder resolution than against it;

 

Supervision Agreement means, in relation to a Vessel, the supervision agreement between the relevant Owner and the Construction Supervisor for the period of construction of the relevant Vessel under the relevant Shipbuilding Contract, in the form attached to this Agreement at Schedule 9;

 

Termination Notice shall have the meaning given to it in Clause 15.1;

 

Total Loss means, in respect of any Vessel, an actual or constructive total loss of such Vessel which occurs at any time;

 

Transaction Documents means (i) the Approved Finance Documents, (ii) the Shipbuilding Contracts and Refund Guarantees, (iii) the Novation Agreements, (iv) any other documents to be executed pursuant hereto or otherwise in connection with the Vessels including, without limitation, the Supervision Agreements, the commercial management agreements with the Approved Commercial Manager and the ship management agreements with the Intended Technical Manager, if and to the extent they apply following the Delivery of a Vessel;

 

Vessel A means the 51,800 DWT class product oil / chemical tanker identified as Builder’s hull no. H-4081;

 

Vessel B means the 51,800 DWT class product oil / chemical tanker identified as Builder’s hull no. H-4082;

 

Vessel C means the 51,800 DWT class product oil / chemical tanker identified as Builder’s hull no. H-4083;

 

Vessel D means the 51,800 DWT class product oil / chemical tanker identified as Builder’s hull no. H-4084;

 

Vessels means together, Vessel A, Vessel B, Vessel C and Vessel D and Vessel means any of them;

 

1.2                                Clause headings are inserted for convenience of reference only and should be ignored in the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

1.3                                References in this Agreement to Clauses and Schedules are to clauses of and schedules to this Agreement.

 

1.4                                References to this Agreement are references to this Agreement (including the Schedule(s) to it) as the same may further be amended, supplemented or varied at any time.

 

1.5                                Words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa, words importing gender or the neuter include both genders and the neuter and references to persons include bodies corporate or unincorporate.

 

1.6                                References in this Agreement to statutory provisions shall be construed as references to those provisions as respectively amended or re enacted (whether before or after the date hereof) from time to time and shall include any provision of

 

6



 

which they are re- enactments (whether with or without modification) and any subordinate legislation made under such provisions.

 

1.7                                Writing or written includes faxes and email (save for any notice to be given under or in connection with this Agreement in accordance with Clause 29 and any variation of this Agreement made in accordance with Clause 31), and any reference to a document is a reference to the document whether in paper or (save as aforesaid) electronic form.

 

2                                          Formation of the Company and the Owners

 

2.1                                It is acknowledged that, prior to Completion, Vitol has caused the formation of each of the Company and the Owners in accordance with the laws of Singapore.

 

2.2                                The name of the Company and of each Owner is set out in Schedule 2.

 

2.3                                Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Parties shall share equally on a 50:50 basis all the costs related to the formation and registration of the Company and each of the Owners and any costs in relation to putting this Agreement into effect.

 

2.4                                The Company’s Articles are in a standard form for holding companies incorporated in Singapore provided always that such Articles enable the Company to carry out business in the manner contemplated by this Agreement (including, without limitation, the business objectives set out in Clause 2.10 below).

 

2.5                                The issued capital of the Company consists of two (2) shares of USD1 par value each (the Shares ), which on the date of Completion shall be owned as follows:

 

(a)                                  one (1) Share of USD1 par value has been issued and delivered to Vitol under Share Certificate No. 2; and

 

(b)                                  one (1) Shares of USD1 par value has been issued and delivered to Grindrod under Share Certificate No. 3.

 

The Shares under Share Certificate No. 2 shall constitute the A Shares and the Shares under Share Certificate No. 3 shall constitute the B Shares .

 

2.6                                The A Shares and the B Shares shall rank pari passu in all respects.

 

2.7                                The financial year of each Group Company is 1 January to 31 December.

 

2.8                                The business of the Company shall be that of a holding company.

 

2.9                                The issued capital of each Owner consists of one (1) share of USD1 par value each which, on the date of Completion, shall be owned by the Company.

 

2.10                         The business of each Owner is the ownership and operation of its respective Vessel and each Owner’s Articles are in a standard form for ship owning companies incorporated in Singapore provided always that such Articles enable each Owner to carry business in the manner contemplated by this Agreement.

 

2.11                         The Parties agree that following the date of Completion, they shall take all necessary steps to:

 

2.11.1               increase the issued capital of the Company to 1,000 Shares which shall be issued to the Parties on a 50:50 basis and those additional shares issued to Vitol and Grindrod shall constitute A Shares and B Shares respectively; and

 

2.11.2               the issued capital of each Owner shall be increased to five hundred (500) shares and shall be issued to the Company.

 

7


 

3                                          Completion

 

3.1                                The Parties agree that the following matters shall take place on or prior to the date of Completion:

 

(a)                                  Vitol will transfer the B Shares to Grindrod in accordance with the Share Transfer Agreement and the other completion steps in the Share Transfer Agreement shall take place;

 

(b)                                  execution of the Novation Agreements by Elandra and each Owner;

 

(c)                                   the Parties shall pay to Elandra the Novation Consideration due under each Novation Side Letter;

 

(d)                                  Elandra shall issue the Agency Letter to Vitol and Grindrod;

 

(e)                                   the Parties shall convene such meetings of the members of each Group Company and their respective Boards to be held as it was necessary to:

 

(i)                                      appoint two (2) persons nominated by Vitol as A Directors (to the extent such appointments were not made upon the incorporation of such Group Company) and two (2) persons nominated by Grindrod as B Directors thereof;

 

(ii)                                   appoint the secretary of that Group Company;

 

(iii)                                appoint auditors of that Group Company;

 

(iv)                               appoint principal bankers to that Group Company and arrange for the opening of any necessary bank accounts in its name (the requirements of the Approved Finance always being considered);

 

(v)                                  if necessary, resolve that the financial year of that Group Company shall end on 31 December in each year; and

 

(vi)                               amend the Articles of any Group Company to the extent necessary to ensure compliance by it with the terms of this Agreement;

 

(f)                                    each Owner shall enter into a commercial shipmanagement agreement with the Approved Commercial Manager in respect of its Vessel;

 

(g)                                   the Owners shall jointly enter into a Supervision Agreement on materially the same terms and conditions as per the Mansel Supervision Agreement with the Construction Supervisor in respect of the Vessels; and

 

(h)                                  the relevant owners or disponent owners of each of the Other Grindrod Vessels shall each enter into a commercial shipmanagement agreement with the Approved Commercial Manager in respect of those Other Grindrod Vessels.

 

3.2                                Following the date of Completion, Vitol shall use all reasonable endeavours to arrange the following matters:

 

(a)                                  execution of the Novation Agreements by the Builder; and

 

(b)                                  issuance of each Refund Guarantee in favour of the relevant Owner.

 

Pending the occurrence of the effective date under the Novation Agreements and following payment of the Novation Consideration, Vitol shall procure that Elandra

 

8



 

acts as agent for each Owner in respect of the relevant Shipbuilding Contract and related Refund Guarantee in accordance with the Agency Letter.

 

3.3                                Each Party agrees with the other Party that it shall take such steps as lie within its power to procure and ensure that each Group Company performs its respective obligations under the Transaction Documents to which they are respectively a party.

 

4                                          New Financing

 

4.1                                Following Completion, the Parties agree to procure, on behalf of the Owners, Approved Finance for the Vessels with a reputable international bank or banks on the best possible terms available at the time and for a transaction of this type, having in mind:

 

(a)                                  the interest rate being offered;

 

(b)                                  the fees and other costs which would apply;

 

(c)                                   the repayment terms;

 

(d)                                  the target amount of such bank finance to be not less than sixty-five per cent (65%) of the Actual Contract Price of each of the Vessels;

 

(e)                                   the target amortisation of such bank finance is to be zero over a fifteen year period;

 

(f)                                    the security on standard terms, namely, an assignment of the relevant Shipbuilding Contract and of any refund guarantee issued pursuant thereto and, upon Delivery, a first priority mortgage over the Vessel and collateral deed of covenants (if applicable) and an assignment of the Vessel’s earnings and insurances;

 

(g)                                   the need for the terms of the Approved Finance to accommodate the objectives set out in this Agreement;

 

(h)                                  the inclusion of the Mansel Time Charters as part of the employment structure for the relevant Vessels; and

 

(i)                                      the applicable market conditions for financing of vessels similar to the Vessels at the time.

 

4.2                                The Parties agree that, in the event that market conditions result in difficulties obtaining Approved Finance on acceptable terms, they shall work together in good faith to seek a commercial solution on an equal basis to achieve an Approved. Finance on acceptable terms, including, where necessary, entering, on a pari passu basis, into direct time charters for the Vessels not subject to the Mansel Time Charters (at rates to be agreed) and/or the provision of other corporate undertakings.

 

4.3                                The Parties shall act in good faith with a view to securing the Approved Finance at least one (1) month prior to the earliest Delivery Date of a Vessel having due regard to the principles set out in Clause 4.1.

 

5                                          Funding Arrangements

 

5.1                                The Board of each Group Company shall from time to time meet and agree the general financing requirements of that Group Company and shall agree to put into effect appropriate arrangements.

 

9



 

5.2                                On the date of Completion, each Party agrees that it shall pay to Elandra on behalf of each Owner an amount equal to fifty per cent. (50%) of the Novation Consideration due under each Novation Side Letter which shall constitute a Shareholder Contribution. It is agreed that Vitol’s payment of its share of the Novation Consideration shall be deemed paid on behalf of each Owner simultaneously with Grindrod’s payment of its share of the Novation Consideration without requiring Vitol to physically transfer any amounts to Elandra pursuant to a Novation Side Letter. The Parties agree that Grindrod’s portion of the Novation Consideration shall be subject to interest at a rate of five per cent (5%) from 7 March 2012 until its date of receipt by Elandra and the interest shall be payable simultaneously with the payment of the Novation Consideration under each Novation Side Letter.

 

5.3                                If the Board of the Company resolves that the Parties should provide additional funds to a Group Company, each Party shall pay with the same value date to that Group Company fifty per cent. (50%) of the agreed additional funding requirement (an Additional Funding Contribution).

 

5.4                                lf, for any reason, Approved Finance is not available for drawdown at the time any Owner is required to pay a Contract Instalment falling due after Completion, and, in any event in respect of the equity portion required to be contributed by the Parties for any Contract Instalment, the Parties shall, at least one (1) Business Day before such amount or amounts falls due for payment, each contribute (by way of shareholder’s loan complying with the requirements of Clause 5.5) to the Company or the relevant Owner fifty per cent. (50%) of that amount and shall procure that the Company or Owner applies the aggregate amount of such contributions in payment of that Contract Instalment. Such contributions shall constitute Pre-Delivery Contributions for the purposes of this Agreement and shall not be treated as a Reserved Matter.

 

5.5                                Each Shareholder Contribution will be treated as a subordinated shareholder loan and shall be on such terms (including, without limitation, as to interest and repayment) as the Parties may agree in writing and not as subscription monies for further Shares. Any Shareholder Contribution shall be subordinated to any Approved Finance obtained by or on behalf of the relevant Group Company. The decision to make a Shareholder Contribution, its terms and any amendment of those terms shall constitute a Reserved Matter.

 

5.6                                Any Shareholder Contribution made by a Party to a Group Company shall be evidenced in writing in a Shareholder Loan that shall be executed by the Party making the Shareholder Contribution and the relevant Group Company in substantially the form attached to this Agreement at Schedule 3.

 

5.7                                The Parties will procure that upon receipt of a Shareholder Contribution the relevant Group Company will credit its shareholders’ loan account with an amount equal to the amount of such Shareholder Contribution so paid.

 

5.8                                The provisions of Clause 5.11 shall apply (mutatis mutandis) to any Shareholder Contribution which is not provided in a timely manner or within ten (10) days after a resolution has been passed by the Board of the relevant Group Company setting out the requirement for an Additional Funding Contribution.

 

5.9                                Without prejudice to the foregoing, the Parties agree that the general financing requirements of the Group Companies shall be provided, so far as it is practicable, from the following (and in the following order of preference):

 

5.9.1                      FIRSTLY from revenue derived from the operation of the Vessels;

 

10



 

5.9.2                      SECONDLY borrowings from banks and financial institutions having due regard for the provisions set out in Clause 4.1;

 

5.9.3                      THIRDLY, shareholder loans from the Parties on a 50:50 basis in such amounts and upon such terms (including but not limited to the rate of interest and the period of repayment) as the Parties shall agree.

 

5.10                         However, for the avoidance of doubt, the Parties hereby agree and undertake to procure and ensure that each Group Company is adequately funded at all times so as to meet its obligations as they fall due, subject to the Parties agreeing on conditions for such funding including, but not limited to, interest rate and maturity date.

 

5.11                         Subject to the rights of a non-defaulting Party under Clause 11.2, if a Party fails to make any Shareholder Contribution due by it in a timely manner (for the purposes of this Clause 5.11, the non-paying Party ), the other Party (for the purposes of this Clause 5.11, the paying Party ) may, in its sole discretion and without limitation to its other rights, increase its corresponding Shareholder Contribution by a commensurate amount (the Shareholder Contribution Increase ) with interest being payable by the non-paying Party to the paying Party on the increased amount of the paying Party’s Shareholder Contribution. Such interest shall accrue from the date on which the paying Party makes the increased Shareholder Contribution and shall be calculated at a rate of twelve per cent (12%) per annum. Interest shall continue to accrue until the non-paying Party reimburses the paying Party an amount equal to the Shareholder Contribution Increase and upon such payment the non-paying Party shall be deemed, as from that date, to have made the Shareholder Contribution (equal to the amount of the Shareholder Contribution Increase so repaid by the paying Party) and the Parties shall procure that the relevant books are amended to reflect this.

 

6               Vessel Arrangements

 

6.1                                The Parties agree that the colour scheme for the Vessels shall be black hull, red decks, white house, white bulk heads (engine room) and grey engine room plates. The name, the marking of the funnel, cranes, superstructure and hull markings of the Vessels shall be agreed by the Parties in advance of each Delivery.

 

6.2                                The Parties agree and acknowledge that, as at the date of Completion, it is their intention that the Intended Technical Manager shall be appointed by each Owner as the technical manager of each Vessel within three (3) months prior to the anticipated Delivery Date of each Vessel. The final decision on the appointment of the Intended Technical Manager shall be subject to the satisfaction of both Parties (acting reasonably) with an audit of the Intended Technical Manager’s capability (including, without limitation, its compliance with oil majors’ requirements and its ability to continue to comply with such requirements), budget and operational costings to be carried out in advance of the Delivery Date of the first Vessel to be delivered under the Shipbuilding Contracts and comparison with other third party managers, provided that where there is disagreement between the Parties as to the appointment of the Intended Technical Manager and one of the candidates is Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Limited (or any other member of the Grindrod Group), then the final decision on appointment (otherwise based upon the above) shall be made by Vitol in its sole discretion. The Parties agree that the appointment of the Intended Technical Manager for all delivered Vessels shall be reviewed by the Parties on an annual basis thereafter and any change to such appointment shall be agreed by the Parties thereafter (acting reasonably) (or in Vitol’s sole discretion if the manager’s appointment under review is a member of

 

11



 

the Grindrod Group) having regard to the performance of the Intended Technical Manager in respect of the key performance indicators set out in each technical shipmanagement agreement.

 

6.3                                If either:

 

6.3.1                      the appointment of the Intended Technical Manager in respect of any Vessel is not approved by the Parties (or Vitol in the case of the appointment of a member of the Grindrod Group as the manager) following the audit of its capability carried out in accordance with Clause 6.2 above and the Intended Technical Manager does not remedy the issues raised by the Parties arising from the audit to the Parties’ satisfaction (in each case acting reasonably) prior to Delivery of the relevant Vessel; or

 

6.3.2                      the Intended Technical Manager fails to fulfil its obligations under any technical management agreement and the Parties (acting reasonably) (or Vitol (in its sole discretion) if the manager is a member of the Grindrod Group) decide to terminate the appointment of the Intended Technical Manager in respect of any Vessel or all of them,

 

then the Parties agree that they shall invite tenders for the technical management of the relevant Vessel or Vessels from the Approved Alternative Technical Managers.

 

6.4                                The Parties agree that each of Vessel A and Vessel C (or otherwise the first and third Vessels in order of delivery) shall, with effect from each such Vessel’s Delivery Date, be chartered to Mansel on a three (3) year time charter plus options for one (1) year and one (1) year (in each case in Mansel’s option following confirmation from the relevant Owner that it does not intend to sell the relevant Vessel during the following option year) at the Base Charter Rate (including for any option periods) and otherwise in accordance with the terms of the Mansel Time Charters.

 

6.5                                Subject to the terms of any Approved Finance, the Parties intend that, following Delivery, each Vessel which is not subject to a Mansel Time Charter shall be traded in the spot market where the earnings shall be paid to the relevant Owner thirty (30) days in arrears, subject to the arrangements described below. The Parties agree that in circumstances where time charters for periods in excess of twelve (12) months for such Vessels are under discussion with third parties, Mansel shall have a right of first refusal on any such employment on similar terms to those offered by any third party.

 

6.6                                The Parties agree that the earnings of the Vessels shall be paid to the. Pool Account and pooled by the Owners and the net earnings (following deductions in accordance with the Pooling Agreement) shall be averaged out equally across all Vessels delivered and operating under the arrangements contemplated by this Agreement on the basis that each Vessel shall have equal weighting. It is agreed that the Approved Commercial Manager shall act as administrator of the pooling arrangements in accordance with the Pooling Agreement.

 

6.7                                The Parties agree that the earnings of the Vessels which are subject to the Mansel Time Charters shall be paid to the Pool Account. Mansel shall be paid fifty per cent (50%) of any amounts by which the deemed earnings of each such Vessel under the Pooling Agreement exceeds the Base Charter Rate earned under the relevant Mansel Time Charter. This sharing of earnings and the payment of such earnings shall take place on a quarterly basis (in arrears) with a reconciliation on an annual basis all in accordance with the Pooling Agreement.

 

12


 

6.8                                The Parties agree that, following Delivery, each Vessel shall be under the commercial management of the Approved Commercial Manager whose terms shall include a management fee of two per cent (2%) of all gross income of each Vessel (including, but not limited to, freight, demurrage, damages for detention) which shall be deductible from revenues of the Vessel prior to their remittance by the Approved Commercial Manager to each Owner in accordance with the Pooling Agreement. It is further agreed that each commercial ship management agreement in respect of a Vessel shall extend to cover (at no additional cost in excess of the two per cent (2%) fee) the financial and accounting back office functions of each Owner provided in accordance with that agreement. The Approved Commercial Manager shall also provide such functions to the Company in accordance with this Agreement — including maintenance of bank accounts and all required statutory reporting — the cost and expense of such to be shared between the Parties.

 

6.9                                The Parties agree that they shall share or the Owners shall share in the benefit of all rebates, commission, and similar arrangements entered into with all suppliers and manufacturers in relation to the construction of the Vessels. Vitol shall provide Grindrod with details of all such arrangements relating to the Vessels entered into prior to the date of this Agreement. The Novation Consideration shall be calculated accordingly to the extent that any such rebates are received by Elandra or Vitol prior to the date of Completion.

 

7                                          Banking and Accounting Arrangements

 

7.1                                The Parties shall cause or procure each Group Company to:

 

(a)                                  maintain a proper record of Shareholder Contributions made to it; and

 

(b)                                  maintain separate bank accounts as the Parties may agree in order to achieve the objectives contemplated by this Agreement and also in compliance with any obligations imposed by the Approved Finance.

 

7.2                                Accounting:

 

The Parties through the Approved Commercial Manager shall cause or procure each Group Company to prepare:

 

(a)                                  management accounts on a quarterly and annual basis; and

 

(b)                                  audited consolidated accounts on an annual basis,

 

each in accordance with IFRS as each Party may require.

 

8                                          Board and Shareholders’ Meetings

 

8.1                                Each Board shall have responsibility for the supervision and management of each Group Company.

 

8.2                                Each Board shall consist of no less than four (4) directors and shall be made up of an equal number of A Directors and B Directors. In any case where there is a requirement for the Board to appoint a Chairman (or similar officer), the post of Chairman (or similar officer) of that Group Company shall be held in alternate years by an A Director and a B Director in rotation, but such appointment shall not carry any voting rights whatsoever.

 

8.3                                A Party may, in relation to each Group Company, remove a director appointed by it and appoint a new director in his or her place by notice in writing to that Group Company and the other Party. Each Party (in its capacity as a shareholder or

 

13



 

ultimate beneficial shareholder in that Group Company) unconditionally and irrevocably appoints the other Party its proxy to vote its shares in that Group Company for the appointment or removal of any director or officer of that Group Company appointed by the other Party. The Party removing the director shall indemnify that Group Company against any claim arising in connection with that director’s removal from office.

 

8.4                                Except by specific written authority of the Board, no Director, acting singly, shall have any power or authority to represent a Group Company in any capacity whatsoever, other than to vote for the officers of that Group Company. Any contract or other agreement entered into by that Group Company must (unless the Directors thereof otherwise resolve) be signed by both an A Director and a B Director.

 

8.5                                Meetings of the Board of each Group Company shall (unless the Parties otherwise agree) take place in Singapore and in accordance with this Agreement and in the manner prescribed by the Articles thereof at such time or times as may be required, but in any event not less frequently than four times in each calendar year. The agenda of the meeting can be proposed by any Director at all times at least two (2) working days prior to such meeting.

 

8.6                                A meeting of the Board of a Group Company can take place either by the physical presence of the Directors or, to the extent permitted by law, by way of telephone conference call or video conference call.

 

8.7                                The quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Directors of a Group Company shall be one (1) A Director and one (1) B Director of that Group Company. Each Party acknowledges that any Director of a Group Company may by giving written notification to that Group Company nominate his co-Director to be his alternate Director in case of unavailability for a meeting of the Board of that Group Company.

 

8.8                                The quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the shareholders of the Company shall be one (1) representative of the holder of the A Shares and one (1) representative of the holder of the B Shares. The agenda of the shareholders’ meeting may be proposed by any shareholder at any time but always at least seven (7) days prior to the proposed meeting.

 

8.9                                The chairman of any meeting of Directors of a Group Company or of any meeting of the shareholders of that Group Company shall not have a casting vote, if there is equality of votes on any matter, in which case the provisions of Clause 10 shall apply.

 

8.10                         To the extent permitted by law, the Board of a Group Company may adopt a resolution without holding a meeting if all the Directors of that Group Company approve the resolution by placing their signatures on the original copy of the resolution (or, if not practical, a certified copy thereof). The duly signed resolution shall be delivered to the Chairman and placed in the minute book of that Group Company kept at the registered office thereof or at such other place as the Directors may from time to time unanimously decide.

 

8.11                         Unless and to the extent that responsibility for specific matters affecting the Vessels, the Approved Finance, the Company and/or the Owners have been expressly delegated to a particular Director, Directors or a Board committee, decisions shall be taken or resolutions passed by the Board of a Group Company and/or (as may be required) the shareholders of a Group Company as follows:

 

14



 

(a)                                  matters which are not Reserved Matters shall be decided by a Simple Majority; and

 

(b)                                  Reserved Matters shall be decided by an Absolute Majority.

 

Where matters have been delegated to a Board committee consisting of two (2) or more persons, decisions shall be taken or resolutions passed by Simple Majority.

 

9                                          Dividend Policy

 

9.1                                The Parties, in their capacity as shareholders in the Company, shall from time to time agree the dividend policy in relation to the Group.

 

9.2                                The Parties, in their capacity as shareholders in the Company, shall endeavour to ensure that the terms of any Approved Finance restrict to the least possible extent payment of dividends or distributions to the Company in its capacity as sole shareholder of each Owner. The Parties agree that, in principle, the maximum amount possible of available cash shall be payable to them by way of dividend by the Group Companies each year having regard to:

 

(a)                                  retention in the Group of reasonable amounts of working capital in accordance with prudent business practice; and

 

(b)                                  reasonable provision to cover any contingent requirements for additional finance of the Group (including, in particular, for the maintenance and operation of the Vessels and to meet contingent liabilities under the Transaction Documents to which a Group Company is a party).

 

10                                   Deadlock

 

10.1                         In respect of any Group Company, there is a deadlock if a resolution is proposed at a properly convened meeting of the shareholders or the Board of that Group Company and any of the following occurs:

 

(a)                                  there is no quorum present at the meeting nor is one present at the meeting when it is reconvened following one adjournment (in either case other than as a result of the non-attendance of the proposer of the resolution); and/or

 

(b)                                  the resolution proposed concerns a Reserved Matter and the Absolute Majority required to pass is not achieved.

 

10.2                         Either Party may, within twenty (20) days of a deadlock arising (i) in accordance with Clause 10.1 above (the first day being the day after the scheduled date for the adjourned meeting in the case of paragraph (a) above and the first day being the day after the relevant meeting in the cases of paragraph (b) above), or (ii) in the circumstances set out in Clause 14.2 below, serve notice on the other Party (a Deadlock Notice) ;

 

(a)                                  stating that in its opinion a deadlock has occurred; and

 

(b)                                  identifying the matter giving rise to the deadlock.

 

10.3                         The Parties undertake that, after service of a Deadlock Notice in accordance with Clause 10.2, they shall use all reasonable endeavours in good faith to resolve the dispute within ten (10) days of the date of receipt of the Deadlock Notice (the Consensual Resolution Period), including the prompt submission of the relevant dispute to the chief executive or managing director of each of the Parties for their resolution within the Consensual Resolution Period.

 

15



 

10.4                         If such a deadlock is not resolved within the Consensual Resolution Period, then either Party may terminate this Agreement by serving a Termination Notice in accordance with Clause 15.1 below.

 

11                                   Default

 

11.1                         If:

 

(a)                                  a Party (the affected Party) is unable, or admits its inability, to pay its debts as they fall due; or

 

(b)                                  a moratorium is declared in respect of any of the indebtedness of an affected Party; or

 

(c)                                   any action, proceedings, procedure or step is taken in relation to:

 

(i)                                      the suspension of payments, winding up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (other than a solvent reorganisation) of an affected Party; or

 

(ii)                                   the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator or other similar officer in respect of an affected Party or its assets,

 

the other Party shall have the option (but not the obligation) to purchase the Shares of the affected Party on the terms and in accordance with the provisions set out in Clause 11.3 below.

 

11.2                         If a Party (the defaulting Party) is in breach of any of its payment obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, a failure to make a Shareholder Contribution in a timely manner or at all) and fails to remedy such breach within fifteen (15) days of receipt of a written request from the other Party (the non-defaulting Party) to do so stating the nature of the breach and that the defaulting Party is in default under this Agreement (a Default Notice), the non-defaulting Party shall have the option:

 

(a)                                  to make the unpaid payment on the defaulting Party’s behalf on such terms as it shall deem appropriate without prejudice to the provisions of Clauses 5.8 and 5.11; and/or

 

(b)                                  to purchase the Shares of the defaulting Party on the terms and in accordance with the provisions of Clause 11.3, exercisable by notice in writing within a further period of thirty (30) days after the date of the Default Notice.

 

11.3                         In the circumstances contemplated in Clauses 11.1 and 11.2 above, the following provisions shall apply:

 

(a)                                  the transfer of Shares to the other Party (in the case of Clause 11.1) or non-defaulting Party (in the case of Clause 11.2) shall be effected in accordance with the provisions of Clause 16;

 

(b)                                  simultaneously with completion of the transfer of the Shares in accordance with Clause 11.3(a), the transferor of the Shares shall be entitled to receive an amount (paid in accordance with this clause) calculated in accordance with the following formula (the Exit Amount) :

 

([W less X less Y less Z] x Share proportion x 0.8) less C

 

16



 

For the purposes of the above formula:

 

Share proportion means the percentage of total issued Shares held by the transferor

 

W                                    means an amount equal to the aggregate Minimum Market Value of the Vessels, positive cash on the Group’s accounts and the book value of any other assets of the Group.

 

X                                       means an amount equal to the Group’s liabilities including, for the avoidance of doubt, the amount that is outstanding in respect of the Approved Finance which is attributable to or assigned to the Group and mark-to-market adjustments related to financial instruments associated with the Approved Finance but excluding aggregate amounts outstanding to the Parties by a Group Company under Shareholder Loans.

 

Y                                        means amounts which the transferee has advanced by way of Shareholder Loan on its own behalf in circumstances where the transferor has not advanced amounts under the Shareholder Loan to a Group Company.

 

Z                                        means the amount paid by the transferee on behalf of the transferor pursuant to Clauses 5.8, 5.11 and/or 11.2 and including all interest accrued up to the date thereof.

 

C                                        means the aggregate of all fees, costs and expenses reasonably incurred by the Party which is the transferee of the Shares following a default event as described in Clauses 11.1 and 11.2, including, without limitation, in connection with the restructuring of the Approved Finance and any legal fees reasonably incurred by or imposed on such party in connection therewith.

 

The transferee will pay the Exit Amount (being a positive amount calculated in accordance with the formula or US$1) to the transferor within five (5) Business Days of the completion of the actions set out in (i) and (ii) below of this paragraph. Prior to payment of the Exit Amount, the transferor shall be obliged to (i) transfer its Shares to the transferee, and (ii) assign its rights under the Shareholder Loans made by the transferor to the transferee in a form reasonably required by the transferee, following which all debt (whether in form of cash or loan) of any Group Company to the transferor shall be immediately extinguished and each Group Company shall thereafter owe 100% of such debt to the transferee. The transferee shall procure that this is properly recorded in each Group Company’s books and accounts.

 

Any dividends that have declared but have not been paid to the transferor will be deemed to be paid to the transferor as part of the Exit Amount at the time of the above transfer of Shares and the transferor shall have no further rights against any Group Company in respect of such dividends. Upon completion of the process the transferor will lose the right to any future dividends that have not been declared.

 

Upon completion of the transfer of Shares, the transferor shall be deemed to have irrevocably waived all claims against the Company.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding the aforementioned provisions of this Clause 11.3, the Parties agree to act in good faith and in a timely manner to ensure that all necessary steps are taken and consents obtained with regard to arrangements in place in respect of the Approved Finance and any Shareholder Contributions (in the form of Shareholder Loans) to be

 

17


 

restructured or refinanced (as appropriate) such that the Party holding all the Shares in the Company (as a result of the circumstances set out in this Clause 11.3) becomes solely responsible for the Approved Finance and/or the Shareholder Contributions with effect from the date when the transfer of the totality of the Shares in the Company to that other or non-defaulting Party is completed. The non-defaulting Party agrees to indemnify the defaulting Party against any proven loss or damage suffered or incurred by the defaulting Party and arising from events or circumstances following the payment of the Exit Amount and the transfer of the defaulting Party’s Shares in accordance with Clause 11.2 in relation to the operation of the Group and/or in connection with the Approved Finance during the period from the transfer of the defaulting Party’s Shares until the defaulting Party is released from its obligations under the Approved Finance.

 

11.4                         None of the foregoing provisions of this Clause 11 shall be construed, or operate as a waiver of the rights of a Party to claim compensation for any loss suffered or incurred by that Party as a consequence of a breach of this Agreement by the other Party and whether that loss is suffered or incurred before or after such a termination.

 

11.5                         Without prejudice to the rights and obligations expressed in this Clause 11 (which shall survive termination), this Agreement shall be terminated immediately upon the occurrence of (i) the circumstances set out in Clauses 11.1(a), (b) and (c) and/or (ii) the payment of the Exit Amount and the transfer of the defaulting Party’s Shares in accordance with Clause 11.2 following the exercise by the non-defaulting Party of the option in accordance with Clause 11.2(b).

 

12                                   Total Loss of a Vessel/Rescission of Shipbuilding Contract Prior to Delivery

 

12.1                         If, prior to Delivery, a Vessel is or becomes Total Loss or the Parties decide to cancel or rescind a Shipbuilding Contract in accordance with its terms and the Parties decide to claim a refund of the aggregate amount of the Contract Instalments paid to the Builder under the relevant Shipbuilding Contract (together with interest thereon) or the Lender so directs the relevant Owner, the relevant Owner shall, if and to the extent that the Builder fails to refund the same, demand payment of the relevant amount under the refund guarantee issued pursuant to the relevant Shipbuilding Contract and shall apply the same in or towards repayment of the outstanding indebtedness to the Lender in respect of, or attributable to, the relevant Vessel and/or the relevant Owner under the Approved Finance.

 

12.2                         If and to the extent that following the application of moneys as provided in Clause 12.1 any amounts specifically attributable to or owing in respect of the relevant Vessel and/or the relevant Owner remain owing to the Lender, both Parties agree to make further Shareholder Contributions on a 50:50 basis to the Company to meet that shortfall. In circumstances where any shortfall occurs, the Parties agree that each Party shall pay to the other Party, simultaneously with the payment of any further Shareholder Contributions in accordance with this Clause, any sums paid by that other Party on its behalf in respect of the relevant Vessel and/or the relevant Owner pursuant to Clauses 5.8, 5.11 and/or 11.2 and interest accrued up to the date thereof;

 

12.3                         If and to the extent that after the application of moneys as provided in Clause 12.1 there is any surplus remaining, this shall be applied in or towards repayment of the Shareholder Contributions (if any) provided that where the aggregate of one Party’s Shareholder Contribution(s) ( Party A) exceeds its shareholding proportion of total

 

18



 

Shareholder Contribution(s) (such excess amount hereinafter referred to as the Excess Contribution), the Excess Contribution shall be paid first to Party A and the remaining balance thereafter distributed to the Parties in proportion to their shareholding.

 

13                                   Total Loss of a Vessel following Delivery

 

13.1                         If, following Delivery of a Vessel to an Owner, that Vessel is or becomes a Total Loss:

 

(a)          the insurance proceeds in respect of that Total Loss paid to the Owner shall be applied in or towards repayment of the outstanding indebtedness to the Lender in respect of, or attributable to, the Vessel and/or the relevant Owner under the Approved Finance;

 

(b)          if any amounts owing to the Lender in respect of, or attributable to, the Vessel and/or the Owner under the Approved Finance, remain outstanding following the application of the insurance proceeds as contemplated in Clause 13.1(a) above, both Parties agree and undertake to make further Shareholder Contributions to the Owner on a 50:50 basis to meet that shortfall. In circumstances where any shortfall occurs, the Parties agree that each Party shall pay to the other Party, simultaneously with the payment of any further Shareholder Contributions in accordance with this clause, any sums paid by that other Party on its behalf in respect of the relevant Vessel and/or its Owner pursuant to Clauses 5.8, 5.11 and/or 11.2 and interest accrued up to the date thereof;

 

(c)           any surplus remaining following the application of the insurance proceeds as contemplated in Clause 13.1(a) above shall be applied in or towards repayment of the Shareholder Contributions (if any) provided that where the aggregate of one Party’s Shareholder Contribution(s)  (Party A) exceeds its shareholding proportion of total Shareholder Contribution(s) (such excess amount hereinafter referred to as the Excess Contribution), the Excess Contribution shall be paid first to Party A and the remaining balance thereafter distributed to the Parties in proportion to their shareholding; and

 

(d)          upon the application of any surplus in accordance with the provisions of Clause 13.1(c) above, the Owner of that Vessel shall be wound up (unless otherwise agreed by the Parties).

 

14                                   Sale and Purchase of Vessels

 

14.1                         An Owner shall not be entitled to sell its right, title and interest in and to its Vessel or its Shipbuilding Contract (as the case may be) without the consent of both Parties to be expressed in the form of a unanimous resolution of the Board of the Owner.

 

14.2                         If such consent is not given by both Parties, this shall constitute a deadlock and either Party shall thereafter be entitled to serve a Deadlock Notice on the other Party in accordance with the provisions of Clause 10.2.

 

14.3                         If such consent is given then:

 

(a)          the Parties shall take or procure that the Owner shall take all steps necessary for the sale of its Vessel at an agreed price provided always that either Party shall have the right to acquire the relevant Vessel at the same price offered by any third party. If both Parties wish to acquire the relevant Vessel, then the Parties agree that they shall negotiate in good faith for a period of ten

 

19



 

(10) days making offers and counter-offers on an open basis for a price higher than the price offered by the third party;

 

(b)          the Owner shall apply the full amount of the proceeds of such sale in or towards repayment of all outstanding indebtedness due to the Lender in respect of, or attributable to, that Vessel and/or the Owner under the Approved Finance;

 

(c)           if, following the application of the sale proceeds as contemplated in Clause 14.3(b) above, any amounts remain owing to the Lender in respect of, or which are attributable to, that Vessel and/or the Owner under the Approved Finance, both Parties agree and undertake to make further Shareholder Contributions to the Owner on a 50:50 basis to meet that shortfall. In circumstances where any shortfall occurs, the Parties agree that each Party shall pay to the other Party, simultaneously with the payment of any further Shareholder Contributions in accordance with this clause, any sums paid by that other Party on its behalf in respect of the relevant Vessel and/or its Owner pursuant to Clauses 5.8, 5.11 and/or 11.2 and all interest accrued up to the date thereof;

 

(d)          any surplus remaining following the application of the sale proceeds as contemplated in Clause 14.3(b) above shall to the extent permitted by the Lender be applied in or towards repayment of the Shareholder Contributions (if any) in accordance with Clause 13.1(c); and

 

(e)           upon the application of any surplus in accordance with the provisions of Clause 14.3(d) above, the Owner shall be wound up (unless otherwise agreed by the Parties),

 

15                                   Termination

 

15.1                         If:

 

(a)          any deadlock cannot be resolved in the manner contemplated by Clause 10.3 within the Consensual Resolution Period; or

 

(b)          either Party wishes to terminate this Agreement (but not prior to three (3) years from the Delivery Date of Vessel C) (and such Party is not, at such time, in default of its obligations under this Agreement (whether or not a Default Notice has been issued by the other Party in accordance with the provisions of Clause 11.2 in which situation the provisions of Clause 11.3 shall apply)),

 

then either Party (in the case of a deadlock) or that Party (in the case of a voluntary termination, but not prior to three (3) years from the Delivery Date of Vessel C) may serve a termination notice (a Termination Notice) on the other Party.

 

15.2                         Within ten (10) days after a Termination Notice is served, the Vessels then remaining under the ownership of the Group Companies prior to or following Delivery shall be offered for sale subject to each Vessel’s charter and trading commitments to the Parties in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 15.2 for a minimum market value (taking into account each Vessel’s charter and trading commitments) as determined by the average of the valuations received from the Approved Brokers and notified to the Parties in writing within three (3) days of the date of the Termination Notice (the Minimum Market Value). The sale of each Vessel shall be dealt with as follows:

 

20



 

(a)          each Party shall have seven (7) days from the date of determination of the Minimum Market Value (being the date on which the final quotation is received from the Approved Brokers) in which to advise the other Party in writing whether it wishes to purchase the Vessel at the Minimum Market Value provided always that Vitol shall always have a right of first offer to acquire any Vessel which is subject to a Mansel Time Charter as at the date of the Termination Notice (whether or not such Vessel is delivered under the relevant Shipbuilding Contract at the time) at the Minimum Market Value. If neither Party notifies the other of its wish to purchase the Vessel within such timeframe, their right to purchase the Vessel under this Clause 15.2(a) shall be deemed to have lapsed;

 

(b)          if one (1) Party only wishes to purchase the Vessel at the Minimum Market Value (and has notified the other Party in writing accordingly within the timeframe set out in Clause 15.2(a) above) then, promptly following such notification, each of the Parties shall procure that the Vessel is sold to the notifying Party (or its nominee) upon payment of the Minimum Market Value to the Owner;

 

(c)           if neither Party wishes to purchase the Vessel at the Minimum Market Value (or their right to purchase the Vessel lapses in accordance with Clause 15.2(a) above) then the Parties shall procure that the Vessel is offered for sale by the Owner, through one of the Approved Brokers, to bona fide third parties provided that, in respect of a Vessel which is subject to a Mansel Time Charter, Vitol shall have the right to acquire the Vessel for the same price offered by a third party following the Vessel’s marketing through an Approved Broker;

 

(d)          subject to Vitol’s rights under Clause 15.2(a) in respect of a Vessel which is subject to a Mansel Time Charter as at the date of the Termination Notice, if both Parties wish to purchase the Vessel at the Minimum Market Value (and both have notified the other accordingly within the timeframe set out in Clause 15.2(a) above), then the Parties agree that they shall negotiate in good faith for a period of ten (10) days making offers and counter-offers on an open basis for a price higher than the Minimum Market Value. In the event that no agreement can be reached at the end of the ten (10) day negotiation period, then the Parties shall procure that the Vessel is offered for sale by the Owner, through one of the Approved Brokers, to bona fide third parties.

 

15.3                         The provisions of Clauses 14.3(b) to 14.3(d) shall apply to the sale of each Vessel.

 

15.4                         In connection with the sale of a Vessel pursuant to Clause 15.2, the Parties hereby agree to promptly (i) procure a resolution of the relevant Owner’s Board in favour of the sale, (ii) pass a shareholders’ resolution of the Company in favour of the sale, and (iii) otherwise co-operate so as to ensure the prompt completion of the delivery of each Vessel to the new owners.

 

15.5                         If, at the time a Termination Notice is served under Clause 15.1, there are Vessels which remain under construction under the Shipbuilding Contracts, the Parties shall co-operate to agree the terms of any novation agreement between each relevant Owner, the Builder and the entity which has acquired the relevant Vessel under construction.

 

15.6                         Upon receipt of the net proceeds of sale of each Vessel under Clause 15.2, the Parties shall promptly procure the following:

 

21



 

(a)          the rationalisation of each Owner’s accounts and the settlement of any outstanding third party liabilities of each Owner;

 

(b)          the remaining funds shall be applied as follows:

 

(i)              first, in settlement of any outstanding third party liabilities of the Company or of any Owner in circumstances where the net proceeds of sale of the relevant Vessel were insufficient to meet the outstanding third party liabilities. Both Parties agree and undertake to make further Shareholder Contributions on a 50:50 basis to meet any shortfall arising as part of this settlement process;

 

(ii)           second, as dividends to the Parties up to the amount that ensures any Excess Contribution amounts owed to a Party are settled (to the extent not already settled as at that date) in accordance with Clause 13.1(c) following the application of Clause 15.3 and other Party shall pay to Party A on demand the amount of any Excess Contribution in the event of any shortfall in the Group’s funds arising as part of this settlement process;

 

(iii)        thirdly, in repayment of the Shareholder Contributions in proportion to the amounts contributed by each of the Parties; and

 

(iv)       fourthly, any remaining amount to be divided between the Parties on a 50:50 basis.

 

(c)           following the distribution of all remaining funds in accordance with Clause 15.6(b) or the settlement of all outstanding liabilities of a Group Company in circumstances where no excess funds are available for distribution in accordance with Clause 15.6(b), the Parties shall wind up each Group Company.

 

15.7                         Following completion of the process set out in Clause 15.6 for all of the Vessels and the Group Companies, this Agreement (and the joint venture contemplated herein) shall terminate with neither Party owing any further obligations to the other Party save for such as have already fallen due for performance or payment at that time.

 

16                                   Transfer of Shares/Vessels

 

16.1                         Save as expressly provided in this Agreement no Party shall transfer, grant any security interest over, or otherwise dispose of or give any person any rights in or over, any share or interest in any share in a Group Company unless it is agreed in writing by the other Party,

 

16.2                         Subject to Clause 16.1, a Party transferring its Shares shall:

 

(a)          transfer such shares with full title guarantee and free from all encumbrances, save for any encumbrances under any Approved Finance;

 

(b)          execute such stock transfer forms and any other documents which may be necessary to effect the transfer of all legal and beneficial title in such shares to the transferee;

 

(c)           promptly deliver to the transferee any and all Share Certificates in respect of the transferred shares, and

 

(d)          procure the resignation of any Directors appointed by the transferor party.

 

22


 

16.3                         Where an Owner is selling a Vessel to a Party (or its nominee) in accordance with this Agreement, the Parties shall procure that all documents (including, without limitation, a bill of sale) are executed by the Owner and all steps taken in order to effect the transfer of title in such Vessel to such Party (or its nominee) on an “as is where is” basis in such manner as to enable the Vessel to be registered in the name of the new owner.

 

17                                   Parties Duties to Each Other

 

17.1                         The Parties undertake with each other to exercise their rights as shareholders in a manner consistent with this Agreement and so as to ensure that each Group Company fully and promptly observes, performs and complies with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein.

 

18                                   Without prejudice to the express rights of the Parties under this Agreement, following Completion, each Party shall use its reasonable endeavours to promote and develop the business of each Group Company to the best advantage of each Group Company.

 

19                                   Confidentiality

 

19.1                         Each Party will (and will procure that any director appointed by it hereunder, any employee, adviser, agent or representative will) keep confidential and will not disclose to any person:

 

19.1.1               the details of this Agreement, the details of the negotiations leading to this Agreement, and the information handed over to such Party during the course of negotiations, as well as the details of all the transactions or agreements contemplated in this Agreement; and

 

19.1.2               any confidential information relating to the business or the operations and affairs of the Parties and the Group.

 

19.2                         The obligation of confidentiality placed on the Parties in terms of this Clause 19 shall cease to apply in respect of any information which:

 

19.2.1               is or becomes generally available to the public other than by the negligence or default of any Party or by the breach of this Agreement;

 

19.2.2               has lawfully become known by or come into the possession of any Party on a non-confidential basis from a source other than any other Party, having the legal right to disclose same;

 

19.2.3               is disclosed pursuant to a requirement or request from any applicable regulatory authority, recognised stock exchange, or by operation of law, regulation or court order, to the extent of compliance with such requirement or request only and not for any other purpose.

 

19.3                         Before any public announcement or statement is made by any Party in relation to the Group, the Party issuing such public announcement or statement shall use its best endeavours to (a) provide the other Party, with a written draft of the proposed announcement or statement at least three (3) Business Days before the proposed time of the announcement, and (b) agree the wording and timing of such announcement or statement with the other Party,

 

19.4                         No Party shall be entitled to use by name, or make reference to, the participation of any other Party hereto in the capital of the Company or ownership of the Group,

 

23



 

without the prior written consent of such other Party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

19.5                         Notwithstanding the terms of this Clause 19, the Parties may disclose any information which they would otherwise be prohibited from doing so, to their direct and indirect shareholders or investors and the directors, employees, agents, professional advisers or consultants of any such direct or indirect shareholders or investors, to any bona fide prospective shareholders or investors or their professional advisers or consultants, and to any bona fide third party prospective purchasers of the shares held by them, provided that any such Party procures that any such recipient is bound to substantially the same obligations of confidentiality contained therein.

 

19.6                         The provisions of this Clause 19 shall continue in force notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement for any reason

 

20                                   Representations and Warranties

 

20.1                         On the date of this Agreement and (to the extent applicable) thereafter on each day on which this Agreement remains in full force and effect, each Party represents and warrants to the other Party that:

 

(a)                        it is a company duly organised, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated and has perpetual corporate existence and the capacity to sue or be sued in its own name, and has the power to own the property and assets that it presently owns and to continue to conduct the business it presently conducts;

 

(b)                        it has power to enter into and perform this Agreement and has taken all necessary corporate and other action required to authorise the execution and delivery of this Agreement and its performance according to its terms;

 

(c)                         the execution and delivery of this Agreement and its performance according to its terms do not and will not:-

 

(i)                                      contravene the constitutional documents of that Party;

 

(ii)                                   violate any law to which that Party is subject;

 

(iii)           result in a breach of, or default under, any agreement, instrument or arrangement to which that Party is a party or which is binding upon that Party or any of its assets.

 

21                                   Waiver

 

No exercise or failure to exercise or delay in exercising any right, power or remedy vested in any Party under or pursuant to this Agreement shall constitute a waiver by that Party of that or any other right, power or remedy.

 

22                                   Costs

 

Each Party shall bear its own costs of or in connection with the preparation, execution and implementation of this Agreement.

 

23                                   Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption

 

23.1                         The Parties shall each do all that is necessary and within their respective power and control to ensure that a Group Company will not at any time offer, promise, give or receive any improper financial payment and/or other improper advantage to

 

24



 

or from any person, customer or supplier (whether a public official or otherwise) with the intention of influencing them and obtaining or retaining an advantage in the conduct of the business of the Group.

 

23.2                         In order to promote the achievement of the objectives set out in clause 23.1, the Company shall:

 

23.2.1               adopt, apply and monitor an appropriate anti-bribery and anti-corruption policy (the Policy), that takes into account all laws applicable to the Group and includes adequate procedures designed to prevent the behaviours referred to in this Clause 23;

 

23.2.2               maintain an appropriate process for employees to report, anonymously if desired, instances of bribery, corruption or fraudulent practices;

 

23.2.3               ensure that its employees are aware of and understand the Policy and the processes; and

 

23.2.4               ensure that reports are regularly presented to the Parties on the application and monitoring of the Policy and any reported incident.

 

24                                   Assignment

 

Neither of the Parties may without the prior written consent of the other (or except as herein expressly provided) assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement.

 

25                                   Third Party Rights

 

A person or entity which is not a party to this Agreement may not enforce or otherwise have the benefit of any provision of this Agreement under the Contract (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

26                                   Severability

 

If any provision of this Agreement is or subsequently becomes void, unenforceable or illegal, that shall not affect the validity, enforceability or legality of the other provisions of this Agreement.

 

27                                   Entire Agreement

 

This Agreement (together with all agreements and documents executed contemporaneously with it or referred to in it) constitutes a restatement of the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to its subject matter, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, whether oral or written, with respect to such subject matter.

 

28                                   Supremacy of Agreement

 

In case of any inconsistency or conflict between any provision of this Agreement and any provision of the Articles or any of the other constitutional documents of a Group Company, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

 

29                                   Notices, etc

 

29.1                         Any notice or other communication hereunder (a Communication) shall be in the English language and be sent by letter or facsimile transmission addressed as follows (or as the intended recipient shall have notified the sender in accordance with this Clause 29):

 

25



 

(a)

if to Vitol:

 

 

 

C/o Vitol Services Limited

 

Belgrave House 6 th  Floor

 

Buckingham Palace Road

 

London SW1W 9TQ

 

 

 

Tel:

+ 44 20 7973 4200

 

 

 

Email:

xtcops@vitol.com

 

 

 

Attn:

Time Charter Operations

 

 

(b)

if to Grindrod

 

 

 

200 Cantonment Road

 

#03-01 Southpoint

 

Singapore 089763

 

 

 

Tel:

+ 65 6323 0048

 

 

 

Fax:

+ 65 6323 0046

 

 

 

Attn:

Hugh Scheffer/Hilton Stroebel

 

29.2                         Any Communication shall be deemed to have been delivered seven (7) days after having been sent by post, prepared and addressed as required by Clause 29.1. in the case of a facsimile transmission, delivery shall be deemed to have occurred at the time of completion of transmission thereof (as evidenced by error free transmission or answer-back slip), provided that it is received within normal working hours in the country of the addressee, if not, it shall be deemed received on the next following business day in such country.

 

30                                   No Partnership

 

Nothing in this Agreement shall constitute or be deemed to constitute a partnership between the Parties hereto and neither of them shall have any authority to bind the other in any way.

 

31                                   Variation and Counterparts

 

31.1                         No variation of this Agreement shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by or on behalf of both Parties.

 

31.2                         This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same agreement.

 

32                                   Consequential Loss

 

Neither Party shall in any circumstances be liable to the other Party for any special, indirect or consequential loss, including any loss of profit, loss of revenue, loss of use or loss of contract arising out of a breach of any of the terms of this Agreement, including without limitation any breach of any representation or warranty contained in this Agreement.

 

26



 

33                                   The Company as Party

 

The Company agrees and acknowledges the terms of this Agreement and agrees to comply with its terms at all times.

 

34                                   Governing Law and Jurisdiction

 

34.1                         This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England and the Parties irrevocably agree that the courts of England are to have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any disputes which may arise out of or in connection with this Agreement, and that accordingly any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (in this Clause 34 referred to as Proceedings ) may be brought in such courts and both Parties each hereby irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of such Courts.

 

34.2                         Nothing in this Clause 34 shall limit the right of either Party to take provisional or conservatory Proceedings for the preservation of property, assets or rights or to take Proceedings enforce any award or judgement, nor shall the taking of such Proceedings in one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of Proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not.

 

34.3                         Vitol irrevocably appoints Vitol Services Limited, at its registered office for the time being, presently at Belgrave House 6 th  Floor, 76 Buckingham Palace Road, London SW1W 9TQ, to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts.

 

34.4                         Grindrod irrevocably appoints Grindrod Shipping (UK) Limited, at its registered office for the time being, presently at 8 th  Floor, St Magnus House, 3 Lower Thames St, London EC3R 6HA, to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts.

 

27


 

Schedule 1: Reserved Matters

 

1                                          Altering the Articles or By-Laws of any Group Company;

 

2                                          Increasing or consolidating or sub-dividing or reducing or redeeming the authorised share capital of any Group Company or creating any other equity interest;

 

3                                          Transferring any shares in any Group Company to any third party;

 

4                                          Pledge the shares of a Group Company or otherwise encumber same;

 

5                                          Cessation of the business of any Group Company;

 

6                                          Mergers or joint ventures involving any Group Company;

 

7                                          Altering any Group Company’s name;

 

8                                          Formation of subsidiaries and/or acquisition of shares and/or investments by any Group Company in any third party entity;

 

9                                          New types of business;

 

10                                   The Approved Finance (and any arrangements or amendments relating thereto);

 

11                                   Entering into any loans or debt securities including bonds or other similar instruments proposed to be entered into by any Group Company;

 

12                                   Contracting for, or increasing the loan facility to be entered into by the Owners (or any of them) for the finance of the acquisition of the relevant Vessels (or any of them) on terms where the entire debt service is secured (in the case of each Vessel) other than by (a) a first preferred mortgage on that Vessel, and (b) an assignment of insurances, earnings and requisition compensation of that Vessel;

 

13                                   A declaration of dividends by any Group Company;

 

14                                   Any Shareholder Contribution other than a Pre-Delivery Contribution;

 

15                                   Entering into, amending, varying or terminating any Transaction Document, Shipbuilding Contract (including the relevant specification), pre delivery or post delivery finance with respect to any of the Vessels and (subject to Clause 6) in respect of the technical management agreements for the Vessels;

 

16                                   The granting of credit by any Group Company to a third party, other than in the ordinary course of business;

 

17                                   Payments by any Group Company to Directors (other than in respect of reimbursement of travelling and accommodation expenses incurred in attending Board meetings);

 

18                                   The incurring of capital expenditures by any Group Company in excess of that Group Company’s then available cash;

 

19                                   Changes to the accounting periods of any Group Company and in any of its accounting policies;

 

20                                   The defence, pursuit, appeal or settlement of claims or legal action against or by any Group Company, unless in the ordinary course of business and for amounts less than USD250,000;

 

28



 

21                                   The taking of any steps to wind-up any Group Company or to appoint an administrator or receiver of all or any part of the business, or taking any steps to protect any Group Company against its creditors generally;

 

22                                   Acquisition or disposal of assets by any Group Company;

 

23                                   The formation and membership of any Board committee;

 

24                                   Any transaction to be entered into which is not on an arm’s length basis;

 

25                                   The time or bareboat chartering in or out of any Vessel for a period exceeding one (1) year save for the Mansel Time Charters;

 

26                                   Any change to the identity of and the terms of appointment of the Approved Commercial Manager;

 

27                                   Appointment of the technical manager subject to the provisions of Clause 6;

 

28                                   Insurances in relation to the ownership and/or commercial operation of the Vessel.

 

29



 

Schedule 2: The Company and the Owners

 

1                                          The Company means Leopard Tankers Pte. Ltd., a company incorporated in Singapore, with registered office at 260 Orchard Road, The Heeren #13-01, Singapore 238855;

 

2                                          Owner A means Leopard Moon Shipping Pte. Ltd., a company incorporated in Singapore, with registered office at 260 Orchard Road, The Heeren #13-01, Singapore 238855;

 

3                                          Owner B means Leopard Star Shipping Pte. Ltd., a company incorporated in Singapore, with registered office at 260 Orchard Road, The Heeren #13-01, Singapore 238855;

 

4                                          Owner C means Leopard Sea Shipping Pte. Ltd., a company incorporated in the Singapore, with registered office at 260 Orchard Road, The Heeren #13-01, Singapore 238855; and

 

5                                          Owner D means Leopard Sun Shipping Pte. Ltd., a company incorporated in Singapore with registered office at 260 Orchard Road, The Heeren #13-01, Singapore 238855.

 

30



 

Schedule 3 : Form of Shareholder Loan Agreement

 

31



 

Schedule 4 : Form of Mansel Time Charter

 

32



 

Schedule 5 : Form of Commercial Management Agreement

 

33


 

Printed by BIMCO's idea \\\ Continued This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 2009 form printed by authority or BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre­ printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the originalBIMCO approved document and this computer generated document 1.Place and date SHIPMAN 200 BIMCO PART of Agreement 2.Date of commencement of Agreement (Cis. z. -Zl and 3. Owners (name,place of registered office and law of registry) (g,J) (i) Name:Leopard Moon Shipping Pte.l,.td (ii) Place of registered office: 60 Or ard Roar!,Tf1!1Heer n.#13..01,Singapore 238855 (iii) Law of registry:Singapore 00 IUI'*i;t .(ill!iifillflfkiot; JiCWU,:11¥1 l fi 6. TechnicalManagement (state "yes" or "no" as agreed) (g...1) No 7. Crew Management (state "yes" or "no'as agreed) (g,j{ill) No B. Commercial Management (state "yes'or "no'as agreed) (Q..m itil9r 'bl!lt.4QOMi(ljlili •tM· ofiP Ml!:4.·· 9. Chartering Services period (only to be filled in if "yes'stated in Jlmi..B) Crew Insurance arrangements (state "yes" or "no" as agreed) In excess of twelve (12) months (i) Crew Insurances':NIA (ii) Insurance for persons proceeding to sea onboard rulliliill: 'only to apply if Crew Management fCI. 5fa)) agreed (see fl1lV} 11.1nsurance arrangements (state "yes• or "no'as agreed) (g.])Optionalinsurances (state optionalinsurance(s) as agreed.such as Nopiracy,kidnap and ransom,loss of hire and FD & D) N/A 13. Interest (state rate of interest to apply after due date to outstanding sums) (g..ruruJ14. Annualmanagement fee (state annual amount) (CI. 12fal) + tw!l ( per cent Two per cent (2%) calculated on all gross income ncluding but not limited to freight. demurrage,damages for detention) received and any miscellanous revenues received arising from or in connection with the employment or operation of the Vessel during the term of this Agreement. 15.Manage(s nominated account (CI.121all USD:Through:Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas N.ew York (Swift Code!aKTRUS33) To:Deutsche Bank AG,London (Swift Code:DEI)IGB2L) Account No:GB50DEUT40508129642802 Account Name:Mansel Ltd 16.Daily rate (slate rate for days in excess of those agreed in budget) llcl...lZll;)) NIA 17.Lay-up period I number of months (C1.12!dll NIA 18.Minimum contract period (state number of months) ( CI. 21!all 19.Management fee on termination (state number of months to apply) except on change of control of the Ownercommissionpayable to the Managers or accrued due or agreed shallremainpayable 20. Severance Costs (state maximum amount) (CI. 22fhl!iil)21. Dispute Resolution (state alternative Cl. 23!al. or zall;l; if Cl. 23!clplace of arbitration NIAmust be stated) 23(a) 22. Notices (state full style contact details for serving notice and communication to the Owners) 23. Notices (state full style contact details for serving notice and communication ID the Managers) (C/.24) 9,.11) a)Vitofc/oManselltd Vito1 Shipping Singapore Pte. Udc/o VitalServices Ltd c/o Vitof Services ltd

 


SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement Printed by SIMCO's idea PART1 (Continued} rt:J! J I. Qj .... .5 5 g i Tel:+44 20 7973 4200 c. :e 1/l ] j 1il l Tel: +65 (6323) 0048 It is mutually agreedbetween the party stated inBox 3 and the party slated in Box 41hatlhis AgreemenlconsisUngof PART Iand PART IIas well as Annexes 'A" (DetailsQfVessel or Vessels), of Gmw), "G'{llud!Jf3l) and,"D" (Associated Vessels) aRd li" (fee !:Ghadule) attached hereto, shall be performed subjectto the conditions containedherein.In the event of a conflict of conditions, the provisions of PART I and Annexes "A",."G!mtil,"0" shall prevail over toose or PART II to the extent of such conflict but no further. Slgnature(s) (Owners) Signature(s) (Managers) Belgrave House 76 Buckingham Palace Road London SW1W9TQ FAO:Time Charter Operations Email: xtcops®vilol.com b) Grindrod c/o Grindrod Shipping Pie.lid 200 Cantonment Road #03·01, Southpoint Singapore 089763 Fax: +65 (6323) 0046 ATI: Hugh Scheffer/ Hilton Stroebel 76 Buckingham Palace Road London SW1W91'Q FAO:Time Charter Operations Tel:+44 20 7973 4200 Email:xtcops®vitol.com

 


Printed by BIMCO's idea ANNEX "A" (DETAILS OF VESSEL OR Vf flS) TO THE BIMCO STANDARD SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT CODE NAME: SHIPMAN 2009 Date of Agreement: Name of Vessel(s): Particulars of Vessel(s): 51,800 DNT class product oil/ chemicaltanker identified with hull no H-4081undar conslruc.tion at SPP Shipbuilding Co.ltd. Continued This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 2009 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre­ printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the originalBIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result or discrepancies between the originalSIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.

 


Printed by BIMCO's idea ... /\NNfX "B" (DHAib£ m: CREW} TO TFIE BIMCO STP,N!;Jl'.R!;J SHIP MANJI,GEMOIT JI,GREEMENT COOt Nft.Mf; £FIIPMAN 2QQ9 Q) Cl 1¥ \\\· Date of "§feemeR · tJelailS.of --N\Imllllf&-."·-··-------Continued This document is a compUicr generated SHIPMAN 2009 form prinled by authority olBJMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the formmust be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre. printed text ofthis document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original SIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility lor any loss, damage orexpense as a resull of discrepancies between the original SIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.

 


Printed by 61MCO's idea l\NNEX "C" (BUOGEB TO THE BIMCO STANDARD SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT CODE NAME: SHIPMAN 2009 t \\\ Qak! af "§reemeAI! Mana rs''inl allllldgel ·illllllleslIF9m1he sammensemefll!late of this •!Jfeemant (see . Continued This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 2009 form printed by authority of BtMCO. Any insenion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre. printed text olthis document which is not clearly visible, the text or the originalBIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a resull of discrepancies between thli original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.

 


Printed by BIMCO's idea ANNEX "D" (ASSDCIAlED VESSElS) TO THE BIMCD STANDARD SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT CODE NAME: SHIPMAN 2009 NOTFj::PARTJ(i$l!iHOIJW BE J\\IIJ/\Rf THAT IW COMPbHING Hlll!i l\NNEX "Q" THEY Wlbb Bf SIJBJfCT TO THE PROVISIO SUB CLil.USE 22(b)(i) OFTHil!i AGR(iEMENT. Date of AgrccmentQate of "greemen Details of Associa.ted VesseJsPelalls Ill "ssesiaJed Vll£sels; 51,800 ONT class product oil/ chemical tanker identified VJith hull no H·4082.under construction at SPP Shipbuilding Co. Ud. 51,800 ONT class prodm;t oil/ chemicaltanker identified with hull no H-1!083 under construction at SPP Shipbuilding Co. Ltd. 51,800 ONT class product oil/ chemicaltanker identified wiih hull no li·4Q84 under epnstruction at SPP Shipbuilding Co. Ltd. This Agremnent is not subject to the provisiO!lS of sub-clause 2Z(b)Q) ofthis Agreement. Continued This document is a computer generated SfiiPMAN 2009 form printedby authority of SIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form mustpe clearly visible. In the cvont of any modification made to the pre· printed text of this document which is not clearly visible,lhetexl'ofthe originalBIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the originalBIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.

 


Printed by BIMCO's idea fl,NNEX "E" FHSCHEDULE) TO THE BJMCO STANDARD SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT CODE NAME: SHIPMAN 2009 c \\\ Continued This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 20091orm printed by authority of SIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to lhe form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to !he pre­ printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the originalBIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.

 


PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement 1. Definitions In this Agreement save where the context otherwise requires, the following words and expressions shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them: 2 3 "Affiliate" means any entity that directly or indirectly controls or is controlled by, or is under common control of any of Vitol SA Geneva, Vitol Inc., Vito! Asia, Vitol Bahrain, Vito! Netherlands, "control" being at least fifty one per cent. (51%) ownership. "Agreed Settlement Level" means a claim: (i) in excess of US0100,000; and (ii) where there is more than a 10% variation on the proposed settlement value against the claim value. The Agreed Settlement Level shall be reviewed and agreed on a quarterly bas.is. 4 "Associated Vessels" means the vessels listed in Annex D to this Agreement. "Business Day" means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for business in London, New York, Singapore and Johannesburg. "Company" (with reference to the ISM Code and the !SPS Code) means the organization identified in or any replacement organization appointed by the Owners from time to time (see Sub-elauseGiaYses Q(e)(i) GF llim !illr wl'lisl=le•<er is applisabl&). ''Cre•N" meaRs tJ:ie perseARel ef tJ:ie AI:Jmeers, raAI{ amlHatieAality SJ3es!fled iA J.\RRex "Q" l:lerete. 5 6 7 "Crew IRsYraAses" meaRs1RsYraRGe ef llaai.litlas iA respe9t ef ere"' risks wJ:tisJ:t sl=tall ir:tsiYde e ;t Ret ee hmlted te deatl=l, J')ermaReRt disa!afRty, tlsltRess,1Fi)Yry,rapatriatieA, sJ:IipwreGI< ,JRerRj:lleymeAt 1FidemAil'f aRe less ef perseRal effeGts (see S ;e ela\;lse §(} (CI'eW IASI:JraAses} aRe Cla ; se 7 (IAsi:JraAse JlrraA€JemeAts} aAd Cla ; se 1Q (IAsi:JraAse Pelisies} <md Bexes 1Q aRd 11k "Crew ai:Jf3f3ert Casts" meaRs all exf}eAses ef a €J9Reral Ratlilre wJ:tisJ:t are Ret f}at=lle ; larly referaele te aRy lAdl"klYaf "9Ssel fer tJ:te time eeiR€J maRaged ey tJ:te MaAagers aml"'Risl'l are 1Rslilrred by tl=le MaAagei'S fer !J:te pYFp9S9 ef prev\dlFJ§ SR effieieRt aRe eGeRemis maf!af:JemeAt sef'w4se aAd, "4tJ:te ot f3F9jbleise te tJ:te Q9Rerality ef tl=le feref:JeiA§, sl=laii)Rslblae tJ:te sest ef srew stafldby pay, trafAiAg ssJ:temes fer eftlsers aRe ratiA€JS, aadet traiAlAg seJ:Iemes, slsk pay, st ; ay 13ay, resr ; itmeAt aAa iAtel'\tfews. 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 "Flag State" meanthe State whose flag the Vessel is flying. 17 "ISM Code" means the InternationalManagement Code for the Safe Operation ofShips and for Pollution Preveotion and any amendment thereto or substitution therefor. 18 19 "ISPS Code" means the International Code for the Security of Ships and Port Facilities and the relevant amendments to Chapter XI of SOLAS and any amendment thereto or substitution therefor. 20 21 "JV Hold Co" means Leopard Tankers Pte. Ltd. 22 "Managers;' means the party identified in · "Management Services" means the services specified in SECTION 2 - Services (Clauses 4 through I) as 23 24 25 indicated affirmatively in Boxes 6 through.!}, 10 and 11. and all other functions performed by the Managers under the terms of this Agreement. "Mansel Time Charter" means the time charter between Managers and the owner of the vessel with hull number H-4081. "Owners" means the party identified in · 26 "Pool Account" has the meaning given to it in the Pool Agreement being an account operated by the Managers in the name of the owners of the Vessel and the Associated Vessels. 27 1

 


PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement "Pool Accounts" means accounts prepared in relation to the Pooling Arrangements. "PooHng Arrangements" means the pooling arrangements pursuant to which the earnings of the Vessel and all of the Associated Vessels shall be pooled and averaged out equally across all ve.ssels with the Vessel and each Associated Vessel having equal weighting as further detailed in the pooling agreement attached at Schedule 1 (the "Pooling Agreement"). "Severance Costs" means the costs which are legally required to be paid to the Crew as a result of the early termination of any contracts for service on the Vessel. 28 29 30 31 "SMS'' means the Safety Management System (as defined by the ISM Code). "STCW 95" means the International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978, as amended in 1995 and any amendment thereto or substitution therefor. "Vessel" means the vessel er "essels details of which are set out in Annex "A" attached hereto. 32 "Vito! Group" means any of Vito! SA Geneva, Vito! Inc., Vito! Asia, Vitol Bahrain and Vitol Netherlands including any subsidiaries or Affiliates of the aforementioned entities. 2.Commencement and Appointment With effect from the date stated inBox 2 for the commencement of the Management Services and continuing 33 34 35 36 unless and until terminated as provided herein, the Owners hereby appoint the Managers and the Managers hereby agree to act as the Managers of the Vessel in respect of the Management Services. The Owners hereby ratify any acts undertaken by the Managers prior to the date stated in Box .2 to assist with the smooth takeover of the Vessel in connection with the Management Services to be performed under this Agreement and as advised to and agreed with the Owners prior to the date of this Agreenwnt. At commencement of this Agreement,the Managers {as charterers} shall pay thirty (30} days charter hire in advance.into the Pool Account. Owners shall not be required to make a contributioninto the PoolAccount at this time to fund the initial Working CapitalBudget (as.defined in the Pooling Agreement attached hereto}. 3. Authority of the Managers Subject to the terms and conditions herein provided, during tile period of this Agreement the Managers shall carry out the Management Services in respect of the Vessel as agents for and on behalf of the Owners. The Managers shall have authority to take such actions as they may from time to time ill their absolute discretion consider to be necessary to enable them to perform the Management Services in accordance with sound ship management practice, including but hot limited to compliance with all relevant rules and regulations. 37 38 39 40 41 42 2

 


PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement 4.--TeGJ:mical Mal'lagement (eR!y awlisai:!Je if ag.<eed asserdJRg te 43 44 45 46 47 48 . . The MaRagers shall f:Jf9Viae teshAica -maRafjemeRt whiGA insluaes, nut is Aet limite€! te, the fullowimf ser ises: (a) ens o riRg that tl=le Vessel sem lies witl:l tl=le reE)t.. iremei'tts ef the law ef the FlafJ State: (b) ens o riRfl semf:Jiianse witl=l tl:le ISM Ceae; 49 50 (s) eRsHring sem liaRse with tl=le ISPS Ceae: (d) pre"ldihg semf:Jelent ersenAel te Sll er'isethe maiRieRaRse aF!e geReral effisieRsy efthe Vessel; 51 52 53 54 55 56 (e) arraRgiRg ami su er lslRg ar:y aesldi=lgs, reflalrs, alteratiens aAa tl=le malAteRaRse ef tJ:le Vessel te the staRaares agreee witl=l the OwRers flreviaee tJ:lat the MaRagers sl:lafl be etltltlea te iRsur the Resessary exfleREllt o r:e te eRsure that the "esse! \'111 semfliY with all reEJlliremeRts aREl resemmeRElatleRs ef tl=le slasslflsatlon sesiety, aRa witl=l the law .ef tl=le Flas State aRe ef the lases where tf:le V ssells reEJuireEf to traGe} (f) arr:aRgiRg the su ply ef Resessary stares, spares aRe lubrisatiRg ol!t (g) a Glntlns suweyers aRe tesf:misal seRsultants as tl=le Manasers may seRsieer frem time te time te be A9G8SSary; 57 58 (h) .. in asseraaRse with tt:le OwAers' lnstrustions, supef1•1s1ng tl:le sale ana pl:lysisalE!elivery of the Vessel uneer the sale agreement. l=le'Ne"er serllises URaer this Sub sla o se 4(1:1) sl:lall neUnslllde Reget1at\en ef the sale agreement er ti'aRsfer ef ewRersl:li!) ef tt:le Vessel; (l) arran§ing fer tl:le SUflf'liY ef revlSleRs unless previaea ay tf:le Ov'flers; aAel {j) arraRging fur tl:le sampling and testiAg ef but=ll<ers 59 60 61 62 63 5.Crew Management and Crew lnsurai'IGe& 64 65 66 67 68 (a) G,r:e·v •..taRagemeRt {eR.'y af)fJ'leai:J!e ifaf!o<eed aeeettllRg te . The MaAagers si:Jall revise sliltably EJUallft;ea Crew Vihe sJ:Iall semply \i/itl:l tl:le reEJuiremei'tts ef STGW 95;, Tl=le pre>J.lstenef sush srew managemeRt ser.•ises incluEies,.but is net limited te, tF!e fe!lewiAS serviees:· (i) 69 70 71 selestlng, enga lng and pravleilR€1 fer the aEimtl=tlstraUeR ef tl=le Crew,1neludln§, as applisaele, J)ayrell arrangements, penslen arrangements, tan, seGlalsesurity sentribtit1ens and etl=ler mandatary Elues relateEI te tl:leir empleyment payable ln et)sl:l Crew member's seuRtry of demlsilet 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 (ii) ens o rlns tl:lat tJ:Ie appllsable reEJuirements ef the law ef tl=le Flag State>ln respest ef rank, EJUaliflsatien and .sertlfisatien ef tl:le Crew and empleymef1t resulat1ef1s, sush as Crew's tax aRd seslai1Rswransa 1are satlsflea; {iii) enswring tF!at all Crew f:\ave J)assea a met:1isal examlriati(:m ufith a EJ Rillfied Elester sertlf :Jn§ tl=lat ti:Jey-are fit fer tJ:Ie4itlos fur wh1sl:l tl:ley are ensaged anel are1R pessessi&A ef valle meelisal sertifiGate&i asseraanGe ·vl\1:1 apprepriat&-Fiag State reEJHiremeRts er such f:llgl=ler staneare ef meaiGal examif1a!ieA as may t:Je agree€! viith tJ:Ie Owners. In the absense ef a plisable Flag State re(lblirements the meEiisal sertiflsate shall be valle at the time 'NJ:len the r:esf)esti"e Grew member arrives en bears tRe Vessel aRd sl:lall be maintaiRea fur the suratieR ef the sePriGe en beare the Vessel (i") eRsurlng tl:lat the Grew sl:lall have a sammen working lang o age ane a semmans ef the english lanswage of a sufftsient stanElare to eRaale them te perferm their duties safelyj ('>') arraA§iR§ traAspertatieA ef1Fie Grew, lAel o aiAf1 repatriatlaA; ("i) tra1Ring ef the Grew: 3

 


PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 (vii) seAauGtiA!':! IJAieA Ae§etiatleAs; aAd ("Iii) lf tl:le MaAa§ers are tl:le CerApaA}', eFJsllrlf!!':J ti:Jat ti:Je Crew, eFJ Jelf!lA!':J tf:Je "esse!, are f!il'eA pn:Jper famlliar:isatieR wltA tAeir dYties 1A relafieA te tl:le Vessel's SMS aAG tl:lat li:lstrlletieAs wJ:licl:l are essential te tl=le aMa are ltleRtlflea, decllmeAted aAd §i"eA te ti=Je Crew prier te salliR!':J. (ix) if tl=le MaRa§ers are-net tl=le CempaAyt (1) eRSIJFiA§ tl=lat the Crew, eefere }einiA!':J tAe Vessel, are given preper famlltar'lsatieR "'itl=t tl=leir Sillies iR relaUon te tl=le ISM Ceee7 and (2) iAstrllctiA!':l tl:le Crew te eeey all reaseFJable eroers sf tl:l.e Cemj,}aAy iA cenAestieA witt:! tl:le e!')eFatieA eftl:le aMa. 92 93 94 95 (x) IMI:Iere f4aRa§ers are net prevldlR!':J technisar maAagemeAt set¥ises iA aseeraaRee witl:l Clallse 4 (Teel=tniealMaAagemeAt);: (1) eASilFiAg !Rat Re fjerseR seAA8Gtea te tl:le IHs"isleA ana tl=le perferrAaAse ef tl=le srew maRagemeAt sen•.ises si=Jall f'II'GGeea te sea eA eeara tl:le "asselwiti=Jeyt tl:la prier seAseAt ef the Owners (sllGI=J sensaRt net te t:Je llnreasenaely witl=thela);.aAe 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 (2) enSilFifl!j tl:lat lAthe aveRt tl=lat the Ov.'flers' erllg ana alsei=Jel pelisy F9E)Ilires mea8YF9S te be taken prier te tAe Crew je1nln€J the Hessel, Jmplamentlng SllGh measllres; (Ia)Crew IASYFaRses (entv apo.'!saB!e if Suh G{ausa (a) asp'IJas and tf agreed aGGSI'f:iiRfJ te. The Mana!jeFS sl:lal! threllghewt tl:la fleFiee ef tAls /l.greement pre\4ae the mllewiflg SOF\'ises! arFaAglA!iJ Crew IAsllFaRces lA ae.seroaaee witA tl=le aest pFastise ef prllEieAt maAagers ef vessels ef a slmllar type te tl:le Vessel,'lAtA seund liiAEI.repwtaele iflsllraRee eempaAtes, uAeeF\vritars e.r asses!atleAs. IAsllraAses fer aAy etl=ler paJ:SaAs presoaein!) te sea eAbearo tl:le Vessel may be sepaFataly agreeEiey tl=te OwAars aREI ti:Je MaAagers (see Bex 1Q) (i) (ii} ensllring that tAo Owner:s are aware eftl'le tef!lls, eenwtieAS, Bl!septiens ana limits ef liae!llly ef tAe insllFanBSS iA ailS slal:lse §(e)A), 108 109 (iii) 110 111 112 113 114 9RSilFing ti=Jat all premillFAS SF Galls ]A respeGt eftl:le iASilranees iA ailS slallS8 §(b)(i) are pais l;Jytl:leii" 009-Gatef if eetalnaele at As aEI ltl'Emal east, aAsuriAg tl=lafl swraAees iA Sua sla : sa §(elm Aama tl=la OwAers as a Jelf:lt assyree witl=l filii sever aRe, llAiess etl:lep,•Ase agrees, sA terms SllBR tl=tat Owners shall be llAEler fl9 tlaeil\ly 1R F8SJ39Bt ef praFAil:lms !?F ealls aFislg iA eenneetln '"titA SllGA iASilFaAses, prevleiAg wrltten evidem::e, te the r:easeAable $at1sfastlA ef tAe OwAers, ef tRe Managers' sempliaAse "'itA tAalrebl1@at1eAs wnElar Sllb clayses §(b)filt aAd wttt:\iR a reasenaele time eftf:le cemmeAsement ef tl:lls "greamaAt, aAd ef eaGA renewal aate aAd,1f speelfisally ra'luesteEI; ·at eaei=J paymeAt data ef tAe iRSilfaAses iA Sllb slallse a(lalS), (i") ('') 115 116 117 118 6. CommercialManagement (only applicable if agreed according to Box 8). The Managers shall provide the following services for the Vessel in accordance with the Owners' instructions, which shall include but not be limited to: 119 120 121 122 123 (a) seeking and negotiating employment fbr the Vessel subject to any limitations and/or restrictions set out in the Mam;;el Time Charter and the conclusion (including the execution thereof) of charter parties or other contracts relating .to the employment of the Vessel. If such a contract exceeds the period stated in Box 9, consent thereto in writing shall first be obtained from the Owners; 124 125 (b) arranging for the provision of bunker fuels of the quality specified by the Owners as required for the Vessel's trade; 126 127 (c) voyage estimating and accounting (including management accounts and Pool Accounts) and calculation of hire, freights, demurrage and/or despatch monies 128 4

 


PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement due from or due to the charterers of the Vessel; asslstiRiR tt.le and collection of any sums due to the Owners related to the commercial operation of the Vessel in accordance with Clause 11 (Income Collected and Expenses Paid on Behalf of Owners) including in-house claims management relating to.the trading and operations of the Vessel, or any of the Management Services relating to the commercial operation of the Vessel and the Management Services under this Agreement where such claims are not to be dealt with by the Owners or the technical managers of the Vessel, the settlement of such claims in excess of the Agreed Settlement Level shall be subject to the prior approval of the owners; If any of the services under Sub-clauses 6(a), §fQ)_ and §.{glare to be excluded from the Management Fee, remuneration 129 130 131 132 133 for these services must be stated in Annex E (Fee Schedule). See Sub-clause 12fel. 134 (d) -issuing voyage instructions, monitoring of voyage performance, speed and use of weather rating services, if deemed necessary by the Managers; -appointing agents and negotiating tug-boat service contracts; {e) 135 136 (f) -appointing stevedores; af\G 137 {g) arranging surveys associated with the commercial operation of the Vessel; (h) arranging the scheduling of the Vessel according to the terms of the Vessel employment; maintaining such records, accounts, statements and supporting vouchers (if any) obtained in connection with the Management Services and making them available on an open.book basis upon reasonable notice, including, but not limited to, any of the foregoing which the Managers deem necessary or advisable in order to comply with any charter or other contract in effect with respect to the Vesselfrom.tlme to time;. (i) (j) Pooling Arrangements; (k) Web platform showing Vessel fixtures (current and historic) and a forward estimate of average time charter equivalent income for the Vessel; (l) Provided that funds are made available by the Owners the Managers shall pay for and on behalf of the Owners all expenses incurred in relation to the Commercial Management of the Vessel or associated expenses which may be incurred, other .expenses relating to the Vessels as advised by the Owners and shall pay from the Pool Account all autho.rised invoices in respect of the Vessel that are necessary for the proper and efficient performance of the Management Services under this Clau$e 6, subject to the terms of this Agreement. 138 139 140 141 142 7. IRsuraRGe "rraRgemeRts (fm!y app11sah!e 1fag:=eeri aeeel'fijRf} te · The MaRa§ers shall arr:aRe iRsl:lraRses iR assersaRse ••;ith Cla ; se 1Q (IFJsl:lraRse Pelisles), aA s1:1eh terms as the Ovmars shall t.lave 1Rstr : .eteEI er at)reeEI, in par:tis1:1lar tefjarEilRfl seRel4!QFJs,insures val1:1es, Eleeuetieles, fraRst.lises aRe limits ef liaellity. 5

 


PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement 143 144 145 146 8. Managers' Obligations (a) The Managers undertake to use their best endeavours to provide the Mc)nagemeht Services as agents for and on behalf of the Owners in accordance with sound commercial ship management practice and to protect and promote the interests of the Owners in all matters relating to the provision of services hereunder. 147 148 149 150 151 152 Provided however, that in the performance of their management responsibilities under this Agreement, the Managers shall be entitled to have regard to their overall responsibility in relation to all vessels as may from time to time be entrusted to their management and in particular, but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Managers shall be entitled to allocate available supplies, manpower and services in such manner as in the prevailing circumstances the Managers in their absolute discretion consider to be fair and reasonable. (b) Where the Ma agers are pFOvlalng teshnisal management servises il'l assereanse with Cla o se 4 (Teshnisal Management), they sJ:lallwes o re that the re{J o lremeAts ef the Flag State are satlsllee ane they sl'lall agree te be appolntee as tl:le Cempan ·. assumiAg the respeAs!Mllly fur the eperatlen ef the 'tessel ana taking ever the <Mies ane respens191ntles impesea ey the ISM Ceee ana the ISPS Cede, lf-applisaele. 153 154 155 156 9. Owners' Obligations (a) The Owners shall pay all sums due to the Managers punctually in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. In the event of payment after the due date of any outstanding sums the Manager shall be entitled to charge interest at the rate stated in Box 13. (b) 1111Aer:e tl:le MaRageFS are pre•4dlng tesl:lRisalmaRagement sewises in assereanGe "'itR Claus13 4 (Tesl:lnisal Management), the OwRers shall! 157 158 159 160 161 162 (i) repert (or wlolere tl:le OWRers are Rot tl:le regtsterea O'NRers ef tf:le Vessel pres o re tlolat tl=le .registeree ewners rei'JOrt) te tl:lo J:=lag State aElmlF!lstratioA the setaits ef tl=le Managers as the Cemflany as Fe{Juirea te semf)ly with the ISM aRd ISPS Cedes: 163 164 165 (ii) f)res o re that any effisers aAd ratiAgs sHpplied ay tl=lem er OR their eehalf semply ·Nitl=l ti:le req o irements of STClJIJ 95;.aRa 166 167 {iii) iAstrust swsh effisers aAa raiii'lgs te obey all reaseRaale ertleFS efti:leMaRagers (iA tl:leir sapasity as the Company) iA senRestien \;iltl=l tRe eperatien of tl'le Managers' safety maAagerneAt system; 168 169 170 171 (c) Where the Managers are not providing technicalmanagement services in accordance with Clause 4 (Technical Management), the Owners shall: (i) procure that the requirements of theFlag.State are satisfied and notify the Managers upon execution of this Agreement of the name and contact details of the organization that will be the Company by completing Box 5; 172 173 174 (ii)if the Company changes at any time during this Agreement, notify the Managers in a timely manner of the name and contact details of the new organization; 175 176 (iii) procure that the details of the Company, including any change thereof, ate reported to the Flag State administration as required to comply withlhe ISM and ISPS Codes. The Owners shall advise the Managers in a timely manner when the Flag State admini$tration has approved the Company; and 177 178 179 (iv) unless otherwise agreed, arrange for the supply of provisions at their own expense. 180 (d) IAJI:lere tl:le MaRagers are tJrevldl'ng srew maAagemeRt ser<ises il'l assereanse "'ith SIJG-clayse a(a) tl=ie Owners shallt 181 182 (i) 183 184 185 186 iAferm tfle MaAa§ers prier te ereering tRe Vessel te aAy eJEsl o Elea er aaaitienal premi1:1m area I:IRE!er any ef tl:le Ov<flers' IAsblranses B}' reaseR etv ar risJ(s aAElfer f)iraey or llke perils ane 13ay urJ:latever aaeitiona1 sests may J3repeFly be IAslolrrea ey ti:Je Managers as a sensequense ef sush eraers insl o alng, if nesessary, tl:le sests ef r:eplaslng any member ef tAe CreWrAA)' delays resulting frern Aegetlatkm 6

 


PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement witR er replasemeRt ef any member ef tt:le Grew as a resi:Jlt ef tt:le Vessell:lel'ng er:aerea te S\:IGR an area st:lalll:le fer the Ovmers' asse :Ant. She :Ia the "essellae vilthffi aR are;3 wAlsh eesemes aR exsl : aea er adaltlenal premil:lm area iRe abe te pr:evisionEHelatil'lg te sestanl'I.Eielay shall apply; 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 (ii) a§ree with tAe MaRa§eFS flFier te any shan§e ef flag ef the Vessel aRe J:l8Y Whatever aEialtlbnak:lests may preflerly be1n61Jrrea l:ly tt:le Mai'Jagers as a senseq : ense ef sl:lsh siJan§e. If a!;)reement saRRet l:le r.east:lea theA eltt:ler j3arty may terminate this 'l,!;)reemeint in asseraanse ·.vitA S :a sla : se 221e)ana (iii) flFevlEie, at Re sest te tt:le ltaRa!;)ers,1n asseraaJ'lse witl:i the req : irements ef tt:le law ef the Fla!;) State, or Rl§her stanEiar€1, as m : t o ally agrees, aaeq o ate Cre"' assemmeeatien amillvln§ stanaar9s. (e) Where the Managers are not the Company, the Owners shall ensure that Crew are properly ff.lmiliarised with their duties in accordance with the Vessel's SMS and that instructions which are essential to the SMS are identified, documented and given to the Crew prior to sailing. 7

 


PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement 10. Insurance Policies The Owners shall procure, wl=letl=ler by fnstrYGtlR!iJ tl=le MaRagers YREier Clause 7 (IR6llranee /\rrangernents) Gf.{)theiWise,that throughout the period of this Agreement: 198 199 200 (a) at the Owners' expense, the Vessel is insured for not less than its sound market value or entered for its full gross tonnage, as the case may be for: 201 202 (i) hull and machinery marine risks (including but not limited to crew negligence) and excess liabilities; 203 (ii) protection and indemnity risks (including but not limited to pollution risks, diversion expenses and, except to the extent insured separately by the Managers in accordance wlth Sub-clause 5(b)(i), Crew Insurances; 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 NOTE: If the Managers are not providing crew management services under Subcclause 5fal (Crew Management) or have agreed not to provide Crew Insurances separately in accordance with Sub-clause QfQJ1jJ, then such insurances must be included in the protection and indemnity risks cover for the Vessel (see Sub-clause 10(aJO/) above). (iii) war risks (including but not limited to blocking and trapping, protection and indemnity, terrorism and crew risks); and 211 212 (iv) such optional insurances as may be agreed (such as piracy, kidnap and ransom, loss of hire and FD & D) (see Box 12) 213 214 Sub-clauses 10lal!i) through 10lalliv) all in accordance with the best practice of prudent owners of vessels 215 216 217 of a similar type to the Vessel, with sound and reputable insurance companies, underwriters or associations ("the owners' lnsurances"): (b) all premiums and calls on the Owners'1nsurances are paid by their due date; 218 (c) the Owners' Insurances name the Managers and, subject to underwriters'' agreement, any thlrd party designated by the Managers as a joint assured, with full cover.It is ,understood that in some cases, such as protection and indemnity, the normalterms for such cover may impose on the Managers and any such third party a liability in respect of premiums or calls arising in connection with the Owners' Insurances. 219 220 221 222 If obtainable at no additional cost, however, the Owners shall procure such insurances on terms such that neither the Managers nor any such third party shall be under any liability in respect of premiums or calls arising in connection with the Owners' Insurances. In any event, on tl:lrrnination of this A9reement in accordance with Clause 21 (Duration of the Agreement) and Clause 22 (Termination), the Owners shall procure that the 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 Managers and any third party designated by the Managers as joint assured shall cease to be joint assured and, if reasonably achievable, that they shall be released from any and all liability for premiums and calls that may arise in relation to the period of this Agreement; and (d) written evidence is provided, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Managers, of the Owners' compliance with their obligations under this Clause 10 within a reasonable time of the commencement of the Agreement, and of each renewal date and, if specifically requested, of each payment date of the Owners' Insurances. 230 231 232 11.Income Collected and Expenses Paid on Behalf of Owners (a) Except as provided in Sub..clause 11(c) all monies collected by the Managers under the terms of this Agreement (other than monies payable by the Owners to the Managers) and any interest thereon shall be held to the credit of the Owners in the Pool:Account a seflarate bani< aGG9biAt. 233 234 235 236 (b) All expenses incurred by the Managers under the terms of this Agreement on behalf of the Owners (including expenses as provided in Clause 12(c)} may be debited against the Owners in the account referred to 237 238 239 under Sub-clause 11(a) but shall in any event remain payable by the Owners to the Managers on demand. (c) All monies collected by the Managers under Clause 6 (Commercial Management) shall be paid into the Pool 240 Account and distributed in accordance with the Pooling Arrangements detailed in Annex C.a 8

 


PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement 241 bank asse , nt iA tl=la name ef tl=le OwAers er as may be etl=lep,vie;e advises ey tl=te OwF!ers iA •.vi:itiRg. 12. Management Fee and Expenses (a) The Owners shall pay to the Managers the aR aRRI,Ial mManagement fee as stated in Box 14 for their services 242 243 244 as Managers under this Agreement, which shall be payable on tho d.atos when any freight, hire, demurrage, damages for detention or miscellanous revenue (as the case may be) is received. iR e{;! ,ial meRtl=lly iRstalmeAts iA aei"aAse, tl=le first Owners hereby authorise the Managers to deduct the Management fee from revenue received in accordance with the Pooling Agreement. iRstalment (f>fO rata if aflf>F9f>Rate) eeiR!iJ flayaele 9R IRS GommeRS9FR9Rt ef tl=tls /'€JreemeRt (see-GialJS (Cemrnensement an€1 IIf'lfl9IAIFRefl mi"f3rn' 2) aREI S!,!BSe(;!!,!Snt iRstalmeRts eeing flayaele at IRa eeginAIRg ef..eve!:y-salenaar mentl=l. The management fee shall be payable to the Managers' nominated account stated 245 246 247 248 in Box 15. {b) Tl=le mana!'JSFReAt fee sl:lall ee sYbjest te an annyal review ami tl:le f'lFef>ese9 fee sl=lallee fJFesentea in tl=le aAn ; al b ,iEI!'Jet iA asseraanse with SYe slat se 13(a). 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 (c) The Managers shall, at no extra cost to the Owners, provide their own office accommodation, office staff, facilities and stationery. Withett HmitiRg tl=le generality ef this ClaYsa 12 (MaRagement l="ae aREI Expenses) the O•t'.'Ae.rs sl=lall reimeYrse tl:le ManageFS fer pestage aREI semm , Aisatiefl expenses, travellil'l!iJ el(J'lSRses, ana etl=ler el:lt ef J3eslt el(J3enses prefJerly iRG!,!FF9d ey the MaRa!iJeFS lR J3YrSI,IaRG9 ef IRe ManagemeRt SeP 'lees. ARy clays l:lsea sy tl:le Manaeers' J3erseAAel travelliA§ te er frem er atteREIIAg eR tl=le Vessel er et9eR•4se !,!Sea in senRestieR with tl:le Mana§ement Servises iA e>Eeess ef these agrees ln tl=le B ,idijet st:Jall se Ghareea at tAe--Gaily-fate states iR Bex 16. (d) If tl=le 0"•Rers desise te lay ,ifl tl=te V-essel.aAEI S ,iGR layyplastsfer mere tl=taA tl=le Al:iml;)er.. ef menths states iA Bex 17, an 8f>f'JF9)3Fiate reS ,istlen ef the MaRagemeRt Fee fer IRe f:lSFieEI Bl(Geeaing S!,!GR J'l9i'ie8 l:lntil ene mentA eefere tl=le "assai is aga1i:l fl ,itinte ser.'lse sl=lall sa lfll,lt!,!ally 8!iJFeeEieetweeR tl=le f'l8Ftles. If the 4anagers are J3Fe•.i1Eiing erew maRagementseP•isesilfl asserEiaAse ·1Ath Sl:le sla , se efa), sense{;!Hefltlal sests ef red ,istleR aAa reiFistatemeRt of tl=le Crew shalll:le fer tl=le 0'11ReFS' aese ; nt. If agreemeRt saRRet 9e reashed tl=leR elther flarly may terminate tl:lis AgreemeRt iA asserEiaA.se vAth M:l slaHse 22(e). (e) Save as otherwise provided1n this Agreement, all discounts and commissions obtained by the Managers in the course of the performance of the Management Services shall be credited to the Owners. 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 (f) 1n the event that the Managers charter out the Vessel to a company within the Vitol Group, then such charter may lnch.i(Je address commission of 1.25% In favour of such entity; In such event, no third party brokers will be involved. For the avoidance of doubt any address commission payable hereunder is in addition to the Management fee, 13. 6udgets and Management of Funds (a) The Manaeers' initial BHdget is set 91,1t in Annex "C" herete. s , esequent B ,idgets sl=lallee fer twelve menth J3erieas aRd shall be prepared ey the MaRa§ers ana fJFeseAtea te tl=le 0WA9FS Ret less than three meRths aefere the eRa ef tf:le S ,iE;l§et year. 266 267 268 269 (b) Tl=le 0"'Aers shall state te tl=le Mana§eFS iA a timely maRRer, J:J , t in aAy eveRt wlthlfl eRe meAth ef preseRtatieR, wl=lether er net they agree te aash preflesee annwal9Ydget. Tl=le flartles shall Regetiate in geed faltl=l analf tl=ley fall te agree eR tl=l.e ann , al J;J , d9et, iASibldiAg the mana§ement fee, aitl=ler 13arty may termlf1ate thls 4.greement lA asserEiaAse with Ste slause 22£f!P. 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 IO'Niflg the agreemeRt ef the eYdget, the Managers sl=lall f}reflare and preseRt te the Owners the1r estimate ef IRe werklng saf)ital re(!Yirement fettf:le Vessel aREI sf:lall easf:l meRtl:l reqHast the OwRersiRwrltlRg te pay the f , Ads requlrea te FYA tl=le Vessel fer tl=le SRS ,iiF'lg menth,lRsludlAg the f')ayment ef aRy essasieRal er elltraerEilAaF)' item ef 8lEJ38AEiit , re, s ,iGR as emergeflsy ref')air sests, aElElltieRallns , ranse J3remit:Jms, l:lYnkers er pn,wlsieAs. S ; sfl ruRds shallee reseived ey tl:le MaRagers wltAln teA F ,inFilng days after the rasalpt ey tl=le O·.vners ef tl=le Mana!iJers' written re(;J , est ana shallee hela te the sreEiit ef the OwAers iA a seflarate eanl< asoo o nt. (d) The Managers shall at all times maintain and keep true and correct accounts in respect of the Management 281 9

 


PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement Services in accordance with the relevant International Financial Reporting Standards or such other standard as the parties may agree, including records of all costs and expenditure incurred, and produce a comparison between budgeted and actual income and expenditure of the Vessel in such form and at such intervals as shall be mutually agreed. 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 The Managers shall make such accounts available for inspection and auditing by the Owners and/or their representatives in the Managers' offices or by electronic means, provided reasonable notice is given by the Owners. Managers operate a fully paperless office and documentation is held in electronic form only. (e) Notwithstanding anything contained herein, the Managers shall in no circumstances be required to use or commit their own funds to finance the provision of the Management Services. 10

 


PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement 14 TFading RestFiGtions If ll=te Mana§SfS.are J')revlalng erew management services in aoooroanG&-With S1:1e GlC)l:lse §fa) (CrevJ Management), the 0"'Aers and tl=te Managers will, prier te the semmet: sement ef tl=tis l'greement, agree efl any trading restnstl€ms te the vessel that may resl.llt frem tl:le terms ana Gef!altleRS ef tl:le Cre"''s emJ')Ieyment. 291 292 293 294 15. Replacement If tl:le Managers are J')re·4EIIng sre'N-FRaAagement ser•iees in aeeeraanse with SYe ela1.1se §fa) (Crew Management), tl:le Ovlflers may f8EJI.liFS tl:le Feplasement. at their ewn e)<pense, at the next Feasenaele lilf'l13Grtl:lrilty, ef any member ef tl:le Cre•N feYRd en reasena,ele greynds te ee l;lASiiilaele fer ser•1ee.If the Managers /:ia"e failed te fbllfil ti:Jeir ebligatiens in previding s o itable l:jYaUfied Crew "ift.l:l1n tl:le mean1ng ef S1.1b ela o se §fa) (Crew Management), then s o eh replasement shall ee at the Managers' e><pense. 295 296 297 298 299 300 16. Managers' Right to Sub-Contract The Managers shall not subcontract any of their obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Owners which shall not be unreasonably withheld.In the event of such a sub-contract the Managers shall remain fully liable for the due performance of their obligations under this Agreement. Managers are authorized by Owners to sub-contract post fixture services i.e. including but not limited to weather routing and GDAS. 301. 302 303 304 17.Responsibilities (a) Force Majeure Neither party shall be liable for any loss, damage or delay due to any of the following force majeure events and/or conditions to the extent that the party invoking force majeure is prevented or hindered from performing any or all of thelr obligations under this Agreement, provided they l'tave made all reasonable efforts to avoid, minimize or prevent the effect of such events and/or conditions: 305 306 307 308 309 310 (i) acts of God; 311 (il) any Government requisition, control, intervention, requirement or interference; 312 (iii) any circumstances arising out of war, threatened act of war or warlike operations, acts of terrorism, 313 314 sabotage or piracy, or the consequences thereof; (iv) riots, civil commotion, blockades or embargoes; 315 (v) epidemics; 316 (vi) earthquakes, landslides, floods or other extraordinary weather conditions; 317 (vii) strikes, lockouts or other industrial action, unless limited to the .employees (which shall not include the 318 319 Crew) of the party seeking to invoke force majeure; (viii) fire, accident, explosion except where caused by negligence of the party seeking to Invoke force majeure; a 320 3 322 (,ix) any other similar cause beyond the reasonable control of either party. (b) (i) 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 Liability to Owners Without prejudice to Sub-clause 17(a), the Managers shall be under no liability whatsoever to the Owners for any loss, damage, delay or expense of whatsoever nature, whether direct or indirect, (including but not limited to loss of profit arising out of or In connection with detention of or delay to the Vessel) and howsoever arising in the course of performance of the Management Services UNLESS same is proved to have resulted solely from the negligence, gross negligence or wilful default of the Managers or their employees or agents, or sub-contractors employed by them in connection with the Vessel, in which case (save where Joss, damage, delay or expense has resulted from the Managers' personal act or omission committed with the intent to cause same or recklessly and with knowledge that such loss, damage, delay or expense would probably result) the Managers' liability for each incident or series of incidents giving rise to a claim or claims shall never exceed a total US$100,000 in any twelve (12) month period ef..tefl (-W1 times the annYal management fee 11

 


PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement f)ayable l=tereunEier. 334 (ii}l-Ists er emJssieAs ef the Grew letwitl=tstaHc:liR€1 aHytRln§ tl=tat may af)f)ear te tl=te sentrar:y iR tl=tis I\€Jreement, tl:le 4aRa§ers sl=tall net be 'liable fGr aHy asts Qr emissi!OlfiS ef tl=te Grsw, eveR if susA asts ef-GR'llsslens are ne€Jil€JeRt, §ressly He§U€J.9Ht GP"ilful, exsef)t GRiy ta tt:le extent tl:Jat tRey are sRG"Ifl te l=tave resulteEI frem a failure b}• the 4anagers te c:lisshargo tl=teir ebligatieAs uR.Eier Clause a(a) (Grsw ManagemeHt), in wl=tlsJ:l sase tl=tEilr llal:llllly shall l:le limltec:l in asaerc:lanse witl:! tl=te terms ef this Gla1:1s.e 17 (ReSf)GRSibllltles). 335 336 337 338 339 340 (c) Indemnity Except to the extent and solely for the amount therein set out that the Managers would be •liable under Sub.cfause 17(b), the Owners hereby undertake to keep the Managers and their employees, 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 agents and sub·contractors indemnified and to hold them harmless against all actions, proceedings, claims, demands or liabilities whatsoever or howsoever arising which may be brought against them or incurred or suffered by them arising out of or in connection with the performance of this Agreement, and against and in respect of all costs, loss, damages and expenses (including legal costs and expenses on a full indemnity basis) which the Managers may suffer or incur (either directly or indirectly) in the course of the performance of this Agreement. (d) "Himalaya" It is hereby expressly agreed that no employee or agent of the Managers (including every sub·contractor from time to time employed by the Managers) shall in any circumstances whatsoever be under any liability whatsoever to the Owners for any loss, damage or delay of whatsoever kind arising or resulting directly or indirectly from any act, neglect or default on his part while acting in the course of or in connection with his employment and, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing provisions in this Clause 17 (Responsibilities), every exemption, limitation,condition and liberty herein contained and every 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 right, exemption from liability, defence and immunity of whatsoever nature applicable to the Managers or to which the Managers are entitled hereunder shall also .be available and shall extend to protect every such employee or agent of the Managers acting as aforesaid and for the purpose of all the foregoing provisions of this Clause 17 (Responsibilities) the Managers are.or shall be deemed to be acting.as agent or trustee on behalf of and for the benefit of all persons who are or might be their servants or agents from time to time (including sub·contractors as aforesaid) and all such persons shall to this extent be or be deemed to be parties to this Agreement. 18. General Administration (a) The Managers shall keep the Owners and, if appropriate, the Company informed in a timely manner of any incident of which the Managers become aware which gives or may give rise to delay to the Vessel or Claims or disputes involving third parties. 364 365 366 367 (b) The Managers shall handle and settle all claims and disputes arising outofthe Management Services hereunder, unless the Owners instruct the Managers otherwise. The Managers shall keep the Owners appropriately informed in a timely manner throughout the handling of such claims and disputes. The Owners' consent shall be required for the settlement of any claim or for any claim related expense where the claim or expense may exceed the Agreed Settlement level. 368 369 370 (4--The Owners may request the Managers to bring or defend other actions, suits or proceedings related to the Management Services, on terms to be agreed. 371 372 (d) The Managers shall have power to obtain appropriate legal or technical or other outside expert advice in relation to the handling and settlementof claims in relation to Sub-clauses 18(a) and 18fb) and disputes and 373 374 375 376 any other matters affecting the interests of the Owners in respect of the Vessel, unless the Owners instruct the Managers otherwise. In the event that external counsel or external technical expert advice is required and approved by the Owners in advanc(il, the Managers shall instruct external counsel and/or any experts and the fees of any such instruction(s) shall be paid for by the Owners. The Owners shall be kept informed and shall be consulted in relation to all such fues. tet-On giving reasonable notice, the Owners may request, and the Managers shall in a timely manner make available, all documentation, information and records in respect of the matters covered by this Agreement either related to mandatory rules or regulations or other obligations applying to the Owners in respect of 377 378 379 12

 


PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement the Vessel (iAGII:It:IIR€1 91;-Jt netllmlte9 te STClllJ 9§, tl=le ISM Cet:Je aRt:! ISPS Ceae) to the extent permitted by relevant legislation. 380 381 On giving reasonable notice, the Managers may request, and the Owners shall in a timely manner make available, all documentation, information and records reasonably required by the Managers to enable them to perform the Management Services. 382 383 384 #}-The Owners shall arrange for the provision of any necessary guarantee bond or other security. 385 {9)-.-Any third party costs and/or disbursements to third parties incurred by the Managers in carrying out their obligations according to this Clause 18 (General Administration) shall be reimbursed by the Owners. 386 387 19.Inspection of Vessel The Owners may at any time after giving reasonable notice to the Managers and having regard to the operational and trading schedule of the Vessel inspect the Vessel for any reason they consider necessary. 388 389 390 20.Compliance with Laws and Regulations The parties will not do or permit to .be done anything which might cause any breach or infringement of the laws and regulations of the Flag State, or of the places where the Vesseltrades. 391 392 393 21. Duration of the Agreement (a) This Agreement shall come into effect at the date stated in Box 2 and shall continue until terminated by 394 395 396 397 398 either party by giving notice to the other; in which event this Agreement shall terminate upon the expiration of the later of the number of months stated in Box 18 or a period of two (2) months from the date on which such notice is received, unless terminated earlier in accordance wlth Clause 22 (Termination). (b) Where the Vessel is not at a mutually convenient port or place on the expiry of such period, this Agreement shall terminate on the subsequent arrival of the Vessel at the next mutually convenient port or place. 399 400 22. Termination (a) Owners' or Managers' default If either party fails to meet their obligations under this Agreement, the other party may give notice to the party in default requiring them to remedy it. In the event that the party in default fails to remedy it within a reasonable time to the reasonable satisfaction of the other party, that party sh<ill be entitled to terminate this Agreement with immediate effect by giving notice to the party in defaUlt. 401 402 403 404 405 406 (b) Notwithstanding Sub-clause 22(aJ: 407 (i)The Managers shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by giving notice to the Owners if any monies payable by the Owners aReier lf:le ewfle.FS ef aRy assesi tee vessel, eetails ef "'Rich are listet:J iA 11RRex "D", shall not have be.en received in the Managers' nominated accountwithin ten days (10) of receipt by the Owners of the Managers' written request, or if the Vessel is repossessed by the Mortgagee(s). 408 409 410 411 412 (ii) If the GwReJ:s...Managers proceed with the employment of or continue to employ the Vessel in the carriage of contraband, blockade running, or ,jn an unlawful trade, or ort a voyage which in the reasonable opinion of the Managers Owners is unduly hazardous or improper, the Maf.1agers Owners may give notice of the default to the GwAeFsManagers, requiring them to remedy it as soon as practically possible. fA tl:le eveRt tf:lat tf:le OwAers fail ta remet:Jy it witi:liR a reaseRaale time te tl=le satisfastiaA af the Mal'la€Jers, tl=le MaAagers sl=lall 9e eAtitlet:l te teFff!)nate tl:le /'§reemeRt "'ltl:l ,lmmediate effect 9y Retlse, 413 414 415 416 417 418 (-iii) If eitJ:ler 13arty fails te meet-tl:leir respestive obllgatltms 1;-JAt:Jer SwlHJia ;Jse §fa) (Crew IRsYraRses) aRd Cla ;Jse 1g (IAsuraRse Policies), tl=le eti=Jer part·may Qi"e netioo-te-tt:te pal'ly ln eefa ;Jit r:e(jb!lriA§ tl=lem te remedy it ''i1tA1R ten (10) eays, fallli=lg wl:! tl=ler party may termiRate IRis 11.greemeRt viltl'llmmediate effect ay gl"IR€1 Aetise te tl=le party In t:JefaYit. 419 420 421 422 (c) Extraordinary Termination This Agreement shall be deemed to be terminated in the case of the sale of the Vessel, change of control of the Owners or, if the Vessel becomes a total loss or is declared as a constructive or compromised or arranged total loss or is requisitioned 423 424 425 13

 


PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement or has been declared missing or, if bareboat chartered, unless otherwise agreed, when the bareboat charter comes to an end. 426 427 (d) For the purpose of Sub-clause 22(c) hereot 428 (i) the date upon which the Vessel is to be treated as having been sold or otherwise disposed of shall be 429 430 the date on which the Vessel's owners cease to be the registered owners of the Vessel or the change of control in the Owners is effected; (ii) the Vessel shall be deemed to be lost either when it has become an actual totallos.s or agreement has been reached with the Vessel's underwriters in respect of its constructive total loss or if such agreement with the Vessel's underwriters is not reached it is adjudged by a competent tribunal that a constructive loss of the Vessel has occurred; and 431 432 433 434 (iii) the date upon which the Vessel is to be treated as declared missing shall be ten (10) days after the Vessel was last reported or when the Vessel is recorded as missing by the Vessel's underwriters, whichever occurs first. A missing vessel shall be deemed lost in accordance with the provisions of Sub-clause 22(d) 435 436 437 4 (e) In the event the parties fail to agree the annual budget in accordance with Sub clause 131b), ar ta a§ree 439 440 441 442 443 a shaA§e af fla€) iA assarsaAGe witl:l Sblb slablse 9f8)fii), or to agree to a reduction in the Mangement Fee in accordance with Sub-clause 12(d), either party may terminate this Agreement by giving the other party not less than one month's notice, the result of which will be the expiry of the Agreement at the end of the current budget period or on expiry of the notice period, whichever is the later. (f) This Agreement shall terminate forthwith 1n the event of an order being made or resolution passe d for the winding up, dissolution, liquidation or bankruptcy of either party (otherwise than for the purpose of reconstruction or amalgamation) or if a receiver or administrator is appointed, or lfit suspends payment, ceases to carry on business or makes any special arrangement or composition with its creditors. 444 445 446 447 (g) In the event of the termination of this Agreement for any reason other than default by the Managers the management fee payable to the Managers according to the provisions of Clause.12 (Management Fee and Expenses), shall continue to be payable for a further period of the number of months stated in Box 19 as from the effective date of termination. If Box 19 is left blank then ninety (90) days shall apply. 448 449 450 451 (h) lA a88itleR, "JAere IRe MaRagers flFGVise Crew wr tl:le "essel iR assareaRGe v•itJ::l Clablse !l(a) (Crew 4aAagemeRt)i 452 453 (i) tl=le GwRers shall seAtiRYs ta J:)ay Crs"' SYJ:)J:lerl Casts SbiFiAg tl=le sai8 fblrther flsl'ias ef the !'lblmber of 454 455 maAtl:ls states lA Bex 19;aA8 (ii)the G"<Aers sf:JaU 13ay aA eEfblitable pref1erli9R ef aAy Se·•eraAse Costs wJ:liGR ma}' be iAsYrres, Ret exseesiA§ the amebiAt states iA Bex 29.The MaAa§ers sJ::lall blse their reaseflable eAsea' eblrs te FA1Rlmlse SbiGR SevemAGe Casts. 456 457 458 (i) On the termination, for whatever reason, of this Agreement, the Managers shall release to the Owners, if so requested, the originals where possible, or otherwise certified copies, of all acco nts and all documents specifically relating to the Vessel and its operation. 459 460 461 (j) The termination of this Agreement shall be without prejudice to all rights accrued due between the parties prior to the date of termination. 462 463 23. SIMCO Dispute Resolution Clause (a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Clause. 464 465 466 467 468 The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the London Maritime Arbitrators Association (LMM) Terms current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced. 469 470 The reference shall be to three arbitrators. A party wishing to refer a dispute to arbitration shall appoint its arbitrator and send notice of such appointment in writing to the other party requiring the other party to appoint 471 472 14

 


PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement its own arbitrator within 14 calendar days of that notice and stating that it will appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator unless the other party appoints its own arbitrator and gives notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified. If the other party does not appointlts own arbitrator and give notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified, the party referring a dispute to arbitration may, without the requirement of any further prior notice to the other party, appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator and shall advise the other party accordingly. The award of a sole arbitrator shall be binding on both parties as if he had been appointed by agreement. 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 Nothing herein shall prevent the parties agreeing in writing to vary these provisions to provide for the appointment of a sole arbitrator. 480 481 In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of USD50,000 (or such other sum as the parties may agree) the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the LMAA Small Claims Procedure current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced. 482 483 484 (b) Tf:lis 11greemeRt sf:lall13e Q9\'8FA8G 13y aRd GSASlFt, ed la asserdaRGS witf:t Title 9 ef tt:Je IJAited States Cede aml tf:le Marrtlme La"' ef tf:le IJRited States aRd aay Elis wte arlsiAQ eut ef er lR seaaeGtleR •iil!f:l tf:lls JlgreemeRt sf:lall 13e referred te U'lree parseRs at Na"' Yerk, aRe te l:le appelflted 13y aast-l ef tf:le artles l:lerete, aRd tf:la tf:lird 13y tl=Je twa 68 GRSSSRI tf:leir des\SieR SF tf:lat ef aRy twa ef tf:lam sf:lalll3e fiRal, aRd fer tf:le t1Ff38686 ef eRfersiR§ aRy award, jwagmeRt may file eaterea eR aR aware by aRy GS!,!rt ef semfleteRt j : rlsalstleA;; The fJFsseeEllRgs sf:lalll3e seRElwsteEl iR asserEiaRse witf:l tf:le F!,!las ef tl:!e Sesiety ef Marmme J\reitraters, lAs. 485 486 487 488 489 490 lA eases wf:lere Raitf:ler tf:le slalm A8F aRy G81:1Rterslaim exseeds tf:le S!,!!fl ef .IJSQaQ,QQQ (ar Sl:lGR etf:ler sum as tf:le arties may agree) tf:la ar91tratieA sl:!alll3e G9fiSilGted iR asserEl AGS "'itf:l tl:!e StlgrteAeEll\rbltr:atleA RroseEl ; re gf tl:!e Sesiety ef Marltlme '\rlilllr:aters, lAs. s : rr-eRt at tf:le time y.4'JeR ttle arl3itratleA preseediRgs are GemffieRGed. 491 492 493 494 (G) Tf:lis 11greemeRt sf:lalll3e gevemea 13y aRa seastrlled .iR asserdaAswitt) tf:le laws ef ttle plase ml:ltl-Jally agree813y tf:le flarties aREI aAy Elispl:Jte afigiR€1 al:Jt ef er iR GSRBestieA w l:l tf:lls 11 greemeat sf:lall be referred te areitratieR at a mbltt ally agreed piasa, swl3jest te tf:le preses : res aflflllsal:lla tf:lere. (d) Notwithstanding Sub-clauses 23(a), 23(b) or 23{c) above, the parties may agree at any time to refer to 495 496 497 498 499 mediation any difference and/or dispute arising out of or in connectionwith this Agreement. (i) In the case of a dispute in respect of which arbitration has been commenced uhder Sub-clauses 23(a), 500 501 23(b) or23(c) above, the following shall apply: (ii) Either party may at any time and from time to time elect to refer the dispute or part of the dispute to mediation by service on the other party of a written notice (the "Mediation Notice") calling on the other party to agree to mediation. 502 503 504 (iii) The other party shall thereupon within 14 calendar days of receipt of the Mediation Notice confirm that they agree to mediation, in which case the parties shall thereafter agree a mediator within a further 14 calendar days, failing which on the application of either party a mediator will be appointed promptly by the Arbitration Tribunal ("the Tribunal") or such person as the Tribunalmay designate for that purpose. The mediation shall be conducted in such place and in accordance with suchprocedure and on such terms as the parties may agree or, in the event of disagreement; as may be set by the mediator. 505 506 507 508 509 510 (iv) If the other party does not agree to mediate, that fact may be brought to the attention of the Tribunal and may be taken into account by the Tribunal when allocating the costs of the arbitration as between the parties. 511 512 513 (v) The mediation shall not affect the right of either party to seek such relief or take such steps as it considers necessary to protect its interest. 514 515 (vi) Either party may advise the Tribunal that they have agreed to mediation. The arbitration procedure shall continue during the conduct of the mediation but the Tribunal may take the mediation timetable into account when setting the timetable for steps in the arbitration. 516 517 518 (vii) Unless otherwise agreed or specified .in the mediation terms,each party shall bear its own costs incurred in the mediation and the parties shall share equally the mediator's costs and expenses. 519 520 15

 


PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement (viii) The mediation process shall be without prejudice and confidential and no information or documents disclosed during it shall be revealed to the Trib1,mat except to the extent that they are disclosable under the law and procedure governlng the arbitration. 521 522 523 524 (Note: The parties should be aware that the mediation process may not necessarily .interrupt time limits.) (e) If Box 21 ln Part I is not appropriately filled in, Sub-clause 23(a) of this Clause shall apply. Note: Sub-clauses 23(a). nf1ll. and 23fc) are alternatives; indicate alternative agreed in Box 21. Sub-clause 525 526 527 23fdl shall apply in all cases. 24. Notices (a) All notices given by either party or their agents to the other party or their agents in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall, unless specifically provided in this Agreement to the contrary, be sent to the address for that other party as setout in Boxes 22 andor as appropriate or to such other address as the other party may designate in writing. 528 529 530 531 532 A notice may be sent by rogisteroa or resorae€1 mail, facsimile,Qr electronically er Elolivoroa ey t:lana in accordance with this Sub-clause 24(a). 533 534 (b) Any notice given under thls Agreement shall take effect on receipt by the other party and shall be deemed to have been received: 535 536 537 (i)if fl9SteEl, 9A tAO 69\'0RtR (7th) €lay after J39St1Rg: (ii) if sent by facsimile or electronically, on the day of transmission; aM 538 fiii) if Elelivero€1 ey RaREl, 9R the say ef eoli'leJ¥: 539 And in each case proof of posting, handing in or transmission shall be proof that notice has been given, unless proven to the contrary. 540 541 25. Entire Agreement This Agreement constitutes the entire agreementand all annexl,lres hereto between the parties and no oral or writ-ten promise, undertaking, representation, warranty or statement by either party prior to the date stated ir1Box 2 or the date of the ax;ecution of 542 543 544 this Agreement shall affect this Agreement. Any modification of this Agreement shall not .be.of any effect unless in writing signee! by or on behalf of the parties. 545 546 26. Third Party Rights Except to the extent provided in Sub-clauses 17(c) (Indemnity) and 17(d) (Himalaya) , no third parties may enforce any term of this Agreement. 547 548 549 27. Partial Validity If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes or is held by any arbitrator or other competent body to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law or jurisdiction,the provision shall be deemed to be amended to the extent necessary to avoid such illegality, invalidity or unenforceabillty, or, if such amendment is not possible, the provision shall be deemed to be deleted from this Agreement to the extent of such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability, and the remaining provisions shall continue in full force and effect and shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 28. Interpretation In this Agreement: 557 558 (a) Singular/Plural The singular includes the plural and vice versa as the context admits or requires. 559 560 (b) Headings The index and headings to the clauses and appendices to this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect its construction or interpretation. 561 562 563 16

 


PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement "Day" means a calendar day unless expressly stated to the contrary. 565 Additional Clauses 29. In relation to the following matters (i) TIC in excess of twelve (12) months;and {ii) appointment of external counsel or technical experts where an instruction from the. Owners or a waiver by the Owners, or the approval, authority or consent of the Owners is required, any such instruction, waiver, approval,authority or consent shall not be given or be to any extent effective or binding on the Owners unless .expressly given in writing to the Managers by the Owners. If any matter is required to be accepted or satisfactory to the Owners, it will not be deemed to be accepted or to be satisfied with respect to such matter unless its acceptance or satisfaction is expressly confirmed in writing to the Managers by the Owners. 30. The Managers subject to its review and approval (not to be unreasonably withheld), shall from time to time enter into such usualdocuments with the Owners' financiers (including assignments and acknowledgements), as the Owners may reasonably request from time to time. 17

 

 

Schedule 6 : Form of Technical Management Agreement

 

34



 

Schedule 7 : List of Other Grindrod Vessels

 

Ship Name

 

Year of Build

 

DWT

 

IMO Number

Leopard

 

2010

 

47,350

 

9555307

Oliphant

 

2004

 

40,000

 

9286061

Inyala

 

2008

 

40,000

 

9381500

Rhino

 

2010

 

40,000

 

9444508

TBN #1

 

 

 

 

 

 

TBN#2

 

 

 

 

 

 

Torea (option for Grindrod to nominate this vessel prior to 1 December 2012)

 

2004

 

40,000

 

 

 

35



 

Schedule 8 : Novation Consideration Terms

 

36



 

To:                              Elandra Holdings Ltd.

TMF Place

Road Town

British Virgin Islands VG 1110

(the Original Buyer)

 

From:                Leopard Moon Shipping Pte. Ltd.

260 Orchard Road

The Heeren Centre #13-01

Singapore 238855

(the New Buyer)

 

Date:                         March 2012

 

Dear Sirs

 

We refer to the novation agreement entered into on or about the date hereof (the Novation Agreement ) between (i) yourselves as Original Buyer, (ii) ourselves as New Buyer and (iii) SPP Shipbuilding Co., Ltd., a company organised and existing under the laws of the Republic of Korea, having its principal office at 1988,Chojeon-ri, Sanam-myeon, Sacheon-si, Gyeongsangnam-do, Korea, as builder in respect of a shipbuilding contract dated 8 July 2011 for the building and outfitting of one (1)  51,800 DWT class product oil/chemical tanker with hull number H-4081 (the Shipbuilding Contract ) pursuant to which we, as New Buyer, shall assume the rights and obligations of the Original Buyer under the Shipbuilding Contract.

 

In consideration of your entry into the Novation Agreement, we hereby agree to pay to you on your first written demand the sum of US$8,847,500 plus interest accruing at a daily rate of US$1,212 per day with effect from (and including) 7 March 2012 until the date of payment of amounts due hereunder (in aggregate, the Novation Consideration ). We agree that 50% of the Novation Consideration shall be deemed to have been paid to us upon receipt of the remaining amount of the Novation Consideration from the Owner in accordance with this letter.

 

Upon your receipt of the above payment, we request that you sign and deliver to us an acknowledgement of receipt of payment in the form attached at Appendix 1 hereto.

 

This letter shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law. Any dispute arising out of or in connection with this letter, including but not limited to any question regarding its existence or validity, shall be referred to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English High Court of Justice.

 

We irrevocably appoint Grindrod Shipping (UK) Limited of 8 th  Floor, St Magnus House, 3 Lower Thames Street, London EC3R 6HA as our agent for service of process to receive on our behalf service of process in any proceedings in England. Such service shall be deemed completed on delivery to such process agent (whether or not it is forwarded to and received by us).

 

Yours faithfully

 

 

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

For and on behalf of

Leopard Moon Shipping Pte. Ltd.

 

Leopard Moon Shipping Pte. Ltd.

Name:

 

Name:

Title: Director

 

Title: Director

 



 

APPENDIX 1

 

Form of acknowledgement of receipt of payment

 

We, Elandra Holdings Ltd., hereby acknowledge receipt of payment or deemed payment of the sum of US$[ · ] to us by Leopard Moon Shipping Pte. Ltd. as at the date of this acknowledgement.

 

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

Elandra Holdings Ltd.

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

2



 

Schedule 9 : Supervision Agreement

 

37



 

PLAN APPROVAL and SUPERVISION SERVICE
AGREEMENT

 

Dated

 

Between

 

(1) The “Customers”

(a)   Leopard Moon Shipping Pte. Ltd.

(b)   Leopard Star Shipping Pte. Ltd.

(c)   Leopard Sea Shipping Pte. Ltd.

(d)   Leopard Sun Shipping Pte. Ltd.

 

and

 

(2) Lima Shipping Ltd

 

in respect of

 

Four 52,000 DWT Product and Chemical Tanker with Hull No.

4081,4082,4083,4084

 

to be built by

 

SPP SHIPBUILDING CO., LTD

 

1



 

CONTENTS

 

1

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

4

2

THE PERIOD OF PLAN APPROVAL AND SUPERVISION

5

3

CONSULTANT’S RESPONSIBILITIES

6

4

DUE DILIGENCE

8

5

REMUNERATION

8

6

COMMENCEMENT AND TERMINATION

8

7

CONFIDENTIALITY

9

8

GOVERNING LAW AND SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES

9

 

2


 

PLAN APPROVAL AND SUPERVISION SERVICE AGREEMENT

 

Dated

 

BETWEEN:

 

(1)                                  LEOPARD MOON SHIPPING PTE. LTD. (“Customer A”), LEOPARD STAR SHIPPING PTE. LTD. (“Customer B”), LEOPARD SEA SHIPPING PTE. LTD. (“Customer C”) and LEOPARD SUN SHIPPING PTE. LTD. (“Customer D”) , each a company incorporated and existing under the laws of Singapore whose registered office is at 260 Orchard Road, The Heeren #13-01, Singapore 238855 (together, the “Customers” and each a “Customer”) ; and

 

(2)                                  LIMA SHIPPING LTD a company incorporated and existing under the laws of Korea with its registered office at 6 th  Floor SPP Shipbuilding Co. Ltd., #671-6 Janggi-ri, Donghae-myeon, Gosung-gun, Gyeong Sang Nam - Do, Korea (the “Consultant”).

 

WHEREAS:

 

(A)                                Elandra entered into shipbuilding contracts with the Builder on 8 July 2011 for the construction and delivery of ten (10) MR Tanker vessels of the identical design, bearing Builder’s Hull No. 4081, 4082, 4083, 4084, 4085, 4086, 4087, 4088, 4089, 4090 to be constructed in accordance with the Technical specification and addendums to the Technical Specification agreed between Elandra and Builder (herein the “Specifications”) and otherwise upon the terms contained in shipbuilding contracts concluded between Elandra and the Builder.

 

(B)                                Elandra entered into an agreement dated 22 July 2011 with the Consultant for the supervision of the ten (10) newbuilding MR Tanker vessels (the “Elandra Supervision Agreement”).

 

(C)                                The Shipbuilding Contracts for the MR Tanker vessels bearing Builder’s Hull No. 4081, 4082, 4083 and 4084 (hereinafter called the “Vessels”) for construction and delivery between March 2013 and July 2013 will be novated to the Customers pursuant to the Novation Agreements.

 

(D)                                Pursuant to the Novation Agreements the Consultant has agreed that the Elandra Supervision Agreement will no longer apply to the supervision of the Vessels and the Consultant will enter into this Agreement with the Customers for the supervision of the Vessels.

 

(E)                                 The Consultant has agreed that, subject to the terms and conditions of this agreement, the Consultant will provide Plan Approval and Supervision on behalf of the Customers for all aspects of the construction of the Vessels. The Services are further described in Clause 3 of this Agreement.

 

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

 

In consideration of the mutual promises and obligations herein contained the Customers hereby appoint the Consultant and the Consultant hereby accepts such appointment and agrees on the terms hereof to exercise the rights and perform the duties more particularly described in paragraph 3.

 

3



 

1                                          DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

Builder means SPP Shipbuilding Co., Ltd., a company organised and existing under the laws of the Republic of Korea having its principal office at 1988, Chojeon-ri, Sanam-myeon, Sacheon-si, Gyeongsangnam-do, Korea;

 

Elandra means Elandra Holdings Ltd., a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands, with its registered office at TMF Place, Road Town, British Virgin Islands UG1110;

 

Novation Agreements means, together, Novation Agreement A, Novation Agreement B, Novation Agreement C and Novation Agreement D and Novation Agreement means any of them;

 

Novation Agreement A means the novation agreement to be entered into between Elandra, the Builder and Customer A, in accordance with which Elandra will novate all of its rights and obligations under Shipbuilding Contract A to Customer A;

 

Novation Agreement B means the novation agreement to be entered into between Elandra, the Builder and Customer B, in accordance with which Elandra will novate all of its rights and obligations under Shipbuilding Contract B to Customer B;

 

Novation Agreement C means the novation agreement to be entered into between Elandra, the Builder and Customer C, in accordance with which Elandra will novate all of its rights and obligations under Shipbuilding Contract C to Customer C;

 

Novation Agreement D means the novation agreement to be entered into between Elandra, the Builder and Customer D, in accordance with which Elandra will novate all of its rights and obligations under Shipbuilding Contract D to Customer D;

 

Shipbuilding Contracts means, together, Shipbuilding Contract A, Shipbuilding Contract B, Shipbuilding Contract C and Shipbuilding Contract D and Shipbuilding Contract means any of them;

 

Shipbuilding Contract A means the contract dated 8 July 2011 (as novated pursuant to the Novation Agreement A and as the same may be further supplemented, amended or novated from time to time) originally entered into between Elandra, as novated in favour of Customer A pursuant to the relevant Novation Agreement, and the Builder for the construction and purchase of Vessel A;

 

Shipbuilding Contract B means the contract dated 8 July 2011 (as novated pursuant to the Novation Agreement B and as the same may be further supplemented, amended or novated from time to time) originally entered into between Elandra, as novated in favour of Customer B pursuant to the relevant Novation Agreement, and the Builder for the construction and purchase of Vessel B;

 

Shipbuilding Contract C means the contract dated 8 July 2011 (as novated pursuant to the Novation Agreement C and as the same may be further supplemented, amended or novated from time to time) originally entered into between Elandra, as novated in favour of Customer C pursuant to the relevant Novation Agreement, and the Builder for the construction and purchase of Vessel C;

 

4



 

Shipbuilding Contract D means the contract dated 8 July 2011 (as novated pursuant to the Novation Agreement D and as the same may be further supplemented, amended or novated from time to time) originally entered into between Elandra, as novated in favour of Customer D pursuant to the relevant Novation Agreement, and the Builder for the construction and purchase of Vessel D;

 

Vessels means together, Vessel A, Vessel B, Vessel C and Vessel D and each a Vessel;

 

Vessel A means the 51,800 DWT class product oil / chemical tanker identified as Builder’s hull no. H-4081 to be delivered to Customer A;

 

Vessel B means the 51,800 DWT class product oil / chemical tanker identified as Builder’s hull no. H-4082 to be delivered to Customer B;

 

Vessel C means the 51,800 DWT class product oil / chemical tanker identified as Builder’s hull no. H-4083 to be delivered to Customer C;

 

Vessel D means the 51,800 DWT class product oil / chemical tanker identified as Builder’s hull no. H-4084 to be delivered to Customer D.

 

2                                          THE PERIOD OF PLAN APPROVAL AND SUPERVISION

 

2.1                                The period of Plan Approval shall commence on 5 January 2012 and shall continue up to the commencement of the steel cutting of Vessel A; and

 

2.2                                The period of Supervision shall commence on the date of steel cutting of Vessel A which is estimated as 25 May 2012 and shall continue up to and including the date of delivery of the last Vessel to the relevant Customer or its nominee(s).

 

The estimated date of Vessel delivery schedule as follows:

 

Hull No.

 

Steel Cutting

 

Keel Laying

 

Launching

 

C. Delivery

H-4081

 

May 2012

 

November 2012

 

December 2012

 

March 2013

H-4082

 

July 2012

 

December 2012

 

February 2013

 

May 2013

H-4083

 

August 2012

 

January 2013

 

March 2013

 

June 2013

H-4084

 

September 2012

 

March 2013

 

April 2013

 

July 2013

 

2.3                                The Customers have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time with 8 (eight) weeks prior notice. In such case the Customers shall pay to the Consultant:

 

(a)                                  All consultant service fees for the Vessel which was carried out from the date of this Agreement up to the date of termination of this contract.

 

2.4                                The provisions of Clause 2.3 shall not apply if this Agreement is terminated by the Customers in accordance with the provisions of Clause 6 hereof, in which case the Customers shall be relieved from their obligations under Clause 2.3.

 

5



 

3                                          CONSULTANT’S RESPONSIBILITIES

 

The Consultant shall carry out the following services (“the Services”):

 

(a)                                  Deal with the maker list.

 

(i)                                      Once received all details of maker list from Builder and contact machinery makers and negotiate official owner’s benefit and try to get maximum benefit from selection of maker with cash or additional spare parts.

 

(b)                                  Form a “Plan Approval” that will:

 

(i)                                      carry out a complete review and approval of plans for the Vessels which review and approval shall include ensuring compliance with the requirements of the Shipbuilding Contracts, the Specifications, compliance with good building practices and standards and overall review of the project from an operational and maintenance perspective;

 

(ii)                                   review will be carried out and shall return one (1) copy of each plan to the Builder together with the approved signature and comments, if any, contained in a letter which shall be faxed in advance to the Builder, within fourteen (14) calendar days counted from the date of arrival at the Buyer’s office.

 

(iii)                                review will be carried out at the consultant’s offices and at the Site Office as applicable.

 

(c)                                   Appoint a “Dedicated Site Manager” that will:

 

(i)                                      manage, administer and coordinate the Consultant’s Plan Approval process for the Vessel;

 

(ii)                                   liaise with the Customers;

 

(iii)                                liaise with the Builder as agreed with the Customers; and

 

(iv)                               administer and coordinate the flow of drawings and comments for the Vessels with the Builder.

 

(d)                                  In the exercise and performance of all or any of its powers and duties as aforesaid the Consultant shall act in accordance with any instructions which may from time to time be communicated to it in writing by the Customers.

 

The “Supervision” service during construction of the vessels.

 

(i)                                      The Consultant shall be responsible for the performance of the Supervision in relation to the supervision of construction of the Vessels on behalf of the Customers in accordance with the Specifications agreed between the Customers and Builder. The Supervision at the yard is intended to protect the interest of the Customers and there should be no deviation from this concept.

 

(ii)                                   The Consultant shall be responsible for the selection of the appropriate professional supervision team (the “Supervision Team”) for all duration of the Supervision. It is expressly agreed

 

6



 

that the number of members of the Supervision Team must be reported to the relevant Customer every end month.

 

(iii)                                The Consultant shall be responsible to cover salary and all expenses include local taxes for all site members and site office operation and the Customers have not any responsibility,

 

(iv)                               The Consultant shall be responsible for ensuring that all the members of the Supervision Team perform their duties in relation to the Supervision strictly during the period of this Agreement.

 

(1)                        Block / erection inspections according shipyard production plan / about 112 blocks, 70 PE blocks per vessel.

 

(2)                        Paint inspection on block condition and PE condition

 

(3)                        Shop trials for all machinery - May travel away to the factories as necessary

 

(4)                        Piping inspections

 

(5)                        Sea trial inspection to be attended onboard trial by senior supervisor

 

(6)                        Deal with all the comments and delivery of vessel.

 

(v)                                  Any deviation from the approved specification, should be brought to the notice of the Builder for rectification, and reported to the Owners.

 

(vi)                               Progress of construction should be meticulously followed and a weekly report is to he sent to the owners, intimating them status of construction, together with result of any test or trials.

 

(vii)                            During the process of construction, any faults noted whatsoever, are to be brought to the notice of the builders for correction.

 

(viii)                         The Supervision Team must hold regular meetings with all Supervisory staff on a daily basis to discuss progress of construction, quality of construction, attitude of the yard etc. and report same to the Owners with suggestions for improvement.

 

(ix)                               Key supervisory staff e.g. Site Manager, Senior Machinery Inspector, Hull and Paint Inspectors are sort out any dispute with the builders that may arise during construction progress,

 

(x)                                  During the period of construction, may have to travel away from your location, to attend to Block Inspection, Machinery Shop trials etc. All expenditures relating to such travel will be responsible by the Consultants.

 

(xi)                               It will be the responsibility of the Consultants to send weekly reports to the Customers

 

(e)                                   Reporting

 

(i)                                      The Consultant shall provide the Customers with a weekly written report reflecting the status of work progress. The report

 

7


 

may be communicated to the Customers by e-mail. Where appropriate digital pictures shall be transmitted electronically to show points of note or problem areas.

 

(ii)                                   All communication to be given or delivered pursuant to or otherwise in relation to this Agreement shall be in English.

 

4                                          DUE DILIGENCE

 

The Consultant shall perform the Services herein mentioned efficiently and faithfully and shall at all times act in good faith with the due diligence of a prudent technical consultant.

 

The Customers acknowledge and undertake that they shall act in good faith and assist the Consultant in performing the Services.

 

5                                          REMUNERATION

 

It is hereby agreed that any amounts paid under the Elandra Supervision Agreement relating to the Vessels will be deemed to have been paid under this Agreement.

 

The Customers will pay to the Consultant fees as follows:

 

(a)                                  For the Services a single fee of USD 250.000 per Vessel (the “Fee”),

 

The Fee shall include the Consultant’s costs including the Plan Approval prior to commencing construction and Supervision service during construction of vessels.

 

The Fee to be invoiced as follows:

 

(i)                                      1 st  - 10% of total contract amount on kick off meeting at shipyard.

 

(ii)                                   Afterward each -10% of total contract amount on follows vessel event schedule 2nd, 3 rd , 4 th , 5th on steel cutting of H-4081, 4082, 4083, 4084 and 6 th , 7 th , 8 th , on delivery of H-4081, 4082, 4083 and 9 th , 10 th  on delivery of H-4084.

 

and paid to the Consultant nominated bank within 10 calendar days of receipt by the applicable Customer of the Consultant’s invoice.

 

6                                          COMMENCEMENT AND TERMINATION

 

(a)                                  This Agreement and the appointment of the Consultant shall commence upon signing this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  This Agreement shall terminate (without prejudice to the accrued rights of each of the parties hereto), upon earliest of:

 

(i)                                      cancellation of the Shipbuilding Contracts; in which case the Consultant shall be entitled to payment for Services performed pursuant to this Agreement up to the date of notification of the cancellation of the Shipbuilding Contracts; or

 

(ii)                                   termination by the Customers, without notice or payment in lieu of notice, if the Consultant is guilty of any gross default or misconduct in connection with or affecting the business of the Customers or in the event of any serious or repeated breach or

 

8



 

non-observance by the Consultant of any of the stipulations contained in this Agreement.

 

7                                          CONFIDENTIALITY

 

The Consultant is aware that in the course of the Supervision under this Contract it will have an access to and be entrusted with information in respect of the business of each of the Customers and/or the owners of the Vessels and their dealings, transactions and affairs, all of which information is or may be confidential, and the Consultant shall not (except in the proper course of duties), during or after the period of his Supervision under this Contract, divulge to any person whatever or otherwise make use of and shall use his best endeavours to prevent the publication or disclosure of any trade secrets or secret manufacturing process or any confidential information concerning the business of each of the Customers and/or the owners of the Vessels or any of their dealings, transactions or affairs. All notes and memoranda of any such confidential information concerning the business of each of the Customers and/or the owners of the Vessels which shall be acquired, received or made by the Site Manager during the course of his Supervision shall be the property of the Customers and shall be surrendered by the Site Manager to the duly authorized person of the Customers at the termination of his Supervision or at the request of the Customers at any time during the course of his Supervision.

 

8                                          GOVERNING LAW AND SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES

 

(a)                        This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England and Wales.

 

(b)                        Any controversy arising out or relating to the performance or interpretation of this Agreement or the work performed under this Agreement is subject to arbitration and shall be finally settled by arbitration in accordance with the London Marine Arbitration Association LMAA.

 

9                                          NOTICES

 

9.1                                Any notice or other communication to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing in the English language and shall be delivered by hand or sent by pre-paid first class post, fax and/or email to the parties in accordance with the below details:

 

(a)                        For the Customers:

 

(i)                                      Vitol c/o

 

Vitol Shipping Singapore Pte. Ltd

 

c/o Vitol Services Ltd

 

Belgrave House

 

76 Buckingham Palace Road

 

London

 

SW1W 9TQ

 

FAO: Time Charter Operations

 

9



 

Email: xtcops@vitol.com

 

(ii)                                   Grindrod

 

c/o Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.

 

200 Cantonment Road

 

#03-01, Southpoint

 

Singapore 089763

 

Fax: +65 (6323) 0046

 

FAO: Hugh Scheffer / Hilton Stroebel

 

(b)                        For the Consultant:

 

Lima Shipping Pte. Ltd.

 

6 th  Floor SPP Shipbuilding Co. Ltd.

 

#671-6 Janggi-ri, Donghae-myeon, Gosung-gun,

 

Gyeong Sang Nam — Do, Korea

 

Fax: +82-303-3448-1063

 

Email: minsuseo@gmail.com, Lshippingltd@gmail.com

 

FAO: Minsu Seo

 

10



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have hereunto set their respective hands on Seals on the day first above written.

 

THE PARTIES

 

Signed by

)

 

 

 

)

 

 

duly authorised for and on behalf of

)

 

 

Leopard Moon Shipping Pte. Ltd.

)

 

 

 

 

 

sign here:

 

 

 

DIRECTOR A

DIRECTOR B

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

print name:

Signed by

)

 

 

 

)

 

 

duly authorised for and on behalf of

)

 

 

Leopard Star Shipping Pte. Ltd.

)

 

 

 

 

 

sign here:

 

 

 

DIRECTOR A

DIRECTOR B

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

print name:

Signed by

)

 

 

 

)

 

 

duly authorised for and on behalf of

)

 

 

Leopard Sea Shipping Pte. Ltd.

)

 

 

 

 

 

sign here:

 

 

 

DIRECTOR A

DIRECTOR B

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

print name:

Signed by

)

 

 

 

)

 

 

duly authorised for and on behalf of

)

 

 

Leopard Sun Shipping Pte. Ltd.

)

 

 

 

 

 

sign here:

 

 

 

DIRECTOR A

DIRECTOR B

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

print name:

 

11



 

Signed by

)

 

 

 

)

 

 

duly authorised for and on behalf of

)

 

 

Lima Shipping Ltd

)

 

 

 

 

 

sign here:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

print name:

 

12


 

Schedule 10 : Pooling Agreement

 

38



 

Leopard Moon Shipping Pte. Ltd.

 

and

 

Leopard Star Shipping Pte. Ltd.

 

and

 

Leopard Sea Shipping Pte. Ltd.

 

and

 

Leopard Sun Shipping Pte. Ltd.

 

as Owners

 

and

 

Mansel Ltd as Managers

 

Pooling Agreement

 



 

THIS AGREEMENT is made on                              2012 between:

 

(1)                                  Owners being together: Leopard Moon Shipping Pte. Ltd., Leopard Star Shipping Pte. Ltd., Leopard Sea Shipping Pte. Ltd.; and Leopard Sun Shipping Pte. Ltd., each a company incorporated in Singapore with its registered office at 260 Orchard Road, The Heeren #13-01, Singapore 238855 and individually an “Owner” ; and

 

(2)                                  Mansel Ltd., a corporation incorporated in Bermuda with its registered office at Clarendon House, Church Street West, Hamilton, Bermuda (the Managers )

 

Whereas

 

(A)                                The Owners have each entered into a contract with SPP Shipbuilding Co., Ltd. (the Builder ) for delivery of a Vessel as set out below. On delivery from the Builder the Vessels will be commercially managed by the Managers in accordance with each of the commercial management agreements which the Owners have each entered into with the Managers (the Commercial Management Agreements ) .

 

(B)                                Under each of the Commercial Management Agreements the Owners have agreed that all earnings of the Vessel and all revenues received in relation to any of the Commercial Management Agreements shall be pooled and distributed in accordance with this Agreement.

 

It is agreed as follows:

 

1                                          Definitions and interpretation

 

Business Days means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for business in London, New York, Singapore and Johannesburg;

 

Management Fee shall have the same meaning given to it in the Commercial Management Agreements;

 

Management Services shall have the same meaning given to it in the Commercial Management Agreements;

 

Technical Management Agreements means each of the technical management agreements which each Owner has entered into with Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty. Limited for the technical management of the applicable Vessel;

 

Two Mansel Time Charters means the two time charters to be entered into by the Managers (as charterers) with the respective Owners for the charter of two of the Vessels.

 

Vitol Group shall have the same meaning given to it in the Commercial Management Agreements;

 

Vessel A means the 51,800 DWT class product oil / chemical tanker identified as Builder’s hull no. H-4081 to be delivered to Owner A;

 

Vessel B means the 51,800 DWT class product oil / chemical tanker identified as Builder’s hull no. H-4082 to be delivered to Owner B;

 

2



 

Vessel C means the 51,800 DWT class product oil / chemical tanker identified as Builder’s hull no. H-4083 to be delivered to Owner C;

 

Vessel D means the 51,800 DWT class product oil / chemical tanker identified as Builder’s hull no. H-4084 to be delivered to Owner D;

 

Vessels means together, Vessel A, Vessel B, Vessel C and Vessel D and each a Vessel;

 

2                                          Pool Account

 

2.1                                On delivery of a Vessel to the Owner (except for any Owner of a Chartered Vessel) and commencement of the Management Services the respective Owner shall pay into the Pool Account sufficient funds so as to enable the Managers to perform the Management Services for that Vessel. For this purpose the Managers shall give a budget (the “Working Capital Budget” ) to the Owners at least thirty (30) days prior to delivery of the respective Vessel.

 

2.2                                The Owners and the Managers shall ensure all earnings of each of the Vessels including any amounts paid under Clause 7.1 and any amounts paid under Clause 5.4 and Clause 7.2 by the Managers (as charterers) (the “Gross Earnings” ) are paid to a designated account in the name of the Managers (the “Pool Account” ).

 

2.3                                The Managers shall retain a float of US$250,000 for each of the Vessels in the Pool Account (the “Working Capital Float” ).

 

2.4                                To the extent the Working Capital Float is not maintained in any month, the relevant Owners shall pay into the Pool Account so as to put the Managers in funds to maintain the Working Capital Float for that Vessel within three (3) Business days of a written request from the Managers.

 

3                                          Payments

 

3.1                                From the Pool Account the Managers shall be entitled to pay:-

 

(a)                                  its Management Fee on Gross Earnings received;

 

(b)                                  to pay any voyage-related expenses e.g. bunker costs, port expenses, canal expenses, wharfage, voyage related COFR expenses, costs of agents, additional war risk premium, etc;

 

(c)                                   all commissions or brokerage payable to third parties and/or to any company within the Vitol Group in accordance with Part II, Clause 12(f) of the Commercial Management Agreements in respect of fixtures, charter parties and contracts of affreightment concluded as part of the Management Services;

 

(d)                                  all fees, costs and expenses whatsoever incurred by the Managers in connection with the provision of the Management Services, including but not limited to fees and expenses of independent consultants, professional advisors and representatives, supercargo, port captains, surveyors, superintendents or other specialists, whom the Managers may deem desirable to be employed from time to time in connection with the commercial operation of the Vessels;

 

(e)                                   any charterer’s liability insurance, kidnap and ransom or such other insurance as the Managers may consider to be appropriate;

 

3



 

(f)                                    any amounts due under the loan facilities relating to the Vessels as advised by the Owners;

 

(g)                                   any amounts due under the Technical Management Agreements relating to the Vessels as advised by the relevant Owners; and

 

(h)                                  Managers’ Profit Share on a quarterly basis,

 

(items (a) through (e) above collectively the “Pool Expenses” ).

 

4                                          Pooling Calculations

 

4.1                                The difference between the Gross Earnings and the Pool Expenses shall be the “Net Pool Earnings” , which shall be pooled and averaged out equally across all Vessels. For this purpose each Vessel shall have equal weighting and each Vessel’s share of the Net Pool Earnings (following any deductions or adjustments of any amounts under Clause 6.1(b)) shall be the “Vessel Earning Share” .

 

5                                          The Chartered Vessels

 

5.1                                Vessel A and Vessel C will be time-chartered to the Managers (collectively the “Chartered Vessels” or singly the “Chartered Vessel” ) pursuant to the terms of the Two Mansel Time Charters.

 

5.2                                On delivery of a Chartered Vessel the Managers (as charterers) shall pay 30 days charter hire in advance into the Pool Account. No contribution from the respective Owners shall be required to be made to the initial Working Capital Budget.

 

5.3                                In respect of each of the Chartered Vessels, 50% of its Vessel Earning Share in excess of US$15,000 per day shall be paid to the Managers (as charterers) as a profit share (the “Managers’ Profit Share” ) in accordance with Clause 3.

 

5.4                                In the event that the deemed Vessel Earning Share in respect of a Chartered Vessel equates to less than USD15,000 per day at the end of any month, the Managers (as charterers) shall pay into the Pool Account such amount as is required to return the Vessel Earning Share of such Chartered Vessel to the equivalent of USD15,000 per day for that month.

 

6                                          Distribution of Earnings

 

6.1                                Managers shall deduct from the Net Pool Earnings the following amounts prior to distribution to the Owners:

 

(a)                                  any amounts paid in terms of Clause 3 in respect of:

 

(i)                                      any amounts due under the loan facilities relating to the Vessels as advised by the Owners;

 

(ii)                                   any amounts due under the Technical Management Agreements relating to the Vessels as advised by the Owners;

 

(iii)                                the Managers’ Profit Share in respect of the Chartered Vessels;

 

(b)                                  on a quarterly basis (if required) to maintain the Working Capital Float:

 

4


 

(i)                                      the results of any voyages in progress or completed but for which results are still outstanding;

 

(ii)                                   any earnings accrued but not received, or expenditure due but not paid;

 

(iii)                                apportionment of prepaid expenditure or expenditure payable after the quarterly accounting period;

 

(iv)                               any retentions required to cover claims in progress;

 

(v)                                  provision for any outstanding or contingent liability or obligation that would be considered (if accrued) a Pool Expense; and

 

Further, to the extent that the Working Capital Float is not maintained on any quarterly date following any deductions made in accordance with this Clause 6.1 such further amounts shall be deducted as required from the Net Pool Earnings to maintain the Working Capital Float.

 

The Managers shall following any deductions from the Net Pool Earnings as set out above pay into a designated bank account of each of the Owners of the Vessels, on a quarterly basis in arrears within twenty-one (21) days of the last day of the respective quarter in respect of each Vessel, such Owners’ Vessel Earning Share.

 

7                                          Accounting

 

7.1                                On an annual basis the Managers shall make any necessary adjustments to:

 

7.1.1                      each respective Vessel Earning Share to take into account: (a) the annual reconciliation of the financial results of the commercial operations of the Vessels being the Vessels on-hire days during the relevant financial year; and (b) the quarterly payments in accordance with Clause 6.1 above; and

 

7.1.2                      The Manager’s Profit Share to take into account the annual reconciliation of the financial results of the commercial operations of the Vessels being the Vessels on-hire days during the relevant financial year.

 

7.2                                Should the Vessel Earning Share in respect of a Chartered Vessel equate to less than USD15,000 per day, the Managers (as charterers) shall pay into the Pool Account such amount as is required to return the Vessel Earning Share of such Chartered Vessel to the equivalent of USD15,000 following the annual reconciliation of the financial results of the commercial operations of such Chartered Vessel being the Chartered Vessel on-hire days during the relevant financial year.

 

7.3                                For the purpose of the annual accounting and reconciling in accordance with Clause 7.1 and Clause 7.2 above the Managers shall only take account of voyages completed during the financial year. The calculation of the per day Vessel Earning Share excludes any off-hire days which may have occurred during such annual period in respect of each Vessel.

 

7.4                                Any surplus resulting from the reconciliation in accordance with Clause 7.1 and Clause 7.2 above shall be paid out to the respective Owners within 30 days of the financial year end.

 

5



 

7.5                                Any deficit resulting from the reconciliation in accordance with Clause 7.1 and Clause 7.2 above shall reduce the next quarterly advance payment payable in accordance with Clause 6.1 above.

 

7.5.1                      The Managers may, in their sole discretion (reasonably exercised) decide to increase of decrease the quantum of the Working Capital Float as may be required to enable the Managers to perform the Management Services; but

 

7.5.2                      In no event shall the quantum of the Working Capital Float exceed US$500,000 per each Vessel, unless agreed otherwise in writing by the relevant Owner.

 

8                                          Other Income or Expense

 

8.1                                Any of the following items of income or expenditure shall be added to (or reduce as applicable) the Net Pool Earnings:

 

(a)                                  interest earned on surplus funds in the Pool Account;

 

(b)                                  foreign exchange gains or losses arising out of commercial operation of the Vessels;

 

(c)                                   any damages or other amounts received in settlement of any claims relating to performance of any contracts of employment by Vessels;

 

(d)                                  any voyage expenses related rebates or commissions.

 

The Management Fee shall be chargeable on such income earned on (c) and (d) above which items shall be included in Net Pool Earnings for purpose of the annual reconciliation per Clause 7.1. No Management Fee shall be chargeable on (a) and (b) above which items are excluded from Net Pool Earnings for purpose of the annual reconciliation per Clause 7.1 and Clause 7.2 above.

 

9                                          Accounting and Reporting

 

9.1                                The Managers shall keep such records and accounts as shall be necessary for the proper commercial operation of the Vessels, including such accounts as shall be necessary for the calculation of quarterly distributions in accordance with Clause 6.1 and Clause 7.1 and Clause 7.2 above.

 

9.2                                The Managers shall maintain systems of internal financial controls to provide reasonable assurance that transactions are properly executed in accordance with responsible financial management, and sufficient to meet the requirements of an independent audit performed in accordance with International Auditing Standards.

 

9.3                                The Managers shall prepare quarterly accounts (the “Pool Accounts” ) showing the financial results for all the Vessels on a consolidated and individual basis, including:

 

(a)                                  Net Revenue and total distributions made to the Owners;

 

(b)                                  The Managers’ estimate of year to date and rest of years earnings, which shall also be given on a monthly basis;

 

(c)                                   Time Charter equivalent income for all voyages and charters performed by each Vessel;

 

(d)                                  The balance of the Pool Account;

 

6



 

(e)                                   Income Statement, Balance Sheet and a Cash flow reconciliation on a consolidated basis for all the Vessels;

 

(f)                                    Outstanding freight or demurrage due in respect of contracts performed by Vessels;

 

(g)                                   Off hire days for each Vessel monthly and year to date.

 

10                                   Third Party Rights

 

A person or entity which is not a party to this Agreement may not enforce or otherwise have the benefit of any provision of this Agreement under the Contract (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

11                                   Severability

 

If any provision of this Agreement is or subsequently becomes void, unenforceable or illegal, that shall not affect the validity, enforceability or legality of the other provisions of this Agreement.

 

12                                   Entire Agreement

 

This Agreement and the Commercial Management Agreements (together with all agreements and documents executed contemporaneously with it or referred to in them) constitutes a restatement of the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to its subject matter, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, whether oral or written, with respect to such subject matter.

 

13                                   Law, jurisdiction and general provisions

 

13.1                         This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.

 

13.2                         The parties hereby submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English Courts in all matters relating to this Agreement.

 

13.3                         This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.

 

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

7



 

EXECUTION PAGE

 

Signed by

)

 

 

)

 

duly authorised for and on behalf of

)

 

Leopard Moon Shipping Pte. Ltd.

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

sign here:

 

 

DIRECTOR A                DIRECTOR B

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

print name:

 

Signed by

)

 

 

)

 

duly authorised for and on behalf of

)

 

Leopard Star Shipping Pte. Ltd.

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

sign here:

 

 

DIRECTOR A                DIRECTOR B

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

print name:

 

Signed by

)

 

 

)

 

duly authorised for and on behalf of

)

 

Leopard Sea Shipping Pte. Ltd.

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

sign here:

 

 

DIRECTOR A                DIRECTOR B

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

print name:

 

Signed by

)

 

 

)

 

duly authorised for and on behalf of

)

 

Leopard Sun Shipping Pte. Ltd.

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

sign here:

 

 

DIRECTOR A                DIRECTOR B

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

print name:

 

8



 

Signed by

)

 

 

)

 

duly authorised for and on behalf of

)

 

Mansel Ltd.

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

sign here:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

print name:

 

9



 

Schedule 11 : Agency Letter

 

39


 

From:             Elandra Holdings Ltd.

TMF Place

Road Town

British Virgin Islands

 

To:                              Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.

             200 Cantonment Road

Singapore 089763

 

Vitol Shipping Singapore Pte. Ltd.

260 Orchard Road

The Heeren #13-01

Singapore 238855

 

Date:                 March 2012

 

Dear Sirs

 

Funds Received

 

1                                          We refer to the shareholders’ agreement dated                March 2012 between Vital Shipping Singapore Pte. Ltd. and Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. in respect of Leopard Tankers Pte. Ltd. (the Shareholders’ Agreement). Terms used in this letter but not defined herein shall have the meaning given to such terms in the Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

2                                          We confirm that we have received the Novation Consideration in accordance with each Novation Side Letter.

 

3                                          Following the date of Completion and (a) pending signature of the Novation Agreements and the re-issuance of the Refund Guarantees in favour of the Owners in accordance with the Novation Agreements and otherwise pending the occurrence of the Effective Date under each Novation Agreement and (b) for the avoidance of doubt, in the event of any cancellation or termination of a Shipbuilding Contract prior to the occurrence of the Effective. Date under the relevant Novation Agreement, we agree that we shall hold the benefit of each Shipbuilding Contract and Refund Guarantee for and on behalf of each relevant Owner and that we shall act as agent on behalf of each Owner under the relevant Shipbuilding Contract and Refund Guarantee until Delivery of the relevant Vessel and transfer of ownership of each Vessel to the relevant Owner at Delivery and otherwise under and in connection with the relevant Shipbuilding Contract and Refund Guarantee, and, if necessary following Delivery for any warranty claims, and act on instructions of each Owner in respect of any and all matters relating to the relevant Shipbuilding Contract and Refund Guarantee.

 

4                                          By your countersignature below, you agree that you shall fund us in advance upon our written request in respect of all amounts due under the Shipbuilding Contracts whether through Pre-Delivery Contributions and/or Approved Finance for the duration of any arrangements contemplated by paragraph 3 above in relation to each Shipbuilding Contract. In no circumstances shall we be required to commit our own funds to meet amounts due and payable under the Shipbuilding Contracts

 

1



 

5                                          Our obligations under paragraph 3 above in relation to each Shipbuilding Contract and Refund Guarantee shall cease upon the occurrence of the Effective Date under the relevant Novation Agreement.

 

6                                          This letter shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

 

Yours faithfully

 

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

Elandra Holdings Ltd.

 

 

We hereby agree and acknowledge the terms of this letter. It is further agreed that If the circumstances referred to in paragraph 3 of this letter apply and the Novation Agreements are not signed and/or the Refund Guarantees are not re-issued in favour of the Owners and such that the Effective Date under each of the Novation Agreements has not occurred by 31 May 2012, we shall negotiate in good faith to amend the Shareholders’ Agreement and any other documents considered reasonably necessary to record our agreement in such circumstances.

 

Agreed and Acknowledged

 

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.

 

 

Agreed and Acknowledged

 

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

Vitol Shipping Singapore Pte. Ltd.

 

 

2


 

Execution page

 

IN WITNESS whereof the Parties have duly executed this Agreement as a deed as of the day and year first above written.

 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

)

 

 

Vitol Shipping Singapore Pte. Ltd.

)

 

 

acting by:

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Christopher James Kernon

 

 

 

Christopher James Kernon

In the presence of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness signature:

 

 

/s/ Amanda Gara

 

 

 

 

Witness name:

 

 

Amanda Gara

 

 

 

 

Witness address:

 

 

Clyde & Co LLP

 

 

 

The St Botolph Building

 

 

 

138 Houndsditch

 

 

 

London

 

 

 

EC3A 7AR

 

 

 

 

Witness occupation:

 

 

Trainee Solicitor

 

 

 

 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

)

 

 

Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.

)

 

 

acting by:

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Martin Richard Wade

In the presence of:

 

 

Martin Richard Wade

 

 

 

 

Witness signature:

 

 

/s/ Gerald Christopher Kingsley-Wilkins

 

 

 

 

Witness name:

 

 

Gerald Christopher Kingsley-Wilkins

 

 

 

 

Witness address:

 

 

Grindrod Shipping Pte Ltd

 

 

 

200 Cantonment Road

 

 

 

#03-01 Southpoint

 

 

 

Singapore 089763

 

 

 

Tel: (65) 6323 0048 Fax: (65) 6323 0046

 

 

 

 

Witness occupation:

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

40


 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

)

 

 

Leopard Tankers Pte. Ltd.

)

 

 

acting by:

)

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Christopher James Kernon

 

 

 

Christopher James Kernon

In the presence of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness signature:

 

 

/s/ Amanda Gara

 

 

 

 

Witness name:

 

 

Amanda Gara

 

 

 

 

Witness address:

 

 

Clyde & Co LLP

 

 

 

The St Botolph Building

 

 

 

138 Houndsditch

 

 

 

London

 

 

 

EC3A 7AR

 

 

 

 

Witness occupation:

 

 

Trainee Solicitor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Martin Richard Wade

In the presence of:

 

 

Martin Richard Wade

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness signature:

 

 

/s/ Gerald Christopher Kingsley-Wilkins

 

 

 

 

Witness name:

 

 

Gerald Christopher Kingsley-Wilkins

 

 

 

 

Witness address:

 

 

Grindrod Shipping Pte Ltd

 

 

 

200 Cantonment Road

 

 

 

#03-01 Southpoint

 

 

 

Singapore 089763

 

 

 

Tel: (65) 6323 0048 Fax: (65) 6323 0046

Witness occupation:

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

41




Exhibit 4. 4(b)

 

Addendum No. 1 to the Shareholders’ Agreement dated 2 April 2012 in respect of Leopard Tankers Pte. Ltd.

 

This Addendum No. 1 is entered into as a deed

 

Dated       December 2012

 

Between

 

(1)                                              Vitol Shipping Singapore Pte. Ltd. , a company incorporated in Singapore with its registered office at 260 Orchard Road, The Heeren #13-01, Singapore 238855 ( Vitol );

 

(2)                                              Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. , a company incorporated in Singapore with its registered office at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 ( Grindrod ),

 

(together, the Parties and each a Party ),

 

and

 

(3)                                              Leopard Tankers Pte. Ltd. , a company incorporated in Singapore with its registered office at 260 Orchard Road, The Heeren #13-01, Singapore 238855 (the Company ).

 

Background

 

(A)                                           Pursuant to a shareholders’ agreement dated 2 April 2012 between the Parties and the Company (the Shareholders’ Agreement ), the Parties agreed to jointly own the issued shares of the Company on a 50:50 basis and the Company owns all of the issued shares of the Owners.

 

(B)                                           The Parties and the Company have been in negotiations with Standard Chartered Bank in its capacity as mandated lead arranger to provide Approved Finance to the Group and it is proposed that Approved Finance Documents shall be entered into on or about the date of this Addendum to provide a pre-delivery loan facility of up to US$29,160,000 and a post-delivery loan facility of up to US$109,350,000 to finance the acquisition of the Vessels.

 

(C)                                           The Parties acknowledge that, in connection with the Approved Finance, each of Grindrod and Vitol Holding B.V. shall enter into an undertaking with Standard Chartered Bank as security trustee for the lenders under the Approved Finance which provide for, amongst other things, certain financial covenants to be maintained by each of them (the Financial Covenants ), a breach of which shall constitute an event of default under the Approved Finance.  It has further been agreed that in circumstances where there is a breach of the Financial Covenants, there shall be a standstill period of up to 15 days within which the Parties may enter into discussions to implement the purchase of the Shares of Grindrod (in the case of a breach by Grindrod of its Financial Covenants) or Vitol (in the case of a breach by Vitol Holding B.V. of its Financial Covenants).

 

(D)                                           Furthermore, under the Approved Finance, it shall be an event of default if either of Grindrod or Vitol Holding Sarl become the subject of an Insolvency Event (as defined therein) and it is agreed that in such circumstances there

 

1



 

shall be a standstill period of up to 3 days within which the Parties may implement the purchase of the Shares of Grindrod (in the case of an Insolvency Event affecting Grindrod) or Vitol (in the case of an Insolvency Event affecting Vitol Holding Sarl).

 

(E)                                            The Parties wish to amend the Shareholders’ Agreement to provide for the acquisition of a Party’s Shares in the circumstances described in Recitals (C) and (D) above and this Addendum sets out the agreed amendments to the Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

It is agreed as follows:

 

1                                                      Interpretation

 

1.1                                            Capitalised terms used in this Addendum but not defined herein shall have the meaning given to them in the Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

1.2                                            References to clauses, recitals in this Addendum shall be deemed to be references to clauses and recitals of the Shareholders’ Agreement unless the context indicates otherwise.

 

2                                                      Amendments to the Shareholders’ Agreement

 

2.1                                            The Parties and the Company agree that the Shareholders’ Agreement shall be amended by and construed in accordance with the following provisions of this Clause with effect from the date of this Addendum:

 

2.1.1                                  Clause 1.1 shall be amended as follows:-

 

(a)                        New definitions shall be inserted as follows:-

 

(i)                            Financial Covenants Event shall have the meaning given to it in the SCB Loan Agreement; ”;

 

(ii)                         Insolvency Event means the occurrence of any of the events or circumstances described in Clause 19.1(g) of the SCB Loan Agreement; ”;

 

(iii)                      SCB Loan Agreement means the loan agreement dated [•] November 2012 between, amongst others, the Owners as joint and several borrowers, the banks and financial institutions listed in Schedule 1 as lenders, Standard Chartered Bank as mandated lead arranger, agent and security trustee (as amended, restated and/or supplemented from time to time), relating to a pre-delivery loan facility of up to US$29,160,000 and a post-delivery loan facility of up to US$109,350,000 for the acquisition of the Vessels by the Owners and which shall constitute Approved Finance; ”;

 

2.1.2                                  Clause 11.1 shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced as follows:

 

“In this Clause 11.1, “Creditor Parties”, “Majority Lenders” and “Standstill Period” have the meanings given in the SCB Loan Agreement.

 

(a)                        If:

 

(i)                            an Insolvency Event occurs in respect of Vitol or Vitol Holding Sarl; or

 

2



 

(ii)                         a Financial Covenants Event occurs in respect of Vitol Holding B.V. and alternative security acceptable to the Majority Lenders has not been provided to the Creditor Parties by or on behalf of Vitol Holding B.V. within the Standstill Period in accordance with clause 19.2(a) of the SCB Loan Agreement,

 

Grindrod shall have the option (but not the obligation) to purchase Vitol’s Shares on the terms and in accordance with the provisions set out in Clause 11.3 below.

 

(b)                        If:

 

(i)                            an Insolvency Event occurs in respect of Grindrod; or

 

(ii)                         a Financial Covenants Event occurs in respect of Grindrod and alternative security acceptable to the Majority Lenders has not been provided to the Creditor Parties by or on behalf of Grindrod within the Standstill Period in accordance with Clause 19.2(a) of the SCB Loan Agreement,

 

Vitol shall have the option (but not the obligation) to purchase Grindrod’s Shares on the terms and in accordance with the provisions set out in Clause 11.3 below.

 

2.1.3                                  Clause 11.3(a) shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced as follows:

 

the transfer of Shares (i) to Grindrod following its exercise of the option in accordance with Clause 11.1(a), or (ii) to Vitol following its exercise of the option in accordance with Clause 11.1(b), or (iii) to the non-defaulting Party following its exercise of its option in accordance with Clause 11.2, shall be effected in accordance with the provisions of Clause 16;

 

2.1.4                                  Clause 11.5 shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced as follows:

 

2.2                                            Without prejudice to the rights and obligations expressed in this Clause 11 (which shall survive termination), this Agreement shall be terminated immediately upon the occurrence of either (i) the payment of the Exit Amount and the transfer of the defaulting Party’s Shares in accordance with Clause 11.2 and the completion of the process set out in Clause 11.3 following the exercise by the non-defaulting Party of the option in accordance with Clause 11.2(b), or (ii) the payment of the Exit Amount to the transferor of the Shares and the transfer of Shares to the transferee and the completion of the process set out in Clause 11.3 following that Party’s exercise of its option to purchase the other Party’s Shares in accordance with Clause 11.1(a) (in the case of the exercise by Vitol of its option to acquire Grindrod’s Shares) or Clause 11.1(b) (in the case of the exercise by Grindrod of its option to acquire Vitol’s Shares). ”;

 

3                                                      Representations and Warranties

 

3.1                                            On the date of this Addendum, each Party represents and warrants to the other Party that:

 

3.1.1                                  it is a company duly organised, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated and has perpetual corporate existence and the capacity to sue or be sued in its own name, and has the power to own the property and assets that it presently owns and to continue to conduct the business it presently conducts;

 

3



 

3.1.2                                  it has power to enter into and perform this Addendum and has taken all necessary corporate and other action required to authorise the execution and delivery of this Addendum and its performance according to its terms;

 

3.1.3                                  the execution and delivery of this Addendum and its performance according to its terms do not and will not:-

 

(a)                        contravene the constitutional documents of that Party;

 

(b)                        violate any law to which that Party is subject;

 

(c)                         result in a breach of, or default under, any agreement, instrument or arrangement to which that Party is a party or which is binding upon that Party or any of its assets.

 

4                                                      General

 

4.1                                            Save as expressly amended by this Addendum, all other terms and conditions of the Shareholders’ Agreement remain unamended, valid and in full force and effect.

 

4.2                                            It is expressly agreed that this Addendum shall constitute an amendment to the Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

4.3                                            This Addendum may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

4.4                                            The provisions of Clauses 29 (Notices) and 34 (Governing Law and Jurisdiction) shall apply to this Addendum mutatis mutandis.

 

4



 

Execution page

 

IN WITNESS whereof the Parties have duly executed this Addendum as a deed as of the day and year first above written.

 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

)

 

Vitol Shipping Singapore Pte. Ltd.

)

 

acting by:

)

 

 

sign here:

 

 

 

/s/ Antoine Dominique Francois Fagniez

 

 

 

print name:

In the presence of:

 

 

 

Witness signature:

Witness sign here:

 

/s/ Wong Vun Kian

 

 

 Witness name:

print name:

 

 

 Witness address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness occupation:

 

 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

)

 

Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.

)

 

acting by:

)

 

 

sign here:

 

 

 

/s/ Martyn Richard Wade

 

 

 

print name:

In the presence of:

 

 

 

Witness signature:

Witness sign here:

 

 

 

/s/ Yvette Renee Brown

 

 

Witness name:

print name:

 

 

Witness address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness occupation:

 

 

5



 

 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

)

 

Leopard Tankers Pte. Ltd.

)

 

acting by:

)

 

 

sign here:

 

 

 

/s/ Antoine Dominique Francois Fagniez

 

 

 

print name:

 

 

 

/s/ Wong Vun Kian

In the presence of:

 

 

 

Witness signature:

Witness sign here:

 

 

Witness name:

print name:

 

 

Witness address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness occupation:

 

 

 

 

 

sign here:

 

/s/ Martyn Richard Wade

 

B Director

 

 

 

print name:

 

/s/ Yvette Renee Brown

In the presence of:

 

 

 

Witness signature:

Witness sign here:

 

 

Witness name:

print name:

 

 

Witness address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness occupation:

 

 

6




Exhibit 8.1

 

List of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. Subsidiaries (1)

 

 

 

Name of Subsidiary

 

Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization

 

 

 

 

IVS Bulk Owning Pte. Ltd.

 

 

 

Singapore

 

IVS Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd.

 

 

 

Singapore

 

IVS Bulk 430 Pte. Ltd.

 

 

 

Singapore

 

IVS Bulk 462 Pte. Ltd.

 

 

 

Singapore

 

IVS Bulk 475 Pte. Ltd.

 

 

 

Singapore

 

IVS Bulk 511 Pte. Ltd.

 

 

 

Singapore

 

IVS Bulk 512 Pte. Ltd.

 

 

 

Singapore

 

IVS Bulk 603 Pte. Ltd.

 

 

 

Singapore

 

IVS Bulk 609 Pte. Ltd.

 

 

 

Singapore

 

IVS Bulk 611 Pte. Ltd.

 

 

 

Singapore

 

IVS Bulk 612 Pte. Ltd.

 

 

 

Singapore

 

IVS Bulk 707 Pte. Ltd.

 

 

 

Singapore

 

 

Grindrod Shipping Services UK Limited

 

 

 

United Kingdom

 

Unicorn Atlantic Pte. Ltd.

 

 

 

Singapore

 

Unicorn Baltic Pte. Ltd.

 

 

 

Singapore

 

Unicorn Ionia Pte. Ltd.

 

 

 

Singapore

 

Unicorn Tanker Operations (434) Pte. Ltd.

 

 

 

Singapore

 

Unicorn Tankships (428) Ltd.

 

 

 

British Virgin Islands

 



 

 

Unicorn Ross Pte. Ltd.

 

 

 

Singapore

 

Nyathi Limited

 

 

 

Isle of Man

 

Unicorn Caspian Pte. Ltd.

 

 

 

Singapore

 

Unicorn Marmara Pte. Ltd.

 

 

 

Singapore

 

Unicorn Scotia Pte. Ltd.

 

 

 

Singapore

 

Unicorn Malacca Pte. Ltd.

 

 

 

Singapore

 

Unicorn Bulk Carriers Ltd

 

 

 

British Virgin Islands

 

Unicorn Tankers International Ltd

 

 

 

British Virgin Islands

 

Grindrod Maritime LLC (formerly known as York Maritime Holdings. V. LLC)

 

 

 

Marshall Islands

 

 


 

(1)  Excludes four dormant or otherwise inactive subsidiaries that are incorporated in the British Virgin Islands and have Unicorn Tankers International Ltd as the parent company.

 




Exhibit 15.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form 20-F of our report dated January 9, 2018, relating to the financial statement of Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. (Formerly known as Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd.) appearing in such Registration Statement.

 

We also consent to the reference to use under the heading “Statement by Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

 

Singapore

 

April 30, 2018

 




Exhibit 15.2

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form 20-F of our report dated March 23, 2018, relating to the combined financial statements of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. and subsidiaries and Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty. Ltd. and subsidiaries appearing in such Registration Statement.

 

We also consent to the reference to use under the heading “Statement by Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

 

Singapore

 

April 30, 2018

 




Exhibit 15.3

 

 


 

 

 

THIS CIRCULAR IS IMPORTANT AND REQUIRES YOUR IMMEDIATE ATTENTION

 

 

 

The definitions and interpretations commencing on page 12 of this Circular apply throughout this Circular, including this cover (unless the context indicates otherwise).

 

ACTION REQUIRED

 

Shareholders should note that, whilst the entire Circular is important and should be read in its entirety, particular attention should be paid to the section entitled “Action Required by Shareholders”.

 

If you are in any doubt as to the action you should take arising from this Circular, you should seek your own advice from your Broker, CSDP, banker, attorney, accountant or another professional adviser immediately.

 

If you have sold or otherwise transferred all of your Shares on or before [Tuesday, 22 May 2018], please send this Circular together with its accompanying enclosures at once to the purchaser or transferee, or to the Broker, CSDP, banker, attorney, accountant or other agent through whom the sale or transfer was effected, for transmission to the purchaser or transferee.

 

The Proposed Transaction described in this Circular is conditional, inter alia, on Shareholder approval. Notice of the General Meeting of Grindrod Shareholders to be held at Grindrod House, 108 Margaret Mncadi Avenue, Durban at [14:30] on [Thursday, 31 May] 2018 is set out in the notice of General Meeting incorporated with this Circular.

 

The Transaction Advisors are acting exclusively for Grindrod and Grindrod Shipping, and no one else in connection with the Proposed Transaction and will not be responsible to anyone, other than Grindrod and Grindrod Shipping, for providing the protections afforded to clients of the Transaction Advisors, respectively, or for providing advice in relation to the Proposed Transaction.

 

This Circular is available in English only. Copies of this Circular and the Grindrod Shipping PLS may be obtained from Thursday, [3 May] 2018 to [Thursday, 31 May] 2018 from the registered office of Grindrod and from the Transaction Sponsor and Corporate Sponsor at the addresses set out in the ‘ Corporate information and Advisors ’ section of this Circular. This Circular will also be posted to Shareholders on or about Thursday, [3 May] 2018.

 

IMPORTANT LEGAL NOTES

 

 

This Circular has been prepared for the purposes of complying with the JSE Listings Requirements and the Companies Act and the information disclosed may not be the same as that which would have been disclosed if this Circular had been prepared in accordance with the laws and regulations of any jurisdiction outside of South Africa.

 

The release, publication or distribution of this Circular in jurisdictions other than South Africa may be restricted by law and, therefore, any persons who are subject to the laws of any jurisdiction other than South Africa should inform themselves about, and observe, any applicable requirements. Any failure to comply with the applicable requirements may constitute a violation of the securities laws of such jurisdiction.

 

This Circular is not intended to, and does not constitute, or form part of, an offer to sell or an invitation to purchase or subscribe for any securities or a solicitation of any vote or approval in any jurisdiction. This Circular does not constitute a prospectus or a prospectus equivalent document. Shareholders are advised to read this Circular, which contains the full terms and conditions of the Proposed Transaction, with care. Any decision to approve the Proposed Transaction should be made only on the basis of the information in the Disclosure Package.

 

2



 

No representation or warranty, express or implied, is made by each of the Transaction Advisors as to the accuracy, completeness or verification of the information set out in this Circular, and nothing contained in this Circular is, or shall be relied upon as, a promise or representation in this respect, whether as to the past or the future. Each of the Transaction Advisors assumes no responsibility for this Circular's accuracy, completeness or verification and accordingly disclaim, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all liability whether arising in delict, tort, contract or otherwise which they might otherwise be found to have in respect of this Circular or any such statement.

 

Shareholders also acknowledge that: (i) they have not relied on the Transaction Advisors or any person affiliated with the Transaction Advisors in connection with any investigation of the accuracy of any information contained in the Disclosure Package or their investment decision; (ii) they have relied only on the information contained in the Disclosure Package; and (iii) no person has been authorised to give any information or to make any representation concerning the Company or the Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Shares (other than as contained in this Circular) and, if given or made, any such other information or representation should not be relied upon as having been authorised by the Company or the Transaction Advisors.

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This Circular includes forward-looking statements. Grindrod has based these forward-looking statements on its current expectations and projections about future performance or achievements. When Grindrod uses words in this Circular such as ‘anticipates’, ‘will likely result’, ‘are expected to’, ‘will continue’, ‘believes’, ‘is anticipated’, ‘estimates’, ‘intends’, ‘plans’, ‘seeks’, ‘projects’, ‘projection’, ‘will’, ‘may’, ‘might’, ‘expects’, ‘potential’, ‘could’, ‘should’, ‘outlook’ and similar expressions, Grindrod does so to identify forward-looking statements.

 

By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that may or may not occur in the future. Grindrod cautions that forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and that its actual results, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the industry in which Grindrod operates may differ materially from those made in or suggested by the forward-looking statements contained in this Circular. All of these forward-looking statements are based on estimates and assumptions made by Grindrod’s management, which, although Grindrod believes them to be reasonable, are inherently uncertain. Grindrod may not realise any such estimates or statements, and its actual results may differ materially from those contemplated by such forward-looking statements. Factors which may cause Grindrod’s actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by it in those statements include, inter alia , relevant risk factors.

 

Shareholders should keep in mind that any forward-looking statement made in this Circular or elsewhere speaks only as of the date on which Grindrod makes it. New factors that may cause Grindrod Group’s business not to develop as it expects may emerge from time to time and it is likely that Grindrod may not be able to predict all of these factors. Grindrod has no duty to, and does not intend to, update or revise the forward-looking statements in this Circular, after the date of this Circular, except as may be required by law.

 

Any forward-looking statement appearing in this circular has not been reviewed or reported on by the Company’s external auditors.

 

3



 

 

 

CORPORATE INFORMATION AND ADVISORS

 

 

 

Directors of Grindrod

 

Company Secretary and Registered Office of Grindrod

Executive

Michael John Hankinson ( Executive Chairman)

Andrew Geard Waller (Financial Director)

David Andrew Polkinghorne

Bongiwe Ntuli

 

Independent Non-executive

Nkululeko Leonard Sowazi (Lead Independent)

Hassen Adams

Mkhuseli Richman Faku

Sandile Donald Muziwenkosi Zungu

Grant Glenn Gelink

Zola Nwabisa Malinga

Petrus Johannes Uys

Walter Dayson Geach

Raymond Subusiso Ndlovu - Alternate Director to PJ Uys

Gerhard Kotze - Alternate Director to MR Faku

 

Catherina Isabella Lewis

 

Grindrod Limited

(Registration number 1966/009846/06)

Grindrod Mews

106 Margaret Mncadi Avenue

Durban, 4000

(PO Box 1, Durban, 4000)

 

Date of Incorporation

19 October 1966

 

Place of Incorporation

South Africa

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

South African Legal and Tax Advisor to Grindrod and Grindrod Shipping

Edward Nathan Sonnenbergs Inc.

(Registration number 2006/018200/21)

150 West Street

Sandown

Sandton, 2196

(PO Box 783347, Sandton, 2146)

 

Transfer Secretaries

Link Market Services South Africa Proprietary Limited

(Registration number 2000/007239/07)

13 th  Floor,

19 Ameshoff Street,

Braamfontein, 2000

(PO Box 4844, Johannesburg, 2000)

 

 

 

Singapore Counsel

Wong Tan & Molly Lim LLC

(Registration number 200209714K)

80 Robinson Road #17-02

Singapore 068898

 

Singapore-based Co-ordinating Counsel

Watson Farley & Williams LLP

6 Battery Road #28-00

Singapore 049909

 

Lead Financial Advisor and Transaction Sponsor

Rand Merchant Bank (A division of FirstRand Bank Limited)

(Registration number 1929/001225/06)

1 Merchant Place

Corner Fredman Drive and Rivonia Road

Sandton, 2196

(PO Box 786273, Sandton, 2146)

 

 

 

 

US Legal Advisor to Grindrod and Grindrod Shipping

Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP

One New York Plaza

New York, NY USA 10004

 

 

Auditors and Independent Reporting Accountant

Deloitte & Touche

(Practice number 902276)

2 Pencarrow Crescent

Pencarrow Park

La Lucia Ridge Office Estate

Durban, 4001

(PO Box 243, Durban, 4000)

 

4



 

Financial Advisor

Clarksons Platou Securities, Inc

CRD: 30882, SEC reg: 8-45221

280 Park Avenue, 21st floor

New York, NY 10017

United States

 

Corporate Sponsor

Grindrod Bank Limited

(Registration number 1994/007994/06)

Physical address

Third Floor, Grindrod Towers

8A Protea Place

Sandton, 2196

(PO Box 78011, Sandton, 2146)

 

 

Registered address:

5 Arundel Close, Kingsmead Office Park

Durban

4001

(PO Box 3211, Durban, 4000)

 

5


 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS Paragraph number and description

 

 

 

Page

 

 

ACTION REQUIRED BY SHAREHOLDERS

8

 

 

SALIENT DATES AND TIMES

10

 

 

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS

12

 

 

CIRCULAR TO SHAREHOLDERS

20

 

 

 

1.

INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND

20

 

 

 

2.

PURPOSE OF THIS CIRCULAR

20

 

 

 

3.

RATIONALE FOR THE PROPOSED TRANSACTION

20

 

 

 

4.

DETAILS OF THE PROPOSED TRANSACTION

21

 

 

 

4.1.

Implementation mechanics of the Proposed Transaction

21

 

 

 

4.2.

Conditions precedent

23

 

 

 

4.3.

Pro forma financial effects of the Proposed Transaction

24

 

 

 

4.4.

Taxation considerations

24

 

 

 

4.5.

Exchange control

25

 

 

 

4.6.

Board opinion and recommendation

26

 

 

 

5.

INFORMATION ON THE GRINDROD SHIPPING BUSINESS

26

 

 

 

5.1.

Name, address and incorporation date:

26

 

 

 

5.2.

Overview and prospects of the Grindrod Shipping business

27

 

 

 

5.3.

Historical financial information of Grindrod Shipping

27

 

 

 

5.4.

Material change

27

 

 

 

5.5.

Material contracts

27

 

 

 

5.6.

Material loans

27

 

 

 

5.7.

Vendors

28

 

 

 

5.8.

Litigation statement

28

 

 

 

6.

INFORMATION ON GRINDROD LIMITED

28

 

 

 

6.1.

Overview of the Grindrod Group’s business

28

 

 

 

6.2.

Grindrod Group prospects

28

 

 

 

6.3.

Share capital

28

 

 

 

6.4.

Major Shareholders

29

 

 

 

6.5.

Preference Shares and Preference Shareholders

29

 

 

 

6.6.

Directors’ interests in Ordinary Shares and Preference Shares

29

 

 

 

6.7.

Directors’ interests in transactions

30

 

 

 

6.8.

Directors’ remuneration and benefits

30

 

 

 

6.9.

Material loans

33

 

6



 

7.

WORKING CAPITAL STATEMENT

33

 

 

 

8.

PRELIMINARY TRANSACTION EXPENSES

33

 

 

 

9.

SHAREHOLDER SUPPORT

33

 

 

 

10.

DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT

34

 

 

 

11.

ADVISORS’ CONSENTS

34

 

 

 

12.

DOCUMENTS AVAILABLE FOR INSPECTION

34

 

 

 

13.

INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

35

 

 

Annexure A         Pro forma financial information of Grindrod

36

 

 

 

Annexure B         Independent Reporting Accountant’s Assurance Report on the Compilation of Pro Forma Financial Information

45

 

 

 

Annexure C         Material loans

47

 

 

 

Annexure D         Table of entitlement

49

 

 

 

Annexure E         Trading history of Grindrod Ordinary Shares

51

 

 

 

Annexure F         Tax considerations

52

 

 

 

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETING

56

 

 

 

FORM OF PROXY

59

 

7


 

 

 

ACTION REQUIRED BY SHAREHOLDERS

 

 

 

The definitions and interpretations commencing on page 12 of this Circular apply to this section.

 

This Circular is important and requires your immediate attention. If you are in any doubt as to the action you should take arising from this Circular, you should seek your own advice from your Broker, CSDP, banker, attorney, accountant or another professional adviser immediately.

 

If you have sold or otherwise transferred all of your shares in Grindrod on or before [Tuesday, 22 May 2018], please send this Circular together with the Disclosure Package at once to the purchaser or transferee, or to the Broker, CSDP, banker, attorney, accountant or other agent through whom the sale or transfer was effected, for the transmission to the purchaser or transferee.

 

Please take careful note of the following provisions regarding the action required by Shareholders.

 

VOTING AND ATTENDANCE AT THE GENERAL MEETING

 

The General Meeting of Shareholders will be held at Grindrod House, 108 Margaret Mncadi Avenue, Durban at [14:30] on [Thursday, 31 May] 2018 , to consider and, if deemed fit, pass the Resolutions set out in the Notice of General Meeting attached to this Circular.

 

If you have Dematerialised your Shares without “own-name” registration:

 

Voting at the General Meeting

 

Your Broker or CSDP is obliged to contact you in the manner stipulated in the agreement concluded between you and your Broker or CSDP to ascertain how you wish to cast your vote at the General Meeting and thereafter to cast your vote in accordance with your instructions.

 

If you have not been contacted by your Broker or CSDP it would be advisable for you to contact your Broker or CSDP and furnish them with your voting instructions.

 

If your Broker or CSDP does not obtain voting instructions from you, they will be obliged to vote in accordance with the instructions contained in the agreement concluded between you and your Broker or CSDP.

 

You must not complete the attached Form of Proxy [ colour ].

 

Attendance and representation at the General Meeting

 

In accordance with the agreement between you and your Broker or CSDP you must advise your Broker or CSDP if you wish to attend the General Meeting in person or if you wish to send a proxy to represent you at the General Meeting and your Broker or CSDP will issue the necessary letter of representation to you or your proxy to attend the General Meeting.

 

If you have not Dematerialised your Shares or if you have Dematerialised your Shares with “own-name” registration:

 

Voting, attendance and representation at the General Meeting

 

You may attend the General Meeting in person and may vote at the General Meeting.

 

Alternatively, in terms of Section 58 of the Companies Act, you may appoint a proxy to represent you at the General Meeting by completing the attached Form of Proxy [ colour ] in accordance with the instructions it contains and returning it to the Transfer Secretaries, Link Market Services South Africa Pty Limited , at 13th Floor, 19 Ameshoff Street, Braamfontein (PO Box 4844, Johannesburg, 2000), emailing it to meetfax@linkmarketservices.co.za or faxing it to 086 674 2450. For administrative purposes, it is recommended that Forms of Proxy are sent to the Transfer Secretaries to be received by no later than

 

8



 

[14:30] on [Tuesday, 29 May] 2018. However, you are entitled to deliver your Form of Proxy at any time prior to the due commencement of the General Meeting.

 

If you wish to Dematerialise your Shares, please contact your Broker. It should be noted that Shares may not be dematerialised or rematerialised between [Wednesday, 13 June 2018] and [Friday, 15 June 2018], both days inclusive.

 

9



 

 

 

SALIENT DATES AND TIMES

 

 

 

The definitions and interpretations commencing on page 12 of this Circular apply to this section.

 

 

 

2018

 

 

 

Record Date to determine which Shareholders are entitled to receive the Circular

 

[Thursday, 26 April]

 

 

 

Circular posted to Shareholders, declaration of the Grindrod Distribution and notice convening the General Meeting published on SENS on

 

[Thursday, 3 May]

 

 

 

Declaration of the Grindrod Distribution and notice convening the General Meeting published in the South African press on

 

[Friday, 4 May]

 

 

 

Last day to trade in Grindrod Shares in order to be recorded in the Register in order to participate in and vote at the General Meeting

 

[Tuesday, 22 May]

 

 

 

Record date in order to be entitled to participate in and vote at the General Meeting

 

[Friday, 25 May]

 

 

 

Last day to submit Forms of Proxy in respect of the General Meeting to the Transfer Secretaries, for administrative purposes, by 12h00

 

[Tuesday, 29 May]

 

 

 

General Meeting to be held at Grindrod’s registered office, Grindrod House, 108 Margaret Mncadi Avenue, Durban at [14h30] on

 

[Thursday, 31 May]

 

 

 

Results of the General Meeting and finalisation announcement in respect of the Grindrod Distribution to be published on SENS by [11h00]

 

[Friday, 1 June]

 

 

 

Announcement released on SENS in respect of the cash payment for fractional entitlements

 

[Friday, 1 June]

 

 

 

Results of the General Meeting and finalisation announcement in respect of the Grindrod Distribution to be published in the South African press on

 

[Monday, 4 June]

 

 

 

Expected last day to trade in order to be recorded in the Register on the Grindrod Distribution Record Date

 

[Tuesday,12 June]

 

 

 

Grindrod Ordinary Shares trade ‘ex’ the entitlement to the Grindrod Distribution with effect from the commencement of business on

 

[Wednesday, 13 June]

 

 

 

Grindrod Distribution Record Date

 

[Friday, 15 June]

 

 

 

Implementation Date

 

[Monday, 18 June]

 

 

 

Primary listing of Grindrod Shipping (Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Shares) on the NASDAQ with effect from the commencement of business (09h30 GMT -04:00, being 15h30 South African Standard Time)

 

[Monday, 18 June]

 

 

 

Secondary inward listing of Grindrod Shipping (Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Shares) ISIN SG9999019087 with alpha code GSH and short name GRINSHIP on the JSE with effect from the commencement of business (09h00 South African Standard Time) on

 

[Tuesday, 19 June]

 

10



 

Fractional Entitlement payment date

 

[Tuesday, 19 June]

 

Notes:

1.           The dates and times indicated in the table above are subject to change. Any material change will be released on SENS and published in the South African press.

2.           All times referred to in this Circular are references to South African Standard Time unless otherwise indicated.

3.           Forms of Proxy may also be handed to the Company or to the Chairman at any time before the due commencement of the General Meeting.

4.           Grindrod shares may not be dematerialised or rematerialised between [Wednesday, 13 June 2018] and [Friday, 15 June 2018], both days inclusive.

 

11


 

 

 

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS

 

 

 

In this Circular, unless otherwise stated or the context so requires, the words in the first column have the meanings stated opposite them in the second column, words in the singular include the plural and vice versa, words denoting one gender include the others and expressions denoting natural persons include juristic persons and associations of persons:

 

Authorised Dealer

 

a bank appointed by the Minister of Finance of South Africa to deal in foreign exchange, subject to conditions and within the prescribed limits, in terms of the Exchange Control Regulations which are administered by the Financial Surveillance Department of the South African Reserve Bank;

 

 

 

Broker

 

any person registered as a “ broker member equities ” in terms of the rules of the JSE in accordance with the provisions of the Financial Markets Act;

 

 

 

Category 1 Transaction ” or “ Category 1

 

a category 1 transaction as that term is defined in the JSE Listings Requirements;

 

 

 

Certificated Shareholders

 

holders of Certificated Shares;

 

 

 

Certificated Shares

 

Ordinary Shares that have not been Dematerialised, and are represented by a share certificate or other document of title;

 

 

 

Circular

 

this bound document, dated [Thursday, 3 May 2018], including its annexures and attachments, where applicable

 

 

 

Companies Act

 

the Companies Act, No. 71 of 2008, and the regulations thereunder, as amended from time to time;

 

 

 

Compulsorily Convertible Notes ” or “ CCNs

 

the conditional compulsorily convertible notes to be issued by Grindrod Shipping to Grindrod as the purchase consideration for GSPL and GSSA;

 

 

 

Common Monetary Area

 

collectively, Lesotho, Namibia, Swaziland and South Africa;

 

 

 

Consideration Shares

 

up to 19 063 832 ordinary shares in Grindrod Shipping, to be issued by Grindrod Shipping to Ordinary Shareholders recorded as such on the Grindrod Distribution Record Date pursuant to the Grindrod Distribution and in accordance with the Conversion;

 

 

 

Conversion

 

the automatic conversion of all of the CCNs to 19 063 832 Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Shares in the ratio of 1 CCN to 1 Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Share;

 

 

 

CSDP

 

Central Securities Depository Participant, a “participant” as defined in section 1 of the Financial Markets Act, duly authorised by a central securities depository in terms of the depository rules pursuant to section 31 of the Financial Markets Act;

 

 

 

CTC

 

in relation to a company, the contributed tax capital as defined in section 1 of the Income Tax Act of that company;

 

12



 

Dematerialised ” or “ Dematerialisation

 

the process by which securities held by Certificated Shareholders are converted to or held in an electronic form as uncertificated securities and recorded in the sub-register of Shareholders maintained by a broker or CSDP;

 

 

 

Dematerialised Shareholders

 

holders of Dematerialised Shares;

 

 

 

Dematerialised Shares

 

Ordinary Shares which have been through the Dematerialisation process;

 

 

 

Directors ” or the “ Board

 

the board of directors of Grindrod, elected as such from time to time;

 

 

 

Disclosure Package

 

this Circular and the Grindrod Shipping PLS, posted together;

 

 

 

“Entitlement Ratio”

 

the ratio of 2.5 GRIN Compulsorily Convertible Notes for every 100 Ordinary Shares (i.e. 1 GRIN Compulsory Convertible Note for every 40 Ordinary Shares);

 

 

 

Exchange Control Regulations

 

the Exchange Control Regulations of South Africa, as amended and promulgated in terms of section 9 of the South African Currency and Exchanges Act No 9 of 1993, as amended from time to time;

 

 

 

Financial Markets Act

 

the Financial Markets Act, No. 19 of 2012, and the regulations thereunder, as amended from time to time;

 

 

 

Form 20-F

 

the registration statement on Form 20-F filed by Grindrod Shipping with the SEC on March 23, 2018, as may from time to time be amended ;

 

 

 

Form of Proxy

 

the [ colour ] form of proxy attached to and forming part of this Circular, where applicable;

 

 

 

Fractional Entitlement

 

fractional interest in a GRIN CCN that may result from the Entitlement Ratio being applied to the number of Ordinary Shares held on the Grindrod Distribution Record Date;

 

 

 

General Meeting

 

the general meeting of Shareholders to be held at Grindrod House, 108 Margaret Mncadi Avenue, Durban at [14:30] on [Thursday, 31 May] 2018 for the purposes of considering and, if deemed fit, passing the Resolutions necessary to authorise and implement the Proposed Transaction;

 

 

 

Grindrod

 

Grindrod Limited (registration number 1966/009846/06), a public company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa and listed in the Industrial Goods and Services sector of the Main Board of the JSE and with its principle place of business at 108 Margaret Mncadi Avenue, Durban;

 

 

 

Grindrod Distribution or “ Distribution

 

the pro rata distribution in specie of all the GRIN CCNs by Grindrod to Ordinary Shareholders as at the Grindrod Distribution Record Date in terms of the Entitlement Ratio, and subject to Fractional Entitlements being settled in cash;

 

13



 

Grindrod Distribution Record Date

 

[Friday, 15 June] being the date upon which Ordinary Shareholders must be recorded as such in the Register, in order to be eligible to receive the Grindrod Distribution;

 

 

 

Grindrod Financial Services ” or “ Financial Services

 

a division of Grindrod Group;

 

 

 

Grindrod Freight Services ” or “ Freight Services

 

a division of Grindrod Group;

 

 

 

Grindrod Group

 

Grindrod, its subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures;

 

 

 

Grindrod Participants

 

participants of Grindrod Limited long term share incentive schemes other than those employed by GSSA and GSPL;

 

 

 

Grindrod Shipping Business ” or “ Shipping

 

the business of each of GSPL and GSSA;

 

 

 

Grindrod Shipping Business Disposal ” or “ Disposal

 

the sale by Grindrod on the Implementation Date to Grindrod Shipping of all the shares it holds in (i) GSPL in exchange for the GSPL CCNs; and (ii) GSSA in exchange for the GSSA CCNs;

 

 

 

Grindrod Shipping

 

Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd., (registration number201731497H), a public company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of Singapore and with its principal place of business at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore, 089763 ;

 

 

 

Grindrod Shipping Listing

 

together, the JSE Listing and the NASDAQ Listing;

 

 

 

Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Shares

 

the issued and paid-up shares of Grindrod Shipping, which comprise in total 19 063 833 ordinary shares of no par value issued by Grindrod Shipping;

 

 

 

Grindrod Shipping Participants

 

participants of Grindrod Limited long-term share incentive schemes who are employed by GSSA and GSPL;

 

 

 

GRIN Compulsorily Convertible Notes ” or “ GRIN CCNs

 

collectively the GSSA CCNs and the GSPL CCNs;

 

 

 

Grindrod Shipping PLS

 

the pre-listing statement forming part of the Disclosure Package prepared for the purpose of the JSE Listing and published on Thursday, [3 May] 2018;

 

 

 

GSPL

 

Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. (registration number 200407212K), a private company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of Singapore;

 

 

 

GSPL SPA

 

the share purchase agreement entered into by and between Grindrod and Grindrod Shipping dated 23 March 2018, in terms of which Grindrod will dispose of all of the issued shares in GSPL to Grindrod Shipping, in consideration for which it will receive the GRIN CCNs;

 

14



 

GSPL CCNs

 

16 626 600 Compulsorily Convertible Notes to be issued by Grindrod Shipping to Grindrod, on the terms set out in the GSPL SPA, as settlement of the consideration due in terms of the GSPL SPA;

 

 

 

GSSA

 

Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Proprietary Limited, registration number 1975/002219/07, a private company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa following the divestiture of OACL and Unicorn Bunker Barges;

 

 

 

GSSA SPA

 

the share purchase agreement entered into by and between Grindrod and Grindrod Shipping dated 23 March 2018, in terms of which Grindrod will dispose of all of the issued shares in GSSA to Grindrod Shipping, in consideration for which it will receive the GSSA CCNs;

 

 

 

GSSA CCNs

 

 2 437 232 Compulsorily Convertible Notes to be issued by Grindrod Shipping to Grindrod, on the terms set out in the GSSA SPA, as settlement of the consideration due in terms of the GSSA SPA;

 

 

 

IFRS

 

International Financial Reporting Standards;

 

 

 

Implementation Agreement

 

the implementation agreement entered into by and between Grindrod, Grindrod Shipping, GSPL and GSSA, on 23 March 2018, in terms of which the Proposed Transaction will be implemented;

 

 

 

Implementation Date ” or Closing Date

 

[ Monday, 18 June ];

 

 

 

“Income Tax Act”

 

Income Tax Act, No. 58 of 1962, and the regulations thereunder as amended from time to time;

 

 

 

Indicative JSE Listing Date

 

[Tuesday, 19 June 2018];

 

 

 

Indicative NASDAQ Listing Date

 

[Monday, 18 June 2018];

 

 

 

JSE

 

the securities exchange operated by JSE Limited;

 

 

 

JSE Limited

 

JSE Limited (registration number 2005/022939/06), a public company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa and listed on the Main Board of the JSE, licenced as an exchange under the Financial Markets Act;

 

 

 

JSE Listing

 

the secondary inward listing of Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Shares on the JSE pursuant to paragraph 4.1.8;

 

 

 

JSE Listings Requirements

 

the listings requirements issued by JSE Limited, as amended from time to time;

 

 

 

Last Practicable Date

 

[Tuesday, 24 April 2018] being the last date prior to the finalisation of this Circular, on which information could be included in this Circular;

 

 

 

Listings

 

the NASDAQ Listing and the JSE Listing;

 

 

 

Listings Documents

 

means collectively the Grindrod Shipping PLS and Form 20-F;

 

15



 

Long Stop Date

 

the last Business Day preceding the Implementation Date;

 

 

 

MOI

 

the Memorandum of Incorporation of Grindrod, as amended or replaced from time to time;

 

 

 

NASDAQ

 

the NASDAQ Global Select Market;

 

 

 

NASDAQ Listing

 

the primary listing of Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Shares on NASDAQ;

 

 

 

Non-Resident Shareholder

 

a shareholder who is not considered to be ordinarily resident in the Common Monetary Area in terms of the Exchange Control Regulations;

 

 

 

Non-SA Tax Resident

 

a person (natural or juristic) that does not meet the definition of “resident” in section 1 of the Income Tax Act;

 

 

 

“OACL”

 

Ocean Africa Container Lines, a division of Grindrod (South Africa) Proprietary Limited, registration number 1933/004726/07, a private company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa , formerly a division of GSSA;

 

 

 

Ordinary Shareholders

 

holders of Ordinary Shares;

 

 

 

Ordinary Shares

 

ordinary shares with a par value of 0.002 cents each in the share capital of Grindrod;

 

 

 

Preference Dividend

 

the preference dividend payable per Preference Share in respect of each Preference Dividend Period;

 

 

 

Preference Dividend Dates

 

31 December and 30 June of each year;

 

 

 

Preference Dividend Period

 

the period between two consecutive Preference Dividend Dates, inclusive of the later date;

 

 

 

Preference Shareholders

 

holders of Preference Shares;

 

 

 

Preference Shares

 

the issued cumulative, non-redeemable, non-participating, non-convertible preference shares with a par value of 0.031 cents each in the share capital of Grindrod;

 

 

 

Preference Share Terms

 

the terms applicable to the Preference Shares as set out in Annexure A to the MOI;

 

 

 

Proposed Transaction

 

the proposed inter-conditional transaction set out in paragraph 4 of this Circular and comprising the Grindrod Shipping Business Disposal, the Grindrod Distribution, the Conversion and the Grindrod Shipping Listing;

 

 

 

Qualifying SA Corporate(s)

 

a Dematerialised Shareholder in respect of whom the relevant CSDP, Broker or other Regulated Intermediary has, by no later than 12h00 on the Implementation Date, informed the Transfer Secretaries that such Dematerialised Shareholder has submitted to it the prescribed documentation contemplated in section 64FA(2)(a) of the Income Tax Act on which it has indicated that it is a SA Corporate; or

 

16



 

 

 

a Certificated Shareholder which has, by no later than 12h00 on the Implementation Date, submitted to Grindrod the prescribed documentation contemplated in section 64FA(2)(a) of the Income Tax Act on which it has indicated that it is a SA Corporate;

 

 

 

Record Date

 

[Friday, 25 May] 2018 being the last day for Shareholders to be recorded in the registers in order to be entitled to participate in the General Meeting;

 

 

 

Register

 

means the securities register of Grindrod;

 

 

 

Regulated Intermediary

 

a regulated intermediary as contemplated in section 64D of the Income Tax Act;

 

 

 

Resolutions

 

the ordinary resolutions set out in the Notice of General Meeting required to be passed by Shareholders in order to implement and give effect to the Proposed Transaction;

 

 

 

“SAICA”

 

South African Institute of Chartered Accountants;

 

 

 

“SA Corporate”

 

a person envisaged in section 64F(1)(a) of the Income Tax Act being “ a company which is a resident ” for tax purposes in South Africa;

 

 

 

SA Tax Resident

 

a person (natural or juristic) that meets the definition of “resident” in section 1 of the Income Tax Act;

 

 

 

SARS

 

South African Revenue Service;

 

 

 

SEC

 

the United States Securities and Exchange Commission;

 

 

 

SENS

 

the Stock Exchange News Service of the JSE;

 

 

 

Shareholders

 

collectively the Ordinary Shareholders and Preference Shareholders; 

 

 

 

Shares

 

Ordinary Shares and Preference Shares;

 

 

 

Singapore

 

the Republic of Singapore;

 

 

 

South Africa

 

the Republic of South Africa;

 

 

 

“STT”

 

a tax levied on the transfer of a security in terms of the Securities Transfer Tax Act, No. 25 of 2007, as amended;

 

 

 

Transaction Advisors

 

collectively the Financial Advisor and Transaction Sponsor, Financial Advisor, Corporate Sponsor, Auditors and Independent Reporting Accountant, South African Legal and Tax Advisor, US Legal Advisor, Singapore Counsel and Singapore-based Co-ordinating Counsel;

 

 

 

Transfer Secretaries

 

Link Market Services South Africa Proprietary Limited (registration number 2000/007239/07), a private company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

 

 

Unicorn Bunker Barges ” or “ Unicorn Bunker Services

 

Unicorn Bunker Services Proprietary Limited (registration number 1999/021004/07) , formerly a wholly owned subsidiary of GSSA; and

 

17



 

United States ” or “ US

 

the United States of America.

 

18


 

 

 

 

Grindrod Limited

 

(Incorporated in the Republic of South Africa)

 

(Registration number: 1966/009846/06)

 

Ordinary Share code: GND and ISIN: ZAE000072328

 

Preference Share code: GNDP and ISIN ZAE000071106

 

 

(“ Grindrod ” or the “ Company ”)

 

 

 

 

Directors of Grindrod

 

 

 

 

 

Executive

 

Independent Non-executive

Michael John Hankinson ( Executive Chairman)

 

Nkululeko Leonard Sowazi (Lead Independent)

Andrew Geard Waller (Financial Director)

 

Hassen Adams

David Andrew Polkinghorne

 

Mkhuseli Richman Faku

Bongiwe Ntuli

 

Sandile Donald Muziwenkosi Zungu

 

 

Grant Glenn Gelink

 

 

Zola Nwabisa Malinga

 

 

Petrus Johannes Uys

 

 

Walter Dayson Geach

 

 

Raymond Ndlovu – Alternate Director to PJ Uys

 

 

Gerhard Kotze – Alternate Director to MR Faku

 

19


 

 

 

CIRCULAR TO SHAREHOLDERS

 

 

 

1.                                  INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND

 

Grindrod currently has three divisions: Freight Services, Shipping and Financial Services. The Board announced on SENS on 23 August 2017 that it intends separating Shipping from the balance of the Grindrod Group and separately listing the shipping businesses on an appropriate offshore stock exchange (with a secondary inward listing on the JSE).

 

In order to give effect to the Proposed Transaction, and as more fully set out in this Circular, Grindrod will dispose of all of the shares in GSPL and GSSA to a newly established shipping holding company in Singapore, Grindrod Shipping. GSSA has already disposed of OACL and Unicorn Bunker Barges to Grindrod Group, and the effective date of these disposals was 1 January 2018. Grindrod Shipping will settle the purchase consideration through the issue of the GRIN CCNs to Grindrod. Grindrod will immediately distribute the GRIN CCNs to all Ordinary Shareholders as a distribution in specie. The Grindrod Distribution will be followed by the conversion of the Compulsorily Convertible Notes into the Consideration Shares.  The Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Shares will be listed on NASDAQ and the JSE.

 

Immediately post the implementation of the Proposed Transaction, other than with respect to the treatment of the Fractional Entitlements the beneficial holders of Grindrod Shipping will be a direct mirror of the Ordinary Share Register of Grindrod. Ordinary Shareholders will hold (i) Ordinary Shares and (ii) Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Shares. Grindrod will, following implementation of the Proposed Transaction, have no further interest in or obligations to Grindrod Shipping.

 

2.                                  PURPOSE OF THIS CIRCULAR

 

The purpose of this Circular is to:

 

·      provide Shareholders with relevant information in relation to the Proposed Transaction, including how the Proposed Transaction will be implemented; and

 

·      convene the General Meeting in terms of the Notice of General Meeting incorporated in this Circular, to consider and, if deemed fit, to pass the Resolutions.

 

3.                                  RATIONALE FOR THE PROPOSED TRANSACTION

 

The separation from the Grindrod Group and separate listing of the Grindrod Shipping Business is being pursued, among other reasons, because it will (i) allow shareholders to identify more clearly the different characteristics of the Freight Services and Financial Services businesses and the Grindrod Shipping Business (through Grindrod Shipping) and to value them separately, (ii) allow management of each business to focus solely on that business and pursue their respective strategies, (iii) provide relevant employees of each business stock-based incentives linked solely to their employer and (iv) enable each company to elect an appropriately sized board of directors comprised of individuals with the skills and sector knowledge relevant to each business. NASDAQ is an efficient and mature stock market, with investors and analysts familiar with the shipping industry and its dynamics. There are currently 15 shipping companies listed on NASDAQ with a market capitalisation of approximately US$2.7 billion.  There are currently no pure play shipping companies listed on the JSE.

 

20



 

4.                                  DETAILS OF THE PROPOSED TRANSACTION

 

4.1.                      Implementation mechanics of the Proposed Transaction

 

The implementation mechanics of the Proposed Transaction have been divided into separate steps for ease of reference. The separate steps will however be implemented on an inter-conditional and indivisible basis on the Implementation Date:

 

4.1.1.                                   Grindrod Shipping Business Disposal

 

On the Implementation Date Grindrod will sell to Grindrod Shipping all the shares it holds in:

 

4.1.1.1.       GSPL for $279 685 000, to be settled by the issue by Grindrod Shipping of the GSPL CCNs; and

 

4.1.1.2.      GSSA for $40 998 000, to be settled by the issue by Grindrod Shipping of the GSSA CCNs.

 

The GRIN CCNs will have an aggregate value of $ 320 683 000.

 

4.1.2.                                   Terms of the Compulsorily Convertible Notes

 

In order to meet Singapore law requirements 1 (one) certificate will be issued to Grindrod in respect of all the CCNs (the “CCN Certificate”) in settlement of the purchase consideration under the GSPL SPA and the GSSA SPA.

 

The CCNs shall not be interest bearing. The conversion of the CCNs will be conditional upon the completion of the Grindrod Distribution and shall only be for the benefit of Ordinary Shareholders. For purposes of clarity, conversion cannot take place whilst a CCN is held by Grindrod prior to the Grindrod Distribution. This conversion condition will be triggered and the CCNs will convert to the Consideration Shares upon the deemed receipt by Ordinary Shareholders of the CCNs. Ordinary Shareholders should take note that by approving the Proposed Transaction at the General Meeting, all Ordinary Shareholders will be deemed to have waived their rights to receive the physical certificates representing the CCNs and have irrevocably authorised Grindrod Shipping to convert the CCNs into Consideration Shares pursuant to the terms of the CCNs and in the manner described herein.

 

In order to implement the abovementioned steps, the CCN Certificate will be endorsed to the effect that the CCNs have been distributed to the Grindrod Shareholders, with a copy of the Share Register (for Grindrod Shareholders) as at the Record Date and the basis of the Grindrod Distribution.

 

Once the Consideration Shares have been issued, the CCN Certificate will be cancelled and the Grindrod Shipping share register will be updated to reflect the Grindrod Shareholders and Grindrod as shareholders in Grindrod Shipping.

 

4.1.3.                                   Grindrod Distribution to Ordinary Shareholders

 

On the Implementation Date, immediately post the Disposal, the Board will make the Grindrod Distribution on a pro rata basis to all the Ordinary Shareholders. The Grindrod Distribution to all Qualifying SA Corporates will be a dividend in specie , whereas the Grindrod Distribution to all Ordinary Shareholders other than Qualifying SA Corporates will be a return of capital and made out of the CTC of Grindrod. The entitlement of Ordinary Shareholders to

 

21



 

CCNs as well as Fractional Entitlements is set out in paragraphs 4.1.4 – 4.1.6 below.

 

Shareholders are referred to Annexure F to this Circular which sets out, on an indicative basis, the relevant tax treatment of the Grindrod Distribution.

 

4.1.4.                                   Entitlement

 

The number of CCNs to which an Ordinary Shareholder will be entitled will be determined with reference to the number of Ordinary Shares held on the Grindrod Distribution Record Date and is set out in the Table of Entitlement in Annexure D to this Circular. The application of the Entitlement Ratio is subject to rounding down, in accordance with the standard JSE rounding convention, and only whole numbers of CCNs will distributed.

 

Certificated Shareholders will have their entitlements credited to a nominee account with the Transfer Secretaries.

 

If you are a Dematerialised Shareholder, you should receive notification from your CSDP or Broker regarding the CCNs to which you are entitled in terms of the Grindrod Distribution. Dematerialised Shareholders will have their CSDP or Broker accounts automatically credited.

 

4.1.5.                                   Fractional Entitlements

 

The application of the Entitlement Ratio is subject to rounding down, in accordance with the standard JSE rounding convention, and only whole numbers of CCNs will distributed. Fractional Entitlements will be settled in cash.

 

4.1.6.                                   Holdings of odd lots in multiples other than 100 Ordinary Shares

 

Ordinary Shareholders holding less than 100 Ordinary Shares, or not holding a whole multiple of 100 Shares, will be entitled, in respect of such holdings, to participate in the Grindrod Distribution in accordance with the Table of Entitlement in Annexure E to this Circular.

 

4.1.7.                                   Conversion of the GRIN Compulsorily Convertible Notes

 

Upon the deemed receipt of the CCNs by the Ordinary Shareholders, the CCNs will immediately and automatically convert on the Implementation Date into Consideration Shares in accordance with their terms and in the ratio of 1 CCN to 1 Consideration Share and the CCNs will automatically be cancelled on conversion . Grindrod Shipping will take all necessary actions to issue and allot the Consideration Shares to the Ordinary Shareholders.

 

4.1.8.                                   Grindrod Shipping Listings on NASDAQ and the JSE

 

4.1.8.1.                       The NASDAQ Listing

 

Grindrod Shipping has applied to have the Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Shares approved for quotation on NASDAQ under the symbol “GRIN”.

 

Subject to, inter alia , the requisite Shareholder approval, the Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Shares will list and trade on NASDAQ with effect from the commencement of business in New York on [Monday, 18 June] 2018. For this purpose, the Form 20-F is being provided to Ordinary Shareholders.

 

4.1.8.2.                       The JSE Listing

 

22



 

The JSE has granted Grindrod Shipping, subject to, inter alia , the requisite shareholder approval, a secondary inward listing in the “Industrials-Transportation Services” sector of the main board of the JSE, with the share code GSH and under the abbreviated name GRINSHIP. For this purpose, the Grindrod Shipping PLS is being provided to Ordinary Shareholders together with this Circular.

 

The Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Shares will list and trade on the JSE with effect from the commencement of trading on [Tuesday, 19 June] 2018.

 

Following the Conversion all Ordinary Shareholders will receive Consideration Shares on the JSE register. Following the Listings, Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Shares will be fully fungible between the JSE and NASDAQ registers.

 

4.1.9.                                   Voting rights

 

All of the 762 553 314 issued Ordinary Shares rank pari passu with each other and can vote.

 

In accordance with the Preference Share Terms, the Preference Shareholders will have voting rights on the Proposed Transaction in proportion to the nominal value of their Preference Shares, as against the aggregate nominal value of all the Shares in Grindrod, which currently equates to the Preference Shareholders in aggregate being entitled to exercise 13.2351% of the total voting rights in Grindrod. It is, however, further provided that the total votes exercisable by Preference Shareholders at a general meeting shall not exceed 25% less one vote, of the votes exercisable by all Shareholders present or represented by proxy at such general meeting.  If the aggregate votes exercisable by Preference Shareholders would otherwise exceed that limit, each Preference Shareholder shall be entitled to the aforesaid proportional voting rights in respect of one-quarter only of his Preference Shares and, in respect of the other three-quarters, such lower proportion as will result in the total voting rights exercisable by all Preference Shareholders at such General Meeting not exceeding such limit.  (Refer to paragraph 6.5 of this Circular on Preference Shares and Preference Shareholders for additional detail on the Preference Share Terms).

 

Every Shareholder present or represented by proxy at the General Meeting shall vote on a poll, determined in accordance with the voting rights associated with the Ordinary Shares and/or Preference Shares held by that Shareholder.

 

4.1.10.                             Shareholder approvals

 

The Disposal to Grindrod Shipping constitutes a Category 1 Transaction in terms of the JSE Listings Requirements and, as such, requires the approval of more than 50% of the total voting rights exercised by Shareholders in a General Meeting. As the Disposal, the Distribution, the Conversion and the Listings are inter-conditional and indivisible, if more than 50% of Shareholders’ voting rights exercised are against the Disposal, the entire Proposed Transaction will fail.

 

4.2.                         Conditions precedent

 

The Proposed Transaction is subject to, inter alia, fulfilment or waiver, where capable of waiver, of the following conditions precedent:

 

4.2.1.                                     Condition precedent to the GSSA SPA

 

The disposal of GSSA to Grindrod Shipping is subject to fulfilment of the following condition precedent by not later than the Long Stop Date -

 

23



 

·     the Implementation Agreement has been concluded and has become unconditional in accordance with its terms (save for any condition regarding the unconditionality of the GSSA SPA).

 

4.2.2.                                     Condition precedent to the GSPL SPA

 

The disposal of GSPL to Grindrod Shipping is subject to fulfilment of the following condition precedent by not later than the Long Stop Date -

 

·     the Implementation Agreement has been concluded and has become unconditional in accordance with its terms (save for any condition regarding the unconditionality of the GSPL SPA).

 

4.2.3.                                     Conditions precedent to the Implementation Agreement

 

The implementation of the Proposed Transaction is subject to fulfilment of the following conditions precedent by not later than the Long Stop Date -

 

·     all of the resolutions set out in Annexure A to the Implementation Agreement (being those resolutions set out in the notice of the General Meeting of Shareholders incorporated in this Circular) are duly passed at the General Meeting; and

 

·     the Listings Documents are duly issued by Grindrod Shipping and provided to the Ordinary Shareholders.

 

The date for the fulfilment of the conditions precedent to the Implementation Agreement may be extended until such later date as may be agreed in writing between Grindrod, GSSA, GSPL and Grindrod Shipping.

 

4.3.                         Pro forma financial effects of the Proposed Transaction

 

The pro forma financial statements have been included as Annexure A to this Circular and have been prepared for illustrative purposes only to provide information about how the Proposed Transaction may have affected the financial position of Grindrod Group assuming that the Proposed Transaction had been implemented on 31 December 2017 for purposes of the statement of financial position, net assets per share and tangible net assets per share and implemented on 1 January 2017 for purposes of the statement of comprehensive income, earnings per share and headline earnings per share.

 

The pro forma financial statements of Grindrod, including the assumptions on which they are based and the financial information from which they have been prepared, are the responsibility of the Board.

 

The pro forma financial statements have been prepared in compliance with IFRS, the SAICA guide on pro forma financial information and in accordance with Grindrod’s accounting policies, which are consistent with those accounting policies adopted in preparing Grindrod’s annual financial statements.

 

Due to their nature, they may not fairly represent Grindrod’s financial position, changes in equity, results of operations or cash flows after the Proposed Transaction.

 

The Independent Reporting Accountants’ assurance report on the pro forma financial statements is set out in Annexure B of this Circular.

 

4.4.                       Taxation considerations

 

The tax implications of the Proposed Transaction on an Ordinary Shareholder will depend on the individual circumstances of each Ordinary Shareholder. Accordingly, Ordinary

 

24



 

Shareholders are advised to obtain independent tax advice in relation to the tax implications of the Proposed Transaction.

 

Annexure F sets out the indicative tax consequences for Ordinary Shareholders.

 

4.5.                         Exchange control

 

The following is a summary of the Exchange Control Regulations insofar as they have application to the Ordinary Shareholders in terms of the Proposed Transaction. This summary is not comprehensive and is intended as a guide only. If Ordinary Shareholders have any doubts regarding their obligations in terms of the Exchange Control Regulations, they are advised to consult their professional advisors.

 

4.5.1.                                   Residents of the Common Monetary Area

 

In the case of:

 

4.5.1.1.     Certificated Shareholders whose registered addresses in the Register are within the Common Monetary Area and whose document(s) of title are not restrictively endorsed in terms of the Exchange Control Regulations, Consideration Shares will be posted to such Ordinary Shareholders, in accordance with the “ Action required by Shareholders ” section of this document as set out on page 9; or

 

4.5.1.2.     Dematerialised Shareholders whose registered addresses in the Register are within the Common Monetary Area and who have not been restrictively endorsed in terms of the Exchange Control Regulations, Consideration Shares will be transferred directly to the accounts nominated for the relevant Ordinary Shareholders by their duly appointed CSDP or Broker in terms of the provisions of the custody agreement with their CSDP or Broker.

 

4.5.2.                                     Emigrants from the Common Monetary Area

 

In the case of Ordinary Shareholders who are emigrants from the Common Monetary Area and whose registered addresses are outside the Common Monetary Area, the Consideration Shares will:

 

4.5.2.1.     in the case of Certificated Shareholders whose document(s) of title have been restrictively endorsed under the Exchange Control Regulations, be endorsed “non-resident” and deposited with the Authorised Dealer in foreign exchange in South Africa controlling such Certificated Shareholders’ blocked assets in terms of the Exchange Control Regulations. It will be incumbent on the shareholder concerned to approach the Authorised Dealer controlling such Certificated Shareholders’ blocked assets and instruct the Authorised Dealer accordingly; or

 

4.5.2.2.     in the case of Dematerialised Shareholders, be transferred to the emigrant blocked accounts of the Shareholders held at the CSDP of the Authorised Dealer controlling the particular emigrants’ blocked assets, or the CSDP contracted by such an Authorised Dealer, under the auspices of the controlling Authorised Dealer.

 

The CSDP or broker must ensure that all requirements of the Exchange Control Regulations are adhered to in respect of their clients falling into this category of

 

25



 

investor, whether their Consideration Shares are held in certificated or dematerialised form.

 

4.5.3.                                   All other non-residents of the Common Monetary Area

 

The Consideration Shares accruing to Non-Resident Shareholders whose registered addresses are outside the Common Monetary Area and who are not emigrants from the Common Monetary Area will:

 

4.5.3.1.     in the case of Certificated Shareholders, whose document(s) of title have been restrictively endorsed under the Exchange Control Regulations, be deposited with an Authorised Dealer nominated by such Non-Resident Shareholder. It will be incumbent on the Non-Resident Shareholder concerned to nominate the Authorised Dealer and instruct the Authorised Dealer accordingly; or

 

4.5.3.2.     in the case of Dematerialised Shareholders, be credited by their duly appointed CSDP or Broker directly to the accounts nominated by the Non-Resident Shareholders in terms of the provisions of the custody agreement with his/her/its CSDP or Broker.

 

4.5.4.                                   Information not provided

 

If the information regarding the Authorised Dealer is not given or instructions are not given as required, the Consideration Shares will be held by the Transfer Secretaries for the benefit of those Ordinary Shareholders concerned, pending receipt of the necessary information or instructions.

 

4.6.                         Board opinion and recommendation

 

The Board has considered the terms and conditions of the Proposed Transaction and is of the view that the Proposed Transaction is in the best long term interests of the Company and its Shareholders. Accordingly, the Board is of the opinion that the Proposed Transaction should be supported and unanimously recommends that Shareholders vote in favour of the Resolutions to be proposed at the General Meeting. Furthermore, the Board members who own Ordinary Shares and/or Preference Shares intend to vote in favour of the Proposed Transaction at the General Meeting.

 

5.                                  INFORMATION ON THE GRINDROD SHIPPING BUSINESS

 

5.1.                      Name, address and incorporation date:

 

Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Proprietary Limited

 

Registration number: 1975/002219/07

 

Registered address: Grindrod House, 106 Margaret Mncadi Avenue, Durban, (PO Box 1, Durban, 4000)

 

Place of incorporation: South Africa

 

Date of incorporation: 9 July 1975

 

Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. (Singapore)

 

Registration number: 200407212K

 

Registered address: 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore, 089763

 

26



 

Place of incorporation: Singapore

 

Date of incorporation: 10 June 2004

 

Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. (Singapore)

 

Registration number: 201731497H

 

Registered address: 10 Anson Road, #32-15 International Plaza, Singapore 079903

 

Place of incorporation: Singapore

 

Date of incorporation: 2 November 2017

 

5.2.                      Overview and prospects of the Grindrod Shipping business

 

The overview and prospects of the Grindrod Shipping business has been included in the Grindrod Shipping PLS. The Grindrod Shipping PLS has been incorporated by reference and is available in the Disclosure Package posted to the Shareholders and is available for inspection at Grindrod’s registered office during business hours in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 13.

 

5.3.                      Historical financial information of Grindrod Shipping

 

The historical financial information of GSSA and GSPL for the financial years ended [31 December 2015, 31 December 2016 and 31 December 2017] has been combined and adjusted for the exclusion of OACL and Unicorn Bunker Barges. The historical financial information in respect of the years ended 31 December 2015, December 2016 and December 2017 are the responsibility of the Directors and have been prepared in accordance with IFRS and the SAICA financial reporting guides and Grindrod’s accounting policies.

 

The historical financial information of Grindrod Shipping for the financial years ended 31 December 2015, 31 December 2016 and 31 December 2017, has been included in the Grindrod Shipping PLS. The Grindrod Shipping PLS has been incorporated by reference and is available in the Disclosure Package posted to the Shareholders and is available for inspection at Grindrod’s registered office during business hours in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 13 .

 

5.4.                      Material change

 

Save for the Proposed Transaction and the sale of OACL and Unicorn Bunker Barges to Grindrod , there have been no material changes in the financial or trading position of GSSA and/or GSPL since the publication of their audited results for the year ended 31 December 2017 and the Last Practicable Date.

 

5.5.                      Material contracts

 

The dates and nature of parties to every material contract entered into either verbally or in writing by Grindrod Shipping, any of its major subsidiaries or by any subsidiary where it is material to the applicant, being restrictive funding arrangements and/or a contract entered into otherwise than in the ordinary course of business carried on, or proposed to be carried on, by the applicant or any of its subsidiaries, and entered into (i) within the 2 (years) prior to the date of the Grindrod Shipping PLS or (ii) at any time and containing an obligation or settlement that is material to Grindrod Shipping or its subsidiaries at the date of the Grindrod Shipping PLS, are set out in annexure 8 of the Grindrod Shipping PLS.

 

5.6.                      Material loans

 

Details of the material loans made to GSSA and GSPL as at the Last Practicable Date, are disclosed in Annexure C of this Circular.

 

27


 

5.7.                         Vendors

 

GSSA and GSPL have not acquired any material assets from vendors during the three years preceding the date of this Circular.

 

5.8.                         Litigation statement

 

There are no legal or arbitration proceedings, pending or threatened, of which GSSA and GSPL are aware, that may have or have had, in the 12 month period prior to the Last Practicable Date, a material effect on the financial positions of GSSA, GSPL or the Grindrod Group.

 

 

6.                                     INFORMATION ON GRINDROD LIMITED

 

6.1.                         Overview of the Grindrod Group’s business

 

Grindrod currently comprises three divisions, namely Shipping, Freight Services and Financial Services.

 

Shipping operates a diversified fleet of owned, long-term chartered and joint-venture dry-bulk, liquid-bulk and container vessels across the world, complemented by the supply of marine fuel and lubricants. The container vessel business is operated under OACL and certain delivery services are operated by Unicorn Bunker Barges. OACL, Unicorn Bunker Barges and the marine fuel and lubricants supply businesses will remain in Grindrod post the Proposed Transaction.

 

Freight Services invests in and manages infrastructure and resources to achieve its mission to be the preferred provider of a broad range of freight logistics services, mainly on the African continent. The division integrates group infrastructure and logistics and freight-agency services to move dry and liquid-bulk commodities, vehicles and containers along import/export corridors. The integration of logistics infrastructure includes port operations, terminals, stevedoring, intermodal solutions, warehousing, distribution, road transportation and freight-agency services. This division manages the transportation of vehicles and fuel through its fleet of specialised vehicles and provides containerised cargo and cargo-handling services. Other logistics operations include ships agency and clearing and forwarding services. Agricultural logistics provides inputs to agricultural producers as well as market access and storage and logistics of bulk agricultural products.

 

Financial Services creates value and achieves growth through its suite of niche investments, asset management, property finance and retail services. Financial Services comprises Grindrod Bank Limited, a registered credit and an authorised financial-services provider regulated by the South African Reserve Bank, and Bridge Fund Managers, a subsidiary of Infinitus Holdings Proprietary Limited, a registered investment-management company and a Financial Services Board authorised financial-services provider.

 

6.2.                         Grindrod Group prospects

 

Despite poor trading conditions, the group remains cash generative at operating level and well positioned to capitalise on opportunities. Grindrod management will continue its strategic focus on the Freight and Financial Services businesses. The board is confident that Grindrod has the resources, skills and expertise to continue pursuing its strategic objectives for each of the remaining businesses after the Proposed Transaction, to the benefit of all stakeholders.

 

6.3.                         Share capital

 

28



 

The share capital of Grindrod as at the Last Practicable Date is set out below:

 

Authorised Shares

R’000

2 750 000 000 Ordinary Shares of 0.002 cents each

55

20 000 000 Preference Shares of 0.031 cents each

6

 

 

Issued Shares (including treasury shares)

 

762 553 314 Ordinary Shares 

15

7 400 000 Preference Shares

2

 

 

Shares held in treasury

 

10 618 395 Ordinary Shares

0

 

6.4.                         Major Shareholders

 

Insofar as is known to Grindrod, the following Ordinary Shareholders, other than Directors, beneficially held, directly or indirectly, an interest of 5% or more of the Ordinary Shares in issue as at the Last Practicable Date:

 

Shareholder

Direct beneficial
shareholding

% of TSO

Industrial Partnership Investments (Remgro)

173 183 235

22.71

Government Employees Pension Fund

77 486 926

10.16

Grindrod Investments Proprietary Ltd.

76 909 634

10.09

Newshelf 1279 Proprietary Ltd.

64 000 000

8.39

PSG Konsult

56 829 711

7.45

 

As at the Last Practicable Date no Preference Shareholder held an interest of 5% or more of the Preference Shares.

 

There is no history of any change in controlling shareholder(s) or in the trading objects of the Grindrod Group during the five years preceding the Last Practicable Date.

 

6.5.                         Preference Shares and Preference Shareholders

 

Each Preference Share confers upon the relevant Preference Shareholder the right to receive out of the profits of Grindrod which it determines to distribute, the Preference Dividends, in priority to any payment of dividends or other distributions to the Ordinary Shareholders.

 

The Preference Dividend payable per Preference Share in respect of each Preference Dividend Period shall be calculated in accordance with the methodology set out in the Preference Share Terms.

 

The Preference Shares are expressly non-participating and, provided that the Preference Dividends in respect of all completed Preference Dividend Periods have been paid, which is the case, are not entitled to participate in the Grindrod Distribution.

 

The Preference Shareholders have received the Preference Dividend in respect of the last completed Preference Dividend Period, the completion date of which was 31 December 2017.  Accordingly, no dividend rights will exist in respect of the Preference Shares until the next Preference Dividend Period is completed (which will be on 30 June 2018).

 

6.6.                         Directors’ interests in Ordinary Shares and Preference Shares

 

29



 

The table below sets out the direct and indirect beneficial interests of the Directors (including any associates of any Director) as at the Last Practicable Date. This includes the interest of persons who are no longer Directors, but resigned during the last 18 months.

 

Ordinary Shares

Beneficial

 

Held by
associates

Total

%

Direct

Indirect

 

MJ Hankinson

27 000

-

 

8 000

35 000

0.00

B Ntuli

110 000

-

 

-

110 000

0.01

AK Olivier 1

3 100 749

-

 

-

3 100 749

0.41

DA Polkinghorne

162 262

-

 

-

162 262

0.02

AG Waller

457 858

-

 

-

457 858

0.06

SDM Zungu

4 228

-

 

-

4 228

0.00

MR Wade 2

400 000

-

 

-

400 000

0.05

Total

4 262 097

-

 

8 000

4 270 097

0.56

1.             AK Olivier retired as chief executive officer and an executive Director on 31 July 2017

2.             MR Wade resigned as an executive Director on 1 November 2017

 

Preference Shares

Beneficial

 

Held by
associates

Total

%

Direct

Indirect

 

PJ Uys

1 609

-

 

-

1 609

0.02

Total

1 609

-

 

-

1 609

0.02

 

6.7.                         Directors’ interests in transactions

 

As at 31 December 2017 no director of Grindrod Limited had any direct or indirect interests in transactions of the Grindrod Group.

 

6.8.                         Directors’ remuneration and benefits

 

The Proposed Transaction does not result in any changes to the remuneration payable to executive and non-executive Directors in the form of:

 

·                  fees for services as a Director;

·                  management, consulting, technical or other fees paid for such services rendered, directly or indirectly, including payments to management companies, a part of which is then paid to a director of Grindrod;

·                  basic salaries;

·                  bonuses and performance-related payments;

·                  sums paid by way of expense allowance;

·                  contributions paid under any pension scheme;

·                  any commission, gain or profit sharing arrangements;

·                  any share options or any other right that has been given to subscribe for Grindrod shares; or

·                  any shares issued and allotted in terms of a share purchase/ option scheme for employees.

 

6.8.1.                                       Remuneration after implementation of the Proposed Transaction

 

MR Wade, MJ Hankinson and AG Waller will participate in a value realisation incentive following the successful execution of the Proposed Transaction.

 

The amount to be paid will be determined as follows:

 

30



 

A = Grindrod market capitalisation based on a share price of R11.00 per Ordinary Share.

 

B = Grindrod market capitalisation based on the 20-day volume weighted average share price at that date three months following the execution of the separate listing of Shipping

 

C = Grindrod Shipping market capitalisation based on the 20-day volume weighted average share price at that date three months following the execution of the separate listing of Shipping

 

Incentive = 0,4% x ((B+C) – A)) for MR Wade.

 

The award to MR Wade is subject to a minimum payment of R 7.5 million and will be settled by Grindrod. The incentive for each of MJ Hankinson and AG Waller will be, 50% of the incentive paid to MR Wade and will be settled by Grindrod.

 

6.8.2.                                       Treatment of unvested awards held under the Grindrod share plans

 

6.8.2.1.                       Ordinary Share price linked option scheme

 

The share price linked options are linked to the Grindrod Ordinary Share price and are cash settled and therefore not classified as equity-settled in terms of the JSE Listings Requirements. The options relating to Grindrod Shipping Participants will be valued in terms of the Black-Scholes valuation methodology at the last possible date and will be cash settled. Based on the valuation determined at the 31 December 2017 Grindrod Ordinary Share price, an amount of R4.5 million in aggregate would be payable to all the respective Grindrod Shipping Participants.

 

The Grindrod Participants will continue on the scheme in line with the provisions of the rules. The strike price and number of options will be adjusted to take into account the Proposed Transaction, but the instruments will remain over Grindrod Ordinary Shares.

 

The number of adjusted awards will be:  m = n x P / (P – L) and the adjusted strike price will be: T = S x (P – L) / P, where:

 

m is the adjusted number of awards and T is the adjusted strike price;

 

n is the original number of awards, and S is the original strike price;

 

P is the value of a Grindrod Ordinary Share immediately before the Proposed Transaction, on the basis of the 20-day volume weighted average price; and

 

L is the equivalent value of a CCN per Grindrod Ordinary Share, determined by applying the Entitlement Ratio.

 

The vesting dates and remainder of the conditions attached to the awards will remain the same. On vesting, these will be settled based on the price of Grindrod Ordinary Shares at the time of vesting.

 

6.8.2.2.                       Forfeitable share plan

 

31



 

The rules, as approved by Shareholders, provide for continued participation by continuing Grindrod employees (namely Grindrod Participants) in the event of a demerger transaction. As the Grindrod Participants are Grindrod Ordinary Shareholders by virtue of the forfeitable Grindrod Ordinary Shares that they hold, their unvested forfeitable Grindrod Ordinary Shares will be subject to the Grindrod Distribution and their forfeitable shares would comprise both Grindrod Ordinary Shares and Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Shares.

 

In order to ensure participants are treated fairly and reasonably, and for the Grindrod Participants to remain aligned to Grindrod Shareholders, upon the receipt of Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Shares as forfeitable shares, such shares will compulsorily be exchanged for additional forfeitable Grindrod Ordinary Shares on a value for value basis. The further motivation for the exchange is to recognise the contribution of Grindrod Participants to the value of the combined Grindrod Group, up until the time of the Proposed Transaction, and then to reward future performance on the basis of the performance of Grindrod as the entity which employs the participant.  For purposes of the exchange of forfeitable Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Shares for forfeitable Grindrod Ordinary Shares:

 

·                  the Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Shares will be valued at the face value of the GRIN CCNs and;

 

·                  the value of the Grindrod Ordinary Shares will be based on the 20-day volume weighted average price of the Grindrod Ordinary Shares immediately prior to the Proposed Transaction less the equivalent value of the GRIN CCNs per Grindrod Ordinary Share, determined by applying the Entitlement Ratio.

 

This will ensure that the awards have the same value immediately before and after the Proposed Transaction.

 

The restructured forfeitable share plan awards will continue to be subject to the provisions of the original grant and will vest on the originally determined vesting dates.

 

The rules further provide that in instances where a group company is no longer part of the group, awards held by participants who will no longer be part of the group (namely Grindrod Shipping Participants) should early vest. Grindrod Shipping Participants will therefore no longer participate in the Grindrod forfeitable share plan after the Proposed Transaction is implemented and a portion of their unvested awards will vest as a result. As these participants, like the Grindrod Participants, are Grindrod Ordinary Shareholders by virtue of the forfeitable Grindrod Ordinary Shares that they hold, their unvested forfeitable Grindrod Ordinary Shares will participate in the Grindrod Distribution and their forfeitable shares would comprise both Grindrod Ordinary Shares and Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Shares. Immediately following the Proposed Transaction, a portion of the award, comprising both Grindrod Ordinary Shares and their associated Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Shares, will early vest. The portion to vest will be determined based on the number of months between the award date and Implementation Date, relative

 

32



 

to the total months of the vesting period. The balance of the forfeitable Grindrod Ordinary Shares and Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Shares will lapse.

 

During June 2017, 710 000 forfeitable Ordinary Shares were awarded to Grindrod Shipping Participants, with vesting on the date of the Proposed Transaction. These shares participate in the Grindrod Distribution and the Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Shares and Fractional Entitlements to which they are entitled are for the benefit of the participants.

 

6.9.                         Material loans

 

Details of the material loans made to Grindrod and/or any material loans to any of its subsidiaries, as at the Last Practicable Date, are disclosed in Annexure C of this Circular.

 

 

7.                                     WORKING CAPITAL STATEMENT

 

The Directors are of the opinion that pursuant to the implementation of the Proposed Transaction the working capital available to Grindrod and its remaining subsidiaries is sufficient for their present requirements, that is for the next 12 months from the Last Practicable Date. In addition, the Directors have considered the solvency and liquidity assessment, read with Section 46 of the Companies Act, and are satisfied that the Company meets the solvency and liquidity requirements.

 

 

8.          PRELIMINARY TRANSACTION EXPENSES

 

As at the Last Practicable Date, the estimated expenses in respect of the Proposed Transaction (excluding value-added tax) are set out below:

 

Details of the expense

Paid/Payable to

Estimated amount
(ZAR’m)

Lead Financial Advisor and Transaction Sponsor

Rand Merchant Bank

30.0

US Legal Advisor

Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP

24.8

Independent Reporting Accountants

Deloitte & Touche

23.3

Financial Advisor

Clarksons Platou Securities, Inc

6.2

Legal and Tax Advisor as to South African Law

Edward Nathan Sonnenbergs Inc

5.0

Singapore-based Co-ordinating Counsel

Watson Farley & Williams LLP

2.5

Legal Advisor as to Singapore Law

Wong Tan & Molly Lim LLC

0.8

Printing, postage and other transaction costs

 

3.2

Total

 

95.7

 

Estimated expenses of approximately R80.0 million of the amounts included in the table above will be settled by Grindrod Shipping and the balance will be settled by the Grindrod Group.

 

9.          SHAREHOLDER SUPPORT

 

The following Ordinary Shareholders, collectively holding 314 092 869 Ordinary Shares, representing 41.19% of the Company’s issued ordinary share capital have provided written, support to vote in favour of the Proposed Transaction:

 

33


 

 

Shareholder

 

Number of Ordinary
Shares

 

% of Ordinary Shares (1)

Remgro Limited (2)

173 183 235

22.71%

Grindrod Investments Proprietary Limited (3)

76 909 634

10.09%

Newshelf 1279 Proprietary Limited

64 000 000

8.39%

Total

314 092 869

41.19%

 

(1)       Total number of Grindrod Ordinary Shares in issue at Last Practicable Date: 762 553 314

(2)       Grindrod Investments Proprietary Limited has indicated that it would not dispose of such number of Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Shares it will receive as a result of the Distribution as constitutes 9.9% of Grindrod Shipping’s issued shares immediately on Listing for a minimum period of 6 months post the Listing, subject to no major events occurring during the period which could materially impact the markets (specifically the shipping markets) and as such would have a material impact on its financial position in Grindrod Shipping

(3)       Remgro Limited has indicated that it would not dispose of its shareholding in Grindrod Shipping arising from the Distribution for a minimum period of 12 months post Grindrod Shipping Listing, subject to no major events occurring during the period which could materially impact the markets (specifically the shipping markets) and as such would have a material impact on its financial position in Grindrod Shipping

 

 

10.        DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT

 

The Directors, whose names are set out on pages  4 and 20 of this Circular, collectively and individually, accept full responsibility for the accuracy of the information given and certify that to the best of their knowledge and belief there are no facts, the omission of which would make any statement false or misleading, that they have made all reasonable enquires to ascertain such facts, and that this Circular contains all information required by the JSE Listings Requirements.

 

 

11.        ADVISORS’ CONSENTS

 

Each of the Transaction Advisors and the Transfer Secretaries have consented in writing to their names appearing in this Circular and have not withdrawn their consent prior to the publication of this Circular.

 

The Independent Reporting Accountants have consented to the inclusion of their report in the form and context in which it is included in the Circular, which consent has not been withdrawn prior to the publication of the Circular.

 

 

12.        DOCUMENTS AVAILABLE FOR INSPECTION

 

The following documents or copies thereof, will be available for inspection at the registered office of Grindrod, during normal business hours from Thursday, [3 May 2018] up to and including [Thursday, 31 May 2018]:

 

·     the MOI;

·     the Grindrod Shipping constitution;

·     the GSPL SPA;

·     the GSSA SPA;

·     the Implementation Agreement;

·     the Grindrod Shipping PLS;

·     the Form 20-F;

·     the undertakings referenced in paragraph 9 of this Circular;

·     the material contracts listed in this Circular;

·     the consents referenced in paragraph 11 of this Circular ;

·     a summary of the Directors’, managers’ and secretary/ies’ service contracts entered into during the last three years;

 

34



 

·     the audited annual financial statements of Grindrod for the three financial years ended 31 December 2015, 31 December 2016 and 31 December 2017;

·     the audited combined annual financial statements of Grindrod Shipping for the three financial years ended 31 December 2015, 31 December 2016 and 31 December 2017; and

·     a signed copy of this Circular.

 

 

13.        INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

The Grindrod Shipping PLS has been incorporated by reference, is included in the Disclosure Package posted to Shareholders and is available for inspection on the Company’s website www.grindrod.com and at Grindrod’s registered office during normal business hours from Thursday, [3 May 2018] up to and including [Thursday, 31 May 2018] .

 

 

For and on behalf of Grindrod Limited

 

This Circular was signed at Grindrod House for and on behalf of all the Directors in terms of resolutions of the Board passed on 23 March 2018.

 

By order of the Board

Grindrod Limited

 

 

 

 

Mrs C I Lewis

Company Secretary

Grindrod Mews

106 Margaret Mncadi Avenue

Durban, 4001 (PO Box 1, Durban, 4000)

 

35


 

Annexure A              Pro forma financial information of Grindrod

 

Basis of preparation

 

The definitions commencing on pages 12-17 of the circular statement have been used throughout this Annexure.

 

The Pro Forma Consolidated Financial information of Grindrod Group has been prepared for illustrative purposes only and, because of its nature, may not fairly present the Grindrod Group’s financial position, changes in equity, and results of operations or cash flows.

 

The Pro Forma Consolidated Financial information of the Grindrod Group is based on the audited consolidated financial results for Grindrod Group for the year ended 31 December 2017 prior to the separate listing.

 

The Pro Forma Consolidated Financial information of the Grindrod Group has been prepared to illustrate the impact of the separate listing on the historical financial information of the Grindrod Group and will include the following pro forma adjustments:

 

·                  Disposal of Shipping excluding the Unicorn Bunker Services (the financial information does not include OACL as this does not form part of the disposal group); and

·                  Transaction and other costs.

 

The Pro Forma Consolidated Financial information of the Grindrod Group has been prepared on the assumption that the separate listing occurred on 1 January 2017 for the consolidated statement of comprehensive income purposes and 31 December 2017 for the statement of financial position purposes.

 

The pro forma adjustments in respect of the pro forma consolidated statement of comprehensive income and pro forma consolidated statement of financial position are set out below:

 

- financial information relating to the Shipping Group;

 

- financial information relating to the excluded business, being Unicorn Bunker Services, within the Shipping Group;

 

- estimated profit on disposal of the Shipping Group based on current market value and net asset value as at 31 December 2017;

 

- transaction costs;

 

- Shipping Group treasury shares that will be acquired; and

 

- adjustments relating to other proforma entries.

 

The Pro Forma Consolidated Financial information of the Grindrod Group has been prepared using the accounting policies of the Grindrod Group as at 31 December 2017 which comply with IFRS prior to the separate listing, and in accordance with the applicable criteria of the JSE Listings Requirements and in terms of the SAICA Guide on Pro Forma Consolidated Financial information.  The Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information of the Grindrod Group is the responsibility of the directors.

 

36


 

Pro forma consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended 31 December 2017

 

 

1

 

2

 

3

 

4

 

5

 

6

 

7

 

8

 

 

 

Published and

audited

 

Exclude

Shipping Group

 

Add Unicorn

Bunker Services

 

Profit on

disposal of

Shipping

 

Transaction

cost

 

Treasury shares

 

Other pro

forma entries

 

Grindrod excl

Shipping

 

 

 

R’000

 

R’000

 

R’000

 

R’000

 

R’000

 

R’000

 

R’000

 

R’000

 

Revenue

 

3 059 422

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3 059 422

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings before interest, taxation, depreciation and amortization

 

621 981

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

(63 442)

 

33 189

 

(52 559)

 

539 169

 

Depreciation and amortisation

 

(195 844)

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

(195 844)

 

Operating profit/(loss) before interest and taxation

 

426 137

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

(63 442)

 

33 189

 

(52 559)

 

343 325

 

Non-trading items

 

129 272

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

129 272

 

Interest received

 

264 575

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

264 575

 

Interest paid

 

(97 850

)

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

(97 850)

 

Profit / (loss) before share of joint venture and associate companies’ profit

 

722 134

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

(63 442)

 

33 189

 

(52 559)

 

639 322

 

Share of joint venture companies’ profit after taxation

 

111 475

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

111 475

 

Share of associate companies’ profit after taxation

 

60 481

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

60 481

 

Profit/(loss) before taxation

 

894 090

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

(63 442)

 

33 189

 

(52 559)

 

811 278

 

Taxation

 

(172 937)

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

6 317

 

(166 620)

 

Profit/(loss) for the year from continuing operations

 

721 153

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

(63 442)

 

33 189

 

(46 242)

 

644 658

 

Loss after tax from discontinued operations

 

(1 229 023)

 

890 637

 

31 081

 

2 507 677

 

 

 

 

 

(3 720)

 

2 196 652

 

(Loss)/profit for year

 

(507 870)

 

890 637

 

31 081

 

2 507 677

 

(63 442)

 

33 189

 

(49 962)

 

2 841 310

 

Attributable to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary shareholders -continuing operations

 

(582 695)

 

890 637

 

31 081

 

2 507 677

 

(63 442)

 

33 189

 

(49 962)

 

2 766 963

 

From continuing operations

 

 

646 275

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33 189

 

(16 242)

 

663 222

 

From discontinued operations

 

(1 228 970)

 

890 637

 

31 081

 

2 507 677

 

(63 442)

 

 

 

(33 720)

 

2 103 263

 

Preference shareholders

 

67 645

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

67 645

 

Owners of the parent

 

(515 050)

 

890 637

 

31 081

 

2 507 677

 

(63 442)

 

33 189

 

(49 962)

 

2 834 130

 

Non-controlling interests

 

7 180

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

7 180

 

 

37


 

From continuing operations

 

7 233

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

7 233

 

From discontinued operations

 

(53)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

(53)

 

 

 

(507 870)

 

 

890 637

 

 

31 081

 

 

2 507 677

 

 

(63 442)

 

 

33 189

 

 

(49 962)

 

 

2 841 310

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share information for the year ended 31 December 2017

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

2

 

3

 

4

 

5

 

6

 

7

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

Published

and audited

 

Exclude

Shipping

Group

 

Add Unicorn

Bunker

Services

 

Profit on

disposal of

Shipping

Group

 

Transaction

cost

 

Treasury

shares

 

Other pro

forma

entries

 

Grindrod

excl

Shipping

 

Ordinary share performance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of shares in issue less treasury shares

 

(000s) 

 

751 640

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

930

 

752 570

 

Weighted average number of shares (basic)

 

(000s) 

 

751 164

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

930

 

752 094

 

Diluted weighted average number of shares

 

(000s) 

 

755 810

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(930)

 

754 880

 

Basic earnings/(loss) per share:

 

(cents)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From continuing operations

 

 

 

86.0

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

4.4

 

(2.2)

 

88.4

 

From discontinued operations

 

 

 

(163.6)

 

118.6

 

4.1

 

324.8

 

(8.4)

 

-

 

(4.5)

 

270.9

 

Diluted earnings/(loss) per share:

 

(cents)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From continuing operations

 

 

 

85.5

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

4.4

 

(2.2)

 

87.8

 

From discontinued operations

 

 

 

(163.6)

 

117.8

 

4.1

 

322.8

 

(8.4)

 

-

 

(4.5)

 

268.2

 

Headline earnings/(loss) per share from continuing operations:

 

(cents)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

 

76.0

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

4.4

 

(2.2)

 

78.3

 

Diluted

 

 

 

75.5

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

4.4

 

(2.2)

 

77.8

 

 

38


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

2

 

 

3

 

 

4

 

 

5

 

 

6

 

7

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

Published
and audited

 

 

Exclude
Shipping
Group

 

 

Add Unicorn
Bunker
Services

 

 

Profit on
disposal of
Shipping
Group

 

 

Transaction
cost

 

 

Treasury
shares

 

Other pro
forma
entries

 

Grindrod
excl
Shipping

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share information for the year ended 31 December 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciliation of headline earnings/(loss) from continuing operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss attributable to ordinary shareholders

 

(cents)

 

 

86.0

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

4.4

 

(2.2)

 

88.2

Adjusted for:

 

(cents)

 

 

(10.2)

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

(10.2)

Impairment of goodwill

 

(cents)

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

-

Impairment of other investments

 

(cents)

 

 

16.8

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

16.8

Impairment of ships, intangibles, vehicles, terminals and equipment

 

(cents)

 

 

1.1

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

1.1

Net loss on disposal of investments

 

(cents)

 

 

(0.2)

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

(0.2)

Net profit on disposal of plant and equipment

 

(cents)

 

 

(2.3)

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

(2.3)

Foreign currency translation reserve release

 

(cents)

 

 

(32.7)

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

(32.7)

Joint ventures and associates:

 

(cents)

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

-

Impairment of ships, intangibles, vehicles and equipment

 

(cents)

 

 

2.2

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

2.2

Impairment of other investments

 

(cents)

 

 

4.2

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

4.2

Total non-controlling interest effects of adjustments

 

(cents)

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total taxation effects of adjustments

 

(cents)

 

 

0.7

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

0.7

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

Headline earnings/(loss)

 

(cents)

 

 

75.8

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

4.4

 

(2.2 )

 

78.0

 

39


 

Notes to pro forma consolidated statement of comprehensive income of Grindrod Group for the year ended 31 December 2017

 

1.             Column 1 presents the consolidated historical financial information relating to Grindrod Group (which includes OACL which is reported under the Freight segment of the Grindrod Group) prior to the separate listing, which was extracted from the audited final results and dividend announcement for the year ended 31 December 2017.

 

2.             Column 2 presents the consolidated Shipping financial information (as reflected in the Grindrod Group Shipping segment and includes Unicorn Bunker Services) prior to internal restructuring, audited by Deloitte, for the year ended 31 December 2017.  Shipping was classified as a discontinued operation in 2017.

 

3.             Column 3 presents the unadjusted financial information relating to the Unicorn Bunker Services business, audited by Deloitte, for the year ended 31 December 2017. The business will be disposed from Shipping and transferred to the Grindrod Group as part of an internal restructure and as such the income and expenditure relating to the business needs to be included in the Pro Forma Consolidated Financial information of the Grindrod Group.

 

4.             Column 4 presents the once off profit on sale that will be recognised on disposal of Shipping operations.  This includes a once off adjustment on the release of a credit foreign currency translation reserve (FCTR) of R2 499 118 to the income statement as result of the disposal and deconsolidation of Shipping.

 

5.             Column 5 presents the financial effects of expensing the remaining transaction costs amounting to R63.4 million, which relate directly to the separate listing of Shipping and which have been expensed. The total transaction cost amounts to R95.7 million of which R32.3 million was raised in 2017.  This will not have a continuing effect on the Grindrod Group statement of comprehensive income.

 

6.             Column 6 presents the number of Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Shares (159 583 Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Shares at $16.82 per share converted at the relevant ZAR/US$ exchange rate) that will be received as a dividend in specie as part of the separate listing due to Grindrod Group’s treasury shares held by a subsidiary company. This will not have a continuing effect on the Grindrod Group statement of comprehensive income.

 

7.             Column 7 presents the financial effects of other pro forma adjustments as follows:

 

a. The administration fee income of R22.6 million from Shipping which will no longer be payable to Grindrod Group subsequent to the separate listing. The related tax on the administration fee has been included in the Grindrod Group statement of comprehensive income.  This adjustment will have a continuing effect on the Grindrod Group statement of comprehensive income.

 

b. The adjustment for the ordinary share price linked option scheme which results in a decrease in the scheme provision of R11.2 million of which R6.7 million has been released to the income statement and the balance paid to Grindrod Shipping participants.  Further details are disclosed in the director remuneration section of the circular.

 

c. The value realisation incentive estimated of R30.0 million on the successful implementation of the proposed structure which is disclosed in the in the directors’ remuneration section of the circular.

 

d. A R10.4 million adjustment for the accelerated vesting on the forfeitable share plan relating to the Grindrod Shipping participants.  Refer to the directors’ remuneration section of the circular for additional details.

 

Transactions b, c and d are will have no continuing effect on the Grindrod Group statement of comprehensive income and have no tax effects as these are capital in nature.

 

8.             Column 8 presents the consolidated pro forma’s statement of comprehensive income of the Grindrod Group subsequent to the adjustments detailed in points 2 to 7 above.

 

40


 

Pro forma consolidated statement of 

 

1

 

2

 

3

 

4

 

5

 

6

 

7

financial position as at 31 December
2017

 

 

Published and
audited

 

Exclude Shipping
Group

 

Add Unicorn
Bunker Services

 

Transaction cost

 

Treasury shares

 

Other proforma
entries

 

Grindrod excl
Shipping

 

 

R’000

 

R’000

 

R’000

 

R’000

 

R’000

 

R’000

 

R’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current assets

 

7 957 893

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

33 189

 

-

 

7 991 082

Ships, property, terminals, vehicles and equipment

 

1 478 003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 478 003

Goodwill and intangible assets

 

710 909

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

710 909

Investments in joint ventures

 

2 453 230

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2 453 230

Investments in associates

 

867 220

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

867 220

Investment properties

 

125 649

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

125 649

Investment in subs

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

Other investments

 

2 263 569

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33 189

 

 

 

2 296 758

Deferred taxation assets

 

59 313

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

59 313

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to bank customers

 

7 149 198

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7 149 198

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquid assets and short-term negotiables

 

1 763 875

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 763 875

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

18 078 004

 

(5 957 751)

 

147 390

 

(63 442)

 

-

 

(34 510)

 

12 169 691

Inventories

 

56 510

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

56 510

Trade and other receivables

 

2 377 229

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2 377 229

Taxation

 

32 592

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32 592

Current portion of financial assets

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

Non-current assets held for sale

 

6 641 399

 

(5 865 449)

 

147 390

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

923 340

Bank balances and cash

 

8 970 274

 

(92 302)

 

 

 

(63 442)

 

 

 

(34 510)

 

8 780 020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

34 948 970

 

(5 957 751)

 

147 390

 

(63 442)

 

33 189

 

(34 510)

 

29 073 846

 

41


 

Pro Forma consolidated statement of

 

1

 

2

 

3

 

4

 

5

 

6

 

7

financial position as at 31 December
2017 (continued)

 

 

Published and
audited

 

Exclude Shipping
Group

 

Add Unicorn
Bunker Services

 

Transaction cost

 

Treasury shares

 

Other proforma
entries

 

Grindrod excl
Shipping

 

 

R’000

 

R’000

 

R’000

 

R’000

 

R’000

 

R’000

 

R’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital and reserves

 

14 197 482

 

(3 945 702)

 

-

 

(63 442)

 

33 189

 

(23 345)

 

10 198 182

Share capital and premium

 

5 992 756

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5 992 756

Equity compensation reserve

 

58 364

 

12 292

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10 375

 

81 031

Non-distributable reserves

 

3 461 715

 

(2 500 871)

 

 

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

960 844

Retained income

 

4 639 988

 

(1 457 123)

 

 

 

(63 442)

 

33 189

 

(33 720)

 

3 118 892

Non-controlling interests

 

44 659

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

44 659

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

 

1 326 420

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

1 326 420

Interest bearing borrowings

 

295 429

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

295 429

Financial Services funding instruments

 

720 137

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

720 137

Post-retirement medical aid

 

25 403

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25 403

Provisions

 

21 857

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21 857

Derivative financial liabilities

 

18 939

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18 939

Deferred taxation liabilities

 

244 655

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

244 655

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits from bank customers

 

14 640 363

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14 640 363

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

4 784 705

 

(2 012 049)

 

147 390

 

-

 

-

 

(11 165)

 

2 908 881

Trade and other payables

 

1 266 437

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 266 437

Short term borrowings and overdraft

 

243 661

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

243 661

Taxation

 

33 923

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33 923

Current portion of interest bearing borrowings

 

106 220

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

106 220

Current portion of Financial Services funding instruments

 

738 953

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

738 953

Non-current liabilities held for sale

 

2 395 511

 

(2 012 049)

 

147 390

 

 

 

 

 

(11 165)

 

519 687

Total Equity and Liabilities

 

34 948 970

 

(5 957 751)

 

147 390

 

(63 442)

 

33 189

 

(34 510)

 

29 073 846

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net asset value per share

 

1 790

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 258

Net tangible asset value per share

 

1 786

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 254

 

42


 

Notes to pro forma consolidated statement of financial position of Grindrod Group for the year ended 31 December 2017

 

1.             Column 1 presents the historical financial information relating to Grindrod Group (which includes OACL as it falls within the Freight segment of the Grindrod Group) prior to the separate listing, which was extracted from the audited final results and dividend announcement for the year ended 31 December 2017.

 

2.             Column 2 presents the consolidated Shipping financial information (as reflected in the Grindrod Group Shipping segment and includes Unicorn Bunker Services) prior to internal restructuring, audited by Deloitte, for the year ended 31 December 2017 adjusted for an anticipated profit on disposal of Shipping Group of R2.5 billion less dividend in specie of $320.0 million converted at R12.39/US$.

 

Shipping balances that are reflected in column 2 represent the offshore shipping US dollar based company (“GSPL”) as well as the ZAR shipping company (“GSSA”). The US dollar company is translated in terms of IAS 21 - the effects of changes in foreign exchange rates as follows:

 

·              At year end the assets and liabilities of the US dollar based shipping company is translated at the Grindrod Limited Group closing rate of R12.39/US$;

 

·              The reportable profit is translated at the Grindrod Limited Group average rate of exchange of R13.36/US$;

 

·              The difference between retained Income in ZAR and the US dollar based retained income translated at the closing rate is reflected as foreign currency translation reserve in the Non-distributable reserves on the balance sheet above.

 

3.             Column 3 presents the unadjusted financial information relating to the Unicorn Bunker Services business, audited by Deloitte, for the year ended 31 December 2017. The business will be disposed from the Shipping Group and transferred to the Grindrod Group as part of an internal restructure and as such the balance sheet relating to the business is to be included in the pro forma consolidated financial information of the Grindrod Group

 

4.             Column 4 presents the financial effects of expensing the remaining transaction costs amounting to R63.4 million, which relate directly to the separate listing of Shipping which have been expensed. The total transaction cost amounts to R95.7 million of which R32.3 million was raised in 2017.

 

5.             Column 5 presents the number of Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Shares (159 583 Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Shares at $16.82 per share converted at the relevant ZAR/US$ exchange rate) that will be received as part of the separate listing due to Grindrod Group’s treasury shares held by a subsidiary company.

 

6.             Column 6 presents the financial effects of other pro forma adjustments as follows:

 

a. The adjustment for the ordinary share price linked option scheme which results in a decrease in the scheme provision of R11.2 million of which R6.7 million has been released to the income statement and the balance paid to Grindrod Shipping participants.  Further details are disclosed in the directors’ remuneration section of the circular.

 

b. The value realisation incentive estimated at R30.0 million on the successful implementation of the proposed structure which is disclosed in the in the directors’ remuneration section of the circular.

 

c. A R10.4 million adjustment for the accelerated vesting on the forfeitable share plan relating to the Grindrod Shipping participants.  Refer to the directors’ remuneration section of the circular for additional details.

 

43


 

Transactions a, b and c are will have no continuing effect on the Grindrod Group statement of financial position and have no tax effects on as these are capital in nature.

 

7.             Column 7 presents the pro forma consolidated statements of financial position of the Grindrod Group subsequent to the adjustments detailed in points 2 to 6 above.

 

8.             There are no other post balance sheet events which require adjustment to the pro forma consolidated financial information.

 

44


 

Annexure B              Independent Reporting Accountant’s Assurance Report on the Compilation of Pro Forma Financial Information

 

The Directors

Grindrod Limited

Grindrod Mews

106 Margaret Mncadi Avenue

Durban

 

Dear Sirs

 

REPORT ON THE ASSURANCE ENGAGEMENT ON THE COMPILATION OF PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION INCLUDED IN A CIRCULAR

 

We have completed our assurance engagement to report on the compilation of pro forma financial information of Grindrod Limited by the directors. The pro forma financial information, as set out in paragraph 4.3 and Annexure A of the Circular (“the circular”), to be dated on or about 3 May 2018, consists of consolidated statement of financial position, consolidated statement of changes in comprehensive income and related notes. The pro forma financial information has been compiled on the basis of the applicable criteria specified in the JSE Limited (JSE) Listings Requirements.

 

The pro forma financial information has been compiled by the directors to illustrate the impact of the corporate action or event, described in paragraph 4.3 of the circular, on the company’s financial position as at 31 December 2017, and the company’s financial performance for the period then ended, as if the corporate action or event had taken place at 1 January 2017 and for the period then ended.  As part of this process, information about the company’s financial position and financial performance has been extracted by the directors from the company’s financial statements for the period ended 31 December 2017, on which an auditor’s report was issued on 23 March 2018 and contained an unmodified opinion.

 

Directors’ Responsibility for the Pro Forma Financial Information

 

The directors are responsible for compiling the pro forma financial information on the basis of the applicable criteria specified in the JSE Listings Requirements and described in paragraph 4.3 and Annexure A.

 

Our Independence and Quality Control

 

We have complied with the independence and other ethical requirements of the Code of Professional Conduct for Registered Auditors issued by the Independent Regulatory Board for Auditors (IRBA Code), which is founded on fundamental principles of integrity, objectivity, professional competence and due care, confidentiality and professional behaviour. The IRBA Code is consistent with the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (Parts A and B).

 

The firm applies the International Standard on Quality Control 1, Quality Control for Firms that Perform Audits and Reviews of Financial Statements, and Other Assurance and Related Services Engagements and accordingly maintains a comprehensive system of quality control including documented policies and procedures regarding compliance with ethical requirements, professional standards and applicable legal and regulatory requirements.

 

Reporting Accountant’s Responsibility

 

Our responsibility is to express an opinion about whether the pro forma financial information has been compiled, in all material respects, by the directors on the basis specified in the JSE Listings Requirements based on our procedures performed.

 

We conducted our engagement in accordance with the International Standard on Assurance Engagements (ISAE) 3420, Assurance Engagements to Report on the Compilation of Pro Forma Financial Information Included in a Prospectus which is applicable to an engagement of this nature. This standard requires that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform our procedures to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the pro forma financial information has been compiled, in all material respects, on the basis specified in the JSE Listings Requirements.

 

45



 

For purposes of this engagement, we are not responsible for updating or reissuing any reports or opinions on any historical financial information used in compiling the pro forma financial information, nor have we, in the course of this engagement, performed an audit or review of the financial information used in compiling the pro forma financial information.

 

The purpose of pro forma financial information included in a prospectus is solely to illustrate the impact of a significant corporate action or event on unadjusted financial information of the entity as if the corporate action or event had occurred or had been undertaken at an earlier date selected for purposes of the illustration, we do not provide any assurance that the actual outcome of the event or transaction at 31 December 2017 would have been as presented.

 

A reasonable assurance engagement to report on whether the pro forma financial information has been compiled, in all material respects, on the basis of the applicable criteria involves performing procedures to assess whether the applicable criteria used in the compilation of the pro forma financial information provides a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects directly attributable to the corporate action or event, and to obtain sufficient appropriate evidence about whether:

 

·                  The related pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those criteria; and

 

·                  The pro forma financial information reflects the proper application of those adjustments to the unadjusted financial information.

 

Our procedures selected depend on our judgment, having regard to our understanding of the nature of the company, the corporate action or event in respect of which the pro forma financial information has been compiled, and other relevant engagement circumstances.

 

Our engagement also involves evaluating the overall presentation of the pro forma financial information.

 

We believe that the evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

 

Opinion

 

In our opinion, the pro forma financial information has been compiled, in all material respects, on the basis of the applicable criteria specified by the JSE Listings Requirements and described in Paragraph 4.3 and Annexure A.

 

 

 

Deloitte & Touche

Registered Auditor

Per: Kim Peddie

Partner

 

[3 May 2018]

 

Deloitte Place,

2 Pencarrow Crescent

Pencarrow Park

La Lucia Ridge Office Estate

Durban

4051

South Africa

 

46


 

Annexure C    Material loans

 

Below is a summary of the material loans made to Grindrod as at the Last Practicable Date.

 

Loan

Division

Balance
(R’m)

How loan
arose

Secured /
Unsecured

Lender /
Debenture
Holders

Facility

Repayment
terms

RATE

Security

Conversion or
redemption
rights

How repayments
<12 months will
be financed

Comment

Grindrod

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Redeemable preference shares

Financial Services

200.0

Fund investments made by Financial Services

Secured

Investec Bank Limited

Preference shares

Bullet

75% of Prime

Grindrod Limited Guarantee

Conversion and redemption

n/a

Investec have requested that the guarantor of these loans be changed to Grindrod Freight Services Pty Ltd. These changes are underway and are expected to be completed before 31 May 2018

Short term loan facility

Freight Services

213.3

Raised in the ordinary course of business

Secured

Investec Bank (Mauritius) Limited

Short term loan

On demand

1M LIBOR +2.25%

Grindrod Limited Guarantee

n/a

Residual equity

 

Below is a summary of the material loans made to Grindrod Shipping as at the Last Practicable Date.

 

$50.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility

On August 26, 2010, GSPL entered into a $50.0 million senior secured term loan facility, as has been amended from time to time, with Standard Chartered Bank relating to four handysize drybulk carriers. The facility originally bore interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.95% per annum. On 31 August 2017, the interest rate was increased to LIBOR plus a margin of 3.04% per annum. This facility matures on 30 August 2018. The facility is secured by, among other things, (a) a first priority mortgage on each of four handysize drybulk carriers, each owned by a subsidiary of GSPL, (b) a guarantee from each of the drybulk carrier owning subsidiaries and (c) security over the shares in the GSPL subsidiaries owning the four drybulk carriers. As of 31 December 2017, the outstanding balance on this facility was approximately $12.3 million.

 

$123.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility

On 7 July 2011, GSPL entered into a $123.0 million senior secured term loan and revolving credit facility, as has been amended from time to time, with Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, Standard Chartered Bank (Singapore Branch), DVB Group Merchant Bank (Asia) Limited and BNP Paribas, Singapore Branch relating to six handysize drybulk carriers and three tankers. The facility is made up of a term loan facility of $73.0 million and a revolving credit facility of $50.0 million. The facility originally bore interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.25% per annum. On 7 January 2017, the interest rate was increased to LIBOR plus a margin of 2.50% per annum. This facility matures on 7 July 2018. The facility is currently secured by, among other things, (a) a first priority mortgage on each of the nine vessels, (b) a guarantee from each of the GSPL subsidiaries owning the nine vessels and (c) security over the shares in the GSPL subsidiaries owning the

 

47


 

nine vessels. As of 31 December 2017, the outstanding balance on the term loan facility was approximately $9.5 million, the balance of the revolving credit facility is $45.0 million and $5.0 million of the revolving credit facility remained undrawn.

 

$21.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility

On 30 March 2017, three subsidiaries of GSPL entered into a $21.0 million senior secured term loan facility, as has been amended from time to time, with Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank relating to two tankers and one handysize drybulk carrier. The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.65% per annum and matures on 29 June 2018. The facility is currently secured by, among other things, (a) a first priority mortgage on each of the three vessels, (b) security over the shares in the GSPL subsidiaries owning the three vessels and (c) a guarantee from GSPL. As of 31 December 2017, the outstanding balance on this loan was approximately $19.0 million.

 

$27.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility

On 9 December 2016, a subsidiary of GSPL entered into a $27.0 million senior secured term loan facility, as has been amended from time to time, with DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch relating to one medium range tanker. The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.45% per annum and matures on 11 January 2021, with the option to extend for a further two years. The facility is currently secured by, among other things, (a) a first priority mortgage over the tanker and (b) guarantees from each of GSPL and the Parent. As of 31 December 2017, there was an outstanding balance under this facility of approximately $22.9 million. In connection with the Proposed Transaction, Grindrod Shipping are in discussions with the lender to release the guarantee related to this facility issued by Grindrod. In addition, in connection with the refinancing described below Grindrod Shipping expect to amend this facility such that the covenants applicable to this loan will be the same as the covenants that will apply to the new facility.

 

In the second quarter of 2018, Grindrod Shipping expect to refinance the $50.0 million, $123.0 million and $21.0 million credit facilities described above with a new $100.0 million senior secured credit facility with Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch and Standard Chartered Bank, Singapore Branch relating to 11 handysize drybulk carriers and 5 tankers. The new facility is expected to bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.95% per annum. The facility is available in two tranches (A and B) of up to $10 million and up to $90 million respectively. Tranche A will mature 4 years after utilization, expected in May 2022, and Tranche B will mature 5 years after utilization, expected in May 2023. The facility is expected to be secured by, among other things, (a) a first priority mortgage over each of the 16 the vessels, each owned by a subsidiary of GSPL, (b) a guarantee from Grindrod Shipping and each of the GSPL subsidiaries owning the 16 vessels, and (c) security over the shares in the GSPL subsidiaries owning the 16 vessels. In addition, in connection with the Proposed Transaction, Grindrod Shipping are in discussions with lenders to release any guarantees issued by Grindrod Limited to the extent any such loans are guaranteed by Grindrod Limited.

 

48


 

Annexure D       Table of entitlement

 

The number of GRIN CCNs to which Ordinary Shareholders will be entitled is set out below, on the basis that Ordinary Shareholders will be entitled to 2.5 GRIN CCNs for every 100 Ordinary Shares held (i.e. 40 Ordinary Shares for every 1 GRIN CCN held) on the Grindrod Distribution Record Date and further on the basis that the number of CCNs an Ordinary Shareholder will receive is subject to rounding down in accordance with the standard JSE rounding convention and only whole numbers of CCNs will distributed, with Fractional Entitlements being settled in cash.

 

Ordinary Shares held

CCN Entitlement

Ordinary Shares held

CCN Entitlement

 1

-

41

1

 2

-

42

1

 3

-

43

1

 4

-

44

1

 5

-

45

1

 6

-

46

1

 7

-

47

1

 8

-

48

1

 9

-

49

1

 10

-

50

1

 11

-

51

1

 12

-

52

1

 13

-

53

1

 14

-

54

1

 15

-

55

1

 16

-

56

1

 17

-

57

1

 18

-

58

1

 19

-

59

1

 20

-

60

1

 21

-

61

1

 22

-

62

1

 23

-

63

1

 24

-

64

1

 25

-

65

1

 26

-

66

1

 27

-

67

1

 28

-

68

1

 29

-

69

1

 30

-

70

1

 31

-

71

1

 32

-

72

1

 33

-

73

1

 34

-

74

1

 35

-

75

1

 36

-

76

1

 37

-

77

1

 38

-

78

1

 39

-

79

1

 40

1

80

2

 

49



 

Ordinary Shares held

CCN Entitlement

Ordinary Shares held

CCN Entitlement

81

2

2 100

52

82

2

2 200

55

83

2

2 300

57

84

2

2 400

60

85

2

2 500

62

86

2

2 600

65

87

2

2 700

67

88

2

2 800

70

89

2

2 900

72

90

2

3 000

75

91

2

3 100

77

92

2

3 200

80

93

2

3 300

82

94

2

3 400

85

95

2

3 500

87

96

2

3 600

90

97

2

3 700

92

98

2

3 800

95

99

2

3 900

97

100

2

4 000

100

200

5

4 100

102

300

7

4 200

105

400

10

4 300

107

500

12

4 400

110

600

15

4 500

112

700

17

4 600

115

800

20

4 700

117

900

22

4 800

120

1 000

25

4 900

122

1 100

27

5 000

125

1 200

30

10 000

250

1 300

32

100 000

2 500

1 400

35

1 000 000

25 000

1 500

37

10 000 000

250 000

1 600

40

100 000 000

2 500 000

1 700

42

 

 

1 800

45

 

 

1 900

47

 

 

2 000

50

 

 

 

50



 

Annexure E       Trading history of Grindrod Ordinary Shares

 

The trading history of Ordinary Shares on the JSE, for each day over the 30 days preceding the Last Practicable Date and for each month over the 12 months prior to the Last Practicable Date, is set out below:

 

 

High
(cents)

Low
(cents)

Volume traded
(shares)

Value traded
(Rand)

Month ended

 

 

 

 

31 March 2018

1389

1228

13,163,533

173,128,718.80

28 February 2018

1399

1230

13,622,635

181,789,065.70

31 January 2018

1488

1344

16,494,691

234,173,929.60

31 December 2017

1399

1254

20,970,781

272,178,075.40

30 November 2017

1565

1360

37,578,113

535,201,389.90

31 October 2017

1575

1421

21,872,771

324,066,367.40

30 September 2017

1453

1339

15,235,646

208,969,736.80

31 August 2017

1364

1144

16,105,627

199,366,775.20

31 July 2017

1250

1100

10,074,297

117,135,596.50

30 June 2017

1158

1061

12,844,767

140,675,732.30

31 May 2017

1227

1162

19,776,864

231,381,465.20

30 April 2017

1460

1240

12,216,386

160,943,703.20

Day ended

 

 

 

 

24 April, 2018

1480

1458

257,853

3,776,421.70

23 April, 2018

1498

1444

105,591

1,551,730.20

20 April, 2018

1495

1455

668,073

9,773,791.70

19 April, 2018

1540

1470

376,474

5,618,987.60

18 April, 2018

1508

1447

437,433

6,481,047.60

17 April, 2018

1516

1429

264,436

3,809,280.20

16 April, 2018

1504

1430

584,962

8,650,735.20

13 April, 2018

1466

1376

486,255

6,984,568.00

12 April, 2018

1471

1430

279,541

4,044,141.80

11 April, 2018

1444

1400

369,384

5,298,552.00

10 April, 2018

1434

1396

870,518

12,281,447.90

09 April, 2018

1444

1380

525,311

7,461,171.20

06 April, 2018

1435

1378

481,725

6,761,662.40

05 April, 2018

1377

1355

939,045

12,821,949.80

04 April, 2018

1390

1357

1,234,512

16,982,712.80

03 April, 2018

1383

1365

748,741

10,300,541.20

29 March, 2018

1385

1352

1,481,012

20,199,736.10

28 March, 2018

1377

1333

619,909

8,383,254.30

27 March, 2018

1347

1291

483,538

6,369,473.10

26 March, 2018

1305

1228

592,446

7,441,830.80

23 March, 2018

1304

1269

352,884

4,510,600.00

22 March, 2018

1300

1251

698,786

8,974,265.40

20 March, 2018

1305

1251

446,035

5,632,728.90

19 March, 2018

1302

1259

908,653

11,501,544.00

16 March, 2018

1299

1257

878,801

11,187,861.80

15 March, 2018

1309

1276

280,899

3,616,211.70

14 March, 2018

1305

1261

280,871

3,649,312.90

13 March, 2018

1471

1430

279,541

4,044,141.80

12 March, 2018

1329

1294

209,272

2,739,801.30

9 March, 2018

1330

1306

623,411

8,186,617.30

 

51


 

Annexure F       Tax considerations

 

The following summary describes the principal South African income tax considerations generally applicable to the Proposed Transaction. This summary is based on the current provisions of the Income Tax Act, and the prevailing practice adopted by SARS published in writing prior to the date hereof. This summary does not consider legislative proposals to amend the Income Tax Act.

 

This summary is of a general nature only and is not intended to be legal or tax advice to any particular Shareholder. This summary is not exhaustive of all South African income tax considerations. Accordingly, Ordinary Shareholders should consult their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences under the tax laws of the country of which they are resident or otherwise subject to tax of participating in the Grindrod Distribution.

 

1.                                      Grindrod

 

1.1.                           Grindrod Shipping Business Disposal

 

1.1.1.                Grindrod will receive the GSPL CCNs as consideration (i.e. proceeds) for the disposal of all the ordinary shares in GSPL. Grindrod will disregard any capital loss or capital gain on the disposal of the GSPL shares as it will meet the requirements of the participation exemption for the disposal of shares in foreign companies (Paragraph 64B of the Eighth Schedule to the Income Tax Act).

 

1.1.2.                Grindrod will receive the GSSA CCNs as consideration (i.e. proceeds) for the disposal of all the ordinary shares in GSSA. A capital gain will be derived by Grindrod on disposal of the equity shares in GSSA as the proceeds (i.e. the GSSA CCNs) will exceed the base cost and Grindrod will include the capital gain in determining its aggregate capital gain for that year of assessment.

 

1.2.                           Grindrod Distribution

 

1.2.1.                Grindrod will be deemed to have disposed of the GRIN CCNs for proceeds equal to the market value thereof (i.e. the face value) and this value will also be the base cost of the GRIN CCNs. Therefore, the proceeds will be equivalent to the base cost and Grindrod will not derive a capital gain or loss on the Grindrod Distribution.

 

1.2.2.                Grindrod will distribute the GRIN CCNs as a dividend in specie to Qualifying SA Corporates and as a return of capital to all other Ordinary Shareholders (i.e. South African tax resident individuals and trusts as well as all non-South African tax resident Ordinary Shareholders). Grindrod will therefore not be liable for any dividends tax on the distribution to the Qualifying SA Corporates. In respect of any cash payment for the fractional entitlements, although Grindrod or the Regulated Intermediary will withhold dividends tax for Qualifying SA Corporates, the Qualifying SA Corporates will be liable for the dividends withholding tax.

 

1.2.3.                There are no STT implications on the distribution of the GRIN CCNs, as they will not be a “ security ” as defined in the relevant South African legislation.

 

The tax treatment for the Grindrod Distribution for each category of shareholder is set out below:

 

2.                                      SA Tax Resident Shareholders

 

2.1.                           Individuals and Trusts

 

2.1.1.                Individuals and Trusts that are residents of South Africa for purposes of the Income Tax Act will acquire their GRIN CCNs and any cash in respect of a fractional entitlement from the Grindrod Distribution as a return of capital and obtain a base cost equivalent to the market value of the distributed GRIN CCNs.

 

52



 

2.1.2.                Individuals and Trusts must reduce the base cost of their Ordinary Shares by the market value of the GRIN CCNs and any cash in respect of a fractional entitlement on the date that the GRIN CCNs and any cash are received (i.e. on the Implementation Date immediately after the Disposal). If the market value of the GRIN CCNs exceeds the base cost of their Ordinary Shares then any excess amount will be treated as a capital gain in the determination of the Individual’s or Trust’s aggregate capital gain or aggregate capital loss for the year of assessment in which the return of capital (i.e. GRIN CCNs and possibly cash) will be received by or accrue to the Individual or Trust.

 

2.1.3.                On the basis that the conversion of the GRIN CCNs to Consideration Shares is a term of the issue thereof, in terms of SARS practice and the Income Tax Act there is no disposal on conversion of the GRIN CCNs to Consideration Shares, and consequently, there is no capital gain or loss derived by the Ordinary Shareholder.

 

2.1.4.                Accordingly, the Individuals and Trusts will obtain a base cost in the Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Shares equivalent to the market value of the distributed GRIN CCNs.

 

2.1.5.                Post the transaction, South African dividends tax at 20% will be withheld on any foreign cash dividends declared and paid by Grindrod Shipping to Individuals and Trusts holding Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Shares listed on the exchange operated by the JSE, subject to any applicable exemptions that may apply.

 

2.1.6.                Individuals and Trusts that dispose of their Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Shares listed on the exchange operated by the JSE will be subject to either income tax (in the case of share dealers) or capital gains tax (in the case of capital investors).

 

2.1.7.                A controlled foreign company (“CFC”) is a foreign company in which more than 50% of the participation rights/voting rights are held/exercisable by SA Tax Residents who are not headquarter companies. The Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Shares will be held more than 50% by SA Tax Resident Ordinary Shareholders, who will each hold at least 5% of the listed Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Shares, and thus Grindrod Shipping will be a CFC after conversion of the CCNs to Consideration Shares. Any non-South African subsidiaries of Grindrod Shipping in which it can exercise more than 50% of the voting rights will also be CFCs.

 

2.1.8.                Certain profits of CFCs are included in the taxable income of SA Tax Resident Ordinary Shareholders. In respect of Grindrod Shipping, only those SA Tax Resident Ordinary Shareholders holding, alone or together with any connected person, 10% or more of the Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Shares must include in their taxable income (i.e. impute unless any of the exemptions from imputation apply – see below) their proportion of the “net income” of Grindrod Shipping, with such proportion being their proportional shareholding equivalent to the percentage of their shareholding in the Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Shares.

 

2.1.9.                Profits of a CFC will be exempted from imputation (i.e. not included in net income):

 

2.1.9.1.     where the CFC is “highly taxed” (simplistically stated, taxed at a rate of 21% or more). The corporate income tax rate in Singapore is 17% therefore the “highly taxed” exemption will likely not apply to Grindrod Shipping;

 

2.1.9.2.     amounts attributable to a foreign business establishment (“FBE”) of a CFC (which includes a vessel used solely outside South Africa for purposes of transportation operated directly by the CFC, or by any other company that has the same country of residence as, and that forms part of the same group of companies as, that CFC and a ship engaged in international traffic used mainly outside South Africa);

 

53



 

2.1.9.3.     any interest, royalties, rental or income of a similar nature paid or payable or deemed to be paid or payable to it (Grindrod Shipping) by any other CFC (i.e. GSPL);

 

2.1.9.4.     amounts subject to South African withholding tax; and

 

2.1.9.5.     income that is taxable in South Africa as South African sourced income.

 

2.1.10.         SA Tax Resident Ordinary Shareholders who, together with connected persons, will acquire more than 10% of the Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Shares are advised to obtain tax advice regarding whether they will have a South African tax exposure as a result of Grindrod Shipping being a CFC forming part of the same group of companies as the receiving CFC.

 

2.2.                           SA Corporates

 

2.2.1.                SA Corporates that submit the prescribed declaration and written undertaking to their Regulated Intermediary or Grindrod in order to become a Qualifying SA Corporate will acquire their GRIN CCNs and any cash in respect of a fractional entitlement from the Grindrod Distribution as a dividend in specie . Qualifying SA Corporates will have met the requirements for exemption from dividends tax in terms of the Income Tax Act. Qualifying SA Corporates will obtain a base cost equivalent to the market value of the distributed GRIN CCNs.

 

2.2.2.                However, where the SA Corporate fails to provide the prescribed information and therefore fails to be a Qualifying SA Corporate such SA Corporate will acquire their GRIN CCNs and any cash in respect of a fractional entitlement from the Grindrod Distribution as a return of capital. The SA Corporate will obtain a base cost equivalent to the market value of the distributed GRIN CCNs.

 

2.2.3.                SA Corporates which will acquire GRIN CCNs from the Grindrod Distribution as a return of capital must reduce the expenditure on their Ordinary Shares by the aggregate of the market value of the GRIN CCNs and any cash in respect of a fractional entitlement on the date that the GRIN CCNs are received (i.e. on the Implementation Date immediately after the Disposal). Any excess amount will be treated as a capital gain in the determination of the SA Corporate’s aggregate capital gain or aggregate capital loss for the year of assessment in which the return of capital (i.e. GRIN CCNs and possibly cash) will be received by or accrue to the SA Corporate.

 

2.2.4.                The comments relating to the tax consequences on conversion of the GRIN CCNs, for SA Tax Resident Individuals and Trusts, in paragraph 2.1.3 of this Annexure F apply equally to SA Corporates and Qualifying SA Corporates.

 

2.2.5.                Accordingly, SA Corporates and Qualifying SA Corporates will after conversion of the GRIN CCNs to Consideration Shares obtain a base cost in the Consideration Shares equivalent to the market value of the distributed GRIN CCNs.

 

2.2.6.                Post the transaction, South African dividends tax at 20% will be withheld on any foreign cash dividends declared and paid by the Grindrod Shipping to SA Corporates holding Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Shares listed on the exchange operated by the JSE, subject to any applicable exemptions that may apply .

 

2.2.7.                Qualifying SA Corporates (i.e. SA Corporates that have submitted the prescribed information to their Regulated Intermediary or Grindrod Shipping prior to payment of the relevant foreign cash dividend ) will qualify for the exemption from dividends tax.

 

54



 

2.2.8.                SA Corporates that dispose of their Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Shares listed on the exchange operated by the JSE will be subject to either income tax (in the case of share dealers) or capital gains tax (in the case of capital investors).

 

2.2.9.                The comments relating to the CFC considerations, for South African Tax Resident Individuals and Trusts, in paragraphs 2.1.7 to 2.1.9 of this Annexure F apply equally to SA Corporates.

 

2.2.10.         SA Corporates who, together with connected persons, will acquire more than 10% of the Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Shares are advised to obtain tax advice regarding whether they will have a South African tax exposure as a result of Grindrod Shipping being a CFC forming part of the same group of companies as the receiving CFC.

 

3.                                      Non-SA Tax Resident Ordinary Shareholders

 

3.1.                           Non-SA Tax Resident Ordinary Shareholders for purposes of the Income Tax Act will acquire their GRIN CCNs and any cash in respect of a fractional entitlement from the Grindrod Distribution as a return of capital and obtain a base cost equivalent to the market value of the distributed GRIN CCNs.

 

3.2.                           Non-SA Tax Resident Ordinary Shareholders for purposes of the Income Tax Act will acquire their GRIN CCNs from the Grindrod Distribution as a return of capital must reduce the expenditure on their Ordinary Shares by the market value of the GRIN CCNs on the date that the GRIN CCNs and any cash in respect of a fractional entitlement are received (i.e. on the Implementation Date immediately after the Disposal). Any excess amount will not be treated as a capital gain as it does not relate to an asset subject to South African capital gains tax provided the return of capital is not attributable to a permanent establishment of the Non-SA Tax Resident Ordinary Shareholder in South Africa.

 

3.3.                           Under current law, no South African withholding tax will be levied on the receipt of the GRIN CCNs as a return of capital from the Grindrod Distribution by a Non-SA Tax Resident Ordinary Shareholder .

 

3.4.                           The comments relating to the tax consequences on conversion of the GRIN CCNs, for SA Tax Resident Individuals and Trusts, in paragraph 2.1.3 of this Annexure F apply equally to Non-SA Tax Resident Ordinary Shareholders.

 

3.5.                           Accordingly, Non-SA Tax Resident Ordinary Shareholders will after conversion of the GRIN CCNs to Consideration Shares obtain a base cost in the Consideration Shares equivalent to the market value of the distributed GRIN CCNs.

 

3.6.                           Post the transaction, no South African dividends tax at 20% will be withheld on any foreign cash dividends declared and paid by Grindrod Shipping to Non-SA Tax Resident Ordinary Shareholders holding Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Shares listed on the exchange operated by the JSE as a specific exemption is applicable in terms of the Income Tax Act.

 

3.7.                           Non-SA Tax Resident Ordinary Shareholders that dispose of their Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Shares listed on the exchange operated by the JSE will not be subject to capital gains tax (in the case of capital investors) provided that the Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Shares are not attributable to a permanent establishment of the Non-SA Tax Resident Ordinary Shareholder in South Africa.

 

3.8.                           Where the Non-SA Tax Resident Ordinary Shareholders are share dealers no income tax will be payable on disposal of their Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Shares listed on the exchange operated by the JSE as the income will not be from a South African source.

 

55


 

 

 

Grindrod Limited

 

Incorporated in the Republic of South Africa)

 

(Registration number: 1966/009846/06)

 

Ordinary Share code: GND and ISIN: ZAE000072328

 

Preference Share code: GNDP and ISIN ZAE000071106

 

(“ Grindrod ” or “ the Company ”)

 

 

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETING

 

 

Notice is hereby given that that a General Meeting of Shareholders of Grindrod will be held (subject to any adjournment, postponement or cancellation) at [14:30] at Grindrod House, 108 Margaret Mncadi Avenue, Durban on [Thursday, 31 May 2018].

 

The definitions and interpretation commencing on page 12 of this Circular to which this notice of General Meeting is attached apply, mutatis mutandis , to this notice of General Meeting.

 

Important dates to note

2018

Last day to trade in order to be eligible to attend and vote at the General Meeting

[Tuesday, 22 May]

Record date in order to be eligible to attend and vote at the General Meeting

[Friday, 25 May]

Forms of Proxy to be lodged by no later than [14:30], for administrative purposes, on

[Tuesday, 29 May]

General Meeting to be held at [14:30] on

[Thursday, 31 May]

 

1.             ORDINARY RESOLUTION NUMBER 1 – APPROVAL OF CATEGORY 1 TRANSACTION

 

“Resolved that, in terms of paragraph 9.20 of the JSE Listings Requirements and subject to the fulfilment or waiver of conditions precedent (as the case may be) to the Proposed Transaction referred to in paragraph 4 of the Circular to which this Notice of General Meeting is attached, Grindrod be and is hereby authorised to enter into and implement the Proposed Transaction, pursuant to which Grindrod will dispose of all of its shares in GSPL and GSSA to Grindrod Shipping in exchange for the GRIN CCNs, as described in this Circular, as a Category 1 Transaction as contemplated in the JSE Listings Requirements.”

 

2.             ORDINARY RESOLUTION NUMBER 2 – APPROVAL OF LISTINGS

 

“Resolved that, pursuant to Ordinary Resolution Number 1 and in accordance with the Proposed Transaction, it is resolved that Grindrod Shipping Ordinary Shares may be primary listed on NASDAQ and secondary listed on the main board of the JSE, in the “Industrials-Transportation Services” sector with share code GSH and abbreviated name GRINSHIP.”

 

3.             ORDINARY RESOLUTION NUMBER 3 – GENERAL AUTHORITY

 

“Resolved that Andrew Geard Waller, or any other director of the Company, and/or the company secretary be and are hereby authorised to take all such actions, sign all such documents and do all such other things as may be necessary for or incidental to the implementation of the above ordinary resolutions.”

 

Attendance and voting at the General Meeting

 

In accordance with the Companies Act, Shareholders attending the General Meeting will need to present reasonable satisfactory identification such as an identity book, passport or driver’s licence to the chairman

 

56



 

and the chairman must be reasonably satisfied that the right of any person to participate in and vote (whether as shareholder or as proxy for a shareholder) has been reasonably verified.

 

Voting and proxies

 

The minimum percentage of voting rights, cast in favour, that is required for the adoption of the Resolutions is more than 50% of the voting rights exercised on the Resolutions by Shareholders present or represented by proxy at the General Meeting. The maximum percentage voting rights that may be exercised by the Preference Shareholders is 25% less 1 vote, of the votes exercisable by all Shareholders present or represented by proxy at the General Meeting.

 

A Shareholder entitled to attend and vote at the General Meeting is entitled to appoint a proxy or proxies to attend, speak and vote in his/her stead. A proxy need not be a shareholder of the Company. The attached Form of Proxy is only to be completed by those Shareholders who hold Ordinary Shares in certificated form or are recorded in the sub-register in “own-name” dematerialised form.

 

Shareholders who have Dematerialised their Shares through a CSDP or Broker without “own-name” registration and who wish to attend the General Meeting, must instruct their CSDP or Broker to provide them with the necessary letter of representation to attend the General Meeting in person or proxy and vote. If they do not wish to attend the General Meeting in person or by proxy and vote, they must provide their CSDP or Broker with their voting instructions in terms of the relevant custody agreement entered into between them and the CSDP or Broker.

 

It is recommended that, if you wish to appoint a proxy, a Form of Proxy is lodged with the Transfer Secretaries of the Company, Link Market Services South Africa Proprietary Limited at 13 th  Floor, , 19 Ameshoff Street, Braamfontein; by email at meetfax@linkmarketservices.co.za or by fax at 086 674 2450, 24 hours before the time is set for the meeting. However, you are entitled to deliver your Form of Proxy at any time prior to the voting on the Resolutions to the Company.

 

Completion of a Form of Proxy will not preclude a Shareholder from attending, voting or speaking at the General Meeting.

 

Electronic participation by shareholders

 

In terms of section 61(10) of the Companies Act every shareholders’ meeting of a public company must be reasonably accessible within South Africa for electronic participation by shareholders. Shareholders wishing to participate electronically in the General Meeting are required to deliver written notice to the Company at Grindrod House, 108 Margaret Mncadi Avenue, Durban, 4001 (marked for the attention of Mrs C I Lewis) by no later than 14:30 on [Tuesday, 29 May 2018] that they wish to participate via electronic communication at the General Meeting (the “electronic notice”). In order for the electronic notice to be valid it must contain: (a) if the shareholder is an individual, a certified copy of his identity document and/or passport; (b) if the shareholder is not an individual, a certified copy of a resolution by the relevant entity and certified copy of the identity documents and/or passports of the persons who passed the relevant resolution. The relevant resolution must set out who from the relevant entity is authorised to represent the relevant entity at the General Meeting via electronic communication; and (c) a valid email address and/or facsimile number (the “contact address/number”). By no later than 24 hours before the time of the General Meeting, the Company shall use its reasonable endeavours to notify a shareholder at its contact address/number who has delivered a valid electronic notice of the relevant details through which the shareholder can participate via electronic communication.

 

By order of the Board

 

Grindrod Limited

 

Mrs C I Lewis

Company Secretary

[ 3 May  ] 2018

 

57



 

 

IMPORTANT NOTES ABOUT THE GENERAL MEETING

 

 

Date: [Thursday, 31 May 2018].

 

Venue: Grindrod House, 108 Margaret Mncadi Avenue, Durban, 4000.

 

Time: The General Meeting will start promptly at [14:30]. Shareholders wishing to attend are advised to be at Grindrod House no later than [14:00]. Reception staff will direct shareholders to the General Meeting venue.

 

Admission: Shareholders, representatives of shareholders and proxies attending the General Meeting are requested to register at the registration desk in the reception area at the venue. Proof of identity will be required for registration purposes.

 

Other important notes

 

1.             General

 

Shareholders wishing to attend the General Meeting have to ensure beforehand with the Transfer Secretary that their shares are in fact registered in their name. Should this not be the case and the shares are registered in any other name or in the name of a nominee company, it is incumbent on Shareholders attending the General Meeting to make the necessary arrangements with that party in whose name the shares are registered to be able to attend and vote in their personal capacity. The proxy form contains detailed instructions in this regard.

 

2.             Certificated Shareholders and “own-name” Dematerialised Shareholders

 

If you are the registered holder of Certificated Shares or hold Dematerialised Shares in your own name and you are unable to attend the general meeting but wish to be represented at the General Meeting, you must complete and return the attached form of proxy in accordance with the instructions contained therein so as to be received by the transfer secretaries, by no later than the recommended time. We recommend that Forms of Proxy are sent to the Transfer Secretary by no later than [14:30] on [Tuesday, 29 May]. However, you are entitled to deliver your Form of Proxy at any time prior to the voting on the Resolutions to the Company.

 

3.             Dematerialised Shareholders

 

If you are the holder of Dematerialised Shares, other than with “own-name” registration, you must provide your CSDP or broker with your voting instructions for the general meeting in terms of the custody agreement entered into with your CSDP or Broker. If, however, you wish to attend the General Meeting in person or by electronic participation, or to be represented thereat, then you must request your CSDP or Broker to provide you with the necessary letter of representation to do so.

 

4.             Proxies

 

Shareholders are advised that Forms of Proxy should reach the Transfer Secretaries as indicated in note 2 above by no later than the recommended time. You are entitled to deliver the Forms of Proxy at any time prior to the time on which the Resolutions are voted on.

 

5.             Enquiries

 

Any shareholder having difficulties or queries with regard to the General Meeting or the above may contact Mrs C I Lewis at (031) 365 9116 or at cathie.lewis@grindrod.com.

 

6.             Results of the General Meeting

 

The results of the General Meeting will be released on SENS as soon as practicably possible after the General Meeting and in the media the following business day.

 

58


 

 

 

Grindrod Limited

 

Incorporated in the Republic of South Africa)

 

(Registration number: 1966/009846/06)

 

Ordinary Share code: GND and ISIN: ZAE000072328

 

Preference Share code: GNDP and ISIN ZAE000071106

 

(“ Grindrod ” or “ the Company ”)

 

 

FORM OF PROXY

 

 

For use by Certificated and own-name Dematerialised Shareholders at the General Meeting to be held at [14:30] at Grindrod House, 108 Margaret Mncadi Avenue, Durban on [Thursday, 31 May 2018].

 

I/We (Please print full names)                                                                                                                 of (address)                                                                                                                                       telephone number                                                     cellphone number                                                      e-mail address                                                                                                                                       being the holders of                                               Ordinary/Preference Shares (please circle the class of shares held) in the Company, hereby appoint (see Note 1)

 

1.                                                                                                                                         or failing him/her,

 

2.                                                                                                                                         or failing him/her,

 

the Chairman of the General Meeting as my/our proxy to attend and speak and vote for me/us on my/our behalf at the General Meeting which will be held for the purpose of considering and, if deemed fit, passing the ordinary resolutions to be proposed and at each adjournment of the meeting and to vote for or against the ordinary resolutions or to abstain from voting in respect of the shares in the issued capital of the Company registered in my/our name/s, in accordance with the following instructions (see Note 2)

 

Indicate with an “X” or the relevant number of shares, in the applicable space, how you wish your votes to cast. Unless otherwise directed the proxy will vote as he/she thinks fit.

 

Ordinary resolution number 1
Approval of Category 1 Transaction

 

FOR

AGAINST

ABSTAIN

Ordinary resolution number 2
Approval of Listings

 

 

 

 

Ordinary resolution number 3
Approval for General Authority

 

 

 

 

 

Signed at __________________________________________ on 2018

Signature______________________________________________

Assisted by me (where applicable) ___________________________

 

It is recommended that completed Forms of Proxy be lodged with the Transfer Secretaries by no later than [14:30] on [Tuesday, 29 May 2018]. However, Shareholders are entitled to deliver voting proxies to the chairman at any time prior to the vote. Please read the notes on the reverse side of this Form of Proxy.

 

59



 

 

NOTES TO THE FORM OF PROXY

 

 

1.             A shareholder may insert the name of a proxy or the names of two alternative proxies of the shareholder’s choice in the space/s provided, with or without deleting “the Chairman of the general meeting” but any such deletion must be initialled by the shareholder. The person whose name stands first on the form of proxy and who is present at the general meeting will be entitled to act as proxy to the exclusion of those whose names follow.

 

2.             A shareholder may appoint two or more persons concurrently as proxies, and may appoint more than one proxy to exercise voting rights attached to different securities held by such shareholder.

 

3.             Please insert an “X” in the relevant space according to how you wish your votes to be cast. However, if you wish to cast your votes in respect of a lesser number of shares than you own in the company insert the number of shares held in respect of which you wish to vote. Failure to comply with the above will be deemed to authorise the proxy to vote or to abstain from voting at the general meeting as he/she deems fit in respect of all the shareholder’s votes exercisable at the meeting. A shareholder or his/her proxy is not obliged to use all the votes exercisable by the shareholder or by his/her proxy, but the total of the votes cast and in respect of which abstention is recorded may not exceed the total of the votes exercisable by the shareholder or by his/her proxy.

 

4.             It is recommended that Forms of Proxy be received by the Transfer Secretaries, Link Market Services South Africa Pty Limited, 13 th  Floor, 19 Amershoff Street, Braamfontein, email meetfax@linkmarketservices.co.za or facsimile 086 674 2450 by no later than [14:30] on [Tuesday, 29 May 2018].

 

5.             The completion and lodging of this form of proxy will not preclude the relevant shareholder from attending the general meeting and voting in person at the meeting to the exclusion of any proxy appointed in terms of this form of proxy.

 

6.             Documentary evidence establishing the authority of a person signing this form of proxy in a representative capacity must be attached to this form of proxy unless previously recorded by the transfer secretaries or waived by the Chairman of the general meeting.

 

7.             Any alterations or corrections made to this form of proxy must be initialled by the signatory/ies.

 

8.             A minor must be assisted by his/her parent or guardian unless the relevant documents establishing his/her legal capacity are produced or have been registered by Link Market Services South Africa Proprietary Limited .

 

9.             The Chairman of the General Meeting may accept any form of proxy which is completed other than in accordance with these notes if he is satisfied as to the manner in which the shareholder wishes to vote.

 

60